Category: English Grammar

  • NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 chapter 9 solutions

    Here we have presented NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 unit 9 chapter The Proposal solutions. Enrich your English language Knowledge with this ost.

    Lesson 9 The Proposal

    Reading Comprehension

    Text I

    How to control Anger?

    Do you get angry when your mother switches off the television? Do you get upset when you lose a game? Do you crib when your teacher does not pay attention to you? Most of us can have “yes” as an answer to one or more of these situations. Anger sometimes gets the better of us and leaves us to regret the consequences later. The questions is ‘How can we control anger?”

    Anger is a normal and healthy emotion only if we know how to respond to it. Uncontrolled anger can often harm us directly or indirectly whether we realise or not. Before we learn to address
    the issue, let us revisit the concept of anger. Anger is nothing but
    absence of peace with oneself, people or situations around us. We express it either by being assertive or aggressive.

    Let us all become the managers of our own anger. When angry, take a few moments to calm down (take five deep breaths, count up to ten, drink water, change your place) before responding. More often than not we do not have control over the situations that distress us. Getting physically active reduces stress. Funny dances, clapping, thumping your feet, a walk, making funny faces at the mirror, etc., go a long way in helping us let go of the anger or the frustration inside us. Once we have our feelings under control, go through all the aspects of the situation and try to see the same situation from different perspectives. If it is a
    problem try to equip yourself with a few solutions before entering the same situation. Avoid holding a grudge with people and learn when to seek help from others. Realising your own shortcomings can become one of the greatest strengths of character over the years to come.

    We can never control circumstances, people or situations as they are constantly changing. The only thing we can control is our response. So we have to increase our capacity to tolerate, ability to understand, and learn to nurture love for others.

    Q. 1. What do you understand by the word ‘anger’?

    Q. 2. List any four strategies to manage anger.

    Q. 3. How can you develop strengths of character as given in the passage above?

    Q. 4. Anger management helps you in (Tick the correct answer.)-

    Q. 5. What is under our control? How can we make it a positive one?

    Answers:

    Q. 1. What do you understand by the word ‘anger’?

    Anger is a normal and healthy emotion that occurs when we are not at peace with ourselves, people, or situations around us. It can be expressed assertively or aggressively. Uncontrolled anger can harm us directly or indirectly.


    Q. 2. List any four strategies to manage anger.

    1. Take deep breaths and count up to ten before responding.
    2. Engage in physical activities like walking or clapping to reduce stress.
    3. Look at the situation from different perspectives and find solutions.
    4. Avoid holding grudges and seek help when necessary.

    Q. 3. How can you develop strengths of character as given in the passage above?

    We can develop strengths of character by realizing our own shortcomings, learning to tolerate, understanding others, and nurturing love for them. These actions help in managing our emotions better and building inner strength over time.


    Q. 4. Anger management helps you in (Tick the correct answer):

    • (✓) Understanding your emotions and responding calmly.
    • ( ) Winning all arguments.
    • ( ) Avoiding all difficult situations.

    Q. 5. What is under our control? How can we make it a positive one?

    Our response to situations, people, or circumstances is under our control. We can make it positive by increasing our capacity to tolerate, understanding situations from different angles, and fostering kindness and love for others.

    Text II

    On Violence

    There is a great deal of violence in the world. There is physical violence and also inward violence. Physical violence is to kill another, to hurt other people consciously, deliberately or without thought, to say cruel things, full of antagonism and hate and inwardly, inside the skin, to dislike people, to hate people, to criticise people. Inwardly, we are always quarrelling, battling, not only with others, but with ourselves. We want people to change, we want to force them to our way of thinking.

    In the world, as we grow up, we see a great deal of violence, at all levels of human existence. The ultimate violence is war—the killing for ideas, for so-called religious principles, for nationalities, the killing to preserve a little piece of land. To do that, man will kill, destroy, maim, and also be killed himself. There is enormous violence in the world, the rich wanting to keep people poor, and the poor wanting to get rich and in the process hating the rich. And you, being caught in society, are also going to contribute to this.

    There is violence between husband, wife, and children. There is violence, antagonism, hate, cruelty, ugly criticism, anger—all this is inherent in man, inherent in each human being. It is inherent in you. And education is supposed to help you to go beyond all that, not merely to pass an examination and get a job. You have to be educated so that you become a really beautiful, healthy, sane, rational human being, not a brutal man with a very clever brain who can argue and defend his brutality. You are going to face all this violence as you grow up. You will forget all that you have heard here, and will be caught in the stream of
    society. You will become like the rest of the cruel, hard, bitter, angry, violent world, and you will not help to bring about a new society, a new world.

    (Source: ‘On Violence’, On Education by J. Krishnamurti)

    Q. 1. What is the physical violence that J. Krishnamurti is talking about?

    Q. 2. What is the violence that cannot be expressed?

    Q. 3. War, the ultimate violence, could be due to (Tick the correct options)-

    (a) difference of ideas
    (b) religious principles
    (c) nationalities
    (d) the feeling to protect a little piece of land
    (e) all of the above
    (f) none of the above

    Q. 4. How has J- Krishnamurti given the feelings of the rich and the poor in the given paragraph?

    Q. 5. What is the role of education in a human being’s life?

    Q. 6. How, as a student, will you create a new world?

    Answers:

    Q. 1. What is the physical violence that J. Krishnamurti is talking about?

    J. Krishnamurti refers to physical violence as actions such as killing, hurting others deliberately or unconsciously, saying cruel things full of hate and antagonism, and engaging in war or conflict over ideas, religious beliefs, nationalities, or territory.


    Q. 2. What is the violence that cannot be expressed?

    The violence that cannot be expressed is inward violence, which includes inner quarrels, hatred, and criticism towards others and oneself. It manifests in the desire to change others or force them to adopt one’s way of thinking.


    Q. 3. War, the ultimate violence, could be due to (Tick the correct options):

    • (✓) difference of ideas
    • (✓) religious principles
    • (✓) nationalities
    • (✓) the feeling to protect a little piece of land
    • (✓) all of the above

    Q. 4. How has J. Krishnamurti given the feelings of the rich and the poor in the given paragraph?

    J. Krishnamurti explains that the rich want to maintain their wealth and status, while the poor feel resentment and hatred towards the rich, wanting to rise above their poverty. This dynamic creates a cycle of violence and antagonism between the two groups.


    Q. 5. What is the role of education in a human being’s life?

    Education is supposed to help individuals rise above violence and become rational, sane, and healthy human beings. It should guide them to not only pass exams or get jobs but also to develop a sense of inner beauty, peace, and morality, making them capable of transforming society.


    Q. 6. How, as a student, will you create a new world?

    As a student, I will create a new world by promoting kindness, understanding, and peace in my interactions. I will strive to rise above violence, learn to tolerate differences, and contribute to a society that values compassion and respect for others’ ideas and feelings.

    Vocabulary

    1. Some verbs are given below. Write their nouns and averb forms in the space provided.

    VERBNOUNADVERB
    encourage  
    excite  
    trouble  
    beautify  
    tremble  

    Answers:

    VERBNOUNADVERB
    encourageencouragementencouragingly
    exciteexcitementexcitedly
    troubletroubletroublingly
    beautifybeautybeautifully
    trembletremortremblingly

    Grammar

    Reported speech

    1. Some, children are taken to a health clinic for a regular checkup. Rewrite the sentences they speak in reported speech. (Use complain, say, tell, ask, inquire, mention, etc. whenever necessary.)

    Ashish : I feel sleepy all the time.

    Neha : I get pain in my legs when I run.

    Sonal : I’m fine.

    Ritu : I had fever last week.

    Akash : Why do I always cough?

    Rehman : Should I walk everyday to keep myself fit?

    Sumi : Oh, thank you, Doctor. Now I know the reason for my stomach-ache.

    Though ‘tell’ and ‘say’ almost mean the same, there are differences in the usage of the two words. ‘Tell’ is always followed by an indirect object but ‘say’ is not.

    Example

    I told my sister that she was right.

    Ashish said he worked hard to achieve success.

    Example

    My mother asked (me) if I was ready for the party.

    Madhu asked (the tailor) whether her dresses were ready.

    2. Use ‘said’ , ‘told’ or ‘asked’ to fill in the blanks in the following sentences. One has been done for you.

    Shilpi : Father, I want to go on a trip to Uttarkashi.
    Shilpi told her father that she wanted to go on a trip to Uttarkashi.

    Archana : It is very hot in Jaisalmer.
    Archana said that it was very hot in Jaisalmer.

    (a) The Scientist __ that dinosaurs lived 230 million years ago.

    (b) The teacher _____________the students that she was going to conduct a new experiment.

    (c) Could you please ___________me where the new bookshop is located?

    (d) The student _ (the teacher) if it was possible is located?

    (e) It is requested that he should ___________the truth.

    (f) Father __(his son) whether he had paid his fees or not.

    Answers:

    Reported Speech

    Ashish: I feel sleepy all the time.

    • Ashish complained that he felt sleepy all the time.
    1. Neha: I get pain in my legs when I run.
      • Neha said that she got pain in her legs when she ran.
    2. Sonal: I’m fine.
      • Sonal mentioned that she was fine.
    3. Ritu: I had fever last week.
      • Ritu said that she had had a fever the previous week.
    4. Akash: Why do I always cough?
      • Akash inquired why he always coughed.
    5. Rehman: Should I walk every day to keep myself fit?
      • Rehman asked if he should walk every day to keep himself fit.
    6. Sumi: Oh, thank you, Doctor. Now I know the reason for my stomach-ache.
      • Sumi thanked the doctor and mentioned that she now knew the reason for her stomach-ache.

    Use ‘said’, ‘told’, or ‘asked’ to fill in the blanks:

    1. Archana: It is very hot in Jaisalmer.
      • Archana said that it was very hot in Jaisalmer.

    (a) The Scientist said that dinosaurs lived 230 million years ago.

    (b) The teacher told the students that she was going to conduct a new experiment.

    (c) Could you please tell me where the new bookshop is located?

    (d) The student asked (the teacher) if it was possible to get an extension for the project.

    (e) It is requested that he should tell the truth.

    (f) Father asked (his son) whether he had paid his fees or not.

    Editing

    Jumbled Sentences

    1. Join the pairs of the sentences given below and write meaningful sentences.

    (a) by giving ultimate/individual can transform everything/expression to /the inner determinations of an / the infinite potential of human being

    (b) down how much a time/ but keep rising / that you may go / the Sun teaches us

    (c) but how much love/much we give/we put into giving/it’s not how

    (d) fit for human habitation/would mould the world/the citizens of tomorrow/into a globe

    (e) you must hear/to be a great leader /and pains of people/ the unspoken joys

    Answers:

    (a) The infinite potential of a human being can transform everything by giving expression to the inner determinations of an individual.

    (b) The Sun teaches us that you may go down at times, but keep rising.

    (c) It’s not how much we give, but how much love we put into giving.

    (d) The citizens of tomorrow would mould the world into a globe fit for human habitation.

    (e) To be a great leader, you must hear the unspoken joys and pains of people.

    Listening

    1. You have read a play by Anton Chekov. Given below is a story by the same author. Listen and enjoy the recorded story or someone may read it aloud to you. Then answer the questions that follow.

    Vanka

    (Vanka Zhukov, a nine-year old boy, was made an assistant to Alyakhin, the Shoemaker. He didn’t go to bed on Christmas Eve. When everyone in the shop had gone to Church, he began to write on a crumpled sheet of paper. “Dear Grandfather Konstantin, he wrote”, I’m writing a letter to you. I wish you a Merry Christmas and all good things from the Lord God.
    I’ve no father and mother, and you are all I have left.”)

    Vanka raised his eyes to the dark windowpane. In his imagination he saw his grandfather Konstantin standing there. His grandfather was a night watchman on the estate of a rich man. Konstantin was a small, thin and lively old man of sixty-five whose face was always crinkling with laughter.
    In the daytime the old man slept in the servant’s kitchen or cracked jokes with the cooks. At night, wrapped in a big sheepskin coat he made rounds of the estate, blowing his whistle at regular intervals. He was always followed by his dogs, Brownie and Eel. Eel was a particularly remarkable dog. He was extremely respectful and endearing and looked
    lovingly on friends and strangers alike; yet no one trusted him. He would creep behind someone and bite his leg or run off with a peasant’s chicken. Many a time Eel was beaten mercilessly, yet he always managed to survive.

    At this very moment, Vanka thought, grandfather was probably standing by the gates, looking up at the bright red windows of the village church and cracking jokes with the servants.

    “What about a pinch of snuff?” he would say, holding out his snuffbox to the women.

    The women would take a pinch and sneeze and the old man would feel happy about it. “Fine for frozen noses, eh!” he’d say.

    The dogs, too, were given snuff. Brownie would sneeze, shake her head and walk away looking hurt. Eel, too polite to sneeze, only wagged his tail.

    Vanka looked through the window. The weather was glorious. The air was fresh. The night was very dark, but the roofs of the houses and trees were all covered with snow.

    Stars twinkled in the sky and it appeared that they had been washed and placed there only for the holidays.

    Vanka sighed, and went on writing: “Yesterday I was given a beating. That was because when I was rocking the baby in the cradle, I unfortunately fell asleep. Another day the mistress of the house asked me to clean the fish. I didn’t know how, so she rubbed the fish all over my face. My friends laughed at me. Then there’s nothing to eat. In the morning they give me bread, there is porridge for dinner and in the
    evening only bread again. The master and the mistress eat all the good things themselves. I sleep in the corridor and when the baby cries, I don’t get any sleep at all because I’ve to rock the cradle. Dear Grandfather, please take me away from here, take me to the village, it’s more than I can bear.” Vanka rubbed his eyes with his fists and sobbed.

    “I’ll grind your snuff for you, he went on”, I’ll pray to God to keep you healthy and if I ever do anything wrong, you can beat me as you like. If you think there’s no place for me then I can clean boots or even work as a shepherd boy.
    Grandfather, it’s more than I can bear. I thought of running away to the village, but I don’t have any boots. If you’ll help me now, I’ll feed you when I grow up and when you die I’ll pray for your soul just like I do for my mother. “Dear Grandfather, when they put up the Christmas tree at the big house, please take down a golden walnut for me and hide it in the green box. Ask the young mistress Olga, and say it is for Vanka.”

    Vanka sighed and gazed in the direction of the window. He remembered it was grandfather who always went to the forest to cut down a Christmas tree for the rich people, taking Vanka with him. They had a wonderful time together, the snow falling, the trees crackling and hares springing across the trees,

    When the tree had been chopped down, grandfather would drag it to the big house and they would start decorating it. The young mistress Olga, Vanka’s favourite, was the busiest of all. Vanka’s mother, when alive, had worked as Olga’s maid. Then Olga had given him all the sweets and played a lot with Vanka. But after his mother’s death, Vanka was
    sent to the kitchen to be with his grandfather and from there to Alyakhin, the shoemaker.

    “Come to me, dear grandfather,” Vanka wrote on, “Please, take me away from here, have pity on me, a poor orphan. They are always beating me. I’m terribly hungry and so miserable that I’m always crying. Remember me to all my friends. I remain your grandson, Ivan Zhukov. Dear grandfather, please come soon.”

    Vanka folded the sheet of paper and then put it in an envelope he had bought the previous day. He thought for a while, then wrote the address: To Grandfather in the Village. He added the words: Konstantin Makarich. He was happy that no one had disturbed him while he was writing his letter. He ran out to the street to post it. Vanka had been told by the clerks that letter were dropped in boxes from where they
    were carried all over the world on mail coaches drawn by horse and driven by drunken drivers, while the bells jingled. Vanka ran to the nearest mailbox and put his letter in it. An hour later, lulled by sweetest hopes, he was fast asleep. He dreamed of a stove. His grandfather was sitting beside it, reading out his letter to the cooks. Eel, the dog, was walking round the stove, wagging his tail.

    Anton Chekov

    (a) Vanka went o bed early on Christmas Eve as

    (b) Why, of all people, did he write a letter to his grandfather?

    (d) Vanka was eaten __________________________times.

    (e) Vanka was beaten because________________________.

    (f) What was Vanka prepared to do for grandfather if he was taken away from the shoemaker?

    (g) He was sent to Alyakhin, the shoe-maker, to

    (h) Who does Vanka remember most at Christmas, next to his grandfather?

    (i) How did he address the letter ?

    (j) Did he sleep well after posing the letter? What did he dream?

    Answers:

    (a) Vanka did not go to bed early on Christmas Eve because he stayed up writing a letter to his grandfather, while everyone else had gone to Church.

    (b) Vanka wrote a letter to his grandfather because his grandfather was the only family he had left, and he trusted him to take him away from the cruel life he was enduring with the shoemaker.

    (c) Vanka was beaten multiple times as he mentioned in his letter, especially when he made mistakes like falling asleep while rocking the baby or not knowing how to clean the fish.

    (d) Vanka was beaten because he fell asleep while rocking the baby, and once because he did not know how to clean the fish properly.

    (e) Vanka was prepared to do many things for his grandfather if he was taken away from the shoemaker. He was ready to grind snuff, clean boots, work as a shepherd boy, and pray for his grandfather’s health.

    (f) Vanka was sent to Alyakhin, the shoemaker, after his mother passed away. His life was difficult there, and he was treated poorly.

    (g) Next to his grandfather, Vanka remembered the young mistress Olga the most at Christmas, as she used to be kind to him and give him sweets when his mother worked as her maid.

    (h) Vanka addressed the letter simply as “To Grandfather in the Village” and added the name “Konstantin Makarich.”

    (i) After posting the letter, Vanka slept well and dreamed of his grandfather reading his letter by the stove, with Eel the dog wagging his tail.

    Speaking

    1. Enact the play in the class. Keep in Mind -dialogue delivery-tone, voice modulation, non-verbal communications -facial expressions, gestures, movements, etc. Many things are communicated through these non-verbal tools.

    2. A communicated task is given below. Practice in Pairs or groups.

    Task I

    (Discussing, giving opinions, agreeing, and disagreeing)

    Role Play

    Smita : Well! What do you think about violence on television?

    Romila : : If you ask me, there is too much violence on television. Children should not be exposed to it.

    Smita : I don’t agree with you. Why do you say so?

    Romila : It’s not wise to expose children to a lot of fighting, shooting, stabbing, and killing.

    Smita : But children find it thrilling.

    Romila : No, they don’t. On the contrary it brutalises them and makes them insensitive. They look upon violence and killing as common place
    incidents.

    Smita : But the young people now-a-days are quite violent.

    Romila : Precisely. It is the influence of television. Wouldn’t it be better if through television we give them the message of peace and togetherness.

    Pair or Group Work
    Discuss with your friends the following topics—people going abroad for studies, building a dispensary in place of a playground, sports cannot be a profession, or any topic that is of interest to you and your friends.

    Answers:

    Activity 1: Enacting the Play

    When enacting a play, consider the following elements for effective communication:

    1. Dialogue Delivery:
      • Tone: Adjust your tone according to the situation or character. For instance, serious moments require a calm, low tone, while exciting moments need a higher, more energetic tone.
      • Voice Modulation: Vary your pitch, volume, and pace to keep the audience engaged. Stress important words and slow down for dramatic effects.
      • Non-verbal Communication:
        • Facial Expressions: Show emotions like happiness, anger, or sadness clearly on your face.
        • Gestures: Use your hands and body to express ideas. For example, if your character is explaining something, use your hands to show size or direction.
        • Movements: Walk or move on stage according to your character’s mood. Confident characters walk with a straight posture, while shy or scared characters might shuffle or hesitate.
    2. Non-verbal Tools:
      • Facial Expressions: These convey emotions. Smiles, frowns, and raised eyebrows can say a lot without words.
      • Gestures: Use hand movements to emphasize points. For example, pointing to yourself when saying “I” or holding up hands in frustration.
      • Body Movements: Stand straight for confident characters, or slouch for tired or bored characters. Your posture should match your character’s feelings.

    Activity 2: Role Play Discussion

    In the role play, you will practice discussing a topic, expressing opinions, agreeing, or disagreeing politely.

    Role Play Example (Discussing Violence on Television)

    Smita: Well! What do you think about violence on television?

    Romila: If you ask me, there is too much violence on television. Children should not be exposed to it.

    Smita: I don’t agree with you. Why do you say so?

    Romila: It’s not wise to expose children to a lot of fighting, shooting, stabbing, and killing.

    Smita: But children find it thrilling.

    Romila: No, they don’t. On the contrary, it brutalizes them and makes them insensitive.

    Smita: But young people nowadays are quite violent.

    Romila: Precisely. It’s the influence of television. Wouldn’t it be better if we spread messages of peace and togetherness?

    Task for Pair or Group Work:

    Discuss the following topics with your friends. Make sure to express your opinions and agree or disagree politely.

    Suggested Topics:

    1. People Going Abroad for Studies:
      • Example: I think studying abroad provides great exposure and opportunities.
      • Counter-Opinion: But it can also lead to brain drain where talented people don’t return to help their home country.
    2. Building a Dispensary in Place of a Playground:
      • Example: I think it’s important to have a dispensary for health services in our neighborhood.
      • Counter-Opinion: But we need the playground for children’s physical activities and social growth.
    3. Sports Cannot Be a Profession:
      • Example: Sports are highly competitive and uncertain as a career.
      • Counter-Opinion: Sports can be a great profession with dedication and proper support, just like other careers.
    4. Any Topic of Interest: Choose any other topic relevant to your group’s interest and follow the same format—discuss, agree, or disagree politely.

    The main objective is to practice your speaking skills, use polite language, and learn to discuss and debate topics respectfully.

    Writing

    1. Letters in the olden times were carried by mail coaches driven by horses. How are they carried today? List the types of letter sent by different means of transport.

    2. You have listened to the story of Vanka. Try writing an e-mail to your grandfather describing your life. Have you ever felt as bad as Vanka did? What did you do to feel happy again?

    3. a) You have read ‘A Letter to God’ in your textbook First Flight. Lencho wrote a letter to God expressing his desire. Did it reach God?

    b) Do you think Vanka’s letter reached his grandfather? What is the correct way to address a letter?

    c) Suppose Vanka and Lencho meet. Create an interesting dialogue between the two. What encourage them to write letters to God anf grandfather?

    Dialogue

    Lencho : Hello! Vanka.

    Vanka : Hello! How are you?

    Lencho :

    Vanka :

    Lencho :

    Vanka :

    Lencho :

    Vanka :

    Answers:

    1. Letters in the Olden Times and Today

    In the past, letters were carried by mail coaches pulled by horses. Today, letters are carried through various modern means of transport and technology. Here is a list of types of letters and how they are sent:

    • Regular Postal Mail: Letters are carried by trucks, motorcycles, and airplanes as part of the postal service.
    • Speed Post/Express Mail: For faster delivery, letters are transported by air and special delivery vehicles.
    • Courier Services: Private companies use vans, trucks, and airplanes to deliver letters and packages quickly.
    • E-mails: Sent instantly over the internet, no physical transportation required.
    • Registered Mail: Sent securely through the postal system, usually via trucks or air transport for tracking purposes.

    2. E-mail to Grandfather

    Subject: Sharing My Life With You, Grandfather

    Dear Grandfather,

    I hope this message finds you well. I wanted to take a moment to share a bit about my life, just like Vanka wrote to his grandfather. Sometimes, I feel overwhelmed, especially when I face challenges at school or with friends. It’s tough when things don’t go as planned, and there have been moments when I felt quite low, almost like Vanka when he was lonely and sad.

    However, I try to find happiness by talking to my family and friends, spending time outdoors, or diving into my favorite hobbies. Unlike Vanka, I have the support of my parents and friends, and this keeps me going. Whenever I feel down, I remind myself of the good things in life, like spending time with you during holidays.

    I miss you and hope to see you soon.

    With love, [Your Name]


    3. a) Did Lencho’s Letter Reach God?

    In “A Letter to God,” Lencho’s letter did not physically reach God, but the post office workers, touched by his faith, helped by collecting money to fulfill his request. Although it was not God, the kind actions of the postal employees made Lencho believe that his prayer was answered.

    b) Did Vanka’s Letter Reach His Grandfather? Vanka’s letter, unfortunately, did not reach his grandfather because it was addressed incorrectly. He did not provide an accurate address, only writing “To my grandfather in the village.” The correct way to address a letter should include:

    • The recipient’s full name
    • The house number or street name
    • The city or village
    • The postal code
    • The country (if sending internationally)

    c) Dialogue Between Lencho and Vanka Let’s imagine Vanka and Lencho meet and talk about why they wrote letters to God and their grandfathers.


    Lencho: Hello! Vanka.

    Vanka: Hello! How are you?

    Lencho: I’m doing well. I heard that you wrote a letter to your grandfather. Why did you do that?

    Vanka: I missed him so much, and life was so hard where I lived. I thought if he knew, he would come and take me back to the village. I didn’t know who else to ask for help. What about you? You wrote to God?

    Lencho: Yes, after the hailstorm destroyed my crops, I had no other choice. I believed God would help me. I was desperate, and writing the letter gave me hope.

    Vanka: I understand how that feels. I was also desperate for help and thought my grandfather would be able to save me.

    Lencho: Did your letter reach him?

    Vanka: I don’t think so. I didn’t put the right address. But writing it made me feel better. It was my way of hoping for something better.

    Lencho: I think we both found comfort in writing. Sometimes, just believing that someone will listen—whether it’s God or our family—gives us strength.

    Vanka: Yes, you’re right. Writing letters gave us hope.


    In this dialogue, both Lencho and Vanka find common ground in their belief that writing letters brings comfort during difficult times, even if the letters don’t always reach their intended recipients.

  • NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 chapter 8 solutions

    Here we have presented NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 unit 7 chapter The Sermon at Benaras solutions. Read the below post to increase your English language knowledge.

    Lesson 8 The Sermon at Benaras

    The Sermon at Benaras’ you were asked to find out the meaning of ‘sermon’. The meanings are given below but these are in different contexts:

    a talk on a religious or moral subject

    a long or monotonous piece of admonition or caution or a waring, a lecture.

    (a) Discuss with your classmates the context to which the
    present text belongs.

    (b) What could be the examples for the different context according to you?

    (c) When your parents or elders say something, you say, “Oh, not again!” When do you say so and why?

    2. Read the poem given below in the context of ‘The Sermon at
    Benaras’. It was actually delivered as a part of a sermon in 1910 by the author, Canon Henry ScottHolland (1847—1918), a priest at St. Paul’s Cathedral, London. After reading the poem, discuss in groups of four and list the similarities and differences between ‘The Sermon at Benaras’ and ‘Death Is Nothing At All’. For example the theme, the situation, the philosophy of the two speakers etc.

    Death Is Nothing At All

    Death is nothing at all.
    It does not count.
    I have only slipped away into the next room.
    Nothing has happened.

    Everything remains exactly as it was.
    I am I, and you are you,
    and the old life that we lived so fondly together is untouched,
    unchanged.
    Whatever we were to each other, that we are still.

    Call me by the old familiar name.
    Speak of me in the easy way which you always used.
    Put no difference into your tone.
    Wear no forced air of solemnity or sorrow.

    Laugh as we always laughed at the little jokes that we enjoyed
    together.
    Play, smile, think of me, pray for me.
    Let my name be ever the household word that it always was.
    Let it be spoken without an effort, without the ghost of a shadow
    upon it.

    Life means all that it ever meant.
    It is the same as it ever was.
    There is absolute and unbroken continuity.
    What is this death but a negligible accident?

    Why should I be out of mind because I am out of sight?
    I am but waiting for you, for an interval,
    somewhere very near,
    just round the corner.

    All is well.
    Nothing is hurt; nothing is lost.
    One brief moment and all will be as it was before.
    How we shall laugh at the trouble of parting when we meet again!

    Canon Henry Scott Holland

    Reading Comprehension

    Text I

    Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow.

    In the future, if we want a happier humanity, a happy world, we must tackle the root of the problem. Of course the economy and political power are also causes. But the ultimate cause lies within the human mind. Every human action, verbal or physical, even minor actions, have some motivation. Proper motivation or proper development is an important factor. Thus, if intelligence is accompanied with human affection and compassion, what I call human feeling, then it is very useful.

    If society’s moral values and standards of behaviour become negative, each of us will suffer. Therefore, the intentions of an individual are very much related to the interests of society. There is a definite correlation.

    The educational system and family life are two very important areas. In the educational field, one has to take care not only of the brain, but also of one’s spiritual development. I say “spiritual development” not in a religious sense but simply in the sense of having a good and compassionate heart. If one has a compassionate heart, it automatically brings inner strength and allows for less fear and less doubt. Subsequently, one becomes happier and more open-minded, thus making more friends in society.

    (Source: The Transformed Mind by His Holiness
    the Dalai Lama)

    Q. 1. According to Hus Holiness the Dalai Lama, what should we do if we what a happier humanity?

    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 2. Where does the ultimate cause of the problem lie?

    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 3. “What I call human feeling, then ‘it’ is very useful.” What is ‘it’ referred to here?

    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 4. Why does the Dalai Lama say that proper motivation is important?

    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 5. Why is there a requirement of correlation between the intention and the interest of society?

    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 6. What does His Holiness the Dalai Lama mean by “spiritual development”?

    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 7. A compassionate heart brings-

    (a) ______________________________________________

    (b) ______________________________________________

    (c) ______________________________________________

    Answers:

    Sermon at Benaras

    (a) The present text, “The Sermon at Benaras,” refers to a religious talk given by Gautam Buddha on death and suffering. The context of the word “sermon” here is the first definition: a talk on a religious or moral subject. Buddha’s sermon deals with the impermanence of life and provides moral guidance on how to overcome grief.

    (b) Examples for the other context of “sermon” could be:

    • A parent’s lecture about studying hard for exams: When they repeatedly give you advice or caution.
    • A teacher scolding students for not following rules: A long piece of admonition or warning.
    • An elder cautioning about the dangers of social media misuse: A monotonous warning on moral or life-related topics.

    (c) You might say, “Oh, not again!” when your parents or elders repeatedly tell you the same advice or caution, especially about things like studying, cleaning your room, or staying away from distractions. This reaction often happens when you feel that the advice is repetitive or you believe you already know it.


    Comparing ‘The Sermon at Benaras’ and ‘Death is Nothing at All’

    Similarities:

    • Theme: Both texts deal with death and how to cope with it.
    • Philosophy: Both Buddha and Canon Henry Scott Holland convey that death is not something to fear. In Buddha’s sermon, he explains that death is a natural part of life. Canon Henry Scott Holland also emphasizes that death doesn’t change the essence of a person.
    • Tone: Both aim to comfort the living by explaining that death is not the end.

    Differences:

    • Situation: Buddha’s sermon is delivered after the death of a child to a grieving mother, addressing the universal reality of death and teaching how to overcome sorrow. In contrast, “Death is Nothing at All” is a personal reflection, telling loved ones to continue life as if nothing has changed.
    • Philosophy: Buddha’s message focuses on detachment from worldly attachments and accepting the impermanence of life. Canon Henry Scott Holland’s poem emphasizes continuity, that the dead person is still near and present in spirit.

    Reading Comprehension

    1. According to His Holiness the Dalai Lama, what should we do if we want a happier humanity?

    We should tackle the root cause of the problem, which lies within the human mind, and ensure proper motivation combined with compassion.

    2. Where does the ultimate cause of the problem lie?

    The ultimate cause of the problem lies within the human mind.

    3. “What I call human feeling, then ‘it’ is very useful.” What is ‘it’ referred to here?

    ‘It’ refers to human affection and compassion.

    4. Why does the Dalai Lama say that proper motivation is important?

    Proper motivation is important because it guides human actions and leads to positive outcomes for society if combined with affection and compassion.

    5. Why is there a requirement of correlation between the intention and the interest of society?

    There is a requirement of correlation because negative values and behavior affect everyone, and individual intentions should align with the well-being of society.

    6. What does His Holiness the Dalai Lama mean by “spiritual development”?

    Spiritual development means developing a compassionate heart, which leads to inner strength, less fear, and greater happiness, not in a religious sense but through kindness and compassion.

    7. A compassionate heart brings- (a) Inner strength (b) Less fear and doubt (c) Happiness and open-mindedness

    Text II

    Read the poem given below and answer the questions that follow. Father Gillgan was overworked and extremely tired as he kept attending to the sick and dying among his parishioners. He was offering them spiritual comfort day and night. One night he fell asleep on a chair. God sent his angel down to help his most beloved servant of the people.

    The Ballad of Father Gilligan

    The old priest Peter Gilligan
    Was weary night and day,
    For half his flock were in their beds,
    Or under green sods lay.

    Once while he nodded on a chair,
    At the moth-hour of eve.
    Another poor man sent for him,
    And he began to grieve.

    “I have no rest, nor joy, nor peace,
    For people die and die;”
    Ans after cried he, “God forgive!
    My body spake, not I!”

    And then, half-lying on the chair,
    He knelt, prayed, fell asleep;
    And the moth-hour went from the fields,
    And stars began to peep.

    They slowly into millions grew,
    And leaves shook in the wind;
    And God covered the world with shade,
    And whispered to mankind.

    Upon the time of sparrow chirp
    When the moths came once more,
    The old priest Peter Gilligan
    Stood upright on the floor.

    “Mavrone, Mavrone! The man has died,
    While I slept on the chair,”
    He roused his horse out of its sleep
    And rode with little care.

    He rode now as he never rode,
    By rocky lane and fen;
    The sick man’s wife opened the door:
    “Father! You come again!”

    “And is the poor man dead?” he cried.
    “He died an hour ago.”
    The old priest Peter Gilligan
    In grief swayed to and fro.

    “When you were gone he turned and died,
    As merry as a bird.”
    The old priest Peter Gilligan
    He knelt him at that word.

    “He who hath made the night of stars
    For souls who tire and bleed,
    Sent one of His great angles down
    To help me in my need.

    He who wrapped in purple robes,
    With planets in His care,
    Had pity on the least of things
    Asleep upon a chair.”

    Q. 1. Why did Father Gilligan cry “my body spake, not I”?

    ___________________________________________
    ___________________________________________

    Q. 2. “The moth-hour of eve”, the moth hour went” and “the moths came once more” establish a link. They suggest-

    (a) the movement of moths.

    (b) the passage of time.

    (c) the actions of Father Gilligan.

    Q . 3. Why did the poet say that the priest “rode with little care”? Does it mean that the old priest, Peter Gilligan, had no care for the safety of the horse and people on the way? What did he not care about?

    ___________________________________________
    ___________________________________________

    Q. 4. How did the priest feel when he heard that the sick man was dead? (Choose the correct option.)

    (a) He was frustrated and amazed.

    (b) He was ashamed and annoyed.

    (c) He was full of grief and self-condemnation.

    Q. 5. Why did Father Gilligan kneel down when he heard the sick man’s wife say “When you were gone….”?

    ___________________________________________
    ___________________________________________

    Q. 6. How did God help when “the least of things” was in need?

    ___________________________________________
    ___________________________________________

    Answers:

    Q. 1. Why did Father Gilligan cry “my body spake, not I”?

    Father Gilligan cried “my body spake, not I” because he was exhausted and frustrated by his constant work, attending to the sick and dying. In a moment of weakness, he expressed his weariness, but immediately regretted it, realizing that his complaint came from his physical exhaustion and not his true, compassionate self.

    Q. 2. “The moth-hour of eve”, “the moth hour went” and “the moths came once more” establish a link. They suggest—

    (b) the passage of time.

    Q. 3. Why did the poet say that the priest “rode with little care”? Does it mean that the old priest, Peter Gilligan, had no care for the safety of the horse and people on the way? What did he not care about?

    The poet said the priest “rode with little care” to indicate that Father Gilligan was in a state of deep urgency and worry about the sick man he had neglected while sleeping. It does not mean that the priest didn’t care about the safety of the horse or people on the way, but that he was so focused on reaching the sick man that he didn’t care about his own safety or comfort.

    Q. 4. How did the priest feel when he heard that the sick man was dead?

    (c) He was full of grief and self-condemnation.

    Q. 5. Why did Father Gilligan kneel down when he heard the sick man’s wife say “When you were gone….”?

    Father Gilligan knelt down in gratitude and humility when he heard the wife’s words because he realized that God had sent an angel in his place to attend to the dying man, showing mercy to both the priest and the sick man. He knelt in awe of God’s compassion and care.

    Q. 6. How did God help when “the least of things” was in need?

    God helped Father Gilligan, “the least of things”, by sending one of His angels to take care of the dying man while the priest slept. This act of divine intervention showed God’s compassion and understanding of the priest’s physical limitations, ensuring that the sick man received the necessary spiritual comfort.

    Vocabulary

    1. Antonyms for the words in the text “The Sermon at Benaras’ are given below. Find the words and fill in the blanks.

    (a) unfit ________________

    (b) joy ________________

    (c) contentment ______________

    (d) found _________________

    (e) lively _________________

    (f) cheered ________________

    (g) clam _______________

    2. Use a dictionary to find out four words each having the meaning nearest to the ones given below.

    Example: wander – stroll, dawdle, drift, roam,

    (a) vow

    (b) preach

    (c) preserve

    (d) enlighten

    (e) awaken

    (f) reign

    Answers:

    1. Antonyms for the words in the text “The Sermon at Benaras’ are given below. Find the words and fill in the blanks.

    (a) unfit – fit

    (b) joy – sorrow

    (c) contentment – discontent

    (d) found – lost

    (e) lively – dull

    (f) cheered – depressed

    (g) calm – agitated


    2. Use a dictionary to find out four words each having the meaning nearest to the ones given below.

    (a) vow

    • Oath
    • Pledge
    • Promise
    • Swear

    (b) preach

    • Sermonize
    • Proclaim
    • Teach
    • Advocate

    (c) preserve

    • Protect
    • Maintain
    • Conserve
    • Safeguard

    (d) enlighten

    • Educate
    • Inform
    • Illuminate
    • Clarify

    (e) awaken

    • Arouse
    • Rouse
    • Stir
    • Stimulate

    (f) reign

    • Rule
    • Govern
    • Dominate
    • Control

    Grammar

    Reported Speech

    We use direct speech when we repeat someone’s words and indirect speech when we use our own words to report what someone else has said. We use an appropriate reporting verb, make pronominal (relating to pronouns) changes and change certain words denoting ‘nearness’ in the direct form to words suggesting ‘remoteness’ (in time and place) in the indirect form.

    For example

    (a) Riki said, “I’m hungry.”

    (b) Riki said that he was hungry.

    (c) Alexa said to Meena, “Have you visited your home town Puducherry?”

    (d) Alexa asked Meena if she had visited her home town Puducherry.

    In the sentences ‘b’ and ‘d’ there are changes of person (I-he Mena-you-she, you-her). The reporting verb ‘said’ has been changed to ‘asked’.

    Some of the reporting verbs are: tell, ask, reply, warn, say, report,
    answer, explain, exclaim, mention, promise, suggest, order, etc.
    Example

    (a) The doctor said to me, “Drink eight glasses of water to
    avoid acidity.”
    (b) The doctor told me to drink eight glasses of water to
    avoid acidity.
    (c) “Please don’t tell anybody about my illness”, Amita said
    to me.
    (d) Amita asked me not to tell anyone about her illness.

    1. Read the passage (“Kisa Gotami had an only son, … a child, husband, parent or friend.”) from the text, ‘The Sermon at Benaras’ (page 134). Rewrite the paragraphs changing the direct speech into reported speech in the space given below.

    2. Read the story given below. Change the direct speech into reported speech and rewrite the story in the space provided. Use the reporting verbs given above whenever necessary. You can use any other reporting verb you find suitable.

    It is said, “It is not how much we have, but how much we enjoy that makes happiness.”

    Being happy does not require everything to be good but an eye to see good in everything. One day a crow saw a swan. “This swan is so white,” he thought, “and I am so black. This swan must be the happiest bird in the world.”

    The swan replied, “I was feeling that I was the happiestbird around. But I think the parrot is the happiest bird as it has two colours.” The crow then approached the parrot. The parrot said, “I have only two colours, but the peacock has multiple colours.”

    The crow then visited a peacock in the zoo. “Dear peacock,” the crow said, “you are so beautiful. Every day, thousands of people come to see you. You are the happiest bird on the planet.”

    The peacock said, “I always thought that I was the most beautiful and happy bird on the planet. But I am entrapped in this zoo. I have realised that the crow is the only bird not kept in a cage, and could happily roam everywhere.”

    Answers:

    1. Passage from ‘The Sermon at Benaras’ (Page 134):

    Original Text (Direct Speech): “Kisa Gotami had an only son, and he died. In her grief, she carried the dead child to all her neighbours, asking them for medicine, and the people said, ‘She has lost her senses. The boy is dead.’ At length, Kisa Gotami met a man who replied to her request: ‘I cannot give you medicine for your child, but I know a physician who can.’ And the poor woman said, ‘Pray tell me, sir; who is it?’ The man replied, ‘Go to Sakyamuni, the Buddha.’”

    Converted Text (Reported Speech): Kisa Gotami had an only son, and he died. In her grief, she carried the dead child to all her neighbours, asking them for medicine. The people said that she had lost her senses, as the boy was dead. Eventually, Kisa Gotami met a man who replied to her request that he could not give her medicine for her child, but he knew a physician who could. The poor woman then asked him to pray and tell her who it was. The man replied that she should go to Sakyamuni, the Buddha.

    2. Story – Happiness Comparison Among Birds:

    Original Text (Direct Speech): One day a crow saw a swan. “This swan is so white,” he thought, “and I am so black. This swan must be the happiest bird in the world.” The swan replied, “I was feeling that I was the happiest bird around. But I think the parrot is the happiest bird as it has two colours.” The crow then approached the parrot. The parrot said, “I have only two colours, but the peacock has multiple colours.” The crow then visited a peacock in the zoo. “Dear peacock,” the crow said, “you are so beautiful. Every day, thousands of people come to see you. You are the happiest bird on the planet.” The peacock said, “I always thought that I was the most beautiful and happy bird on the planet. But I am entrapped in this zoo. I have realised that the crow is the only bird not kept in a cage, and could happily roam everywhere.”

    Converted Text (Reported Speech): One day, a crow saw a swan and thought that the swan was so white, while he was so black, and thus, the swan must be the happiest bird in the world. The swan replied that it had once felt that it was the happiest bird around but believed that the parrot was actually the happiest bird because it had two colours. The crow then approached the parrot, who said that although it had only two colours, the peacock had multiple colours. Afterward, the crow visited a peacock in the zoo. The crow told the peacock that it was so beautiful and that every day, thousands of people came to see it, making it the happiest bird on the planet. The peacock, however, replied that it had always thought it was the most beautiful and happiest bird on the planet but was entrapped in the zoo. It had realised that the crow was the only bird not kept in a cage and could happily roam everywhere.

    This is how you can convert direct speech into reported speech while ensuring proper use of reporting verbs, pronominal changes, and the shift in tenses.

    Editing

    1. There are some omissions in the paragraph given below. Edit the paragraph, use suitable prepositions and words.

    The Wild Geese

    One day, Prince Siddhartha was going the royal gardens on his way the river. A flock wild geese passed overhead. Devadatta, the Prince’s cousin, shot arrow into their midst one of the geese fell. It was wounded and fell just front of Siddhartha. His heart was filled compassion when he saw poor bird bleeding profusely. He lifted it and he drew the arrow very carefully from its body. He took the bird with him. Devadatta sent a messenger claim the bird. But Siddhartha Devadatta sent a messenger claim the bird. But Siddhartha had saved its life. It did not belong to Devadutta who had tried to kill.

    Answers

    The Wild Geese

    One day, Prince Siddhartha was going to the royal gardens on his way to the river. A flock of wild geese passed overhead. Devadatta, the Prince’s cousin, shot an arrow into their midst, and one of the geese fell. It was wounded and fell right in front of Siddhartha. His heart was filled with compassion when he saw the poor bird bleeding profusely. He lifted it and carefully drew the arrow from its body. He took the bird with him. Devadatta sent a messenger to claim the bird, but Siddhartha had saved its life. It did not belong to Devadatta, who had tried to kill it.

    Listening

    1. Following is a narrative On Sanchi stupa. Listen to it carefully and answer the questions that follow. You can listen to the recorded narrative or ask your teacher, sibling or friend to read it aloud.

    The fascinating and world famous Sanchi stupa is located on a hilltop in
    Sanchi town, Madhya Pradesh, India. It is one of the most important Buddhist monuments that portrays Buddhist art and sculpture. Starting from the third century BC through the twelfth century AD, it attracts the attention of thousands of visitors round the year including national and foreign tourists, archaeologists, and historians among others.

    This stupa is the oldest stone structure in India that was built during the Mauryan period. Originally commissioned in the third century BCE by Emperor Ashoka, this huge hemispherical dome consists of a central chamber. In this chamber, the relics of Lord Buddha are placed. The original construction work of this stupa was supervised by Ashoka.
    His wife, Devi, was the daughter of a merchant of nearby village, Vidisha. Sanchi was also her birthplace as well as the venue of her and Ashoka’s wedding. Later, four ornamental gateways or toranas facing four directions and a balustrade surrounding the stupa were added in the first century BCE. The Great stupa at Sanchi is one of the oldest stone
    structures in India and counted among the best conserved ancient stupas of Central India. It has been enlisted as an UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1989.

    The sculptures on the ornamental gateways or toranas consist of decorative illustrations of events encompassing the life of Lord Buddha. These events are explained in the Jataka tales. The tree used here symbolises Lord Buddha. The most striking features regarding the stupa is that Lord Buddha has been depicted symbolically by figures like thrones, wheels, and footprints among others.

    (a) Which Buddhist monument is referred to here and what does it portray?

    ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________

    (b) Who are the people who visit this Stupa throughout the year?

    ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________

    (c) In which period the Stupa was built, and who commissioned it?

    ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________

    (d) Where is the central chamber in the Stupa? What is kept inside it?

    ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________
    ________________________________________________\

    (e) What structures were added to the huge hemisphere in first century BCE?

    (f) The toranas are decorated with: (Tick the right answer

    (a) stone ornaments ( )

    (b) events of Lord Buddha’s life ( )

    (c) Lord Buddha’s relics ( )

    (d) symbolic depiction of Lord Buddha as throne, wheel, footprints, etc. ( )

    Answers:

    (a) Which Buddhist monument is referred to here and what does it portray?

    The Buddhist monument referred to here is the Sanchi Stupa, and it portrays Buddhist art and sculpture.

    (b) Who are the people who visit this Stupa throughout the year?

    The people who visit the Sanchi Stupa throughout the year include national and foreign tourists, archaeologists, and historians.

    (c) In which period was the Stupa built, and who commissioned it?

    The Stupa was built during the Mauryan period in the third century BCE and was commissioned by Emperor Ashoka.

    (d) Where is the central chamber in the Stupa? What is kept inside it?

    The central chamber is located inside the hemispherical dome of the Stupa, and it contains the relics of Lord Buddha.

    (e) What structures were added to the huge hemisphere in the first century BCE?

    In the first century BCE, four ornamental gateways or toranas and a balustrade surrounding the stupa were added to the hemisphere.

    (f) The toranas are decorated with: (Tick the right answer)

    (b) events of Lord Buddha’s life (✔)

    This is based on the narrative that the sculptures on the toranas illustrate events from the life of Lord Buddha, explained in the Jataka tales.

    Speaking

    It id important to know that everyone has some problem or other, and they grieve in unique ways. your grief is different than those around you. You have experienced a loss or an intense sorrow, especially caused by someone’s death. This can also refer to the loss of physical or cognitive abilities or the loss of something that was routine in your life such as friendship, head boy or head girl, playing for school, etc.

    Discuss with your friend and note down—

    what could be the possible reasons for someone’s grief or sorrow.

    how can they overcome this.

    Share your feelings and suggestions in the class.

    Answers:

    Possible Reasons for Someone’s Grief or Sorrow:

    1. Loss of a Loved One: The death of a family member, friend, or pet.
    2. Health Issues: Physical or mental illness, losing the ability to perform daily tasks, or cognitive decline.
    3. End of a Relationship: Breakup or drifting apart from a close friend.
    4. Failure or Rejection: Not achieving a goal, failing in exams, or being rejected for a desired position (e.g., head boy/girl).
    5. Loss of Opportunities: Being unable to participate in activities you enjoyed, such as sports or a hobby.
    6. Changes in Life: Moving to a new place, changing schools, or losing a sense of routine.

    Ways to Overcome Grief or Sorrow:

    1. Talking to Someone: Sharing feelings with friends, family, or a counselor can help release emotions and gain support.
    2. Acceptance of Emotions: Allowing oneself to grieve and not rushing the process.
    3. Engaging in Positive Activities: Pursuing hobbies, exercising, or participating in social activities to shift focus and find joy.
    4. Seeking Professional Help: Therapy or counseling can help individuals deal with intense grief.
    5. Finding a New Routine: Re-establishing structure in life by setting small goals and trying to create new positive habits.
    6. Remembering Good Memories: Focusing on the good times rather than the loss.

    After discussing these points with your friend, share your thoughts with the class. Mention that everyone experiences grief differently, and it’s important to be patient with yourself and others during these difficult times.

    Writing

    1. Write a paragraph on how you can help other s who are in grief. You may consider the following points.

    grief is expressed through a variety of behaviours— observe these

    reach out to others in their grief, but some people may not want to accept help; some will not share their grief— understand this

    some others will want to talk about their thoughts and feelings -be a support to them, stand by them

    focus on what you can do, like holding their hand, etc.—a solace or a consolation

    2. Two poems are given in the textbook, First Flight, page 138–139, one by Kahlil Gibran, and the other by Rabindra Nath Tagore. Read the poems, discuss in groups of four on what these two poets want to say in their respective poems. Then write the summary of each poem and share it with your classmates.

    Answers:

    1. Helping Others in Grief

    Grief can be expressed in various ways, such as sadness, withdrawal, or even anger. It is essential to observe these behaviors and understand that everyone grieves differently. When someone is grieving, reaching out with compassion is important, but it’s equally crucial to acknowledge that not everyone is ready to accept help. Some may prefer to keep their feelings private, and this needs to be respected. Others may need someone to talk to and share their thoughts and emotions. In such cases, offering a listening ear and being present without judgment can be incredibly supportive. Sometimes, simply being there—whether by holding their hand or sitting with them—can provide a sense of solace. The focus should be on what you can do to provide comfort, showing care and empathy, even in small ways.

    2. Summary of the Poems from First Flight (Page 138–139)

    Kahlil Gibran’s Poem

    In this poem, Kahlil Gibran reflects on the nature of pain and joy. He suggests that our sorrows and joys are interlinked, and we cannot fully experience one without understanding the other. He emphasizes that pain is a part of personal growth and transformation, and through pain, we find depth in our existence. The poet wants us to accept pain as a teacher in life, helping us appreciate the beauty of joy.

    Rabindranath Tagore’s Poem

    Rabindranath Tagore’s poem focuses on the idea of giving and selflessness. He expresses that when we give with love and sincerity, it brings fulfillment not only to the receiver but also to the giver. The poet believes that the act of giving with a pure heart is the true essence of life. Tagore encourages us to embrace generosity and kindness as a means to enrich both our lives and the lives of others.

    These poems highlight different aspects of human experience, with Gibran focusing on the importance of understanding pain, while Tagore emphasizes the joy in selflessness and giving.

    Project

    Work in groups of four.

    Collect Jataka tales (at least six)concerning the previous births of Gautama Buddha in both human and animal form.

    Read these and rewrite the stories in your own words. You can develop a comic strip too.

    Make a collage of the stories.

    IIIustrate the stories and display the collage in your class.

    Answers:

    Project: Jataka Tales Collection and Comic Strip

    Step 1: Form a Group Work with a group of four classmates. Each group member can take responsibility for different parts of the project such as collecting stories, illustrating, writing, and creating the collage.


    Step 2: Collect Jataka Tales

    Look for six Jataka tales, which describe the previous lives of Gautama Buddha, both in human and animal forms. Some popular Jataka tales are:

    1. The Monkey King – Buddha in the form of a wise monkey who sacrifices himself to save his fellow monkeys.
    2. The Deer King – Buddha as a deer who saves a human and teaches him compassion.
    3. The Wise Rabbit – Buddha in the form of a rabbit who offers himself to be eaten by a beggar to demonstrate selflessness.
    4. The Golden Swan – Buddha as a golden swan who helps a poor family but is later betrayed.
    5. The Banyan Deer – Buddha as a deer who volunteers to sacrifice himself to save other animals.
    6. The Elephant King – Buddha as an elephant who provides food and help to humans during tough times.

    Step 3: Rewrite the Stories

    Rewrite these stories in your own words, ensuring they are simple, clear, and engaging. Focus on the key message or moral lesson from each tale.

    Example:

    The Wise Rabbit In a forest, a wise rabbit lived with many animals. One day, a beggar came looking for food. The rabbit, who had no food to offer, told the beggar, “You can eat me.” He threw himself into the fire, but instead of burning, a miracle happened! The rabbit was unharmed, and the beggar was deeply moved by the rabbit’s kindness and selflessness. This story shows the value of self-sacrifice and kindness.


    Step 4: Develop a Comic Strip

    Once the stories are written, divide them into panels for a comic strip format. Each panel should illustrate key moments of the story, with dialogue or captions. The comic strip can bring the tales to life with creative visuals.

    Tips for the Comic Strip:

    • Panel 1: Introduce the main character (Buddha in a previous life).
    • Panel 2-4: Show the problem or conflict.
    • Panel 5-6: Display the resolution, where Buddha teaches a lesson or performs a kind act.

    Step 5: Make a Collage

    Create a large collage with:

    • Illustrations from the stories or comic strips.
    • Summaries of the stories.
    • Artistic Elements like cutouts, drawings, and printed images.
    • Use bright colors and clear labels to make the collage attractive and informative.

    Step 6: Present and Display

    Once your collage and comic strips are complete, display them in your classroom. Share the stories with your classmates and explain the key morals from each Jataka tale.

    This project not only enhances storytelling but also promotes creativity, teamwork, and understanding of Buddhist teachings.

  • NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 chapter 7 solutions

    Here we have presented NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 unit 7 solutions. Boost your knowledge by looking at the below post.

    Madam Rides the Bus

    Let’s Begin

    1. In the story ‘Madam Rides the Bus’, Valli took a bus ride on the bus that she wanted to for last several months. She knew that she had to buy tickets for this. So she saved money suppressing all temptation to buy things like peppermints, toys, balloons, etc., and paid for the ticket.

    What all exciting things did she see from the bus?

    Was the excitement the same on her return journey?

    Discuss with your classmate and write a paragraph based on your discussion on the above mentioned questions.

    2. Have you undertaken any journey by bicycle, boat, bus, train, or on an elephant back? Share your experience with your friends in the class.

    Reading Comprehension

    Text I

    Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow.

    Vishav Driman (65 year old) and her husband Kamal Jeet (69 year old) set out to discover the hidden treasure of Uttarakhand by bicycle. Vishav shares their post-retirement adventure.

    Pedalling through the Golden Years

    At a time when our peers were slowing down, relaxing and watching sunsets from their front porch, we found a new passion—cycling. We started out with short daily rides, but found ourselves looking forward
    to them more and more, so much that we decided to venture further and cover more ground. There were obvious health concerns—the risk of
    performing a physically strenuous activity at a high altitude, the most obvious of them. But it helped that we had lived in Uttarakhand’s capital, Dehradun, our entire lives, and were therefore acclimatised to the cold winds and narrow winding roads that characterise this beautiful state. We were also familiar with almost all the scenic mountain trails it had to offer.
    Short rides extended to longer ones as we started falling deeper in love with not just the sport, but the very idea of discovering a world we had always been a part of, but never had the time to explore. Soon, a simple hobby turned into a project of sorts, and we started participating in cyclotrons and other cycling events being held in the city. Admiration and encouragement poured in from family members, friends and neighbours along the way, sparking a new thought—was it possible to travel across the state on our bicycles? It seemed daunting at first, but we knew we had to try. Our gear in place, our bikes serviced, and our
    minds set, we set off on an adventure we would remember for the rest of our lives.

    In my opinion, there are very few ways to enjoy and appreciate the beauty of Uttarakhand and cycling is the most thrilling of them all.
    Sunlight filtering through the trees and a cool breeze gently caressing your faces as you ride, coupled with breathtaking views of sal forests
    spread like a green cover on the mountains and surrounding valleys, the experience of pedalling across the state is truly inexplicable. Of the many trails we navigated, there is one that occupies a special place in our hearts. It began from Ghanta Ghar, a popular tourist attraction in Dehradun, it took us through some of the most picturesque locations of the state such as Kimadi, Hathi Paon, Mussoorie and Chaar Dukaan, right up to George Everest point. This 100km ride (approximately) is also
    one of the few routes in Uttarakhand that encapsulates all the element that one expects while cycling here—steep slopes, sharp curves, endless hills, lush forests, and off-road experiences.
    (Source: by Vishav Driman, India Travel360)

    Q. 1. What is the meaning of the expression “when our peers were solving down, relaxing and watching sunsets from their front porch”and in what context has the author used this?

    Q. 2. What made Vishav her husband confident to venture into Uttarakhand on their bicycle?

    Q.3. What was the strong passion that prompted the retired couple to take up this adventurous journey?

    Q. 4. What, according to the author, is the most thrilling way to enjoy and appreciate Uttarakhand? Why does she say so?

    Q. 5. Which trail occupies a special place in the couple’s heart?

    Q. 6. What are the expectations of a cyclist from such an adventurous trip through the mountains? Did Vishav and Kamal Jeet get these experiences from the 100 km ride?

    Answers:

    Q. 1. What is the meaning of the expression “when our peers were slowing down, relaxing and watching sunsets from their front porch” and in what context has the author used this?

    The expression means that most people their age were retiring from active life, choosing to relax, enjoy peaceful moments, and take things slow. The author used this to contrast their own decision to take up cycling and pursue adventure when most people of their age were opting for a quieter lifestyle.

    Q. 2. What made Vishav and her husband confident to venture into Uttarakhand on their bicycles?

    Vishav and her husband were confident to venture into Uttarakhand on their bicycles because they had lived in Dehradun, the capital of Uttarakhand, their entire lives. They were accustomed to the cold winds, narrow roads, and high-altitude conditions, which gave them confidence to take on the adventure.

    Q. 3. What was the strong passion that prompted the retired couple to take up this adventurous journey?

    The couple’s strong passion for cycling and their growing love for the idea of exploring the scenic beauty of Uttarakhand through cycling motivated them to take up this adventurous journey. Their hobby evolved into a passion for discovery and adventure, inspiring them to cover more ground and take on greater challenges.

    Q. 4. What, according to the author, is the most thrilling way to enjoy and appreciate Uttarakhand? Why does she say so?

    According to the author, cycling is the most thrilling way to enjoy and appreciate Uttarakhand. She says this because it allows them to experience the beauty of nature up close—the sunlight filtering through trees, cool breezes, breathtaking views of forests, and the serenity of the mountains—making the journey both physically and emotionally rewarding.

    Q. 5. Which trail occupies a special place in the couple’s heart?

    The trail that occupies a special place in the couple’s heart is the one that began from Ghanta Ghar in Dehradun and took them through picturesque locations like Kimadi, Hathi Paon, Mussoorie, and Chaar Dukaan, right up to George Everest point. It was a challenging yet beautiful 100 km ride.

    Q. 6. What are the expectations of a cyclist from such an adventurous trip through the mountains? Did Vishav and Kamal Jeet get these experiences from the 100 km ride?

    A cyclist on such an adventurous trip expects steep slopes, sharp curves, endless hills, lush forests, and off-road experiences. Yes, Vishav and Kamal Jeet got these experiences during their 100 km ride, as the trail they followed encapsulated all these elements, making the ride both thrilling and memorable.

    Text II

    Read the poem below and answer the questions that follow.

    Going Down Hill on a Bicycle, A Boy’s Song

    With lifted feet, hands still,
    I am poised, and down the hill
    Dart, with heedful mind;
    The air goes by in a wind.
    Swifter and yet more swift,
    Till the heart with a mighty lift
    Makes the lungs laugh, the throat cry:—
    “O bird, see; see, bird, I fly.
    “Is this, is this your joy?
    O bird, then I, though a boy,
    For a golden moment share
    Your feathery life in air!”
    Say, heart, is there aught like this
    In a world that is full of bliss?
    ‘Tis more than skating, bound
    Steel-shod to the level ground.
    Speed slackens now, I float
    Awhile in my airy boat;
    Till, when the wheels scarce crawl,
    My feet to the treadles fall.
    Alas, that the longest hill
    Must end in a vale; but still,
    Who climbs with toil, wheresoe’er,
    Shall find wings waiting there.

    Henry Charles Beeching

    Q. 1. The poem describe the _________ of going downhill on a bicycle.

    (a) enjoyment
    (b) happiness
    (c) excitement
    (d) satisfaction

    Q.2. Which line(s) depict the freedom like that of a bird that the poet enjoys?

    Q.3. Which is the experience the boy is sharing with the bird? What is the golden moment he is referring to?

    Q.4. What is the meaning of ‘full of bliss’ here? Can the boy find this kind of bliss in the world where he lives?

    Q.5. There is a comparison in the third stanza. What is it?

    Q.6. What is the meaning of the last two lines of the poem? Does “toil” mean dedication, determination, and will power to climb the hill? What is the reward here?

    Answers:

    Q.1. The poem describes the _________ of going downhill on a bicycle.

    (c) excitement

    Q.2. Which line(s) depict the freedom like that of a bird that the poet enjoys?

    The lines that depict the freedom like that of a bird are: “O bird, see; see, bird, I fly.
    Is this, is this your joy?”

    Q.3. Which is the experience the boy is sharing with the bird? What is the golden moment he is referring to?

    The boy is sharing the experience of flying and the sense of freedom with the bird. The “golden moment” refers to the fleeting feeling of weightlessness, freedom, and joy that he experiences as he speeds downhill on his bicycle, feeling as if he were flying like a bird.

    Q.4. What is the meaning of ‘full of bliss’ here? Can the boy find this kind of bliss in the world where he lives?

    ‘Full of bliss’ here means complete happiness and joy. The boy finds a unique kind of bliss while riding downhill, an experience of pure exhilaration and freedom that is hard to find in his regular world. This joy, as suggested, is beyond everyday happiness, and the poem implies that such moments are rare but possible in life.

    Q.5. There is a comparison in the third stanza. What is it?

    In the third stanza, the poet compares cycling downhill to skating on the level ground. He suggests that cycling, with its freedom and thrill, is more enjoyable and exhilarating than skating, which is bound by the flat surface.

    Q.6. What is the meaning of the last two lines of the poem? Does “toil” mean dedication, determination, and willpower to climb the hill? What is the reward here?

    The last two lines: “Who climbs with toil, wheresoe’er,
    Shall find wings waiting there.”

    These lines mean that although climbing the hill (or facing challenges in life) requires effort, hard work, and determination, the reward is a sense of freedom, joy, and accomplishment—represented by “wings.” Yes, “toil” signifies dedication, determination, and willpower, and the reward here is the ability to enjoy the freedom and bliss, like flying down the hill.

    Vocabulary

    1. Find out the words from the text ‘Madam rides the Bus’ That match with the given meanings.

    (a) inquisitive ______________________
    (b) intricate ______________________
    (c) mesmerizing ______________________
    (d) immense ______________________
    (e) hardly ______________________

    Answers:

    (a) inquisitivecurious
    (b) intricatecomplex
    (c) mesmerizingfascinating
    (d) immensehuge
    (e) hardlybarely

    Grammar

    1. Read the sentences given below. The groups of words in italics are phrasal verbs.

    This was she picked up various small details.

    Vali said, “I am the one to get on”

    The verb picked and get are combined with up and on respectively. Together they make phrasal verbs.

    Now, complete each sentence using a verb from box A and a word from box B (by making a phrasal verb). Use the correct form of the verb wherever necessary.

    A break, drive, get, fill, make, turnB out, down, off, on, in, up

    (a) It was evening. She _________ the light.

    (b) Do not ________ Ramesh, He was studying late at night yesterday.

    (c) The school bus ________ and had to be towed to the garage for repair.

    (d) They got in the car and ______________.

    (e) She hurt herself as she was _______ of the car.

    (f) You have to ____________ the form yourself.

    Answers:

    Here are the sentences completed using phrasal verbs:

    (a) It was evening. She turned on the light.

    (b) Do not wake up Ramesh. He was studying late at night yesterday.

    (c) The school bus broke down and had to be towed to the garage for repair.

    (d) They got in the car and drove off.

    (e) She hurt herself as she was getting out of the car.

    (f) You have to fill in the form yourself.

    These phrasal verbs fit the context of each sentence correctly.

    Editing

    1. Use capital letters and full tops whenever necessary and correct the spelling error as well, in the following paragraph.

    An exciting boat journey gliding crosswise the river from Godkhali jetty

    ill take to a place of incredible mystic beauty of Nature. The sundarbans

    a unesco World Heritage Site is located at the South eastern tip of the

    24 Paraganas district about 110 km from Kolkata it got its name from one

    of the mangrov plants known as Sundari (Heritiera Minor) Sundrbans are

    a part of the world’s largest delta, formed by the mighty rivers ganga,

    brahmaputra and meghna it is one of the most attractive and alluring

    places remaining on earth, a truly undiscovered


    paradise the Sundarbans is the largest singl block of tidal, halophytic

    mangrove forests in the world. It is the largest tiger reserv and National

    Park apart from being a unique largest mangrove eco-system of the

    world, the sundarbns has the world’s largest deltaic mangroove forests

    and is also home to one of India’s most iconic wildlife species – the royal

    bengal Ttger. The Sundarbans also serves as a crusial protective barrier

    for the inhabitents in and around Kolkata against the floods that result

    from the cyclones which are a regular occurrence. The Sundarbans


    have also been enlisted amongst the finalists in the New 7 Wonders of

    Nature.

    Listening

    1. Following is a passage on Mizoram and its people. When one visits this place, one is enchanted by its natural beauty and the vibrant culture of the state. Listen to the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow. You can listen to the recorded story or ask your teacher, sibling or friend to read the story aloud.

    Mizoram

    Once a tourist remarked, “I visited the Eastern States this time—where the people talk in songs and they always dance.”

    The eastern region of India is no doubt charmingly novel in many of its features. Mizoram, literally the land of Mizos is an expanse of blue-green hills. Mizoram is broken up lenghwise into five major mountain ranges gradually descending from the south to the north. The hills are rugged and their heights uneven. The name of the state Mizoram is made of two words. ‘Mi’ means human beings, ‘Zo’ means a hill. So, a ‘Mizo’ is a
    human dweller of a hill; Mizoram means the land of the hill-dwellers. Aizawl is the capital town of the State built in tiers along the hill.

    The Mizos have three main festivals—Mim Kut, Chapchar Kut and Pawl Kut. These festivals are associated with their agricultural activities during which they enjoy life by singing and dancing. The Mizos, blessed as they are with a beautiful environment and rich culture, are a vibrant and social people. They love to dance as much as they love to sing. They boast a number of folk and community dances handed down from one generation to the other through the ages. The dances are expressions of the gay, carefree spirit of the Mizos. It should be noted here that these dances are not intended for stage performance, rather they have been evolved for community involvement and participation.

    English with a Purpose
    A Textbook for Class XII (Core Course)
    NCERT, 2003

    1. The land of Mizo is a large open area of _______.

    The hills are ________ and ________.

    2. The state referred here is made of two names-

    a) ‘Mi’ means _________________.
    (b) ‘Zo’ means _________________.
    (c) and Mizoram means _________________.

    3. Which activities are associated with Mizo festival? How do Mizos enjoy these festivals?

    ________________________________________
    ________________________________________
    ________________________________________

    4. What are the special features of a Mizo dance?

    ________________________________________
    ________________________________________
    ________________________________________

    5. The following statements characterise of a Mizo people. Tick the one which is not true.

    (a) Mizo have a beautiful culture. ( )

    (b) They live in a beautiful natural environment. ( )

    (c) They are a protective people. ( )

    (d) They are a vibrant people. ( )

    (e) They love to dance and not so much to sing. ( )

    (f) They have a number of community and folk dances. ( )

    (g) The community involvement and participles is always there. ( )

    Answers:

    1. The land of Mizo is a large open area of blue-green hills.
      The hills are rugged and uneven.
    2. The state referred here is made of two names: (a) ‘Mi’ means human beings.
      (b) ‘Zo’ means a hill.
      (c) and Mizoram means the land of the hill-dwellers.
    3. The activities associated with Mizo festivals are agricultural activities.
      Mizos enjoy these festivals by singing and dancing.
      These festivals are Mim Kut, Chapchar Kut, and Pawl Kut.
    4. The special features of Mizo dances are:
    • They are expressions of the gay, carefree spirit of the Mizos.
    • The dances are not intended for stage performance, but are meant for community involvement and participation.
    • They are handed down through generations.
    1. The following statements characterise Mizo people. Tick the one which is not true: (e) They love to dance and not so much to sing. (✔)

    All other statements are true about Mizo people.

    Speaking

    1. Read Part II of the story ‘Madam Rides the Bus’. There are many conversations between Vali, the conductor, and some elderly people in the bus. Convert the conversations into dialogues between the characters. Many words like commandingly, haughtily, loudly (shouted), smilingly, irritably, curtly etc. have been used in this part. These are the
    different ways in which the characters have spoken. These show the mood, emotion, and intention of the characters.

    Now, write the dialogues and then in groups of three, enact it as a kite in the class.

    It was a fine spring afternoon. The bus was just on the verge of leaving the village. Vali, a small eight year old girl, wanted to go on a bus ride.

    Valli (loudly): Stop the bus! Stop the bus!

    Conductor (without looking up): Who is it? Hurry then!

    Valli (loudly): It’s me, I am the one who has to get on the bus.

    Conductor (smilingly): Oh. really!____________

    Valli (commandingly): I have to_________________________

    Here is____________________________________________.
    (Conductor stretched out his hand to help her up.

    Valli (smartly) : I can ___________________________________

    Conductor (jokingly): Oh, please__________________________
    (The bus started to move forward with a roar. Valli stood up
    on the seat to see the outside world clearly.)
    A voice (anxiously): Listen, child_________________________
    Valli (haughtily): There is nobody________________________
    Conductor (smilingly): Oh, sir____________________________
    Valli (angrily): I am __________________________
    Conductor (mimicking her):__________________
    Valli (steadfastly): Because I______________________________
    A voice (with concern): If you_____________________________
    Valli (irritably): I’m not___________________________________

    2. Two communicative tasks are given below. Practice with your partner.

    Communicative Task I

    (Offering, accepting and refusing help)

    Role Play

    Chaman : Hello Prem. You look tired. Is there anything I can do to help you?

    Prem : Thank you very much. I think I can manage. I am preparing a chart on Children’s Rights.

    Chaman : It’s a lot of work. Let me help you.

    Prem : Thank you. But I’ve already collected all the necessary information.

    Chaman : I can help you in illustrating some of the rights.

    Prem : Oh, can you? That sounds wonderful.

    Chaman : Could you tell me the themes to be illustrated?

    Prem : Here you are. I’m really thankful to you.

    Chaman : What about children’s duties?

    Prem : Oh, yes. It’s a good suggestion. I’ll list their duties also.

    Chaman : Thank you.

    Pair or Group Work

    Write conversations like the one above imagining you are in the classroom. Use the clues given below.

    Excuse me…..

    Yes?

    I wonder if you cold lend me our dictionary. I’m doing my class work.

    I’m sorry. I’m using it rights now. May be later.

    That’s okay. Thanks anyway.

    Write similar conversations imaging you are in the following situations: in the kitchen; at the railway station; asking somebody to open the door; in a hospital; in the playground.

    Communicative Task II

    (Asking for information, indirect questions and question tags)

    Role Play

    Vineet : Could you get me some warm clothes from the cupboard, please?

    Ashima : Are you feeling cold?

    Vineet : It’s cold today, isn’t it?

    Ashima : Yes, it is. I shall have to light the fire soon.

    Vineet : Oh, you have coal-fires, do you?

    Ashima : Yes. We don’t have a room heater. You have room heaters, don’t you?

    Veneet : Yes. We do. But coal-fires are nice. They are more comforting than a radiator, aren’t they?

    Ashima : Yes, but there is a lot more work than just switching on a heater. We keep talking about getting room heaters.

    Vineet : I suppose coal-fires aren’t very convenient, are they?

    Ashima : They certainly aren’t.

    Pair or work

    Using the above piece as a model, ask for information, make requests and give your opinion regarding – the floods in Chennai, ‘Cyberabad’ (Hyderabad), a celebration in your school, an landslide during the Amaranth yatra, etc.

    Answers:

    Speaking Task I: Dialogue Conversion from “Madam Rides the Bus”


    Valli (loudly): Stop the bus! Stop the bus!

    Conductor (without looking up): Who is it? Hurry then!

    Valli (loudly): It’s me, I am the one who has to get on the bus.

    Conductor (smilingly): Oh, really! You are the boss now, aren’t you?

    Valli (commandingly): I have to go on a ride in this bus today!

    Conductor (stretched out his hand to help her up): Come on, little one, hop in!

    Valli (smartly): I can get on by myself, I don’t need help!

    Conductor (jokingly): Oh, please forgive me, your highness! (laughs)

    (The bus started to move forward with a roar. Valli stood up on the seat to see the outside world clearly.)

    A voice (anxiously): Listen, child, sit down! You’ll fall!

    Valli (haughtily): There is nobody to tell me what to do! I know how to take care of myself!

    Conductor (smilingly): Oh, sir, leave her be. She’s quite the adventurer, isn’t she?

    Valli (angrily): I am not a child! I know everything about buses!

    Conductor (mimicking her): “I am not a child, I know everything about buses!” (laughs)

    Valli (steadfastly): Because I’ve been watching the bus every day from my house! I know all about it!

    A voice (with concern): If you fall, you’ll regret standing up like that!

    Valli (irritably): I’m not going to fall! I’m careful! Leave me alone!


    Communicative Task I: Offering, Accepting, and Refusing Help

    Example: Asking for help in the kitchen


    Ravi: Excuse me, could you help me chop these vegetables?

    Maya: Sure, but I’m just finishing up with the dishes. Can I help you after that?

    Ravi: That’s okay, I can wait. Thanks for helping out!


    Example: Asking for help at a railway station


    Passenger: Excuse me, could you tell me which platform the train to Mumbai leaves from?

    Attendant: I’m sorry, I’m not sure about that. You could check the display board, though.

    Passenger: That’s alright, I’ll do that. Thanks anyway!


    Communicative Task II: Asking for Information


    Vineet: Could you help me find out more about the floods in Chennai?

    Ashima: Oh yes, the news has been full of it lately. It’s quite a disaster, isn’t it?

    Vineet: Yes, the damage is massive, isn’t it?

    Ashima: It really is. Do you think the relief efforts are going well?

    Vineet: Well, it seems like there is a lot to be done still, but they are trying their best, aren’t they?

    Ashima: Yes, but managing such a large crisis is never easy.

    Vineet: I guess it’s hard to control nature, isn’t it?

    Ashima: Absolutely.

    Writing

    1. In the text, seeing Vali travelling alone in the bus, some of the characters showed concerns.

    An elderly woman asked, “Are you alone, dear?”

    The Conductor questioned, “What’s your mother be looking for you?”

    The old woman continued asking, “Is it prper for such a young person to travel alone? Do you exactly know where you’re going in town? What’s the street? What’s the house number?”

    Do you think that the concerns of the elderly lady and the conductor are apt and genuine? Will you say that it is applicable to young boys as well? Discuss in groups, make note and then arrange a debate competition. You can consider the following points for the discussion or debate. Then write a paragraph considering these issues and give your opinion as well.

    Girls and boys of Valli’s age can travel in a bus or auto rickshaw, etc.

    Freedom should be given to them to move around.

    Safety of the young children is of utmost concern.

    What type of education should be given to them?

    This is a vulnerable age and children are innocent.

    2. You have read that on her return journey. Valli saw the young cow lying dead by the roadside. This young cow was running very fast in front of the bus and had given Valli unbound happiness when she was travelling to the town.

    Now, write a paragraph on ‘Should the domestic animals be let loose to walk on the roads freely’ where the vehicles are plying? Who is responsible for the death of the young cow?

    Answers:

    1. Safety Concerns for Young Children Traveling Alone

    The concerns of the elderly lady and the conductor regarding Valli traveling alone in the bus are both apt and genuine. They reflect a responsible and caring attitude toward the safety of young children, irrespective of gender. At a young age, children may not fully understand the complexities of traveling or be aware of potential risks. It is important for adults to be cautious and inquire about the child’s well-being, destination, and safety.

    In today’s world, safety concerns apply equally to both boys and girls. Young boys are just as vulnerable to risks as girls. The debate regarding whether children should be allowed to travel alone focuses on balancing their need for freedom and independence with the necessity of ensuring their safety. While giving children some freedom to move around fosters their growth and confidence, it is essential to guide them on how to stay safe in public spaces.

    Education plays a key role in preparing children for such situations. They should be taught about road safety, interacting with strangers, and being aware of their surroundings. However, since children of Valli’s age are still innocent and vulnerable, adult supervision or at least proper guidance before traveling alone is crucial. Ultimately, while children should be given freedom, their safety should always remain a priority.

    2. Should Domestic Animals Be Let Loose on Roads?

    The tragic incident of the young cow’s death raises an important question about whether domestic animals should be allowed to roam freely on roads. In many areas, animals like cows and dogs are often seen wandering near roads where vehicles pass. This poses a serious threat not only to the animals themselves but also to drivers and passengers who may face accidents due to unexpected obstructions.

    Letting domestic animals roam freely on busy roads is dangerous and irresponsible. It is the responsibility of the owners to ensure that their animals are kept in safe and enclosed areas, away from traffic. Municipal authorities also have a role to play in ensuring that stray animals are taken care of and that roads are kept clear to prevent accidents.

    In the case of the young cow’s death, both the owner and the local authorities are responsible. The owner should have ensured that the cow was in a secure place, while the authorities should have enforced rules to prevent animals from roaming freely on busy roads. Such negligence leads to unfortunate incidents like this one, where innocent animals suffer and road safety is compromised.

    Project

    1. Read the quick tips for travelling by a bike below.

    When you travel by a bike, Vishav says that the frame and tyres of the bike should be according to the rider’s height. One should carry a hand pump, extra tubes, and a puncture kit for emergency situations. Right accessories such as sweat-resistant gloves, helmets, knee and elbow pads, and a pair of shoes is of utmost importance. It is also necessary to
    carry essentials like dry food, water, and Oral Rehydration Salts (ORS). A first-aid kit with pain killers, muscle relaxing balms, and band-aids are also advisable.

    Now, prepare a list of things that you would like to suggest to people who want to travel by:

    (a) a train
    (b) a bus
    (c) a boat
    (d) a motorbike
    (e) on foot (for example a trek)

    Make a collage.
    • Study the information given in these tickets.
    • Draw a table to enter the information like PNR number,
    time of departure, time of arrival, confirmed ticket, wait-listed ticket, RAC status in train, seat number, food
    preferences, price of the ticket, number of passengers, etc.
    • How are these tickets different from each other?
    B. Write a paragraph on ‘Why it is essential to travel with a ticket?

    Answers:

    Suggestions for Travel Essentials:

    1. For Train Travel:
      • Valid ticket and ID proof
      • Comfortable clothing and shoes
      • Snacks, water, and ORS packets
      • Toiletries (wet wipes, tissues, sanitizer)
      • A blanket, pillow, and neck rest for long journeys
      • Entertainment (books, music, games)
      • Power bank for mobile devices
      • Personal first-aid kit (painkillers, band-aids, sanitizer)
    2. For Bus Travel:
      • Valid ticket and ID proof
      • Water bottle and snacks
      • Comfortable seating pillow and blanket for long journeys
      • Headphones and mobile entertainment
      • Essential medicines (motion sickness tablets, pain relief)
      • Hand sanitizer and wipes
      • Sunglasses and hat for day travel
    3. For Boat Travel:
      • Valid ticket and ID proof
      • Motion sickness medication
      • Waterproof bag for valuable items
      • Sunscreen, sunglasses, and a hat
      • Light snacks and water
      • Comfortable footwear with a good grip
      • Emergency whistle or safety vest (if not provided)
    4. For Motorbike Travel:
      • Valid driving license, bike insurance, and registration papers
      • Helmet, gloves, and protective gear (knee, elbow pads)
      • Weather-appropriate clothing (rain gear, warm clothing)
      • Spare parts (extra tubes, hand pump, puncture kit)
      • Water bottle and energy bars
      • First-aid kit with bandages, antiseptic cream, and pain relief
      • Route map or GPS device
    5. For Walking/Trekking:
      • Comfortable trekking shoes and socks
      • Backpack with essentials like water, ORS, and energy bars
      • Weather-appropriate clothing (jacket, raincoat)
      • Sunscreen, sunglasses, and hat
      • Walking stick for support
      • First-aid kit (blister pads, antiseptic cream, pain relief)
      • Compass, map, or GPS device
      • Emergency whistle and flashlight

    Collage Idea: For the collage, gather images of items listed above for each mode of travel. Arrange them into different sections: one for train, bus, boat, motorbike, and trekking. Add labels under each section to make the collage informative.


    Train Ticket Information Table:

    FieldInformation
    PNR Number1234567890
    Time of Departure8:30 AM
    Time of Arrival5:15 PM
    Ticket StatusConfirmed / RAC / Waitlisted
    Seat NumberB2-35
    Food PreferencesVegetarian / Non-Vegetarian
    Price of Ticket₹ 1200
    Number of Passengers1

    Why It Is Essential to Travel with a Ticket

    It is essential to travel with a ticket for several reasons. First and foremost, a valid ticket is proof of your right to use the service, whether it is a train, bus, or any other mode of transport. It ensures that you have a reserved seat and confirms your travel status. Traveling without a ticket can lead to fines or legal consequences, and it creates unnecessary inconvenience for both passengers and staff. Additionally, the ticket holds key information such as the departure time, seat number, and travel route, which helps in organizing your journey. Tickets also serve as evidence of payment and allow you to make claims in case of delays, cancellations, or lost baggage. Thus, traveling with a ticket is crucial for a hassle-free and legal journey.

  • NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 chapter 6 solutions

    NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 unit 6 solutions. Increase your English language understanding.

    Mijbil The Otter

    Reading Comprehension

    Text I

    The following is a story of a baby Civet cat that fell from a tree and was raised by humans. It is a true story from Assam written by Rommel Shunmugam who is a conversation photographer. Through his photo stories, he seeks to inculcate in children a love for nature and wildlife.

    Civet cats are found in most parts of India. They are also called toddy cats. They live on palm trees and love to drink the sweet sap, which is collected by toddy tappers to make wine! Dharini and his family rescues and rehabilitates wild animals. These are mostly babies or animals that cannot look after themselves.

    Baby Bhakat

    Hi! My name is Bhakat. I am a baby Civet cat. I am three month old. Shhh! I am taking a nap with my brothers. Yes, I live in a family of humans. They treat me like their own Baby!

    My home is a little thatched hut by a river in a small village in Assam. The hut has an earthen floor and mud-splattered walls. Its doors are always open. I come and go as I please! Mama takes care of all three of us! Her name is Anjali. She cooks, cleans and plays with me. I secretly think she loves me the most. She lets me be real naughty!

    Mama is about to make brunch! She is making roti and vegetables. I don’t like vegetables, but I like fruits. I love meat. I am omnivorous. Mama always feeds me before anyone else! I love things dippe in milk. They are yummy!

    The man of the house is Dharini. If not for him, I would not be alive today! My civet mother built a nest for me in a very tall coconut tree. One night I slipped and felt to the grounds! When villagers found me they took me to Dharini. Dharini loves animals. I began to live in his home. I was very small. I could not walk. I ate and slept a lot!

    Do you know why my eyes are so large? That’s because I am a nocturnal animal. I sleep in the day and am active in the night. My large eyes help me see better in the dark! I also have a very long tail! It helps me balance on tree-tops and branches. I mostly live on trees, though I do come down to the ground. Animals like me are called arboreal!

    Inside Dharini’s house, I always snooze in the rafters. I like being high up; it reminds me of trees! One day I woke up to find a strange sight, Dharini’s house was filling with water! In the night, the river behind the house started overflowing its banks! Inside everything was helter-skelter. Things were piled on top of one another! The monsoon had arrived!

    Dharini and Anjali carried us babies outside the house! There was water everywhere and it was very muddy! But the sun was out and it was not raining! I stayed high on the fence and made sure even my long tail did not get wet! Dharini went to pick snails.

    Snails had climbed branches and walls to escape drowning in the flood! Every gardener knows that snails eat plants. By eating snails, I ensure that they do not overrun your garden. I maintain the balance of life in nature!

    When it floods, you find fish everywhere! Dharini cast his net in the garden and began catching fishes. They are kept in a pan of water to keep them alive and fresh to eat!

    Montu, my brother, tried to be naughty! He caught me and threatened to dip me in water! He got a scolding from Dharini. I hate to be in water! Back inside the house, it is time for me to play with Mama! I shall rest awhile and then be up again at night. Mama always leaves a midnight snack by the lantern!

    Rommel Shunmugam

    Now read the following questions and tick the right answer.

    Q.1. Dharini ___

    (a) is the land owner
    (b) loves animals
    (c) is a gardener
    (d) is father of Bhakat

    Q.2. Civet cats are also called __________.

    (a) Baby cats
    (b) Night cats
    (c) Today cats
    (d) Snail cats

    Q.3. Baby Bhakat loves to eat ______.

    (a) roti
    (b) fruits
    (c) vegetables
    (d) meat

    Q.4. Baby Bhakat hates to ________.

    (a) eat snails
    (b) plays with Mama
    (c) be in water
    (d) sleep in the rafter

    Q.5. The home for the Bhakat is ________.

    (a) a garden near a river
    (b) the roof of the little hut
    (c) a little hut by a river
    (d) the nest in a coconut tree

    Q.6. Tick the statements which is not true.

    (a) Dharani and Anjali treat Bhakat as their own baby.
    (b) They keep the door closed to keep Bhakat safe.
    (c) Anjali plays with Bhakat and lets it be naughty.
    (d) Anjali feeds Bhakat before anyone else.

    Answers:

    Q.1. Dharini ___
    (b) loves animals

    Q.2. Civet cats are also called __________.
    (b) Night cats

    Q.3. Baby Bhakat loves to eat ______.
    (d) meat

    Q.4. Baby Bhakat hates to ________.
    (c) be in water

    Q.5. The home for the Bhakat is ________.
    (c) a little hut by a river

    Q.6. Tick the statement which is not true.
    (b) They keep the door closed to keep Bhakat safe.

    Text II

    Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow.

    It’s not east having Elephants in your backyard. Around the world, as communities expand, and natural wild places are reduced, people and wildlife are increasingly coming into conflict over living space and food.
    It might be baboons in Namibia attacking young goats or elephants in Nepal eating crops or European bears and wolves killing livestock. The problem is universal, affects rich and poor, and is bad news for all concerned. The impacts are often huge. People lose their crops and
    livestock (and therefore a source of income and food security), property, and sometimes their lives—even a severe injury caused
    by wildlife can result in a loss of livelihood. The animals, some of
    which are already threatened or even endangered, are sometimes
    killed in retaliation or to prevent future conflicts. Human-wildlife conflict is happening more and more, affecting a lot of different species. The effects of climate change will probably make the problem worse.

    How we are tackling human-wildlife conflict

    The solutions are often specific to the wildlife or area concerned, and are often creative and simple-for instance planting a barrier of crops that repel the animals (elephants and some other wildlife
    don’t like chilli, for example).

    An important aspect, of the work is that it benefits both the animals and local people and actively involves the communities concerned (in the case of chilli, it can be sold to increase income.)
    It’s about finding solutions that lead to mutually beneficial coexistence.

    The work has also often led to people being more enthusiastic and supportive of conversation, and has demonstrated that people can live alongside wildlife while developing sustainable livelihoods.

    (Source: https://www.wwf.org.uk/what-we-do/area-of-work/
    preventing-human-wildlife-conflict

    Q.1. What happens when communities expend?

    Q.2. What is the meaning of “impact” in the passage? How it is affecting people and their life?

    Q.3. What will make the human-wildlife conflict more intense?

    Q.4. The passage talks about one solutions to tackle humans-wildlife conflict. What is it?

    Q.5. These types of creative and simple solutions lead to –

    (Tick the statement(s) which is/are not true.)

    (a) active community involvement.
    (b) generate income naturally.
    (c) mutually beneficial coexistence.
    (d) people live with wildlife happily.
    (e) be more enthusiastic and supportive of conservation
    (f) developing sustainable livelihood.

    Answers:

    Q.1. What happens when communities expand?
    When communities expand, natural wild places are reduced, and as a result, people and wildlife come into conflict over living space and food.

    Q.2. What is the meaning of “impact” in the passage? How it is affecting people and their life?
    The word “impact” in the passage refers to the negative effects or consequences of human-wildlife conflict. It affects people by causing them to lose their crops, livestock (a source of income and food security), property, and sometimes even their lives. Severe injuries caused by wildlife can result in a loss of livelihood.

    Q.3. What will make the human-wildlife conflict more intense?
    The effects of climate change are expected to make the human-wildlife conflict more intense, as changing environmental conditions may push wildlife closer to human habitats in search of food and living space.

    Q.4. The passage talks about one solution to tackle human-wildlife conflict. What is it?
    One solution mentioned in the passage is planting a barrier of crops that repel animals, such as using crops like chili, which elephants and some other wildlife do not like.

    Q.5. These types of creative and simple solutions lead to –

    (Tick the statement(s) which is/are not true.)

    (d) People live with wildlife happily.
    This statement is not true, as the passage suggests that these solutions aim for “mutually beneficial coexistence” rather than making people live with wildlife “happily.”

    Text II

    Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow.

    Animal rights

    People who support animal rights recognise that all animals have an inherent worth, a value completely separate from their usefulness to humans. Every being with a will to live has the right to live free from exploitation and suffering.

    All animals have the ability to suffer in the same way and to the same degree that humans do. They feel pain, pleasure, fear, frustration, loneliness, and familial love. Whenever we consider doing something that would interfere with their needs, we are morally obligated to take them into account.

    People often ask if animal rights mean that animals should have the right to vote or drive a car. Of course, that would be silly because those aren’t rights that would benefit animals. But animals have the right not to suffer at the hands of humans and to live their lives free from suffering and exploitation because they have an interest in doing so. That is the difference between equal consideration and equal treatment.

    Almost everyone cares about animals in some context, whether it’s a beloved family companion, an irresistibly cute kitten or a majestic wild animal seen in a documentary. After all, we each have some built-in capacity for empathy and compassion, as can be seen from the lengths that children often go to in order to help animals.

    Logically and morally, there is no reason to differentiate in the way we treat the animals we share our homes with and those who are farmed for food. They are all individuals, with the same capacity to feel pain and fear. Animal rights help us to look past the arbitrary distinctions between different species, to rediscover our innate compassion, and to respect all animals equally.

    Anyone who cares about animals can start putting these principles into practice every single day with the food they eat, the clothes they wear, and the products they buy. These choices are a form of non-violent protest that makes a real difference both by reducing the profits of corporations that harm or kill animals and by creating a growing market for cruelty-free food, fashion, services, and entertainment.

    (Source: https://www.peta.org.uk/action)

    __________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 1. What do the people who support animal rights recognise?

    __________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 2. As human beings, what are our moral obligations towards animals?

    __________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 3. What is the right f animals as mentioned in paragraph three?

    __________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 4. Why should we rediscover our empathy, compassion, and respect for animals?

    _________________________________________________
    _________________________________________________

    Q. 5. Anyone who cares about animals can start putting “these principles” into practice. What are “these principles?”

    __________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Answers:

    Q.1. What do the people who support animal rights recognize?
    People who support animal rights recognize that all animals have inherent worth, a value separate from their usefulness to humans. They believe every being with a will to live has the right to live free from exploitation and suffering.

    Q.2. As human beings, what are our moral obligations towards animals?
    Our moral obligations towards animals are to consider their needs and avoid causing them suffering. Whenever we do something that might interfere with their well-being, we are morally obligated to take their needs into account.

    Q.3. What is the right of animals as mentioned in paragraph three?
    The right of animals, as mentioned in paragraph three, is to live their lives free from suffering and exploitation. They have an interest in living free from harm, which is different from rights that would not benefit them, like voting or driving a car.

    Q.4. Why should we rediscover our empathy, compassion, and respect for animals?
    We should rediscover our empathy, compassion, and respect for animals because all animals have the capacity to feel pain and fear, just like humans. There is no logical or moral reason to differentiate between animals we care for at home and those farmed for food. Rediscovering these qualities helps us treat all animals equally and with respect.

    Q.5. Anyone who cares about animals can start putting “these principles” into practice. What are “these principles?”
    “These principles” refer to the ideas of respecting animal rights, recognizing their inherent value, and making daily choices (such as in food, clothing, and products) that reduce harm to animals. By making cruelty-free choices, people can contribute to non-violent protest and create a demand for animal-friendly products and services.

    Vocabulary

    1. The following words are from the text you have read. The synonyms for each word are given. Find the odd one out.

    (a) serious, grave, ridiculous, stern, solemn
    (b) suitable, unfitting, appropriate, right, proper
    (c) hostile, unfriendly, averse, agreeable, unreceptive
    (d) peaceful, harmonious, quiet, serene, violent
    (e) appalling, atrocious, wonderful, awful, dreadful

    2. Look at the two sentences given below. These are from the text. Look at the words in italics. These are used as verbs. They can be used as nouns as well.

    (a) By then it had crossed my mind…
    (b) Camusfearna, ringed by water…

    The noun forms of these two verbs are ‘cross’ and ‘ring’ Mahanadi is.

    (b) She put the ring back in the jewellery box.

    A list of words is given below. Make sentences using these words as verb and noun.

    (c) Book __________________________________________

    (d) Mail __________________________________________

    (e) Cable __________________________________________

    (f) Sack __________________________________________

    (g) End __________________________________________

    (h) Head __________________________________________

    (i) Colour __________________________________________

    (j) Lead __________________________________________

    Answers:

    1. Find the odd one out:

    (a) Ridiculous (The other words are serious in tone, while “ridiculous” refers to something silly or laughable.)

    (b) Unfitting (The other words refer to something that is suitable or appropriate, whereas “unfitting” means not appropriate.)

    (c) Agreeable (The other words describe a negative attitude, while “agreeable” is positive and friendly.)

    (d) Violent (The other words refer to peaceful or calm states, while “violent” is the opposite.)

    (e) Wonderful (The other words describe something terrible, while “wonderful” is positive.)


    2. Use words as both verb and noun in sentences:

    (c) Book

    • Noun: I bought a new book from the store.
    • Verb: She will book the tickets for our trip tomorrow.

    (d) Mail

    • Noun: I received a letter in the mail today.
    • Verb: Please mail me the documents as soon as possible.

    (e) Cable

    • Noun: The cable connecting the TV to the internet was damaged.
    • Verb: They will cable the information to us by tomorrow.

    (f) Sack

    • Noun: The potatoes were packed in a large sack.
    • Verb: He was sacked from his job for repeated misconduct.

    (g) End

    • Noun: Every story has an end.
    • Verb: We need to end the meeting by 5 PM.

    (h) Head

    • Noun: The head of the organization gave an inspiring speech.
    • Verb: We will head to the park after lunch.

    (i) Colour

    • Noun: The colour of the sunset was breathtaking.
    • Verb: The children love to colour in their drawing books.

    (j) Lead

    • Noun: She took the lead in the race.
    • Verb: He will lead the team to success.

    Grammar

    1. These give more information about a noun, hence are called noun modifiers. These are adjectives or adjective phrases. Let us look at more of the adjectives phrases and their usage.

    Example: I went to a party. It was a Christmas party. The Party was lovely.

    I went to a lovely Christmas party.

    Now, join the sentences given below and make a simple sentence with an adjectives phrase.

    (a) I bought a Maruti car. The colour is blue. It is sporty.
    I bought _______________________car.

    (b) He made a speech. The speech was short. The speech was interesting.
    He made ______________________________ speech.

    (c) Suresh went to a house. It was decorated beautifully.

    Suresh went _______________________ house.

    (d) She bought a dress. It is designer one but frightfully expensive.

    She bough ______________________ dress.

    (e) The food was tasty. It was prepared quickly.
    ___________________________food was tasty.

    2. Use the correct form of the word given in the bracket and fill in the blanks. One has been done for you.

    His behaviour was disappointing. I expected him to be more polite. People present there were disappointed. (disappoint)

    (a) The death of 40 jawans was _________. We were _________ when we heard the news. (shock)

    (b) I met an _______ person in the party. He was _________ in tasting each and every dish kept in the food counter. (interest)

    (c) Ravi is not very _________ to visit new places. He tells his friends no place is ________ compared to his village in Ranikhet. (excite)

    (d) She got new guest in her house. She was _____ by his handing the pups. His voice was more _______ when he was calling these pups near him. (amuse)

    (e) It is very humid in the Summers. I don’t like this weather. This weather is _______ . I am _______ as I sweat a lot. Children ae _______ as they can’t play outside. (disgust)

    3. You have read about how to describe a repeated action in the past by using ‘would’ or ‘used to’. Go through the rules again and fill in the blanks with ‘would’ or ‘used to’ as appropriate.

    (a) Every day she ______ come home from work with a rose to give to her mother.

    (b) I ______ lend him my books when he was preparing for his examination.

    (c) He ________ visit his friend in the hospital every evening.

    (d) Each time I called him he ______ eat all kinds of food without grumbling.

    (e) During his hostel life, he _________ eat all kinds of food without grumbling.

    (f) When I was a child, I _______ believe that fire flies were small fire balls.

    Answers:

    1. Joining sentences with an adjective phrase:

    (a) I bought a sporty blue Maruti car.
    (b) He made a short and interesting speech.
    (c) Suresh went to a beautifully decorated house.
    (d) She bought a designer but frightfully expensive dress.
    (e) The quickly prepared food was tasty.

    2. Using the correct form of the word:

    (a) The death of 40 jawans was shocking. We were shocked when we heard the news.
    (b) I met an interesting person at the party. He was interested in tasting each and every dish kept at the food counter.
    (c) Ravi is not very excited to visit new places. He tells his friends no place is exciting compared to his village in Ranikhet.
    (d) She got a new guest in her house. She was amused by his handling of the pups. His voice was more amusing when he was calling the pups near him.
    (e) It is very humid in the Summers. I don’t like this weather. This weather is disgusting. I am disgusted as I sweat a lot. Children are disgusted as they can’t play outside.

    3. Using ‘would’ or ‘used to’:

    (a) Every day she would come home from work with a rose to give to her mother.
    (b) I would lend him my books when he was preparing for his examination.
    (c) He used to visit his friend in the hospital every evening.
    (d) Each time I called him he would answer immediately.
    (e) During his hostel life, he used to eat all kinds of food without grumbling.
    (f) When I was a child, I used to believe that fireflies were small fireballs.

    These sentences help with understanding sentence combination, appropriate use of adjectives, and usage of ‘would’ and ‘used to.’

    Editing

    1. Use capital letters, full-stops, commas, and inverted commas whenever necessary in the following paragraph.

    the land of the Bisnois in rajasthan is known for conservation of wildlife. it is a living religion to the Bishnois. It is said This is probably only one religion in the world that is founded on the principles of conserving nature. It has followers over ten lakhs. For these many people protection of living beings is a way of life for the ishnois tree is sacred and their empathy and love extend to all living beings on earth. They protect the
    ecosystem that surrounds the village which is a safe haven for blackbucks chinkaras vultures great Indian bustards peacocks etc they protect them from poachers and provide them plenty vegetation they keep water in the stone vessels for the animals to drink from, and hang water filled pots from the branches for the birds.

    2. Parts of sentences are given below. Rearrange the parts and write meaningful sentences in the space provided. Use appropriate punctuation marks.

    (a) a town in iraq/ in large numbers/ otters are found/ in the marshes near Basra.

    (b) to the market/ we were fatigued/ having walked so far/on account of

    (c) 40 paramilitary personnel/ the suicide car/ pulwana district killed/ bombing in

    (d) india’s first semi-high speed train,/ was flagged off with excitement/ the inaugural trip of/ Vande Bharat Express,

    (e) the eastern hemisphere/ the longer than all/ the nile is said to be/ other rivers in

    Answers:

    1. Editing the paragraph with proper punctuation and capitalization:

    The land of the Bishnois in Rajasthan is known for the conservation of wildlife. It is a living religion to the Bishnois. It is said that this is probably the only religion in the world that is founded on the principles of conserving nature. It has over ten lakh followers. For these many people, the protection of living beings is a way of life. For the Bishnois, the tree is sacred, and their empathy and love extend to all living beings on Earth. They protect the ecosystem that surrounds the village, which is a safe haven for blackbucks, chinkaras, vultures, great Indian bustards, peacocks, etc. They protect them from poachers and provide them with plenty of vegetation. They keep water in stone vessels for the animals to drink from and hang water-filled pots from the branches for the birds.

    2. Rearranging sentence parts:

    (a) Otters are found in large numbers in the marshes near Basra, a town in Iraq.

    (b) Having walked so far to the market, we were fatigued on account of the distance.

    (c) The suicide car bombing in Pulwama district killed 40 paramilitary personnel.

    (d) India’s first semi-high speed train, Vande Bharat Express, was flagged off with excitement on its inaugural trip.

    (e) The Nile is said to be longer than all other rivers in the eastern hemisphere.

    These edits and rearrangements make the text grammatically correct and logically structured.

    Listening

    1. Following is a story of Gangaram, a 130 years old crocodile, who died in a Chhattisgarh village. Listen to the story carefully and answer the questions that follow. You can listen to the recorded story or ask your teacher, sibling or friend to read the story aloud.

    The incident took place in Bawamohtra, a village in Bemetra district of Chhattisgarh. The residents of Bawamohatra gathered near the community pond and started weeping after they saw that the crocodile had died. The villagers were emotionally attached to the reptile and were heartbroken after his death. About 500 people of the small village attended the last rites of their beloved crocodile, Gangaram. The over
    three-metre long crocodile was buried in Chhattisgarh’s Bawamohatra village after his last rites were performed by the villagers. A forest department official estimated that the crocodile was 130 years old. The crocodile was carried to its funeral on a tractor decorated with flowers and garlands. The villagers say Gangaram was friendly. Even the kids of the village could swim around him. He had never harmed or attacked anyone. He was not a crocodile but a friend and a divine creature for them, who was worshipped in this village. Some say that he would even eat rice and dal which was served by the villagers and kids. He was very understanding and if he saw anyone swimming near him, he used to go to the other side of the pond. Villagers used to identify themselves with the crocodile as people used to call this village—Magarmachha vala gaaon, the Crocodile’s village. In fact, the villagers now wish to build a statue of Gangaram near the pond to remember their friend, who got the village a new name. It may be weird, but it could be an example of how humans and animals can coexist without harming each other.

    1. Why did the resident gather near the village pond?

    _____________________________________________
    _____________________________________________

    2. Why were the villagers crying?

    _____________________________________________
    _____________________________________________

    3. Who was Gangaram?

    _____________________________________________
    _____________________________________________

    4. How big was he?

    _____________________________________________
    _____________________________________________

    5. How old was he?

    _____________________________________________
    _____________________________________________

    6. give three reasons to justify Gangaram was friendly:

    (a)Children could _________________.

    (b) Gangaram never _________________.

    (c) Gangaram was very _______________.

    7. What was the new name given to the village and why?

    _____________________________________________
    _____________________________________________

    8. What will the villagers do to remember their friend?

    _____________________________________________
    _____________________________________________

    Answers:

    1. Why did the residents gather near the village pond?

    The residents gathered near the village pond because they saw that the crocodile, Gangaram, had died.

    2. Why were the villagers crying?

    The villagers were crying because they were emotionally attached to Gangaram and were heartbroken after his death.

    3. Who was Gangaram?

    Gangaram was a 130-year-old crocodile who lived in the pond of Bawamohatra village, and he was considered a friend and a divine creature by the villagers.

    4. How big was he?

    Gangaram was over three metres long.

    5. How old was he?

    Gangaram was 130 years old.

    6. Give three reasons to justify Gangaram was friendly:

    (a) Children could swim around him.
    (b) Gangaram never harmed or attacked anyone.
    (c) Gangaram was very understanding and respectful of the villagers.

    7. What was the new name given to the village and why?

    The new name given to the village was “Magarmachha vala gaaon” (the Crocodile’s village) because the villagers identified themselves with Gangaram, the crocodile.

    8. What will the villagers do to remember their friend?

    The villagers wish to build a statue of Gangaram near the pond to remember their friend.

    Speaking

    1. We all have seen hand puppets on YouTube or during story telling sessions. Try to make one hand puppet of an Otter. The situation is: Mijbil playing with water and spilling water every where. Write a few dialogues between Mijbil and Maxwell. Be the characters and exchange dialogues.

    Maxwell: Oh! Mijbil, what have you done?

    Mijbil : He, he _____________________________.

    Maxwell : ________________________________

    Mijbil : ________________________________

    Maxwell : ________________________________

    Mijbil : __________________________________

    2. You have read a story “The Bond of Love” in the class IX textbook, Beehive. In this story, the author talks about a sloth bear that his wife kept as a pet. The sloth bear was sent to the Zoo when it become too big to be kept at home. Now, discuss in a group of four, the following points, list views, and then share in the class.

    (a) Keeping any big wild animal, like the sloth bears, at home.

    (b) Keeping unusual pets for pleasure

    (c) Using tigers, lions, dancing bears in circus

    (d) Making the monkeys dance, cock fighting, bull fighting for amusement

    Answers:

    Dialogue between Mijbil and Maxwell

    Maxwell: Oh! Mijbil, what have you done?

    Mijbil: He, he, I was just playing with water, Maxwell! It’s so much fun!

    Maxwell: But look at the mess! You’ve spilled water everywhere!

    Mijbil: Oops! I didn’t mean to. The water just splashed all around when I tried to catch it.

    Maxwell: You’re a little troublemaker, aren’t you?

    Mijbil: He, he! But you still love me, don’t you? Come on, let’s play some more!


    Group Discussion: “The Bond of Love”

    1. Keeping any big wild animal, like the sloth bear, at home:
      • View 1: Keeping a wild animal like a sloth bear at home is dangerous, both for the animal and the people around. These animals belong in the wild where they can live freely in their natural habitat.
      • View 2: Even though some people develop strong bonds with wild animals, it’s not ethical or practical to keep them as pets. They require specialized care, and their natural instincts could cause harm unintentionally.
    2. Keeping unusual pets for pleasure:
      • View 1: While having an unusual pet may be exciting, it’s important to consider the animal’s well-being. Exotic pets may not adapt well to domestic environments and may suffer.
      • View 2: Some people may enjoy caring for unusual pets, but they should ensure they are knowledgeable about the animal’s needs, provide proper care, and follow regulations regarding pet ownership.
    3. Using tigers, lions, dancing bears in circus:
      • View 1: It’s unethical to use wild animals in circuses for entertainment. These animals are often subjected to poor living conditions and harsh training methods.
      • View 2: Wild animals like tigers, lions, and bears should not be used for human amusement. They belong in their natural habitat, and using them for shows is cruel and inhumane.
    4. Making the monkeys dance, cock fighting, bull fighting for amusement:
      • View 1: Forcing animals like monkeys to perform or engaging them in fights like cockfighting or bullfighting is a form of exploitation. It’s harmful to animals and should be banned.
      • View 2: These activities are outdated forms of entertainment and promote violence. Animals should not suffer for human amusement, and such practices should be stopped completely.

    Writing

    1. Based on the above points, write a paragraph giving your points of view. You can highlight on the of natural habitat, cruelty, loss of freedom etc.

    2. Read these quotations and write one paragraph in the context of ‘Animal Rights’.

    (a) “The greatness of a nation and its moral progress can be judged by the way its animals are treated.”

    – Mahatma Gandhi

    (b) When it comes to pain, love, joy, loneliness and fear, a rat is a pig is a dog is a boy. Each one values his or her life and fights the knife.”

    – PETA founder, Ingrid E. Newkirk

    Answers:

    1. Keeping Wild Animals as Pets and Exploiting Them for Entertainment

    Animals, especially wild ones like sloth bears, tigers, and lions, belong to their natural habitat, where they can roam freely and behave as they would in the wild. Keeping such animals at home or using them for entertainment, like in circuses, results in a loss of freedom for the animals and often leads to cruel treatment. Wild animals have instincts and needs that are difficult to fulfill in a domestic setting, and confining them causes physical and psychological harm. Similarly, activities like making monkeys dance or forcing animals into fights for human amusement involve immense cruelty. Animals, like humans, deserve respect and freedom to live without being exploited for pleasure. Instead of taking away their freedom for personal joy or amusement, we should strive to protect their natural environments and ensure they live in peace and harmony.

    2. Animal Rights: Respecting All Forms of Life

    Mahatma Gandhi’s words, “The greatness of a nation and its moral progress can be judged by the way its animals are treated,” emphasize the importance of kindness and compassion towards all living beings. A truly advanced society does not just focus on the well-being of its people but also takes responsibility for the rights and welfare of animals. Ingrid Newkirk’s quote reminds us that animals, whether they are rats, pigs, or dogs, experience emotions like love, fear, and pain, just as humans do. Each life holds value, and animals should not be subjected to cruelty or suffering. Just as humans fight for freedom and justice, animals too deserve the right to live free from harm, exploitation, and unnecessary death. Recognizing and advocating for animal rights is not only a moral obligation but also a step towards creating a more humane and just world for all living creatures.

    Project

    1. In a group of four, conduct research on the following question and write a report on the findings.

    What animals can be exported or imported under law? (Customs seizures show a variety of animals from reptiles, lizards, leopards to pythons, venomous reptile. These are carried in tiny suitcases and smuggled.)

    2. Make a team of four students. Imagine a unique animal or bird as a pet. Draw the animal and write the following information about it.

    (a) Name of the pet and draw the animal on a chart paper.

    (b) My pet: (Make a table like the following and write its specifications)

    hascanis
    For example: webbed feet, long legs. fat legs, etc. heavy body, very light weight, soft fur, feather, sense of smell, etc.Swim, fly, run, grow tall, small size, hunt, carry weight, guard the house, etc. communicate, sing, speak, make variety of sounds to communicate, show affection, emotion, etc.Warm-blooded, mammal, good swimmer, largest animal, smallest animal, good hunter, etc. sensitive, ferocious, short tempered, docile, smart, etc.

    (c) What all do you have to do to keep the animal with you at home? (You can refer to the dos and don’ts given on page no. 102 of the textbook First Flight.)

    (d) Prepare a write up, share it in the class, and put it on the wall for the class to read.

    Answers:

    Project 1: Research on Animal Import and Export Laws

    Report on Findings

    Our research focused on understanding which animals can legally be imported or exported under international law. According to various wildlife protection acts and international agreements, there are strict rules governing the movement of animals across borders. The Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) regulates the import and export of endangered species, ensuring their survival is not threatened by illegal trade. Under these regulations, certain animals such as reptiles, birds, and exotic species like leopards, pythons, and venomous snakes are either banned or require special permits for trade.

    Customs seizures have uncovered various cases of animal smuggling. Smugglers often carry endangered reptiles, birds, and mammals in suitcases or concealed containers. For instance, endangered turtles, exotic lizards, and even large cats like leopards have been found in illegal shipments. The demand for these animals is often driven by the exotic pet trade, illegal wildlife markets, or for medicinal purposes. Importing or exporting these animals without proper documentation is illegal and punishable by heavy fines or imprisonment.

    In conclusion, it is critical to follow the regulations set forth by wildlife conservation laws to protect endangered species and prevent animal cruelty. Governments must strengthen their efforts to control smuggling and increase awareness about the importance of protecting wildlife.


    Project 2: Creating a Unique Pet

    (a) Name of the Pet: Fluffertail

    Drawing: [Draw your pet animal, Fluffertail, on chart paper]

    (b) My Pet: Fluffertail

    HasCanIs
    Soft, fluffy tailFly for short distancesWarm-blooded
    Large, round eyesSwim in riversA good communicator
    Webbed feetGlide from tree to treeVery smart and playful
    A sense of smellClimb tall trees quicklySensitive and curious

    (c) How to Keep Fluffertail as a Pet:

    To keep Fluffertail as a pet, you need to ensure that it has a large, spacious environment where it can climb and glide freely. Make sure the area has enough trees or structures for it to explore. Since Fluffertail enjoys swimming, a small pool or access to water should be provided. It needs a balanced diet of fruits, nuts, and small insects. Ensure you spend time playing with it, as it is highly social and affectionate. Avoid leaving it alone for long periods, as it can become lonely and anxious.

    • Dos: Provide a large space, ensure proper nutrition, give it time to play and socialize.
    • Don’ts: Never confine Fluffertail to a small cage, avoid loud noises that can scare it, and don’t feed it unhealthy snacks.

    (d) Write-Up:

    Fluffertail is a unique and friendly pet that loves exploring, swimming, and gliding through trees. With its soft, fluffy tail and playful nature, it brings joy to any home. Taking care of Fluffertail requires attention and care, as it thrives on interaction and a stimulating environment. Whether it’s showing affection or communicating with different sounds, Fluffertail is a loyal and smart companion. We have to ensure that Fluffertail feels safe, loved, and has enough space to live comfortably.

  • NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 chapter 5 solutions

    NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 unit 5 solutions of Glimpses of India. Complete NCERT solutions are provided here.

    Lesson 5 Glimpses of India

    Let’s Begin

    In the ‘Glimpses of India’ (First Flight, Class X textbook, NCERT)
    you have read about interesting people and places. India is a place of diversity in terms of culture, language, food, traditions, etc. There are many stories unknown to us about the way of life of people. Work in groups of four and find out about the following in any five Indian states.

    Their regional cuisine

    Dance form and music

    Art form

    Any other information

    Mark these five places on a map and represent the information highlighting the interesting fats.

    Reading Comprehension

    Text I

    The following is an excerpt about the Parsi community in India and their food.

    Read the passage and answer the questions.

    “Aavoji, aavo, aavo! Welcome to Delhi! Let me show you my beautiful city.” The booming voice of Nowrosji Kapadia could be heard across the length and breadth of the platform. It was Nowrosji’s favourite pastime: a walk to the Old Delhi railway station to greet the Frontier Mail as it chugged into Delhi from Mumbai to Peshawar. With this refrain, an eager Nowrosji would cajole Parsi visitors off the train and take them home for a meal and often persuade some to stay overnight or for a few days. He would use this opportunity to tell them about the advantages
    of shifting to Delhi. Though his wife Jer Bai would occasionally
    object to unknown visitors, she was always overruled. This was
    the beginning of the community of Parsis in Delhi…. …Writing about Parsis in the Delhi of old is not easy. There are memories of my grandparents and parents—a collective memory of generations past and people long gone, yet here in spirit…. During festive gatherings, the women went to town with the food; outside catering was unheard of. The poorer members of the community never knew who had paid for what. This tradition continued in the northern cities of Lucknow, Kanpur, and Allahabad well into the ‘70s. Sadly, that kind of life has almost
    gone forever. Food preparations began two days in advance. Dar ni pori (rich pastry stuffed with sweetened lentils) and malido (halwa) were
    carried in big vatus (pots) and served with puris. Anyone who has made malido can vouch for the fact that you need strong biceps; it is an exhausting exercise. The first time I made it under my grandmother’s supervision was also the last. I could hardly move my arms for the next two days! Since then, I gained a healthy respect for my dainty grandmother. The menu was extensive. Breakfast would start with either sev—brown vermicelli cooked in milk and served with fresh
    cream—or ravo, semolina pudding, Mithu dahi or sweetened curd made with full cream milk was an absolute must. This was followed by bafellaeeda, hard-boiled eggs, and kheemo kaleji, mutton mince with liver. For lunch, there was almost always smori dal chawal and macchi no patio—white boiled rice with yellow dal offset by a tart and tangy fish curry.
    Teatime was special at our home. My grandmother made it a point to dress for tea; I was made to do the same. Once we were ready, out came the treats: Parsi biscuits—batasa, nan khatai and flaky khari; patrel, rolled, steamed arbi leaves stuffed with besan masala; kumas, rich Parsi cake; and my favourite, bhakra, sweet deep fried doughnuts. That tradition has stayed with me. I certainly don’t dress up, but I still need a snack with at least three cups of tea!…

    (Source: ‘Down Memory Lane with the Parsis of New Delhi’
    by Shernaz Italia, The Wire)

    Q.1. Infer the meaning of the following expressions

    (a) Nowrosji would cajole Parasi visitors off the train.

    (b) Jerr Bai would occasionally object to unknown visitors, she was always overruled.

    (c) …. outside catering was unheard of.

    (d) I gained a healthy respect for my dainty grandmother.

    Q.2. Answer the following questions.

    (a) “Aavoji, aavo, aavo! Welcome to Delhi! Let me show you my beautiful city.” Who said this and why?

    (b) Why were Jer Bai’s arguments always overruled?

    (c) Why do you think outside catering was unread of?

    (d) According to the writer what “kind of life has almost gone forever”?

    (e) What has made the writer more respectful to her grandmother?

    (f) What was special about the tea time in the writer’s home?

    Q. 3. Make a list of Parasi delicacies as mentioned in the passage. A few are given above. You can addmore to the list. Find the words for Mithu dahi in your Language.

    Answers:

    Q.1. Infer the meaning of the following expressions

    (a) Nowrosji would cajole Parsi visitors off the train.
    This means that Nowrosji would persuade or entice the Parsi visitors to get off the train with his warm and welcoming attitude.

    (b) Jerr Bai would occasionally object to unknown visitors, she was always overruled.
    This means that although Jer Bai sometimes disapproved of allowing unknown guests into their home, her objections were disregarded or overruled, most likely by Nowrosji or the general custom of hospitality.

    (c) …outside catering was unheard of.
    This implies that during those times, it was uncommon for people to hire external caterers. All the food for gatherings was prepared at home by the family members themselves.

    (d) I gained a healthy respect for my dainty grandmother.
    This means that the writer developed great respect for her grandmother’s strength and hard work, especially after realizing how difficult it was to prepare certain dishes, even though her grandmother appeared delicate or fragile.


    Q.2. Answer the following questions.

    (a) “Aavoji, aavo, aavo! Welcome to Delhi! Let me show you my beautiful city.” Who said this and why?
    This was said by Nowrosji Kapadia, who would eagerly greet Parsi visitors arriving by train at the Old Delhi railway station. He welcomed them warmly to Delhi and invited them to his home, often to persuade them to stay and explore the city.

    (b) Why were Jer Bai’s arguments always overruled?
    Jer Bai’s objections to having unknown visitors were overruled because of Nowrosji’s enthusiasm for hosting guests and welcoming people into their home, which was a strong part of their hospitality tradition.

    (c) Why do you think outside catering was unheard of?
    Outside catering was likely unheard of because it was a cultural tradition for women to take charge of the food preparation themselves for family gatherings, demonstrating their skill and care in hosting the event.

    (d) According to the writer, what “kind of life has almost gone forever”?
    The writer is referring to the communal, generous, and home-based traditions of food preparation and hospitality in the Parsi community, where food was cooked by the family members themselves for large gatherings. This kind of life, based on close-knit social and culinary traditions, is now disappearing.

    (e) What has made the writer more respectful to her grandmother?
    The writer gained respect for her grandmother after realizing how physically demanding it was to prepare traditional dishes like malido. Despite her grandmother’s delicate appearance, she handled such challenging tasks with strength and skill.

    (f) What was special about the tea time in the writer’s home?
    Tea time was special because it was a formal, elaborate occasion. The writer’s grandmother made it a point to dress for tea, and they had a variety of Parsi treats, such as Parsi biscuits and cakes, making the experience an important part of their daily routine.


    Q.3. Make a list of Parsi delicacies as mentioned in the passage. A few are given above. You can add more to the list. Find the words for Mithu dahi in your language.

    Parsi delicacies mentioned in the passage:

    1. Dar ni pori – Rich pastry stuffed with sweetened lentils.
    2. Malido – A type of halwa.
    3. Sev – Brown vermicelli cooked in milk.
    4. Ravo – Semolina pudding.
    5. Mithu dahi – Sweetened curd made with full cream milk.
    6. Bafellaeeda – Hard-boiled eggs.
    7. Kheemo kaleji – Mutton mince with liver.
    8. Smori dal chawal – Boiled rice with yellow dal.
    9. Macchi no patio – Tangy fish curry.
    10. Parsi biscuits – Batasa, nan khatai, and flaky khari.
    11. Patrel – Rolled, steamed arbi leaves stuffed with besan masala.
    12. Kumas – Rich Parsi cake.
    13. Bhakra – Sweet deep-fried doughnuts.

    Word for Mithu Dahi in Hindi: मीठा दही.

    Text II

    You have read about Coorg, its s rainforests, and coffee and tea from Assam in ‘Glimpses of India’ (First Flight, Class X textbook, NCERT). The following extract is about the cultivation of coffee in Araku valley in Andhra Pradesh. The story of Araku Valley traverses an unusual trajectory through Adivasi empowerment, hot-air balloons and some of the best coffee in the world. Read the passage given below and answer the questions. Located at about 1,200m above sea level, the valley, tucked away in the north-eastern corner of Andhra Pradesh, shares a border with Odisha. For guests and participants at the Araku Balloon
    Festival (ABF), held between 18-20 January every year, this is
    sightseeing like nothing else. The drive to far-flung coffee estates takes us through the five northern mandals of Anantha giri, Dumbriguda, Hukumpeta, Munchingi Puttu and Araku valley. The name Araku for the coffee was chosen simply because it sounded poetic. The view from the ground level is as impressive as the one from above — the landscape changes from densely forested hills to sweeping valleys and terrace farms surrounding occasional village clusters. The journey of Araku Coffee from a livelihood initiative by the Naandi Foundation to a globally appreciated product has been in the making for over a decade. It is also intrinsically tied to the history of how coffee arrived in this valley. It was a British civil servant, N.S. Brodie, who introduced coffee to these hill tracts in 1898.

    Today, Araku coffee is a brand that works with 517 villages and 10,986 farmers, all of whom are estate owners and entrepreneurs with a stake in the business. The reason the coffee is of such high quality is that it follows the best practices of bio-dynamic farming by creating an interconnected and symbiotic ecosystem. The soil is enriched through composting and a variety of shade trees are planted, including cash-yielding fruit trees like mango and jackfruit. Terroirs are assessed and careful standard operating procedures are put in place from “sapling to savouring”, which ensures healthier plants and sweeter cherries and eventually a far superior coffee aroma and flavour.

    (Source: ‘What’s Brewing in Araku Valley?’
    by Diya Kohli, livemint, 23 February, 2019)

    Q. 1. Infer the meaning of the following :

    (a) traverses an unusual trajectory

    (b) The drive to far-flung coffee estates

    (c) densely forested hills

    (d) village clusters

    Q.2. Find words from the text which mean the following:

    (a) in a place that is hidden (paragraph one) _________

    (b) distant or remote (paragraph two) __________

    (c) to improve the quality or flavour of something (paragraph four) ______

    (d) a smell specially a pleasant one (paragraph four) ______

    Q.3. Answer the following questions.

    (a) What is unique about the Araku valley as stated in paragraph one?

    (b) Where is Araku valley?

    (c) Underline and write below the sentences, words, and expressions which indicate that Araku coffee has moved ahead of being the only means of livelihood.

    (d) State a historical fact about the coffee in the valley?

    (e) There are specific terms being used in the passage for the cultivation of coffee for example, terrace farms, biodynamic farming. etc. Find more such terms and their meanings.

    Q. 4. The expression “sapling to savouring” in paragraph four means: (Tick the right answer).

    (a) Coffee plants are taken care of from the stage of plantation till ita beans are ready for an enjoyable cup of coffee. ( )

    (b) Coffee saplings are very delicate hence a lot of are is being taken of them. ( )

    (c) The growth of coffee plants is dependent on shady trees. ( )

    (d) Coffee plant can give a cup of enjoyable coffee. ( )

    Answers:

    Q. 1. Infer the meaning of the following:

    (a) Traverses an unusual trajectory

    • Refers to following a unique or uncommon path, indicating that the development of Araku coffee involved an unconventional or remarkable journey.

    (b) The drive to far-flung coffee estates

    • Refers to the journey to coffee farms located in remote or distant areas, away from easily accessible regions.

    (c) Densely forested hills

    • Refers to hills covered with thick forests, indicating that the area is lush with vegetation.

    (d) Village clusters

    • Refers to groups of villages situated near each other, forming a small community in a particular area.

    Q. 2. Find words from the text which mean the following:

    (a) In a place that is hidden (paragraph one)

    • Tucked away

    (b) Distant or remote (paragraph two)

    • Far-flung

    (c) To improve the quality or flavor of something (paragraph four)

    • Enriched

    (d) A smell, especially a pleasant one (paragraph four)

    • Aroma

    Q. 3. Answer the following questions:

    (a) What is unique about the Araku valley as stated in paragraph one?

    • Araku Valley is unique because of its picturesque location at about 1,200m above sea level, offering breathtaking views of the landscape, which transitions from densely forested hills to sweeping valleys and terrace farms.

    (b) Where is Araku valley?

    • Araku Valley is located in the northeastern corner of Andhra Pradesh, sharing a border with Odisha.

    (c) Underline and write below the sentences, words, and expressions which indicate that Araku coffee has moved ahead of being the only means of livelihood.

    • “The journey of Araku Coffee from a livelihood initiative by the Naandi Foundation to a globally appreciated product.”
      This indicates that Araku coffee has evolved from being just a livelihood initiative to a globally renowned product.

    (d) State a historical fact about the coffee in the valley?

    • Coffee was introduced to Araku Valley by a British civil servant, N.S. Brodie, in 1898.

    (e) There are specific terms being used in the passage for the cultivation of coffee for example, terrace farms, biodynamic farming. etc. Find more such terms and their meanings.

    • Symbiotic ecosystem – Refers to a system where different organisms live together and benefit from each other.
    • Composting – The process of recycling organic waste to enrich the soil.
    • Cash-yielding fruit trees – Trees that produce fruits which can be sold for profit, such as mango and jackfruit.

    Q. 4. The expression “sapling to savouring” in paragraph four means:

    (a) Coffee plants are taken care of from the stage of plantation till its beans are ready for an enjoyable cup of coffee. (✓)
    (b) Coffee saplings are very delicate hence a lot of care is being taken of them. ( )
    (c) The growth of coffee plants is dependent on shady trees. ( )
    (d) Coffee plant can give a cup of enjoyable coffee. ( )

    Vocabulary

    1. Match the sounds in Column A with the appropriate words from Column B.

    Example: rustling of leaves

    The meanings of some words are given below which will help you to find out the words.

    AB
    (a) shufflingof chains
    (b) strikingof leaves
    (c) puffingof feet
    (d) clankingof a match
    (e) sighingof the door
    (f) rustlingof the wind
    (g) bandingof an engine
    (h) gurglingof hyenas
    (i) howlingof water

    Answers:

    Here’s how the sounds from Column A can be matched with the appropriate words from Column B:

    AB
    (a) shufflingof feet
    (b) strikingof a match
    (c) puffingof an engine
    (d) clankingof chains
    (e) sighingof the wind
    (f) rustlingof leaves
    (g) bandingof hyenas
    (h) gurglingof water
    (i) howlingof the door

    Grammar

    1. You have read about -ing and ed adjectives in the textbook, the First Flight, page number 97. Read it agan to understand how these adjectives are used. These are also the present participles (-ing forms) and past participles (- ed forms) of verbs and are the used as adjectives. Read the following sentences to know this.

    Rita gave me a welcoming cup of coffee..

    Her performance in the test was pleasing.

    She appeared delighted with the gift.

    The bored students become restless.

    Now fill in the blanks of the sentences with past participle fromone of the following words.

    (infect, take, quote, use, watch, frighten, propose)

    (a) People demonstrated against the changes _______

    (b) The loud cheer went up from the students ________

    (c) After the editor read the article, she checked all the examples ____.

    (d) Rub the antiseptic cream in the ______ area.

    (e) My wallet was among the things ______.

    (f) Cyclone Fani was a ______ experience.

    2. Rewrite in the past tense the following excerpt from the ‘Glimpses of India’ (First Flight, Class X text book ) and check you answers Fani was a ______ experience.

    2. Rewrite in the past tense the following excerpt from the ‘Glimpses of India’ (First Flight, Class X textbook) and check your answers with a partner.

    Birds, bees, and butterflies are there to give you company. Macaques, Malabar squirrels, langurs, and slender loris keep a watchful eye from the tree canopy. I do, however, prefer to step aside for wild elephants. The climb to the Brahmagiri hills brings you into a panoramic view of the entire misty landscape of Coorg. A walk across the rope bridge leads to
    the sixty-four acre island of Nisargadhama. Running into Buddhist monks from India’s largest Tibetan settlement, at nearby Bylakuppe, is a bonus. The monks, in red, ochre, and yellow robes are amongst the many surprises that wait to be discovered by visitors searching for the heart and soul of India, right here in Coorg.

    Answers:

    Part 1: Fill in the blanks with past participles

    Here are the sentences with the correct past participles filled in:

    (a) People demonstrated against the changes proposed.

    (b) The loud cheer went up from the students frightened.

    (c) After the editor read the article, she checked all the examples quoted.

    (d) Rub the antiseptic cream in the infected area.

    (e) My wallet was among the things taken.

    (f) Cyclone Fani was a frightening experience.


    Part 2: Rewrite in the past tense

    Birds, bees, and butterflies were there to give me company. Macaques, Malabar squirrels, langurs, and slender loris kept a watchful eye from the tree canopy. I did, however, prefer to step aside for wild elephants. The climb to the Brahmagiri hills brought me into a panoramic view of the entire misty landscape of Coorg. A walk across the rope bridge led to the sixty-four-acre island of Nisargadhama. Running into Buddhist monks from India’s largest Tibetan settlement, at nearby Bylakuppe, was a bonus. The monks, in red, ochre, and yellow robes, were amongst the many surprises that waited to be discovered by visitors searching for the heart and soul of India, right there in Coorg.

    Editing

    1. Some words have been wrongly spelt in the paragraph given below. Correct the words and read the paragraph aloud.

    The Valley of Flowers

    The journey to the Valley of Flowers begins about 16 km away from Joshimath, at Govindghat (1,770 m) on the Rishikesh Badrinath heightway. The Valley of Flowers is covered with a rich varity of magnifiscent plants. Over the past few years, thousand of visitors have ‘discovered’ this idyll amidst the mountain. However, they live like marks
    only by way of empty cans, waste-paper and cigarete butts. Trakking in the area has resulted in the trampling of these delikate plants by humans and ponies. As a result, the government of India was compeled to ban all mountainering, trekking, expeditions and livestock grasing in the area, with effect from February 20, 1983. This is to privent further
    damage to one of our nation’s unique repositories of natural beauty.

    Answers:

    The Valley of Flowers

    The journey to the Valley of Flowers begins about 16 km away from Joshimath, at Govindghat (1,770 m) on the Rishikesh-Badrinath highway. The Valley of Flowers is covered with a rich variety of magnificent plants. Over the past few years, thousands of visitors have ‘discovered’ this idyll amidst the mountains. However, they leave their marks only by way of empty cans, waste paper, and cigarette butts. Trekking in the area has resulted in the trampling of these delicate plants by humans and ponies. As a result, the government of India was compelled to ban all mountaineering, trekking, expeditions, and livestock grazing in the area, with effect from February 20, 1983. This is to prevent further damage to one of our nation’s unique repositories of natural beauty.

    Listening

    Ask your classmate or teacher to read aloud the following passage from the text ‘Glimpses of India’ (First Flight, Class X textbook). Listen carefully, and note down the keywords, main ideas and interesting expressions in your notebook while listening.

    During our childhood in Goa, the baker used to be our friend, companion and guide. He used to come at least twice a day. Once, when he set out in the morning on his selling round, and then again, when he returned after emptying his huge basket. The jingling thud of his bamboo woke us up from sleep and we ran to meet and greet him. Why was it so? Was
    it for the love of the loaf? Not at all. The loaves were bought by some Paskine or Bastine, the maid-servant of the house! What we longed for were those bread-bangles which we chose carefully. Sometimes it was sweet bread of a special kind. The baker made his musical entry on the scene with the ‘jhang, jhang—sound of his specially made bamboo
    staff. One hand supported the basket on his head and the other banged the bamboo on the ground. He would greet the lady of the house with a “Good morning” and then place his basket on the vertical bamboo. We kids would be pushed aside with a mild rebuke and the loaves would be delivered to the servant. But we would not give up. We would climb a bench or the parapet and peep into the basket, somehow. I can still recall the typical fragrance of those loaves; loaves for the elders and the bangles for the children. Then we did not even care to brush our teeth or wash our mouths properly. And why should we? Who would take the trouble of plucking the mango leaf for the toothbrush? And why was it necessary at all? The tiger never brushed his teeth. Hot tea could wash and clean up everything so nicely, after all! Now summarise the paragraph using your notes.

    Answers:

    Summary:

    During childhood in Goa, the baker was a close companion and came twice a day. The children eagerly waited for him, not for the regular loaves bought by the maid-servants, but for the bread-bangles. The baker’s arrival was signaled by the musical sound of his bamboo staff. He would greet the lady of the house and place his basket on a bamboo stand while the children tried to peek inside. The fragrance of the fresh bread and bangles was unforgettable. The children were so eager for the bread that they would skip brushing their teeth, believing that hot tea would clean everything just fine.

    Speaking

    1. Excursions give opportunities to explore nature, places of historical interest, etc. Tourists are interested in meeting people, understanding their culture, and enjoying the variety in food. The Indian Railways have recently introduced glass Vistadome coach in train to provide a delightful travelling experience to the picturesque valley of Araku in Vishakhapatnam.

    In groups of four, discuss and plan a budget trip to Araku valley. You may keep the following in mind while planning. Add more points to the following as per your requirement.

    Find out the location (look up the map) and accessibility to the places to be visited.

    Calculate the cost of the stay.

    Search for an economic and safe accommodation, perhaps a home stay.

    Find out the modes of transport and booking.

    Now, prepare an itinerary of your excursion to Aarku valley and share with the class.

    2. Try repeating some of these tongue twisters.

    (a) Pre shrunk shirts

    (b) Six slim slick slender saplings

    (c) The sixth sheikh’s sixth sheep’s sick

    (d) Tie twine to three twigs

    (e) Double bubble double

    Answers:

    1. Budget Trip to Araku Valley Itinerary

    Location and Accessibility:

    • Araku Valley is located in the Visakhapatnam district of Andhra Pradesh.
    • It is approximately 120 km from Visakhapatnam and is accessible by train or road.
    • A direct train from Visakhapatnam with a Vistadome coach is a scenic and popular option.

    Cost of Stay:

    • Accommodation: Homestays and budget hotels are available, ranging from ₹1,000 to ₹2,500 per night for a double room.
    • Duration: 2 days and 1 night stay.

    Economic and Safe Accommodation:

    • Opt for homestays or budget hotels like Haritha Mayuri Resort or Tribal Cottages.
    • Estimated cost for stay: ₹2,000 for 2 people per night.

    Modes of Transport:

    • Train (Vistadome Coach): Approximately ₹1,000 per person (one way).
    • Local Transport: Auto rickshaws and taxis are available for sightseeing in Araku Valley.
    • Booking can be done online through IRCTC for the train.

    Itinerary:

    • Day 1:
      • Depart from Visakhapatnam to Araku Valley by train (Vistadome coach).
      • Check into a homestay.
      • Visit Borra Caves, known for stunning stalactites and stalagmites.
      • Enjoy local tribal dance performances in the evening.
      • Overnight stay in Araku Valley.
    • Day 2:
      • Visit Araku Tribal Museum and Coffee Museum to learn about local culture and history.
      • Explore the lush gardens of Padmapuram Botanical Gardens.
      • Enjoy a local meal at a tribal restaurant.
      • Return to Visakhapatnam by train in the evening.

    Estimated Total Cost (per person):

    • Train (round trip): ₹2,000
    • Stay: ₹1,000 per person (sharing a room)
    • Meals and local travel: ₹1,500
    • Total: ₹4,500 per person for a 2-day trip.

    2. Tongue Twisters:

    • (a) Pre shrunk shirts
    • (b) Six slim slick slender saplings
    • (c) The sixth sheikh’s sixth sheep’s sick
    • (d) Tie twine to three twigs
    • (e) Double bubble double

    Writing

    1. Infer the meaning of the following expressions in the passage on Parsi community. “Aavoji, aavo, aavo! Welcome to Delhi.”

    length and breadth

    chugged into

    vouch for

    long gone

    out came the treats

    Now, write an account of a travel by train using these expressions.

    Describe the journey by giving details of distance, booking of tickets, facilities available, and suggestions for improvement. You can add pictures of places, people, etc.

    2. Write an advertisement for your favourite tea or coffee.

    3. You have read about breads and bakers in Goa. (First Flight,
    Class X).

    Traditional breads are famous in Kashmir as well. It is said that a Kashmiri’s day starts with a cup of piping hot nun chai (salty pink tea) and a crisp, freshly baked bread from the Kandur (the traditional baker). In Kashmir, the Kandur shop isn’t just a place where one goes to buy the morning and evening breads, it is a social hub. It is a place where you
    get to hear and participate in discussions that range from gossip to political discourses. The Kandur shop or Kandur waan as it is called in Kashmiri has variety of breads for different occasions that are baked in the Kandur’s oven.

    Read about some of the Kashmiri breads:

    Tsot-Girda : is a medium sized round everyday bread that is a must on every breakfast table in Kashmir.

    Lavasa : is a puffy level bread made from maida.

    Tsochwor or Tilvor : is a bagel shaped, slightly hard bread with a sprinkling of sesame seeds on top. The baker prepares ‘tsochwor’ at noon time to be enjoyed with the afternoon tea.

    Kulcha : These are crispy palm-sized breads sprinkled with poppy seeds. These are—mith (sweet) and namkeen (savoury). The bread is taken with some traditional Dodh Kehva (milk Kehva).

    Sheermal : is another type of bread from Kashmir. It is mildly sweet.

    Roath : The sweet bread with a cake like texture is baked in traditional tandoor and is topped with dry fruits. However, this one bread is made for grand occasions like weddings, child birth or engagements and served with Kehva.

    Now, collect information about breads, parathas, rotis in different parts of the country.

    You can talk to peers, teachers, grandparents, community members and make use of internet.

    Make an interesting collage using pictures and write a few sentences about each bread based on the information you have gathered.

    Answers:

    1. Account of a Travel by Train Using the Given Expressions

    I recently embarked on a journey by train from Delhi to Varanasi, covering the length and breadth of Uttar Pradesh. The train, chugged into the station at the crack of dawn, and I boarded with my backpack and ticket in hand. The booking process was seamless, thanks to the online reservation system. As I settled into my seat, I could vouch for the comfort of the sleeper class, which offered ample legroom and clean berths.

    Long gone are the days of cramped compartments, as modern trains now provide much better facilities. Out came the treats as the tea vendor passed by, offering snacks and beverages to the passengers. The journey was smooth, and the scenic views of the countryside made the long trip enjoyable. My suggestion for improvement would be better sanitation in the washrooms and more charging points for mobile devices. Overall, it was a pleasant experience.


    2. Advertisement for Tea:

    “Savor the Essence of Tradition with Kashmiri Kehva!”

    Warm your soul with the rich flavors of Kashmiri Kehva, a blend of delicate saffron, green tea, and crushed almonds. Perfect for the cold mornings or relaxing evenings, Kehva is the tea that rejuvenates and refreshes. Each sip brings you closer to the authentic essence of the Kashmir valley. Available now in convenient tea bags, enjoy a touch of royalty in every cup.

    Kashmiri Kehva – A Sip of Serenity.


    3. Collage and Information on Breads, Parathas, and Rotis from Different Parts of India

    Here is a brief description of some popular breads, parathas, and rotis from different parts of the country:

    1. Chapati (North India): A soft and thin whole wheat flatbread, a staple in most Indian households. It is served with vegetables, lentils, and curries.
    2. Makki Ki Roti (Punjab): A thick cornmeal bread traditionally served with Sarson Ka Saag, this bread is a winter specialty in the northern states.
    3. Aloo Paratha (North India): A stuffed flatbread filled with spiced mashed potatoes, commonly eaten with butter, yogurt, or pickles for breakfast.
    4. Bhakri (Maharashtra): A rustic, thick flatbread made from jowar or bajra flour, enjoyed with spicy curries and chutneys in Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    5. Appam (Kerala): A soft, bowl-shaped rice pancake with a crispy edge, served with stew or curry, common in Kerala’s cuisine.
    6. Phulka (North India): A smaller, fluffier version of chapati, often made on direct flame, causing it to puff up. It is eaten as part of daily meals in many homes.
    7. Pathiri (Kerala): A soft, thin rice roti popular in the Malabar region of Kerala, usually served with coconut-based curries.
    8. Puran Poli (Maharashtra): A sweet flatbread stuffed with lentils and jaggery, often prepared for festivals and special occasions.
    9. Roti Canai (Tamil Nadu): A flaky, layered flatbread, often served with curries, popular in Tamil Nadu and even across the Indian diaspora in Malaysia.

    Collecting pictures of these traditional breads, along with descriptions, would make an engaging collage to showcase the diversity of Indian cuisine. Each region has its unique bread, contributing to the rich tapestry of Indian culinary traditions!

  • NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 chapter 4 solutions

    NCERT Class 10 Words and Expression 2 Unit 4 From The Diary of Anne Frank solutions. It is for boosting the knowledge of students.

    Let’s Begin

    The World Wars fought in the past stand testimony to the fact that fighting wars brings severe human suffering. The sufferers, including women and children are left behind with trauma and indelible impressions on their minds. You have read in the Class X English textbook the account of one such war in the diary of Anne Frank who may relate to Anne Frank’s feeling of alienation and isolation.

    Reading Comprehension

    Text I

    The following excerpt is from the diary of Lena Mukhina, a teenage girl who had undergone the atrocities of Germans when they fortified the city of Leningrad lasted from September 1941 to 1944. The city was cut
    off from the rest of Russia. The Germans continuously bombarded the city which resulted in death, destruction, and starvation of the people. However, the resolute Russians were warned in the beginning that the enemy was at the gate and it was a question of life and death. They fought bravely and failed the Germans in their evil designs.
    Read the excerpt and answer the questions that follow.

    Foreword from The Diary of Lena Mukhina

    No one could possibly have known that the city would remain in the grip of siege for 872 days and nights. But Leningrad’s citizens had begun to feel the breath of war as early as September. Daily air raids and artillery bombardment of residential neighbourhoods drove the city’s inhabitants into bomb shelters, several times a day, and for hours at
    a time. People’s initial curiosity in the aftermath of the first bomb attacks soon gave way to fear and then, in conditions of appalling hunger and cold, to apathy. Leningraders welcomed inclement weather for the reduced visibility it brought. They came to dread sunny days
    and moonlit nights, when the Germans would be sure to bomb their city. Cloud cover, however, offered no protection from artillery fire: in just over six months from the start of the siege there were only thirty-two days when shells did not explode on the city’s streets. Hunger soon set in. Between September and November 1941 the bread rations that had been announced in July were reduced five times, reaching their lowest point on 20 November—125 ‘blockade grams’ for children, dependents and white-collar workers and 250g for manual workers, technicians and engineers. Rations of meat, butter, sugar and other food items were severely reduced. The summer months and the beginning of autumn, when it was still possible to buy food without ration cards in ordinary shops and canteens were no more than a distant memory.

    Q. 1. Infer the meanings of the following expressions The first has been done for you as an example.

    (a) to feel the breath of war. there were indications that was was going to start soon.

    (b) appalling hunger and cold. _______________________

    (c) start of the siege. ________________________________

    (d) blockade grams: _________________________________

    Q. 2. List the words from the passage which are related to the war, for example ‘bombardment’.

    ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Q. 3. Answer the following questions:

    (a) Who were the captives as stated in the above passage?

    (b) Why did the people under siege welcome the bad weather conditions?

    (c) What were the fears in the mind of the people?

    (d) Have the people lost hope or reconciled to the existing situation?

    Q. 4. Tick the correct answer

    … When it was still possible to buy food without ration cards in ordinary shops and canteens were no more than a distant memory.’ It means.

    (a) There was hope of getting ration soon.

    (b) Citizens under siege had to show their ration cards for buying food.

    (c) There were shops and canteen for buying food for the peopleunder siege.

    (d) The possibility of buying the food without a ration card as in the past, was no more than a memory ow.

    Answers:

    Reading Comprehension


    Q. 1. Infer the meanings of the following expressions:

    (a) To feel the breath of war: There were indications that war was going to start soon.

    (b) Appalling hunger and cold:
    The extreme and unbearable condition of starvation and freezing temperatures.

    (c) Start of the siege:
    The beginning of a military blockade where a city or area is cut off from supplies and communication.

    (d) Blockade grams:
    A small and specific ration of food provided during a siege, particularly as part of the restricted food supply.


    Q. 2. List the words from the passage related to the war:

    • Bombardment
    • Siege
    • Air raids
    • Artillery
    • Bomb attacks
    • Rations
    • Blockade
    • Enemy
    • Shells
    • Explosion

    Q. 3. Answer the following questions:

    (a) Who were the captives as stated in the above passage?
    The citizens of Leningrad, who were trapped and surrounded during the siege by the Germans, are referred to as the captives.

    (b) Why did the people under siege welcome the bad weather conditions?
    The people welcomed bad weather conditions because it reduced visibility for German bombers, providing some relief from the air raids.

    (c) What were the fears in the mind of the people?
    The people feared the constant bombings, artillery fire, starvation, and death due to lack of food and supplies during the siege.

    (d) Have the people lost hope or reconciled to the existing situation?
    The people appear to have been in a state of resignation, as their initial curiosity turned into fear, and eventually into apathy due to hunger and cold.


    Q. 4. Tick the correct answer:

    “When it was still possible to buy food without ration cards in ordinary shops and canteens were no more than a distant memory.” It means:

    • (d) The possibility of buying food without a ration card as in the past was no more than a memory now.

    This passage highlights the difficult conditions faced by the citizens of Leningrad during the siege and their struggle for survival amidst war.

    Reading Comprehension

    Text II

    There are many ways of recording the events, news, and personal experiences. Diary writing, logbook, daybook, journal, etc. are a few to name. The journal writing about an event, activity or experience, etc.

    The following is an excerpt from the beginning of A Journal of the Plague Year by Daniel Defoe.

    A Journal of the Plague Year

    It was about the beginning of September, 1664, That I, among the rest of my neighbours, heard in ordinary discourse that the plague was returned again in Holland; for it had been very violent there, and particularly at Amsterdam and Rotterdam, in the year 1663, whither, they say, it was brought, some said from Italy, others from the Levant, among some goods which were brought home by their Turkey fleet; others said it was brought from Candia; others from Cyprus. It mattered not from whence it came; but all agreed it was come into Holland again.
    We had no such thing as printed newspapers in those days to spread rumours and reports of things, and to improve them by the invention of men, as I have lived to see practiced since. But such things as these were gathered from the letters of merchants and others who corresponded abroad, and from them were handed about by word of mouth only; so that things did not spread instantly over the whole nation, as they do now. But it seems that the Government had a true account of it, and several councils were held about ways to prevent its coming over; but all was kept very private. Hence, it was that this rumour
    died off again, and people began to forget it as a thing we were very little concerned in, and that we hoped was not true; till the latter end of November or the beginning of December 1664 when two men, said to be Frenchmen, died of the plague in Long Acre, or rather at the upper end of Drury Lane. The family they were in endeavoured to conceal it as much as possible, but as it had gotten some vent in the discourse of the neighbourhood, the Secretaries of State got knowledge of it; and concerning themselves to inquire about it, in order to be certain of the truth, two physicians and a surgeon were ordered to go to the house and make inspection. This they did; and finding evident tokens of the sickness upon both the bodies that were dead, they gave their opinions publicly that they died of the plague. Whereupon, it was given in to the parish clerk, and he also returned them to the Hall; and it was printed in the weekly bill of mortality in the usual manner, thus — Plague 2. Parishes infected 1.

    Q.1. The above passage is written in the English that was prevalent in the eighteenth century. Find some words and phrases from the text which seem different as compared to the English language usage at present. List them and find an appropriate substitute for each. Look at the example given below:

    Q. 2. Answer the following questions:

    (A) What is being about in the first paragraph of Daniel Defoe’s journal?

    (b) How was news about important events circulated during those days?

    (c) Why did the rumour about the plague die off/

    (d) How was the news about the plague confirmed?

    Q.3. Tick the correct answer.

    … the weekly bill of mortality’ means:

    (a) The weekly payment of dues

    (b) The weekly news about the deaths

    (c) The statements about the hospital expenditure issued every week

    (d) The list which was issued weekly, of persons who died due to plague

    Answers:

    Q.1. The passage is written in the older English style. Some words and phrases that differ from modern English usage include:

    • “whither” (modern equivalent: “where”)
    • “among the rest of my neighbours” (modern equivalent: “like the rest of my neighbors”)
    • “it mattered not” (modern equivalent: “it did not matter”)
    • “endeavoured” (modern equivalent: “tried” or “attempted”)
    • “concerned themselves to inquire” (modern equivalent: “took interest in inquiring”)

    Q.2.

    (a) What is being discussed in the first paragraph of Daniel Defoe’s journal?

    In the first paragraph, Defoe discusses the rumors of the plague returning to Holland in 1664. The plague had previously been violent in places like Amsterdam and Rotterdam, and people speculated about its origins, with theories that it was brought from various places like Italy, the Levant, or Cyprus.


    (b) How was news about important events circulated during those days?

    In those days, news was not spread instantly like today. Since there were no printed newspapers, the information was gathered from letters of merchants or people who corresponded abroad. The news was then passed around by word of mouth.


    (c) Why did the rumor about the plague die off?

    The rumor died off because the news was kept very private by the government. People began to forget about it and hoped it was not true since there was no significant outbreak at that time.


    (d) How was the news about the plague confirmed?

    The news about the plague was confirmed when two physicians and a surgeon inspected the bodies of two men who had died in Long Acre. After the inspection, they gave their opinions publicly that the men had died of the plague. This information was then printed in the weekly bill of mortality.


    Q.3. Tick the correct answer.

    “… the weekly bill of mortality” means:

    (b) The weekly news about the deaths.

    Vocabulary

    1. Choose a word or expression that completes each of the following sentences. One has been done for you.

    (a) I can’t tell you the plan because I don’t know about it.
    (him her it them)

    (b) One should learn to defend _______ against bullies.
    (herself itself himself oneself)

    (c) The girls ______ were helping you were probably Rahul’s friends.
    (Which who that they)

    (d) These dresses belong to you. I am sure they are ______.
    (yours your yours’ theirs)

    (e) The fire caused serious _______ to the groups of houses.
    (damage damages injuries injury)

    (f) The board was ______ plans for the tournament.
    (concerned to concern about concerned at concerned with)

    Answers:

    (a) I can’t tell you the plan because I don’t know about it.
    (Correct answer: it)

    (b) One should learn to defend oneself against bullies.
    (Correct answer: oneself)

    (c) The girls who were helping you were probably Rahul’s friends.
    (Correct answer: who)

    (d) These dresses belong to you. I am sure they are yours.
    (Correct answer: yours)

    (e) The fire caused serious damage to the groups of houses.
    (Correct answer: damage)

    (f) The board was concerned with plans for the tournament.
    (Correct answer: concerned with)

    Grammar

    Idiomatic expression

    1. Refer to the lesson ‘From the dairy of Anne Frank’ in your Class X textbook. There are some idiomatic expressions in the text. for Example:

    (a) Our entire class is quaking in its boots.

    Quake in (one’s boot: to tremble with fear or nervousness

    (b) Until then we keep telling each other not to lose heart.
    Not to lose one’s heart: not to lose hope or not to feel demoralised

    Now, look at the idiomatic expressions given below. Use a dictionary to find out the meanings. Make sentences using the expressions.

    ali’s fair in love war icing on the cake
    call the shots chalk and cheese
    raining cats and dogs breaking the ice

    2. Fill in the blanks using the contracted forms of the verbs. One has been done for you.

    This is a beautiful flower. Is not it? Isn’t it?

    (A) You should not eat so much. You ______ eat so much.

    (b) They have written the story. _______ written the story.

    (c) Let us go watch a movie. ____ go watch a movie.

    (d) He did not play tennis. He _______ play tennis

    (e) I could not find my friend in the crowd. I _______ find my friend in the crowd.

    (f) Here is your bag. _______ your bag.

    (g) I would guide him. ___________ guide him.

    (h) They are not rich. They _______ rich.

    Answers:

    1. Idiomatic expressions:

    • All’s fair in love and war: Anything is acceptable in the pursuit of love or in conflict.
      • Sentence: They both fought hard for the promotion, but all’s fair in love and war.
    • Icing on the cake: An additional benefit that makes a good situation even better.
      • Sentence: Winning the championship was amazing, but getting a bonus prize was the icing on the cake.
    • Call the shots: To be in control or make the important decisions.
      • Sentence: In our group, Sarah calls the shots when it comes to organizing events.
    • Chalk and cheese: Two things that are completely different.
      • Sentence: Even though they’re twins, their personalities are like chalk and cheese.
    • Raining cats and dogs: It’s raining very heavily.
      • Sentence: We couldn’t go outside because it was raining cats and dogs.
    • Breaking the ice: To initiate conversation in a social setting to ease tension.
      • Sentence: He told a joke at the beginning of the meeting to break the ice.

    2. Fill in the blanks using the contracted forms of the verbs:

    (A) You should not eat so much. You shouldn’t eat so much.

    (b) They have written the story. They’ve written the story.

    (c) Let us go watch a movie. Let’s go watch a movie.

    (d) He did not play tennis. He didn’t play tennis.

    (e) I could not find my friend in the crowd. I couldn’t find my friend in the crowd.

    (f) Here is your bag. Here’s your bag.

    (g) I would guide him. I’d guide him.

    (h) They are not rich. They aren’t rich.

    Editing

    1. Read this quote from Max Muller. There are errors in the text. Find the errors and write the correct word in the space provided.

    “If I was asked under what sky the human mind _________ has most fully developed some for its choicest gifts,

    has most deeply pondered on the greatest problems ________of life, and has find solutions of some of them which ________ well deserve the attention even of them who have ______ studied Plato and Kant, I should pointed to India. _______.

    And if I were to ask me from what literature ______ we who has been nurtured almost exclusively ___________ on the thoughts of Greeks and Romans, and of the Semitic race, the Jewish, may draw the corrective which is most want in order to make our inner life more perfect, _______ more comprehensive , more universal, in fact most truly human a life….
    again I should point to India.” _____________

    Max Muller

    Answers:

    Here is the corrected version of Max Muller’s quote:

    “If I was asked under what sky the human mind has most fully developed some of its choicest gifts, has most deeply pondered on the greatest problems of life, and has found solutions of some of them which well deserve the attention even of those who have studied Plato and Kant, I should point to India.

    And if I were asked from what literature we who have been nurtured almost exclusively on the thoughts of Greeks and Romans, and of the Semitic race, the Jewish, may draw the corrective which is most wanted in order to make our inner life more perfect, more comprehensive, more universal, in fact, most truly human life… again I should point to India.”

    Max Muller

    Listening

    1. Listen to the following YouTube link on “The Siege of Leningrad’ and make notes in the first box. The write a narrative account of it in the second box.

    (Source: 8th September 1941: Start of ‘The Siege of Leningrad’
    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5n2ym0LHyRU)

    Answers:

    I currently can’t access YouTube links, but I can guide you through the process of making notes and writing a narrative based on general knowledge about “The Siege of Leningrad.”

    Notes on “The Siege of Leningrad”

    • Start date: September 8, 1941
    • End date: January 27, 1944 (872 days)
    • Location: Leningrad (St. Petersburg), Soviet Union
    • Key players: German and Finnish forces besieged the city, Soviet Red Army defending
    • Conditions: Extreme starvation, cold, lack of food and supplies
    • Civilian suffering: Over a million people died, many from starvation; harsh winters worsened conditions
    • Food rationing: Minimal food distribution, led to extreme hunger and in some cases, cannibalism
    • Cultural resistance: Despite hardship, Leningrad’s residents kept cultural life alive (music, theatre)
    • Outcome: Soviet forces finally broke the siege in January 1944
    • Historical significance: A symbol of resilience and suffering during WWII

    Narrative Account of “The Siege of Leningrad”

    The Siege of Leningrad, lasting from September 8, 1941, to January 27, 1944, stands as one of the longest and most brutal sieges in human history. During these 872 days, German and Finnish forces completely surrounded the city, cutting off all supplies. The citizens of Leningrad endured unimaginable suffering—facing severe food shortages, extreme cold, and constant air raids.

    With food supplies dwindling to almost nothing, the people were given minimal rations, barely enough to survive. Starvation took the lives of more than a million people, and the cold Russian winters made survival even harder. Some families resorted to extreme measures to stay alive, including cannibalism in rare cases.

    Despite these brutal conditions, the spirit of the people remained unbroken. Leningrad’s cultural life persisted—musicians performed symphonies, artists continued their work, and the population held on with remarkable resilience. After nearly two and a half years, Soviet forces finally broke the siege in January 1944, bringing a much-needed end to the suffering. The city’s endurance during this time has become a symbol of Soviet resilience and human survival against all odds.

    Speaking

    1. The following poem is taken from The Diary of Lena Mukhina.

    (a) Ask your teacher to recite the poem. Listen to the poem attentively and identify the qualities mentioned.

    (b) Discuss these qualities with your partner.

    (c) Think of a person who has some of these qualities and talk about them to your partner. You can highlights the incidents and actions of the person that reflect these qualities.

    Lena Mukhina’s Diary
    22 May 1941-25 May 1942
    ‘Remember My Sad Story: Lena Mukhina ‘s Siege Diary’
    Consider any day on which you do not discover anything new or learn anything useful a lost day!
    Anyone can become strong, smart and steadfast.
    There is only one essential requirement -will power!
    Will power can conquer anything.
    A strong-willed person is presistent and determined.
    People are not born brave, strong and smart.
    These qualities must be acquired through perseverance with determination, like the ability to read and write.

    Answers:

    In this activity, you are encouraged to engage with the poem from Lena Mukhina’s Diary and reflect on its deeper meaning. Here’s how you can approach each part of the task:

    (a) Listen and Identify Qualities

    When you listen to your teacher recite the poem, pay attention to the values and characteristics the poem highlights. The qualities mentioned in the poem include:

    • Learning and Growth: The importance of discovering or learning something new every day.
    • Willpower: The idea that willpower is essential to achieve success and overcome obstacles.
    • Perseverance and Determination: A strong will can help a person to be persistent and overcome difficulties.
    • Bravery, Strength, and Intelligence: These traits are not inherent but developed through hard work and practice.

    (b) Discussing the Qualities

    Discuss the above qualities with your partner, talking about:

    • How willpower can help people succeed in difficult situations.
    • The idea that bravery, strength, and intelligence are not traits we are born with but can be cultivated over time.
    • The importance of perseverance and determination in achieving goals, no matter how hard they may seem at first.

    (c) Talk About Someone with These Qualities

    Think of a person in your life, someone you admire, who displays these qualities. Share stories or incidents that show how this person exemplifies willpower, perseverance, bravery, strength, and intelligence.

    For example, you might talk about a family member, friend, or even a public figure who has shown resilience in the face of difficulties. You could highlight situations where they used their willpower and determination to overcome challenges, similar to the qualities mentioned in the poem.

    This can lead to a meaningful conversation, and you’ll better understand how these qualities can be developed through real-life examples.

    Writing

    1. You have read in the passage ‘A Journal of the Plague Year’ by Daniel Defoe about how the news of plague was reported in those times. What are the means of reporting today?

    2. Write a report on any one of the following -conversation of environment, plantation of trees, waste disposal, water harvesting, and the cleanliness drive under Swachh Bharat Abhiyan carried out in your locality.

    Answers:

    1. Means of Reporting Today
    In today’s world, the means of reporting have evolved significantly compared to the times described in “A Journal of the Plague Year” by Daniel Defoe. Back then, news of the plague was spread primarily through word of mouth, town criers, or printed pamphlets, which were slow and often unreliable. However, the modern age has seen a transformation in how information is reported and disseminated:

    • Television: One of the most common and reliable sources of information. News channels broadcast live reports, interviews, and updates from across the globe.
    • Internet and Social Media: Platforms like Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and news websites provide instant updates, allowing information to spread within seconds. Journalists and citizens alike can report incidents as they happen.
    • Newspapers and Magazines: While still in use, printed newspapers are supplemented by their digital versions for quicker access.
    • Radio: While traditional, it remains an important source of reporting, especially for real-time traffic updates or emergency alerts.
    • Mobile Applications: With apps dedicated to news and alerts, people receive push notifications about breaking news directly on their phones.
    • Podcasts and Blogs: Emerging as new forms of media, they offer detailed analysis and personal opinions on various events.

    Today’s reporting is instant, accessible, and often interactive, giving readers and viewers a more dynamic and engaging experience.


    2. Report on the Cleanliness Drive under Swachh Bharat Abhiyan in My Locality

    Cleanliness Drive Under Swachh Bharat Abhiyan in XYZ Locality

    Date: 5th February 2025
    Location: XYZ Locality

    In alignment with the national campaign Swachh Bharat Abhiyan, a cleanliness drive was organized in our locality on 5th February 2025. The initiative aimed at creating awareness about hygiene and promoting cleanliness among the residents. It was a joint effort by the local municipal corporation, NGOs, and volunteers from the community.

    The event commenced early in the morning with a motivational speech by the local councillor, who emphasized the importance of keeping our surroundings clean and the role each citizen plays in achieving this goal. After the briefing, volunteers were divided into groups and provided with gloves, masks, and cleaning equipment.

    Key activities carried out during the drive included:

    • Street Cleaning: Volunteers swept streets, cleared garbage piles, and cleaned drains that were previously clogged.
    • Waste Segregation: Special attention was given to educating residents about separating biodegradable and non-biodegradable waste. Dustbins for segregating waste were installed at various points.
    • Tree Plantation: In conjunction with the cleanliness efforts, several saplings were planted along the main road to beautify the area and encourage green practices.
    • Public Awareness: Posters and banners were placed in strategic locations to spread awareness about cleanliness and its benefits. Awareness sessions were also held for children and adults to promote the “Clean India” mission.

    By the end of the day, the locality looked much cleaner, and there was a sense of accomplishment among all the participants. The drive successfully engaged the community and highlighted the need for sustained efforts to maintain cleanliness.

    The Swachh Bharat Abhiyan campaign has truly inspired our locality to work together for a cleaner and healthier environment. With continuous efforts, our community hopes to become a model of cleanliness for others to follow.

    Project

    1. Work in groups of four. Find out about ‘The Bengal famine of 1943’. It was a major famine in the Bengal province in India during World War II. Collect information on the following points on The Bengal famine of 1943 for the project.

    (a) Affected areas (s)

    (b) Reasons of femine

    (c) Relief measures

    (d) Pictures, films, etc.

    Prepare a poster using pictures and highlighting the information you have collected. Give a title of your choice to the poster and display it in the class.

    Answers:

    Project: The Bengal Famine of 1943

    Title for Poster: “The Bengal Famine of 1943: A Tragic Chapter in History”

    (a) Affected Areas:

    The Bengal famine of 1943 primarily affected the Bengal province of British India, which is present-day West Bengal and Bangladesh. The most severely hit regions included:

    • Midnapore
    • 24 Parganas
    • Rangpur
    • Khulna
    • Murshidabad
    • Tamluk

    These areas suffered catastrophic losses in terms of population, food supplies, and agricultural resources.

    (b) Reasons for the Famine:

    Several factors combined to cause the Bengal famine of 1943:

    • Crop failure: A poor harvest in 1942 due to natural calamities like floods and cyclone damaged the rice crops.
    • War-time policies: World War II led to food shortages as large amounts of grain were diverted for military use. The British government prioritized resources for the war effort, leaving the local population without sufficient food supplies.
    • Inflation and Hoarding: The war economy caused inflation, pushing food prices beyond the reach of common people. Traders and speculators hoarded grain, further worsening the scarcity.
    • Lack of Government Response: The British colonial government failed to implement timely relief measures and underestimated the crisis.

    (c) Relief Measures:

    The relief efforts were inadequate and often delayed:

    • Grain Imports: The British government imported rice from other parts of India and Burma, but the quantities were insufficient to meet the needs.
    • Relief Camps: Relief camps were set up in Bengal to provide food and shelter, but many were poorly managed and had limited resources.
    • Private Charities: Several charitable organizations, including the Ramakrishna Mission, provided relief to the affected people. However, the magnitude of the crisis overwhelmed these efforts.

    (d) Pictures, Films, etc.:

    • Pictures: You can find archival images of emaciated people lining the streets, famine camps, and the rural devastation. Some iconic photographs from the time can be used to illustrate the human suffering caused by the famine.
    • Films: Documentaries and films like “Children of the Famine” and “Distant Thunder” depict the dire situation faced by the people during the Bengal famine. You can use stills from these films to bring the story to life in your poster.

    How to Prepare the Poster:

    1. Title: Place the title, “The Bengal Famine of 1943: A Tragic Chapter in History,” at the top of the poster in bold letters.
    2. Images: Include photographs of the famine-stricken areas, emaciated people, and relief efforts. You can arrange these pictures in the center to visually represent the tragedy.
    3. Text Information: Around the images, provide key details about the affected areas, reasons for the famine, and the relief measures. Use bullet points for clarity.
    4. Film Stills: Add a few images or references from films or documentaries that depict the Bengal famine.
    5. Design: Use colors like sepia or black and white for an impactful, historical look. Highlight important facts or statistics using larger fonts or colors.

    This poster will not only showcase the information but also create a visual impact by showing the depth of the tragedy through pictures and key facts.

    Do you Know

    One of the three islands in the Juan Fernandez archipelago, 700 km off the Pacific coast of Chile was discovered in the 16th century. Alexander Selkirk, the Scottish sailor was marooned there or four years and four months. He related his experienced to Daniel Defoe, who wrote his famous adventure book Robinson Crusoe based on the sailor’s experience, since then the island is known as Robinson Crusoe.

    There is a seemingly unbelievable true story of the orphaned bear cub, which was found by Polish troops during World War II who travelled with them through Iraq, Syria, Palestine, Egypt, Italy and Scotland. During the war, Wojciech Narebski and his fellow Polish servicemen had to lift rates of heavy metal artillery. Fortunately for them, one of the soldiers had superhuman strength: Corporal Wojtek, a Syrian brown bear. When the bear saw that soldiers were struggling, he’d want to help… he’d come over, grab a crate and carry it to the truck. This can be heavy work, even for a bear. When Wojtek (bear) got tired, he would simply stack one crate on top of the other which also helped the soldiers because they didn’t have to lift the crate off the ground. Of course, Corporal Wojtek (bear) got a reward of honey and marmalade. That was his favourite!

    You know, things can happen that you wouldn’t normally think are true. Collect some more stories under the title ‘Sometimes truth is stranger than fiction.’

  • English Class 10 Words and Expression 2 unit 3 solutions

    Here we have solved questions from the class 10 book word and expression 2 of Lesson 3 Two Stories About Flying . Have a look to boost your English language.

    Lesson 3 Two Stories About Flying

    Let’s Begin

    You have read two stories about flying. ‘His First Flight’ is aout how a young bird learns to fly and ‘Black Aeroplane ‘ is a mystery.

    1. Read the story, ‘His First Flight’ again. Working in groups of four, answer the following questions selecting the correct option.

    Q. 1. The young seagull was afraid of flying because _________

    _____________________________________________.

    (a) he felt his wings would not stupid him

    (b) other bird knew to fly very well

    (c) the sea was very large

    (d) his mother and father threating him

    Q. 2. Why did his family taunt him about his cowardice?

    (a) He went with his sisters and brothers.

    (b) He was not liked by them at all.

    Q. 3. How did the young seagull start flying?

    (a) His mother showed him the fish moved away from him to make fly.

    (b) His brothers and sisters trained him to fly.

    (c) He was hungry and he moved to fly in search of food.

    (b) He did not learn to fly at all.

    Q. 4. Which of the following statements is not true of the young seagull?

    (a) He was lazy and did not want to fly.

    (b) He wanted to fly, but was afraid of flying.

    (c) His mother, father, brothers and sister helped him fly.

    (d) His hunger made him fly.

    Q.5. Say whether the following statements about the seagull are true or false.

    (a) The young seagull liked to fly with his brothers and sisters.

    (b) The young seagull was hungry so he started to fly.

    (c) He was scared of flying first.

    (d) He flew on his own to get the food.

    2. you have another story, The Black Aeroplane’ in the lesson Read the story again and develop at least five multiple choice questions based on the story. Work in pairs and ask your partner to answer them. The questions may be based on the events, persons, reasons and causes of the events, and results in the story.

    Your questions.

    Answers:

    ‘His First Flight’ – Multiple Choice Questions

    1. Q1. The young seagull was afraid of flying because ________.
      • (a) He felt his wings would not support him.
      • (b) Other birds knew how to fly very well.
      • (c) The sea was very large.
      • (d) His mother and father were threatening him.
      Correct answer: (a) He felt his wings would not support him.
    2. Q2. Why did his family taunt him about his cowardice?
      • (a) He went with his sisters and brothers.
      • (b) He was not liked by them at all.
      • (c) He refused to fly and stayed on the ledge.
      • (d) He flew away without learning.
      Correct answer: (c) He refused to fly and stayed on the ledge.
    3. Q3. How did the young seagull start flying?
      • (a) His mother showed him a fish and moved away to make him fly.
      • (b) His brothers and sisters trained him to fly.
      • (c) He was hungry, and he moved to fly in search of food.
      • (d) He did not learn to fly at all.
      Correct answer: (c) He was hungry, and he moved to fly in search of food.
    4. Q4. Which of the following statements is not true of the young seagull?
      • (a) He was lazy and did not want to fly.
      • (b) He wanted to fly, but was afraid of flying.
      • (c) His mother, father, brothers, and sister helped him fly.
      • (d) His hunger made him fly.
      Correct answer: (a) He was lazy and did not want to fly.
    5. Q5. Say whether the following statements about the seagull are true or false:
      • (a) The young seagull liked to fly with his brothers and sisters.
        False
      • (b) The young seagull was hungry, so he started to fly.
        True
      • (c) He was scared of flying at first.
        True
      • (d) He flew on his own to get the food.
        True

    ‘The Black Aeroplane’ – Multiple Choice Questions

    1. Q1. Why did the pilot feel happy while flying over France?
      • (a) He was enjoying the clear night sky.
      • (b) He was excited to reach his home in England soon.
      • (c) He saw other planes in the sky.
      • (d) He was flying a new aeroplane.
      Correct answer: (b) He was excited to reach his home in England soon.
    2. Q2. What problem did the pilot face after crossing Paris?
      • (a) His fuel tank was leaking.
      • (b) He lost contact with the control tower.
      • (c) He got lost in a storm.
      • (d) His compass stopped working.
      Correct answer: (c) He got lost in a storm.
    3. Q3. Who guided the pilot through the storm?
      • (a) A pilot of another black aeroplane.
      • (b) A control tower officer.
      • (c) A passenger on board.
      • (d) His co-pilot.
      Correct answer: (a) A pilot of another black aeroplane.
    4. Q4. What did the pilot discover after landing safely?
      • (a) The control tower had guided him all along.
      • (b) The black aeroplane was following him all the way.
      • (c) There was no record of the black aeroplane.
      • (d) He had lost all his fuel.
      Correct answer: (c) There was no record of the black aeroplane.
    5. Q5. Why was the pilot puzzled at the end of the story?
      • (a) He couldn’t find the black aeroplane on radar.
      • (b) His plane had no damage from the storm.
      • (c) There was no one else in the storm to help him.
      • (d) The airport had no record of his flight.
      Correct answer: (c) There was no one else in the storm to help him.

    Group Discussion and Pair Work:

    • Discuss these questions with your group, and in pairs, ask each other the questions about ‘The Black Aeroplane’ to deepen your understanding of the mysterious elements of the story.

    Reading Comprehension

    Text I

    Let’s now read the story of a bus conductor and his passengers with a dog. The story is written by A. G Gardiner.

    All about a Dog

    It was a bitterly cold night, and even at the far end of the bus the east wind that raved along the street cut like a knife. The bus stopped and two women and a man got in together and filled the vacant places. The young woman was dressed in sealskin, and carried one of those little Pekinese dogs that women in sealskin like to carry in their laps. The conductor came in and took the fares. Then his eyes rested with old malice on the beady eyed toy dog. I saw trouble brewing. This was the opportunity for which he had been waiting and he intended to make the most of it. I had marked him as the type of what Mr. Wells has called
    the Resentful Employee, the man with a great vague grievance against everything and a particular grievance against passengers who came and sat in his seat while he shivered at the door. “You must take that dog out,” he said with sour venom. “I shall certainly do nothing of the kind. You can take my name and address,” said the woman, who had evidently expected the challenge and knew the reply. “You must take the dog out— that’s my orders.” “I won’t go on the top in such weather. It would kill me,” said
    the woman.
    “Certainly not,” said her lady companion, “You’ve got a cough
    as it is.”
    “It’s nonsense,” said her male companion.

    The conductor pulled the bell and the bus stopped. “This bus doesn’t go until that dog is brought out.” And he stepped on to the pavement and waited. It was his moment of triumph. He had the law on his side and the whole bus full of angry people under the harrow. His embittered soul was having a real holiday. The storm inside rose high “Shameful!” “He’s no better than a German.” “Why isn’t he in the army?” “Call the police. Let’s all report him.” “Let’s make him give us our fares back.” Everybody was on the side of the lady and the dog. That little animal sat blinking at the dim lights in happy unconsciousness of the rumpus of which he was the cause. The conductor came to the door, “What’s your number?” said one, taking out a pocket-book with a gesture of terrible thing “There’s my number,” said the conductor imperturbably. “Give
    us our fares back.” “You can’t leave us here all night.” “No fares
    back,” said the conductor.
    Two or three passengers got out and disappeared into the night. The conductor took another turn on the pavement, then went and had a talk with the driver. Another bus, the last on the road, sailed by indifferent to the shouts of the passengers to stop, “They stick by each other the villains,” was the comment. Someone pulled the bell violently. That brought the driver round to the door, “Who’s conductor of this bus?” he said and paused for reply. “None coming,” he returned to his seat, and
    resumed beating his arms across his chest. There was no hope in that quarter. A policeman strolled up and looked in at the door. An avalanche of indignant protests and appeals burst on him. “Well, he’s got his rules, you know,” he said. “Give your name and address.” “That’s what he’s been offered, and he won’t take it.” “Oh,” said the policeman, and he went away and took his stand a few yards down the street, where he was joined by two more constables. And still the little dog blinked at the lights, and the conductor walked to and fro on the pavement, like a captain on the quarterdeck in the hour of victory. A young woman, whose voice had risen high above the gale inside, descended on him with an air of threatening and slaughter. He was immovable as cold as
    the night, and as hard as the pavement. She passed on in a fury of impotence to the three policemen, who stood like a group of statuary on the street watching the drama. Then she came back, imperiously beckoned to her ‘young man’ who had sat a silent witness of her rage, and vanished. Others followed. The bus was emptying. Even the dashing young fellow who had demanded the number and who had declared he would see this thing through if he sat there all night, had taken an opportunity to slip away.

    Meanwhile the Pekinese party was passing through every stage as of resistance to abject surrender. “I’ll go on the top.” said the sealskin lady at last. “You mustn’t.” “I will.” “You’ll have pneumonia.”

    “Let me take it.” (This from the man) “Certainly not.” She would die with her dog. When she had disappeared up the stairs, the conductor came back, pulled the bell, and the bus went on. He stood sourly triumphant while his conduct was savagely discussed in his face by the remnant of the party.

    Then the engine struck work, and the conductor went to help the driver. It was a long job and presently the lady with the dog stole down the stairs and re-entered the bus. When the engine was put right, the conductor came back and pulled the bell. Then his eyes fell on the dog, and his hand went to the bell-rope again. The driver looked around, the conductor pointed to the dog, the bus stopped, and the struggle recommenced with all the original features — the conductor walking the pavement, the driver smacking his arms on the box, the little dog blinking at the lights, the sealskin lady declaring that she would not go on the top and finally going.

    “I’ve got my rules,” said the conductor to me when I was the last passenger left behind. He had won his victory, but felt that he would like to justify himself to somebody. “Rules,” I said,“ are necessary things, but there are rules and rules. Some are hard and fast rules, like the rules of the road, which cannot be broken without danger to life and limb. But some are only rules for guidance, which you can apply or wink at, as common sense dictates, like that rule about the dogs. They are not a whip, put in your hand to scourge your passengers with, but an authority for an emergency. They are meant to be observed in the spirit,
    not in the letter, for the comfort and not the discomfort of the passengers. You have kept the rule and broken its spirit. You may mix your rules with a little goodwill and good temper.” He took it very well and when I got off the bus he said “Good night” quite amiably.

    Now, complete the box narrating the story in the correct sequence.

    Vocabulary

    1. Making adverbs, bitterly, imperturbably, violently, and evidently are some words you have come across in the story. These words and use them in sentences of your own. (Take care of the spelling when you convert these into adverbs.)

    (a) Angry ________________________________________.

    (b) Vague ________________________________________.

    (c) Indignant _____________________________________.

    (d) Threating _____________________________________.

    (e) Hurry _________________________________________.

    2. Now, look at the word given below in italic.

    He was immovable.

    ‘im’ is the prefix added to the word ‘moveable’. Now, make more words with the prefix in-which are antonyms.

    1. mobile -immobile2.
    3.4.
    5.6.
    7.8.

    3. In groups of five, create a word-web or collocation chart of words with prefixes ‘il’ and ‘in’.

    Example: logical-illogicalExample: secure-insecure
    1.1.
    2.2.
    3.3.
    4.4.
    5.5.

    Answers:

    1. Making Adverbs and Using Them in Sentences:

    (a) Angry – He spoke angrily to his friend after the argument.

    (b) Vague – The instructions were vaguely written, making it hard to understand.

    (c) Indignant – She responded indignantly when accused of cheating.

    (d) Threatening – He looked threateningly at the intruder before calling the police.

    (e) Hurry – They packed hurriedly before the bus arrived.


    2. Words with the Prefix ‘im’ or ‘in’:

    3. mobile – immobile

    4. visible – invisible

    5. perfect – imperfect

    6. possible – impossible

    7. patient – impatient

    8. accurate – inaccurate

    9. complete – incomplete

    10. formal – informal


    3. Word-web or Collocation Chart with ‘il’ and ‘in’ Prefixes:

    Prefix ‘il-‘Prefix ‘in-‘
    logical – illogicalsecure – insecure
    legal – illegaldependent – independent
    literate – illiteratedirect – indirect
    legitimate – illegitimatecapable – incapable
    legible – illegiblesufficient – insufficient

    Grammar

    A. Phrasal verbs

    The sentence below is taken from the text you have read. The phrase in italic is a phrasal verb. A phrasal verb is a combination of words (a verb + a prepositions, for example check in or a verb + an adverb, for example break down). When they are used together, they usually take on a different meaning to that of the original verb.

    ….Walk away is a phrasal verb which means to move away from.

    Find out the meaning of the following phrasal verbs and use them appropriately sentences.

    (a) walk in __________________________________

    (b) walk out _________________________________

    (c) take away _________________________________

    (d) take up ___________________________________

    (e) take in ____________________________________

    (f) take out ___________________________________

    (g) give away _________________________________

    (h) give in ____________________________________

    (i) give up ____________________________________

    (j) put in _____________________________________

    (k) put away ___________________________________

    (I) put out ______________________________________

    B. The Passive

    Compare the two sentences given below:

    Ramesh painted the walls.

    The walls were painted by Ramesh.

    The first sentence is in active form and the second sentence is in a passive form. When the person doing the action (Ramesh) is the subject, wee use the verb in the active voice. When the subject is what the action is directed at (the walls), we use the verb in the passive voice. In the first sentence we talked about what happened to the walls.

    In the passive sentence we use by-agent to add important information, that is by Ramesh. We can leave out by-agent if it does not provide any specific information.

    Example:

    All the students were given sweets yesterday.
    My room is cleaned everyday in the morning.
    A large number of films on wildlife conversation have been made.

    Use the words give below and frame sentences using the passive forms of the verbs.

    Examples: Rice/cultivate/Gangetic valley and costal region.

    Rice is cultivated in Gangetic valley and coastal region.

    The documents/sign/principal. (Present Perfect)
    The documents have been signed by the principal

    (a) Taj Mahal / build / Shah Jahan. (Simple Past)

    ___________________________________________

    (b) Malaria virus /transmit /female Anopheles mosquito. (simple Present)

    ___________________________________________

    (c) The case /solve / police and two persons arrest. (Present Perfect)

    ___________________________________________

    (d) Many houses /and lives / destroy /the volcanic eruption in Mt. Etna. (Simple Present)

    ___________________________________________

    (e) The ultraviolet rays /prevent / the ozone layer /entering the earth’s surface. (Simple Present)

    ___________________________________________

    (f) The field / convert /playground. (Present Perfect)

    ___________________________________________

    C. Unscramble the following sentences to make meaningful ones:

    (a) records /flying many/who /America aviator /was an /Amelia Earhart / set

    (b) the first / across / woman /solo / to fly / the Atlantic Ocean / she / became

    (c) a flight/July 1937/the globe/Earhart/disappeared/ to circumnavigate/somewhere/over the/Pacific/in/ during

    (d) was never/found/and/she was/officially declared/ plane wreckage/lost/at sea/her

    (e) century/her/disappearance/remains/of the/one of the/greatest/unsolved mysteries/twentieth

    Answers:

    A. Phrasal Verbs

    (a) walk in – to enter a room or building.
    She didn’t knock; she just walked in without warning.

    (b) walk out – to leave suddenly, often in protest.
    The workers walked out of the meeting when their demands were ignored.

    (c) take away – to remove something.
    The waiter took away the dirty dishes after dinner.

    (d) take up – to begin a new activity or hobby.
    He has recently taken up painting as a way to relax.

    (e) take in – to absorb or understand something.
    It took me a while to take in all the details of the news.

    (f) take out – to remove or withdraw something.
    She took out her phone to check the time.

    (g) give away – to donate or distribute freely.
    They gave away food to the homeless.

    (h) give in – to surrender or yield.
    After hours of argument, he finally gave in to their demands.

    (i) give up – to stop trying or abandon something.
    She gave up smoking last year.

    (j) put in – to invest effort or time.
    He put in a lot of work to finish the project on time.

    (k) put away – to store something in its proper place.
    She put away her clothes neatly in the wardrobe.

    (l) put out – to extinguish a fire or light.
    The firefighters managed to put out the fire quickly.


    B. The Passive

    (a) Taj Mahal / build / Shah Jahan. (Simple Past)
    The Taj Mahal was built by Shah Jahan.

    (b) Malaria virus / transmit / female Anopheles mosquito. (Simple Present)
    The malaria virus is transmitted by the female Anopheles mosquito.

    (c) The case / solve / police and two persons arrest. (Present Perfect)
    The case has been solved by the police, and two persons have been arrested.

    (d) Many houses / and lives / destroy / the volcanic eruption in Mt. Etna. (Simple Present)
    Many houses and lives are destroyed by the volcanic eruption in Mt. Etna.

    (e) The ultraviolet rays / prevent / the ozone layer / entering the earth’s surface. (Simple Present)
    Ultraviolet rays are prevented by the ozone layer from entering the earth’s surface.

    (f) The field / convert / playground. (Present Perfect)
    The field has been converted into a playground.


    C. Unscramble the Sentences

    (a) Amelia Earhart was an American aviator who set many flying records.

    (b) She became the first woman to fly solo across the Atlantic Ocean.

    (c) In July 1937, Earhart disappeared somewhere over the Pacific during a flight to circumnavigate the globe.

    (d) Her plane wreckage was never found, and she was officially declared lost at sea.

    (e) Her disappearance remains one of the greatest unsolved mysteries of the twentieth century.

    Editing

    1. Use capital letters, commas, and full stops to edit this paragraph.

    In some parts of our country, there are frequent reports about Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) which people claimed to have seen flying in the sky and which are believed to be space ships carrying aliens from other planets some people have given evidences to support their observations they said that they have found mysterious objects in paddy fields. Some others, after seeing a film on space said that they had seen unusual objects flying in the sky. Public panicked there were arguments and discussions all over the country. Police were on red alert Many community centres were established people become more vigilant gradually the number of sightings reduced.

    Answers:

    In some parts of our country, there are frequent reports about Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs), which people claim to have seen flying in the sky and which are believed to be spaceships carrying aliens from other planets. Some people have given evidence to support their observations. They said that they have found mysterious objects in paddy fields. Some others, after seeing a film on space, said that they had seen unusual objects flying in the sky. The public panicked. There were arguments and discussions all over the country. The police were on red alert. Many community centers were established, and people became more vigilant. Gradually, the number of sightings reduced.

    Listening

    1. Do you like riddles? Riddles make us think and attempt to slove puzzles through various ways and means. Read this riddle out loud and find answers to it. You can also discuss with your friends. You will notice that we speak out what we think. This is known as Think-aloud protocol. As you solve the riddles, speak out all the ideas that come to your mind to slove it.

    Riddle 1

    A farmer returns from the market, where he bought a goat, a cabbage and a wolf (what a crazy market). On the way home he must cross a river. His boat and won’t fit more than one of his purchases. He cannot leave the goat alone with the cabbage (because the goat would eat it), nor he can leave the goat alone with the wolf (because the goat would be eaten).

    Riddle 2

    Three humans, one big monkey, and two small monkeys are to cross a river.

    (a) Only humans, one big monkey can row the boat.

    (b) At all times, the number of humans on either side of the river must be greater or equal to the number of monkeys on that side (or else the humans will be killed by the monkeys!).

    (c) The boat only has room for two (monkeys or humans).

    (d) Monkeys can jump out of the boat when it’s on the river bank.

    How will they cross the river? Help them out.

    Answers:

    Riddle 1: The Farmer, Goat, Cabbage, and Wolf

    The key to solving this riddle is to make sure that neither the goat is left with the cabbage nor the goat is left with the wolf unsupervised. Here’s how the farmer can successfully cross the river:

    1. Take the goat across the river first and leave it on the other side.
    2. Go back alone to the original side.
    3. Take the wolf across the river, but when you reach the other side, bring the goat back with you to the original side.
    4. Take the cabbage across the river and leave it with the wolf on the other side (the wolf won’t eat the cabbage).
    5. Go back alone to the original side.
    6. Finally, take the goat across again.

    Now, all the items—the goat, the wolf, and the cabbage—are safely across the river!


    Riddle 2: Three Humans, One Big Monkey, Two Small Monkeys

    To solve this riddle, we need to follow the rules closely and ensure that the humans are always in the majority or equal to the monkeys on both sides. Here’s how they can cross:

    1. Two humans row the boat across the river first.
    2. One human returns with the boat.
    3. One big monkey and one human cross the river next.
    4. The human who crossed with the monkey returns.
    5. Two humans row across the river again.
    6. One human returns with the boat.
    7. Two small monkeys cross the river together.
    8. One big monkey returns with the boat.
    9. Two humans cross the river again.
    10. One human returns with the boat.
    11. One big monkey and one human cross the river again.
    12. One human returns with the boat.
    13. Two humans finally cross together.

    All humans and monkeys are safely on the other side, and the humans were never outnumbered by the monkeys!

    Writing

    Article Writing

    1. ‘Rules are meant to be observed in spirit not only in ‘letter’. Explain what you understand by this statement . Write an article in about 120-150 words on how the rules can be effectively implemented in the society and citizens can follow it in the true spirit. You may use any of the ideas given in the box. Follow the stages involved in the process approach to writing.

    (a) Use it in the context of gender (protection of woman’s rights/dowry/female infanticide, etc)

    (b)In the context of environment (cutting of trees /poaching /pollution).

    (c) Smoking in public /following traffic rules, etc. (add cartoons with fun facts, for example parking in front of no parking sign).

    (d) In the context of value and self discipline.

    2. You have read and experienced how the little seagull learnt to fly and then the story of the mysterious black aeroplane. You have also read the story, ‘All about a dog’. How were these experiences? You may have also experienced some such situations in your life: learning to ride on a bicycle, watching a cat or any other animal trying to jump over the wall, your own bitter experience in a difficult situation, etc. Think of such an experience and write down the points and develop the ideas into an outline. Write your experiences like a short story.

    Answers:

    Article Writing:

    Rules Are Meant to Be Observed in Spirit, Not Only in Letter

    Rules in society are often created for the greater good, but merely following them on paper without understanding their essence defeats their purpose. This idea implies that the true meaning of rules lies not in rigid compliance but in embracing their spirit to bring about positive change. For instance, laws protecting women’s rights against dowry and female infanticide exist, yet the issues persist in many regions. This is because the focus is on adhering to the law superficially rather than changing societal attitudes.

    Similarly, rules regarding environmental protection, such as bans on tree cutting and poaching, can only be successful if people internalize their importance. Citizens should adopt practices that promote harmony with nature and respect for wildlife. The effective implementation of rules requires public awareness, education, and a shift in mindset, so citizens are not only law-abiding but also genuinely committed to creating a better society.


    Story Writing:

    Learning to Ride a Bicycle

    When I was eight, I decided it was time to learn how to ride a bicycle. My father had bought me a bright red bike, and it gleamed in the sunlight, waiting for me to hop on. I was filled with excitement, but a little bit of fear crept in, knowing that balancing on two wheels wasn’t going to be easy.

    The first few attempts were nothing short of disastrous. As soon as my father let go, I would wobble uncontrollably and fall. I scraped my knees several times, and frustration began to set in. I wondered if I would ever learn. However, I was determined. I observed other kids who rode their bikes with ease and realized they, too, must have faced challenges when they started.

    Then one evening, something clicked. My father gave me a little push, and this time, I felt a strange sense of balance taking over. I pedaled faster, and to my amazement, I was riding all by myself. The wind rushed against my face, and I felt a surge of freedom.

    Looking back, learning to ride a bicycle was not just about balancing—it taught me resilience. No matter how many times we fall, we must always get back up, ready to try again.

    Project

    Go around your neighborhood and talk to people, particularly elders, and collect riddles and puzzles in their languages.

    Ask them how and why such riddles could have emerged.

    Collet at least 10-15 and write them in an order with information. Find out more about the riddle.

    Present it to the class as a chart and oral presentation.

    Answers:

    Project: Collecting Riddles from the Neighborhood

    Objective:

    • To collect and understand local riddles and puzzles from elders in the neighborhood.
    • Explore how and why these riddles could have emerged and their significance in local culture.

    Steps:

    1. Visit Elders in the Neighborhood:
      • Talk to grandparents, neighbors, and community elders who are familiar with traditional riddles and puzzles.
      • Ask them to share 10-15 riddles in their local language.
      • Inquire about the origin of these riddles and how they were used in the past (for entertainment, teaching lessons, etc.).
    2. Record the Riddles:
      • Write down each riddle along with its meaning, translation (if needed), and the context in which it was commonly used.
    3. Analyze the Riddles:
      • Find out why these riddles might have emerged (e.g., for fun, passing down knowledge, or testing intelligence).
      • Discover any moral, cultural, or educational lessons hidden in the riddles.
    4. Riddle Collection:
      • Present each riddle with its answer in an ordered format.
      • Include any interesting stories or traditions associated with the riddle.
      Example:
      1. Riddle (in local language): “Ek ghar mein sabke saath rehta hoon, kabhi na bolta hoon. Batao main kaun hoon?”
        • Translation: “I live in the house with everyone, but I never speak. Who am I?”
        • Answer: A lock (Tala)
        • Origin/Usage: Used to teach children the importance of observation.
      2. Riddle (in local language): “Chhoti si hai par ghari ke saath bhaagti hai, din raat kabhi rukti nahi. Batao kaun?”
        • Translation: “It’s small but runs with the clock, never stops day or night. Who is it?”
        • Answer: The second hand of a clock.
        • Origin/Usage: A common riddle used to explain timekeeping.
      (Continue with 10-15 riddles)
    5. Create a Chart:
      • Prepare a neat chart displaying all the riddles, their answers, and the associated information (origin, usage, and lessons).
      • Use colorful visuals to make the presentation engaging for the class.
    6. Oral Presentation:
      • Present the riddles one by one to the class, explaining their meaning and origin.
      • Encourage the class to solve the riddles before revealing the answers.
      • Share any insights or interesting stories you learned from the elders about the riddles.

    Conclusion:

    • This project will help preserve local traditions and introduce the class to cultural riddles.
    • You will gain a better understanding of how riddles were used in society and the value they brought to teaching and entertainment.

  • English Class 10 Words and Expression 2 unit 2 solutions

    Here we have presented English Class 10 Words and Expression 2 chapter 2 Nelson Mandela: Long Walk to Freedom Solutions. Have a look at the question answer to boost your knowledge.

    Let’s Begin

    1. You have read the story about Nelson Mandela in your textbook, First Flight, and the struggle of the people of South Africa. Mandela draws our attention to the meaning and importance of freedom and leading a life with freedom.

    He states that peers, how freedom and responsibilities Discuss with your peers, how freedom and responsibilities go hand in hand.

    Answers:

    Nelson Mandela’s journey, as portrayed in “Long Walk to Freedom,” beautifully illustrates the deep connection between freedom and responsibility. His experiences and reflections highlight that true freedom is not just about personal liberties, but also about taking responsibility for oneself and society.

    Freedom and Responsibility: A Discussion

    1. Freedom Comes with Responsibility:
    Mandela emphasizes that freedom is not just a personal privilege but a collective right that must be safeguarded for all. When individuals gain freedom, they also inherit the responsibility to respect the rights and freedoms of others. This means acting responsibly to ensure that one’s own freedom doesn’t infringe on the freedom of others.

    2. Personal Freedom vs. Collective Responsibility:
    In his autobiography, Mandela describes how, as a young man, he initially sought freedom for himself—to pursue education, career, and personal goals. However, as he grew older, he realized that true freedom cannot be fully experienced in isolation. His personal freedom was intertwined with the freedom of all South Africans. This realization led him to take on the greater responsibility of fighting for the freedom of the oppressed majority.

    3. Responsibility to Fight Injustice:
    Mandela’s life teaches us that when people are denied freedom due to injustice or oppression, it becomes their responsibility to challenge these injustices. He himself took on the mantle of leadership to end apartheid, a system that denied freedom to millions based on race. He believed that with freedom comes the moral obligation to use that freedom for the betterment of society.

    4. Freedom as a Process, Not a Destination:
    Mandela’s journey was long and filled with hardships. He understood that freedom is not achieved overnight and that once obtained, it must be protected through responsible actions. The freedom gained by South Africa after the fall of apartheid brought with it the responsibility to build a fair and just nation. This involves fostering equality, tolerance, and unity.

    Conclusion:

    In summary, freedom and responsibility are inseparable. While freedom grants individuals the right to live their lives with dignity and choice, it also places upon them the responsibility to ensure that others can enjoy the same rights. Nelson Mandela’s life reminds us that true freedom is achieved when we take responsibility for ourselves, our actions, and the world around us.

    READING COMPRESENSION

    Text I

    Given below is a speech by Sardar Patel, one of the prominent figures of India’s freedom struggle. This is one of the convocation speeches delivered by him. Read the speech and answer the question that follow.

    Sardar Patel’s Call to Youth to build Character and be Disciplined

    I must thank you for the affectionate and warm welcome which you have extended to me and for the love and regard which you have shown me by conferring this honour to me. Gifts are of many kinds those achieved by one’s own endeavour are good and deserved, but no gift should be conferred on one whose worthiness has not been tested. By selecting me without assuring yourself of my fitness for the gift, you have laid me under a heavy debt and, by your injunctions that I should continue to prove worthy of it throughout my life, you have imposed on me a very difficult obligation. At present, I cannot say anything because I am bound by your love and affection; and, therefore, with your blessing and God’s grace, I pray that I may prove worthy of it. Should I fail, the blame for my failure will be shared by you as well.

    On this occasion, I wish to place before you a few thoughts which occur to my mind as incidental to our hard-won freedom. We have now won our freedom. But just as I am doubtful, if I deserved the honour that you have done me, you have also to think whether you have done everything to deserve freedom that you have attained after such a bitter and sustained struggle.

    There are people who think that having won freedom, there is nothing more to do about it. Freedom has come to us through sacrifices. Those who made sacrifices tasted the fruit of their efforts and self-denials, but it is for those who are now enjoying freedom to taste its fruit. After
    the last World War, there is an all-round deterioration in human standards. People have become self-centered. They have forgotten or ignored the wider interests of the country. The essential and noteworthy features of our struggle were: sacrifice, truth, and non-violence. The weapons of the World War were: violence, brute force, political and military moves, and counter moves. As a result of
    the churning of the ocean, the world has emitted poison. That poison is spreading all over and there is none to swallow it. The countries which
    were free have managed to digest it somewhat, but we, who have just attained our freedom, it is hard to do the same. Therefore, those who think that having attained freedom they have attained everything have really attained nothing! The freedom that we have won is yet to be consolidated. The foundations of freedom have to be well and truly laid! This one-year old child has to be nursed and nourished, instructed and strengthened. It is for us to do it and we must do it.

    In India today, there is no time for useless controversies and unnecessary debates and disputes. One can indulge in these pastimes when one has time and leisure. At present, we have to occupy ourselves with the all absorbing task of making the foundation of our freedom strong and unassailable. We have to reflect on our place in this broken and destructed world and what our duty and obligations are! If we fail to make the best use of our freedom to make it worthwhile and turn it to our advantage and advancements, future generations will heap curses on us. They will say that a spiritualist, a great soul gave us this precious
    boon, but we did not know how to retain it and lost it.

    I should like to urge upon those who train citizens of tomorrow and to those citizens of tomorrow that we have yet to stand on our feet. We must concentrate on one thing alone, viz., how to make our country strong and united. We can make it strong when hearts are pure and when we fully appreciate our duty. Now that foreign rulers have gone, are we in a position to sustain the whole burden that has devolved on us? When we took over from them, the administrative fabric was in tatters. We have to mend and place it. This, in itself, is a heavy responsibility. It is for our universities to train young men to shoulder these responsibilities.

    The great university of life is full of experiences, but to make full use of those experiences, all of us students, teachers and professors—have to be cautious and on guard. The most essential requisite is character. If your character is lacking and you leave the precincts of the alma mater without your character fully developed, you will be wasting an opportunity of a lifetime. You have to realise that India has to attain its rightful place in the comity of nations. The leadership of Asia would be hers if she conducts herself well and if her citizens make their fitting
    contribution to nation’s resurgence. Whatever trials and troubles we might have passed through, there is no denying the fact that we have a precious inheritance and the teachings we have received from the departed leaders are great assets for us. India abounds in the resources of nature and manpower. They are awaiting full use. That task must devolve on young men and women. We ourselves were trained in the school of experience. We fought for freedom and we have attained that prize for you. It is now up to you to prove yourself worthy of the same. This you can do only if you work with single-minded devotion to the cause of the country. It is only then that you can deserve this freedom and be proud of it.

    The real danger of India lies in our disunity. That poison of communalism was spread in the past. You should draw a curtain over it. Only then could we equip ourselves for the freedom that has come to us. There are still people in the country whose loyalty to India has not settled down. They should and will leave India. This is the occasion for mutual help and mutual cooperation. We must know what our duty is as true citizens. Your teacher has to impart that duty. Unless we learn to shoulder our responsibility in the true spirit of discipline and citizenship we cannot go ahead. We must strengthen our shoulders and our legs so that we can stand erect and bear the burden that has devolved on us. Then alone would we secure the real objective of freedom.

    (Source: The Collected Works of Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel
    Volume XIII [1 January 1948–31 December 1948],
    Editor: P.N. Chopra, Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi)

    Complete the sentences given below by choosing the most appropriate word or phrase.

    Q. 1. The occasion of the speech of Sardar Patel here is _____________________________.

    (a) an address to a public gathering

    (b) a convocation address at a university

    (c) a speech in Indian Parliament

    (d) a speech delivered to civil servants

    Q. 2. Patel feels that future generations will help curses on us if ____________________________________.

    (a) we fail to protect our freedom

    (b) we fail to protect the corrupt people in public life

    (c) we wage war against other nations

    (d) we understand the need for peace

    Q. 3. The first and foremost thing Patel stressed to be done is ________________________________________.

    (a) to make the country strong and united

    (b) to give employment to everyone

    (c) to fight a war against those who oppressed us

    (d) to make every citizen feel happy

    Q. 4. One major characteristic of university education, as Sardar Patel believes, is ______________________________________.

    (a)character

    (b) duty

    (c) knowledge

    (d) power

    Q. 5. What did Patel not mean when he said, “You have to realise that India has to attain its rightful place in the comity of nations”? Tick the right answer.

    (a) Friendly and cordial relationship with other nations

    (b) Group of nations which wage war against other

    (c) Community of people

    (d) Nations from a continent

    Q. 6. ‘India abounds in the resources of nature and manpower’s means ____________________________________________ .

    (a) India has a vibrant economy

    (b) India’s natural resources and population are a great resources

    (c) India’s lack of manpower

    (d) Indians are great resources for development

    Q. 7. What is the greatest danger for India as Patel believes in his speech?

    (a) India has a vibrant economy.

    (b) India’s natural resources and population are a great resource.

    (c) India’s lack of manpower.

    (d) Indians are great resources for development.

    Q. 8. Complete the following statement based on your understanding of Patel’s speech.

    The first and foremost duty of the young nation is

    Answers:

    Q. 1. The occasion of the speech of Sardar Patel here is _____________________________.
    (b) a convocation address at a university

    Q. 2. Patel feels that future generations will heap curses on us if ____________________________________.
    (a) we fail to protect our freedom

    Q. 3. The first and foremost thing Patel stressed to be done is ________________________________________.
    (a) to make the country strong and united

    Q. 4. One major characteristic of university education, as Sardar Patel believes, is ______________________________________.
    (a) character

    Q. 5. What did Patel not mean when he said, “You have to realise that India has to attain its rightful place in the comity of nations”? Tick the right answer.
    (b) Group of nations which wage war against others

    Q. 6. ‘India abounds in the resources of nature and manpower’s means ____________________________________________.
    (b) India’s natural resources and population are a great resource

    Q. 7. What is the greatest danger for India as Patel believes in his speech?
    (d) Indians are great resources for development.

    Q. 8. Complete the following statement based on your understanding of Patel’s speech.

    The first and foremost duty of the young nation is to build a strong, united country, ensuring the protection and consolidation of the freedom won through sacrifices and striving for the development of both character and discipline in its citizens.

    Vocabulary

    1. Use the following words and phrase in your own sentences.

    (a) Precincts _______________________________________
    ________________________________________________

    (b) Comity of nations ________________________________
    ______________________________________________

    (c) Unassailable ___________________________________
    ______________________________________________.

    (d) Mutual cooperation _______________________________
    ______________________________________________.

    2. Sardar Patel called upon young students to understand the meaning of freedom and ways to sustain it. Here are two key words which he stressed upon-‘Freedom’ and ‘Responsibility’. Working in pairs, find words and phrases which convey the feeling of these words and write below.

    FreedomResponsibility
      

    You may have written above at least to eight words for each key word. Using the words write at least five sentences describing “Freedom and “Responsibility’. One has been done for you.

    Example: Freedom is not free.

    Answers:

    1. Use the following words and phrase in your own sentences:

    (a) Precincts:
    The students gathered within the precincts of the college for their annual cultural festival.

    (b) Comity of nations:
    India aims to maintain peaceful relations within the comity of nations, promoting mutual respect and cooperation.

    (c) Unassailable:
    The evidence provided by the defense was so strong that it left an unassailable argument in the courtroom.

    (d) Mutual cooperation:
    The success of any project depends on the mutual cooperation of all team members, ensuring smooth progress.

    1. Freedom
    • Independence
    • Liberty
    • Autonomy
    • Choice
    • Rights
    • Expression
    • Opportunity
    • Self-determination

    Responsibility

    • Accountability
    • Obligation
    • Duty
    • Commitment
    • Reliability
    • Care
    • Leadership
    • Ownership

    Sentences:

    1. Freedom allows individuals to express their opinions without fear of oppression.
    2. With freedom comes the responsibility to respect the rights of others.
    3. True freedom is the ability to make choices while bearing the consequences of those decisions.
    4. Responsibility is about owning up to one’s actions and fulfilling duties with care.
    5. A society thrives when citizens balance their freedom with a strong sense of responsibility towards the community.

    Grammar

    Use of Articles

    1. You have come across the use of articles ‘a’, ‘an’ and ‘the’ in the lesson. The tasks in textbook give you the idea that the use of ‘the’ with proper noun carries a special meaning. Read the following paragraph from the speech you have read above. The articles are missing in the paragraph. With the help of your partner, fill in the blanks.

    ________ weapons of _____ world was were: violence, brute force, political and military moves, and counter moves.

    As ______ result of ________ churning of the ocean, _______ world has emitted poison. That poison is spreading all over and there is none to swallow it. __________ countries which were free have managed to digest it somewhat, but we, who have just attained our freedom, it is hard to do ___________ same. Therefore, those who think that having attained freedom they have attained everything, have really attained nothing! _______ freedom that we have won is yet to be consolidated.

    2. Which article most frequently occurs in the passage? Why is it so? Can you replace it with some other article? Why/Why not? Discuss with your peers and make notes.

    ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    3. Fill in the blanks with suitable articles.

    (a) _______ boy and _____ girl were shopping in a market. ______ boy was from Kerala and _______ girl was from Nagaland.

    (b) Can you turn off ____ light?

    (c) He has taken ____ taxi to _____ station?

    (d) Is there ______ police station nearby?

    (e) M sister works in ______ bank.

    (f) He has been looking for _____ job the last seven years.

    (g) Would you like to eat ______ apple?

    (h) He goes to the theatre once _____ month.

    (i) This morning I bought ____ newspaper and ___ magazine. _____ newspaper is on my table and I forgot where I have placed ______ magazine.

    (j) We would like to have dinner at _____ good restaurant.

    Answers:

    1. Fill in the blanks with suitable articles:

    The weapons of the world were: violence, brute force, political and military moves, and counter moves.

    As a result of the churning of the ocean, the world has emitted poison. That poison is spreading all over and there is none to swallow it. The countries which were free have managed to digest it somewhat, but we, who have just attained our freedom, find it hard to do the same. Therefore, those who think that having attained freedom they have attained everything, have really attained nothing! The freedom that we have won is yet to be consolidated.

    1. The article that most frequently occurs in the passage is ‘the’.
    • It is used to refer to something specific or known to the listener or reader, like “the world” or “the freedom.”
    • You cannot replace “the” with another article in this passage because it is referring to specific concepts that the reader is expected to be familiar with. Replacing it with ‘a’ or ‘an’ would change the meaning by making these nouns non-specific, which would not fit the context.
    1. Fill in the blanks with suitable articles:

    (a) A boy and a girl were shopping in a market. The boy was from Kerala and the girl was from Nagaland.

    (b) Can you turn off the light?

    (c) He has taken a taxi to the station.

    (d) Is there a police station nearby?

    (e) My sister works in a bank.

    (f) He has been looking for a job for the last seven years.

    (g) Would you like to eat an apple?

    (h) He goes to the theatre once a month.

    (i) This morning I bought a newspaper and a magazine. The newspaper is on my table and I forgot where I have placed the magazine.

    (j) We would like to have dinner at a good restaurant.

    Editing

    1. The following passage has an error in each line. Fid the error and write the correct word or words against the line.

    I don’t mean that some peoples are born clear headed ______

    and is therefore natural writers, whereas others ________

    are naturally fuzzy and will never wrote well. ___

    Thinking clearly was a conscious act that writers _______

    must forced on themselves, as if they were working ______

    on any other project that requires logic: makes ______

    shopping list or doing an algebra problems. _______

    Good writing do not come naturally, ________

    though most people seems to think it does. ______

    Professional writer are constantly beaded by ________

    people who say they’d like to “trying a little _______

    writing sometime” – meaned when they retire from their profession. __

    Answers:

    Here is the corrected passage with the errors and corrections:

    1. I don’t mean that some peoples are born clear-headed.
      Error: peoples
      Correction: people
    2. and is therefore natural writers, whereas others
      Error: is
      Correction: are
    3. are naturally fuzzy and will never wrote well.
      Error: wrote
      Correction: write
    4. Thinking clearly was a conscious act that writers
      Error: was
      Correction: is
    5. must forced on themselves, as if they were working
      Error: forced
      Correction: force
    6. on any other project that requires logic: makes
      Error: makes
      Correction: making
    7. shopping list or doing an algebra problems.
      Error: shopping list, problems
      Correction: a shopping list, problem
    8. Good writing do not come naturally,
      Error: do
      Correction: does
    9. though most people seems to think it does.
      Error: seems
      Correction: seem
    10. Professional writer are constantly beaded by
      Error: writer, beaded
      Correction: writers, badgered
    11. people who say they’d like to “trying a little
      Error: trying
      Correction: try
    12. writing sometime” – meaned when they retire from their profession.
      Error: meaned
      Correction: meaning

    Listening

    1. Your teacher or any one student will read out the text given below to the whole class. Listen carefully. Working in groups of four, note down in short the important points as you listen. Discuss in your group. Recreate and write the text you have listened to. You need not write the exact text, but the meaning should be nearest to the actual text read out to you. Your teacher will read out the text again for all the groups so that you can check whether you have understood the text well.

    Text for listening

    A few minutes ago, walking back from lunch, I started to cross the street when I heard the sound of a coin dropping. It wasn’t much but, as I turned my eyes caught the heads of serve other people truing too. A woman had dropped what appeared to be a one rupee coin. The tinking sound of a coin dropping on the pavement garbs attention. Whatever be the value of the coin no one can ignore the sound of it. It got me thinking about sounds again.

    Answers:

    Here is a recreated version of the text:

    A short while ago, as I was walking back from lunch and about to cross the street, I heard the faint sound of a coin falling. It wasn’t particularly loud, but it made me look, and I noticed several others turning their heads as well. A woman had dropped what seemed to be a one-rupee coin. The distinct sound of a coin hitting the pavement catches attention, regardless of its value. No one can ignore it. This made me reflect once more on the impact of sounds.

    This version retains the meaning and key points of the original text about the significance of sound and how it draws attention.

    Speaking

    1. You have read the speeches of Nelson Mandela and Sardar Patel. You know their beliefs and born nation. Discuss with your partner and put down your ideas in what freedom means to you. Prepare an outline.

    ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________.

    2. Prepare a speech for the morning assembly reflecting on the following question.

    (a) How do you feel today about the country’s freedom?

    (b) Are we free and independent?

    (c) Are we serious about our responsibilities as citizen?

    Answers:

    1. Outline: What Freedom Means to Me

    • Introduction:
      • Definition of freedom in a personal sense.
      • Importance of freedom in an individual’s life and society.
    • Body:
      • Freedom of Thought and Expression: The ability to voice opinions without fear.
      • Personal Choices: Having the right to make decisions about one’s own life.
      • Social Freedom: Equality regardless of caste, creed, gender, or background.
      • Political Freedom: The right to participate in governance and shape the future of the nation.
      • Economic Freedom: Access to resources and opportunities for a decent standard of living.
      • Responsibility with Freedom: How freedom comes with accountability and the need for responsible behavior.
    • Conclusion:
      • How freedom is essential for growth, but maintaining it requires effort and responsibility from all citizens.

    2. Speech for Morning Assembly

    Good Morning, Respected Principal, Teachers, and my dear friends,

    Today, I stand before you to reflect on a few important questions about our country’s freedom.

    How do I feel about our country’s freedom today?
    It fills me with pride to know that we live in an independent nation where our ancestors fought courageously for the rights we enjoy today. We can express ourselves, choose our careers, and live freely, thanks to the sacrifices made by our freedom fighters.

    But are we truly free and independent?
    While we have achieved political freedom, the journey to complete independence still continues. True freedom goes beyond the absence of foreign rule. It means being free from inequality, poverty, discrimination, and corruption. In these areas, we still have much work to do. We should strive for a society where everyone is treated equally and has the same opportunities to succeed.

    Are we serious about our responsibilities as citizens?
    Freedom comes with great responsibility. We often speak of rights, but we must also consider our duties towards the nation. As citizens, we must work towards bettering our communities, follow the rules, and contribute to the development of the country. Respecting each other’s rights, keeping our surroundings clean, and being informed voters are just a few ways in which we can fulfill our responsibilities.

    Conclusion:
    In conclusion, we must remember that freedom is not just a privilege; it is a collective responsibility. Let us cherish it and work together to ensure that our country remains a place where every individual can truly experience freedom.

    Writing

    1. Make pairs. One of you takes the role of Nelson Mandela and the other becomes the interviewer.

    (a) The interviewer prepares a questionnaire on Nelson Mandela—Mandela as a person and his contributions to the removal of Apartheid.

    (b) The interviewee responds to them. The interviewer’s task is to note down the answers also.

    (c) The interviewer, through the questions, tries to get an overview of Mandela’s life.

    2. Make groups of four and find out the background information on Nelson Mandela, Mahatma Gandhi, and Martin Luther King. All three of them fought against all odds and used non-violence to achieve their aim. Choose any two of the above stated and do a comparative study of their principles and lives.

    Answers:

    1. Interview: Nelson Mandela and the Interviewer

    Interviewer:
    Good morning, Mr. Mandela. It is an honor to speak with you today. Let’s begin by discussing your personal experiences. What motivated you to start your journey of resistance against Apartheid?

    Mandela (Interviewee):
    Thank you. My journey began from witnessing the deep inequality and injustice my people were subjected to. The Apartheid regime was built on racial discrimination, and growing up under that oppressive system fueled my desire to fight for equality. I realized that it was my duty, and the duty of all South Africans, to resist the racial segregation that kept us apart.

    Interviewer:
    You spent 27 years in prison for your beliefs. How did you maintain hope during such a difficult period?

    Mandela (Interviewee):
    It was difficult, but I never lost sight of the greater purpose. Prison taught me patience and discipline, and it was during this time that I reaffirmed my commitment to the cause. I found strength in the knowledge that my struggle was shared by millions of others, and that together we could achieve freedom.

    Interviewer:
    Your leadership was instrumental in ending Apartheid. What do you believe was the key to this success?

    Mandela (Interviewee):
    The key was unity. We knew that violence could not be the answer, so we opted for non-violent resistance, inspired by leaders like Gandhi. It was through dialogue, negotiation, and unwavering resolve that we managed to dismantle Apartheid. Building trust among people of all races was crucial in creating a new, democratic South Africa.

    Interviewer:
    What role did forgiveness play in your approach to leadership after the end of Apartheid?

    Mandela (Interviewee):
    Forgiveness was fundamental. After decades of oppression, our country could have easily been consumed by hatred and revenge. But I knew that in order for us to move forward, we had to forgive, not forget. Forgiveness was necessary for healing and reconciliation. It is what allowed us to build a united nation instead of one torn apart by its past.

    Interviewer:
    Lastly, what message do you want to give to future generations fighting for justice?

    Mandela (Interviewee):
    My message is to never give up on justice, equality, and freedom. The road to achieving it may be long and difficult, but perseverance is key. Also, remember that change can come from non-violent means. Stay true to your principles, unite people, and never lose hope in a better future.


    2. Comparative Study: Nelson Mandela and Mahatma Gandhi

    Nelson Mandela:

    • Principles: Mandela was driven by the principles of justice, equality, and non-violence. He fought against racial segregation in South Africa, known as Apartheid, and believed that all people, regardless of their race, deserved equal rights and opportunities.
    • Key Life Events: He joined the African National Congress (ANC) and became involved in anti-Apartheid movements. He spent 27 years in prison for his activism and emerged as a symbol of the fight for justice. After his release, he led negotiations to dismantle Apartheid and became the first black president of South Africa in 1994.
    • Approach: Mandela’s fight for freedom was inspired by non-violent resistance, although at times the movement did use armed resistance as a last resort. His leadership after Apartheid was marked by forgiveness and reconciliation, which helped to heal the wounds of a divided nation.
    • Non-Violence: Although the ANC initially advocated non-violent resistance, Mandela recognized the need for a mix of strategies. However, in the end, he chose negotiation and non-violence to resolve conflicts and establish democracy in South Africa.

    Mahatma Gandhi:

    • Principles: Gandhi was a strong advocate of non-violence (Ahimsa) and truth (Satyagraha). He believed that peaceful civil disobedience was the most powerful tool in the fight against injustice. His principles influenced many global leaders, including Mandela.
    • Key Life Events: Gandhi led the Indian independence movement against British rule, organizing mass civil disobedience campaigns such as the Salt March in 1930. His leadership was pivotal in India’s eventual independence in 1947. He was also involved in social reforms, including the fight against untouchability.
    • Approach: Gandhi’s philosophy of non-violence was absolute. He believed that even in the face of violence and oppression, the use of violence would never bring true freedom. His approach was grounded in moral conviction, faith in humanity, and the belief that love and compassion could change society.
    • Non-Violence: Gandhi’s adherence to non-violence was unshakeable. He was firm in his belief that violence only begets more violence, and that true freedom could only be achieved through peaceful means. His methods included hunger strikes, boycotts, and civil disobedience.

    Comparative Overview:

    • Leadership through Non-Violence: Both Mandela and Gandhi believed in non-violent resistance as a powerful force for change. Gandhi never wavered in his commitment to non-violence, while Mandela adopted a combination of non-violent and armed resistance but ultimately embraced reconciliation and peaceful negotiation.
    • Focus on Unity and Reconciliation: Gandhi worked to unite people across religions and castes in India, while Mandela focused on bridging the racial divide in South Africa. Both saw unity as essential for building a just and equal society.
    • Global Influence: Both leaders have inspired movements for justice and freedom across the world. Mandela was directly influenced by Gandhi’s philosophy of non-violence, and their shared belief in human dignity and justice continues to resonate globally.

    In conclusion, while Gandhi and Mandela came from different contexts, their approaches and philosophies shared significant commonalities. Both leaders remind us that non-violence, unity, and compassion are the cornerstones of true freedom.

    Project

    1. You have learnt about the freedom struggle pf many nations after the Second World war and ow many leaders spearheaded freedom movements in their countries. Based on the learning from different nations. The following are prompts that can help you.

    (a) Their thoughts

    (b) Their uniqueness

    (c) Honestly and integrity

    (d) Confidence and leadership qualities

    (e) Inspirational speeches

    (Hints: You may develop their profiles in chronological order. You may visit the library. Consult social science teachers in your school and elders in your neighbourhood.)

    Answers:

    Project: Freedom Struggles After the Second World War

    In this project, we will explore the freedom struggles of several nations after the Second World War, focusing on the leaders who spearheaded these movements. The leaders chosen for this study exhibited remarkable qualities of leadership, integrity, and courage, and their thoughts and actions have inspired many people worldwide. Below are some prompts that can help you structure your profiles of these leaders in a chronological order.


    (a) Their Thoughts

    • Each leader had a vision for their country’s freedom and future. Whether it was Nelson Mandela’s dream of a racially equal South Africa or Ho Chi Minh’s fight for Vietnamese independence, their thoughts were always centered around justice, equality, and the freedom of their people.
    • Example: Nelson Mandela believed in the importance of forgiveness and reconciliation after years of racial oppression. He wanted to build a nation where all races could live peacefully together.
    • Example: Kwame Nkrumah envisioned a united and independent Africa, free from the colonial rule of European powers.

    (b) Their Uniqueness

    • Each leader had unique approaches to achieving independence. Some, like Gandhi, were known for their commitment to non-violence, while others like Fidel Castro led armed revolutions.
    • Example: Mahatma Gandhi pioneered the concept of Satyagraha, which emphasized non-violent civil disobedience.
    • Example: Sukarno of Indonesia uniquely blended nationalism with socialism, aiming to establish a nation that could thrive without foreign intervention.

    (c) Honesty and Integrity

    • Integrity and honesty were defining characteristics of these freedom fighters. They gained trust and support from the masses because of their commitment to truth and justice.
    • Example: Gandhi was known for his transparent leadership and his adherence to truth, which earned him the title of Mahatma (Great Soul).
    • Example: Jomo Kenyatta of Kenya maintained a strong moral stance during the fight against British colonial rule, advocating for the rights of his people.

    (d) Confidence and Leadership Qualities

    • Confidence and an ability to lead were essential for mobilizing people during these difficult times. The leaders demonstrated exceptional leadership by inspiring the masses and maintaining morale during their respective freedom struggles.
    • Example: Ho Chi Minh led Vietnam with great confidence during the resistance against French colonialism and later against the United States during the Vietnam War.
    • Example: Nelson Mandela displayed extraordinary leadership during his imprisonment and after his release, leading the negotiations to end Apartheid in South Africa.

    (e) Inspirational Speeches

    • Many of these leaders gave powerful and inspiring speeches that resonated with their people and beyond. Their words motivated millions to join their causes and to believe in the possibility of freedom.
    • Example: Nelson Mandela’s speech upon his release from prison: “I have walked that long road to freedom. I have tried not to falter; I have made missteps along the way. But I have discovered the secret that after climbing a great hill, one only finds that there are many more hills to climb.”
    • Example: Gandhi’s speech during the Quit India Movement of 1942: “Do or die. We shall either free India or die in the attempt; we shall not live to see the perpetuation of our slavery.”

    Developing Profiles in Chronological Order

    1. India (1947)Mahatma Gandhi
      • Thoughts: Freedom through non-violence, truth, and self-reliance.
      • Uniqueness: Non-violent resistance through Satyagraha.
      • Honesty: He lived a life of simplicity and truth.
      • Leadership: Mobilized millions with peaceful protest methods.
      • Inspirational Speeches: Quit India movement.
    2. Indonesia (1945)Sukarno
      • Thoughts: Independence from Dutch colonialism, socialism, and unity.
      • Uniqueness: Emphasis on national unity and socialism.
      • Honesty: Advocated for social welfare and equality.
      • Leadership: Successfully led Indonesia to independence.
      • Inspirational Speeches: Proclaimed Indonesian independence in 1945.
    3. Vietnam (1945)Ho Chi Minh
      • Thoughts: Independence from French rule and later, American intervention.
      • Uniqueness: Blended nationalism with Marxist-Leninist ideology.
      • Honesty: Worked tirelessly for the cause of his people.
      • Leadership: Led Vietnam through two major wars, uniting the country.
      • Inspirational Speeches: Declaration of Independence from France in 1945.
    4. Ghana (1957)Kwame Nkrumah
      • Thoughts: Pan-Africanism, economic self-reliance.
      • Uniqueness: First African nation to gain independence.
      • Honesty: Advocated for the well-being of African nations.
      • Leadership: First President of Ghana and a key figure in African independence movements.
      • Inspirational Speeches: Encouraged African unity.
    5. South Africa (1994)Nelson Mandela
      • Thoughts: End of racial discrimination, equality, and justice for all.
      • Uniqueness: Reconciliation post-Apartheid.
      • Honesty: Spent 27 years in prison for his beliefs.
      • Leadership: Guided South Africa to its first democratic election.
      • Inspirational Speeches: Address upon his release from prison.

    Consultation and Resources

    • Visit the school library for books on these leaders and their nations’ struggles for independence.
    • Consult your social science teachers to gain deeper insights into the historical events of the time.
    • Engage with elders in your neighborhood who may have lived through these historical moments or have knowledge of them.

    This project will provide a comprehensive overview of the various freedom struggles post-World War II and the qualities of the leaders who spearheaded them, highlighting their thoughts, leadership, and lasting impact on their nations and the world.

  • Class 10 English words and expressions 2 solution unit 1

    Here we have presented Class 10 English words and expressions 2 solution chapter 1.Increase your english knowledge with this book. Chapter name is ‘A letter to God’.

    Let’s Begin

    1. You have read about Lencho in ‘A Letter to God’, First Flight, textbook in English for class X. How has the story of Lencho moved you? What do you think about Lencho’s faith in God and his attitude towards the officials in the post office? Discuss his actions with your friends. Why does he do so?

    2. The summary of the story of Lencho is given below. The sequence of the story is jumbled up.

    Read the story again and rearrange the jumbled sentences to make a coherent story.

    Write the correct order in numbers in the columnJumbled sentences
     But it rained heavily and hailstorm thrashed his corn field and all the corn was destroyed.
     He wrote To God’ on the envelope and posted it.
     Lencho predicated it will rain and it did. He and his wife were happy.
     Lencho felt desperate but believed that God would help him.
     Their corn field was longing for water.
     The postman and the postmaster laughed at Lencho’s letter but were surprised by the faith of the man.
     He wrote a letter to God asking for a hundred pesos to sow his field again and to survive util the next crop came up.  
     After some days, Lencho went to the post office to receive the money as the postmaster watched him.  
     He immediately went to the counter and asked for a pen and paper, wrote a few lines and posted the letter.
     Lencho, his wife and their children lived in a lonely house in a valley.
     When the postmaster opened the letter, it said “Oh! Thanks for sending the money. But I have received only seventy Pesos. Next time you please send the money directly to me. The people at the office are a bunch of crooks. They have taken the thirty pesos.
     HE opened the letter and was happy to find the money. He counted and found it was only seventy pesos.
     The postmaster collected about 70 pesos from his colleagues and sent it to Lencho.

    Answers:

    1. Discussion on Lencho’s faith and attitude:

    Lencho’s story in ‘A Letter to God’ reflects his unshakeable faith in God. His complete belief that God would help him, despite the loss of his crops due to the hailstorm, is admirable. However, Lencho’s attitude towards the post office officials reveals his naivety. He could not imagine that the officials, moved by his faith, collected money to help him. Instead, he assumed that the officials had stolen some of the money. This highlights his innocence and blind trust in God but also his lack of understanding of human kindness. Lencho’s unwavering belief in divine help is touching, but his suspicion towards the post office workers seems unfair, especially when they were the ones who tried to assist him.

    Lencho’s actions show how deep his faith in God is, and his inability to recognize human effort mirrors the story’s theme of faith and irony. He doesn’t thank the post office workers, as he believes they stole part of the money, which adds to the ironic twist of the story. This raises questions about his awareness of human kindness and whether such pure faith can also make someone blind to the good actions of others.

    1. Correct order of the story
    2. Lencho, his wife and their children lived in a lonely house in a valley.
    3. Their corn field was longing for water.
    4. Lencho predicted it will rain, and it did. He and his wife were happy.
    5. But it rained heavily, and a hailstorm thrashed his cornfield, destroying all the corn.
    6. Lencho felt desperate but believed that God would help him.
    7. He wrote a letter to God asking for a hundred pesos to sow his field again and to survive until the next crop came up.
    8. He wrote “To God” on the envelope and posted it.
    9. The postman and the postmaster laughed at Lencho’s letter but were surprised by the faith of the man.
    10. The postmaster collected about 70 pesos from his colleagues and sent it to Lencho.
    11. After some days, Lencho went to the post office to receive the money as the postmaster watched him.
    12. He opened the letter and was happy to find the money. He counted and found it was only seventy pesos.
    13. He immediately went to the counter, asked for a pen and paper, wrote a few lines, and posted the letter.
    14. When the postmaster opened the letter, it said, “Oh! Thanks for sending the money. But I have received only seventy pesos. Next time, please send the money directly to me. The people at the office are a bunch of crooks. They have taken the thirty pesos.”

    Reading Comprehension

    Text I

    Given below is a story of the tailor who has been known for his skills in cheating and stealing. Read in groups of four or in pairs. You may discuss the events and incidences of the story with your friends and write them in a sequential manner.

    The Trader and the Tailor

    There was a tailor who was known for beating others in the art of being light-fingered and thievery. A trader swore that even with a hundred attempts, the tailor would not be able to take a coil of thread from him without his knowledge.

    The trader was told that many others, more intelligent than him, had been beaten by the tailor. They said he should not imagine himself so great, for his ego would only give him worse troubles in competition with the tailor. Still, the trader became more competitive and made a wager that the tailor would not be able to rob him of anything.

    He wagered an Arab horse with those who taunted him. If the tailor failed to steal, then they would have to give him a horse instead. That night, the trader lay awake troubled by the situation and could not sleep a wink.

    In the morning, he put a piece of satin cloth under his arm and went to the bazaar and entered the shop and saluted the cunning rogue warmly. The tailor sprang up from his seat and welcomed the trader, inquiring about his health with cordiality exceeding even that of the trader, planting in his heart great feelings of affection for him. When the trader heard these songs of sweetness from the tailor, he flung down the piece of silk saying, “Cut this into a coat for me and make it wide below my
    navel so as not to hamper my legs and tight about it to show off
    my figure.”

    The tailor answered, “O! kindly man, I will do you a hundred services,” and accepted the order. He measured the satin and inspected the working surface and all the time chatted away to the trader in idle gossip, about other amirs and of bounties and gifts he had received from them, and about misers and their mean ways, and made the trader laugh with hysterics. During this beguiling talk, he was snipping away with his scissors rapidly, cutting as fast as his lips moved.

    The trader was laughing, the tailor was cutting, the trader closed his eyes in joy, the tailor cut extra pieces, tucking them under his thighs, hidden away from all but God. From his delight at the tailor’s tales, the trader’s former boast went out of his mind. What satin? What boast? What wager? The trader was drunk on the jokes told by the tailor.

    Then the tailor told such an incredible story that the trader fell over on his back with laughter. The tailor swiftly stitched a swatch of the satin to the hem of his underpants while the trader was paying no attention at all, greedily sucking with every guffaw at the jests the tailor told. The tailor continued to tell funnier and funnier tales and jokes until the trader was completely within his power.

    With his eyes shut and his reason vanished, the bewildered and boastful trader was drunk with joy. And the tailor continued to cut, filching yet more of the beautiful cloth, with nothing to stop him now. And yet the trader begged for more.

    You who becomes the slave of the jest, no story is more laughable than you yourself, think on this at the edge of your grave. How long will you listen to the lies of this world that leave your mind and spirit unhinged? The Universal Tailor will cut and stitch the hems of a hundred travellers,
    silly as children.

    Eventually the tailor became bored with the whole story and told the trader that he better leave before another tale was told, “For if I tell another one, the coat will be too tight for you, and you will stop laughing and weep tears of blood.”

    Rumi (Abridged)

    Did you enjoy the story of ‘The trader and the Tailor?

    The story is summarised below. Read the story again with your friend and complete the paragraph using short sentences with the given hints.

    Once there was a tailor who was known for ______________ (cheat and thievery). He could cheat anyone with his cunning way of deceiving people. A trader challenged that the tailor would not be able to cheat him. He ________ (go) the tailor with ________ (satin). The tailor ___________. (welcome). The trader ____________ (please) by the tailor’s praise. He told to make a coat for him. The tailor __________(praise) funny tales and the trader forgot _______ (bet). The tailor started snipping _____ and ________ (hide) Eyes of the trader _______ (tears and joy) and yet the trader kept on asking for _____ (stories). At last, the tailor told the trader that ________ (tight) and ___________ (weep -blood).

    Answers:

    Yes, I enjoyed the story of “The Trader and the Tailor.” It has an engaging blend of humor and wisdom, showing how even the most confident people can be deceived by clever manipulation. The tailor’s cunning, coupled with the trader’s overconfidence, adds a layer of irony and teaches a lesson about ego, deceit, and the consequences of becoming too absorbed in distractions.

    Here is the summary of the story, completed with short sentences:

    Once there was a tailor who was known for cheating and thievery. He could cheat anyone with his cunning way of deceiving people. A trader challenged that the tailor would not be able to cheat him. He went to the tailor with satin. The tailor welcomed him warmly. The trader was pleased by the tailor’s praise. He told him to make a coat for him. The tailor praised him and told funny tales, and the trader forgot about the bet. The tailor started snipping the satin and hiding the pieces. Eyes of the trader were filled with tears of joy, and yet the trader kept on asking for more stories. At last, the tailor told the trader that the coat would be too tight and he would weep tears of blood.

    The story is an insightful one about human nature, overconfidence, and the power of manipulation through words.

    Grammar

    1. You have come across Relative Clauses in the lesson. ‘A Letter to God.’ Read about the relative clauses again. Complete the sentences given below in the table by adding the most

    Contains meaning of words
    stitches clothes
    tell lies
    won the best actor award this year
    hit a century
    is faithful
    Need to fill in the application
    Is a crook
    Help themselves
    Won the nobel prize
    Believe in hard work

    (a) A tailor is a person who stitches clothes.

    (b) A dictionary is a book ________________

    (c) The book is about a scientist ______________

    (d) What is the name of the player ____________

    (e) I don’t like people ___________

    (f) What is the name of the actor ______

    (g) Students ____________ should meet the principal in her office.

    (h) Friends of the trader thought the tailor ________ and can cheat anyone.

    (i) Lencho _________ thought God would help him.

    (j) Those _______ will succeed.

    (k) God helps those _______

    Answers:

    (a) A tailor is a person who stitches clothes.

    (b) A dictionary is a book which contains the meaning of words.

    (c) The book is about a scientist who won the Nobel Prize.

    (d) What is the name of the player who hit a century?

    (e) I don’t like people who tell lies.

    (f) What is the name of the actor who won the best actor award this year?

    (g) Students who need to fill in the application should meet the principal in her office.

    (h) Friends of the trader thought the tailor was a crook and can cheat anyone.

    (i) Lencho who was faithful thought God would help him.

    (j) Those who believe in hard work will succeed.

    (k) God helps those who help themselves.

    Editing :

    1. Suppose Lencho gets a hundred pesos in his envelope. He writes a letter to God expressing his gratitude. However, he has missed a word in each line. Help him with those words so that his letter is complete.

    Dear God !

    Thank for

    (a) sending a hundred pesos help.

    (b) I am very for this kind gesture.

    (c) You were my only and your

    (d) help has my faith in you.

    (e) This money will help me until the crop

    (f) and I promise to hard in the future.

    Sincerely yours,

    Lencho

    Answers:

    Here is the edited version of Lencho’s letter with the missing words added:

    Dear God!

    Thank you for

    (a) sending a hundred pesos as help.

    (b) I am very grateful for this kind gesture.

    (c) You were my only hope and your

    (d) help has restored my faith in you.

    (e) This money will help me until the crop grows

    (f) and I promise to work hard in the future.

    Sincerely yours,
    Lencho

    Listening

    1. Here is an interesting story. The story has been told in two ways. Story A has all the odd sentences (1,3,5,…) and story B has the even sentences (2,4,6,…). Working in pairs, one of you take up Story A and the other take up Story B. The person with Story A will read out the first sentence and the partner (person with story B) will write in the space provided. Then the person with Story B will read sentence two and the partner will write in the space for sentence two. Likewise complete the whole story. Once the story is completed, both of you will read out to each other to check whether you have listened carefully .to your partner and written the complete story.

    Story A the RaceStory B The Race
    1. Every evening the animals of the Machlipatti used to sit under the banyan tree.1. 
    2.  _______________________2. One day kho-kho, the rabbit was feeling bored.
    3. He said, “Lets run a reace!” “Who will run a race with you?3. _________________________________
    4. ____________________________4. No one can run faster than you,” said Bahlu, the bear, eating a mango.
    5 Choo-Choo, the rat, shouted, “No, he’s not the fastest runner.5. _________________________________
    _______________________________________
    6. ___________________________________6. I can run faster than him.”
    7. Everyone laughed at him.7. _______________________________
    8. __________________________________Then it was diced to have a race between kho-kho and Choo-Choo.
    9. The  
    10. ______________________________10.  Coocku,  the cock crowed to start the race.
    11. Kho-Kho and Choo-Choo started running.11. ________________________________
    __________________________________
    12. _________________________________12. After running half the distance, Kho-Kho looked back but Choo-Choo was nowhere to be seen.
    13. “He must be far behind.”13. ____________________________________
    14. ____________________________________14. When he was near the finishing point, Choo- Choo jumped over Kho-Kho’s shoulder and touched the neem tree first.
    15. He shouted, “I’ve won the race! I’ve won the race!”15. __________________________________
    16. __________________________________16. Everyone cheered for Choo-Choo

    Answers:

    Story A:

    1. Every evening the animals of the Machlipatti used to sit under the banyan tree.
    2. (Person with Story B will write) One day kho-kho, the rabbit was feeling bored.
    3. He said, “Let’s run a race!” “Who will run a race with you?”
    4. (Person with Story B will write) No one can run faster than you,” said Bahlu, the bear, eating a mango.
    5. Choo-Choo, the rat, shouted, “No, he’s not the fastest runner.”
    6. (Person with Story B will write) I can run faster than him.”
    7. Everyone laughed at him.
    8. (Person with Story B will write) Then it was decided to have a race between Kho-Kho and Choo-Choo.
    9. The animals got excited about the race.
    10. (Person with Story B will write) Coocku, the cock crowed to start the race.
    11. Kho-Kho and Choo-Choo started running.
    12. (Person with Story B will write) After running half the distance, Kho-Kho looked back but Choo-Choo was nowhere to be seen.
    13. “He must be far behind.”
    14. (Person with Story B will write) When he was near the finishing point, Choo-Choo jumped over Kho-Kho’s shoulder and touched the neem tree first.
    15. He shouted, “I’ve won the race! I’ve won the race!”
    16. (Person with Story B will write) Everyone cheered for Choo-Choo.

    Speaking

    1. Lencho, the main character in the story, is a farmer. HE supports his family through farming. The conflict in the story happens when a hailstorm strikes the field and destroyed his farm. All the hard work, for nothing! The entire land is wrecked by catastrophe. There is no one wo can help. Lencho’s complete faith in God is amazing during the calamity.

    So, one type of conflict dominating in the story is man versus nature. Discuss with your partner the natural calamities that play havoc in the lives of people. Collect photography and make a visual presentation to share in the class.

    2. Try writing a small poem on the topic man versus nature. Read the aloud the poem with the required stress and intonation, Given below is a poem written by Norman Littleford, which may help you think and compose.

    Man Vs Nature

    The heavens roared with thunder
    as lighting filled the skies
    was this god getting angry
    or Nature’s big surprise.
    Is Mother Nature telling us
    the best way that she can
    to stop the interference
    and abuse she gets from man.
    We marvel at her beauty
    each time we look around
    then their natural burial ground.
    We forgot that Nature gives us
    all that keeps us living
    we take it all and still want more
    but never think of giving.
    We build across the countryside
    progressing every day
    but Mother Nature can’t progress
    for man is in the way.

    Noman Littleford

    Answers:

    Part 1: Discussion on Natural Calamities

    Natural calamities, such as floods, earthquakes, cyclones, and droughts, can cause immense destruction in people’s lives. Like Lencho’s situation in the story where his crops are destroyed by a hailstorm, many farmers and individuals worldwide face similar challenges. Natural disasters often lead to loss of livelihood, property damage, and even displacement of entire communities. Discuss with your partner how different calamities impact people’s lives, especially in rural areas where agriculture is the main source of income.

    Collecting photographs of floods, wildfires, earthquakes, or droughts can help visualize the scale of damage these disasters cause. You can create a visual presentation highlighting how these events disrupt lives, livelihoods, and the environment. This presentation can be shared with the class to raise awareness about the real-life struggles faced by people during natural calamities.

    Part 2: Writing a Poem on “Man vs Nature”

    Here’s a small poem based on the topic “Man versus Nature,” which reflects on how human activities often interfere with nature’s balance:


    Man and Nature’s Struggle
    By (Your Name)

    Beneath the sun’s soft, golden light,
    The earth begins its daily fight.
    With nature’s wind, the trees do bend,
    But man builds walls that never end.

    The rivers once flowed free and clear,
    Now slowed by dams we engineer.
    The forests tall, now cut to ground,
    Nature’s cries are the only sound.

    The storms, the quakes, the fires so wild,
    Nature strikes back, no longer mild.
    Yet still, we take more than we give,
    Forgetting it’s from her we live.

    So pause, reflect, and understand,
    We must live gently on this land.
    For nature fights, and always will,
    If we forget her gentle skill.


    This poem highlights the ongoing conflict between man’s progress and nature’s resilience. Now, read it aloud with appropriate stress and intonation, making sure to emphasize words that reflect the tension and the beauty of nature.

    Writing

    1. The tailor here is a cheat, but Lencho in the story, ‘A Letter to God’, is naive and simple. He has immense faith in God. How do you distinguish between Lencho and the tailor? What makes them different? Working in pairs, list the actions and qualities of Lencho and the tailor and draw their character sketches.

    Action: What does the person do?What quality it reveals?
    Lencho lost all his crops.He is helpless. Prays to God.
    How does he manage the situation? ________________________________________
    ________________________________
    Does he harm anyone by his action? _________________________________________
    How do others think of him? _______________________________________________
    What is your judgement of him? ___________________________________________
    He received  70 pesos and he thought 30 pesos and been stolen.__________________________________  

    Now, Write the character sketch of Lencho and the tailor.

    2. Writing a portrait or description of a person

    Read the following description about two persons, Raavi and Mohini.

    RaaviMohini
    A portrait or a picture of a handsome young man in full sleeves shirt.
    Raavi is an engineer in a manufacturing firm.
    He likes to make, fix, and repair things.
    He loves to watch television and goes to the movies thrice a month.
    He is congenial and supportive.
    He does not like to play, but goes for a morning walk everyday.
    A portrait or a picture of a middle-aged lady who is a singer. She studied music and become a playback singer.
    She likes to be with people and participates in social functions.
    She loves music and reading books.
    She is firm and a lady with a purpose.
    She does not get time to exercise.

    Now, write a description of any one of the above based on the details given. You may follow the process approach to writing. First, you read the given information in the box and make a list of describable (adjectives) points used for each person, in your own words. Secondly, take the help of these points to develop an outline in sentence form. Thirdly, use the outline and prepare the first draft of the description of the person and then edit the draft. Prepare the final copy after making all changes. The table below gives you ideas on how the Process Approach is helpful for improving your writing.

    Writing: The Process Approach
    The ProcessWhat do you do?
    BrainstormingNote down as many ideas as you can about a given topic. Then arrange the ideas in a sequence.
    OutliningCreate an outline of your writing— which ideas will go first, how will they be supported by evidence, will there be a picture, etc.
    DraftingWrite the first draft; here the focus is on the content and not the form
    RevisingRevise the first draft, improve it. Add or delete ideas and improve the language.
    ProofreadingProofread the draft with the help of the teacher; here the focus is on the form and not the content.
    Final draft Write the final draft now.

    Answers:

    1. Distinguishing between Lencho and the Tailor:

    Actions and Qualities of Lencho and the Tailor:

    ActionLenchoTailor
    Lost all his cropsHelpless and prays to God for helpThe tailor is not involved in farming, his actions are unrelated.
    Prays to GodReveals his immense faith in GodThe tailor doesn’t show such faith, and is focused on his material gain.
    Receives 70 pesos but thinks 30 were stolenShows suspicion towards others but blames it on human dishonesty, not God.The tailor would deceive for personal profit, without remorse.
    How he manages the situationWrites a letter to God, relying on divine intervention.Cheats others to manage his own situation, focusing on self-benefit.
    Harmful to others?No, his actions don’t harm anyone intentionally.Yes, he harms others by cheating for his own gain.
    How others perceive himAs a simple, honest, and naïve man with unwavering faith in God.Others likely see him as dishonest and untrustworthy.
    Judgment of his characterHe is innocent, straightforward, but lacks understanding of human intentions.The tailor is crafty and greedy, valuing money over honesty.

    Character Sketch of Lencho: Lencho, the protagonist of the story ‘A Letter to God’, is a simple and naïve farmer. He has immense faith in God and believes that God will help him in any situation. When he loses his crops to a storm, he does not lose hope but writes a letter to God, asking for money to survive. His actions show his helplessness but also his strong belief in divine intervention. Lencho’s simplicity is evident when he receives 70 pesos and believes that the rest of the money (30 pesos) was stolen by the post office workers, yet he does not question God’s integrity. He is hardworking, honest, and religious, but his lack of worldly knowledge makes him suspect the wrong people. Despite his simplicity, Lencho’s unshakeable trust in a higher power sets him apart as a man of faith.

    Character Sketch of the Tailor: The tailor is the complete opposite of Lencho. He is depicted as a cheat, someone who deceives others for his personal gain. His actions reveal a lack of integrity and honesty. The tailor prioritizes his own profit over fairness and morality. Unlike Lencho, who trusts in God and does not harm anyone, the tailor is crafty and manipulative, harming others by exploiting their trust. His behavior reflects greed and a focus on material wealth. People likely view him as untrustworthy and dishonest, characteristics that stand in sharp contrast to Lencho’s innocence and simplicity.


    2. Description of Raavi:

    Adjectives/Describable Points:

    • Handsome
    • Young
    • Engineer
    • Likes to make and fix things
    • Watches TV and goes to movies
    • Congenial and supportive
    • Goes for a morning walk but doesn’t like playing

    Outline:

    1. Raavi is a handsome young man who works as an engineer in a manufacturing firm.
    2. He has a passion for creating, fixing, and repairing things, showcasing his practical and inventive nature.
    3. Although he enjoys watching TV and movies, going to the cinema thrice a month, he does not like playing sports.
    4. Raavi is congenial and supportive, making him well-liked by his peers.
    5. He stays active by going for a morning walk every day, which helps him maintain his health.

    Draft: Raavi is a handsome young engineer who works in a manufacturing firm. He enjoys using his skills to create, fix, and repair things, reflecting his practical and inventive personality. While he loves watching television and going to the movies at least three times a month, he is not very interested in playing sports. However, he makes sure to stay active by taking a morning walk every day. Raavi is known for being congenial and supportive, which makes him popular among his colleagues and friends. His friendly nature and enthusiasm for helping others add to his appealing personality.

    Final Copy: Raavi is a handsome and energetic young man, working as an engineer in a manufacturing firm. He has a natural talent for making, fixing, and repairing things, which showcases his practical and creative skills. Despite not being fond of sports, Raavi keeps himself physically active by going for a morning walk every day. He enjoys his leisure time by watching television and frequently visiting the cinema. Known for his congenial and supportive personality, Raavi is well-respected and liked by those around him. His warmth and willingness to help others make him a standout individual in both his personal and professional life.

    Project

    1. You may have come across some people in your neighbourhood who might have inspired you with their actions, Talk to them about-

    their childhood, their education, job, their likes and dislikes.

    their contribution to the enrichment of their village or town, job, country, etc.

    their interesting features and characteristics.

    Request for their pictures, Based on the collected information, write their portraits and present it to the class. You may read on ‘How to do project work?’ given below.

    How to do project work in the English language classroom?

    In addition to the textbook activities, project work could be used as an effective strategy to promote collaborative ways of language learning where we work together in groups to do an activity. We collect information, ideas; observe the language being used; use language in real life situations; exchange views and debate on ideas; write the ideas into a report; edit our writing and produce the report in a suitable form. This helps in constructing ideas and analysing critical judgments
    of the peers to arrive at a decision or conclusion. It would be of much benefit to learners, if projects planned are of an interdisciplinary nature.

    Designing and managing projects

    There are many ways students can be initiated to carry out projects.

    Read books, newspapers, listen to the radio, watch TV, consult websites and encyclopedia, talk to people, observe events and proceedings, interview people, record audio/ video, collect pictures and illustrations, interpret them, and report.

    Write field notes to remember and organise the data collected.

    Bring your own ideas to the class and have a class discussion.

    Use language meaningfully and precisely. If the meaning of learning is ‘meaning making’, the purpose is achieved fully while doing projects.

    Learners should do the projects in group independently.
    They should not ask their parents to do these or buy readymade products available in the market.

    They may seek information or some help from parents or elders.

    Planning, writing the draft and editing

    Having collected the required data, information and ideas, plan and organise the data and interpret them to write the draft. It could be posters, a script of a play (enact and direct a play), songs, essays, etc. Editing is an important part of writing the report. Students should be made aware of process approach involved in writing a good piece of work. Then present it to the whole class or to the school during the
    assembly or on special occasions (in case of play, songs, etc.).

    Answers:

    Project: Portrait of an Inspirational Person in My Neighborhood

    Step 1: Identifying the Person

    In your neighborhood, there might be people who inspire you with their actions and contributions. For this project, you need to talk to one such person who stands out because of their dedication, unique qualities, or contribution to the community.

    Step 2: Conducting the Interview

    • Childhood: Ask them about their upbringing, where they grew up, their early experiences, and their family background. Were there any events or challenges during their childhood that shaped their current values and behavior?
    • Education: Explore their educational journey. Did they face any difficulties or opportunities that influenced their career or personal growth?
    • Job: Talk about their job or occupation. How did they choose their career path? How do they feel about their work? How have they contributed to their profession, and how do they help others through their job?
    • Likes and Dislikes: Get to know their personal preferences. What hobbies or interests do they have? What motivates them or gives them joy? Are there any things they avoid or dislike?
    • Contribution to Society: Discuss their role in enriching the community, village, town, or country. Have they been involved in any projects, events, or social work? How have they made a difference in the lives of others?
    • Unique Characteristics: Observe their interesting traits. What makes them special? Do they possess certain skills, habits, or characteristics that set them apart?
    • Request for Pictures: Ask them if you can take or use their picture for the project.

    Step 3: Organizing and Analyzing the Information

    Write field notes during or after the conversation to remember important details. Then organize the data into categories like childhood, education, job, contributions, etc. Analyze what makes this person inspirational and unique.

    Step 4: Writing the Portrait

    After gathering all the information, draft the portrait in a meaningful and engaging way. The portrait could be divided into the following sections:

    1. Introduction: Briefly introduce the person, their role in the community, and why they are inspirational.
    2. Childhood and Education: Describe their early life, schooling, and any significant events that shaped them.
    3. Career and Contributions: Discuss their job and how they contribute to the development of the village, town, or country. Highlight any specific social or community projects they have worked on.
    4. Likes, Dislikes, and Personality Traits: Provide insights into their hobbies, interests, and unique characteristics. Mention any qualities that make them stand out, such as kindness, leadership, perseverance, etc.
    5. Conclusion: Summarize why this person is a role model and what makes them an important figure in the community.

    Step 5: Editing

    After completing the first draft, review it carefully. Make any necessary changes to improve the structure, clarity, and accuracy. Use appropriate language, grammar, and punctuation. Ensure that the portrait is coherent and engaging.

    Step 6: Presentation

    Prepare the final copy of the portrait, ensuring that all edits are done. You can also include the person’s picture, if available, to make the presentation more personal and engaging. Present this portrait to your class or during school assembly, and share the inspiring story with your peers.


    Example: Portrait of Mrs. Sunita Verma, a Social Worker

    Introduction:
    Mrs. Sunita Verma is a remarkable woman who has made significant contributions to our local community through her tireless social work. Her passion for helping others and her selfless service have earned her immense respect among the villagers.

    Childhood and Education:
    Born in a small village, Mrs. Verma’s childhood was full of challenges. She lost her father at a young age and was raised by her mother, who instilled strong values of kindness and empathy. Despite financial struggles, she completed her education with the help of scholarships and later pursued a degree in social work.

    Career and Contributions:
    After completing her education, Mrs. Verma began working for an NGO that focuses on women’s empowerment and education in rural areas. She has organized literacy programs for underprivileged women, initiated vocational training, and helped establish self-help groups for women to become financially independent. Her efforts have transformed many lives, especially those of women who lacked basic education and employment opportunities.

    Likes, Dislikes, and Personality Traits:
    Mrs. Verma is a person of great integrity and compassion. She loves reading books on social justice and spends her free time organizing community workshops. Her dislike for inequality and injustice is what drives her to keep working hard. Known for her perseverance and calm demeanor, she handles even the toughest situations with grace.

    Conclusion:
    Mrs. Verma’s dedication to improving the lives of others makes her a true inspiration. Her unwavering belief in the power of education and empowerment has touched many hearts, making her an essential figure in our village’s progress.

  • Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Unit 9 solutions

    Here Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Unit 8 solutions is presented so to increase knowledge and provide solution to the NCERT book.

    Reading Comprehension

    Read the following text and answer the questions that follow.

    Interview with a Detective

    His appearance was clean, cool and deliberately ambiguous. Under the sanctuary of his aviators, his eyes silently scanned the room. He is a Manhattan-based, third-generation private detective who’s been in the business for more than three decades — specialising in surveillance and being an overall mystery-tinged badass. We asked him everything we’ve ever wanted to know about the profession.

    Interviewer : So, what exactly do you do?

    Detective : I do a lot of surveillance. Basically, someone who wonders, “What is this other person up to?” If it’s insurance company (surveying someone on workers’ compensation), they’ll ask, “Is he back working?” Things like that. Another very common request is locating people, and it could be for a lot of reasons. I had a case recently, a man hadn’t been in touch with his mother for 20 years and I helped him find her.

    Interviewer: What kind of skills make for a good PI (Private Investigator)?

    Detective :Patience— Number one. You have to pay attention. You have to be the kind of person, if you sit in front of a door watching it for six hours, and you haven’t seen your guy. You have to plan accordingly, and be willing to make sacrifices in order to stay out there. It’s not a job for people who want to slack off.

    Interviewer : If you need to locate someone, what’s the ideal information you need to start?

    Detective: Usually, this is what I tell people, “If you want to find someone, I need the name with the exact spelling, the DOB if you know it, the social security number, and a last known, official address where
    they’ve lived within the past 15 years.” Because that means they’ll be in our database.

    Interviewer: DO most private investigators a relationship with local police?

    Detective: : I would say that’s kind of a myth. Most cops wouldn’t even do it in the first place, because they know how serious a violation it is.

    Interviewer: Do most private eyes carry guns?

    Detective : I don’t think so. We don’t kill people but help them.

    Interviewer: What do films and television shows get wrong about being a PI?

    Detective : The big difference is, the things you see in films do happen to private detectives, but they’re shrinking down maybe 20 years of adventure into an episode. After 30 years, I probably have one movie worth of experiences.

    (Adapted from https://www.thrillist.com/…/private-detective-interviewquestions-you-ve-always-want)

    1. What is the profession of the person being interviewed?

    2. Complete the following sentence.
    As soon as the detective entered the room, he

    (a) examined the place carefully.

    (b) was vague and uncertain.

    (c) knew what he was doing.

    (d) got ready for the interview.

    3. Which of the following was not a part of the job of the detective?

    (a) to wander about

    (b) to find lost people

    (c) to carry guns

    (d) to keep a watch

    4. According to the detective, there are some qualities that ae essential in his profession. What are these and why are they essential?

    5. What information should the PI have in order to locate someone?

    6. In the sentence given below the word ‘aviators’ means sunglasses. Now choose the appropriate meaning for the underline word from the option given.

    Under the sanctuary of his aviators, his eyes scanned the room.

    (A) shelter

    (b) shade

    (c) hideout

    (d) refuge

    Answers:

    1. What is the profession of the person being interviewed?
      The person being interviewed is a private detective.
    2. Complete the following sentence:
      As soon as the detective entered the room, he
      (a) examined the place carefully.
    3. Which of the following was not a part of the job of the detective?
      (c) to carry guns
    4. According to the detective, there are some qualities that are essential in his profession. What are these and why are they essential?
      The essential qualities in the detective’s profession are patience and attention to detail. These qualities are crucial because surveillance work often involves long hours of waiting and observation. The detective must be able to stay focused and alert even when nothing seems to be happening, ensuring they don’t miss anything important.
    5. What information should the PI have in order to locate someone?
      The PI should have the following information to locate someone:
    • Name with the exact spelling
    • Date of Birth (DOB)
    • Social Security Number (if available)
    • Last known official address where the person lived within the past 15 years.
    1. In the sentence given below, the word ‘aviators’ means sunglasses. Now choose the appropriate meaning for the underlined word from the options given.
      Under the sanctuary of his aviators, his eyes scanned the room.
      (d) refuge

    Text II

    Read the passage and answer the question that follow.

    Sharadindu Bandyopadhyay

    Do you know who is Sharadindu Bandyopadhyay? He was a Bengali writer. He is remembered for his most famous creation of a fictional detective, Byomkesh Bakshi.

    He was actively involved with Bengali cinema as well as Bollywood. He wrote different forms of prose: novels, short stories, plays and screenplays. Besides, he wrote many songs and poems. However, his forte was short stories and novels. He also wrote historical fiction and supernatural stories.

    Sharadindu Bandyopadhyay started writing Byomkesh stories in 1932 at the age of 33. He has written 32 Byomkesh stories. He continued to write till his death in 1970. He portrayed himself as a narrator of his stories named Ajit Bandhopadhyay who is also a companion of Byomkesh Bakshi. In some stories Ajit also investigates in the absence of Byomkesh. These stories are written in traditional Bengali language and have now been translated into other languages.

    His stories are very engrossing and consist of a series of events. Byomkesh solves cases from international drug racket to household mysteries and crimes. Byomkesh identifies himself as Satyanweshi meaning ‘truth seeker’ rather than a detective. Where he stands out from other legendary detectives like Hercule Poirot or Sherlock Holmes is that he is more concerned with truth than with the law.

    (Source: An excerpt from ‘A well-known literary figure of Bengal’/The Asian
    Age online: http://dailyasianage.com/news/109713/a-we-known-literaryfigure-of-bengal)

    1. Who among the following is not a detective?

    (a) Byomkesh Bakshi
    (b) Sharadindu Bandyopadhyay
    (c) Hercule Poirot
    (d) Sherlock Holmes

    2. Sharadindu Bandyopadhyay is known for his

    (a) Short stories and novels
    (b) Poems and songs
    (c) Historical fiction
    (d) All of the above

    3. State whether true or false

    (a) Byomkesh is a ‘truth seeker’.
    (b) Byomkesh is a detective like Hercule Poirot and
    Sherlock Holmes.
    (c) Byomkesh is concerned with truth rather than with
    the law.
    (d) Byomkesh follows law to solve his cases.

    5. What is the role of Ajit in Byomkesh stories?

    6. Find the antonyms of the words given below. All of them are given in the text.

    (a) natural___________________________________________
    (b) fact______________________________________________
    (c) passively________________________________________
    (d) discontinued_____________________________________
    (e) presence_________________________________________
    (f) modern___________________________________________
    (g) unconcerned____________________________________

    Answers:

    1. Who among the following is not a detective? (b) Sharadindu Bandyopadhyay
    2. Sharadindu Bandyopadhyay is known for his (a) Short stories and novels
    3. State whether true or false (a) Byomkesh is a ‘truth seeker’.
      True (b) Byomkesh is a detective like Hercule Poirot and Sherlock Holmes.
      False (He identifies himself as a ‘truth seeker’ rather than a detective.) (c) Byomkesh is concerned with truth rather than with the law.
      True (d) Byomkesh follows law to solve his cases.
      False
    4. What is the role of Ajit in Byomkesh stories?
      Ajit Bandhopadhyay plays the role of a narrator in Byomkesh stories. He is also a companion of Byomkesh Bakshi and, in some stories, investigates in the absence of Byomkesh.
    5. Find the antonyms of the words given below. All of them are given in the text. (a) Natural – Supernatural
      (b) Fact – Fiction
      (c) Passively – Actively
      (d) Discontinued – Continued
      (e) Presence – Absence
      (f) Modern – Traditional
      (g) Unconcerned – Concerned

    Vocabulary

    1. The following words and phrases and occur in the Passages. Try to guess the meaning. Match the words with their meaning. You may refer a dictionary later.

    DatabaseThe act of going against or refusing to obey a law, an agreement, etc.
    ViolationOpen to more than one interpretation; not having one obvious meaning.
    surveillanceA structured set of data held in a computer, especially one that is accessible in various ways.
    insuranceClose observation, especially of a suspected spy or criminal.
    ambiguousan agreement made with a company or the Government provides a guarantee of compensation for specified loss, damage, illness, or death in return for payment of a specified premium
    forgean action or event regarded as morally or legally wrong and causing general public outrage.
    sinister lookingto make an illegal copy of something in order to deceive.
    scandalsuggesting evil or harm

    2. The contextual meaning of ‘sanctuary’ in the comprehension passage I is ‘shade’. The same word ‘sanctuary’ is used in a variety of sentences given below. They have different meanings in different contexts. Refer to a dictionary and write the meanings.

    (a) Banita’s home was a sanctuary for runaway kids.

    (b) The refugees found sanctuary when they reached India.

    (c) The sanctuary contains the altar of sacrifice.

    (d) I found sanctuary in the cave to save myself from the storm.

    (e) Bhadra Wildlife Sanctuary is a protected area for tigers.

    3. Use the following Pair of opposites in sentences. One has been doe for you.

    lose/gain

    You’ve nothing to lose, but what have you to gain?

    (a) hot/cold

    (b) beautiful/ugly

    (c) smart/foolish

    (d) lonely/busy

    (e) great/little

    (f) live/die

    Answers:

    1. Match the words with their meanings:

    • Database: A structured set of data held in a computer, especially one that is accessible in various ways.
    • Violation: The act of going against or refusing to obey a law, an agreement, etc.
    • Ambiguous: Open to more than one interpretation; not having one obvious meaning.
    • Surveillance: Close observation, especially of a suspected spy or criminal.
    • Insurance: An agreement made with a company or the Government to provide a guarantee of compensation for specified loss, damage, illness, or death in return for payment of a specified premium.
    • Forge: To make an illegal copy of something in order to deceive.
    • Sinister looking: Suggesting evil or harm.
    • Scandal: An action or event regarded as morally or legally wrong and causing general public outrage.

    2. The contextual meaning of ‘sanctuary’ in different sentences:

    (a) Banita’s home was a sanctuary for runaway kids.
    Meaning: A safe or protective place.

    (b) The refugees found sanctuary when they reached India.
    Meaning: Protection or a place of safety.

    (c) The sanctuary contains the altar of sacrifice.
    Meaning: A sacred or holy place.

    (d) I found sanctuary in the cave to save myself from the storm.
    Meaning: A place of shelter or refuge.

    (e) Bhadra Wildlife Sanctuary is a protected area for tigers.
    Meaning: A nature reserve or wildlife protection area.

    3. Use the following pairs of opposites in sentences:

    (a) Hot/Cold
    The weather was extremely hot in the afternoon but became cold by evening.

    (b) Beautiful/Ugly
    The rose is beautiful, but the thorns on its stem can be ugly.

    (c) Smart/Foolish
    It’s smart to plan ahead, but it’s foolish to ignore important details.

    (d) Lonely/Busy
    He felt lonely in the big city, but he kept himself busy with work.

    (e) Great/Little
    A great effort is often needed to achieve even a little success.

    (f) Live/Die
    Everyone hopes to live a fulfilling life before they die.

    Grammar

    An affirmative sentence can be changed into a negative sentence without changing the meaning of the original sentence. Look at the examples given below.

    You may be comfortable, but I am not. /You may not be uncomfortable, but I am.

    Few people take the trouble to visit me. /People generally do not take the trouble to visit me.

    Better be quick. /Better not be late.

    1. Change affirmative sentence into negative sentences without changing the meaning. One has been done for you.

    I know all the answers. /There are no answers that I don’t know.

    (a) All the member liked the programme.

    (b) I am free to go places and do nothing.

    (c) I am free to go places and do nothing.

    (d) The farmer was too weak to walk.

    (e) She is always on time.

    (f) The intruder was foolish to let Gerrard go.

    2. Let us look at the sentence given below.

    I am glad you are pleased to see me.

    Here, ‘to see’ is an example of the infinite form of a verb. The infinite form of a verb is usually preceded by ‘to’.

    Choose the words from the box and complete the sentences given below.

    phone up, pay, assist, change, clear, off; help team, up, stay

    (a) Before we begin I would like you ________________ my place.

    (b) I’II be glad ___________________________ you.

    (c) You mean ____________________ with me?

    (d) But are you sure it’s going _____________ you?

    (e) Those are just the things I want ______________________.

    (f) Be willing to make sacrifices in order ____________________ out there.

    (g) Anju asked Hemant ________________ Rs. 100 to avoid a scene.

    (h) Well, tell him ___________________________________ directly.

    Answers:

    1. Change affirmative sentences into negative sentences without changing the meaning:

    (a) All the members liked the programme.
    None of the members disliked the programme.

    (b) I am free to go places and do nothing.
    I am not bound to stay in one place or do something.

    (c) The farmer was too weak to walk.
    The farmer was not strong enough to walk.

    (d) She is always on time.
    She is never late.

    (e) The intruder was foolish to let Gerrard go.
    The intruder was not wise to let Gerrard go.

    2. Complete the sentences using the words from the box:

    (a) Before we begin I would like you to clear up my place.

    (b) I’ll be glad to assist you.

    (c) You mean to stay with me?

    (d) But are you sure it’s going to help you?

    (e) Those are just the things I want to change.

    (f) Be willing to make sacrifices in order to stay out there.

    (g) Anju asked Hemant to pay Rs. 100 to avoid a scene.

    (h) Well, tell him to phone up directly.

    Editing

    Some words are missing in the passage given below, indicated by ‘/’. Rewrite the passage by providing the
    missing words, and using appropriate punctuation marks in the space given below.

    Sherlock Holmes is/ fictional private detective, the first scientific detective, created/ British author Sir arthur conan doyle. He is a ‘consulting detective’ in the stories written by Sir Doyle. Holmes is known for his skills of observation, knowledge of forensic science, / logical reasoning. He employs all these while investigating cases for/ wide variety of clients. Sir Doyle’s four novels and 56 short stories, excluding one, are set in the victorian or edwardian eras, between about 1880 and 1914 Most are narrated by Dr Watson, Holmes’s friend. he is also his biographer/ usually accompanies Holmes during his investigations/ often shares quarters with him at the address of 221B Baker Street, london, where many of the stories begin.
    Sherlock Holmes is arguably/best known fictional detective, with guinness World Records listing him as the ‘most portrayed movie character’ in history The stories have been adapted into stage/ radio plays, television films video games, and other media for over one hundred years. Many have believed Holmes to be not a fictional character/ a real individual because of his popularity/ fame. widely considered a British cultural icon, the Character and Stories have had a profound/ lasting effect on mystery Writing and
    popular culture/a Whole.

    Answers:

    Sherlock Holmes is a fictional private detective, the first scientific detective, created by British author Sir Arthur Conan Doyle. He is a ‘consulting detective’ in the stories written by Sir Doyle. Holmes is known for his skills of observation, knowledge of forensic science, and logical reasoning. He employs all these while investigating cases for a wide variety of clients. Sir Doyle’s four novels and 56 short stories, excluding one, are set in the Victorian or Edwardian eras, between about 1880 and 1914. Most are narrated by Dr. Watson, Holmes’s friend. He is also his biographer, who usually accompanies Holmes during his investigations and often shares quarters with him at the address of 221B Baker Street, London, where many of the stories begin.
    Sherlock Holmes is arguably the best-known fictional detective, with Guinness World Records listing him as the ‘most portrayed movie character’ in history. The stories have been adapted into stage and radio plays, television films, video games, and other media for over one hundred years. Many have believed Holmes to be not a fictional character but a real individual because of his popularity and fame. Widely considered a British cultural icon, the character and stories have had a profound and lasting effect on mystery writing and popular culture as a whole.

    Listening

    Listen to the story of Shibi Rana nd answer the questions that follow.

    There are many stories in our mythology when gods have disguised themselves in the forms of human beings, birds, etc. This is done either to test the efficiency and ability of the kings or to see if people are happy and contented on earth. This is another aspect of changing the identity. Let us listen to story of King Shibi.

    There was a great king, Shibi Rana who had immense power then, even gods in heavens were amazed. They feared that Shibi might take away their kingdoms. They devised a plan to test his sense of justice. So they decided to reach Shibi’s kingdom in disguise.

    One day, Shibi Rana was sitting on his throne. His courtroom was surrounded by majestic gardens. There
    came a scared dove flying to him and it was followed by a fierce looking eagle. The king gave shelter to the dove and saved her. The eagle argued that the king has taken away his food — the dove. It would starve. The king assured the eagle that he would give equal quantity of any other food. The eagle asked for King Shibi’s flesh. The magnanimous king agreed with a smile. A balance was brought in the court. It was soon found that with each addition of the king’s flesh the dove grew heavier. The equal balance was not arrived at. But the king remained calm and unperturbed.

    The Gods in the guise of dove and eagle were assured of Shibi’s righteousness. The forms of the eagle and the dove soon disappeared. In their place stood Indra, the king of the Gods and Agni, the God of fire smiling and blessing the king for his benevolence and greatness.

    1. Why were the Gods heaven afraid of king Shibi?

    2. What made the eagle angry?

    3. What did the eagle demand?

    4. Was the eagle satisfied?

    5. Who were in the disguise of the eagle and the dove?

    6. King Shibi was blessed for his:

    Answers:

    1. Why were the Gods in heaven afraid of King Shibi? The Gods in heaven were afraid of King Shibi because of his immense power. They feared that Shibi might take away their kingdoms.
    2. What made the eagle angry? The eagle was angry because King Shibi gave shelter to the dove and saved her, which took away the eagle’s food.
    3. What did the eagle demand? The eagle demanded that the king give him an equal quantity of food to replace the dove, and specifically asked for King Shibi’s flesh.
    4. Was the eagle satisfied? No, the eagle was not satisfied at first, as even with the king’s flesh, the balance with the dove was not equal. However, this was part of the test of Shibi’s righteousness.
    5. Who were in the disguise of the eagle and the dove? Indra, the king of the Gods, was in the disguise of the eagle, and Agni, the God of fire, was in the disguise of the dove.
    6. King Shibi was blessed for his: King Shibi was blessed for his benevolence, righteousness, and sense of justice.

    Speaking

    1. In a group of four, discuss and take down notes based on the discussion.

    Theft in the digital age. Theft that occurs when someone uses another’s unique personal details like
    his/her name, credit card numbers, without his/her permission, to commit fraud or other crimes.

    2. You may talk to the manager of a Bank, Cyber crime cell, etc., about ‘online identity theft’ cases and measures to avoid them.

    Discuss this in groups of four in the class.

    Prepare posters on creating awareness about online identify theft.

    Answers:

    Discussion: Theft in the Digital Age

    Definition: Theft in the digital age involves using someone’s personal details like name, credit card numbers, social security numbers, or other sensitive information without their permission to commit fraud, financial theft, or other crimes.

    Key Points for Discussion:

    1. Types of Online Identity Theft:
      • Phishing: Fraudsters pose as legitimate entities (banks, companies) to steal information.
      • Credit Card Fraud: Stealing card information to make unauthorized purchases.
      • Hacking: Breaking into personal accounts to misuse data.
      • Social Media Scams: Extracting personal information shared on platforms for identity theft.
    2. Consequences:
      • Financial loss to the victim.
      • Damage to the person’s credit score or financial standing.
      • Legal issues and personal reputation damage.
    3. Common Methods Used by Cybercriminals:
      • Fake websites and email scams.
      • Weak passwords and data breaches.
      • Unauthorized access to public Wi-Fi networks.
      • Malware and spyware attacks.
    4. Prevention Measures:
      • Use strong, unique passwords for different accounts.
      • Enable two-factor authentication for added security.
      • Regularly monitor bank statements and credit reports.
      • Avoid sharing sensitive information on social media.
      • Stay updated on the latest cyber threats and scams.

    Talking to Experts (Bank Manager/Cyber Crime Officer)

    Questions to Ask:

    1. What are the most common cases of online identity theft seen in your institution?
    2. How do you guide customers to protect their online identity?
    3. What are the legal steps taken when identity theft occurs?
    4. What role does the cybercrime cell play in preventing online fraud?
    5. What preventive measures should individuals take to avoid becoming victims of identity theft?

    Poster Ideas: Creating Awareness About Online Identity Theft

    1. Poster 1: “Stay Safe Online”
      • Headline: “Protect Your Online Identity!”
      • Content:
        • Use strong, unique passwords.
        • Don’t share personal information online carelessly.
        • Beware of phishing scams.
        • Enable two-factor authentication.
      • Visuals: An illustration of a locked computer with security shields around it.
    2. Poster 2: “Watch Out for Phishing!”
      • Headline: “Don’t Fall for Fake Emails!”
      • Content:
        • Always check the email address of senders.
        • Avoid clicking on suspicious links.
        • Never share personal or financial information through emails.
      • Visuals: A fake email with a red warning sign.
    3. Poster 3: “Online Security Tips”
      • Headline: “Simple Steps to Protect Your Identity”
      • Content:
        • Monitor your accounts regularly.
        • Use a password manager for secure passwords.
        • Avoid using public Wi-Fi for sensitive transactions.
      • Visuals: An illustration of a shield protecting personal data.
    4. Poster 4: “Cybercrime is Real”
      • Headline: “Report Any Suspicious Activity”
      • Content:
        • Contact your bank immediately if you suspect fraud.
        • Report phishing emails to the cybercrime cell.
        • Stay alert and informed about the latest scams.
      • Visuals: A person reporting an online fraud with a hotline number for assistance.

    Writing

    1. Sometimes we think about what we are like and how each of us is differences and attitudes to life. Write in about 300-400 words what you are like, your identity and what you enjoy doing and how do you envision yourself in future.

    2. Complete the following story. It has to be a scary story that terrifies people. Give a suitable title to your story.

    I stopped my scooter in front of an old and dilapidated building. A haggered, skinny old man with drooping shoulders came towards me. “Don’t go in, Sir”, he whispered. “It is dangerous…”

    Answers:

    1. My Identity and Future Vision

    Everyone has a unique identity shaped by experiences, values, and dreams. I see myself as a person who values kindness, creativity, and curiosity. I enjoy discovering new things, whether it’s learning a new skill, reading books, or simply observing the world around me. This curiosity keeps me open to new experiences and fuels my desire to grow as a person.

    I believe in living life with a positive attitude, no matter what challenges come my way. I approach every situation with optimism, believing that there is always a way forward. I cherish the moments of peace and happiness in my everyday life—spending time with family, enjoying music, and writing down my thoughts. I often find joy in little things, like a cup of tea, a good movie, or an evening walk.

    One of my key strengths is my adaptability. I am comfortable with change and view it as an opportunity to evolve. Whether it’s tackling new responsibilities or learning something out of my comfort zone, I am always willing to adapt and persevere. My ambition is to continually improve myself, both professionally and personally.

    Looking ahead, I envision myself as someone who makes a positive impact on others, possibly by teaching or mentoring. I want to be a person who inspires others to dream big, work hard, and stay resilient in the face of adversity. In terms of my career, I aspire to establish myself in a field that not only challenges me intellectually but also allows me to help others grow and succeed.

    In the future, I see myself leading a balanced life—where I pursue my professional goals but also find time for my personal passions, like music, travel, and connecting with people from different walks of life. Ultimately, I hope to look back with pride on the journey I’ve taken, having made meaningful contributions to the world while remaining true to who I am.

    2. Title: The Haunting at Grey Manor

    I stopped my scooter in front of an old and dilapidated building. A haggard, skinny old man with drooping shoulders came towards me. “Don’t go in, Sir,” he whispered. “It is dangerous…”

    Curiosity gripped me, and despite his warning, I felt drawn to the building. “Why is it dangerous?” I asked, but the man only shook his head and muttered, “Some things are better left unknown.”

    Ignoring his ominous words, I pushed open the creaking gate and made my way inside. The wind howled through the broken windows, and the once grand house now stood in eerie silence, its walls covered in dust and decay. As I stepped inside, I felt a chill in the air. The house was colder than it should have been, almost as if it had its own climate.

    A long corridor stretched out before me, lined with old portraits. The faces in the paintings seemed to follow me with their eyes, their expressions frozen in time but unnervingly alive. Each step I took echoed in the stillness, heightening my unease.

    I reached the end of the hallway, where a heavy wooden door stood slightly ajar. A flicker of movement caught my eye from within. With a pounding heart, I pushed the door open to reveal a room filled with antique furniture and a large mirror mounted on the wall. But there was something wrong with the reflection. The room in the mirror looked the same—except for one detail. In the reflection, a shadowy figure stood in the corner, watching me.

    I spun around, but there was no one in the room with me. Trembling, I looked back at the mirror. The figure was still there, moving closer. My pulse raced as the temperature in the room plummeted. I tried to move, but my feet felt rooted to the floor.

    Suddenly, the figure in the mirror stepped out. It was no longer just a reflection—it was real, and it was coming for me. Its hollow eyes locked onto mine as it whispered, “You shouldn’t have come here.”

    Panic surged through me, and I bolted from the room, my footsteps pounding as I raced back down the corridor. The door slammed shut behind me with a deafening bang, as if the house itself was sealing my fate.

    I made it outside, gasping for breath, the cold air of the night stinging my face. The old man was still there, watching me with sad eyes. “I told you,” he said quietly, “the house doesn’t let go of those who enter. It always calls them back.”

    I never returned to that place, but every night since then, I hear the whispers in my dreams. The shadows of Grey Manor still follow me, waiting for the day I can no longer resist their call.

    Project

    1. Going digital means more transparency, saving of papers, accountability and ease of transaction. The Government has initiated the programme ‘Digital India’. Collect more information about this programme. You can interview people, collect photographs, anecdotes, data, etc. Prepare a report based on your findings.

    2. Prepare a street play (nukkad natak) on how someone was duped by an unknown person when he/she was trying to withdraw money from the ATM. And how the bank manager helped him/her in getting back the money. What precautions did the bank manager suggest to avoid such incidents in future?
    Enact the nukkad natak in your school assembly/ community hall/park, etc.

    Answers:

    1. Project Report on ‘Digital India’ Programme

    Title: Digital India: Towards a Transparent and Digitally Empowered Nation

    Introduction: The Digital India programme was launched by the Government of India on July 1, 2015, with the aim of transforming India into a digitally empowered society and knowledge economy. The initiative seeks to provide internet access to all citizens, enhance digital infrastructure, promote e-governance, and boost digital literacy. The project intends to ensure that government services are made available to citizens electronically by improving online infrastructure and increasing internet connectivity, especially in rural areas.

    Objectives of Digital India:

    • Digital Infrastructure as a Core Utility: Every citizen should have access to high-speed internet as a core utility.
    • Governance and Services on Demand: Digital platforms provide services in real time through online and mobile platforms.
    • Digital Empowerment of Citizens: Digital literacy is to be promoted, ensuring that citizens can access digital resources and services.

    Key Initiatives under Digital India:

    1. BharatNet: Providing broadband connectivity to all gram panchayats in India.
    2. DigiLocker: A secure cloud-based platform to store and access documents and certificates.
    3. UMANG App: A unified mobile application that provides access to over 1,200 government services across various departments.
    4. Aadhaar: The biometric identity system which is integrated with many services to enhance transparency and accountability.
    5. BHIM App: A digital payment app based on Unified Payment Interface (UPI), promoting cashless transactions.
    6. Common Service Centres (CSCs): Facilitate the delivery of e-services in rural areas and act as a link between the government and citizens.

    Findings from Interviews:

    • Government Officer’s View: The officer explained how the Digital India programme is helping reduce corruption by promoting transparency in governance. He highlighted the ease of access to government services, such as applying for birth certificates, land records, and pensions, online.
    • Shop Owner’s Experience: A small grocery store owner shared how digital payments, like UPI and mobile wallets, have simplified transactions, reducing dependency on cash. However, he also expressed concerns about cybersecurity and online fraud.
    • A Villager’s Perspective: A villager explained how CSCs have empowered them by providing digital services such as Aadhaar registration, bank account opening, and PAN card applications in remote areas.

    Data and Statistics:

    • More than 500 million internet users have been connected under the BharatNet project.
    • DigiLocker has more than 10 million users who store their documents online.
    • The number of digital transactions through BHIM and UPI crossed 2 billion per month by 2024.

    Conclusion: The Digital India programme is transforming India by making services more accessible, transparent, and efficient. It has brought convenience, but there is still a need to focus on issues such as data privacy, digital literacy, and cybersecurity to ensure the programme’s success. Going digital not only promotes transparency and accountability but also contributes to the country’s sustainable development by reducing the use of paper and enhancing ease of transaction.

    2. Street Play (Nukkad Natak) on ATM Fraud and Prevention

    Title: Beware of ATM Frauds – Be Smart, Be Safe!

    Characters:

    • Ravi: The person who got duped at the ATM.
    • Unknown Fraudster: The criminal who tricks Ravi.
    • Bank Manager: A helpful manager who helps Ravi recover his money.
    • Crowd/Passersby: They watch and react during the play.

    Scene 1: Outside the ATM

    (Ravi approaches the ATM with his ATM card in hand.)

    Ravi: (To himself) “I need to withdraw some money. I’ll just use the ATM quickly.”

    (As he begins his transaction, a stranger (the fraudster) approaches him, looking over his shoulder.)

    Fraudster: “Excuse me, brother. Is the ATM not working properly? Sometimes it hangs. Can I help you?”

    Ravi: (Unsuspecting) “It seems to be working fine. I’m just entering my PIN now.”

    (The fraudster tries to look at the PIN as Ravi enters it.)

    Fraudster: “Oh! Looks like there’s a network issue. Why don’t you try again? Meanwhile, let me check if I can help.”

    (The fraudster subtly swaps Ravi’s card with a fake one.)

    Ravi: “Wait, why did the screen just go blank? Oh no! My card isn’t working anymore.”

    Fraudster: “Don’t worry, I think the machine has kept your card. Let’s leave. You can call the bank later.”

    (The fraudster leaves with Ravi’s original card and quickly withdraws money using it at another ATM.)

    Scene 2: At the Bank

    (Ravi rushes to the bank, looking worried. He meets the bank manager.)

    Ravi: “Sir, something terrible has happened. I tried to withdraw money at the ATM, but a stranger was there and now my card isn’t working. I just checked my balance, and money has been withdrawn from my account!”

    Bank Manager: “Calm down, let me help you. First, let’s block your card immediately.”

    (The manager calls the bank’s customer service and blocks Ravi’s card.)

    Bank Manager: “Now, tell me everything that happened. Did the person ask for your PIN or take your card?”

    Ravi: “Yes, he was near me while I was entering my PIN. I didn’t realize it at first, but he might have swapped my card.”

    Bank Manager: “This is a common ATM fraud. These fraudsters pretend to help you and then steal your card and PIN. Let me file a complaint, and I will alert the cybercrime cell as well.”

    Scene 3: Advice from the Bank Manager

    Bank Manager: “Ravi, I’ll do my best to help you recover your money, but in the future, be very careful at ATMs. Here are some important precautions to avoid such incidents:”

    1. Do not share your PIN or let anyone stand close to you while you’re using the ATM.
    2. Always cover the keypad with your hand while entering your PIN.
    3. Check for any suspicious devices around the ATM card slot or keypad.
    4. Never accept help from strangers at the ATM.
    5. If the ATM seems faulty, contact your bank immediately and do not leave your card with anyone.

    Ravi: “Thank you so much, Sir. I’ll be more careful next time.”

    Scene 4: Public Awareness

    (Ravi and the bank manager address the crowd watching the play.)

    Ravi: “Friends, I was careless, and it cost me. But you can protect yourself by following the precautions the manager just shared.”

    Bank Manager: “Remember, it’s better to be cautious than to lose your hard-earned money. Let’s stay vigilant and prevent such frauds together.”

    (The crowd applauds, and the play ends with a message on the importance of online safety and ATM precautions.)

    This nukkad natak can be performed in school assemblies, community halls, or parks to raise awareness about ATM frauds and precautions to avoid them.

  • Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Unit 8 solutions

    Here we have presented Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Chapter 8 solutions. Increase your English language knowledge from here.

    Do you know?

    A river in New Zealand has become the first in the world to be recognized as a living entity with the legal status of a 170- year battle by the local Maori people.

    The nation’s parliament passed a bill to allow Whanganui River- known by the Maoris as Te Awa Tupua -to represent its own interests and advocate on its own behalf.

    This is a unique judgement for sustaining the health and well-being of the river.

    (Source: Adapted from The Guardian International Edition,
    16 March 2017)

    1. Collect information on similar judgements being taken in the context of river Ganga, and discuss in class.

    2. Talk about the condition of Bagmati river in Kathmandu written by Vikram Seth.

    Answers:

    1. Similar Judgements in the Context of River Ganga

    In 2017, the Uttarakhand High Court in India declared the Ganga and Yamuna rivers as “living entities,” granting them the same legal rights as humans. This landmark decision was made in an effort to protect these rivers, which hold immense cultural and religious significance but have been severely polluted over the years.

    The court appointed the Chief Secretary and the Advocate General of Uttarakhand as the legal guardians of the rivers, responsible for their protection and conservation. The judgement was intended to ensure that harm or pollution caused to the rivers could be treated as an offense against a living person.

    However, this decision was later challenged, and the Supreme Court of India stayed the judgement. Despite this, the declaration raised awareness about the urgent need for effective action to restore and protect the Ganga’s health and cleanliness.

    Key Points for Classroom Discussion:

    • The challenges faced by the Ganga, including industrial pollution, sewage disposal, and deforestation.
    • The role of community involvement and government initiatives like the “Namami Gange” project.
    • The impact of granting rivers legal rights and the responsibility it places on the state and individuals.

    2. Condition of the Bagmati River in Kathmandu (As Discussed by Vikram Seth)

    Vikram Seth, the renowned Indian author, mentions the Bagmati River in Kathmandu, Nepal, in his writings. Bagmati is considered a sacred river by both Hindus and Buddhists, flowing through the heart of the Kathmandu Valley. However, the river has suffered from pollution, encroachments, and unchecked urban development, making it one of the most polluted rivers in the region.

    Vikram Seth’s writings reflect the irony of how such a spiritually significant river has been reduced to a waste dump. The river once played a crucial role in Kathmandu’s cultural and religious life, but its current state is a result of rapid urbanization, lack of environmental planning, and neglect.

    Points to Talk About in Class:

    • The cultural and religious significance of the Bagmati River to the people of Kathmandu.
    • The current pollution issues faced by the river, including untreated sewage and industrial waste.
    • The efforts (or lack thereof) by local authorities and environmental activists to restore the river.
    • How urbanization and neglect of natural resources are leading to environmental degradation globally.

    Both the Ganga and Bagmati rivers face similar issues of pollution and degradation, highlighting the importance of sustainable management and legal recognition for the protection of natural resources.

    Reading Comprehension

    Read the following and answer the question that follow.

    Text I

    When we think of tourism, we think primarily of people who are visiting a particular place for sightseeing, visiting friends and relatives, taking a vacation, and having a good time. They may spend their leisure time engaging in various sports, sunbathing, talking, singing, taking rides, touring, reading or simply enjoying further. We may include in our definition of tourism people who are participating in a convention, a business conference, or some other kind of business or professional activity. Those who are taking a study tour under an expert guide or doing some kind of scientific research or study are also doing tourism. These visitors use all forms of transportation from hiking in a wilderness park to flying in a jet to an exciting city. Transportation can include taking a chairlift up a Colorado mountainside or standing at the rail of a cruise ship looking across the blue Caribbean. Whether people travel by one of these means or by car, motor coach camper, train, motorbike or bicycle, they are taking a trip and thus are engaging in tourism.
    (Adapted from Tourism: Principles, Practices, Philosophies by
    Charles R. Goeldner and J.R. Brent Ritchie, p. 4)

    1. Tourism is about taking a tour

    (a) to a place under an expert guide

    (b) for hiking in remote places

    (c) for visiting a place for sightseeing

    (d) Al of the above

    2. By ‘hiking in Wilderness’ the author means

    (a) taking a long distance walk in abandoned areas

    (b) walk in the forest areas

    (c) marathon in uninhabited areas

    (d) sprinting in abandoned, uninhabited areas

    3. A cruise ship is

    (a) a large ship that carries people on voyages of pleasure.

    (b) a big ship that carries people and goods on special mission.

    (c) a large watercraft for carrying passengers from one point to another.

    (d) a large ship that carries mail, goods and first aid facilities.

    4. What all activities do tourists engage in?

    5. What are the forms of transportation tourists use for visiting places?

    Answers:

    1. Tourism is about taking a tour
    (d) All of the above
    (Visiting places for sightseeing, hiking in remote areas, and touring under expert guides all form parts of tourism activities.)

    2. By ‘hiking in Wilderness’ the author means
    (b) walk in the forest areas
    (‘Hiking in Wilderness’ refers to taking long walks in natural, often remote, forested areas.)

    3. A cruise ship is
    (a) a large ship that carries people on voyages of pleasure
    (A cruise ship is designed for recreational trips where passengers enjoy leisure activities during the voyage.)

    4. What all activities do tourists engage in?
    Tourists engage in a variety of activities such as sightseeing, visiting friends and relatives, taking vacations, playing sports, sunbathing, talking, singing, taking rides, touring, reading, attending conventions, business conferences, professional activities, study tours, and scientific research.

    5. What are the forms of transportation tourists use for visiting places?
    Tourists use various forms of transportation, including hiking, flying by jet, taking chairlifts, traveling by cruise ships, cars, motor coaches, campers, trains, motorbikes, and bicycles.

    Read the excerpt answer the following questions.

    Text II

    Following is an excerpt from the travelogue, The innocents Abroad by Mark Twain.

    A little after noon on that distinguished Saturday I reached the ship and went on board. All was bustle
    and confusion. The pier was crowded with carriages and men; passengers were arriving and hurrying on board; the vessel’s decks were encumbered with trunks and valises; groups of excursionists, arrayed in unattractive traveling costumes, were moping about in a drizzling rain and looking as droopy and woebegone as so many molting chickens. The gallant flag was up, but it was under the spell, too, and hung limp and disheartened by the mast. Altogether, it was the bluest, bluest spectacle!
    It was a pleasure excursion—there was no gainsaying that, because the program said so—it was so nominated in the bond—but it surely hadn’t the general aspect of one.

    1. Why is Saturday describe as that distinguished Saturday?

    (a) because the much awaited Saturday has come when the voyage has to start.

    (b) because Saturday was a holiday.

    (c) because it is on Saturday that people were allowed to board the ship.

    (d) because it is in the afternoon on Saturday that ship would start the voyage.

    2. Who are excursionists?

    (a) They are the research students.

    (b) They are pilgrims.

    (c) They are musicians.

    (d) They are tourists on a leisure trip.

    3. What was the mood of the people o the ship?

    4. What was the author looking forward to?

    Answers:

    1. Why is Saturday described as that distinguished Saturday?

    (a) because the much-awaited Saturday has come when the voyage has to start.

    1. Who are excursionists?

    (d) They are tourists on a leisure trip.

    1. What was the mood of the people on the ship?

    The mood of the people on the ship was gloomy and disheartened. The passengers were described as “moping about in a drizzling rain,” looking “droopy and woebegone,” similar to “molting chickens.” This suggests that they were feeling down and perhaps disillusioned or disappointed by the atmosphere, which was far from the expected excitement of a pleasure trip.

    1. What was the author looking forward to?

    The author was looking forward to a pleasure excursion, as it was described in the program. However, he seemed to be disappointed by the reality of the situation, as the mood and atmosphere on the ship were not matching the joyful expectations of a pleasure trip. Despite the anticipation of a fun and exciting voyage, the author found the scene rather bleak and uninviting.

    Vocabulary

    1. Match the phrasal verbs in Column A with the meaning in Column B.

    AB
    Look for
    look up to
    Lok forward to
    Look up  
    To try to find a piece of information Await eagerly Having a great deal of respect for a person Search

    2. Rewrite the following words by removing the suffix ‘age’.

    (a) carriage

    (b) coverage

    (c) hermitage

    (d) marriage

    3. Rewrite the following words by adding the suffix ‘ful’

    (a) beauty

    (b) colour

    (c) duty

    (d) revenge

    (e) help

    (f) mouth

    (g) mercy

    Answers:

    1. Match the phrasal verbs in Column A with the meanings in Column B:
    AB
    Look forSearch
    Look up toHaving a great deal of respect for a person
    Look forward toAwait eagerly
    Look upTo try to find a piece of information
    1. Rewrite the following words by removing the suffix ‘age’:

    (a) carriage → car
    (b) coverage → cover
    (c) hermitage → hermit
    (d) marriage → marry

    1. Rewrite the following words by adding the suffix ‘ful’:

    (a) beauty → beautiful
    (b) colour → colourful
    (c) duty → dutiful
    (d) revenge → revengeful
    (e) help → helpful
    (f) mouth → mouthful
    (g) mercy → merciful

    Grammar

    Tense

    1. Red the following passage carefully. What is the event described in the passage? Guess when it took place. Underline and name the tenses in the following passage.

    This is a good place to enrich ourselves about plant species which are environment friendly. The residents could gather a lot of information about horticulture at the event.

    Several sates from north India are represented at this event and the florists showcase the best of their horticulture at the show. The organisers said that several events are lined up for Sunday and these include dance, drawing, painting and a fashion show competition, among others. As many as 85 stalls have been put up by florists, gardening equipment wholesalers and seed retailers. Entry to the show has been
    made free for all. However, this year, it’s the pollution control plants that have been grabbing all eyeballs.
    All plants emit oxygen, but it was established in a study conducted by National Aeronautics and Space Administration back in 1989 that some indoor plants could be extremely useful in controlling the air pollution by acting as a ‘vacuum cleaner’ against the pollutants and absorbing them. Detox plants, which act as ‘vacuum cleaners’ inside the house, are a hit in the ongoing event. Nature enthusiasts are preferring them for pollution control as well as interior decoration.

    (Source: Hindustan Times, Saturday, 24 Feb. 2018)

    Answers:

    The event described in the passage is a horticulture show where residents can learn about plant species, especially pollution control plants. It seems to have taken place around February 2018, as per the source mentioned.

    • Present Simple Tense:
      • “This is a good place to enrich ourselves about plant species.”
      • “The residents could gather a lot of information.”
      • “Several states from north India are represented at this event.”
      • “The florists showcase the best of their horticulture at the show.”
      • “These include dance, drawing, painting, and a fashion show competition.”
      • “As many as 85 stalls have been put up.”
    • Past Simple Tense:
      • “It was established in a study conducted by National Aeronautics and Space Administration back in 1989.”
    • Present Perfect Tense:
      • “Entry to the show has been made free for all.”
      • “It has been grabbing all eyeballs.”
    • Present Continuous Tense:
      • “Detox plants, which act as ‘vacuum cleaners’ inside the house, are a hit in the ongoing event.”

    Editing

    1. Punctuate the following passage with appropriate punctuation marks.

    Kathmandu is vivid mercenary religious with small shrines to flower-adorned deities along the narrowest and busiest streets with fruit sellers flute sellers hawkers of postcards shops selling western cosmetics film rolls and chocolate or copper utensils and nepalese antiques film songs blare out from the radios car horns sound bicycle bells ring stray cows low questioningly at motorcycles vendors shout out their wares
    This passage is taken from the text ‘Kathmandu’ by Vikram Seth. You can compare and check your rewritten passage with the passage in the textbook and see how far you are correct.

    Answers:

    Here is the passage punctuated with appropriate punctuation marks:

    Kathmandu is vivid, mercenary, and religious, with small shrines to flower-adorned deities along the narrowest and busiest streets. Fruit sellers, flute sellers, hawkers of postcards, shops selling Western cosmetics, film rolls, and chocolate, or copper utensils and Nepalese antiques, fill the streets. Film songs blare out from the radios, car horns sound, bicycle bells ring, stray cows low questioningly at motorcycles, and vendors shout out their wares.

    This version follows standard punctuation rules to make the passage clearer and more readable.

    Listening

    Listen to the passage and answer the question that follow.

    A Visit to Bhitarkanika

    The sun was warm but the sea breeze kept up its cooling effect all along. Soon the steamer turned away and anchored near a creek by the river. The muddy fringe and the mangrove vegetation declared the gateway to the Bhitarkanika Wildlife Sanctuary in Odisha. The steamer could not negotiate these
    creeks at low tide, so a similar motorboat was hired to ferry us to the Dangmal forest rest-house in the heart of the mangrove forest. From the motorboat we had a good look at a large crocodile basking in the sun. The boat moved on, taking us deeper into the forest. Here we felt as though we had stepped into a time warp. In this awesome and mysterious place, birds of extraordinary plumage appeared before us. For the moment we revelled in the magnificence of nature which had us completely in its thrall. Among the birds, the kingfishers were the stars of the show. Crocodiles, large and small, slid into the water at
    our approach. Through the foliage we could see chital deer delicately browsing on fresh outcrops of leaves. A herd of wild boar was spotted searching for succulent roots. High above us, open-billed storks stood sentry-like following our progress through their remarkable kingdom. The evening sun was beginning to paint the tree-lined horizon crimson and gold and a brooding silence enveloped us all.

    (Source: Steps to English, Workbook for Class IX, NCERT, 2003)

    1. Where was the author going?

    2. Where was the forest rest-house? How did the group manage to get there?

    3. Which creature did they see first?

    4. What does the author mean by ‘the magnificence of nature?

    5. How are the kingfishers and the open-billed storks described?

    6. What were the chital deer and the wild boar doing when the motor went past them?

    Answers:

    1. Where was the author going?
      The author was going to the Bhitarkanika Wildlife Sanctuary in Odisha.
    2. Where was the forest rest-house? How did the group manage to get there?
      The forest rest-house was located in the heart of the mangrove forest. The group managed to get there by taking a motorboat after the steamer could not navigate the creeks at low tide.
    3. Which creature did they see first?
      The first creature they saw was a large crocodile basking in the sun.
    4. What does the author mean by ‘the magnificence of nature’?
      The author refers to the awe-inspiring beauty and grandeur of nature in the Bhitarkanika Wildlife Sanctuary, which captivated them completely.
    5. How are the kingfishers and the open-billed storks described?
      The kingfishers were described as the “stars of the show,” indicating they were the most striking or prominent birds. The open-billed storks were described as standing sentry-like, watching the group’s progress through the forest.
    6. What were the chital deer and the wild boar doing when the motor went past them?
      The chital deer were delicately browsing on fresh outcrops of leaves, and the wild boar were searching for succulent roots.

    Speaking

    Prepare a short speech on the following and share it in the school assembly.

    1. “Travelling -it offers you a hundred roads to adventure, and gives your heart wings”.

    “Travelling -it leaves you speechless, then turns you into a storyteller.”

    (Ibn Batuta, a 14th century traveller)

    “Travel is fatal prejudice, bigotry, and narrow-mindedness, and many of our people need it sorely on these accounts. Broad, wholesome, charitable views of men and things cannot be acquired by vegetables in one little corner of the earth all one’s lifetime.

    (Mark Twain, The Innocents Abroad)

    2. The tourism sector can be aligned with the policies of sustainable development.

    Answers:

    Speech on the Importance of Travelling and Tourism in Sustainable Development

    Good morning, respected principal, teachers, and my dear friends!

    Today, I stand before you to talk about something that fills our hearts with joy, excitement, and a sense of adventure—travelling. Travelling, as Ibn Batuta beautifully expressed, “leaves you speechless, then turns you into a storyteller.” It offers you not just one, but a hundred roads to adventure, filling your heart with wings. Each journey teaches us something new, opening doors to different cultures, experiences, and perspectives.

    As Mark Twain said, “Travel is fatal to prejudice, bigotry, and narrow-mindedness.” Through travel, we learn to understand and accept people from diverse backgrounds, which broadens our outlook and helps us develop a more charitable view of the world. It is not just about visiting places; it is about expanding the horizons of our minds. When we step out of our comfort zones, we gain insights that make us more empathetic and understanding. Travel truly enriches our lives in ways that staying in one corner of the world can never do.

    Now, let’s talk about the tourism sector and its connection to sustainable development. In today’s world, where climate change and environmental conservation are key concerns, it is crucial to align the tourism sector with sustainable policies. Sustainable tourism aims to minimize the impact of travel on the environment and local cultures while contributing to the well-being of local communities. It involves respecting natural resources, preserving cultural heritage, and ensuring that tourism benefits local people economically.

    By promoting eco-friendly tourism practices, such as reducing plastic waste, conserving energy, and supporting local businesses, we can ensure that the beauty and diversity of our planet are preserved for future generations. We, as responsible travelers, can contribute to this by making conscious choices during our trips.

    In conclusion, travelling opens up our minds and hearts, allowing us to experience the world in all its richness. At the same time, we must travel responsibly, ensuring that our journeys promote sustainability and care for the environment. As young ambassadors of the world, let’s embrace the joy of travelling while also being mindful of our impact on the planet.

    Writing

    1. Read/watch the advertisements on tourism. You can also watch the Kerala Tourism advertisement film
    ‘A Reading Room With a View’ which is on the cultural diversity of Kerala. The film is awarded the best film in 60 second category at the prestigious Kyoorius Awards.

    Now create an advertisement for your city or state for promoting tourism.

    2. Write a paragraph describing a journey, imaginary, or you have undertaken.

    You can follow the steps given below.

    1. Prepare an itinerary.

    2. You can make use the following expression, phrases and proverbs frequently used by the travellers.

    Jetlag, itchy feet, hit the road, time table, on the home stretch, call it a day, book in advance, travel over, travel through, travel light, any port in a storm, stopover, etc.

    Advertisement for Promoting Tourism in My City

    Discover the Hidden Gem of Delhi – Where History Meets Adventure!

    Welcome to Delhi, a place where culture, heritage, and nature come together to create an unforgettable travel experience. Stroll through ancient streets, marvel at stunning architecture, and soak in the warm hospitality of our people. From picturesque landscapes to vibrant festivals, Delhi has something for everyone.

    Are you an adventure seeker? Trek through lush green hills, take a boat ride on serene lakes, or enjoy the thrill of water sports. For those with an artistic soul, immerse yourself in the rich cultural heritage with traditional music, dance, and art exhibitions. Our mouthwatering cuisine will surely leave you craving more!

    Make Delhi your next travel destination and experience the charm of this hidden treasure. Book your trip now and let the adventure begin!

    A Journey I Undertook

    Last summer, I hit the road for an exciting adventure to the hill station of Manali. The journey was a perfect escape from the daily grind, and with my itchy feet, I couldn’t wait to explore the serene landscapes. I had booked my trip well in advance to avoid any last-minute hassle, and I planned a simple itinerary.

    Day 1 was all about traveling light as I reached Manali after a quick stopover in Kullu. Jetlag wasn’t an issue, and I was immediately swept away by the beauty of snow-covered mountains and the fresh mountain air. On Day 2, I traveled through the scenic roads, witnessing breathtaking views, and took a cable car ride to Solang Valley. I knew I was on the home stretch of an unforgettable journey when I reached the peaceful monastery on the last day, where I spent hours just soaking in the tranquility.

    Though it was time to call it a day and head home, the memories of the trip will remain with me forever. The charm of Manali’s landscapes and its peaceful aura made it a journey worth every mile!

    Project

    1. You have read about the mesmerising effect of the music of flute on Vikram Seth in ‘Kathmandu’.

    Do you know the instruments for Sufi music differ from one culture to another? In Turkey, Iran and North Africa, the most prominent instrument is the ‘Ney’ which is the reed flute. In Sufi music the ‘Ney’ is accompanied by string instruments like saz, santoo, rubab, etc.

    Create a class magazine on music and artists. Some suggestions are given below.

    Give a suitable name to the magazine

    Collect information on the commonly used musical
    instruments in the following categories:
    ” Indian classical music
    ” Ghazal singing
    ” Bharatnatayam, Chau and Kathak dance
    ” Folk music
    ” Jazz

    Collect photographs of musical instruments.

    Prepare brief biographical sketches of musicians, dancers, costume designers, artists, etc. You can meet
    some of them or collect information from sources like books, Internet, magazines, newspapers, etc.

    2. Plan a trip to the North-east region of the country by road. Explore the various possibilities of the travel, Also, create a map of your travel.

    Answers:

    Project Plan

    1. Class Magazine on Music and Artists

    Name of the Magazine: “Symphony of Cultures”

    Sections:

    A. Indian Classical Music:

    • Instruments: Sitar, Tabla, Tanpura, Sarangi, Mridangam
    • Musicians: Pandit Ravi Shankar (Sitar), Ustad Zakir Hussain (Tabla), Ustad Bismillah Khan (Shehnai)
    • Photographs: Gather images of these instruments and artists.

    B. Ghazal Singing:

    • Instruments: Harmonium, Tabla, Sitar, Sarangi
    • Famous Artists: Jagjit Singh, Ghulam Ali, Begum Akhtar
    • Biographical Sketch: Highlight their life, work, and contribution to Ghazal singing.

    C. Bharatnatyam, Chau, and Kathak Dance:

    • Instruments: Mridangam (Bharatnatyam), Pakhawaj (Kathak), Dhol, Flute (Chau)
    • Dancers: Rukmini Devi Arundale (Bharatnatyam), Birju Maharaj (Kathak), Shashadhar Acharya (Chau)
    • Costumes: Collect information on traditional dance costumes, including the designs and color significance.

    D. Folk Music:

    • Instruments: Dhol, Ektara, Tumbi, Bansuri, Ravanahatha
    • Folk Artists: Teejan Bai (Pandavani), Mame Khan (Rajasthani folk singer)
    • Folk Traditions: Include information about various folk music traditions from different regions.

    E. Jazz Music:

    • Instruments: Saxophone, Trumpet, Double Bass, Piano, Drums
    • Famous Jazz Artists: Louis Armstrong, Miles Davis, Duke Ellington
    • Jazz in India: Collect information on the growth of Jazz in India and famous jazz artists like Louis Banks.

    Biographical Sketches:

    • Collect information from books, online sources, and interviews (if possible). Include details about their journey, achievements, and influence on the music and art world.

    Photographs:

    • Include relevant images of musical instruments, artists, and dancers from each category.

    2. Road Trip to the North-East Region of India

    Itinerary:

    • Day 1: Start from Guwahati, Assam – Visit Kamakhya Temple, explore Umananda Island
    • Day 2: Travel to Shillong, Meghalaya – Visit Elephant Falls, explore Mawlynnong Village (Asia’s cleanest village)
    • Day 3: Head to Cherrapunjee – See Nohkalikai Falls, Double Decker Living Root Bridge
    • Day 4: Journey to Kaziranga National Park, Assam – Enjoy a safari and explore the park
    • Day 5: Travel to Tawang, Arunachal Pradesh – Visit Tawang Monastery, Sela Pass
    • Day 6: Visit Ziro Valley, Arunachal Pradesh – Explore the beautiful landscapes and meet Apatani tribal people
    • Day 7: Return to Guwahati, Assam

    Map of Travel:

    • Create a detailed map showing the road route starting from Guwahati, covering Shillong, Cherrapunjee, Kaziranga, Tawang, Ziro, and back to Guwahati.

    Travel Notes:

    • Explore local cuisines, customs, and the culture of the North-East.
    • Plan for stopovers, and travel light to manage hilly terrains.
    • Make bookings for accommodation in advance for a smoother experience.

  • Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Unit 7 solutions

    Here we have presented Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions chapter 7 solutions. Read the below post to boost your understanding of English language.

    You have read about Santosh Yadav, the youngest woman in the world to have conquered Mount Everest in 1992. You must have heard or read about Poorna, who at the age of 13 years 11 months, became the youngest girl in the world to have scaled the Mount Everest in 2014, with sheer determination and willpower. You would have also read about Maria Sharapova who bagged the Women’s Singles crown at Wimbledon in 2004. She was determined, tough, competitive, hard-working with unwavering desire. Both of them had big dreams from the very young age.

    1. Do you have the passion to do something other than your studies like these two icons have? (Be it music, dance, theatre, trekking, watersport, painting, football, cricket, etc.)

    2. Do you find any difficulty in pursuing your parents?

    3. Who gives you support and encouragement to go ahead with your provided.

    Answers:

    1. If we look at examples like Santosh Yadav and Poorna, we realize that it’s really important to follow our passion beyond studies. I also have some hobbies and interests besides my studies, like I enjoy music, painting, and trekking.

    2. Sometimes, it can be a bit challenging to convince parents that we want to focus on our passions along with studies. But once they see our dedication and hard work, they start supporting us.

    3. My family and friends are the ones who give me the most support and encouragement. They inspire me to follow my dreams and balance my hobbies with my studies.

    Reading Comprehension

    Read the following carefully. Based on your reading, answer the following questions in the space provided.

    Text I

    On 3 August 1996, Leander Paes became the first Indian to win an individual medal in 44 years when he defeated Fernando Meligeni of Brazil in an exciting match in the Centennial Olympic Games at Atlanta. Paes ranked 31 places below the Brazilian, played with gusto and determination against a player who has two ATP tour titles under his belt, and clinched the bronze medal. He was given a standing ovation when Paes raised his hand in triumph and said a silent prayer. Leander’s father had won a bronze medal in the Munich Olympics 1972 as a member of the Indian hockey team. It is creditable to Leander Paes as he got it in an individual event. Later he dedicated the medal to his coach and his doubles teammate. “They have helped me out and given me advice and kept me in good frame of mind. This medal doesn’t just show my efforts; it shows the efforts of the whole team.” Paes was recognised as a prodigy by Vijay Amritraj in
    the ’80s. Even so, Paes’ true mentor has been Naresh Kumar, the former Indian Davis Cup Captain. His incredible Davis Cup record speaks for itself. While it may be said that some of his Davis Cup victories were achieved because he was playing on his favourite surface, grass and enjoyed home support. But at Atlanta, Paes had none of these advantages except his coach, close family members and the expatriates.
    While Davis Cup victories bring in good cash rewards and ATP (Association of Tennis Professionals) points, there he was playing for just a medal. Paes explains it all when he says, “When I am playing for my country I don’t expect anything.” That straightaway sets him apart. He succeeds because of his willingness to take his chances, swift reflexes and mental strength, and the fact that he does not accept defeat easily.

    1. Leander’s victory at Atlanta is significant because

    2. His father’s Olympic triumph in 1972 was different from his own because it was

    3. Leander gave credit to his coach and his teammate in doubles for his victory help him?

    4. If you are required to sum up Leander’s qualities as a player, which one would you like to highlight and why?

    5. In India, while registering his victories in Davis Cup one could say that he won because

    6 At Atlanta he won because

    Answers:

    1. Leander’s victory at Atlanta is significant because
    Leander Paes became the first Indian to win an individual Olympic medal in 44 years, which is a great achievement, particularly in an individual event, and despite being ranked lower than his opponent.

    2. His father’s Olympic triumph in 1972 was different from his own because it was
    in a team event as his father won the bronze medal as part of the Indian hockey team, while Leander’s victory was in an individual event, making his achievement more personal and singular.

    3. Leander gave credit to his coach and his teammate in doubles for his victory help him?
    Leander acknowledged that his coach and doubles teammate helped him by offering advice, keeping him mentally strong, and supporting him throughout the tournament, which contributed to his success.

    4. If you are required to sum up Leander’s qualities as a player, which one would you like to highlight and why?
    I would highlight his mental strength and determination because these qualities allowed him to overcome higher-ranked opponents and prevail even without external advantages like playing on his preferred surface.

    5. In India, while registering his victories in Davis Cup one could say that he won because
    He was playing on his favorite surface, grass, and had the support of the home crowd, which gave him an advantage in his Davis Cup victories.

    6. At Atlanta he won because
    Leander displayed incredible determination, mental strength, and a willingness to take risks, despite not having the home advantage or his preferred surface to play on. He was driven purely by his desire to win for his country.

    Read the following poem and answer the question that follow.

    Text II

    Where The Mind is Without Fear

    Where the mind id without fear and the head is held high;
    Where knowledge is free.

    Where the world has not been broken up into fragments
    By narrow domestic walls;

    Where words come out from the depth of truth;
    Where tireless striving stretches its arms towards perfection;

    Where the clear stream of reason has not lost its way
    Into the dreary desert sand of dead habits;

    Into ever-widening thought and action;

    Into that heaven of freedom, my Father, let my country awake

    Rabindranath Tagore

    1. Given here are certain ideas from the poem “Where the mind is without fear” by Rabindranath Tagore. Identify the lines from the poem that refer to these and write the lines in the space given below.

    (a) Everybody should be able to learn.

    (b) There ought not be a division people on the basis of caste, class, creed, religion or any other such basis.

    (c) People should be honest and speak out their heart.

    (d) Actions should stem from logic and superstitions and beliefs, leading to progress.

    (f) The poet’s is addressing ____________________ so that ___________________________

    2. This poem was written by Rabindranath Tagore much before India attained freedom. What, do you think, is the significant of these lines in the context of his time?

    Answers:

    1. Identify the lines from the poem:

    (a) Everybody should be able to learn:
    “Where knowledge is free.”

    (b) There ought not be a division among people on the basis of caste, class, creed, religion, or any other such basis:
    “Where the world has not been broken up into fragments by narrow domestic walls;”

    (c) People should be honest and speak out their heart:
    “Where words come out from the depth of truth;”

    (d) Actions should stem from logic and not superstitions or beliefs, leading to progress:
    “Where the clear stream of reason has not lost its way into the dreary desert sand of dead habits;”

    (f) The poet’s is addressing
    God (my Father)
    so that
    his country may awake into a heaven of freedom.

    2. Significance of these lines in the context of his time:
    Rabindranath Tagore wrote this poem during a time when India was under British colonial rule, facing various forms of oppression and division. The significance of these lines lies in their call for freedom—not just political freedom, but intellectual, social, and moral freedom. He envisioned a country where people could think and act freely without fear, where divisions based on caste, creed, and religion would no longer exist, and where truth and reason would guide progress. These ideas were radical and essential during his time as India was striving for both independence and a more inclusive, progressive society.

    Vocabulary

    1. Suggest a word for each sentence/phrase correctly. Refer to the chapter ‘Reach for the top, Part I’ given in your textbook, Beehive. The paragraph numbers where these words are used, are given in brackets.

    (a) A state of happiness and satisfaction.

    (b) An action or way of behaving that is usual in tradition.

    (c) A word or statement that expresses agreement or confirmation.

    (d) The ability to withstand or adversity.

    (e) Final stage of something you’re been working towards.

    3. Playing with the words; How many words can you make from the words given below?

    Vocabulary

    1. vocal1. labour
    2.2.
    3.3.
    4.4.
    5.5.
    6.6.

    4. An idiomatic expression is a group of words with a special meaning. The individual words in the expression do not what they otherwise stand for.

    Example: Maria Sharapova cannot be ‘pigeon-holed’ or categorised. Her talent, unwavering desire to succeed and readiness to sacrifice have lifted her to the top of the world.

    Here pigeon-holed does not mean that there is a hole for the pigeon to its nest. Bu it means that someone or something belongs to a particular type or group; is categorised, especially without knowing much about them.

    Now, consult a dictionary and match the following idiomatic expressions given in Column ‘A’ with their
    meanings in Column ‘B’.

    Column AColumn B
    Eager beaverSomething of someone provides a lot of money for little effort
    Cash cowVery careless in the way a person moves or behaves
    Kangaroo courtWait and be patient
    Bull in a china shopA keen and enthusiastic person who works very hard 
    Hold your horsesAn unofficial court or meeting that disregards current laws and conducts unfair trails

    Answers:

    Vocabulary Answers:

    1. (a) A state of happiness and satisfaction – Contentment
    2. (b) An action or way of behaving that is usual in tradition – Custom
    3. (c) A word or statement that expresses agreement or confirmation – Affirmation
    4. (d) The ability to withstand or adversity – Resilience
    5. (e) Final stage of something you’re been working towards – Culmination

    Word Formation from the words “vocal” and “labour”:

    From ‘vocal’:

    1. Vocal
    2. Love
    3. Coal
    4. Vial
    5. Clav
    6. Alto

    From ‘labour’:

    1. Labour
    2. Boil
    3. Ball
    4. Rob
    5. Blur
    6. Alor

    Idiomatic Expressions:

    Column AColumn B
    Eager beaverA keen and enthusiastic person who works very hard.
    Cash cowSomething or someone provides a lot of money for little effort.
    Kangaroo courtAn unofficial court or meeting that disregards current laws and conducts unfair trials.
    Bull in a china shopVery careless in the way a person moves or behaves.
    Hold your horsesWait and be patient.

    Grammar

    In the chapter “Reach for the Top” in Beehive, you have read that two clauses in a sentence have their own subject and verb or verb phrase. One part of the sentence (or one clause) tells us why or when something happened.

    Examples:

    I read Sherlock Holmes while I was on holiday.
    It was raining heavily when I got home in the evening.
    I will phone you when I go to the clinic.
    Can I borrow your book when you have finished it?

    1. Match each of the sentence halves given below to make meaningful sentences.

    He was found guilty of drivingWhen she tripped over.
    I get a pain in my kneeWhen the mother left.
    The boy started to cryI switched on the emergency light.
    Rainy was walking went out,When you cross my house.
    When the lights went out,While he was under the influence of alcohol.
    You will see the riverWhen I walk up the stairs

    2. Make one sentence combining the two statements given below.

    Example:

    It’s getting dark.
    Let’s go home before that.
    Let’s go home before it gets dark.

    (a) She must clean the room.

    I won’t enter the room until this is done.

    ______________________________________________ until

    ___________________________________________________

    (b) I will do the cooking.

    Then I will come to your house.

    ___________________________________________________ after

    ___________________________________________________________

    (c) I will go to the library.

    ___________________________________________when

    ____________________________________________________

    (d) Evening came.

    They rested.

    ____________________________________________when

    ______________________________________________________

    (e) The salesman came.

    Rita was eating her breakfast.

    _______________________________________________________ while

    __________________________________________________________________

    (f) We went to see the play with grandfather.

    Do you remember?

    ________________________________________________________when

    ______________________________________________________________?

    Answers:

    1. Match the sentence halves:

    1. He was found guilty of driving while he was under the influence of alcohol.
    2. When she tripped over, she hurt her ankle.
    3. I get a pain in my knee when I walk up the stairs.
    4. When the mother left, the children started to cry.
    5. The boy started to cry when he lost his toy.
    6. I switched on the emergency light when the lights went out.
    7. Rainy was walking when you cross my house.
    8. When the lights went out, I switched on the emergency light.
    9. You will see the river when you cross my house.
    10. When I walk up the stairs, I get a pain in my knee.

    2. Combine the sentences:

    (a) She must clean the room.
    I won’t enter the room until this is done.
    I won’t enter the room until she has cleaned it.

    (b) I will do the cooking.
    Then I will come to your house.
    I will do the cooking and then I will come to your house.

    (c) I will go to the library.
    When I finish my homework,
    I will go to the library when I finish my homework.

    (d) Evening came.
    They rested.
    They rested when evening came.

    (e) The salesman came.
    Rita was eating her breakfast.
    Rita was eating her breakfast while the salesman came.

    (f) We went to see the play with grandfather.
    Do you remember?
    Do you remember when we went to see the play with grandfather?

    Editing

    1. In each of the following sentences you have to remove or add a word or a phrase to make the sentence in grammatically correct. Write the correct sentence in the space given below.

    (a) Maria Sharapova liken to be dancing. singing and fashion.

    (b) She has love for pancakes with chocolate spread and fizzy drinks.

    (c) Maria had to be leave her mother behind in Siberia at age of one.

    (d) She put with insults and humiliation in order to realise dream of becoming a tennis star.

    (e) Her dream was to be number one world tennis.

    2. There are spelling errors in the paragraph given here. Correct the spelling errors and rewrite the paragraph with appropriate punctuation marks in the given space.

    Savitribai Phule

    “Awake Arise, and Educate. Smash traditions-Liberate”

    First female teacher of Indias first womens school, founder of the modern Marathi poetry at a time when womens potential and celibre were underrestimmated she worked for the uplifftment and educasion of females in the country with her husbands help. she opened a school for untouchable girls Orrthodox individuals from the upper cast used to mock at her eforts and throw stones and dung on her everttheless she continued with her teaching the British govenment honoured her contribution to eduction later on.

    Answers:

    1. Editing Sentences:

    (a) Maria Sharapova likes to be dancing, singing, and fashion.
    Correct sentence: Maria Sharapova likes dancing, singing, and fashion.

    (b) She has love for pancakes with chocolate spread and fizzy drinks.
    Correct sentence: She loves pancakes with chocolate spread and fizzy drinks.

    (c) Maria had to be leave her mother behind in Siberia at age of one.
    Correct sentence: Maria had to leave her mother behind in Siberia at the age of one.

    (d) She put with insults and humiliation in order to realise dream of becoming a tennis star.
    Correct sentence: She put up with insults and humiliation in order to realize her dream of becoming a tennis star.

    (e) Her dream was to be number one world tennis.
    Correct sentence: Her dream was to be number one in world tennis.

    2. Correcting Spelling and Punctuation:

    Savitribai Phule

    “Awake, Arise, and Educate. Smash traditions – Liberate”

    The first female teacher of India’s first women’s school, founder of modern Marathi poetry, at a time when women’s potential and caliber were underestimated, she worked for the upliftment and education of females in the country with her husband’s help. She opened a school for untouchable girls. Orthodox individuals from the upper caste used to mock her efforts and throw stones and dung at her. Nevertheless, she continued with her teaching. The British government honored her contribution to education later on.

    Listening

    Your teacher or classmate will read the excerpt given below. Listen to it carefully and answer the question.

    Harvard-MIT researcher, Hugh Herr, is familiar with the obstacles faced by amputees. A world-class mountain climber at the age of 17, Herr and a friend were trapped in a snowstorm while ascending New Hampshire’s Mount Washington in 1982. After three days without food or camping gear, the two were rescued, but frostbite cost Herr both his legs, which were amputated just below the knee. Herr was fitted with prostheses, but he soon discovered that they were developed for walking on flat surfaces, and not for taking on advanced functions like climbing or running. With the same determination that he once applied to climbing, he set out to create a better prosthetic leg. He worked with an engineering shop to fashion his own prostheses, tinkering with customised sockets and lighter materials. He even designed artificial
    feet specially made for climbing rock (built flat and narrow for getting a toehold in cracks and ice featuring sharp spikes). “I experienced a tremendous amount of pain from prosthetic limbs at first”, Herr says. “So I decided to go back to school and learn about physics and engineering to try to solve these problems.” Herr obtained a Master’s degree in mechanical engineering from MIT in 1993 and a doctorate
    in biophysics from Harvard five years later. After struggling for a decade to come up with a better
    prosthetic limb, just getting the knee to market will be a personal triumph for Herr — yet another mountain conquered. “It’s been a long road”, he says. “But I think I’m finally in a position to make a difference.”
    (Adapted from ‘Born to Run’, Evan Ratliff, Span, Sep.–Oct. 2002,
    Steps to English, Workbook for Class X, NCERT, 2003, p. 43)

    1. What happened to Hugh Herr at the age of 17?

    2. What happened to both of his legs?

    3. What were the two things he was unable to do with the prostheses?

    4. Why did he decide to go back to school?

    5. What degrees did he get from MIT and Harvard?

    Answers:

    1. What happened to Hugh Herr at the age of 17?
    At the age of 17, Hugh Herr was trapped in a snowstorm while climbing Mount Washington in New Hampshire. After three days without food or camping gear, he was rescued, but he lost both of his legs due to frostbite.

    2. What happened to both of his legs?
    Both of his legs were amputated just below the knee due to frostbite.

    3. What were the two things he was unable to do with the prostheses?
    With the prostheses, Herr was unable to perform advanced functions like climbing or running, as the prostheses were only developed for walking on flat surfaces.

    4. Why did he decide to go back to school?
    He decided to go back to school to learn about physics and engineering to try and solve the problems he faced with his prosthetic limbs, especially the pain he experienced from them.

    5. What degrees did he get from MIT and Harvard?
    Herr obtained a Master’s degree in mechanical engineering from MIT in 1993 and a doctorate in biophysics from Harvard five years later.

    Speaking

    1. In a group of three, read aloud the dialogues. You are Kiran and your two partner are Sunita and Sarita
    Then fill in the table given below.

    Sunita : What kind of things do you like to do in your free time?

    Kiran : I like playing basketball. I play on a city team every Saturday afternoon. t hep me stay fir and happy. I have made some good friends!

    Sarita : I didn’t know that. How long have you been playing?

    Kiran : For about a year now. But it’s not only thing I like to do. I also enjoy painting. It’s great for relieving stress.

    Sunita : Really? Are you good at it?

    Kiran : Not too bad. But I’m not a Picasso or Rembrandt. How about you guys?
    What do you like to do in free time?

    Sarita : Well, a couple of times a month I go up to Widow Mountain with some buddies and go hang gliding.

    Sunita : No way! You do? That sounds dangerous! Aren’t you scared?

    Sarita : Not at all. It’s fascinating. It’s so beautiful up there. I feel as free as a bird. You should try it sometime.

    Sunita : It sounds awesome, but I think I’m too much of a scared cat to try it.

    Kiran : Wow! I might want to try it sometime. Do you think I could?

    Sarita : Sure, how about this Saturday? I’ll let you know the details later.

    Kiran : Sounds great! I can’t believe I’m going to do it. Sunita, by the way, you never told us what you do in your spare time.

    Sunita : Well, uh, I like to knit…And you know I can’t go very far… But I am going to convince my parents to let me join Karate classes. It will be great self defence.

    NamesList of InterestsWhy do they find these interesting?
    Sarita  
    Kiran  
    Sunita  

    2. Work in pairs. Imagine you are Sunita. You are trying to convince your father to let you join the Karate classes.

    You can use the given clues for the conversation. Take turns to be Sunita and her father.

    Want to learn KarateGirls to stay at home
    Friends are into sportWho will help mother?
    Felt out of place no doing anything sportySchool work may suffer
    Decided to take up KarateGoing out may be unsafe
    Keep me physically fitNo real benefit, expenses
    Class in the nest societyMay be called unfeminine
    Great self-defence, you can see these videosOh, that’s nice, my daughter will be no less.

    You can write the conversation here.

    Answers:

    1. List of Interests

    NamesList of InterestsWhy do they find these interesting?
    SaritaHang glidingIt’s fascinating, beautiful, and she feels free as a bird.
    KiranPlaying basketball, paintingKeeps her fit and happy, relieves stress, and makes friends.
    SunitaKnitting, Karate (wants to join)Self-defense, physical fitness, and keeping her safe.

    2. Conversation (Sunita convincing her father)

    Sunita: Dad, I’ve been thinking. I really want to join Karate classes.

    Father: Karate? But girls should stay at home. You don’t need to learn such things.

    Sunita: But all my friends are into sports, and I feel left out. I want to do something active, something that keeps me physically fit.

    Father: Hmm, I understand that. But who will help your mother at home if you go out?

    Sunita: I promise I’ll help her when I’m at home. Besides, I think this will be great for self-defense. You’ve seen those videos, right? Karate can help me stay safe.

    Father: But going out for classes may be unsafe. And I still don’t see the real benefit. It’s a lot of money too.

    Sunita: Dad, I’ll be learning something valuable. Karate will give me confidence, and it’s also a good workout. The class is in the next society, so it’s really safe, and it’s not far at all.

    Father: I see. But aren’t you worried about your school work suffering?

    Sunita: No, I’ll make sure my studies don’t suffer. I’ve decided to take up Karate because I don’t want to feel like I’m not doing anything sporty. It will actually help me stay more focused.

    Father: Hmm, well, I suppose if it’s important to you, and it will help you feel better about yourself, I won’t stand in your way.

    Sunita: Oh, thank you, Dad! You won’t regret it. I really appreciate your support.

    Father: Well, I guess my daughter won’t be any less than anyone else. Go ahead, and make the most of it!

    Writing

    1. Given below is some information about Saina Nehwal and Sania Mirza. You can visit your school library and search the Internet to collect more information and to find out if it is correct. Write a short motivational article for your school magazine using these details. The article can aim towards encouraging girls to take up sports.

    Saina NehwalSania Mirza
    From Hisar in HaryanaIndian professional tennis player
    Her family shifted to Hyderabad when was very young.Born in Mumbai
    First trained with Nani Prasad, Stadium was 25 kms away from homeFamily moved to Hyderabad sometime after her birth.
    Then coached by S.M. Arif, Vimal Kumar and P. GopichandStarted earning lawn tennis from her father at the age of six.
    Professional badminton singles playerStarted participating in the ITF tournaments in 2001.
    World no. 2 in 2009 formerly world no. 1 in 2015Won three titles in 2002 to be identified as an upcoming player.
    Right-handed player with many international titlesTurned profession in 2003, and won several titles including the Girl’s Doubles title at Wimbledon.
    Has seen both ups and downsHas been injured and recovered.
    First Indian woman to win an Olympic medalWon several doubles titles in WTA. Formerly ranked as India’s no. 1 doubles player by WTZ.
    Rajiv Gandhi Khel Ratna award. Arjuna award, has received the Padma Bhushan in 2016Times Magazine’s 2016 list-Saina one of the most influence people in the world. Has been awarded the Arjuna Award and the Padma Shree.

    3. The chapter “Reach for the Top” Part I ends with the sentence “Santosh collected and brought down 500 kilograms of garbage from the Himalayas.”

    You May have visited different tourist places and picnic spots. However, the beauty of the Nature is spoiled by waste and garbage thrown unmindfully by tourists.

    As a conscious and responsible citizen of national, Write a letter to the editor of a national newspaper. Therein you may highlight the issue and measures for creating awareness about curbing environment pollution. Discuss with your classmates how ‘Swachh Bharat Abhiyan’ can be promoted.

    Answers:

    Motivational Article for School Magazine

    Empowering Girls through Sports: The Stories of Saina Nehwal and Sania Mirza

    Sports have long been seen as a domain dominated by men, but two incredible women, Saina Nehwal and Sania Mirza, have broken these barriers and set new standards for girls across the country. Their journeys, filled with hard work, dedication, and resilience, are a testament to the power of perseverance and passion.

    Saina Nehwal, a professional badminton player, hails from Hisar, Haryana. Her family shifted to Hyderabad when she was young, where she started her training under the guidance of Nani Prasad and later, renowned coaches like S.M. Arif, Vimal Kumar, and P. Gopichand. Despite the 25 km distance to the stadium from her home, she never let the challenges deter her. Saina became the first Indian woman to win an Olympic medal and was ranked world no. 1 in 2015. Her list of accolades includes the Rajiv Gandhi Khel Ratna, Arjuna Award, and the prestigious Padma Bhushan.

    Sania Mirza, another beacon of hope, was born in Mumbai and moved to Hyderabad with her family. She picked up lawn tennis at the tender age of six under the guidance of her father. Sania turned professional in 2003 and achieved remarkable success in international tennis, including winning the Girl’s Doubles title at Wimbledon and several WTA doubles titles. Sania has been a symbol of resilience, recovering from injuries and coming back stronger. She has also been recognized with the Arjuna Award and the Padma Shree.

    Both Saina and Sania have shown that sports are not just for men. They’ve faced hurdles, experienced ups and downs, and yet emerged victorious, becoming role models for millions. Their stories are an inspiration for girls everywhere to believe in their potential and pursue their dreams, both in sports and life. If they can break the stereotypes and rise to the top, so can you.

    Girls, let’s take inspiration from these incredible women. Sports can keep you fit, strong, and confident. Whether it’s badminton, tennis, or any other sport, it’s time to break boundaries, challenge norms, and show the world what you’re capable of!

    Letter to the Editor on Environmental Pollution and Tourist Behavior

    Subject: Need for Public Awareness on Environmental Pollution in Tourist Spots

    Date: February 6, 2025

    To, The Editor,
    [Newspaper Name],
    [City, State].

    Sir/Madam,

    I would like to draw your attention to an issue that has been plaguing many of our beautiful tourist spots—environmental pollution caused by the careless disposal of waste by tourists. While it is heartening to see people enjoy the beauty of nature, the litter and garbage left behind by visitors are slowly destroying these pristine locations.

    Recently, I visited a popular hill station and was disheartened to see plastic bottles, food wrappers, and other forms of waste scattered all around. This irresponsible behavior not only ruins the aesthetic beauty of the place but also harms the local ecosystem. The waste is not biodegradable and poses a serious threat to wildlife and the environment.

    I believe it is high time we create greater awareness among the public about keeping tourist spots clean. The ‘Swachh Bharat Abhiyan’ has made some progress in promoting cleanliness, but more needs to be done, especially at tourist locations. Some steps that can be taken include:

    1. Setting up more waste disposal bins at popular tourist spots to encourage proper waste disposal.
    2. Strict fines and penalties for littering to deter careless behavior.
    3. Public awareness campaigns through advertisements, social media, and local guides to educate tourists about the importance of preserving nature.
    4. Involving local communities to take ownership of keeping their surroundings clean and encouraging eco-tourism.

    It is also essential to introduce educational programs in schools and colleges to instill a sense of environmental responsibility in the younger generation. If we start today, we can preserve our natural heritage for future generations.

    I hope my letter reaches concerned authorities and readers, encouraging them to act responsibly towards the environment and maintain the cleanliness of our cherished tourist destinations.

    Thank you for considering my appeal.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    [City, State]

    By discussing such issues in classrooms and communities, we can promote the Swachh Bharat Abhiyan and bring about a cleaner, greener India.

    Project

    1. In January 2018, the President of India awarded 112 amazing “First Ladies” for being first in their respective fields. Find out the achievements of some of them.

    A class board can be prepared with your contributions.

    Make a college of the “First Ladies”, their struggle, endveaorde and achievements. Display it in the class.

    Your group can make PowerPoint presentation of their life, struggle, society, inspiration and achievements.

    2. Even now girls have to struggle for getting education and participating in games. They are victims of child marriage, harassment, etc. Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao is an initiative by the Government of India for ensuring survival, protection and education of the girl child. As a citizen of India what will be your contribution in promoting girls, education and safeguarding their interest?

    Prepare posters, write slogans and draw charts to create awareness in the society.

    Answers:

    Project 1: “First Ladies” Achievements

    In January 2018, 112 “First Ladies” were recognized by the President of India for being pioneers in their fields. Some of them broke societal barriers, fought discrimination, and made significant contributions. Here’s how you can work on the project:

    Step-by-Step Process for the Class Board and Collage:

    1. Research and Collect Information:
      • Divide your group and assign each person 4-5 “First Ladies” to research.
      • Find details about their life struggles, achievements, and how they became pioneers in their fields.
      • Examples of “First Ladies” include Mithali Raj (first woman cricketer to score 6000 runs in ODIs), Bachendri Pal (first Indian woman to climb Mount Everest), etc.
    2. Prepare the Collage:
      • Create a collage that includes pictures, short biographies, and achievements of these women.
      • Use a mix of colored papers, cutouts, and printed materials to make the collage visually appealing.
    3. Make a PowerPoint Presentation:
      • Use PowerPoint to present their life stories, struggles, societal challenges, and the impact they made.
      • Highlight how they broke barriers, served as inspiration, and contributed to societal progress.
      • Include photos, videos, and quotes from these women to make the presentation engaging.
    4. Present in Class:
      • Display your collage and PowerPoint presentation in the class.
      • Explain the significance of these “First Ladies” and discuss their journey towards achieving success.

    Project 2: Contribution to Girls’ Education and Safety

    Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao is an initiative aimed at empowering girls, ensuring they receive education, and protecting their rights. As responsible citizens, we all can contribute to this cause by raising awareness in various ways.

    Step-by-Step Process for Posters, Slogans, and Charts:

    1. Prepare Posters:
      • Design colorful posters with motivating images and messages encouraging girls’ education and against child marriage and harassment.
      • Example poster idea: Show a girl in school with the caption, “Educated Girls, Strong Nation.”
    2. Write Slogans:
      • Think of strong and inspiring slogans to raise awareness. Here are a few examples:
        • “Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao – Every Girl’s Right to Education!”
        • “Girls in Schools, Not as Brides!”
        • “An Educated Girl Empowers Her Family and Society!”
    3. Draw Awareness Charts:
      • Create charts highlighting the benefits of girls’ education and the challenges they face, like child marriage, discrimination, and harassment.
      • Example chart: Show data comparing educated vs. uneducated girls and how education reduces societal issues.
    4. Involve the Community:
      • Organize awareness sessions or school events to engage students, parents, and the community to support the cause.
      • Display the posters, slogans, and charts at these events to spread the message.

    By promoting awareness through these activities, you can actively contribute to safeguarding girls’ interests and encouraging their participation in education and society.

  • Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Unit 6 solutions

    Here we have presented Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions chapter 6 solutions. This is best source for NCERT English solutions. Read the below to increase your English language base.

    Read the following passage and answer the question that follow.

    Text I

    I must have been about seven when my father left Porbandar for Rajkot to become a member of the Rajasthanik Court. There I was put into a primary school, and I can well recollect those days, including the names and other particulars of the teachers who taught me. As at Porbandar, so here, there is hardly anything to note about my studies. I could only have been a mediocre student. From this school I went to the suburban school and thence to high school, having already reached my twelfth year. I do not remember having ever told a lie, during this short period, either to my teachers or to my school-mates. However, I used to be very shy and avoided all company. My books and my lessons were my sole
    companions. To be at school at the stroke of the hour and to run back home as soon as the school closed—that was my daily habit. There is an incident which occurred at the examination during my first year at high school and which is worth recording. Mr Giles, the educational Inspector, had come on a visit of inspection. He had set us five words to write as a spelling exercise. One of the words was ‘Kettle’.
    I had misspelt it. The teacher tried to prompt me with the point of his boot, but I would not be prompted. It was beyond me to see that he wanted me to copy the spelling from my neighbour’s slate, for I had thought that the teacher was there to supervise us against copying. The result was that all the boys, except myself, were found to have spelt every word correctly. I could never learn the art of ‘copying’. Yet
    the incident did not in the least diminish my respect for my teacher. I was by nature, blind to the faults of elders. Later I came to know of many other failings of this teacher, but my regard for him remained the same. Two other incidents belonging to the same period have always clung to my memory. As a rule I had distaste for any reading beyond my school books. The daily lessons had to be done, because I disliked being taken to task by my teacher as much as I disliked deceiving him. Therefore I would do the lessons,
    but often without my mind in them. Thus, when even the lessons could not be done properly, there was of course no question of any extra reading. But somehow my eyes fell on a book purchased by my father. It was Shravana Pitribhakti Nataka. I read it with intense interest. One of the pictures I was shown was of Shravana carrying, by means of slings fitted for his shoulders, his blind parents on a pilgrimage. The book
    and the picture left an indelible impression on my mind.
    (An excerpt from The Story of My Experiments with Truth, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi)

    2. Answer the following questions in brief. (30 words)

    (a) Where did Mohandas complete his primary education?

    (b) Who were Mohandas Gandhi’s sole companions in his childhood.

    (c) Which incident given in the passage reflects Mohandas’s honesty?

    (d) Which two things did Mohandas dislike the most?

    (e) What did the picture of Shravana convey to Mohnadas Gandhi?

    (f) Pick out five qualities and traits which young Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi had. One is done for you.

    Absolutely non-judgemental, couldn’t see the bad qualities of his teacher.

    3. Locate words from the passage with similar meaning.

    (a) reduce ______________
    (b) only one ______________
    (c) dupe ______________
    (d) permanent effect ______________________

    Answers:

    2. Answer the following questions in brief:

    (a) Where did Mohandas complete his primary education?
    Mohandas completed his primary education in Rajkot after his father left Porbandar for Rajkot.

    (b) Who were Mohandas Gandhi’s sole companions in his childhood?
    Mohandas’s sole companions in his childhood were his books and his lessons.

    (c) Which incident given in the passage reflects Mohandas’s honesty?
    The incident where Mohandas did not copy the spelling of “Kettle” from his neighbor’s slate reflects his honesty.

    (d) Which two things did Mohandas dislike the most?
    Mohandas disliked being scolded by his teacher and deceiving his teacher.

    (e) What did the picture of Shravana convey to Mohandas Gandhi?
    The picture of Shravana carrying his blind parents on a pilgrimage conveyed the message of selfless duty and respect for parents, which left a lasting impression on Mohandas.

    (f) Pick out five qualities and traits which young Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi had. One is done for you.

    1. Absolutely non-judgemental, couldn’t see the bad qualities of his teacher.
    2. Honest
    3. Shy
    4. Disciplined
    5. Reserved

    3. Locate words from the passage with similar meaning:

    (a) reducediminish
    (b) only onesole
    (c) dupedeceiving
    (d) permanent effectindelible

    Text II

    Indra Krishnamurthy Nooyi is an Indian American business executive. She is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pepsico. She is one among the world’s most powerful women. She delivered the following speech at the Rashtrapati Bhawan on 14 December 2013. She was named one of the 25 Greatest Living Legends by NDTV, and was awarded by the then President of India, Pranab Mukherjee at the
    Rashtrapati Bhawan.

    Read the speech delivered by Indra Nooyi and answer the questions that follow.

    Mr President and NDTV, thank you very much for this incredible honour.
    Malcom Gladwell in his book, Outliers says: “Who you are cannot be separated from where you came from.”
    I left India 35 years ago, went to the USA and had tremendous success in the meritocracy. But none of that could have happened if I would not have had wonderful upbringing very much here in India. So I have a lot to thank India for. Now my three lessons I would like to share with you.
    First, please be a lifelong student. You know when we
    were kids, we used to ask questions like “Why is the sky blue?”, “Why the birds flying so high?” But for some reasons, as we get older, that curiosity goes away. And if we are happy with the knowledge we have, then we are actually going to atrophy. So, please remain a lifelong student, don’t lose that curiosity.
    Second, whatever you do, throw yourself into it, throw your head, heart and hands into it. I look at my job not as a job, I look at it as a Calling, as a Passion and I don’t care about the hours, about the hardships, because to me everything is a joy. So whatever you do, please look upon it as a Calling, a Passion, not as a job, not as something temporary. The third and the most important one, please help others rise. Greatness comes not from a position, but from helping build a future. All of us in position of power have an obligation to pull others up. You know, as I stand here today, I look at my responsibility not as accepting
    an honour, I look upon it as accepting a challenge and a responsibility, an obligation to actually make it possible for people who are younger to come up and achieve levels of greatness, so they too can be on the stage sometime in the future.
    (Source: Speech delivered by Indra Nooyi at the Rashtrapati Bhawan on 14 December 2013)

    1. What has Malcom Gladwell said in his book, that Indra Nooyi is refering to in her speech?

    2. What according to Indra Nooyi helped her achieve great success?

    3. What is the first lesson that Indra Nooyi has talked about in her speech?

    4. What element should we have to be a lifelong student?

    5. How does she look at her job?

    6. What is her third lesson? Why is it important?

    7. What obligation does she talk about in her speech?

    Answers:

    1. What has Malcom Gladwell said in his book, that Indra Nooyi is referring to in her speech?

    Malcom Gladwell says in his book Outliers, “Who you are cannot be separated from where you came from.” Indra Nooyi refers to this to emphasize the importance of her upbringing in India.

    2. What according to Indra Nooyi helped her achieve great success?

    According to Indra Nooyi, her wonderful upbringing in India helped her achieve great success in the meritocracy of the USA.

    3. What is the first lesson that Indra Nooyi has talked about in her speech?

    The first lesson Indra Nooyi talks about is to be a lifelong student. She stresses the importance of maintaining curiosity throughout life.

    4. What element should we have to be a lifelong student?

    To be a lifelong student, we should have curiosity. We must continue asking questions and seeking knowledge even as we grow older.

    5. How does she look at her job?

    Indra Nooyi looks at her job not as a job, but as a calling and a passion. She dedicates her heart, head, and hands to it with joy and commitment.

    6. What is her third lesson? Why is it important?

    Her third lesson is to help others rise. She believes greatness comes not from position but from helping others achieve success, and it is important because it helps build a better future for everyone.

    7. What obligation does she talk about in her speech?

    Indra Nooyi talks about the obligation of those in positions of power to help others rise and achieve greatness. She sees it as a responsibility to support younger people in reaching their potential.

    Vocabulary

    1. Make noun forms of the given words. One has been done for you.

    Example:

    happen (happerning)

    (a) know _______________________________

    (b) accept ______________________________

    (c) separate _____________________________

    (d) oblige _________________________________

    (e) achieve _______________________________

    2. Take words from the box given below and match the words that go long with them. You may use some of the words more than once.

    tunepapersystemfine
    watercommunalnewsheart
    soundstudyblackkill
    feltprooftourjoy
    harmony   

    3. You would have come across some words from Indian languages used in the chapter ‘My Childhood’ in your textbook, Beehive.

    Example: pucca

    Look up the dictionary in the English language and find ten words which are of Indian origin. Two are done for you:

    (a) Chutney(g) _____________________
    (b) Karma(h) ___________________
    (c) ___________(i)___________________
    (d) __________(j) ___________________________
    (e) __________(k) __________________________
    (f) ____________(I)_______________________________

    Answers:

    1. Make noun forms of the given words:

    (a) know → knowledge
    (b) accept → acceptance
    (c) separate → separation
    (d) oblige → obligation
    (e) achieve → achievement

    2. Match the words:

    • tune → sound, joy
    • paper → news, study
    • system → communal, study
    • fine → proof, water
    • water → proof, kill
    • communal → harmony, system
    • news → paper, heart
    • heart → harmony, felt
    • sound → tune, proof
    • study → paper, system
    • black → paper, news
    • kill → proof, water
    • felt → heart, harmony
    • proof → sound, fine
    • tour → joy, study
    • joy → tour, tune
    • harmony → communal, heart

    3. Words of Indian origin:

    (a) Chutney
    (b) Karma
    (c) Jungle
    (d) Bungalow
    (e) Pukka
    (f) Mantra
    (g) Avatar
    (h) Yoga
    (i) Sari
    (j) Caste
    (k) Swastika
    (l) Maharaja

    Grammar

    2. Passive voice

    Expand the News Headline into three to four sentences of a short article. Use passive voice whenever it is required.

    Example:

    (a) Mumbai flooded with rain water

    Yesterday Mumbai was hit by interested rain. The city is flooded with rain water now. Water is being pumped out from the roads. The residents are requested by the Municipal Corporation to remain indoors.

    (b) The fire caused by crackers

    (c) Bank robbed in broad daylight

    (d) Taxes lowered for some commodities

    3. Phrasal Verb

    In this lesson ‘My childhood’ in your textbook, Beehive the verb ‘break out’ is used by combing a verb (break) with a preposition (out) denoting the meaning ‘to begin’ Many more phrasal verbs can be formed with the same verb ‘break’ joining with other prepositions.

    They are-

    break into
    break away
    break open
    break down
    break up

    Now replace the underline words with a phrasal verb from the list given above using the correct form.

    (a) The passengers were troubled when the bus stopped due to engine failure.

    (b) Neha’s relationship with Rohan came to an end over a very silly matter.

    (c) The burglar in spite of all security, entered Mr Khan’s house and took away all valuables.

    (d) The child attempted to leave the mother’s grasp. but she held fast.

    (e) The new director to discard to discard the age-old practices in the office.

    Answers:

    2. Passive Voice

    (b) The fire caused by crackers
    The fire was caused by crackers. It was noticed by the authorities in the evening. Several houses were damaged by the flames. A fire brigade was called immediately to control the situation.

    (c) Bank robbed in broad daylight
    A bank was robbed in broad daylight yesterday. The robbers were not caught on the spot. The police have started an investigation to find the culprits. Several CCTV footages are being examined by the police to trace them.

    (d) Taxes lowered for some commodities
    Taxes were lowered for some commodities by the government. The decision was made to ease the burden on common people. Several items have become more affordable now. The new tax rates are being implemented from this month.

    3. Phrasal Verbs

    (a) The passengers were troubled when the bus stopped due to engine failure.

    • The passengers were troubled when the bus broke down due to engine failure.

    (b) Neha’s relationship with Rohan came to an end over a very silly matter.

    • Neha’s relationship with Rohan broke up over a very silly matter.

    (c) The burglar, in spite of all security, entered Mr Khan’s house and took away all valuables.

    • The burglar, in spite of all security, broke into Mr Khan’s house and took away all valuables.

    (d) The child attempted to leave the mother’s grasp, but she held fast.

    • The child attempted to break away from the mother’s grasp, but she held fast.

    (e) The new director decided to discard the age-old practices in the office.

    • The new director decided to break with the age-old practices in the office.

    Editing

    Use capital letters, full-stops, commas and inverted commas whenever necessary in the following story. Some words are also wrongly spelt. Check the spelling errors and correct hem.

    once the Fairies of the Trees set out to choose their dwelling places some were wise in making their choices and some were foolis the wise fairies shunned the trees that stood alone in the open fields, and settld in a thick forest. but the foolish ones said, Why should we crowd together in a forest Let us
    go and live in lonely trees near villages, where humans will bring us gifts. One night a greate tempest swept over the countri the lonely trees were blown down, and the foolis fairys became homeless; but the great, dense forest resisted the fury of the storm. The wise fairies said to the foolish ones Peopl should
    stand together like a dense forest. It is only the solitary tree, growing unprotekted in the open field that is overthrown by a silly thing like a storm

    Write the correct story

    Here the Correct story:

    Here is the corrected version of the story:

    Once the fairies of the trees set out to choose their dwelling places. Some were wise in making their choices, and some were foolish. The wise fairies shunned the trees that stood alone in the open fields and settled in a thick forest. But the foolish ones said, “Why should we crowd together in a forest? Let us go and live in lonely trees near villages, where humans will bring us gifts.”

    One night, a great tempest swept over the country. The lonely trees were blown down, and the foolish fairies became homeless; but the great, dense forest resisted the fury of the storm. The wise fairies said to the foolish ones, “People should stand together like a dense forest. It is only the solitary tree, growing unprotected in the open field, that is overthrown by a silly thing like a storm.”

    Listening

    Given below is an extract from Malala Yousafzai’s speech at the UN General Assembly on 12 July 2013.
    Malala Yousafzai is a young Pakistani girl who was shot at by the Taliban because she wanted to study. She was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2014 for her struggle for the right of all children to education.

    The teacher or one of your classmates will read out the extract. Answer all the question after listening to the extract.

    Honourable UN Secretary General Mr Ban Ki-moon, respected President of the General Assembly Vuk Jeremic, honourable UN envoy for global education Mr Gordon Brown, respected elders and my dear brothers and sisters: Assalamu alaikum. Today it is an honour for me to be speaking again after a long time. Being here with such honourable people is a great moment in my life and it is an honour for me that today I am wearing a shawl of late Benazir Bhutto. I don’t know where to begin my speech. I don’t know what people would be expecting me to say, but first of all thank you to God for whom we all are equal and thank you to every person who has prayed for my fast recovery and new life. I cannot believe
    how much love people have shown me. I have received thousands of good-wish cards and gifts from all over the world. Thank you to all of them. Thank you to the children whose innocent words encouraged me. Thank you to my elders whose prayers strengthened me. I would like to thank my nurses, doctors and the staff of the hospitals in Pakistan and the UK and the UAE government who have helped me to
    get better and recover my strength.

    … There are hundreds of human rights activists and social workers who are not only speaking for their rights, but who are struggling to achieve their goal of peace, education and equality. Thousands of people have been killed by the terrorists and millions have been injured. I am just one of them. So here I stand, one girl among many. I speak not for myself, but so those without a voice can be heard. Those who have fought for their rights …Their right to live in peace. Their right to be treated with dignity. Their right to equality of opportunity. Their right to be educated. … the compassion I have learned from Mohamed, the Prophet of Mercy, Jesus Christ and Lord Buddha. This the legacy of change I have inherited from Martin Luther King, Nelson Mandela and Mohammed Ali Jinnah. This is the philosophy of non-violence that I have learned from Gandhi, Bacha Khan and Mother Teresa. And this is the forgiveness that I have learned from my father and from my mother. This is what my soul is telling me: be peaceful and love everyone … Thank you.

    1. Why did the Taliban shoot Malala?

    2. Why was Malala awarded the Nobel Peace Prize?

    3. Who all did Malala thank in her speech and why?

    4. What are the activities and social workers struggling for?

    5. What rights did she talk about in her speech? Tick the right answers.

    (a) right to live in peace

    (b) right to have treated with dignity

    (c) right to have a safe home

    (d) right to equality of opportunity

    (e) right to fight for self

    (f) right to be educated

    6. From whom did Malala learn

    (a) compassion

    (b) the philosophy of non-violence

    (c) forgiveness

    Answers:

    1. Why did the Taliban shoot Malala?

    The Taliban shot Malala because she wanted to study and was advocating for the right to education for all children, especially girls, which the Taliban opposed.

    2. Why was Malala awarded the Nobel Peace Prize?

    Malala was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2014 for her struggle to secure the right to education for all children, particularly girls.

    3. Who all did Malala thank in her speech and why?

    Malala thanked:

    • God, for equality and her recovery.
    • Everyone who prayed for her recovery and sent good wishes.
    • The children whose innocent words encouraged her.
    • Elders whose prayers strengthened her.
    • Her nurses, doctors, and the staff of the hospitals in Pakistan, the UK, and the UAE government for helping her recover.

    4. What are the activities and social workers struggling for?

    Human rights activists and social workers are struggling to achieve peace, education, and equality.

    5. What rights did she talk about in her speech? Tick the right answers.

    (a) ✓ right to live in peace
    (b) ✓ right to be treated with dignity
    (c) ☐ right to have a safe home
    (d) ✓ right to equality of opportunity
    (e) ☐ right to fight for self
    (f) ✓ right to be educated

    6. From whom did Malala learn:

    (a) Compassion: From Mohamed, the Prophet of Mercy, Jesus Christ, and Lord Buddha.

    (b) The philosophy of non-violence: From Gandhi, Bacha Khan, and Mother Teresa.

    (c) Forgiveness: From her father and mother.

    Speaking

    1. Prepare five slips with the following words written on them. The class will be divided into 4 groups. Each
    group will be asked to pick up a slip and discuss the topic for 5 minutes. Finally, one representative from
    the group will make a brief presentation on the topic.

    1. ancestral house

    2. secure childhood

    3. primary school

    4. social barriers

    5. communal harmony

    Some words given in the box below may be helpful. You can use any in her words that are appropriate to the topic.

    ancient large emotional upbringing inequality system tradition friendship

    Answers:

    1. Ancestral House

    • Key ideas:
      • An ancient or large family house passed down through generations.
      • It holds emotional value due to family traditions and memories.
      • Often serves as a symbol of upbringing and family tradition.
      • Importance of preserving the family’s history and system of values.

    2. Secure Childhood

    Key ideas:

    Upbringing in a safe, supportive environment fosters friendship and confidence.

    Having a secure childhood ensures emotional and mental stability.

    Freedom from inequality or fear, enabling growth and development.

    A foundation for strong bonds, traditions, and positive experiences.

    3. Primary School

    Key ideas:

    The first step in the formal education system.

    Focus on basic learning and friendship building.

    A place where social skills and values such as equality are taught early in life.

    Can shape a child’s upbringing and future development.

    4. Social Barriers

    Key ideas:

    Inequality based on caste, gender, or economic status.

    These barriers create divisions and hinder progress and unity.

    Education and awareness can help reduce these barriers.

    Tradition can sometimes both maintain and challenge these barriers.

    5. Communal Harmony

    Key ideas:

    Ensuring peaceful coexistence among different communities and religions.

    Promotes equality and reduces social barriers.

    A key factor in building friendship, mutual respect, and cooperation.

    Essential for national unity and upbringing in a diverse society.

    Writing

    1. In 2010, the United Nations declared Dr A.P.J Abdul Kalam’s birthday (15th October) as World Students’ Day. Write an article on the importance of the youth/young students in the making of a New India. (120-150 words)

    Answers:

    The Importance of Youth in Building a New India
    By Ravi Sharma,

    The youth are the backbone of any nation, and in a country like India, with its vast and vibrant population of young minds, their role is crucial in shaping the future. Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam, fondly remembered as the “Missile Man of India,” believed that the youth have the power to transform the nation. This belief led to the declaration of his birthday as World Students’ Day by the United Nations in 2010, celebrating the potential of young learners.

    Young students are not just the future workforce; they are the thinkers, innovators, and leaders who will drive India toward progress. Their energy, creativity, and passion are essential in addressing challenges like poverty, unemployment, and climate change. With access to education, technology, and opportunities, India’s youth can bring about sustainable development, social reform, and economic growth, making the dream of a New India a reality.

    The future lies in their hands, and with the right guidance, they will build a stronger, prosperous India.

    Project

    1. Collect your favourite quotations by M.K. Gandhi, Dr Abdul Kalam, Mother Teresa, Lal Bahadur Shastri,
    J. Krishnamurti, any other personalities that you admire. Make a collage for display in the monthly wall
    magazine of your class.

    Answers:

    Steps for the Project:

    1. Choose Your Favorite Quotations:
      • Collect famous and inspirational quotes from the following personalities:
        • Mahatma Gandhi: “Be the change you wish to see in the world.”
        • Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam: “Dream is not what you see in sleep, it is the thing which doesn’t let you sleep.”
        • Mother Teresa: “Not all of us can do great things. But we can do small things with great love.”
        • Lal Bahadur Shastri: “Jai Jawan Jai Kisan.”
        • J. Krishnamurti: “It is no measure of health to be well adjusted to a profoundly sick society.”
      • Add quotes from any other personalities you admire.
    2. Design the Collage:
      • Materials: Use colored papers, printed quotes, magazines, scissors, glue, markers, and decorative items.
      • Layout: Arrange the quotes in a creative pattern or theme, perhaps around a central image or symbolic design like a tree of knowledge.
      • Visuals: Include small pictures or drawings of these personalities or relevant symbols to enhance the design.
    3. Decorate:
      • Add borders, color backgrounds, or doodles to make the collage more vibrant and visually engaging.
      • You can also use calligraphy or bold fonts to highlight the quotes.
    4. Display:
      • Once completed, display the collage on the wall magazine. You can label it “Words of Wisdom” or “Inspiration Corner.”

    This will not only inspire your classmates but also reflect your admiration for these great personalities.

  • Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Unit 5 solutions

    Here we have presented Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Chapter 5 solutions. Have a look to increase your English language knowledge.

    Reading Comprehension

    Read the passage given below and answer the question that follow.

    Text I

    The Miraculous Escape

    I had been very wealthy and prosperous and was leading a very comfortable life. I had all the worldly pleasure with me. But soon I became bored of my idle life. The urge to go on a voyage became stronger and stronger day by day. It haunted me like anything. So one day I bored a ship and went trading from island to island with other merchants.

    When we started, the fourth weather day of the voyage, our ship was caught in a terrific/terrible continued for several days and drove us near an island. The captain of the ship was reluctant to cast anchor at the port as it was a much dreaded place.

    The violent waves of the sea had exhausted us. We were all tired and hungry so we went in search of food and water. We were fortune enough to find fruit trees and a stream of fresh and cool water which gave us strength and energy and relieved us from hunger. It had started getting dark. As we were tired we went to
    sleep but were soon startled by a rustling noise which came from a very long and huge python like serpent gliding swiftly towards us. We ran to save our lives but the serpent was quick enough to swallow one of my companions. We kept running till we had covered a good enough distance from the serpent. We felt a bit relieved but at the same time sad as we had lost a friend of ours. We took shelter on the top of a tree and thought ourselves to be safe. But we were mistaken for we had hardly slept a little
    time when we heard a hissing sound which alarmed and frightened us. Coiling itself round the tree, the serpent reached my other companion who was positioned somewhat lower than me on the tree. It swallowed him and went away. Terror stricken I clung to the branch of the tree tightly and I did not know when I fell asleep. It was daylight when I awoke. I climbed down. It seemed to me that I had no courage left. It took me no time to realise that if I would not think of a way to escape soon, I would be a dead man. It was just a matter of time when I would also be swallowed like my two other companions. The instinct to prevent one’s life is greater than any fear or frustration. I thought I should spare no means to save myself. I collected a lot of dry wood and bushes and tied them into a bundle with reeds. I arranged them in a circular structure round the tree and tied some of them with the branches of the tree. In this way I made a tent like structure in which I sat after dusk and securely tied from within. I had the satisfaction that whatever I could do I did it to prevent myself. This time when the serpent arrived he crept round the tree but he could not penetrate the defensive structure I had made around me. It just sat and waited the whole night like a cat that waits for the mouse to emerge out of its hole. At dawn the serpent crept back but I dared not come out of my fortress. I lay there half dead and almost suffocated. When the Sun began to shine, I came out of my wooden fortress. I was so desperate that I ran towards the seashore. When I was about to jump into the sea, I saw a ship sailing at some distance. I shouted wildly, I took off my shirt and waved it too, which attracted the sailors on the ship and a rescue boat was immediately sent for me. This was my miraculous escape from the deadly serpent. (Source: Anonymous) Discuss what effect did the story have an you? What would you have done, if you were in the narrator’s place? Does it teach you how to save yourself from danger? Now based on your reading of the story, answer the questions that follow.
    You may read the story again.

    1. What made the narrator go on a voyage?

    (a) He was rich and satisfied with his life.

    (b) He felt bored of his life.

    (c) He had urge to go on a voyage.

    (d) He was adventurous.

    2. How did the narrator and his friend feed themselves?

    (a) They ate fish.

    (b) They could not find anything to eat.

    (c) They ate fruits to survive.

    (d) They ate the food they had brought with themselves.

    3. The narrator and his companions were on the tree. The serpent sawallowed his companions but not the narrator. why?

    4. How did the narrator save himself from the serpent?

    5. Find the words in the story which mean the nearest to the words given below.

    (a) rich (First para) ____________________________________________________

    (b) moved (Second para) _______________________________________________

    (c) tired (Third para) _______________________________________________________

    (d) scared (Fifth para) ______________________________________________________

    (e) urge (Fifth para) ________________________________________________________

    6. Now find words in the story which mean the opposite of the given words.

    (a) poor (First para) __________________________________________________________

    (b) weak (Third para) _________________________________________________________

    (c) enforce (Third para) _________________________________________________________

    (d) insecurely (Sixth para) ______________________________________________________

    (e) offensive (Sixth para) ________________________________________________________

    Answers:

    1. What made the narrator go on a voyage?
    (b) He felt bored of his life.

    2. How did the narrator and his friend feed themselves?
    (c) They ate fruits to survive.

    3. The narrator and his companions were on the tree. The serpent swallowed his companions but not the narrator. Why?
    The narrator was positioned higher up on the tree than his companions, which made it harder for the serpent to reach him. Additionally, the narrator had created a defensive structure around himself, which protected him from the serpent.

    4. How did the narrator save himself from the serpent?
    The narrator gathered dry wood and bushes, tied them into a bundle with reeds, and made a tent-like structure around the tree. He securely tied himself inside, preventing the serpent from reaching him. The serpent waited around the tree but could not penetrate the structure, and the narrator survived.

    5. Find the words in the story which mean the nearest to the words given below: (a) rich (First para)wealthy
    (b) moved (Second para)gliding
    (c) tired (Third para)exhausted
    (d) scared (Fifth para)frightened
    (e) urge (Fifth para)haunted

    6. Now find words in the story which mean the opposite of the given words: (a) poor (First para)wealthy
    (b) weak (Third para)strength
    (c) enforce (Third para)relieved
    (d) insecurely (Sixth para)securely
    (e) offensive (Sixth para)defensive

    Vocabulary

    1. The story of Miraculous Escape has a number of words which describe the narrator’s feeling of fear and getting tired of the journey. List the words of the two feelings and experiences.

    FearGetting tired
    Terrific,Exhausted
      
      
      
      

    2. Can you now add suffix which can mean or relate to the word ‘fear’? First one has been done for you.

    Fear
    (a) fearsome(e) fear
    (b) fear(f) fear
    (c) fear(g) fear
    (d) fear(h) fear

    Answers:

    1. Words describing the narrator’s feelings of fear and getting tired of the journey:Fear:

    Exhausted

    Tired

    Weak

    2. Relieved (after finding food and water)

    Suffixes related to the word ‘fear’: (a) Fearsome
    (b) Fearful
    (c) Fearless
    (d) Fearfully
    (e) Fearfulness
    (f) Feared
    (g) Fearing
    (h) Fearsome

    Grammar

    Reported Speech: Reported questions

    1. You have learnt how to report questions from direct to indirect speech. Here is a paragraph with direct speech questions. Read them carefully and report into indirect speech. Rewrite the paragraph in the space given below.

    Once an old man asked a young boy, “Who do you think are the most intelligent people?” The young man said in return, “Who do you think so?” The old man said, “How can sons and daughters be intelligent without learning from their parents?” The young man said, “How did you as a parent learn?” The old man said, “Why are you hijacking my question by asking me back?” The young man said, “Didn’t you know that you as a parent, now have learnt all the things on your own?” The old man said, “How do you say that we all learnt from others?” The young man said, “Why do you ask me about how to operate electronic gadget all the time?” The old man said, “Why can’t I ask you because I have paid for the gadget you use?”

    2. Now here is a set sentences given in indirect speech Change them into direct speech.

    Indirect SpeechDirect Speech
    (a) Romesh asked Lata whether she could go with for a picnic the next day.(a) Romesh
    (b) Lata replied why had he asked her question him.(b) Lata
    (c) Romesh asked Lata why she was questioning him.(c) Romesh
    (d) Lata replied there was no use visiting the place she had seen before.  (d) Lata
    (e) Romesh asked Lata what was wrong in visiting the same place again for the place was not the same.  (e) Romesh

    Answers:

    1. Indirect Speech:

    Once an old man asked a young boy who he thought were the most intelligent people. The young man replied asking who he thought so. The old man replied that sons and daughters could not be intelligent without learning from their parents. The young man then asked how the old man, as a parent, had learned. The old man replied by asking why the young man was hijacking his question by asking him back. The young man remarked that didn’t the old man know that, as a parent, he had learned all things on his own. The old man responded by asking how the young man could say that they had all learned from others. The young man asked why the old man asked him about how to operate electronic gadgets all the time. The old man replied asking why he couldn’t ask, as he had paid for the gadgets the young man used.

    2. Direct Speech:

    (a) Romesh asked Lata, “Can you go with me for a picnic the next day?”

    (b) Lata replied, “Why have you asked me this question?”

    (c) Romesh asked Lata, “Why are you questioning me?”

    (d) Lata replied, “There is no use in visiting the place I have seen before.”

    (e) Romesh asked Lata, “What is wrong in visiting the same place again? The place is not the same.”

    Editing

    1. Some of the prepositions are incorrectly used in the following story. Correct them and read the story aloud. The rewrite the story in the space given below.

    The Dog and His Bone

    A hungry dog while searching about food found a bone. He picked it out and held it tightly in his mouth and ran out into the woods, to a safe place to enjoy it in ease. He growled and frowned at anyone who attempted to take it over. He chewed the bone for a very long time and this made him quite thirsty.
    He came to a stream to quench his thirst. He trotted around the footbridge and happened to glance into the water. He saw his own reflection in the water. Thinking it was another dog with a bigger bone, he growled and scowled towards it. The reflection growled and scowled back. Being greedy by nature, he wanted that bone too. He snapped his sharp teeth at the image on the water. He barked at the other dog,
    hoping to scare him into giving that bone. His own big bone fell with a splash, went over of sight, the moment he opened his mouth to bite!

    2. Rearrange each of the words to make sentences. Use appropriate punctuation marks.

    (a) when I gave her, the bad news, she turned pale

    (b) become rotten, as it has, the apple, don’t eat

    (c) great friends, last quarrel, after their, they became

    (d) first and only novel, after her, got a prize, she became famous

    Answers:

    1. Corrected Story:

    The Dog and His Bone

    A hungry dog, while searching for food, found a bone. He picked it up and held it tightly in his mouth and ran into the woods to a safe place to enjoy it in peace. He growled and frowned at anyone who attempted to take it away. He chewed the bone for a very long time, which made him quite thirsty.
    He came to a stream to quench his thirst. He trotted around the footbridge and happened to glance into the water. He saw his own reflection in the water. Thinking it was another dog with a bigger bone, he growled and scowled at it. The reflection growled and scowled back. Being greedy by nature, he wanted that bone too. He snapped his sharp teeth at the image in the water. He barked at the other dog, hoping to scare him into giving up that bone. His own big bone fell with a splash and went out of sight the moment he opened his mouth to bite!

    2. Rearranged Sentences:

    (a) When I gave her the bad news, she turned pale.

    (b) Don’t eat the apple as it has become rotten.

    (c) After their last quarrel, they became great friends.

    (d) She became famous after her first and only novel got a prize.

    Listening

    How brave are you? Take a minute to think over this question. There are people who risk their lives to save someone’s life from danger. Here is a child who dared and saved lives. Let us listen to the story of a braveheart.

    The Brave Hearts

    On October 26, 2009, Jhalaram’s hut in the village Sarneshwar in Rajasthan, suddenly caught fire. His two
    daughters, aged two-and-a-half years and one year, as well as ten goats were in the hut at that time.

    Shrawan Kumar, a six-year old boy, was playing in his house at a distance of about 200 feet. Seeing smoke coming out from Jhalaram’s house, he ran towards it. He saw the children sitting on a cot and screaming for help, and the goats caught in the flames. Shrawan entered the house, lifted the younger child in
    one arm and pulling the older one by the hand, brought them out safely. He took them to his house, then ran to inform his father and the children’s father. The elders rushed to the site. But by that time, the goats
    had died and the household belongings had been destroyed in the fire. It was Shrawan Kumar’s daring act that saved the lives of the two children.

    (Shrawan Kumar, 6 years old, Sarneshwar, Rajasthan)
    (Source: Children’s World, May 2012)

    Your teacher will read out the story. Listen to the story carefully and answer the questions below. You may ask the teacher to read out the story more than once.

    1. Where is the village of Sarneshwar?

    2. Whose hut had caught fire?

    3. Who all were there in the hut when it caught fire?

    4. Why did Shrawan run towards Jhalaram’s house?

    5. How did Shrawan save the two children?

    6. What happened to the goats?

    Answers:

    1. The village of Sarneshwar is in Rajasthan.

    2. Jhalaram’s hut had caught fire.

    3. The two daughters of Jhalaram, aged two-and-a-half years and one year, as well as ten goats, were in the hut when it caught fire.

    4. Shrawan ran towards Jhalaram’s house because he saw smoke coming out from it.

    5. Shrawan saved the two children by entering the house, lifting the younger child in one arm, and pulling the older one by the hand, bringing them out safely.

    6. The goats died in the fire.

    Speaking

    Imagine yourself as the narrator in the story ‘The Miraculous Escape’ and describe your experience during your voyage. Jot down the points you want to speak on. Then narrate your experience to your partner. You may begin like this:

    I have been thinking of going on a voyage. And here came the opportunity to sail on a ship! I enjoyed the bule sea, the silence all around, amazing sunrise for a week. Then suddenly one day……

    Your Points:

    Answers:

    1. Introduction to the Voyage:

    Mention how you had been thinking about going on a voyage for a long time.

    Explain how you finally got the opportunity to sail on a ship and began your journey.

    2. The Beauty of the Sea:

    Describe the peacefulness and beauty of the blue sea around you.

    Mention the serene atmosphere and amazing sunrises you witnessed during the first week of the voyage.

    3. The Storm:

    Explain how, suddenly, your ship was caught in a terrible storm after the fourth day.

    Describe how the storm lasted for several days, exhausting everyone and pushing the ship near a dreaded island.

    4. The Search for Food and Water:

    Talk about how, after the storm, you and your companions were extremely tired and hungry.

    Mention how you found fruit trees and fresh water, which gave you strength and relief from hunger.

    5. The Serpent Encounter:

    Describe the terrifying moment when you were startled by the sound of a huge serpent.

    Explain how the serpent swallowed one of your companions and how you managed to escape, only to face another danger.

    6. The Danger on the Tree:

    Narrate how you took shelter in a tree, but the serpent followed you and swallowed another of your companions.

    Talk about your fear and how you clung tightly to the tree, too scared to move.

    7. The Escape Plan:

    Describe how you decided to act fast and built a makeshift shelter with dry wood and bushes to protect yourself from the serpent.

    Mention how you waited inside the shelter while the serpent circled the tree, unable to break through your defense.

    8. The Rescue:

    Explain how, after spending the whole night in fear, you saw a ship sailing in the distance the next day.

    Talk about how you shouted and waved to attract attention, leading to your rescue.

    9. Conclusion:

    Reflect on how you felt after your miraculous escape and what you learned from this terrifying experience.

    “I have been thinking of going on a voyage. And here came the opportunity to sail on a ship! I enjoyed the blue sea, the silence all around, and amazing sunrises for a week. Then, suddenly one day, our ship was caught in a terrible storm. The storm lasted for days, pushing us near a dreaded island. After the storm passed, we searched for food and water. While we were resting, a huge serpent attacked, swallowing one of my companions. In the panic, we climbed a tree, but it followed us. I had to think quickly and built a shelter to protect myself from the serpent. The next morning, I saw a ship in the distance. I waved and shouted for help, and they rescued me! That was my miraculous escape from danger.”

    Project

    1. The stories of ‘The Snake and the Mirror’ and ‘The Miraculous Escape’ show how people face danger and are scared of animals. As children, many of us fear stray dogs. Both adults and children are scared of snakes. Fear exists in most of us. Some fears have bases and others do not. Let us conduct a survey of what people fear about. You may follow the guidelines given below.

    Form groups of four, and select an area for your survey. It may be your classmates, teachers or people in your neighborhood.

    Develop a questionnaire to collect information about the fears people have. You may have at least eight to ten question.

    Decide how many people you will ask the questions for the survey.

    Ask people the questions.

    Write their opinions in tabular form.

    Now write the first draft of the report.

    You may add graphic representations of the information and the data
    collected.

    Edit and write the report to make it final.

    Present it in a report form to the class.

    You can also make a PowerPoint presentation

    Answers:

    Step 1: Form Groups

    • Form a group of four students. Assign specific roles (e.g., questionnaire creator, survey conductor, data collector, report writer).

    Step 2: Select an Area for Your Survey

    • You can conduct the survey among your classmates, teachers, or people in your neighborhood. Decide on the target group based on convenience.

    Step 3: Develop a Questionnaire

    • Create a set of questions that will help you understand people’s fears. Below are some sample questions to get you started:
      1. What is your biggest fear?
      2. Do you fear animals (e.g., dogs, snakes, insects)? If yes, which one?
      3. Do you fear the dark?
      4. Are you afraid of heights?
      5. Are you scared of public speaking?
      6. Do you fear specific situations (e.g., exams, traveling)?
      7. Have you ever been in a dangerous situation that caused fear? Describe it.
      8. Do you think some fears are irrational?
      9. What do you do when you are scared?
      10. Do you think fears can be overcome? How?

    Step 4: Decide on the Number of People for the Survey

    • Select at least 15–20 people for a meaningful sample. Ensure a diverse range of ages, genders, and backgrounds for your survey.

    Step 5: Ask People the Questions

    • Go around your school or neighborhood and ask the selected people the questions. Note down their responses in a clear and organized manner.

    Step 6: Record the Data in Tabular Form

    • Create a table to organize the data you have collected. For example:
    PersonBiggest FearFears AnimalsFear of HeightsFear of Public SpeakingFears SituationsReaction to Fear
    Person 1SnakesYes (Snakes)YesNoExamsAvoids it
    Person 2DarknessYes (Dogs)NoYesNoneFaces it
    Person 3FailureYes (Spiders)YesYesPublic SpeakingRuns away

    Step 7: Write the First Draft of the Report

    Introduction:

    • Introduce the topic of fear and its significance.
    • Mention the objective of the survey and the method you used (questions, target group).

    Data Analysis:

    • Describe the findings from the survey.
    • Present patterns, common fears, and any surprising results.
    • Include any notable differences in the data (e.g., gender-based differences in fear).

    Conclusions:

    • Sum up the key findings.
    • Discuss how fear influences people differently.
    • Add suggestions or thoughts on overcoming certain fears.

    Step 8: Graphic Representations

    • To make the report visually appealing, use graphs or charts to represent the data (e.g., bar charts showing the most common fears, pie charts for specific animal fears, etc.).

    Step 9: Edit and Finalize the Report

    • After writing the first draft, revise the report for clarity and coherence.
    • Make sure the language is appropriate and the report flows logically.

    Step 10: PowerPoint Presentation

    • Create a PowerPoint presentation summarizing your report. Include:
      • Introduction
      • Key survey questions and responses (with visuals)
      • Data interpretation
      • Conclusion

  • Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Unit 4 solutions

    Here we have provided Class 9 English NCERT book words and expressions Chapter 4 solutions. Questions an d answers is given in this post. Increase your knowledge by reading this post.

    Reading Comprehension

    Read the passage below and answer the questions that follow.

    Text I

    The World as I see it

    In my opinion, the present symptoms of decadence are explained by the fact that the development of industry and machinery has made the struggle for existence very much more severe, greatly to the detriment of the free development of the individual. But the development of machinery means that less and less work is needed from the individual for the satisfaction of the community’s needs. A planned division of labour is becoming more and more of a crying necessity and this division will lead to the material security of the individual. This security and the spare time and energy which the individual will have at his command can be made to further his development. In this way the community may regain its health, and we will hope that future historians will explain the morbid symptoms of present-day society as the childhood ailments of an aspiring humanity, due entirely to the excessive speed at which civilisation was advancing.
    (An extract from The World As I See It by A. Einstein)

    1. What is responsible for the present degradation of individual development?

    2. What is the meaning of development in relation to individuals?

    3. What is the ‘planned division of labour”? How will it be helpful in human development?

    4. What does the phrase ‘symptoms of decadence’ mean in the opening line?

    (a) diagnosis of degradation
    (b) warning signs of depravity
    (c) signs of prosperity
    (d) diagnosis of indifference

    5. The phrase ‘crying necessity’ in the opening paragraph means:

    (a) urgent need
    (b) weeping need
    (c) sad need
    (d) average need

    6. Circle the odd one out

    (a) presence, distance, existence, being, alive
    (b) possible,feasible,probable,unthinkable, obtainable
    (c) violence, assault, roughness, passivity, fierceness
    (d) conflict, contest, contention, rivalry, accord
    (e) consolation, compassion, annoyance, sympathy,
    support

    Answers:

    1. What is responsible for the present degradation of individual development?

    The development of industry and machinery is responsible for the present degradation of individual development. It has made the struggle for existence much more severe, which hinders the free development of individuals.

    2. What is the meaning of development in relation to individuals?

    Development in relation to individuals refers to their growth in terms of material security, free time, energy, and personal advancement, which can be used to enhance their overall well-being and potential.

    3. What is the ‘planned division of labour’? How will it be helpful in human development?

    The ‘planned division of labour’ refers to a systematic distribution of work within society. It is essential for ensuring material security for individuals, freeing up their time and energy for self-development and contributing to societal health.

    4. What does the phrase ‘symptoms of decadence’ mean in the opening line?

    (b) warning signs of depravity

    5. The phrase ‘crying necessity’ in the opening paragraph means:

    (a) urgent need

    6. Circle the odd one out

    (a) presence, distance, existence, being, alive (Odd one out: distance; others refer to states of being)

    (b) possible, feasible, probable, unthinkable, obtainable (Odd one out: unthinkable; others are positive terms related to possibility)

    (c) violence, assault, roughness, passivity, fierceness (Odd one out: passivity; others are aggressive or active)

    (d) conflict, contest, contention, rivalry, accord (Odd one out: accord; others imply conflict)

    (e) consolation, compassion, annoyance, sympathy, support (Odd one out: annoyance; others are positive emotions)

    Text II

    Read the following text and answer the questions.

    When Einstein wrote to Gandhi

    In 1931, Albert Einstein wrote the following short letter of admiration to another of the world’s greatest minds, Mohandas Gandhi. Despite their intentions, the pair never met in person. Respected Mr. Gandhi,
    I use the presence of your friend in our home to send you these lines. You have shown through your words, that it is possible to succeed without violence even with those who have not discarded the method of violence. We may hope that your example will spread beyond the borders of the country,
    and will help to establish an international authority, respected by all, that will take decisions and replace war conflicts.
    With sincere admiration
    Yours
    (Signed, ‘A. Einstein’)
    I hope that I will be able to meet you face to face someday.

    Gandhi’s response
    LONDON,
    October 18, 1931
    DEAR FRIEND,

    I was delighted to have your beautiful letter sent through Sundaram. It is great consolation to me that the work I am doing finds favour in your sight. I do indeed wish that we could meet face to face and that too in India at my Ashram.
    Yours Sincerely
    (Signed, ‘M.K Gandhi’)

    (Source: Letters of Note, Volume 2, by Shaun Usher)

    1. Albert Einstein admired M.K. Gandhi because:

    (a) Gandhi discarded the method of violence.
    (b) Gandhi showed that it is possible to succeed without violence with those who have discarded the method of violence.
    (c) Gandhi showed that it is possible to succeed without violence only with those who have discarded the
    method of violence.
    (d) Gandhi showed that it is possible to succeed without violence with all irrespective of whether they have
    continued or discarded the method of violence.

    2. Where did Gandhi wish to meet Einstein?

    (a) his residence in London
    (b) his Ashram in India
    (c) his Ashram in London
    (d) during his tour to London

    3. Why does Einstein want Gandhi’s example to go beyond India?

    4. You have read the chapter and the exchange of letters between A. Einstein and M. K. Gandhi. What similarities do you find in the ideas of both the personalities?

    5. Find the opposites of the words given below from Einstein’s letter.
    (a) impossible_________________________
    (b) fail_________________________________
    (c) peace______________________________
    (d) absence____________________________
    (e) enemy_____________________________

    6. In the context of Gandhi’s response to Einstein’s letter, ‘finds favour in your sight’ means:
    (a) satisfied you
    (b) delighted you
    (c) appreciated by you
    (d) not accepted by you

    Answers:

    1. Albert Einstein admired M.K. Gandhi because: (d) Gandhi showed that it is possible to succeed without violence with all irrespective of whether they have continued or discarded the method of violence.

    2. Where did Gandhi wish to meet Einstein? (b) his Ashram in India

    3. Why does Einstein want Gandhi’s example to go beyond India?

    Einstein hopes that Gandhi’s example will spread beyond the borders of India and help establish an international authority that will take decisions and replace war conflicts.

    4. You have read the chapter and the exchange of letters between A. Einstein and M. K. Gandhi. What similarities do you find in the ideas of both the personalities?

    Both Einstein and Gandhi advocated for non-violence and peace. They believed in achieving success without the use of violence and aimed for global harmony. They both hoped for a better world where war conflicts would be replaced by peaceful solutions.

    5. Find the opposites of the words given below from Einstein’s letter. (a) impossible → possible
    (b) fail → succeed
    (c) peace → violence
    (d) absence → presence
    (e) enemy → friend

    6. In the context of Gandhi’s response to Einstein’s letter, ‘finds favour in your sight’ means:
    (c) appreciated by you

    Text II

    If

    If you can keep your head when all about you Are losing theirs and blaming it on you; If you can trust yourself when all men doubt you, But make allowance for their doubting too; If you can wait and not be tired by waiting, Or, being lied about, don’t deal in lies, Or, being hated, don’t give way to hating, And yet don’t look too good, nor talk too wise; If you can dream—and not make dreams your master; If you can think—and not make thoughts your aim; If you can meet with triumph and disaster And treat those two impostors just the same; If you can bear to hear the truth you’ve spoken Twisted by knaves to make a trap for fools, Or watch the things you gave your life to broken, And stoop and build ‘em up with wornout tools; If you can make one heap of all your winnings And risk it on one turn of pitch-and-toss, And lose, and start again at your beginnings And never breathe a word about your loss; If you can force your heart and nerve and sinew To serve your turn long after they are gone, And so hold on when there is nothing in you Except the Will which says to them: “Hold on”; If you can talk with crowds and keep your virtue, Or walk with kings—nor lose the common touch; If neither foes nor loving friends can hurt you; If all men count with you, but none too much; If you can fill the unforgiving minute With sixty seconds’ worth of distance run— Yours is the Earth and everything that’s in it, And—which is more—you’ll be a Man, my son!
    —Rudyard Kipling

    1. Which lines in the poem tell us to have self control, a clear head and not to become bitter people speak against us? Stanza1

    2. One must be just as graceful in losing as he is in winning. What are the poem that can replace the underline ones? Stanza 2

    3. In the third stanza what does the poet mean by ‘And lose, and start again?

    4. There is a necessity treat all people equal and amidst people we should not lose our self ‘who we are”? How has the poet expressed this in the fourth stanza?

    5. List two things from each stanza that we can do to make the Earth ours, as given in the poem.

    Answers:

    1. Which lines in the poem tell us to have self-control, a clear head, and not to become bitter when people speak against us?
    The lines from the first stanza that emphasize self-control, a clear head, and not becoming bitter when people speak against us are:

    “If you can keep your head when all about you
    Are losing theirs and blaming it on you;”

    “Or, being lied about, don’t deal in lies,
    Or, being hated, don’t give way to hating.”

    2. One must be just as graceful in losing as he is in winning. What are the words from the poem that can replace the underlined ones?
    The words from the second stanza that replace the idea of being graceful in both losing and winning are:

    “If you can meet with triumph and disaster
    And treat those two impostors just the same.”

    3. In the third stanza, what does the poet mean by ‘And lose, and start again’?
    The poet means that after losing everything (perhaps after taking a big risk or facing failure), one should have the courage to start from scratch without complaining or being discouraged. It reflects resilience and perseverance in the face of loss.

    4. There is a necessity to treat all people equally, and amidst people, we should not lose our sense of ‘who we are.’ How has the poet expressed this in the fourth stanza?
    In the fourth stanza, the poet expresses this idea with these lines:

    “If you can talk with crowds and keep your virtue,
    Or walk with kings—nor lose the common touch;” This means that whether you are among ordinary people (crowds) or influential ones (kings), you should remain true to yourself and maintain your integrity without losing your sense of self.

    5. List two things from each stanza that we can do to make the Earth ours, as given in the poem.

    Stanza 1:

    Keep your head when others are losing theirs.

    Trust yourself when others doubt you but understand their doubts.

    Stanza 2:

    Treat triumph and disaster as impostors.

    Hear the truth you spoke twisted and still remain strong.

    Stanza 3:

    Risk everything and, if lost, start again without complaining.

    Push your heart, nerve, and sinew to keep going even when you are exhausted.

    Stanza 4:

    Walk with kings without losing the common touch.

    Make the most of every minute by filling it with effort and purpose.

    Vocabulary

    1. Read the paragraph mentioned against explanation and find out the words in that paragraph which best match the explanation given. Refer to the chapter ‘A Truly Beautiful Mind’ given in your textbook, Beehive.

    (a) A word used disapprovingly to talk about a person who is unusual and doesn’t behave like others._________________(paragraph 1)
    (b) Taking part in an activity for pleasure, not as a job.________________(paragraph 3)
    (c) Respecting and allowing many different types of beliefs or behaviour._____(paragraph 5)
    (d) A person who is lacking in or hostile or smugly indifferent to cultural values, intellectual pursuits,
    etc.____________________(paragraph 7)
    (e) Relating to work that needs special training or education.______________(paragraph 8)

    2. Einstein was a world citizen.

    This means he does not belong to one country because his contributions to science and the society have moved beyond the borders of his country. ‘World’ has different meanings in a variety of contexts.

    Read the sentences given below and find out the meanings of ‘world’ in each sentence.

    (a) My mother means the world to me.

    (b) Vasco da Gama sailed round the world.

    (c) He is a big name in the world of fashion.

    (d) Stars from the sporting and artistic worlds participate in the function.

    (e) She is a simple person in real world as well as in the movies.

    Answers:

    1. Find the words from the chapter ‘A Truly Beautiful Mind’ that match the explanations:

    (a) Eccentric
    (Paragraph 1: A word used disapprovingly to talk about a person who is unusual and doesn’t behave like others.)

    (b) Amateur
    (Paragraph 3: Taking part in an activity for pleasure, not as a job.)

    (c) Liberal
    (Paragraph 5: Respecting and allowing many different types of beliefs or behavior.)

    (d) Philistine
    (Paragraph 7: A person who is lacking in or hostile or smugly indifferent to cultural values, intellectual pursuits, etc.)

    (e) Professional
    (Paragraph 8: Relating to work that needs special training or education.)

    2. Meanings of ‘world’ in different sentences:

    (a) My mother means the world to me.
    Meaning: My mother is the most important person in my life.

    (b) Vasco da Gama sailed round the world.
    Meaning: Vasco da Gama sailed around the entire Earth.

    (c) He is a big name in the world of fashion.
    Meaning: He is famous in the field or industry of fashion.

    (d) Stars from the sporting and artistic worlds participate in the function.
    Meaning: Celebrities from the fields of sports and arts participate in the function.

    (e) She is a simple person in real world as well as in the movies.
    Meaning: She behaves similarly in her personal life (reality) as she does in movies.

    Grammar

    Participate Clause

    You have read about and done exercises on participate clauses (Beehive, P. 52). We know that participate clause is a form of adverbial clause which enables us to say information in a more economical way. We can use participate clauses when the participate and verb in the main clauses have the same subject.

    Example: Waiting for John, I made some tea.

    1. choose the correct option for the sentences below.

    (a) Waiting fort he doctor, ______________________________________________________________
    [a big noise scared everybody, Dave read a magazine, the alarm went off]

    (b) ________________________________________ in the jungle, George had to find the way out on this own. [having. lost, lost, losing]

    (c) _____________________________________ our pottery will last for generations. [treating with care/you treat with care/treated with care]

    (e) ______________________________________________ a holiday, all the banks were closed. [having been/been/being]

    2. Join the following sentences using a present-participate as given in the example.

    Example:

    We walked along the footpath. We saw an accident Walking along the footpath, we saw an accident.

    (Note: Out of the two actions, the one which takes place first is changed into present participle.)

    (a) He stood by the side of a temple. He speaks people to go in.

    (b) She came out of the room. She greeted the visitors.

    (c) He heard the news. He started crying.

    (d) He found the lock broken. He rang up the police.

    (e) He felt sleepy. He went to bed.

    Answers:

    1. Choose the correct option for the sentences below.

    (a) Waiting for the doctor,

    Dave read a magazine.
    (The action “waiting” and the action “reading” are being done by the same person, Dave.)

    (b) Having lost in the jungle, George had to find the way out on his own.
    (The action “losing” happens before “finding the way out.”)

    (c) Treated with care, our pottery will last for generations.
    (Here, the pottery being “treated with care” enables it to last for a long time.)

    (e) Being a holiday, all the banks were closed.
    (The state of “being a holiday” is the reason the banks were closed.)

    2. Join the following sentences using a present-participle as given in the example.

    (a) Standing by the side of a temple, he speaks to people to go in.

    (b) Coming out of the room, she greeted the visitors.

    (c) Hearing the news, he started crying.

    (d) Finding the lock broken, he rang up the police.

    (e) Feeling sleepy, he went to bed.

    Editing

    There is an error in each line. Underline the incorrect word and write the correct in the blank given. The first one has been done for you as an example.

    I entered the manager’s office and sat down. enter I have just lost five hundred rupees and I felt very upset.

    (a) _____________________________ “I leave the money in my desk,” I said, (b)________________ “and it is not there now”. The manger was very sympathetic but he can do nothing. (c)___________“Everyone loses money theses days,”(d) __________________ he said. He start to complain about this wicked world,
    (e)_______________________________but is interrupted by a knock at the door. (f)________.

    Answers:

    (a) have
    Correction: had
    “I had just lost five hundred rupees and I felt very upset.”

    (b) leave
    Correction: left
    “I left the money in my desk,” I said.

    (c) can
    Correction: could
    “The manager was very sympathetic but he could do nothing.”

    (d) theses
    Correction: these
    “Everyone loses money these days.”

    (e) start
    Correction: started
    “He started to complain about this wicked world.”

    (f) is
    Correction: was
    “But was interrupted by a knock at the door.”

    Listening

    Listen to the story given below. The teacher or your classmate will read the story aloud. Listen to it carefully and then answer the questions that follow.

    Gautama Buddha was journeying through the Kosala region. He was warned not to pass through the deep jungle, as it was the den of a famous robber chief, Angulimala. He was the terror of the whole countryside. He lived by plundering travellers and feared no one. He had committed many murders. All attempts to capture the inhuman Angulimala had failed. So he continued his crimes unpunished. The people of Kosala pleaded with the Buddha not to expose himself to the dangers of the robber’s territory. But Gautama Buddha knew no fear. The warnings of the people of Kosala did not affect him. He made his way into
    the jungle. Angulimala got enraged at this boldness. He was determined to kill the intruder. But when he saw the Buddha, calm and self-possessed, and heard his words of kindness, the robber hesitated. His arm, which had been uplifted to kill, fell helpless by his side. His wrath cooled, and he knelt down before the Buddha. He confessed all his sins and declared his faith in the Buddha. When the people saw the new disciple following his Master, they were amazed and could not believe that this was the ferocious man who had been a terror for so long. Angulimala became a monk. His past was forgotten, and he was widely respected for his holiness.

    1. Why did the people of Kosala warn the Buddha not to go into jungle?

    2. Why was Angulimala considered to be a terror?

    3. What enraged Angulimala when he saw the Buddha?

    4. Why did the robber hesitate to kill the Buddha?

    5. What kind of transformation took place in Angulimala?

    6. Why did people start respecting Angulimala?

    Answers:

    1. Why did the people of Kosala warn the Buddha not to go into the jungle?
    The people of Kosala warned the Buddha not to go into the jungle because it was the den of the famous robber chief Angulimala, who was feared by the whole countryside due to his crimes.

    2. Why was Angulimala considered to be a terror?
    Angulimala was considered a terror because he plundered travellers, committed many murders, and all attempts to capture him had failed. He was a threat to the entire region.

    3. What enraged Angulimala when he saw the Buddha?
    Angulimala was enraged by the boldness of the Buddha, as the Buddha fearlessly entered the jungle despite the warnings about the danger posed by Angulimala.

    4. Why did the robber hesitate to kill the Buddha?
    The robber hesitated to kill the Buddha because, upon seeing the Buddha’s calm and composed demeanor and hearing his kind words, his anger cooled, and he was moved by the Buddha’s peaceful presence.

    5. What kind of transformation took place in Angulimala?
    Angulimala experienced a profound transformation when he heard the Buddha’s teachings. He repented for his past crimes, confessed his sins, and declared his faith in the Buddha. He became a monk and devoted himself to a life of holiness.

    6. Why did people start respecting Angulimala?
    People started respecting Angulimala because he had transformed from a ferocious robber into a monk. His violent past was forgotten, and he was widely respected for his holiness and devotion to the teachings of the Buddha.

    Speaking

    A debate competition is being organised in your school. Take a stand for or against this statement: “Our happiness in life depends entirely on our mental attitude.” Prepare an outline of the main points in the order in which you wish to present them (in about 100 words), giving reasons for your point of view.

    Debate is a correct between two speakers or two groups of speakers to show skill and ability in arguing.

    A proposition, a question or a problem is required for this purpose, which can be spoken for or against.

    To participate in a debate, one must prepare for it. So, one must prepare an outline of the main points in
    the order in which one is going to argue.

    There are the limitations of time (only 5 to 6 minutes are allowed).

    The speaker addresses the audience.

    Every topic/subject has its own vocabulary. These must be learnt.

    The speaker addresses the Chair (Mr President/ Madam), ‘submits’ an argument, ‘appeals’ for sympathetic understanding and support, ‘questions’ the opponent’s views and ‘concludes’ an argument.

    Write the outline of the main points, then make a presentation in the class.

    Topic

    Introduce the topic with a quotation.

    Highlight the main points.

    Elaborate the points by arguing logically and convincingly.

    Give your opinion in the concluding paragraph.

    Answers:

    Debate Topic: “Our happiness in life depends entirely on our mental attitude.”

    Introduction: “Life is 10% what happens to us and 90% how we react to it.” – Charles R. Swindoll
    Our mental attitude shapes our perception of life’s circumstances, directly affecting our happiness.

    Main Points:

    1. Mental Attitude as the Key to Happiness:
      Happiness is subjective, and our interpretation of events depends on our mindset. A positive attitude leads to resilience and optimism, helping us find joy in small things.
    2. Circumstances vs. Attitude:
      External situations, such as wealth or success, bring temporary satisfaction, but long-lasting happiness is internal. A person with a positive attitude can find peace, regardless of material possessions.
    3. Health and Well-being:
      Research shows that a positive mental attitude contributes to better physical and mental health. People with optimistic outlooks are less stressed and more likely to recover from illnesses.
    4. Personal Growth and Relationships:
      A good mental attitude fosters growth and strong relationships. People with a positive mindset handle conflicts better, build stronger connections, and maintain emotional stability.

    Conclusion:
    Happiness is not dictated by external circumstances but by how we choose to react. A positive mental attitude is the foundation of lasting happiness, allowing us to face challenges with hope and gratitude.

    Writing

    In gruops of four, discuss in favour of or aganist the topic:

    “New teachnology is common, New thinking is rare.”

    Each group presents their points and the whole class brainstorms on the topic.

    Jot down all the points discussed.

    Write an argumentative article giving logical and relevant reasons along with your points of view.

    Project

    You have read about Stephen Hawking in Class VIII. Go through the text once again and gather information about his genius. You can also search web resources. Follow the steps given below and then write what made Hawking a genius.

    (i) Who is a genius?

    (ii) What are the attributes that makes a person a genius?

    (iii) How is Stephen Hawking a genius?

    (iv) What is he famous for?

    (v) What books has a he written?

    (vi) Refer to the obituaries written by people on him and find out his inspiring qualities.

    Answers:

    Project: Stephen Hawking – The Genius

    (i) Who is a genius?
    A genius is a person with exceptional intellectual or creative power or other natural ability. They demonstrate extraordinary ability or talent in a particular field, often contributing groundbreaking ideas or innovations that shape the future.

    (ii) What are the attributes that make a person a genius?

    Exceptional intellectual ability

    Creativity and original thinking

    Strong passion for their field of interest

    Persistence and resilience in the face of challenges

    The ability to inspire and influence others

    Ability to simplify complex concepts for better understanding

    A desire to push the boundaries of knowledge and innovation

    (iii) How is Stephen Hawking a genius?
    Stephen Hawking was a renowned theoretical physicist who made remarkable contributions to the field of cosmology, especially his work on black holes and the nature of the universe. Despite being diagnosed with ALS (amyotrophic lateral sclerosis) at the age of 21, which gradually paralyzed him, he continued his groundbreaking research using a speech-generating device. His intelligence, creativity, and determination were key factors that made him a genius. He was able to combine his deep understanding of physics with his imaginative thinking to solve complex problems in science.

    (iv) What is he famous for?
    Stephen Hawking is famous for his work on black holes, particularly the theory of Hawking radiation, which proposed that black holes emit radiation and can eventually evaporate. He also made significant contributions to the understanding of the Big Bang theory, cosmology, and the nature of time. His book, A Brief History of Time, became a global bestseller and introduced complex scientific concepts to the general public.

    (v) What books has he written?
    Some of Stephen Hawking’s most famous books include:

    A Brief History of Time (1988)

    The Universe in a Nutshell (2001)

    A Briefer History of Time (2005)

    The Grand Design (2010)

    Black Holes and Baby Universes and Other Essays (1993)
    These books reflect his ability to communicate complex scientific ideas in a manner accessible to people without a background in science.

    (vi) Refer to the obituaries written by people on him and find out his inspiring qualities.
    Stephen Hawking’s obituaries praised his immense intellect, but they also highlighted his remarkable resilience and determination. Despite his physical limitations due to ALS, he continued to work and inspire people around the world with his optimism. Hawking was admired for his courage in facing his physical disability without letting it hinder his intellectual pursuits. His sense of humor, combined with his passion for science, made him not only a brilliant mind but also an inspiring figure for people everywhere. He showed that one can overcome tremendous personal challenges to achieve greatness, making him a true inspiration for generations.

    In conclusion, Stephen Hawking’s genius was not just defined by his academic achievements but also by his ability to transcend physical limitations and inspire humanity through his work and spirit.

  • NCERT class 9 English Words and Expression chapter 3 solutions

    NCERT class 9 English chapter 3 solutions Words and Expressions solutions are provided here . Boost your English knowledge from here.

    Reading Comprehension

    Read the following text and answer the question that follow.

    Text 1

    This is an extract Harper Lee’s To kill a Mocking Bird. After supper, Atticus sat down with the paper and called, “Scout, ready to read?”. I ran crying, went to the front porch. Atticus followed me. “Something wrong, Scout?” I told Atticus I didn’t feel very well and didn’t think I’d go to school any more if it was alright with him. Atticus sat down in the swing and crossed his legs. His fingers wandered to his watch pocket; he said that was the only way he could think. He waited in amiable silence, and I sought to
    reinforce my position: “You never went to school and you do alright, so I’ll just stay home too. You can teach me like Granddaddy taught you ‘n’ Uncle Jack.” “No I can’t”, said Atticus. “I have to make a living. Besides, they’d put me in jail if I kept you at home. Now what’s the matter? Bit by bit, I told him the day’s misfortunes. “And the teacher said you taught me all wrong, so we can’t ever read any more,
    ever. Please don’t send me back, please Sir.” Atticus stood up and walked to the end of the porch. When he completed his examination of the wisteria vine he strolled back to me. “First of all”, he said, “if you can learn a simple trick, Scout, you’ll get along a lot better with all kinds of folks. You never really understand a person until you consider things from his point of view-” “Sir?” “-until you climb into his skin and walk around in it”. “But if I keep on goin’ to school, we can’t ever read any more…” “That’s really bothering you, isn’t it?” “Yes sir.” When Atticus looked down at me I saw the expression on his face that always made me expect something. “Do you know what a compromise is?”, he asked. “Bending the law?” “No, an agreement reached by mutual concessions. It works this way”, he said. “If you’ll concede the necessity of going to school, we’ll go on reading every night just as we always have. Is it a bargain?” “Yes sir!”
    “We’ll consider it sealed without the usual formality”, Atticus said, when he saw me preparing to spit.
    As I opened the front screen door Atticus said, “By the way, Scout, you’d better not say anything at school about our agreement”. “Why not?” “I’m afraid our activities would be received with considerable disapprobation by the more learned authorities.” My brother and I were accustomed to our father’s
    diction, and we were at all times free to interrupt Atticus for a translation when it was beyond our understanding. “Huh, Sir?” “I never went to school”, he said, “but I have a feeling that if you tell Miss Caroline we read every night she’ll get after me, and I wouldn’t want her after me”.

    1. Why was Scout, the little girl upset? _______________________________________________________________________.

    (a) She didn’t like being told what to do.
    (b) She didn’t want to read with her father.
    (c) She didn’t want to stop reading with her father.
    (d) She didn’t want to read with her teacher.

    2. How did Atticus, her father, react to her outburst?___________________________________________________.

    (a) He was angry.
    (b) He was patient.
    (c) He was annoyed.
    (d) He was sad.

    3. What little advice did Atticus give to his little girl to cope up with situations that might upset her?

    (a) to know and understand that life isn’t fair.
    (b) to stay calm and then run away from the problem.
    (c) to try and see from the other person’s point of view.
    (d) to face her fears by expressing how she felt.

    4. How was the matter eventually resolved? ___________________________________________________________.

    (a) Atticus agreed to allow her to learn from home.
    (b) Atticus agreed to continue reading as before.
    (c) Atticus agreed to speak to her teacher.
    (d) Atticus agreed to allow only the teacher to teach
    her

    5. “I’m afraid our activities would be received with considerable disapprobation by the more learned authorities.” In this context, the word ‘disapprobation’ might mean __________________________________.

    (a) disapproval
    (b) disturbance
    (c) disgrace
    (d) disorientation

    6. Atticus decided to come to a compromise and to read to Scout but asked her not to mention it to her teacher because _______________________________________.

    (a) he respected the wishes of the teacher yet didn’t want to disappoint his daughter.

    (b) he might get into trouble with the teacher who might come after him.

    (c) he only cared for his daughter and thought the teacher was incorrect.

    (d) he was afraid that the teacher may not like it and Scout might get into trouble.

    7. The word ‘reinforce’ means the following—fortify, brace, stiffen, strengthen, underpin.

    Find the contextual meaning of ‘reinforce’ in the passage. _____________________________________________.

    Answers:

    1. Why was Scout, the little girl upset?
      She didn’t want to stop reading with her father.
      (c) She didn’t want to stop reading with her father.
    2. How did Atticus, her father, react to her outburst?
      He was patient.
      (b) He was patient.
    3. What little advice did Atticus give to his little girl to cope up with situations that might upset her?
      To try and see from the other person’s point of view.
      (c) To try and see from the other person’s point of view.
    4. How was the matter eventually resolved?
      Atticus agreed to continue reading as before.
      (b) Atticus agreed to continue reading as before.
    5. “I’m afraid our activities would be received with considerable disapprobation by the more learned authorities.” In this context, the word ‘disapprobation’ might mean
      disapproval.
      (a) disapproval
    6. Atticus decided to come to a compromise and to read to Scout but asked her not to mention it to her teacher because
      he respected the wishes of the teacher yet didn’t want to disappoint his daughter.
      (a) He respected the wishes of the teacher yet didn’t want to disappoint his daughter.
    7. The word ‘reinforce’ means the following—fortify, brace, stiffen, strengthen, underpin.
      Find the contextual meaning of ‘reinforce’ in the passage.
      Strengthen her argument or position.

    Text II

    Read the poem and answer the question given below. You can recite too to appreciate the idea in the poem.

    Poem at Thirty-Nine

    How I miss my father.
    I wish he had not been
    so tired
    when I was
    born.
    Writing deposit slips and cheques
    I think of him.
    He taught me how.
    This is the form,
    he must have said:
    the way it is done.
    I learned to see
    bits of paper
    as a way
    to escape
    the life he knew
    and even in high school
    had a savings
    account.
    He taught me
    that telling the truth
    did not always mean
    a beating;
    though many of my truths
    must have grieved him
    before the end.
    How I miss my father!
    He cooked like a person
    dancing
    in a yoga meditation
    and craved the voluptuous
    sharing
    of good food.
    Now I look and cook just like him:
    my brain light;
    tossing this and that
    into the pot;
    seasoning none of my life
    the same way twice; happy to feed
    whoever strays my way.
    He would have grown
    to admire
    the woman I’ve become:
    cooking, writing, chopping wood,
    staring into the fire.

    —Alice Walker

    1. What made Alice Walker open a savings account in
    High School?

    2. What lesson did her father give her on telling the truth?

    3. Tick the correct answer.

    What does ‘dancing in yoga meditation’ mean in the poem?

    (a) To cook relaxedly with full concentration.
    (b) To cook while doing yoga exercises.
    (c) To cook food after doing yoga meditation.
    (d) Take lessons in cooking by joining class on yoga
    meditation.

    4. Fill in the blank to complete the following statement.

    Alice Walker becomes nostalgic for her father and wishes, had he been alive he would have admired her
    for ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

    5. Why do think the title of the poem is ‘Poem at Thirty-Nine?

    _______________________________________________________________________________________________________

    Answers:

    1. What made Alice Walker open a savings account in high school?
      Her father taught her how to handle money, such as writing deposit slips and cheques. This practical knowledge led her to open a savings account in high school as a way to escape the life her father knew.
    2. What lesson did her father give her on telling the truth?
      Her father taught her that telling the truth did not always mean a beating, even though many of her truths might have caused him grief.
    3. Tick the correct answer.
      What does ‘dancing in yoga meditation’ mean in the poem?
      (a) To cook relaxedly with full concentration.
    4. Fill in the blank to complete the following statement.
      Alice Walker becomes nostalgic for her father and wishes, had he been alive, he would have admired her for
      the woman she has become: cooking, writing, chopping wood, and staring into the fire.
    5. Why do you think the title of the poem is ‘Poem at Thirty-Nine’?
      The title suggests that the poet is reflecting on her life and her relationship with her father at the age of thirty-nine. It marks a moment of looking back on the lessons she learned from her father and how they shaped the person she has become.

    Vocabulary

    1. Look at the words—see, watch, look at, view, observe, catch, glimpse. These are all synonyms. Fill in the
    blanks with appropriate words. You can change the tense where it is required.

    (a) We ________________________a television programme on tourism in India. It was very informative.

    (b) Somebody is keeping a ______________ over the tower.

    (c) The ___________________from the cliff is panoramic.

    (d) You can’t afford to fall sick again,_____ your diet.

    (e) She ______________________________the amazing view and drew a picture.

    (f) If you are able to ________________________a _________ of dancing dolphins, you are lucky.

    3. Study the use girl of the word ‘little’ in the following sentence:

    To the little girl he was a figure to be feared.
    Here, little means small in size.

    Now, consult a dictionary and find out the meaning of little in the following sentences. The first one has ben done for you.

    My little sister – young or younger sister

    (a) I was a bodyguard for a little while: ___________________________________________________________________

    (b) This little car does have a few problems: ______________________________________________________________

    (c) We got a little help from a training scheme: ____________________________________________________________

    (d) I have little doubt of their identity: ____________________________________________________________________

    Answers:

    (a) We watched a television programme on tourism in India. It was very informative.
    (b) Somebody is keeping a watch over the tower.
    (c) The view from the cliff is panoramic.
    (d) You can’t afford to fall sick again, watch your diet.
    (e) She observed the amazing view and drew a picture.
    (f) If you are able to catch a glimpse of dancing dolphins, you are lucky.

    Study the use of the word ‘little’ in the following sentences:

    (a) I was a bodyguard for a little while: for a short period of time.
    (b) This little car does have a few problems: small in size.
    (c) We got a little help from a training scheme: a small amount of help.
    (d) I have little doubt of their identity: not much doubt.

    Grammar

    1. Read the following passage and underline the reporting verbs.

    (i) Anu’s mother agreed that Anu could go to the party but cautioned her not to have too many sweets. The dentist has advised her not to eat too many sweets.

    (ii) Anita reminded Leena to buy milk and keep it in the fridge because Vrinda wanted to have coffee in the evening. Leena insisted that she would only make coffee. Anita agreed to her request.

    (iii) We decided to go to our village near Goa on holiday. Mona recommended going to the beach. The coast guard advised us against going into the water. He also warned us about the weak bridge. He warned
    the children not to cross the bridge there. We thanked him and went back.

    (iv) The teacher explained the functioning of the heart with the help of a model. He wished us good luck for our practical exam. He also reminded us that the classes would resume from Tuesday.

    Answers:

    (i) Anu’s mother agreed that Anu could go to the party but cautioned her not to have too many sweets. The dentist has advised her not to eat too many sweets.

    (ii) Anita reminded Leena to buy milk and keep it in the fridge because Vrinda wanted to have coffee in the evening. Leena insisted that she would only make coffee. Anita agreed to her request.

    (iii) We decided to go to our village near Goa on holiday. Mona recommended going to the beach. The coast guard advised us against going into the water. He also warned us about the weak bridge. He warned the children not to cross the bridge there. We thanked him and went back.

    (iv) The teacher explained the functioning of the heart with the help of a model. He wished us good luck for our practical exam. He also reminded us that the classes would resume from Tuesday.

    Editing

    1. Use capital letters, full-stops, commas and inverted commas wherever necessary in the following paragraph. Rewrite the paragraph in the space given below.

    My little 10 years daughter Sarah was born with a muscle missing in her foot and wears a brace all the time. she came home jumping up and down one beafutiful spring day to tell me that she had competed in “field day”- that’s where they have lots of races and other competitive events because of her leg support my mind raced as I tried to think of encouragement for my sarah i wanted to tell some hard facts of life not letting this to get her down But, before I could get my word out, she said, Daddy, I won two of the
    races! I couldn’t believe that! and then Sarah came out with a declaration, I had an advantage. Ah, i knew it. i thought she must have been given a head start, some kind of physical advantage. but again, before I could say anything, she said, Daddy, i didn’t get a head start… my advantage was that i didn’t give in i had to try harder!
    That’s my Sarah.

    2. Rearrange each set of words to make sentences. Use appropriate punctuation marks.

    (a) a resident of Noida near Delhi/is visually impaired/ George Abraham.

    (b) confidence and competitive spirit/and infuses discipline among the participants/ it provides

    (c) he has helped/the brain behind the World Cup Cricket/the disable to dream

    (d) to the blind school in Delhi/it was a chance visit/ that changed his life

    Answers:

    My little 10-year-old daughter, Sarah, was born with a muscle missing in her foot and wears a brace all the time. She came home jumping up and down one beautiful spring day to tell me that she had competed in the “Field Day” — that’s where they have lots of races and other competitive events. Because of her leg support, my mind raced as I tried to think of encouragement for my Sarah. I wanted to tell her some hard facts of life, not letting this get her down. But, before I could get my words out, she said, “Daddy, I won two of the races!” I couldn’t believe that! And then Sarah came out with a declaration, “I had an advantage.” Ah, I knew it. I thought she must have been given a head start, some kind of physical advantage. But again, before I could say anything, she said, “Daddy, I didn’t get a head start… my advantage was that I didn’t give in. I had to try harder!” That’s my Sarah.

    (a) George Abraham, a resident of Noida near Delhi, is visually impaired.

    (b) It provides confidence and competitive spirit, and infuses discipline among the participants.

    (c) He has helped the disabled to dream, and he is the brain behind the World Cup Cricket.

    (d) It was a chance visit to the blind school in Delhi that changed his life.

    Listening

    Listen to the song twice. Answer the questions that follow. Then sing the song together.

    Que Sera, Sera
    When I was just a little girl
    I asked my mother
    What will I be
    Will I be pretty?
    Will I be rich?
    Here’s what she said to me
    Que sera, sera
    Whatever will be, will be
    The future’s not ours to see
    Que sera, sera
    What will be, will be
    When I grew up and fell in love
    I asked my sweetheart
    What lies ahead
    Will we have rainbows?
    Day after day
    Here’s what my sweetheart said
    Que sera, sera
    Whatever will be, will be
    The future’s not ours to see
    Que sera, sera
    What will be, will be
    Now I have Children of my own
    They ask their mother
    What will I be?
    Will I be handsome?
    Will I be rich?
    I tell them tenderly
    Que sera, sera
    Whatever will be, will be
    The future’s not ours to see
    Que sera, sera
    What will be, will be
    Que Sera, Sera
    (It is a popular song written by the song writing team of
    Jay Livingston and Ray Evans in 1956.)

    1. What are the questions the poet asked her mother when she was a little girl?

    2. What was her mother’s reply?

    3. She asked a question to her sweetheart. What was it?

    4. What was his answer? Was it simillar to that of her mother’s?

    5. Now the poet has become a mother. What questions do her children ask her?

    6. What is her answer to her children?

    Answers:

    1. What are the questions the poet asked her mother when she was a little girl?

    The poet asked her mother:

    What will I be?

    Will I be pretty?

    Will I be rich?

    2. What was her mother’s reply?

    Her mother’s reply was:

    “Que sera, sera, Whatever will be, will be, The future’s not ours to see.”

    3. She asked a question to her sweetheart. What was it?

    She asked her sweetheart:

    “What lies ahead? Will we have rainbows? Day after day?”

    4. What was his answer? Was it similar to that of her mother’s?

    His answer was also:

    “Que sera, sera, Whatever will be, will be, The future’s not ours to see.”

    Yes, his answer was similar to that of her mother’s.

    5. Now the poet has become a mother. What questions do her children ask her?

    Her children ask her:

    “What will I be?
    Will I be handsome?
    Will I be rich?”

    6. What is her answer to her children?

    Her answer to her children is:

    “Que sera, sera, Whatever will be, will be, The future’s not ours to see.”

    Speaking

    Look at the questions given below. Discuss with your partner. Jot down the points and make an oral presentation in the class.

    1. Do you have questions about your future?

    2. Whom do you discuss them with?

    3. How often do you discuss your worries or queries
    with your parents?

    4. Whom do you feel most comfortable sharing them with?

    Your Points

    Answers:

    1. Do you have questions about your future?

    Yes, I do have questions about my future, such as:

    What career path should I follow?

    Will I be successful in the job I choose?

    Will I be happy and fulfilled in my future life?

    2. Whom do you discuss them with?

    I usually discuss my questions about the future with:

    My parents, because they offer valuable advice based on their experiences.

    Close friends or mentors, as they can offer different perspectives.

    Sometimes, I discuss with teachers or colleagues who have been through similar situations.

    3. How often do you discuss your worries or queries with your parents?

    I discuss my worries with my parents frequently:

    When I am unsure about my studies, career choices, or any personal challenges.

    Generally, I talk to them about my future plans when I feel anxious or need guidance.

    These discussions happen at least once a week, but more often when I am going through a significant decision-making phase.

    4. Whom do you feel most comfortable sharing them with?

    I feel most comfortable sharing my future worries with:

    My parents, as I trust their wisdom and experience.

    A close friend who understands me well and doesn’t judge me.

    A mentor or someone I admire who provides helpful and constructive advice.

    Writing

    Write a letter to your parents appreciating them for all the little things they do. You appreciate them, but have never had or taken the time to express it to them.

    Here’s a letter appreciating your parents for all they do:


    Shalu Rani
    House 8 Street 12
    Muzaffarnagr, Uttar Pardesh,
    12-Jauary- 2025

    Dear Mom and Dad,

    I hope you both are doing well. I’ve been meaning to write this letter for a while, but I never really found the right time or words to express what’s been on my mind. I’ve realized that I don’t tell you often enough how much I appreciate all the little things you do for me. You always go out of your way to make sure I have everything I need, and even the things I don’t always notice.

    From the way you always make sure I’m taken care of, whether it’s packing my lunch, reminding me about important things, or making my favorite meals after a long day, these things mean so much to me. It’s not just the big sacrifices, but the small gestures—the quiet acts of love that make all the difference.

    I know I can sometimes get busy with my own life, but I want you to know that I notice and I’m so grateful for everything you’ve done and continue to do. You’ve both given me a safe place, unwavering support, and a sense of peace that has allowed me to grow into who I am today. I could never fully express how much it means to me, but I wanted to take a moment to let you know that I love you and appreciate you deeply.

    Thank you for being my rock, my guide, and the people who have always made me feel valued. You have given me so much, and I will always be thankful for the love you’ve shown me, every day.

    With all my love and gratitude,
    Shalu Rani

    Project

    1. Conduct an Interview with your parents and find out how things have changed over time. Your project must contain a minimum of 10 questions.

    Some ideas/topics you could include in the questionnaire are:

    (i) What they thought was a really fun thing to do.

    (ii) The music they listened to.

    (iii) They movies they liked.

    (iv) And the television shows they enjoyed.

    (v) Why they liked these things back then?

    (vi) When my parents were my age, what were they not allowed to do?

    (vii) Why were they not allowed to do those things?

    (viii) What did their parents believe in?

    (ix) What did they disagree with their parents about?

    (x) How much money did they have for themselves as pocket money?

    (xi) What was the maximum amount they were allowed to spend on?

    (xii) In what ways are your parents like their parents? In what ways are they different?

    (xiii) Who were the people your parents admired when they were teenagers?

    (xiv) What were some things they worried about?

    2. Write the interview in the form of a newspaper article. You could submit it to your school’s newspaper or website, or in audio or video form which can be posted on your school’s website.

    3. Share key moments and insights from the interview, and then discuss ways to bridge the generation gap and find common ground.

    Answers:

    1. Interview Questions for Your Parents:

    1. What did you think was a really fun thing to do when you were my age?
    2. What kind of music did you listen to when you were a teenager?
    3. What were your favorite movies back then?
    4. What television shows did you enjoy watching?
    5. Why did you like those things back then?
    6. When you were my age, what were you not allowed to do?
    7. Why were you not allowed to do those things?
    8. What did your parents believe in strongly that you also agreed with?
    9. Were there any things you disagreed with your parents about?
    10. How much pocket money did you get, and how often?
    11. What was the maximum amount of money you were allowed to spend on something?
    12. In what ways do you feel you are like your parents? In what ways are you different from them?
    13. Who were the people you admired when you were a teenager?
    14. What were some things you worried about growing up?

    2. Writing the Interview in the Form of a Newspaper Article:

    Title: Bridging the Generation Gap: A Heart-to-Heart with My Parents

    Introduction: I recently had the chance to sit down with my parents to learn more about their lives when they were my age. It was a journey of discovery that helped me better understand the changes that have taken place over time. Here’s a peek into the past through their eyes.

    Body of the Article:

    The Fun Times:
    When my parents were teenagers, they had a very different idea of fun. They didn’t have mobile phones or social media. According to my mother, her favorite pastime was playing outdoor games with friends, while my father enjoyed reading books and playing sports. These activities gave them joy in ways I can’t completely relate to today.

    Music and Movies:
    My parents were huge fans of old Hindi songs and the golden era of Bollywood. The music of Kishore Kumar and Lata Mangeshkar filled their homes. They loved watching movies that focused on family values and emotions, such as “Sholay” and “Mughal-e-Azam.”

    Television Shows and Entertainment:
    Back then, television was a luxury, and they would often watch shows like “Ramayan” and “Mahabharat.” These were events in their household, with everyone gathering together to watch them.

    Parental Restrictions:
    As a teenager, my parents were not allowed to stay out late or hang out with friends without supervision. The rules were stricter, and they often felt like they couldn’t go out to movies or parties, unlike me today.

    The Money Matter:
    My parents didn’t have the kind of pocket money that kids get now. They were given small amounts of money to spend on necessities, and anything beyond that required permission. My mother shared that they had to work hard for every little thing they wanted, and there was no such thing as spending money freely.

    Conclusion:
    The generation gap, I realized, is often about circumstances and available resources. Despite all the changes in technology, entertainment, and lifestyle, some things remain the same. My parents cherished their relationships, music, and outdoor activities, just like we value our friendships and entertainment today.

    3. Bridging the Generation Gap and Finding Common Ground:

    To bridge the generation gap, it’s essential to respect each other’s values, experiences, and the context in which we grew up. While technology has drastically changed how we live, some core human experiences like family time, values, and enjoying simple pleasures remain unchanged. By discussing the past and present openly, we can find common ground and understand that each generation’s challenges and joys are unique, yet similar in many ways.

    Insights:

    1. We both enjoy bonding over stories—whether it’s sharing the past or looking forward to the future.
    2. While we may have different ways of having fun, both generations value leisure time and connecting with loved ones.
    3. The core values around family and hard work are still deeply embedded in both their generation and mine.

    This interview not only brought back memories for my parents but also allowed me to appreciate the differences and similarities that define us. I plan to carry these insights forward in my own life, respecting both the old and the new ways of living.

  • NCERT English class 9 chapter 2 solutions

    Here we have presented the solution of unit 2 of NCERT English class 9 book chapter from the book Words and Expressions.

    Take this quiz to check knowledge of music and musicians.

    1. What kind of music is Rai Shankar famous for?

    (a) Jazz

    (b) Classical

    (c) Pop

    2. Which country was Justin Bieber born in? ‘

    (a) USA

    (b) India

    (c) Canada

    3. How many strings does a guitar have?

    (a) 6

    (b) 7

    (c) 8

    4. What is a group of three musicians called?

    (a) a trio

    (b) a duet

    (c) a quartet

    5. What is the next note after sa-re-ga-ma?

    (a) dha

    (b) ni

    (c) pa

    6. What is the next note after do re-mi?

    (a) ti

    (b) fa

    (c) so

    Answers:

    1. (b) Classical

    2. (c) Canada

    3. (a) 6

    4. (a) a trio

    5. (c) pa

    6. (b) fa

    Reading Comprehension

    In this section, you will read three texts on music in different perspectives. The first one will enlighten you about the effective role of music in our lives, the second reflects on the life of the famous music composer, Ludwig van Beethoven, and the third is a poem by William Wordsworth where he appreciates the melody of a song.

    Read the texts carefully and answer the question that follow.

    Text I

    Role of music in life

    Today, we are rushing through life and everyone seems to be pressurised and stressed about one or the other thing. Stress has become an inescapable part of our lives. Many of our illnesses are a result of stress, and to deal with it, we need certain ways to relax our body and mind. Listening to music, particularly gentle, calming and melodious music, relaxes people both physically and mentally. Music releases endorphins, the natural painkillers in our brain, which relieve us from the sense of pain. Music can normalise heart rate and blood pressure. The common occurrences of fatigue and boredom decrease when we listen to music. It diverts our attention from everyday anxieties, thereby reducing the stress caused by such concerns. While meditating, listening to music helps us to connect with our soul. Students can improve their concentration and boost their memory by listening to soft music. Soothing music, when played at night, helps us to rest and relax for a good night’s sleep. Listening to good music helps in overcoming negative traits such as anger or worry, thereby improving our personality. It creates positive
    energy and happiness. Every cell in the body becomes energetic with increased peace of mind.
    Music is a therapy for everyone — plants, birds, animals and human beings — to flourish and rejuvenate. It certainly plays an important part in making the world better for all living beings.

    Complete the following statements by statements by selecting the most appropriate options given below.

    1. _________________________ helps in relaxation of our body and mind.

    (a) Pop music

    (b) Soothing music

    (c) Jazz music

    (d) Rock music

    2. The natural painkillers released in our brain are ____________.

    (a) Insulin

    (b) Endorphins

    (c) Endocrine

    (d) Glycerin

    3. Music is helpful in improving the ____________ of students.

    (a) concentration

    (b) emotion

    (c) relaxation

    (d) anxiety

    4. Which word from the passage means the same as to renew.

    (a) rejuvenate

    (b) enhance

    (c) release

    (d) relieve

    5. List the benefits of music mentioned in the page.

    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________

    Answers:

    (b) Soothing music

    (b) Endorphins

    (a) concentration

    (a) rejuvenate

    5. Benefits of music mentioned in the passage:

    Music helps in relaxing the body and mind.

    It releases endorphins, the natural painkillers in the brain, which relieve us from the sense of pain.

    Music normalizes heart rate and blood pressure.

    It reduces fatigue and boredom.

    It helps in diverting attention from everyday anxieties, thus reducing stress.

    Listening to music during meditation helps in connecting with the soul.

    Music improves concentration and memory in students.

    Soothing music promotes better rest and relaxation, leading to a good night’s sleep.

    Music helps overcome negative traits like anger and worry, improving one’s personality.

    It creates positive energy and happiness.

    Music rejuvenates and helps all living beings to flourish.

    Text II

    Beating the Odds

    The musical accomplishments of composer Ludwig van Beethoven have been all the more remarkable for the fact that he lost his hearing ability from an early age. He developed the symptoms of tinnitus, a constant sound of ringing in his ears that made it difficult for him to hear. He is compared to Mozart for his genius, and is considered the most eminent musician after Mozart. Although his formal education never went beyond the elementary level, he trained in music under Joseph Haydn. He has always been acclaimed as a brilliant piano maestro. His father and grandfather were the court musicians of a German prince. Young Ludwig was often made to perform for his father’s drinking companions in the middle of the night, and was even beaten if he protested. For the first thirty years of his life, Beethoven could listen
    to and play music effortlessly. As a result, he understood sounds of musical instruments and the pitch of the singing voices. He knew the harmony between music and singing before he became completely deaf. His deafness was not sudden, but a gradual decline. This slow process of losing his hearing activated his mind to imagine how his compositions would sound like. When he became completely deaf, he started to observe the vibrations of the piano. The observations helped him realise that he could not hear the high
    notes of the piano. To be able to hear his own compositions, he sawed off the legs of his piano. The piano touched the floor, and Beethoven would press his ear to the floor, banging the piano keys to listen to the high notes in his compositions. The most significant aspect of Beethoven’s character was that he
    did not give up. With a brave heart, he confronted the greatest challenge a musician can face, and continued living his dream of composing music. Deafness could not deter him from achieving the pinnacle of musical success. He fought against the greatest obstacle and won. His quality of ‘never giving up’ strengthened him. It made him come to terms with his deafness in a dynamic and constructive way. These qualities led him to become a famous composer.

    1. Read the following statements and write true (T) or false (F).

    (a) Although he composed a lot of music, Beethoven never learned to play music himself. (T/F)

    (b) His deafness was not a sudden loss of hearing. (T/F)

    (c) He composed most of his music early in his life, before he became deaf. (T/F)

    (d) His musical skills were compared to Haydn. (T/F)

    (e) Beethoven cut down the legs of his piano to hear the notes of the keys from the floor. (T/F)

    2. How could Beethoven compose music despite his loss of hearing?

    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________

    3. What realisation made Beethoven continue his passion for music with more determination?

    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________
    _____________________________________________________________________________________

    4. Which word in the following is similar in meaning to ‘skillful’ (para1)?

    _______________________________________________________________________

    (a)brilliant

    (b) masterly

    (c) talented

    (d) genius

    Answers:

    True (T) or False (F):

    (a) Although he composed a lot of music, Beethoven never learned to play music himself. (F)

    (b) His deafness was not a sudden loss of hearing. (T)

    (c) He composed most of his music early in his life, before he became deaf. (F)

    (d) His musical skills were compared to Haydn. (F) (He was compared to Mozart.)

    (e) Beethoven cut down the legs of his piano to hear the notes of the keys from the floor. (T)

    How could Beethoven compose music despite his loss of hearing? Beethoven continued composing music despite his hearing loss by observing the vibrations of the piano. When he became completely deaf, he sawed off the legs of his piano and pressed his ear to the floor to feel the vibrations and hear the high notes. His ability to imagine how the compositions would sound in his mind also helped him.

    What realisation made Beethoven continue his passion for music with more determination? Beethoven realized that although he could not hear the high notes of the piano due to his deafness, he could still feel the vibrations of the piano. This realization allowed him to continue composing music and stay determined to pursue his passion for music.

    Which word in the following is similar in meaning to ‘skillful’ (para1)?
    (b) masterly

    Text III

    Read the poem carefully and answer the question that follows.

    The Solitary Reaper

    Behold her, single in the field,
    Yon solitary Highland lass!
    Reaping and singing by herself;
    Stop here, or gently pass!
    Alone she cuts and binds the grain,
    And sings a melancholy strain;
    O listen! for the Vale profound
    Is overflowing with the sound.

    No Nightingale did ever chaunt
    More welcome notes to weary bands
    Of travellers in some shady haunt,
    Among Arabian sands:
    A voice so thrilling ne’er was heard
    In spring-time from the Cuckoo-bird,
    Breaking the silence of the seas
    Among the farthest Hebrides.

    Will no one tell me what she sings?
    Perhaps the plaintive numbers flow
    For old, unhappy, far-off things,
    And battles long ago:
    Or is it some more humble lay,
    Familiar matter of to-day?
    Some natural sorrow, loss, or pain,
    That has been, and may be again?

    Whate’er the theme, the Maiden sang
    As if her song could have no ending;
    I saw her singing at her work,
    And o’er the sickle bending;
    I listened, motionless and still;
    And, as I mounted up the hill,
    The music in my heart I bore,
    Long after it was heard no more.

    —William Wordsworth

    1. Complete the Summary of the poem given below with a suitable word/phrase in each blank.

    The poet finds a young Highland girl who
    (a)__________alone and sings to herself. The poet asks us to listen carefully, because the whole (b) __________
    is filled with the overflowing sound of her singing. He asks
    us to either (c)__________and listen to her sad song, or gently pass by so as not to disturb her. He goes on to say that no nightingale ever sang a more (d)_________________song to bands of tired (e)_________
    in the Arabian Desert. The poet asserts that the beauty
    of the girl’s singing exceeds that of the cuckoo’s in the
    (f)____. Her singing is also the only thing which
    (g) __________the silence of the valley. The poet tries to (h) ________________what the girl is singing about. He is unable to get the words of the song clearly. He thinks that perhaps she is singing about old sorrows or (i) _________________fought long ago, or more routine concerns of life or even some (j) __________
    which she has endured and may endure again.
    At the end, he quietly walks away with a feeling that
    he may never be able to find out the (k)________________of
    her never-ending song. Nevertheless, he asserts that her
    singing has captured his imagination so much that he will
    (l) ________________the music in his heart long after it is
    heard no more.

    Answers:

    The poet finds a young Highland girl who
    (a) reaps alone and sings to herself. The poet asks us to listen carefully, because the whole
    (b) valley is filled with the overflowing sound of her singing. He asks
    us to either
    (c) stop and listen to her sad song, or gently pass by so as not to disturb her. He goes on to say that no nightingale ever sang a more
    (d) welcome song to bands of tired
    (e) travelers in the Arabian Desert. The poet asserts that the beauty
    of the girl’s singing exceeds that of the cuckoo’s in the
    (f) springtime. Her singing is also the only thing which
    (g) breaks the silence of the valley. The poet tries to
    (h) imagine what the girl is singing about. He is unable to get the words of the song clearly. He thinks that perhaps she is singing about old sorrows or
    (i) battles fought long ago, or more routine concerns of life or even some
    (j) natural sorrow which she has endured and may endure again.
    At the end, he quietly walks away with a feeling that
    he may never be able to find out the
    (k) meaning of her never-ending song. Nevertheless, he asserts that her
    singing has captured his imagination so much that he will
    (l) carry the music in his heart long after it is
    heard no more.

    Vocabulary

    1. The following words and phrases occur in the given passages and poem. Give below are the words and their meanings. Match each meaning with the word.

    Text 1 
    relievessubstances produced by the brain that have painkilling and tranquillising effects on the body
    endorphinspower to live on grow
    exhaustionto free from anxiety, fear pain, etc.
    rejuvenatetiredness
    vitalityto restore to a former state; make fresh or new again
    Text 2 
    prodigyconstantly repeated
    persistentto cut or divide.
    virtuosoto make or become worse or inferior in character, quality value etc.
    deteriorationsomething that obstructs or hinders progress
    saweda person, especially a child or young person, having extraordinary talent or ability
    obstaclea person who excels in musical techniques or execution
    Text 3 
    beholdtired
    yongirl
    lesslook, see
    melancholyclimbed
    valeexpressing sorrow
    straincausing sadness
    wearythat
    plaintivemelody
    mountedvalley

    Answers:

    Text 1:

    1. Relieves – to free from anxiety, fear, pain, etc.
    2. Endorphins – substances produced by the brain that have painkilling and tranquillizing effects on the body.
    3. Exhaustion – tiredness.
    4. Rejuvenate – to restore to a former state; make fresh or new again.
    5. Vitality – power to live on, grow.

    Text 2:

    1. Prodigy – a person, especially a child or young person, having extraordinary talent or ability.
    2. Persistent – constantly repeated.
    3. Virtuoso – a person who excels in musical techniques or execution.
    4. Deterioration – to make or become worse or inferior in character, quality, value, etc.
    5. Sawed – to cut or divide.
    6. Obstacle – something that obstructs or hinders progress.

    Text 3:

    1. Behold – look, see.
    2. Melancholy – causing sadness.
    3. Vale – valley.
    4. Strain – melody.
    5. Weary – tired.
    6. Plaintive – expressing sorrow.
    7. Mounted – climbed.
    8. Yon – that.

    Grammar

    1. In the lesson ‘The Sound of Music’ you have read that ‘adjectives’ can be used before a noun and after the verb ‘be’.

    Example:

    The book is interesting. The interesting book.
    The table is round. The round table.
    But ‘adjectives’ can have many forms.

    Examples:

    1. He chose a pipe with a natural hollow stem that was longer and broader.

    2. Ustad Bismillha Khan was awarded India’s highest civilian award.

    3. My mother is the most beautiful woman in the world.

    Here the adjectives longer and broader refer to the comparative degree; and highest and most beautiful refer to the superlative degree.

    ‘Er’ is used for the comparative degree for shorter words and ‘more’ is used for longer words.

    Let’s go to the local market. The vegetables are cheaper there. But in Supermarket these are more expensive.

    Answers:

    1. Position of Adjectives:

    Before a noun: The interesting book.

    After the verb “be”: The book is interesting.

    2. Forms of Adjectives:

    3. Comparative degree: Used to compare two things, often formed by adding -er for short adjectives or using more for longer adjectives.

    Example: longer, broader (short words), more expensive (longer word).

    4. Superlative degree: Used to describe the highest or extreme form, often formed by adding -est for short adjectives or using most for longer adjectives.

    Example: highest, most beautiful.

    Examples:

    Comparative: The vegetables are cheaper in the local market.

    Superlative: My mother is the most beautiful woman in the world.

    Editing

    Some words have been omitted in the paragraph given below. Write the appropriate words and rewrite the paragraph.

    The following words were written/the tomb of/Anglican Bishop of Westminster Abbey:

    When I was young/free and my imagination had no limits, I dreamed/changing the world. As I grew older and wiser, I discovered/world would not change, so I shortened my sights somewhat and decided/change only my country. But it too seemed immovable. As I grew/my twilight years, in one last desperate attempt, I settled/changing only my family, those closest to me, but alas, I couldn’t. And now as I lay/ my deathbed, I suddenly realise: If I had only changed myself first, then/ an example I could have changed my family.
    From their inspiration and encouragement, I could then have been able/better my country and, who knows, I may have even changed the world.

    Answers:

    The following words were written on the tomb of an Anglican Bishop of Westminster Abbey:

    When I was young, free, and my imagination had no limits, I dreamed of changing the world. As I grew older and wiser, I discovered the world would not change, so I shortened my sights somewhat and decided to change only my country. But it too seemed immovable. As I grew into my twilight years, in one last desperate attempt, I settled on changing only my family, those closest to me, but alas, I couldn’t. And now as I lay on my deathbed, I suddenly realise: If I had only changed myself first, then by an example I could have changed my family. From their inspiration and encouragement, I could then have been able to better my country and, who knows, I may have even changed the world.

    Listening

    A Passage on the healing aspect of music is given below.
    You need to listen to the passage read by your teacher/classmate carefully and answer the question that follows. You may listen to the passage twice, if required.

    Music As a Therapy

    “Rhythm and harmony find their way into the inward places of the soul”, rightly said by Plato. Music is often referred to as ‘food’ for the soul due to the several benefits we can derive from experiencing it.
    Music can be pleasure for some, and a way to relax for others. It also motivates and energises listeners. Music is, indeed, a universal language, which can bring nations together and unite people with different faiths as it touches one’s soul. In the mainstream, music is mainly known for its entertainment quotient, but the Indian culture also talks about the healing effects of music through ‘Raga Chikitsa’. Raga Chikitsa has helped in reviving an ancient healing practice known as Nada Yoga. Nada is a musical sound, which is believed to have curative effects on the body and soul of all creatures. Consequently, its power is therapeutic and is used in curing diseases. Medical research has found music therapy to aid patients in pain management. It is not surprising, as music affects the body and mind significantly. One experiences positive energy by listening to music. Music lifts one from clouds of desolation. Rhythms, particularly upbeat music, helps one distract oneself from situations that cause stress and brightens one’s mood. Music lowers anxiety levels, relaxes mind and brings optimism. It is said that listening to soft, sedative music once a day can help overcome depression. Music therapy finds its traces in mythology. The story of
    Hippocrates, the Greek father of medicine dates back to 400 B.C. He is known to have used music to cure his patients. This therapy also aids stroke victims to heal at a faster rate, since it increases the patient’s emotional comforts and motivates them to move towards the path of recovery. On the other hand, adolescents, too, are benefitted by music in terms of emotional, social and psychological well being.
    Music is a force that purifies beings from within.

    According to you, which FOUR of the following statements are true?

    (a) Nada Yoga treats diseases through Raga Chikitsa.
    (b) Music is a universal language that teacher souls.
    (c) Music therapy dates back to 400 B.C.
    (d) Hippocrates played music to treat the patients.
    (e) Upbeat tunes help stroke victims recover faster.
    (f) Music helps adolescents to discover their identity.

    Answers:

    (a) Nada Yoga treats diseases through Raga Chikitsa.
    (c) Music therapy dates back to 400 B.C.
    (d) Hippocrates played music to treat the patients.
    (f) Music helps adolescents to discover their identity.

    Speaking

    Two students need to come to the front of the class for a role play. One plays the role of Thyagararaja, a famous singer, and the other the role of the interview is about the singer’s initiatives in helping people through music.

    RJ Rohit : Do you think music has any effect on people’s lives?

    Thyagaraja : Yes, I believe music surely has a positive effect on people’s lives. It helps when you are stressed, or depressed about something. Apart from these, music is a good way of relaxing and feeling good about life.

    RJ Rohit : What, according to you, could be the influence of music on young children?

    Thyagaraja : Now- a- days, young children get distracted easily. Music helps them in concentrating on what they are doing.

    RJ Rohit: How does music helps patients?

    Thyagaraja : Listening to music relaxes patients. The process of healing becomes faster when they are in a relaxed state of mind.

    RJ Rohit : Thank you very much. You are doing a great job for the humankind.

    Answers:

    RJ Rohit: Do you think music has any effect on people’s lives?
    Thyagaraja: Yes, I believe music surely has a positive effect on people’s lives. It helps when you are stressed or depressed about something. Apart from these, music is a good way of relaxing and feeling good about life.

    RJ Rohit: What, according to you, could be the influence of music on young children?
    Thyagaraja: Nowadays, young children get distracted easily. Music helps them concentrate on what they are doing.

    RJ Rohit: How does music help patients?
    Thyagaraja: Listening to music relaxes patients. The process of healing becomes faster when they are in a relaxed state of mind.

    RJ Rohit: Thank you very much. You are doing a great job for humankind.

    This sounds like a wonderful interaction between the interviewer and Thyagaraja, highlighting the power of music in different aspects of life!

    Writing

    1. Listening to music has become a part of our lives for many reasons. We listen to different types of music today.

    Discuss in pairs the following question:

    Is the traditional music of a country more important than its contemporary music?
    Write your views in about 50–60 words

    2. The traits of a musician are given in the box overleaf. Use these and write a short biography in about 100-150 words. You may collect more information from the Internet, books in the library and other sources.

    Answers:

    1. Is the traditional music of a country more important than its contemporary music?

    Traditional music holds immense cultural significance as it reflects a country’s history, values, and heritage. It is passed down through generations and often carries deep emotional and spiritual connections. However, contemporary music plays a vital role in today’s world by addressing modern-day issues, expressing creativity, and connecting with the global audience. Both forms of music are important, but their value lies in how they complement each other in shaping the musical landscape of a nation.

    2. Biography of a Musician (Example: Ustad Bismillah Khan)

    Ustad Bismillah Khan, a legendary shehnai player, was born on March 21, 1916, in Dumraon, Bihar. A prodigy of music, he was deeply influenced by his uncle, Ali Bux, and his early exposure to the sound of shehnai. His unmatched skill and devotion to his art made him a prominent figure in Indian classical music. Ustad Bismillah Khan became the first musician to perform at the Red Fort in 1947, and his contributions to Indian music earned him numerous accolades, including the Bharat Ratna in 2001. He spent his life propagating the art of shehnai, making it popular worldwide. His music captured the essence of Indian culture and continues to inspire musicians across generations. Ustad Bismillah Khan passed away on August 21, 2006, leaving behind a legacy that is celebrated globally.

    A. R. Rahman: Indian composer, singer, songwriter, music producer, musician and philanthropist; born in Chennai on 6 January 1967; graduated from Trinity College, Oxford University; famous in integrating Indian classical music with electronic music, world music and traditional orchestral arrangements; recipient of the Padmashri and the Padma Vibhushan awards; two Oscars and a Golden Globe; a notable humanitarian and philanthropist; donates and raises money for a number of causes and charities.

    Biographical Sketch

    Answers:

    Biographical Sketch of A. R. Rahman

    A. R. Rahman, born on January 6, 1967, in Chennai, India, is one of the most renowned composers, singers, songwriters, music producers, and philanthropists in the world. He graduated from Trinity College, Oxford University, where he honed his skills in music. Rahman is widely recognized for his unique ability to integrate Indian classical music with electronic music, world music, and traditional orchestral arrangements, which has earned him international acclaim.

    He has won numerous prestigious awards, including the Padmashri and Padma Vibhushan, and is the recipient of two Academy Awards (Oscars) and a Golden Globe. Apart from his remarkable career in music, Rahman is also known for his humanitarian efforts. He actively supports and raises funds for various causes and charitable organizations. His work in music and philanthropy continues to inspire millions around the world.

    Project

    1. Sit in groups of four. Each of you find information on the folk music of your state and of one of the neighbouring states. You may seek information from the community, library, Internet and other sources. Now, ask questions to each other in the group to complete the table below.

    Names of the folk music   
    Sates where they are performed   
    Any instrument/s used (you may illustrate the instruments)   
    Performers   

    2. Prepare a report in your group and present it to the class. Then, share your suggestions in the class to popularise the folk music in your community.

    3. ‘The Sound of Music’ is a biographical piece about

    Evelyn Glennie, a famous percussionist, who listened to sound without hearing it. Collect information about people/children who have overcome their physical barriers and have achieved success in their lives.

    Answers:

    Task 1: Information Collection on Folk Music

    Folk Music NameStateInstruments UsedPerformers
    BihuAssamDhol, Pepa, TaalBoth men and women dancers
    GhoomarRajasthanDhol, Flute, HarmoniumWomen dancers in colorful attire
    GarbaGujaratDhol, Tabla, FluteWomen performing circular dance
    LavaniMaharashtraDholki, Harmonium, TuntuneFemale artists in bright sarees

    Suggested steps:

    1. Divide the group so that each member focuses on two states (your state + neighboring state).
    2. Look for information in libraries, local community members, or on the internet about the folk music, instruments, and performers.
    3. Discuss with group members and ask each other questions to complete the table.

    Task 2: Report and Presentation

    Once the table is filled out, write a report summarizing:

    • The significance of folk music in the states you studied.
    • The cultural importance and how it binds communities together.
    • Discuss ideas to popularize folk music, such as organizing community events, performing folk music in schools, or promoting it on social media.

    Prepare a short presentation to explain your findings to the class. Share suggestions such as:

    • Organizing cultural festivals in the community.
    • Teaching folk music in schools.
    • Collaborating with local artists to hold workshops.

    Task 3: Information on Inspirational People

    For the last task, gather information on people who have overcome physical disabilities and achieved success. Some examples are:

    • Helen Keller (deaf-blind, author, and educator)
    • Sudha Chandran (Indian dancer who overcame a leg amputation)
    • Stephen Hawking (physicist with ALS)
    • Marlee Matlin (deaf actress who won an Academy Award)

    You can present:

    • Their challenges and how they overcame them.
    • Their achievements.
    • What inspires you about their story.

  • Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 20 to 35 Answers

    Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 20 to 35 Answers from the book N.K Aggarwala for CBSE and ICSE Students.

    25 Direct-Indirect Speech

    25.B Make 6 groups Each group will narrate the following dialogues in indirect speech.

    Dialogue 1
    Have you ever been to Japan?
    No, I’ve never been there but I know it’s a very safe and beautiful country to travel.
    Oh, I think, I’ll visit it one day!

    Dialogue 2
    Please , help me to cook the soup.
    Mum, I can’t. I’m doing my homework. I’m having an important test tomorrow.

    Dialogue 3
    Where did you go yesterday?
    I went to the bookstore and bought a very interesting book.
    Do you like it?
    Yes, I was reading it all evening.

    Dialogue 4
    This dog looks angry. I’m scared.
    Don’t be afraid! It’s my friend’s dog. It’s very kind and it won’t bite you.

    Dialogue 5
    Can we play here, mum?
    No, please be quite. The father is sleeping. He has worked a lot today and is very tired.
    Okay! We’ll play outside.

    Dialogue 6
    Don’t be late for dinner! The granny is waiting for us.
    Don’t worry, I won’t be late. I will buy a cake and some flowers on my way to her.

    Answers
    Group 1: Dialogue 1 (Indirect Speech)

    A person asked if the other had ever been to Japan. The other replied that they had never been there but knew it was a very safe and beautiful country to travel to. The first person then mentioned that they thought they would visit it one day.

    Group 2: Dialogue 2 (Indirect Speech)

    Someone asked for help in cooking the soup. The child responded that they couldn’t help because they were doing their homework and had an important test the next day.

    Group 3: Dialogue 3 (Indirect Speech)

    One person asked where the other had gone the previous day. The other replied that they had gone to the bookstore and bought a very interesting book. The first person then asked if they liked it, and the other responded that they had read it all evening and enjoyed it.

    Group 4: Dialogue 4 (Indirect Speech)

    Someone said that the dog looked angry and expressed fear. The other person reassured them, telling them not to be afraid as the dog belonged to their friend and was very kind, assuring that it wouldn’t bite.

    Group 5: Dialogue 5 (Indirect Speech)

    A child asked their mother if they could play there. The mother replied, asking them to be quiet because their father was sleeping after working a lot and was very tired. The child then said they would play outside.

    Group 6: Dialogue 6 (Indirect Speech)

    Someone told the other not to be late for dinner, as the grandmother was waiting for them. The other person reassured them, saying they wouldn’t be late and that they would buy a cake and some flowers on their way to visit her.

    These conversions should help students understand how to transform direct dialogues into indirect speech.

    35 Comprehension Passages

    Read the following text and answer the question that follow.

    When another old cave is discovered in the south of France, it is not usually news. Rather, it is an ordinary event. Such discoveries are so frequent these days that hardly anybody pays heed to them. However, when the Lascaux cave complex was discovered in 1940, the world was amazed. Painted directly on its walls were hundred animals, such as bison or wild cats. Other images depict birds and, most noticeably, horses, which appear in more than 300 wall images, by far outnumbering all other animals.
    Early artist drawing these animals accomplished a monumental and difficult task. They did not limit themselves to the easily accessible walls but carried their painting materials to spaces that required climbing sleep walls or crawling into narrow passages in the Lascaux complex.
    Unfortunately, the paintings have been exposed to the destructive action of water and temperature changes, which easily wear the images away. Because the Lascaux caves have many entrances, air movement has also damaged the images inside.
    Although they are not out in the air. where natural light would have destroyed them long ago, many of the images have deteriorated and are barely recognizable. To prevent further damage, the site was closed to tourists in 1963, 23 years after it was discovered.
    (Source : http:// koreananimals. org/)

    1. Which title best summarizes the main idea of the passage?
    (a) Wild Animals in Art
    (b) Hidden Prehistoric Paintings
    (c) Exploring Caves Respectfully
    (d) Determining the Age of French Caves

    2. In line 4, the phrase ‘pays heed to’ is closest meaning to _____.
    (a) discovers (b) watches (c) notices (d) buys
    3. Based on the passages, what is the significance of the south of France?
    4. Early artists did not limit themselves to the easily accessible walls but carried their painting materials to spaces that required climbing steep walls. What does this indicate about them?
    5. Other images depict birds and, most noticeably, horses, which appear in more than 300 wall images, by far outnumbering all other animals.
    Choose another word for ‘depict’ from the words given below.
    (a) show (b) hunt (c) count (d) draw
    6. Why was painting inside the Lascaux complex a difficult task?
    (a) It was completely dark inside.
    (b) the caves were full of wild animals.
    (c) Painting materials were hard to find.
    (d) Many painting spaces were difficult to reach.
    7. According to the passages, all of the following have caused damage to the paintings except ______.
    (a) temperature changes
    (b) air movement
    (c) water
    (d) light
    8. Would you like to explore news caves? Explain your opinion giving four reasons from the text?

    Answers:
    Comprehension Passage Questions and Answers:

    Finally, exploring caves before they deteriorate due to environmental factors like air movement and water would allow me to witness these historical treasures before they are lost.

    1. Which title best summarizes the main idea of the passage?
    (b) Hidden Prehistoric Paintings Explanation: The passage discusses the discovery of prehistoric paintings in caves, particularly focusing on the Lascaux cave complex, making option (b) the best summary.
    2. In line 4, the phrase “pays heed to” is closest in meaning to _____.
    (c) notices Explanation: “Pays heed to” means to take notice or pay attention, so the closest meaning is “notices.”
    3. Based on the passage, what is the significance of the south of France?
    Answer: The south of France is significant because it is a region where many old caves with prehistoric paintings, such as the Lascaux cave complex, have been discovered. These caves contain ancient artworks that are of great historical and cultural importance.
    4. Early artists did not limit themselves to the easily accessible walls but carried their painting materials to spaces that required climbing steep walls. What does this indicate about them?
    Answer: This indicates that the early artists were highly dedicated, skillful, and determined. They were willing to go to great lengths, both physically and creatively, to accomplish their artwork, even in difficult and hard-to-reach areas.
    5. Other images depict birds and, most noticeably, horses, which appear in more than 300 wall images, by far outnumbering all other animals. Choose another word for “depict” from the words given below.
    (a) show Explanation: “Depict” means to represent or show something, so the best synonym is “show.”
    6. Why was painting inside the Lascaux complex a difficult task?
    (d) Many painting spaces were difficult to reach. Explanation: The passage mentions that some spaces required climbing steep walls or crawling into narrow passages, making it difficult for artists to reach certain areas.
    7. According to the passage, all of the following have caused damage to the paintings except ______.
    (d) light Explanation: The passage mentions that water, air movement, and temperature changes have damaged the paintings, but light has not been a significant factor since the caves are not exposed to natural light.
    8. Would you like to explore new caves? Explain your opinion giving four reasons from the text.
    Answer:
    Yes, I would like to explore new caves.
    Firstly, discovering hidden caves is exciting, as they may contain prehistoric paintings, just like in the Lascaux cave complex.
    Secondly, the unique artworks found in such caves, like the 300 images of horses, provide insight into early human creativity.
    Thirdly, the physical challenge of navigating steep walls and narrow passages makes it an adventurous experience.

  • Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 16 to 20 Answers

    Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 16 to 20 Answers from the book N.K Aggarwala for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Appropriate Phrases

    17 Sentences -Simple, Compound, Complex

    17.A Read the following instructions and write the correct option.
    1.The simple sentence in ma compound sentence can be joined together with a comma and a *c* . 

    (a) noun         (b)preposition              (c) conjunction             (d) verb 
    2. The simple sentences in a compound sentence  can be joined together with a           *b* .

    (a)  period                     (b) semicolon         (c) question mark               (d) exclamation  mark 
    3. The simple sentence in compound sentences are also known as independent *b*. 

    (a) phrases               (b) clauses        (c) words       (d) predicates 
    4. Choose the appropriate coordinating conjunction to join these simple sentences into a compound sentence.

    Nitin ordered a burger, * c*  Manu chose a sandwich. 

    (a) if                   (b) nor      (c)  and          (d) or 
    5. Choose the subordinate clause in the given complex sentence. 

    When I went to the carnival, I rode on the Ferris Wheel. 

    (a) if                      (b) nor              (c) and         (d) or 
    6.  Choose the subordinate clause in the given complex sentence. 

    Varsha wrote down my e-mail address, so she would not forget it. 

    (a) varsha wrote down my e-mail address

    (b) my e-mail address

    (c) so she would not forget it ‘

    (d) she would not 
    7. A complex sentence has one independent clause and one or more subordinate clauses. 

    (a) True             (b) False 
    8. Choose the subordinates clause in the given complex sentence. Alexander, who is fourteen years old, loves to skateboard.  

    (a) Alexander 

    (b) who is fourteen years old 

    (c) Alexander loves to skateboard 

    (d) loves to skateboard 

    Answers:
    The simple sentence in a compound sentence can be joined together with a comma and a (c) conjunction.

    The simple sentences in a compound sentence can be joined together with a (b) semicolon.

    The simple sentences in compound sentences are also known as independent (b) clauses.

    Choose the appropriate coordinating conjunction to join these simple sentences into a compound sentence.
    Nitin ordered a burger, (c) and Manu chose a sandwich.

    Choose the subordinate clause in the given complex sentence.
    When I went to the carnival, I rode on the Ferris Wheel.
    The subordinate clause is “When I went to the carnival”. None of the options provided is correct in this context.

    Choose the subordinate clause in the given complex sentence.
    Varsha wrote down my e-mail address, so she would not forget it.
    The subordinate clause is (c) so she would not forget it.

    A complex sentence has one independent clause and one or more subordinate clauses.
    The correct answer is (a) True.

    Choose the subordinate clause in the given complex sentence.
    Alexander, who is fourteen years old, loves to skateboard.
    The subordinate clause is (b) who is fourteen years old.

    18 Noun Clauses

    18.B Choose the most appropriate noun phrase.

    g1. I was showing the tourist _______________________.
    a. when to go home
    b. what to sell at the market
    c. how to get to the hotel
    2. Mr Hari told the driver ___________________________.
    a. where to send him
    b. what to do the meeting
    c. what to think
    3. One of the players forgot _________________________.
    a. when to turn up for practice
    b. how to run away
    c. where to buy shoes from
    4. The chef is wondering _______________________________.
    a. when to brush his teeth
    b. what to prepare for the important dinner
    c. how to wash the car
    5. The librarian told Peter _______________.
    a. when to start work
    b. how to lock up the place
    c. what to look out for on the road
    6. At the party, she showed him _____________________.
    a. what to grow
    b. how to dance
    c. when to sleep
    7. The sergeant is showing him _______________________.
    a. what to sing at the concert
    b. when to grow his beard
    c. how to hold the rifle
    8. The usher showed us _________________________________.
    a. how to take photographs
    b. where to sit
    c. when to comb our hair
    9. Our teacher told us ____________________________________.
    a. what to do with the test paper
    b. how to lock up the place
    c. where to look for the survivors
    10. The stewardess shows the passengers _____________________.
    a. when to start work
    b. where to land the plane
    c. how to fasten the seat belt

    Answers:
    1. I was showing the tourist (c) how to get to the hotel.
    2. Mr. Hari told the driver (a) where to send him.
    3. One of the players forgot (a) when to turn up for practice.
    4. The chef is wondering (b) what to prepare for the important dinner.
    5. The librarian told Peter (b) how to lock up the place.
    6. At the party, she showed him (b) how to dance.
    7. The sergeant is showing him (c) how to hold the rifle.
    8. The usher showed us (b) where to sit.
    9. Our teacher told us (a) what to do with the test paper.
    10. The stewardess shows the passengers (c) how to fasten the seat belt.

    20 Adverbs Clauses

    20.B Match the following groups of words to make correct sentences.

    the children were asleep before she left house
    she takes her daughter as if they were very excited
    after he finished school whenever they come for a visit
    until the lesson finishes while he’s watching TV

    1. He joined the army ___________________________________________________________.
    2. he doesn’t like anyone talking to him ___________________________________________.
    3. By the time we got back, ____________________________________________________.
    4. She turned off the lights __________________________________________________.
    5. They acted __________________________________________________________________________.
    6. You can’t leave the room ___________________________________________________________.
    7. They brings us flowers ____________________________________________________________.
    8. Whenever Julie goes, _______________________________________________________________.

    Answers:
    1. He joined the army after he finished school.
    2. He doesn’t like anyone talking to him while he’s watching TV.
    3. By the time we got back, the children were asleep.
    4. She turned off the lights before she left the house.
    5. They acted as if they were very excited.
    6. You can’t leave the room until the lesson finishes.
    7. They bring us flowers whenever they come for a visit.
    8. Wherever Julie goes, she takes her daughter.

    22 Conditional Clauses

    22.A Work in groups of 3 or 4. One person from from each group will ask questions and another will give their answer. One Example has been given for you.

    1. If I had one crore rupees… 2. If I lost my key…..3. If I didn’t have a computer…
    4. If I didn’t work at a multinational company… 5. If I lived in England ….6. If I had a baby…..
    7. If I couldn’t write….8. If my father was famous…9. If I was fond of music…
    10. If I saw a UFO….11. If I spoke…..12. If I got up late for work….

    Answers:
    1. Student A: What would you do if you had one crore rupees?
    Student B: If I had one crore rupees, I would invest in property and start my own business.
    2. Student A: What would you do if you lost your key?
    Student B: If I lost my key, I would call a locksmith to replace it.
    3. Student A: What would you do if you didn’t have a computer?
    Student B: If I didn’t have a computer, I would find it difficult to stay connected online.
    4. Student A: What would you do if you didn’t work at a multinational company?
    Student B: If I didn’t work at a multinational company, I might explore opportunities in a local business.
    5. Student A: What would you do if you lived in England?
    Student B: If I lived in England, I would travel to different parts of Europe during the weekends.
    6. Student A: What would you do if you had a baby?
    Student B: If I had a baby, I would take a break from work to spend time with my child.
    7. Student A: What would you do if you couldn’t write?
    Student B: If I couldn’t write, I would use voice-to-text software to communicate.
    8. Student A: What would you do if your father was famous?
    Student B: If my father was famous, I would try to live up to his legacy while making my own path.
    9. Student A: What would you do if you were fond of music?
    Student B: If I were fond of music, I would learn to play the guitar or piano.
    10. Student A: What would you do if you saw a UFO?
    Student B: If I saw a UFO, I would take a picture and report it to the authorities.
    11. Student A: What would you do if you spoke five languages?
    Student B: If I spoke five languages, I would work as a translator and travel a lot.
    12. Student A: What would you do if you got up late for work?
    Student B: If I got up late for work, I would inform my boss and rush to the office as quickly as possible.

  • Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 11 to 15 Answers

    Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 11 to 15 Answers from the book N.K Aggarwala for CBSE and ICSE students.

    11 Adverbs

    11.B Read the following sentences. If the highlighted word is an adjective write ADJ, and if it is an adverbs, write ADV.

    1. The cheese on this cracker testes strange. ______________________________
    2. I go to the gym regularly. _________________________
    3. She gazed at me with empty eyes. _______________________
    4. Have you eaten an apple lately? ______________________________
    5. The dog howled wildly in its cage. ______________________
    6. I think that both sides are even now. _____________________________
    7. The instructor arrived promptly at eight. ____________________________
    8. Our regular office hours are Monday to Friday from 9 am to 5 pm. _________________________
    9. The teams were matched evenly. ________________________
    10. The homemade food was quite tasty. _______________________________

    Answers:
    1. The cheese on this cracker tastes strange. ADJ
    2. I go to the gym regularly. ADV
    3. She gazed at me with empty eyes. ADJ
    4. Have you eaten an apple lately? ADV
    5. The dog howled wildly in its cage. ADV
    6. I think that both sides are even now. ADJ
    7. The instructor arrived promptly at eight. ADV
    8. Our regular office hours are Monday to Friday from 9 am to 5 pm. ADJ
    9. The teams were matched evenly. ADV
    10. The homemade food was quite tasty. ADJ

    13 Prepositions

    13.B Work in pairs and perform the activity. Ask your partner the following things in the table and complete it.

    Find someone who……Name More information
    … usually wakes up early in the morning
    … has a birthday in November
    … Often goes out on Saturday evening.
    …goes on holiday in the summer.
    … gets up at 7 o’clock in the morning.
    …plays a sport at the weekend.
    …usually gets home at 5 o’clock
    …drinks coffee in the afternoon.
    … works or studies on Saturady.

    Answers:

    Find someone who…NameMore information
    usually wakes up early in the morning
    has a birthday in November
    often goes out on Saturday evening
    goes on holiday in the summer
    gets up at 7 o’clock in the morning
    plays a sport at the weekend
    usually gets home at 5 o’clock
    drinks coffee in the afternoon
    works or studies on Saturday

    You and your partner can fill in the table with names and more information as you ask these questions.

    14 Phrasal Verbs

    14.A Perform this activity in pairs. One student will read out the phrasal verb and its meaning, while the other student will write different sentences using the same phrasal verb in their notebook.

    Put on
    Put something on the stove.
    I’ll put the kettle on for tea.
    Take down
    Remove ( a picture or object) from the wall.
    She made us take down all the pictures.
    Hang up
    Put your clothes on a hanger to hang in the closet.
    We hang our clothes up in closet.
    Put away
    Put items into proper place.
    Please put away your clothes.
    Turn off
    Cause the power of (an electronic device) to stop
    It’s too noisy. Turn off the Tv please!!
    Clean up
    Remove the dirt, stanis and unwanted materials.
    We spent Saturday morning cleaning up.
    Put up
    Attach object to the wall to hang.
    I will put up this picture to the wall.
    Turn on
    Give power to an electronic device to start.
    Do you want me to turn the lamp on?

    Answers:
    Put on:

    • She will put on her coat before leaving the house.
    • I forgot to put on my shoes this morning.

    Take down:

    • Please take down the decorations after the party.
    • I had to take down the shelf to repaint the wall.

    Hang up:

    • Can you hang up the new curtains in the living room?
    • I always hang up my jacket when I get home.

    Put away:

    • After you finish eating, please put away the dishes.
    • He put away all his toys before bedtime.

    Turn off:

    • Don’t forget to turn off the lights when you leave.
    • Turn off the computer before you go to bed.

    Clean up:

    • After the party, we had to clean up the mess.
    • She cleaned up the kitchen after cooking dinner.

    Put up:

    • We need to put up the holiday decorations this weekend.
    • She put up a new notice on the bulletin board.

    Turn on:
    Please turn on the heater, it’s getting cold.
    Can you turn on the air conditioner? It’s really hot in here.

    15. Structure of Sentences

    15. A In each of the following sentences, underline the subjects once and the predicate twice.

    1. Fables such as “Little Red Riding Hood” have given wolves a bad reputation.
    2. Ranchers in areas with wolves dislike the animals for attacking their livestock.
    3. In the city lived many poor people.
    4. Out of the woods came a bear.
    5. Just around the corner was the parade.
    6. in the fall, the leaves cover the ground.
    7. Their sudden appearance quickly aroused the townspeople’s curiosity.
    8. With keen interest, the townspeople observed the prospector’s movements.
    9. Nobody in the town knew anything about the strangers.
    10. The children’s books and backpacks were stolen while they were at lunch.
    11. The Zoo and the ice cream store are my favourite destinations.
    12. The teacher and her assistant told the student and his parents that there would be a quiz in the next week.

    Answers:
    1. Fables such as “Little Red Riding Hood” have given wolves a bad reputation.
    Subject: Fables such as “Little Red Riding Hood”
    Predicate: have given wolves a bad reputation.
    2. Ranchers in areas with wolves dislike the animals for attacking their livestock.
    Subject: Ranchers in areas with wolves
    Predicate: dislike the animals for attacking their livestock.
    3. In the city lived many poor people.
    Subject: In the city
    Predicate: lived many poor people.
    4. Out of the woods came a bear.
    Subject: Out of the woods
    Predicate: came a bear.
    5. Just around the corner was the parade.
    Subject: Just around the corner
    Predicate: was the parade.
    6. In the fall, the leaves cover the ground.
    Subject: the leaves
    Predicate: cover the ground.
    7. Their sudden appearance quickly aroused the townspeople’s curiosity.
    Subject: Their sudden appearance
    Predicate: quickly aroused the townspeople’s curiosity.
    8. With keen interest, the townspeople observed the prospector’s movements.
    Subject: the townspeople
    Predicate: observed the prospector’s movements.
    9. Nobody in the town knew anything about the strangers.
    Subject: Nobody in the town
    Predicate: knew anything about the strangers.
    10. The children’s books and backpacks were stolen while they were at lunch.
    Subject: The children’s books and backpacks
    Predicate: were stolen while they were at lunch.
    11. The Zoo and the ice cream store are my favourite destinations.
    Subject: The Zoo and the ice cream store
    Predicate: are my favourite destinations.
    12. The teacher and her assistant told the student and his parents that there would be a quiz in the next week.
    Subject: The teacher and her assistant
    Predicate: told the student and his parents that there would be a quiz in the next week.

    15.B Work in pairs. One student will rewrite the following sentences by changing the position of direct and indirect objects. Then his/her partner will replace the indirect objects with personal pronouns.

    1. Grandma will cook my friends a delicious meal.
    2. Did Ravi bring Rahul the new book?
    3. Mom left Sunita with two oranges.
    4. The teacher told the students funny stories.
    5. Who will lend my brother some money?
    6. Gagan gave Tarun a ride a ride to the station.
    7. The teacher gave the class a new project.
    8. My mom bought my brother a new dress.
    9. They bought my parents some CDs.
    10. Tanuj showed Ms Sharma his project.

    Answers:
    1. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    Grandma will cook a delicious meal for my friends.
    With Pronouns: Grandma will cook a delicious meal for them.
    2. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    Did Ravi bring the new book to Rahul?
    With Pronouns: Did Ravi bring the new book to him?
    3. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    Mom left two oranges with Sunita.
    With Pronouns: Mom left two oranges with her.
    4. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    The teacher told funny stories to the students.
    With Pronouns: The teacher told funny stories to them.
    5. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    Who will lend some money to my brother?
    With Pronouns: Who will lend some money to him?
    6. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    Gagan gave a ride to Tarun to the station.
    With Pronouns: Gagan gave a ride to him to the station.
    7. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    The teacher gave a new project to the class.
    With Pronouns: The teacher gave a new project to them.
    8. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    My mom bought a new dress for my brother.
    With Pronouns: My mom bought a new dress for him.
    9. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    They bought some CDs for my parents.
    With Pronouns: They bought some CDs for them.
    10. Direct and Indirect Objects Switched:
    Tanuj showed his project to Ms. Sharma.
    With Pronouns: Tanuj showed his project to her.

  • Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 6 to 10 Answers

    Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 6 to 10 for CBSE and ICSE students. Book written y N.K Aggarwala.

  • Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 1 to 5

    Class 8 Supplement to Elementary English Grammar and Composition : 1 to 5 for CBse and ICSE student from the book N.K Aggarwala.

    1. Parts of Speech

    B. Put the words in the correct category.

    everybody these loin type skip blue Rachel our want advice throw know pointed that smart run yourself patience did me spell himself students sydney excellent easy woollen who modern which will volleyball Spanish China bright western trouble skiing she be

    Nouns Verbs Pronouns Adjectives

    Answers:
    Nouns:

    • loin
    • type
    • advice
    • students
    • Sydney
    • volleyball
    • Spanish
    • China
    • trouble
    • skiing

    Verbs:

    • skip
    • want
    • throw
    • know
    • pointed
    • run
    • spell
    • will
    • did
    • be

    Pronouns:

    • everybody
    • our
    • yourself
    • that
    • who
    • which
    • me
    • himself
    • she

    Adjectives:

    western
    blue
    Rachel (used as a proper adjective if referring to something belonging to “Rachel”)
    smart
    easy
    woollen
    modern
    excellent
    patience (when used as a description)
    bright

    2. The Noun

    A. Underline the nouns in following passage. Then sort them into the correct boxes.

    Rehan couldn’t sleep at all that night. The tittle creatures was afraid to close his eyes. Naveen might wake up at any time and point that awful, glaring flashing directly at Rehan, who was crouched behind a pair of shoes in the open cabinet. Things had been likewise since Naveen began reading Do not Enter The Monster Zoo, a collection of stories that portrays all the monsters as ruthless villains and twists the history of hatred to accuse creatures of committing things to people that people actually do to the monsters!









    Common Nouns






    Proper Nouns









    Abstract Nouns









    Proper Nouns

    Answers:

    Rehan couldn’t sleep at all that night. The little creatures were afraid to close his eyes. Naveen might wake up at any time and point that awful, glaring flashing directly at Rehan, who was crouched behind a pair of shoes in the open cabinet. Things had been likewise since Naveen began reading Do Not Enter The Monster Zoo, a collection of stories that portrays all the monsters as ruthless villains and twists the history of hatred to accuse creatures of committing things to people that people actually do to the monsters!

    Sorted Nouns:

    Common Nouns:

    • night
    • creatures
    • eyes
    • shoes
    • cabinet
    • things
    • stories
    • monsters
    • villains
    • history
    • creatures
    • things
    • people
    • monsters

    Proper Nouns:

    • Rehan
    • Naveen
    • Do Not Enter The Monster Zoo

    Proper Nouns:

    • Rehan
    • Naveen
    • Do Not Enter The Monster Zoo

    Abstract Nouns:

    • history
    • hatred

    4. Determiners

    A. Look at the words and complete the following sentences with a word.  Somethings two possibilities. 

    1. _______________ patient (except patients with X-rays) must wait to be called.
    2. _______________ patient who arrives 30 minutes late will have to wait until after the last patient has been seen.
    3. There are blood tests ________________ Wednesday and Friday.
    4. __________________ nurse is speaking to the patients.
    5. Flu vaccinations are free for __________________ people over 60.
    6. The boy on the left has broken _____________ arms.
    7. There are ___________________ blood tests on Mondays.
    8. There are three doctors, and ________________ doctor is specialised in a different field.
    9. ___________________ patients at the desk are carrying X-rays.
    10. _________________ patients on the left are waiting to see a doctor.
    11. To donate blood, you can come on Fridays at _____________ time between 8 and 11.
    12. _______________________ person in the room is either a nurse or a patient.

    Answers:
    1. Any patient (except patients with X-rays) must wait to be called.
    2. Any patient who arrives 30 minutes late will have to wait until after the last patient has been seen.
    3. There are blood tests on Wednesday and Friday.
    4. The nurse is speaking to the patients.
    5. Flu vaccinations are free for all people over 60.
    6. The boy on the left has broken both arms.
    7. There are some blood tests on Mondays.
    8. There are three doctors, and each doctor is specialised in a different field.
    9. Some patients at the desk are carrying X-rays.
    10. The patients on the left are waiting to see a doctor.
    11. To donate blood, you can come on Fridays at any time between 8 and 11.
    12. Every person in the room is either a nurse or a patient.

    5 The Present Tense

    A Read the conversation and answer the questions.

    1. Ridhima : I’m Ridhima Shetty. Are you Abhilash Singh?
    Abhilash : Yes, I’m Are you North Indian?
    Ridhima: No. Vikash is North Indian and lives at Jaipur.
    I’m Marathi.
    Abhilash : Oh, okay! I am from Delhi.
    Vikas : Yes, it is a big city. Ridhima, are you from Mumbai?
    Ridhima : Yes, I’m from Mumbai?
    Abhilash : Are you and Ridhima students?
    Vikas : I’m a students. She is an actress in television serials.
    We are tourists in Goa.
    Ridhima : Are you a student, Abhilash?
    Abhilash : No, I’m not a student. I’m a doctor. I’m on holiday.
    1. Is Ridhima from Pune?
    ___________________________________________________.
    2. Is Ridhima and Vikas tourists in Goa?
    _________________________________________________.
    3. Are Ridhima and Vikas tourists in Goa?
    ______________________________________________________.
    4. Is Abhilash a lawyer?
    _______________________________________________________.
    5. Is Ridhima an actress?
    ________________________________________________________.

    Answers:
    1. Is Ridhima from Pune?
    No, Ridhima is from Mumbai.
    2. Is Ridhima and Vikas tourists in Goa?
    Yes, Ridhima and Vikas are tourists in Goa.
    3. Are Ridhima and Vikas tourists in Goa?
    Yes, Ridhima and Vikas are tourists in Goa.
    4. Is Abhilash a lawyer?
    No, Abhilash is not a lawyer. He is a doctor.
    5. Is Ridhima an actress?
    Yes, Ridhima is an actress in television serials.

  • English Grammar Exercises for Class 8 with Answers

    English Grammar Exercises for Class 8 with Answers for CBSE and ICSE board students. Solution of all worksheet from N K Aggarwala, English Grammar and Composition book for free online practice. In this post we provide link to all units contains fully solved exercises and worksheets.

    PART- I : FUNCTIONAL GRAMMAR AND CORRECT USAGE

    1. PARTS OF SPECCH

    2. THE NOUNS

    • Kinds of Nouns

    3. PRONOUNS

    • A Quick Recapitulation
    • Agreement of the Relative Pronouns and Their Antecedents

    4. DETEMINERS

    • Kinds of Determiners
    • Distributives
    • Quantifiers

    5. THE PRESENT TENSE

    • Simple Present
    • Present Continuous
    • Present Perfect
    • Present Perfect Continuous

    6. THE PAST TENSE

    • Simple Past
    • Past Continuous
    • Past Perfect
    • Past Perfect Continuous

    7. THE FUTURE TENSE

    • Simple Future
    • Future Continuous
    • Future Perfect
    • Future Perfect Continuous

    8. MODALS

    • The Modal Auxiliaries
    • Shall and will
    • Modals as Questions
    • Modals, Both Positive and Negative

    9. VERBS – NON-FINITES

    • Infinitives
    • Participles
    • Gerunds

    10. ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE

    • Miscellaneous Examples
    • Modals
    • Command Sentences
    • Use of Let

    11. ADJECTIVES – DEGREES OF COMPARISON

    • The Comparative Degree
    • The Superlative Degree

    12. ADVERBS

    • Kinds of Adverbs
    • Comparison of Adverbs

    13. PREPOSITIONS

    • Kinds of Prepositions
    • Prepositions of Place
    • Prepositions of Direction and Movement
    • Prepositions of Time

    14. PHRASAL VERBS

    15. STRUCTURE OF SENTENCES

    • The Subject
    • The Predicate
    • The Object
    • The Complement

    16. THE PHRASE AND THE CLAUSE

    17. SENTENCES – SIMPLE, COMPOUND, COMPLEX

    18. NOUN CLAUSES

    19. ADJECTIVE CLAUSES

    20. ADVERBS CLAUSES

    • Kinds of Adverbs Clauses

    21. RELATIVE CLAUSES

    • Use of Who, That, Whose, Whom and Where

    22. CONDITIONAL CLAUSES

    23. COMBINATION OF SENTENCES

    • Separate Sentences
    • Combined Sentences

    24. THE SEQUENCE OF TENSE

    25. DIRECT -INDIRECT SPEECH

    26. PUNCTUATIONS AND CAPITAL LETTERS

    27. WORD POWER

    • One Word for a Group Words
    • Synonyms and Antonyms

    28. SPELLINGS

    29. SOME USEFUL PHRASES AND IDIOMS

    • Idioms
    • Idiomatic Pairs

    30. WORDS FOLLOWED BY PREPOSITIONS

    PART – II WRITING SKILLS

    31. SHORT COMPOSITIONS

    • Paragraph Writing
    • Notice Writing
    • Advertisements
    • Posters
    • Massages
    • Factual Description

    32. LONGER COMPOSITIONS

    • Writing Reports
    • Process Writing
    • Diary Writing

    33. ESSAYS AND ARTICLES

    • Picture Compositions
    • Descriptive and Narrative Essays
    • Argumentative Essays
    • Imaginative Essays

    34. LETTER WRITING

    • Informal Letters
    • Formal Letters
    • Invitations (Formal)
    • Applications
    • Letters to the Editor
    • Miscellaneous Letters

    35. COMPREHENSION PASSAGE

  • Comprehension Passages Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Comprehension Passages Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution for class 8 from the book Elementary school grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Read and answer the Passages

    Exercise 35.1 Read the following passage and answers the questions that follow :-

    Geeta works in a shop selling gramophone records. One afternoon a middle -aged woman came in, sat on a stool in front of the counter, and smiled at her brightly.
    ‘I want a record called?’ Geeta asked without much hope. The woman shook her head. ‘I don’t hundred of records in stock,’ Geeta pointed out. ‘it would take a very long time a play you even a little of each. Could you hum it to me?’
    The woman shook her head again. ‘I can’t even sing the National Anthem in true. We should only get into a complete muddle if I were to start humming.’ She looked quite depressed, as if this reminder of her own lack of musical ability were the last straw. Then suddenly her face brightened. ‘I’ve just remembered something, ‘she said. It you ask me, “it’s from “My Fair Lady”, she said.
    ‘That’s was enough for Geeta. ‘If you ask me, it’s from “My Fair Lady”, ‘she said.
    This was it, dear. If you’d thought of it sooner, we wouldn’t have wasted so much time. I suppose you are new to the job.’

    1. State whether the following statements are true or false :
    (a) A sad looking young woman came to Geeta’s shop.
    (b) Geeta played about twenty records for her.
    (c) The woman knew she had no musical ability.
    (d) The woman hummed a tune for Geeta.
    (e) She was very sorry for having caused so much trouble.

    2. Answer the following questions briefly.
    (a) Was the woman’s order to Geeta clear, precise and fair?
    (b) What request did she make to Geeta?
    (c) “She looked quite depressed.” Why?
    (d) Do you think the customer’s last remark was justified? Why/why not?

    3. Find words in the which mean the same as the following :

    (a) a confused state
    (b) disappointed
    (c) science of speech sounds
    (d) sing with closed lips.

    4. Give your opinion of the customer in 20 words.
    5. Give a title to this passage and state why you have chosen it.

    Answers:
    1. State whether the following statements are true or false:

    (a) False – The woman was middle-aged, not young.
    (b) False – Geeta didn’t play any records as the woman could not recall the title.
    (c) True – The woman admitted she lacked musical ability, as she couldn’t even sing the National Anthem.
    (d) False – The woman did not hum a tune for Geeta.
    (e) True – She expressed regret for having caused trouble after realizing the delay was due to her own forgetfulness.


    2. Answer the following questions briefly:

    (a) Was the woman’s order to Geeta clear, precise, and fair?
    No, the woman’s order was unclear and imprecise, as she couldn’t recall the name of the song and offered little information initially.

    (b) What request did she make to Geeta?
    The woman requested Geeta to find a record for her, but she couldn’t remember its title or hum the tune to help.

    (c) “She looked quite depressed.” Why?
    The woman became depressed after being reminded of her lack of musical ability, which made it harder to find the record.

    (d) Do you think the customer’s last remark was justified? Why/why not?
    The customer’s last remark was not entirely justified. While the woman blamed Geeta’s inexperience for the delay, the real issue was her own inability to recall the record’s name.


    3. Find words in the passage which mean the same as the following:

    (a) A confused state – Muddle
    (b) Disappointed – Depressed
    (c) Science of speech sounds – Phonetics
    (d) Sing with closed lips – Hum


    4. Give your opinion of the customer in 20 words.

    The customer was forgetful and impatient, but her self-awareness about her musical inability added a humorous touch.


    5. Give a title to this passage and state why you have chosen it.

    Title: “The Forgetful Customer”
    Reason: The story revolves around the woman’s forgetfulness, which causes confusion and delays in finding the record she wanted.

    Exercise 35.2 Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions that follow :-

    The reader, by now, will be quite familiar with Parsi Rustomji’s name. he first become co-worker and then client. I won his confidence to such an extent that he sought and followed my advice in private domestic matters.
    The friend once got into a very bad scrape. Though he kept me informed of most of his affairs, he had studiously kept back one thing. He was a large importer of goods and rested to smuggling. But he was at the best terms with the customs officials. So one suspected him.
    But theft like quick-silver won’t be suppressed. Rustmoji came to me post-haste and told, ‘Bhai, I have deceived you. My guilt has been discovered. I have smuggled nd I am doomed; you alone may be able to save me from this predicament.” I calmed him, “To save or not save you go.
    Rustomji’s name and fame were at stake, so he said, “I am entirely in your hand.”
    I met the customs officers and apprised him of the whole affair. He said, “You know, I must be guided by the Attorney General and I would advise you to use all your persuasion with him.”
    I entered into a correspondence with the Attorney General. He appreciated my complete frankness.
    He finally into said, “I see you will never take a no far an answer.”
    The case was settled by a compromise. He was to pay a penalty equal to twice the amount he had confessed to have smuggled. Rustmoji reduced to writing the facts of the whole case, got the paper framed and hung it up in his office to serve as a perpetual reminder to his heirs and fellow merchants.
    The friends of Rustmoji warned me not to be taken in by this transitory contrition. When I told Rustomji about this warning he said : “What would be my fate if I deceived you?’

    1. Answer the following questions briefly :

    (a) What was Gandhiji’s profession at the incident?
    (b) No one suspected Rustmoji for smuggling because ___________.
    (c) Was Gandhiji able do as a penance for his illegal activities?
    (d) What did Rustmoji do as a penance for illegal activities?
    (e) How did Rustmoji reply to the warnings given to Gandhiji?

    2. Find words in the passage which mean the same as the ones given below.

    (a) mischief (para 2) ________________________________________________
    (b) turned to (para 2) ____________________________________________
    (c) informed (para 2) _____________________________________________
    (d) constant (para 7) _____________________________________________
    (e) repentence (para 8) ______________________________________________

    3. Give a title to this passage and given a reason why you have chosen it.

    Answers:
    1. Answer the following questions briefly:

    (a) What was Gandhiji’s profession at the incident?
    Gandhiji was a lawyer at the time of this incident.

    (b) No one suspected Rustomji for smuggling because ___________.
    No one suspected Rustomji for smuggling because he was on the best terms with the customs officials.

    (c) Was Gandhiji able to save Rustomji?
    Yes, Gandhiji was able to help Rustomji by negotiating a settlement with the customs officials.

    (d) What did Rustomji do as a penance for his illegal activities?
    Rustomji confessed to his wrongdoing, paid a penalty twice the amount he had smuggled, and framed a written confession in his office to serve as a reminder.

    (e) How did Rustomji reply to the warnings given to Gandhiji?
    Rustomji replied by saying, “What would be my fate if I deceived you?” indicating his trust in Gandhiji and his commitment not to repeat his mistake.


    2. Find words in the passage which mean the same as the ones given below:

    (a) Mischief (para 2) – Scrape
    (b) Turned to (para 2) – Resorted
    (c) Informed (para 2) – Apprised
    (d) Constant (para 7) – Perpetual
    (e) Repentance (para 8) – Contrition


    3. Give a title to this passage and give a reason why you have chosen it.

    Title: “Rustomji’s Redemption”
    Reason: The passage revolves around Rustomji’s involvement in smuggling and his ultimate repentance, with the help of Gandhiji. The title reflects his journey from guilt to redemption.

    Exercise 35.3 Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions that follow :-

    When we visited the volcano, it was in a state of eruption. We stood near the summit on an irregular plane; it was heaped up with tones and cinders and enormous rocks, which ad been hurled from the volcano in terrible confusion. From the summit, volumes of smoke and fountains of liquid fire poured forth continuously. The smoke, now white, now an impenetrable black, was accompanied by a deep roar. Fiery stones rained dowthing in, and the molten lava moved on with a horrible sound, devouring everything’s in its path.
    We appoached the lower end of these lava rivers, where its speed was retarded by reduced slope. Its dark exterior surface broke upas it moved, and betrayed the liquid fire beneath. By daylight the fire was only just visible, but its presence was indicated by the white smoke and the tremulous motion of the air above.

    1. Choose the correct answer.
    (i) Where did the author and his party stand?
    (a) on top of the volcano
    (b) Very close to the top of the volcano?
    (c) At the foot of the volcano
    (d) In front of the volcano
    (ii) What had been thrown out by the volcano?
    (a) Stones, burnt out coal and rocks
    (b) Stones, burnt wood and burnt charcoal.
    (c) Hot metal pieces and huge rocks
    (d) Hot, molten metal

    (iii) What colour was the smoke?
    (a) It was black
    (b) It was white
    (c) it was grey
    (d) It changed colour, once it looked white, then black

    (iv) What did the hot stones and lava do?
    (a) It destroyed everything that came in its way
    (b) It brought to life dead plants
    (c) It removed all instructions on the way
    (d) It killed many people

    (v) Why did the river of lava flow at a lesser speed lower down?

    (a) because the slope was steep
    (d) because the slope was gradual
    (c) because the lava was thicker there
    (d) because there was many boulders

    2. Match each of the words/phrases in column A with its synonyms in column B.

    Column A Column B
    (i) eruption a. molten lava
    (ii) summit b. showed down
    (iii) hurledc. revealed
    (iv) confusion d. thick
    (v) liquid fire e. outer
    (vi) impenetrable f. shown
    (vii) betrayed g. disarray
    (viii) indicated h. bursting
    (ix) retarded i. thrown
    (x) exterior j. top most point

    3. Complete the following sentences by choosing the correct word from the box :
    devoured betrayed confusion enormous indicated

    (i) At a recent BCCI meeting in Mumbai, inspite of a big crowd, there was no _________.
    (ii) The presence of the fire was ___________ by the smoke coming out of the fourth floor.
    (iii) The terrorist was caught __________ by the people he trusted.
    (iv) The task was _________ yet the Indian cricket team succeeded in winning the Trophy.

    Answers:
    1. Choose the correct answer:

    (i) Where did the author and his party stand?
    (b) Very close to the top of the volcano

    (ii) What had been thrown out by the volcano?
    (a) Stones, burnt out coal, and rocks

    (iii) What colour was the smoke?
    (d) It changed colour, once it looked white, then black

    (iv) What did the hot stones and lava do?
    (a) It destroyed everything that came in its way

    (v) Why did the river of lava flow at a lesser speed lower down?
    (b) Because the slope was gradual


    2. Match each of the words/phrases in column A with its synonyms in column B:

    Column AColumn B
    (i) eruption(h) bursting
    (ii) summit(j) top most point
    (iii) hurled(i) thrown
    (iv) confusion(g) disarray
    (v) liquid fire(a) molten lava
    (vi) impenetrable(d) thick
    (vii) betrayed(c) revealed
    (viii) indicated(f) shown
    (ix) retarded(b) slowed down
    (x) exterior(e) outer

    3. Complete the following sentences by choosing the correct word from the box:

    (i) At a recent BCCI meeting in Mumbai, in spite of a big crowd, there was no confusion.
    (ii) The presence of the fire was indicated by the smoke coming out of the fourth floor.
    (iii) The terrorist was caught betrayed by the people he trusted.
    (iv) The task was enormous, yet the Indian cricket team succeeded in winning the Trophy.

    Exercise 35.4 Read the following poem by Rabindranath Tagore and answer the questions that follow :-

    I cannot Remember My Mother
    I cannot remember my mother
    Only sometimes in the midst of my play
    a tune seems to hover over my playthings,
    the tune of some song that she used to
    hum while rocking my cradle.
    I cannot remember my mother
    but when in the early autumm morning
    the smell of the shiuli flowers floats in the air
    the scent of the morning service in the temple
    comes to me as the scent of my mother.
    I cannot remember my mother
    Only when from my bedroom window I send
    my eyes into the blue distant sky,
    I feel that the stillness of my mother’s gaze on ,my face
    has spread all over the sky.

    1. The poet cannot remember his mother because ___________________________________________
    2. The poet means by “a tune seems to hover over my plaything’s that ____________________________
    3. The significance of shiuli flowers is,
    (i) __________________________________ and (ii) ______________________________
    4. Looking at the distant blue sky the poet is of a mother who _________________
    5. The repetition of the first line expresses the poet’s feeling of :
    (i) loss (ii) regret
    6. The image of the absent mother created by the poet of a mother who ________________
    7. Find a word in the poem which means the same as the following :
    (i) to move about, but keep near (stanza 1) ___________________________________________
    (ii) a smell, usually pleasing (stanza 2) ______________________________________________
    (iii) without motion (stanza 3) _____________________________________________________
    (iv) far away (stanza 3) __________________________________________________________
    (v) a long intent look (stanza 3) ____________________________________________________

    Answers:
    1. The poet cannot remember his mother because

    he was too young when she passed away, and his memories of her have faded.

    2. The poet means by “a tune seems to hover over my plaything’s that

    the memory of his mother’s lullaby or song, which she used to hum while rocking his cradle, occasionally resurfaces during his play.

    3. The significance of shiuli flowers is,

    (i) They remind the poet of his mother.
    (ii) They evoke memories of the autumn season and the scent of morning prayers in the temple.

    4. Looking at the distant blue sky, the poet is reminded of a mother who

    gazed upon him with stillness and love, symbolizing her presence and care even in her absence.

    5. The repetition of the first line expresses the poet’s feeling of:

    (i) loss
    The poet repeats “I cannot remember my mother” to emphasize the emotional distance and his inability to recall her clearly.

    6. The image of the absent mother created by the poet is of a mother who

    is ever-present in his memories and is symbolized by the sky, the scent of flowers, and the songs she used to hum, even though she is no longer physically with him.

    7. Find a word in the poem which means the same as the following:

    (i) to move about, but keep near (stanza 1) – hover
    (ii) a smell, usually pleasing (stanza 2) – scent
    (iii) without motion (stanza 3) – stillness
    (iv) far away (stanza 3) – distant
    (v) a long intent look (stanza 3) – gaze

    Exercise 34.6 Read the following passage carefully and then answer the questions that follow :-

    When the car had gone they were left standing alone, starting at the suddenly quiet house, they saw who it was who was to stay on at Mon Repos – a thin elderly man a white beard and spectacles on his nose. He did not notice them at all the trees. The girls stared at the trees, too wondering what he was looking at.
    There seemed to be nothing here but then they heard a rustle and an ashy grey and russet bird flew out, trailing a long russet tail behind it as it came out of the foliage and around to the back of the house. The man lowered his binoculars with a sigh and drew out a book from his pocket and to scribble in it.
    Lila and he sisters tiptoed around the corner and into the kitchen so as not to disturb him.
    “What is he doing?” they whispered as they quietly washed the dishes that had been left behind in the sink.
    “Who knows?” Lila shrugged. “He is here to study something,” the sahib said.
    “Study what – the birds?” asked Bela, and Kamal laughed at the idea, it was so ridiculous.
    “Any way, he won’t notice us at all – we just have to cook his meals and call him to come and eat them,” said Lila.
    That was, he won’t they did. Now that they had not their mother to look after, or Hari or their father, they quietly cooked and marketed and swept and washed for the strange gentleman who never spoke to them, only glanced through his spectacles at the food when they called him for his meals and disappeared for the whole day sometimes they ran into him as he stumbled about the marsh, splashing through the mud and reeds, or siting very quietly on a stone under the tress, starting intently at everything – except people. He seemed hardly to notice that there were any people in Thul, they did not appear to interest him at all. But he was polite and quite and gave no trouble at all since he had neither complaints nor demands and so they did not mind his addities or even giggle at them much except, once when he stepped backwards of the log into the creek with a splash and they had to run to help him up and to retrieve his bag and paper were covered with careful pencil sketches of birds. They were wonderstruck.
    “See he is studying the birds,’ whisper Bela as they knelt on the veranda tiles, carefully separating the wet sheets and spreading them out in the sun.
    The strange gentleman came out of his room in dry clothes and stood watching them worriedly.
    Then, “Thank you,” he said gratefully and took some money out of his pocket o give Bela and Kamal. “For sweets,” he said in a mumble, and hurried away in embarrassment.
    He looked just as embarrassed when he paid Lila her salary at the end of the month and she whished out of sight as quickly as possible, then ran round the house and across the creek to their hut, laughing with joy It was wonderful to earn money. There was enough now to stock their kitchen with rice and tea and sugar, and Lila went every week to the hospital in Alibagh by bus to take some to their father who bought extra milk and fruits for their mother with it. The money made everything possible and Lila hoped the gentleman would stay on and on so that she could continue to earn money.”
    But no one stops in the monsoon,” Kamal said . “Everyone goes away when the monsoon comes.
    Only we stay.”

    1. Answer the following questions briefly.

    (a) Name the village in which the story is set. What is the name of the house in which the girls worked?
    (b) Who was the new occupant of the house? Why did the girls think he was strange?
    (c) Give two reasons why Lila and her sisters did not laugh at the strange behaviour of their new employer.
    (d) When did the girls realise that their employer really studied the birds?
    (e) Their employer looked embarrassed twice while dealing with the girls. When and Why?Whatdoes it tell you about him?

    2. Which words in the passage mean the same as.
    (a) absurd : _______________________________________
    (b) strangeness, peculiar : _____________________________________
    (c) struck with astonishment : ___________________________________________
    (d) damage : ______________________________________________________

    3. Change the conversation between Lila and her sisters from Direct to Indirect Speech :-
    Begin from : “What is he doing?” _______________________________
    till “call him to eat them, said Lila”
    4. Make sentences of your own of the following words. Do not use them in the same way as Notice, whisked, mind


    Answer the following questions briefly:

    (a) The village in which the story is set is Thul. The name of the house in which the girls worked is Mon Repos.

    (b) The new occupant of the house was a thin, elderly man with a white beard and spectacles. The girls thought he was strange because he never noticed people, was always focused on birds, and never spoke much, except when called for meals.

    (c) Lila and her sisters did not laugh at the strange behavior of their new employer because:

    1. He never gave them any trouble, complaints, or demands.
    2. He was polite, quiet, and paid them a salary that helped them manage their household.

    (d) The girls realized that their employer really studied the birds when they saw his bag and papers covered with careful pencil sketches of birds after he fell into the creek.

    (e) Their employer looked embarrassed:

    1. When he gave Bela and Kamal money for sweets after they helped dry his wet sketches.
    2. When he paid Lila her salary at the end of the month.

    These incidents tell us that he was a shy and humble person who was uncomfortable with expressing gratitude or dealing with financial matters.


    1. Which words in the passage mean the same as:

    (a) absurd: ridiculous

    (b) strangeness, peculiar: oddities

    (c) struck with astonishment: wonderstruck

    (d) damage: retreat


    1. Change the conversation between Lila and her sisters from Direct to Indirect Speech:

    Lila’s sisters asked what the man was doing. Lila shrugged and replied that he was there to study something. Bela then asked if he was studying the birds, and Kamal laughed at the idea, thinking it was ridiculous. Lila added that he wouldn’t notice them at all, as they only had to cook his meals and call him to eat them.


    1. Make sentences of your own using the following words:

    Notice: I didn’t notice the time and ended up being late for the meeting.
    Whisked: The wind whisked the papers off the table before I could grab them.
    Mind: Please mind your step while walking on the icy pavement.

    Exercise 35.7 Read the following passage carefully and then answer the questions that follow :-

    The saving of certain wild animals from extinction has for many been a problem for zoologists and other specialists; but more recently the problem has become so acute, and has received so much publicity, that most people are now concerned about it. This may at first seem strange because one of the most satisfying developments of the last few years has been the passing of strict laws to protect wild satisfying developments of the last few years has been the passing of strict laws to protect wild animals are still threatened with extinction and even some of the less rare ones rapidly declining in number?
    One reason is the ‘march of civilisation.’ When an area is wholly cleared of vegetation to make room for new towns, factory sites or hydroelectric plants, the natural home of several is destroyed. The displaced animals compete foe a living, the smaller the number that can hope to survive.
    Civilisation brings too, swift, and easy transport and so assists those who are determined to break the various protective laws. Thieves can elude the game wardens, shoot an elephant for its tusks, a rhinoceros for its horn, or a deer for its meat, and be miles away from the site of the crime before the dead or dying victim is even discovered.
    It is sad to reflect tat civilisation which an brings so many benefits to people who have previously known only hunger and misery, brings also facilities for the heartless criminals who, for material gain, will slaughter some harmless animals and threaten the disappearance of its kind from the earth forever.

    1. Three words are given below. Give the meeting of each word as used in the passage. One – word answers or short phrases will be accepted.
    (i) developments
    (ii) consequent
    (iii) reflect
    2. Answer the following questions briefly and in your own words.
    (i) “This may at first seem strange.” To what des the words ‘this’ refer?
    (ii) Why does the author think ‘this’ may seem strange?
    (iii) How does modern transport threaten the survival of wild animals?
    (iv) Using a single sentence foe each, given the meaning of :-
    (a) ‘pushing back’ the jungle
    (b) complete for a living
    (v) What can the sad reflection that the author makes in the last paragraph of the passage?
    (vi) how can the thieves escape being caught after killing an animal?
    (vii) What is the choice left before animals who are displaced from their homes?
    3. Find words in the passage which mean same as :
    (i) reducing (ii) helps (iii) live (iv) cruel
    4. give a title to this passage and state why you have chosen it.

    Answers:
    1. Three words are given below. Give the meaning of each word as used in the passage.

    (i) Developments – Progress or advancements
    (ii) Consequent – Following as a result of something
    (iii) Reflect – To think deeply or carefully about something

    2. Answer the following questions briefly and in your own words.

    (i) “This may at first seem strange.” To what do the words ‘this’ refer?
    ‘This’ refers to the fact that even though strict laws have been passed to protect wild animals, many species are still threatened with extinction.

    (ii) Why does the author think ‘this’ may seem strange?
    The author finds it strange because despite the protective laws, animals are still in danger of extinction, which is contrary to the expectation that these laws would be sufficient to save them.

    (iii) How does modern transport threaten the survival of wild animals?
    Modern transport makes it easier for poachers to evade the authorities, allowing them to kill animals and escape quickly before they can be caught.

    (iv) Using a single sentence for each, give the meaning of: (a) ‘Pushing back’ the jungle – Clearing forests to make space for human development.
    (b) Compete for a living – Struggling to survive due to limited resources.

    (v) What is the sad reflection that the author makes in the last paragraph of the passage?
    The author reflects sadly that while civilization brings many benefits to people, it also facilitates criminals who kill animals for profit, threatening their extinction.

    (vi) How can the thieves escape being caught after killing an animal?
    Thieves can escape being caught because modern transport allows them to quickly flee the scene of the crime before the authorities or game wardens can arrive.

    (vii) What is the choice left before animals who are displaced from their homes?
    Animals displaced from their homes must compete for survival, with many of them being unable to adapt and thus facing the possibility of extinction.

    3. Find words in the passage which mean the same as:

    (i) Reducing – Declining
    (ii) Helps – Assists
    (iii) Live – Survive
    (iv) Cruel – Heartless

    4. Give a title to this passage and state why you have chosen it.

    Title: “The Threat to Wild Animals in a Modern World”
    Reason: This title reflects the passage’s focus on how modern developments, such as civilization and transport, are threatening the survival of wild animals despite protective laws. Title: “The Threat to Wild Animals in a Modern World”
    Reason: This title reflects the passage’s focus on how modern developments, such as civilization and transport, are threatening the survival of wild animals despite protective laws.

    Exercise 35.8 Read the following poem and answer the questions that follow :-
    One Night
    As I lie on my bed and look outside
    Through the window on my right
    I state and admire the beauty
    And calmness of the night
    Which seems perfectly right
    And it feels as if all my goals
    are within sight.
    I appreciate the speeding winds
    which are making the tress sway
    And just when I say to myself
    “Oh! what a day!’
    The fragrance of that air mixed
    with traces of freshness and change
    Help me to bring to life all my dreams.
    Ans before I know, it already starts to rain
    And just then I say t myself
    Now, nothing will be the same ,
    “It’s time for much needed change.”
    The first drops of water that fall on my face
    seem like a perfect embrace
    It completely rejuvenates all my sense
    Awakens and energises my soul
    After Which I am all set to face the world
    I celebrate all the good and bad
    Things that happen to me today
    And regret about what went astray
    Although regretting doesn’t make much sense.
    And it’s much later that I realise
    what is meant
    Even in that wrong years ago
    was a hidden right
    And maybe because of that I am
    Where I am tonight.
    Then I take one deep breath
    And put all my thoughts to rest
    And simply hope for the best.

    1. Find words in the passage which mean the same as the following.
    (i) to value
    (ii) sweet smell
    (iii) doing something enjoyable
    (iv) to feel sorry for something
    (v) gone wrong

    2. Fill in the blanks.

    the poet lying in bed at night felt at __________________ and thought he could easily achieve ________________. He was just going to say that it was a _____________ it started ________________. The poet is _________ and ___________ by the rain and he feels as if _____________ by the rain. He remember the ________ and ___________ things that occurred that day and something that went _______________. Putting _____________ aside, the poet, that everything will turn out to be ________________ in the end.

    3. Explain the phrases (i) perfectly right (ii) within sight (iii) set to face, in your own words
    4. Do you think the title is appropriate? Give reasons for your answer.

    Answers:
    1. Find words in the passage which mean the same as the following:

    (i) to value – appreciate
    (ii) sweet smell – fragrance
    (iii) doing something enjoyable – celebrate
    (iv) to feel sorry for something – regret
    (v) gone wrong – astray

    2. Fill in the blanks:

    The poet lying in bed at night felt at peace and thought he could easily achieve his goals. He was just going to say that it was a perfect day when it started to rain. The poet is awakened and energized by the rain, and he feels as if embraced by the rain. He remembers the good and bad things that occurred that day and something that went astray. Putting regrets aside, the poet hopes that everything will turn out to be for the best in the end.

    3. Explain the phrases:

    (i) Perfectly right – This phrase refers to the feeling of everything being in its proper place, where the poet feels peace and contentment.
    (ii) Within sight – This means that the poet feels his goals and dreams are close and achievable, as if they are just ahead of him.
    (iii) Set to face – This phrase means being fully prepared or ready to confront challenges and tackle the world with new energy and confidence.

    4. Do you think the title is appropriate? Give reasons for your answer.

    Yes, the title “One Night” is appropriate because the entire poem captures the poet’s reflections and feelings during a single night. The poet describes how the calm and beauty of the night, combined with the rain, bring a sense of change, rejuvenation, and a deeper understanding of life. The title encapsulates the transformative experience the poet undergoes during that particular night, making it fitting for the theme of the poem.

  • Letter Writing Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Letter Writing Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with Solutions from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Letter Writing

    Exercise 34.1

    1. You are Munish living in Bangaluru. Your penfriend from New Jersey, USA is visiting India next week. He has sent you a letter asking you about places to visit in Bengaluru, where to stay and what to buy as souvenirs. Write a letter giving him all the details.
    2. You are Avinash. You saw “Taare Zameen Par” and was very impressed by the movie. Write a letter o your friend asking him to watch this movie. Tell him why you liked it.
    3. You are delighted by Indian cricket team winning the “Border-Gavaskar Trophy” and crushing Australia. Write a letter to your friend, who lives in Dubai, telling him the highlights of the game and what you thought of the Australian players.
    4. Your brother is extremely disappointed at not being elected the school captain. Write a letter of encouragement to him and ask him to move on and try for better things in life.
    5. You failed to meet your friend at the airport, and he left India without meting you. Write a letter of apology to him explaining why you couldn’t meet him.
    6. Your grandfather celebrates his 90th birthday next week. Write a letter to him expressing your joy and love for him.

    Answers:
    1. Letter to Penfriend about Bengaluru

    Munish
    Bengaluru
    18th November 2024

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I am so excited to hear that you’ll be visiting India next week! Bengaluru is a wonderful city, and I’m sure you’ll enjoy your time here. Let me give you a few suggestions on where to go, stay, and what to buy.

    For places to visit, I recommend starting with Cubbon Park and Lalbagh Botanical Garden—both are peaceful and beautiful. You can also visit the Bangalore Palace for a glimpse of royal history and the ISKCON Temple for some spiritual peace. If you’re interested in technology, the Visvesvaraya Industrial and Technological Museum is fascinating. Don’t miss Nandi Hills for a great sunrise experience!

    For accommodation, you can consider staying in MG Road or Indiranagar—both areas have great hotels and are centrally located. The Oberoi and Taj West End are luxury options, while Treebo Hotels offer more budget-friendly choices.

    As for souvenirs, Bengaluru is known for its silk and sandalwood. You can buy Mysore Silk sarees and sandalwood products from Cauvery Emporium. Handicrafts and coffee from local markets are also great keepsakes.

    Looking forward to meeting you soon! Let me know if you need any more information.

    Best regards,
    Munish


    2. Letter about “Taare Zameen Par”

    Avinash
    Delhi
    18th November 2024

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I hope this letter finds you well. I recently watched a movie called “Taare Zameen Par” and was completely blown away. I just had to write to you and recommend that you watch it as soon as you can.

    The movie is about a boy named Ishaan, who struggles with dyslexia but isn’t understood by his teachers or even his parents. What I loved most about the movie was how it brings out the importance of recognizing and nurturing a child’s unique talents instead of forcing them to fit into societal expectations. The emotional depth and the way Aamir Khan portrayed the teacher who helps Ishaan is simply outstanding.

    It’s a film that touches your heart and makes you reflect on how we perceive education and creativity. Trust me, you’ll love it as much as I did. Let me know what you think after you watch it!

    Take care,
    Avinash


    3. Letter about the Border-Gavaskar Trophy

    [Your Name]
    Mumbai
    18th November 2024

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I hope you’re doing well in Dubai! I just had to share the amazing news—the Indian cricket team has won the Border-Gavaskar Trophy and crushed Australia in an incredible series!

    The final match was especially thrilling, with India dominating in all aspects of the game. Our bowlers, especially Jasprit Bumrah and Ravichandran Ashwin, were outstanding. They kept the Australian batsmen under pressure throughout. And the Indian batsmen? Virat Kohli and Rohit Sharma were just phenomenal! Kohli’s century in the second innings was the turning point.

    I must say, I found the Australian players a bit lacking this time, especially their bowlers. They just couldn’t match our team’s energy and skill. It was a series to remember, and I can’t wait for the next one!

    Hope to hear from you soon.

    Best,
    [Your Name]


    4. Letter of Encouragement to Your Brother

    [Your Name]
    Chennai
    18th November 2024

    Dear [Brother’s Name],

    I just heard about you not being elected the school captain, and I know you must be feeling disappointed. But I want to remind you that setbacks are a part of life. This one instance does not define your abilities or potential.

    Remember, there are bigger and better things waiting for you. You have so many talents, and I’m sure opportunities will come your way where you’ll shine even brighter. Sometimes, not getting something we want opens the door to something greater.

    Take this as a learning experience, and don’t be too hard on yourself. I believe in you, and I know you’ll achieve amazing things. Keep your head high and keep moving forward!

    With lots of love,
    [Your Name]


    5. Letter of Apology for Missing a Meeting at the Airport

    [Your Name]
    Hyderabad
    18th November 2024

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I feel terrible that I couldn’t meet you at the airport before you left India. Please accept my sincere apologies for not being there as promised. Unfortunately, I was stuck in a situation I couldn’t avoid, and by the time I reached, you had already left.

    I know how much we were both looking forward to meeting, and I regret that it didn’t happen. I hope you understand that it wasn’t intentional, and I hope to make it up to you the next time you visit.

    Please let me know how your trip went, and I hope we can meet soon under better circumstances.

    With my deepest apologies,
    [Your Name]


    6. Letter to Grandfather on His 90th Birthday

    [Your Name]
    Pune
    18th November 2024

    Dear Grandpa,

    I hope this letter finds you in good health. I can’t express how happy I am as your 90th birthday approaches! It’s such a special occasion, and I feel incredibly blessed to have you in my life.

    You have always been my guiding light, teaching me the values of kindness, patience, and hard work. Your wisdom and stories have shaped who I am today, and I’m so grateful for all the love you’ve given me over the years.

    I wish you a wonderful birthday filled with joy, laughter, and love. I’ll be there soon to celebrate this special day with you, and I’m really looking forward to it!

    With lots of love,
    [Your Name]

    Letter Writing

    Exercise 32.2

    1. You are Seema Bharatiya . You wish to place an order for a copy of the book ‘It was Five Minutes Past Midnight’ written by Dominique Lappierre, with Messrs UBS Publishers and Distrubutors, Ansari Road , Delhi. Write a letter requesting them to mail you a copy by VPP.
    2. You and your friends are doing a project on “How Glass is Made”. You wish to visit the glass factory which is close to your town. Write a letter to the Manager, Mr Vithal Bhai, seeking permission to allow your group to visit the factory at a date and time suitable to him.
    3. You had ordered some books from Messrs Sita Prakashan. On receipt of the package you find that the books are not the same as ordered by you. Write a letter of complaint asking them to replace the books.
    4. You are Prem Butalia. You and your friends are interested in going for a sightseeing trip to Goa. Write a letter to Messrs Joy Travels who conduct package tours asking them to give you details of the tour.
    5. You are Saurav Gangadhar. You wish to order a pair of football shoes from a shop. Modern Sports located in Karol Bagh. Write a letter to the proprietor asking him to send you the pair of shoes. Give him details, such as size, brand, colour and the mode of dispatch.
    6. Mrs Sandra Mathews has invited all her office colleagues for a New Year Eve dinner at her house. Draft a suitable invitation on her behalf.
    7. Mr & Mrs Khan’s son is returning from the USA after completing his MBA from the Harvard Business College. They wish to invite their friends to dinner at Hotel Taj in honor of his return. Write the invitation on their behalf.
    8. Mr % Mrs Ranade wish to acknowledge and accept the invitation given to them by Mr & Mrs Khan (Exercise 7 above). Write their informal reply.
    9. You are the Vice-Head Boy of your school studying in Class XII students auditorium. Write an informal invitation for them.

    Answers:
    1. Letter to UBS Publishers for Ordering a Book

    Seema Bharatiya
    Laxmi Nagar
    Delhi
    18th November 2024

    Messrs UBS Publishers and Distributors
    Ansari Road
    Delhi

    Subject: Request to Order a Copy of the Book ‘It was Five Minutes Past Midnight’

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I hope this letter finds you well. I wish to place an order for a copy of the book titled “It was Five Minutes Past Midnight” written by Dominique Lapierre. Kindly mail me a copy of the book by VPP (Value Payable Post) at the earliest.

    Please find my address below:
    Seema Bharatiya
    Laxmi Nagar
    Delhi – 110092

    Thank you for your attention to this request. I look forward to receiving the book soon.

    Yours sincerely,
    Seema Bharatiya


    2. Letter Seeking Permission to Visit a Glass Factory

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    Mr. Vithal Bhai
    Manager
    Glass Factory
    [Location]

    Subject: Permission to Visit the Glass Factory for Project Work

    Dear Mr. Vithal Bhai,

    I hope you are doing well. I, along with a group of my friends, am currently working on a project titled “How Glass is Made.” We are keen to gain practical knowledge by visiting your esteemed factory, which is close to our town.

    We kindly request your permission to allow our group to visit the factory at a date and time convenient for you. This visit will help us understand the process of glassmaking firsthand, and we will ensure to follow all safety protocols during our visit.

    We look forward to your favorable response.

    Thank you for your time and consideration.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]


    3. Letter of Complaint for Incorrect Book Order

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    Messrs Sita Prakashan
    [Address]

    Subject: Complaint Regarding Incorrect Book Order

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I hope this letter finds you well. I recently placed an order for books with your publication house. Unfortunately, upon receiving the package, I found that the books sent were not the ones I had ordered.

    Kindly replace the books with the correct ones at the earliest. I would appreciate it if the replacement could be made promptly, as I require the books for an upcoming project. Please find attached the order details and list of the correct books I requested.

    Thank you for your prompt attention to this matter.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]


    4. Letter to Joy Travels for Details on a Trip to Goa

    Prem Butalia
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    Messrs Joy Travels
    [Address]

    Subject: Request for Details of a Package Tour to Goa

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I hope you are doing well. My friends and I are planning a sightseeing trip to Goa and are interested in the package tours conducted by your travel agency.

    Could you kindly provide us with details of the tour packages available, including the itinerary, cost, accommodation options, and the duration of the trip? We are planning to travel in the first week of December, so we would appreciate receiving the information at your earliest convenience.

    Thank you for your assistance. We look forward to hearing from you soon.

    Yours sincerely,
    Prem Butalia


    5. Letter to Modern Sports for Ordering Football Shoes

    Saurav Gangadhar
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    Modern Sports
    Karol Bagh
    Delhi

    Subject: Order for Football Shoes

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I hope this letter finds you well. I would like to place an order for a pair of football shoes from your shop. Below are the details of my requirement:

    • Brand: Nike
    • Size: UK 9
    • Color: Black with white stripes
    • Mode of Dispatch: Please send the shoes via courier to the address provided below.

    Please confirm the availability of the shoes and the total cost, including shipping charges, so I can make the payment accordingly.

    Shipping Address:
    Saurav Gangadhar
    [Your Address]

    Thank you, and I look forward to receiving the shoes soon.

    Yours sincerely,
    Saurav Gangadhar


    6. Invitation for New Year’s Eve Dinner

    Mrs. Sandra Mathews
    invites you to a
    New Year’s Eve Dinner

    Date: 31st December 2024
    Time: 7:30 PM
    Venue: [Mrs. Mathews’ House Address]

    Let’s celebrate the start of a new year together with joy and laughter!

    RSVP: [Phone Number]


    7. Invitation for Dinner to Celebrate Son’s Return

    Mr. and Mrs. Khan
    cordially invite you to a
    Dinner in honor of their son’s return from the USA
    after completing his MBA from Harvard Business College.

    Date: 25th November 2024
    Time: 7:00 PM
    Venue: Hotel Taj, [Location]

    We look forward to celebrating this special occasion with you!

    RSVP: [Phone Number]


    8. Informal Reply to Invitation

    Dear Mr. and Mrs. Khan,

    Thank you so much for your kind invitation to the dinner in honor of your son’s return. We are delighted to hear about his achievement and look forward to celebrating with you on the 25th at Hotel Taj.

    We wish him continued success and are excited to be part of this joyous occasion.

    With best regards,
    Mr. and Mrs. Ranade


    9. Informal Invitation to Class XII Students for Auditorium Meeting

    Dear Class XII Students,

    You are invited to attend a meeting in the school auditorium to discuss important updates regarding the upcoming annual event.

    Date: 20th November 2024
    Time: 11:00 AM
    Venue: School Auditorium

    Your participation is important as we will be finalizing crucial details for the event. Looking forward to seeing you there!

    Sincerely,
    [Your Name]
    Vice-Head Boy

    Application Letter

    Exercise 34.3 Now read he situations and draft suitable applications for jobs :-

    1. You are Anil. You have done your M. Sc. in Maths from Delhi University and have also done your B/Ed from CIE, Delhi. You have seen an advertisement of G.D. Hansarj School in the ‘Hindustan Times’, dated 12 December, 2013 asking for PGT Maths. Apply in response to the advertisement.
    2. You are Sushila. You come across the following advertisement (HT, 24th Aug., 2016) :
    “Wanted good looking models. Male/Female for print ads for writer designer wears”. Write within five days with suitable photographs to Manager, New Designer Wears, 5-16, Lajpat Nagar IV, New Delhi.
    3. You are Meena Butalia. Write an application to the Manager, MTNL Exchange, 21 Mathura Road, New Delhi for the post of a Telephone Operator.
    4. You are Sushma Sareen. You have just completed your B.Com from Chennai. You come across an advertisement in a local newspaper about a Correspondence Couse offered by Vivekananda Institute of Education and Research. Write an application seeking admission to the course in Banking Laws.
    5. Messrs Mehrason’s Superstores are looking for smart, graduate girls and boys who are fluent in English to serve in their stores as counter boys and girls They have announced a handsome salary. You are Preeti Raghvan. Write an application for the job.
    6. You are Pawan Walia. You are working in parihar exports. You need one month’s leave as your sister’s marriage has been fixed and you to go to your hometown Meerut to make arrangements for the wedding. Write an application asking for leave.
    7. You are Soina. You are working with Wari stores as their Floor Manager. You are on leave but you have fallen sick and will not be able to resume duties on the date scheduled. Write a letter to the Manager, Wari Stores, explaining your reasons for not being able to join on time. Request him to extend your leave by another 15 days.
    8. You are Mimi. You have just completed your Graduation. Write an application to the Director, Young Women’s Christian Association asking them to enrol you for their next six month Travel and Tourism Course.

    Answers:
    1. Application for the Post of PGT Maths

    Anil
    [Your Address]
    Delhi – [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Principal
    G.D. Hansarj School
    [School Address]

    Subject: Application for the Post of PGT Maths

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to apply for the position of PGT Maths, as advertised in the Hindustan Times on 12th December 2013. I have completed my M.Sc. in Mathematics from Delhi University and hold a B.Ed. degree from the CIE, Delhi.

    With my academic qualifications and teaching experience, I am confident that I possess the necessary skills to contribute effectively to your school. I am passionate about teaching Mathematics and have a deep understanding of the subject, along with the ability to communicate complex concepts in an easy-to-understand manner.

    Please find my resume attached for your consideration. I am looking forward to the opportunity to discuss my qualifications in further detail.

    Thank you for considering my application.

    Yours sincerely,
    Anil


    2. Application for the Post of Model

    Sushila
    [Your Address]
    [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    New Designer Wears
    5-16, Lajpat Nagar IV
    New Delhi

    Subject: Application for the Post of Model

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I came across your advertisement in the Hindustan Times, dated 24th August 2016, seeking good-looking male and female models for print advertisements for designer wear. I am very interested in applying for this position.

    I have attached my photographs and personal details with this application. I believe my appearance and confidence would make me a suitable candidate for the role. I am eager to discuss how I can contribute to your upcoming projects.

    I look forward to your positive response.

    Yours sincerely,
    Sushila


    3. Application for the Post of Telephone Operator

    Meena Butalia
    [Your Address]
    [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    MTNL Exchange
    21 Mathura Road
    New Delhi

    Subject: Application for the Post of Telephone Operator

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to apply for the position of Telephone Operator at your MTNL Exchange, as advertised. I believe that my skills and qualifications make me a suitable candidate for this role.

    I have completed my education and am proficient in handling calls, maintaining records, and providing excellent customer service. I have a good command over communication skills and am quick to learn any software or procedures that are required.

    Kindly find my resume attached for your review. I would appreciate the opportunity to meet and discuss my application further.

    Thank you for your time and consideration.

    Yours sincerely,
    Meena Butalia


    4. Application for Admission to the Correspondence Course in Banking Laws

    Sushma Sareen
    [Your Address]
    Chennai
    18th November 2024

    The Director
    Vivekananda Institute of Education and Research
    [Institute Address]

    Subject: Application for Admission to the Correspondence Course in Banking Laws

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to express my interest in enrolling for the Correspondence Course in Banking Laws offered by your institute. I have recently completed my B.Com from Chennai and wish to expand my knowledge in the field of banking and law.

    I believe that this course will help me build a strong foundation for my career. Kindly provide me with the necessary information regarding the course structure, admission process, and fees.

    I look forward to hearing from you soon.

    Yours sincerely,
    Sushma Sareen


    5. Application for the Job of Counter Boy/Girl

    Preeti Raghvan
    [Your Address]
    [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    Mehrason’s Superstores
    [Store Address]

    Subject: Application for the Job of Counter Boy/Girl

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to apply for the position of Counter Boy/Girl at your esteemed store. I am a graduate and fluent in English, as required in your advertisement. I believe my communication skills and customer service experience would make me a great fit for this position.

    I am keen to work with your team and contribute to providing excellent customer service at your store. Please find my resume attached for your review.

    I look forward to the opportunity to discuss my qualifications further.

    Yours sincerely,
    Preeti Raghvan


    6. Application for One-Month Leave

    Pawan Walia
    Parihar Exports
    [Company Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    Parihar Exports
    [Company Address]

    Subject: Request for One-Month Leave

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to request one month’s leave from work as my sister’s wedding has been scheduled, and I need to travel to my hometown, Meerut, to make necessary arrangements for the event.

    I kindly request you to grant me leave from 1st December to 31st December 2024. I assure you that I will complete all my pending tasks before my leave and ensure a smooth handover.

    Thank you for your understanding and support.

    Yours sincerely,
    Pawan Walia


    7. Application for Extension of Leave

    Soina
    Floor Manager
    Wari Stores
    [Store Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    Wari Stores
    [Store Address]

    Subject: Request for Extension of Leave

    Dear Sir,

    I hope this letter finds you well. I am currently on leave due to illness and, unfortunately, I am not yet fully recovered. I will not be able to resume my duties on the scheduled date.

    I kindly request you to extend my leave by an additional 15 days until 5th December 2024. I sincerely apologize for any inconvenience caused and assure you that I will be back to work once I have fully recovered.

    Thank you for your understanding and support.

    Yours sincerely,
    Soina


    8. Application for Enrollment in Travel and Tourism Course

    Mimi
    [Your Address]
    [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Director
    Young Women’s Christian Association
    [Address]

    Subject: Application for Enrollment in Travel and Tourism Course

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I have recently completed my Graduation and am eager to pursue a career in the travel and tourism industry. I came across the six-month Travel and Tourism Course offered by your organization and would like to apply for admission.

    I am confident that this course will provide me with the skills and knowledge needed to succeed in this field. Please provide me with the necessary information regarding the admission process and course details.

    Thank you for your time and consideration.

    Yours sincerely,
    Mimi

    Letters to Editor

    Exercise 34.4 Write the following letters to the Editor of a national newspaper :-
    1. You are Varun. You are quite concerned about the bad conditions of roads in your locality. You have been writing to the local authorities about it but no action has been taken so far. Write a letter to the editor of a newspaper highlighting the plight of the residents due to the bad conditions of the roads and the callous attitude of the local authorities.
    2. You are Sabina. Every time you stop at the red light crossing, you find a number of beggars who swarm around the cars begging for alms. You have also noticed that recently the number of child beggars is increasing. Write a letter to the Editor, Times of India, stating your opinion. Suggest that it is high time that citizens learn to do things on their own rather than sit and criticize the Government.
    3. The disaster at Badrinath and kedarnath has shocked the nation with stories still pouring in about the missing and the dead You are Abhinav/Asha. You are concerned as a student, and want to help in some way. Write a letter to the Editor, Times of India, stating your opinion. Suggest that it is high time that citizens learn to do things on their own rather than sit and criticise the Government.
    4. Most holy places in our country are very vulnerable places for pickpokets or kidnappers to play their dirty tricks on unsuspecting pilgrims . You are saddened to see this deplorable side of human character. Write a letter to the Editor of a National Daily stating your views.
    5. Recently, you were travelling in a bus in which a number of college boys and girls were travllings too. You noticed that some bullies did not buy any ticket. Write a letter to the Editor of a newspaper highlighting this giving some effective solutions for the problem.
    6. The TV and the Computer have been blamed for reduced book reading habits among children. You feel that there are still better ways in which parents and teachers can promote reading habits amongst children.
    7. You live in a small town which does not have even a public park. Write a letter to the Editor of a newspaper highlighting the need of a park.

    Answers:
    1. Application for the Post of PGT Maths

    Anil
    [Your Address]
    Delhi – [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Principal
    G.D. Hansarj School
    [School Address]

    Subject: Application for the Post of PGT Maths

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to apply for the position of PGT Maths, as advertised in the Hindustan Times on 12th December 2013. I have completed my M.Sc. in Mathematics from Delhi University and hold a B.Ed. degree from the CIE, Delhi.

    With my academic qualifications and teaching experience, I am confident that I possess the necessary skills to contribute effectively to your school. I am passionate about teaching Mathematics and have a deep understanding of the subject, along with the ability to communicate complex concepts in an easy-to-understand manner.

    Please find my resume attached for your consideration. I am looking forward to the opportunity to discuss my qualifications in further detail.

    Thank you for considering my application.

    Yours sincerely,
    Anil


    2. Application for the Post of Model

    Sushila
    [Your Address]
    [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    New Designer Wears
    5-16, Lajpat Nagar IV
    New Delhi

    Subject: Application for the Post of Model

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I came across your advertisement in the Hindustan Times, dated 24th August 2016, seeking good-looking male and female models for print advertisements for designer wear. I am very interested in applying for this position.

    I have attached my photographs and personal details with this application. I believe my appearance and confidence would make me a suitable candidate for the role. I am eager to discuss how I can contribute to your upcoming projects.

    I look forward to your positive response.

    Yours sincerely,
    Sushila


    3. Application for the Post of Telephone Operator

    Meena Butalia
    [Your Address]
    [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    MTNL Exchange
    21 Mathura Road
    New Delhi

    Subject: Application for the Post of Telephone Operator

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to apply for the position of Telephone Operator at your MTNL Exchange, as advertised. I believe that my skills and qualifications make me a suitable candidate for this role.

    I have completed my education and am proficient in handling calls, maintaining records, and providing excellent customer service. I have a good command over communication skills and am quick to learn any software or procedures that are required.

    Kindly find my resume attached for your review. I would appreciate the opportunity to meet and discuss my application further.

    Thank you for your time and consideration.

    Yours sincerely,
    Meena Butalia


    4. Application for Admission to the Correspondence Course in Banking Laws

    Sushma Sareen
    [Your Address]
    Chennai
    18th November 2024

    The Director
    Vivekananda Institute of Education and Research
    [Institute Address]

    Subject: Application for Admission to the Correspondence Course in Banking Laws

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to express my interest in enrolling for the Correspondence Course in Banking Laws offered by your institute. I have recently completed my B.Com from Chennai and wish to expand my knowledge in the field of banking and law.

    I believe that this course will help me build a strong foundation for my career. Kindly provide me with the necessary information regarding the course structure, admission process, and fees.

    I look forward to hearing from you soon.

    Yours sincerely,
    Sushma Sareen


    5. Application for the Job of Counter Boy/Girl

    Preeti Raghvan
    [Your Address]
    [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    Mehrason’s Superstores
    [Store Address]

    Subject: Application for the Job of Counter Boy/Girl

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to apply for the position of Counter Boy/Girl at your esteemed store. I am a graduate and fluent in English, as required in your advertisement. I believe my communication skills and customer service experience would make me a great fit for this position.

    I am keen to work with your team and contribute to providing excellent customer service at your store. Please find my resume attached for your review.

    I look forward to the opportunity to discuss my qualifications further.

    Yours sincerely,
    Preeti Raghvan


    6. Application for One-Month Leave

    Pawan Walia
    Parihar Exports
    [Company Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    Parihar Exports
    [Company Address]

    Subject: Request for One-Month Leave

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to request one month’s leave from work as my sister’s wedding has been scheduled, and I need to travel to my hometown, Meerut, to make necessary arrangements for the event.

    I kindly request you to grant me leave from 1st December to 31st December 2024. I assure you that I will complete all my pending tasks before my leave and ensure a smooth handover.

    Thank you for your understanding and support.

    Yours sincerely,
    Pawan Walia


    7. Application for Extension of Leave

    Soina
    Floor Manager
    Wari Stores
    [Store Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    Wari Stores
    [Store Address]

    Subject: Request for Extension of Leave

    Dear Sir,

    I hope this letter finds you well. I am currently on leave due to illness and, unfortunately, I am not yet fully recovered. I will not be able to resume my duties on the scheduled date.

    I kindly request you to extend my leave by an additional 15 days until 5th December 2024. I sincerely apologize for any inconvenience caused and assure you that I will be back to work once I have fully recovered.

    Thank you for your understanding and support.

    Yours sincerely,
    Soina


    8. Application for Enrollment in Travel and Tourism Course

    Mimi
    [Your Address]
    [Pin Code]
    18th November 2024

    The Director
    Young Women’s Christian Association
    [Address]

    Subject: Application for Enrollment in Travel and Tourism Course

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I have recently completed my Graduation and am eager to pursue a career in the travel and tourism industry. I came across the six-month Travel and Tourism Course offered by your organization and would like to apply for admission.

    I am confident that this course will provide me with the skills and knowledge needed to succeed in this field. Please provide me with the necessary information regarding the admission process and course details.

    Thank you for your time and consideration.

    Yours sincerely,
    Mimi

    4o mini

    You said:

    Exercise 34.4 Write the following letters to the Editor of a national newspaper :-

    1. You are Varun. You are quite concerned about the bad conditions of roads in your locality. You have been writing to the local authorities about it but no action has been taken so far. Write a letter to the editor of a newspaper highlighting the plight of the residents due to the bad conditions of the roads and the callous attitude of the local authorities.

    2. You are Sabina. Every time you stop at the red light crossing, you find a number of beggars who swarm around the cars begging for alms. You have also noticed that recently the number of child beggars is increasing. Write a letter to the Editor, Times of India, stating your opinion. Suggest that it is high time that citizens learn to do things on their own rather than sit and criticize the Government.

    3. The disaster at Badrinath and kedarnath has shocked the nation with stories still pouring in about the missing and the dead You are Abhinav/Asha. You are concerned as a student, and want to help in some way. Write a letter to the Editor, Times of India, stating your opinion. Suggest that it is high time that citizens learn to do things on their own rather than sit and criticise the Government.

    4. Most holy places in our country are very vulnerable places for pickpokets or kidnappers to play their dirty tricks on unsuspecting pilgrims . You are saddened to see this deplorable side of human character. Write a letter to the Editor of a National Daily stating your views.

    5. Recently, you were travelling in a bus in which a number of college boys and girls were travllings too. You noticed that some bullies did not buy any ticket. Write a letter to the Editor of a newspaper highlighting this giving some effective solutions for the problem. 6. The TV and the Computer have been blamed for reduced book reading habits among children. You feel that there are still better ways in which parents and teachers can promote reading habits amongst children. 7. You live in a small town which does not have even a public park. Write a letter to the Editor of a newspaper highlighting the need of a park.

    1. Letter about Bad Conditions of Roads

    Varun
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Editor
    [Newspaper Name]
    [Newspaper Address]

    Subject: Poor Condition of Roads in Our Locality

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I would like to bring to your attention the deplorable condition of the roads in our locality. Despite multiple complaints lodged with the local authorities, no action has been taken so far to address the issue. The roads are full of potholes, making it extremely dangerous for pedestrians and vehicles alike. This has not only led to several accidents but also makes commuting a daily struggle for the residents.

    The authorities’ callous attitude is deeply concerning, and we are left with no option but to highlight this issue through your esteemed newspaper. I request you to publish this letter so that the concerned authorities may take swift action and relieve the residents of this daily hardship.

    Yours sincerely,
    Varun


    2. Letter about Increasing Child Beggars

    Sabina
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Editor
    Times of India
    [Address]

    Subject: Rising Number of Child Beggars at Traffic Signals

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    Every time I stop at a red light crossing, I am swarmed by a number of beggars seeking alms, many of whom are children. It is heartbreaking to see these young ones deprived of education and a decent life. Instead of addressing the root cause of this issue, we, as citizens, often just criticize the Government without taking any meaningful steps to help.

    I believe it is high time we, as a society, take responsibility and work towards rehabilitation programs for these children. Public awareness campaigns, stricter enforcement of child protection laws, and encouraging education could go a long way in reducing this issue.

    I hope your esteemed newspaper can help highlight this growing concern and push for actionable solutions.

    Yours sincerely,
    Sabina


    3. Letter about the Disaster in Badrinath and Kedarnath

    Abhinav/Asha
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Editor
    Times of India
    [Address]

    Subject: Concerns Over the Badrinath-Kedarnath Disaster

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    The recent disaster at Badrinath and Kedarnath has shocked the entire nation, with stories of missing and deceased individuals still surfacing. As a student, I feel deeply concerned about the situation and wish to contribute in some meaningful way.

    Rather than merely criticizing the Government’s efforts, I believe it is time for citizens to step up and contribute to the rehabilitation and recovery process. Volunteering with NGOs, donating to relief funds, and raising awareness about disaster preparedness can help prevent such large-scale devastation in the future.

    I request your esteemed newspaper to highlight this issue and encourage citizens to play an active role in rebuilding the affected regions.

    Yours sincerely,
    Abhinav/Asha


    4. Letter about Safety at Holy Places

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Editor
    [Newspaper Name]
    [Newspaper Address]

    Subject: Safety Concerns at Holy Places

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    It is disheartening to observe that holy places in our country have become vulnerable spots for pickpockets and kidnappers. Unsuspecting pilgrims fall victim to these criminals, which not only mars their spiritual experience but also reflects the deplorable state of humanity in such places.

    It is important that security measures be enhanced at these locations, including the installation of surveillance cameras, increased police patrolling, and educating pilgrims about safeguarding their belongings. I hope your esteemed publication can bring attention to this issue and urge authorities to take the necessary steps.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]


    5. Letter about College Students Not Buying Bus Tickets

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Editor
    [Newspaper Name]
    [Newspaper Address]

    Subject: College Students Evading Bus Tickets

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I recently traveled by bus and noticed that several college students traveling in the same bus deliberately evaded buying tickets. This behavior not only reflects dishonesty but also deprives the transportation system of revenue.

    I believe stricter checks should be implemented on buses, and conductors should be empowered to impose penalties on defaulters. Moreover, awareness should be raised among students about their responsibility as citizens to follow rules. I hope your esteemed newspaper can highlight this issue and encourage responsible behavior among the youth.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]


    6. Letter about Promoting Reading Habits Among Children

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Editor
    [Newspaper Name]
    [Newspaper Address]

    Subject: Promoting Reading Habits Among Children

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    It is widely believed that the growing popularity of television and computers has led to a decline in reading habits among children. While these technologies are often blamed, I believe there are still better ways for parents and teachers to promote reading.

    Organizing reading sessions, introducing engaging books, and encouraging visits to libraries can go a long way in fostering a love for reading. Schools and communities should also promote book clubs and reading challenges to make the habit more appealing to children.

    I hope your esteemed newspaper can shed light on this issue and offer constructive suggestions for promoting reading habits among young minds.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]


    7. Letter about the Need for a Public Park

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Editor
    [Newspaper Name]
    [Newspaper Address]

    Subject: Need for a Public Park in Our Town

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I live in a small town that, unfortunately, does not have a single public park. The lack of such a recreational space is greatly felt by the residents, especially children and the elderly, who have no proper area to relax, exercise, or spend time outdoors.

    A public park would not only improve the quality of life in our town but also encourage a healthy and active lifestyle. I request you to publish this letter to bring this concern to the attention of the local authorities, hoping they will take the necessary steps to address this need.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]

    Exercise 34.5 Attempt the following letters :-
    1. You are Krishna, living in Ajmer. You have recently seen a movie (film). Write a letter to your brother describing how you enjoyed the movie. You may touch upon the following points :-
    (i) When did you see the movie?
    (ii) Who else accompanied you?
    (iii) What was the theme of the movie?
    (iv) How did you enjoy yourself at the movie?
    (v) What did you learn from it?
    2. You are Shiva. Your school is organising an eductional tour. Write a letter to your father requesting him to allow you go to on the tour and to send you money. You may touch upon the following points :-
    (i) The dates of the tour
    (ii) The places to be visited
    (iii) Your interest
    (iv) The amount of money needed
    (v) Request and thanks
    3. Write a letter to your younger brother, advising him to read newspaper. Tell him why newspaper are necessary for education; how they bring not only news but opinions on social, economic and political subjects also.
    4. Write a letter to the Headmaster of your school asking for leave due to illness.
    5. Write a letter to the Health Officer district requesting him to take immediate steps against the spread of cholera in your village.
    6. Write a letter to the Superintendent of Police complaining about the behaviour of a policeman on patrol duty.
    7. Write a letter to the Editor of a newspaper complaining of the frequent break-down of electricity in your locality.
    8. Write a letter to the manager of a local mill seeking his permission to visit the mill. Give the number of students and the date on which you propose to visit.

    Answers:
    1. Letter to Brother Describing a Movie Experience

    Krishna
    Ajmer
    18th November 2024

    Dear Brother,

    I hope you are doing well. Last weekend, I had a wonderful time as I went to watch a movie, which I have been eagerly waiting for. I saw it on Saturday evening with my friends. We were so excited that we booked the tickets well in advance.

    The movie was based on an inspiring theme of friendship and perseverance. It showed how friends stick together through thick and thin, facing various challenges, and ultimately achieving their dreams. The message of the film was powerful and emotional, and it left a deep impact on me.

    I thoroughly enjoyed myself at the theater – the storyline, the acting, and the music were all top-notch. What I loved most was how the movie emphasized the importance of teamwork and loyalty. It taught me that success comes when you work together and never give up, no matter how difficult the journey may be.

    I wish you had been there with me. I am sure you would have loved it too!

    Take care and write back soon.

    Yours lovingly,
    Krishna


    2. Letter to Father Requesting Permission to Go on an Educational Tour

    Shiva
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    Dear Father,

    I hope you are well. I am writing to ask for your permission to go on an educational tour that my school is organizing next month. The tour is scheduled from 5th to 10th December, and we will be visiting some important historical and educational places like Jaipur, Agra, and Delhi.

    I have always been interested in visiting these places, especially the Taj Mahal and the Red Fort, as we studied them in history class. This tour will be a great learning experience for me, and I am excited to participate.

    The total cost of the tour is ₹5,000, which covers transportation, accommodation, and food. I kindly request you to send me the amount so that I can confirm my participation. I promise to make the most out of this trip and take lots of notes and pictures to share with you.

    Thank you for considering my request. I look forward to your response.

    Yours affectionately,
    Shiva


    3. Letter to Younger Brother Advising Him to Read Newspapers

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    Dear [Brother’s Name],

    I hope you’re doing well. I wanted to talk to you about something important – the habit of reading newspapers. I know you are busy with your studies, but reading the newspaper daily is crucial for your overall development.

    Newspapers are not just a source of news; they provide opinions and perspectives on social, economic, and political issues. They help you understand current affairs, and they also improve your language and general knowledge, which are important for competitive exams.

    By reading the editorial sections, you can get a deeper understanding of important topics and stay informed about what’s happening around the world. This habit will greatly benefit you in the long run, especially when you sit for exams and interviews.

    So, make it a point to start reading at least one newspaper daily. Trust me, it will enhance your knowledge and broaden your outlook.

    Take care,
    [Your Name]


    4. Letter to Headmaster Requesting Leave Due to Illness

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Headmaster
    [School Name]
    [School Address]

    Subject: Leave Application Due to Illness

    Respected Sir,

    I am writing to inform you that I am suffering from a severe case of viral fever and am unable to attend school for the next few days. The doctor has advised me to take rest for a full recovery.

    I request you to kindly grant me leave for three days, from 18th to 20th November. I will ensure that I make up for the missed lessons once I am back.

    Thank you for your understanding.

    Yours obediently,
    [Your Name]
    Class [Your Class]


    5. Letter to Health Officer Requesting Action Against Cholera Spread

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Health Officer
    [District Name]
    [Health Department Address]

    Subject: Request for Immediate Action Against Spread of Cholera

    Respected Sir,

    I am writing to bring to your notice the alarming spread of cholera in our village. Several residents have already been affected, and the situation is getting worse. The lack of clean drinking water and poor sanitation facilities are contributing to the outbreak.

    I kindly request you to take immediate steps to control the situation. We urgently need medical teams, clean water supplies, and proper sanitation measures to prevent the disease from spreading further. Your prompt action will save many lives.

    Thank you for your attention to this serious matter.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]


    6. Letter to Superintendent of Police Complaining About a Policeman’s Behavior

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Superintendent of Police
    [Police Station Name]
    [Address]

    Subject: Complaint Regarding Policeman’s Behavior

    Respected Sir,

    I am writing to bring to your attention an unfortunate incident involving a policeman on patrol duty in our area. On the night of 15th November, I had an encounter with the said officer, who behaved rudely and unprofessionally when I approached him with a simple query regarding security in the locality.

    Such behavior from a public servant is unacceptable, and it tarnishes the image of the police force. I request you to kindly look into this matter and take appropriate action to ensure that public servants treat citizens with respect and fulfill their duties properly.

    Thank you for your attention to this issue.

    Yours faithfully,
    [Your Name]


    7. Letter to Editor Complaining About Frequent Electricity Breakdowns

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Editor
    [Newspaper Name]
    [Newspaper Address]

    Subject: Frequent Breakdown of Electricity in Our Locality

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I would like to draw your attention to the frequent breakdown of electricity in our locality, which has become a constant source of inconvenience for the residents. Power cuts last for hours, and the situation worsens during peak evening hours when students need electricity for studies, and families need it for daily chores.

    Despite repeated complaints to the electricity board, the situation remains unresolved. I hope that through your esteemed newspaper, the concerned authorities will be compelled to take immediate action and resolve the problem.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]


    8. Letter to the Manager of a Local Mill Seeking Permission for a Visit

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    18th November 2024

    The Manager
    [Mill Name]
    [Mill Address]

    Subject: Request for Permission to Visit the Mill

    Respected Sir,

    I am writing on behalf of a group of students from [Your School/College Name]. We are keen on visiting your mill as part of an educational tour to understand the production processes and operational management of your facility.

    We are a group of 25 students, and we would like to visit the mill on [Proposed Date]. Kindly grant us permission for the visit at a time convenient to you.

    Thank you for your cooperation. We look forward to your positive response.

    Yours faithfully,
    [Your Name]
    [Your School/College Name]

  • Essays and Articles Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Essays and Articles Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary school Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 33.2
    1. Describe any match (hockey, football, cricket, table tennis) you have witnessed in your school.
    2. You witnessed an accident near your house. Describe how it happened and who was hurt. Did anyone help the injured people? Did the police help? Who took the injured to the hospital? What did you do and how did you do and how did you help?
    3. Narrate an incident which happened during a train journey and which was very humorous.
    4. Which season do you like and why?
    5. I hate watching Sas-bahu soaps on the T.V.
    6. A weekly market.
    7. The colony I live in
    8. My first journey in a plane.
    9. Oh! What a horrible experience!
    10. The country you would like to visit.

    Answers:
    1. A Match I Witnessed in School (Cricket)
    Last week, our school hosted an inter-house cricket match, and the excitement was palpable. The match was between the Red House and the Blue House. The Red House batted first, setting a target of 150 runs. The Blue House started off strong, but by the middle of the innings, they lost a few key players. In the last over, they needed 10 runs to win, and the tension was high. The crowd cheered as the batsman hit a six on the second-last ball. With one ball left, the Blue House won with a single, and the students erupted in celebration. It was an exhilarating experience.

    2. An Accident I Witnessed
    One evening, while I was standing outside my house, I saw a bike skid on the wet road, and the rider fell hard onto the pavement. A car coming from behind stopped just in time, avoiding a serious collision. The rider was injured and bleeding. A few people gathered around to help, while I immediately called an ambulance. The police arrived shortly after, ensuring traffic control, and the injured person was taken to the hospital in the ambulance. It was heartwarming to see how everyone cooperated in helping, and it made me realize the importance of acting quickly in such situations.

    3. A Humorous Incident During a Train Journey
    During a family train journey last summer, we encountered a humorous incident. A fellow passenger had placed his slippers outside his seat to relax. As the train halted at a station, a monkey suddenly jumped onto the platform, snatched one of the slippers, and ran off! The entire coach burst into laughter as the man tried to chase the monkey, but it was too quick. The man returned with a sheepish smile, saying, “Well, at least it didn’t take both!” It was a funny, unexpected moment that made our journey memorable.

    4. My Favorite Season
    I love the winter season. The crisp, cold air, cozy blankets, and the warmth of bonfires make it my favorite time of year. I enjoy sipping hot cocoa while sitting by the window, watching the world outside covered in mist. Winter also brings with it the joy of holidays, festivals, and family gatherings. The chill in the air makes outdoor activities more fun, whether it’s playing sports or just going for a walk in the park. Everything feels calm and serene during winter, and that’s why I look forward to it every year.

    5. I Hate Watching Sas-Bahu Soaps on TV
    I truly dislike watching Sas-Bahu soaps on TV. The repetitive plots, overdramatic scenes, and never-ending conflicts between characters make them unbearable for me. These shows often promote unrealistic family dynamics and stereotypes that I find unrelatable. Instead of such shallow content, I prefer watching documentaries, movies, or series that offer meaningful entertainment or teach something new. For me, time spent watching Sas-Bahu dramas feels like time wasted.

    6. A Weekly Market
    The weekly market near my house is always bustling with life. From fresh vegetables to vibrant clothes, you can find almost anything here. The air is filled with the chatter of vendors calling out their prices and the aroma of street food cooking at various stalls. I love wandering through the narrow lanes, bargaining for small items and exploring the variety of goods. The market brings the community together, and every visit feels like a mini adventure with something new to discover.

    7. The Colony I Live In
    I live in a quiet, peaceful colony surrounded by greenery. The streets are lined with trees, providing shade and a pleasant environment. Our colony has a small park where children play and elders take morning walks. The people here are friendly, and we often gather for small celebrations during festivals. The colony also has basic amenities like a grocery store, pharmacy, and a community hall where we hold meetings. It’s a perfect place for families, and I feel safe and happy living here.

    8. My First Journey in a Plane
    My first plane journey was nothing short of exciting. As the plane took off, my heart raced with excitement. The view from the window was breathtaking – the buildings became tiny, and soon we were flying above the clouds. The flight attendants served refreshments, and I enjoyed the whole experience of flying for the first time. Landing was another thrilling moment, and when we touched down safely, I felt a mix of relief and joy. It was an unforgettable experience that made me look forward to future travels.

    9. Oh! What a Horrible Experience!
    I’ll never forget the day when a severe storm hit while we were out camping. The winds were so strong that our tent collapsed, and the rain poured in torrents. We were drenched, shivering, and had to hold onto the trees to avoid being blown away. We quickly packed our things and hurried back to the campsite’s shelter, but the storm continued for hours. It was a terrifying experience, and I’ve never felt so helpless in the face of nature’s fury. I learned a lesson that day – always check the weather forecast before planning outdoor activities!

    10. The Country I Would Like to Visit
    The country I would love to visit is Japan. Its unique blend of modern technology and traditional culture fascinates me. From the bustling streets of Tokyo to the serene temples of Kyoto, Japan has a lot to offer. I’m particularly interested in experiencing the cherry blossom season, visiting historical landmarks, and trying authentic Japanese cuisine. Japan’s efficient transport system, clean cities, and polite people make it an attractive destination for a dream vacation.

    For or against

    Exercise 33.3 Write either for or against the following topics.
    1. Television is a hazard to children’s health and growth.
    2. India is a better country to live than any other country in the world.
    3. Is it better to live in a colony or an independent house?
    4. Cinema entertains and educates.
    5. Admission in school be compulsory for all.
    6. Girls should not be allowed to take up jobs in the army.

    Answers:
    1. Television is a hazard to children’s health and growth (For)
    Television, when watched excessively, can indeed be a hazard to children’s health and growth. Long hours in front of the screen can lead to a sedentary lifestyle, contributing to obesity and other health problems. The constant exposure to fast-paced, often violent, content can negatively impact a child’s mental and emotional development. Furthermore, it reduces the time children spend playing outdoors, socializing, or engaging in creative activities that are essential for their overall growth. Excessive TV viewing can also affect sleep patterns, causing fatigue and attention problems in school.

    2. India is a better country to live than any other country in the world (For)
    India is a wonderful country to live in, offering diversity, culture, and opportunities. With its rich history, vibrant traditions, and multiple languages, it provides a unique living experience. The cost of living in India is relatively low compared to many developed countries, and despite challenges, India is making rapid progress in fields like technology, education, and infrastructure. Moreover, the sense of community and family values in India makes it a warm and welcoming place to live. For those who value cultural heritage and unity in diversity, India offers an unmatched lifestyle.

    3. Is it better to live in a colony or an independent house? (For Living in a Colony)
    Living in a colony has many advantages over an independent house. Colonies provide a sense of community, where neighbors often come together to celebrate festivals, organize events, and help each other in times of need. They also tend to have shared amenities such as parks, security, and maintenance services, which make daily living more convenient and secure. Children in colonies can make friends easily and have safe spaces to play. Moreover, colonies often have a closer-knit environment, which fosters social connections and collective support.

    4. Cinema entertains and educates (For)
    Cinema serves a dual purpose by entertaining and educating audiences. While films offer a break from daily life through entertainment, they can also address important social issues and spread awareness. Documentaries, biopics, and historical films can be highly educational, providing insights into different cultures, histories, and human experiences. Even in fictional movies, there are often life lessons, values, and moral takeaways. By blending entertainment with informative content, cinema becomes a powerful medium that can influence people’s thoughts and promote learning in an engaging way.

    5. Admission in school should be compulsory for all (For)
    Compulsory school admission is essential to ensure that every child receives a basic education, which is a fundamental right. Education opens doors to opportunities and is a powerful tool in breaking the cycle of poverty. When children attend school, they develop not only academically but also socially, emotionally, and ethically. By making school admission mandatory, governments can ensure that no child is left behind, and the country can progress as a whole. Moreover, an educated population is crucial for the development of any nation.

    6. Girls should not be allowed to take up jobs in the army (Against)
    There is no valid reason to prevent girls from joining the army. In modern times, women have proven their capabilities in all fields, including the military. Many countries have female soldiers who perform their duties with the same level of professionalism and courage as their male counterparts. Gender should not determine one’s ability to serve in the army; rather, it should be based on skill, determination, and physical fitness. Denying women the opportunity to serve in the military is a step backward and reinforces outdated gender stereotypes. Women deserve equal opportunities in all fields, including the armed forces.

    Essays

    Exercise 33.4 Write the following essays :-

    1. If I were an astronaut on Mars!
    2. If I could be Mahindra Singh Dhoni for a day
    3. If I were as good a singer as Lata  Mangeshkar
    4. If I were crowned “Miss Universe”
    5. A day in your life as an actor
    6. If I could be a submarine and find out the secrets of the sea
    7. If I were a toy maker
    8. If there were no serials on T.V. !

    Answers:
    1. If I Were an Astronaut on Mars!
    If I were an astronaut on Mars, it would be a dream come true. As I land on the red planet and step out of the spacecraft, I would marvel at the alien landscape, with its rusty sand dunes and towering volcanoes. My mission would be to explore this uncharted territory, conducting experiments and searching for signs of life. Living in a space station, I would adjust to Mars’ weaker gravity and the challenges of surviving in such an extreme environment. Every day would bring new discoveries—analyzing soil samples, studying the Martian atmosphere, and transmitting valuable data back to Earth. I would be proud to contribute to humanity’s quest for knowledge and the possibility of future colonization of Mars. It would be an exciting adventure filled with wonder and awe, a true step into the future of space exploration.

    2. If I Could Be Mahendra Singh Dhoni for a Day
    If I could be Mahendra Singh Dhoni for a day, I would relish the opportunity to experience what it feels like to be one of the greatest cricketers in the world. Leading the Indian cricket team, I would make important decisions on the field with calmness and precision, just as Dhoni does. I would step into the stadium amidst roaring fans, don the wicket-keeping gloves, and strategize to outsmart the opposing team. Off the field, I would inspire young cricketers with my story, teaching them the value of hard work, humility, and perseverance. Dhoni’s leadership and ability to stay cool under pressure are qualities I would embrace and carry with me for life. It would be a thrilling day, experiencing the glory, challenges, and responsibilities of being one of India’s most loved sports icons.

    3. If I Were as Good a Singer as Lata Mangeshkar!
    If I were as good a singer as Lata Mangeshkar, I would feel blessed to have such an extraordinary gift. With a voice that transcends boundaries, I would sing songs that touch people’s hearts and bring them joy. Just like her, I would aim to create a legacy of timeless music that inspires generations. My concerts would be filled with fans who admire the purity of my voice and the emotions I convey through my songs. I would lend my voice to films, sing devotional songs, and even perform in global arenas. Being able to sing like Lata Mangeshkar would also be a responsibility to use music to spread love, hope, and unity across the world. It would be an honor to uphold the tradition of Indian classical music while embracing modern tunes, much like the legendary Lata Ji.

    4. If I Were Crowned “Miss Universe”
    If I were crowned “Miss Universe,” it would be a life-changing moment filled with pride and responsibility. As I wear the sparkling crown, I would realize the enormous platform I have been given to make a positive impact. My first mission would be to advocate for important global issues such as education, women’s empowerment, and environmental conservation. I would travel the world, meeting influential leaders and inspiring young women to pursue their dreams and fight for equality. Being Miss Universe is not just about beauty; it’s about intelligence, compassion, and making a difference. I would strive to live up to these ideals, using my voice to raise awareness about causes close to my heart and spreading a message of peace and unity. It would be a thrilling and rewarding year filled with purpose and fulfillment.

    5. A Day in Your Life as an Actor
    If I were an actor, a typical day in my life would be full of excitement and creativity. I would start the day on set, getting into character for a new movie or TV show. Working closely with directors, co-stars, and a talented crew, I would rehearse my lines, perfecting every emotion and expression. Being an actor requires intense focus and dedication, and I would immerse myself in my role, whether it’s a romantic hero or a complex villain. After a long day of filming, I might attend a red-carpet event or a press conference, where I would interact with fans and the media. The glamour of being an actor is balanced by the hard work behind the scenes, but the satisfaction of bringing stories to life and entertaining millions would make it all worth it.

    6. If I Could Be a Submarine and Find Out the Secrets of the Sea
    If I could be a submarine, I would dive deep into the mysterious world of the ocean, uncovering secrets hidden beneath the waves. Gliding through the dark, unexplored depths, I would encounter fascinating creatures like bioluminescent fish, giant squids, and ancient shipwrecks. My journey would take me to the ocean floor, where I would discover ecosystems that humans have never seen before. As a submarine, I could help scientists study marine life, underwater volcanoes, and the effects of climate change on coral reefs. Exploring the ocean would be like traveling to another world, full of wonder and endless discoveries. The ocean holds so many mysteries, and I would be at the forefront of uncovering its hidden treasures.

    7. If I Were a Toy Maker
    If I were a toy maker, I would create toys that bring joy, creativity, and learning to children. Each day, I would design and craft toys that spark imagination—colorful building blocks, dolls with unique personalities, or remote-controlled cars that zoom through living rooms. I would focus on making toys that are not only fun but also educational, helping children develop skills while they play. My toy workshop would be a place of endless creativity, where new ideas come to life. Seeing the smiles on children’s faces when they play with my creations would be the most rewarding part of my job. As a toymaker, I would take pride in knowing that I contribute to making childhood a magical and memorable experience.

    8. If There Were No Serials on TV!
    If there were no serials on TV, I believe our lives would be more peaceful and productive. Without the constant stream of melodramatic Sas-Bahu shows or never-ending soap operas, families would spend more quality time together, engaging in meaningful conversations or playing games. People would have more time to pursue hobbies, read books, or exercise instead of being glued to their screens. Without serials, TV channels might focus more on informative and creative content, such as documentaries, educational shows, or movies with a social message. While some people enjoy the entertainment that serials provide, I think a world without them could encourage a healthier balance of entertainment and real-life interaction.

  • Longer Compositions Exercises with Answer for class 8

    Longer Compositions Exercises with Answer for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary School Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Reports

    Exercise 32.1 Now write the following reports :-

    1. Yesterday, a fire broke out in the busy Sadar Bazaar area. More than 1000 shops were gutted There has bee a heavy loo of life and property. You are a correspondent with a National Daily. Image other details and complete the report.
    2. Many years have passed since the twonship of Bhuj got ravaged by a severe earthquake. Majority of the people are still hoping to get help from the government. At many places, the debris is yet to be cleared. Write an eyewitness account of the plight of the town. (Make up any other details that you would like to insert.
    3. You are a journalist with the Times of India. You were at a gas filling station when you saw armed robbers who fired at the Manager and ran away with a bag full of money. Write a detailed report for your newspaper.
    4. In a remote township of Samastipur, farmers starved due to poor facilities for irrigation and no means of employment till a few years ago. Today the village is thriving due to the efforts of the Jan Kalyan NGO which took over the villagers are leading a prosperous life.
    5. A health check -up camp was organised in your school last week. The check-up revealed certain startling facts. More than 50% students were found to be anaemic, 90% students suffered from weak eyesight and were underweight. Doctors said it was due to bad food habits and lack of nutritious food. Write a report about the camp for a newspaper.
    6. Recently your school celebrated a Book Week. During this week, many competitions were held such as book reviews, book discussions, meeting with authors, film shows based on books. Write a reports about this Book Week for your school magazine mentioning how it proved to be useful.
    7. Last week there was a film festival in which special movies that could interest children were screened . Free passes were distributed by the NIE. Write a reports about this film festival and how it has been educative.
    8. During the summer vacations your school organise a 10-day trip to Kulu-manali. You were taken to different places which included t days trekking in two the Rohtang Pass area. Write a report for your school magazine.
    9. In a survey conducted to find out literacy levels in different regions of India, the following data were collected. Write a report of the survey.
    Northern region-60% Southern region-90%
    Eastern region -40% Western region-80%
    10. A survey conducted to find out how students like to enjoy life after school. The following chart shows details of student preferences. Study it and write a report.

    Answers:
    1. Fire Breaks Out in Sadar Bazaar

    By [Your Name], Correspondent, National Daily

    New Delhi, November 17:
    A devastating fire broke out yesterday afternoon in the bustling Sadar Bazaar area, engulfing over 1,000 shops in flames. The fire, which is believed to have been caused by an electrical short circuit in one of the shops, rapidly spread due to the narrow lanes and congested nature of the marketplace. Local fire services were dispatched immediately, but it took more than five hours to bring the fire under control.

    The tragedy has resulted in a massive loss of life and property. At least 15 people have been reported dead, and over 50 are severely injured. Property worth crores has been reduced to ashes, leaving many shop owners in financial ruin. Rescue operations are still underway as authorities search for survivors. The government has announced an investigation into the incident and promised compensation for the victims.

    2. Bhuj Township Struggles After Earthquake

    By [Your Name], Eyewitness Reporter

    It has been years since the township of Bhuj was devastated by a powerful earthquake that left the region in ruins. Despite the passage of time, the scars of the disaster are still visible. Large piles of debris remain uncleared in several parts of the town, and many buildings stand half-destroyed, a reminder of the destruction that once gripped Bhuj.

    The local population continues to live in despair, as government aid has been slow to arrive. Temporary shelters have now become semi-permanent homes for thousands of people, who are still waiting for rehabilitation. Hope is running thin, but the resilient spirit of Bhuj’s people keeps them fighting for survival amidst adversity. The need for swift action and effective rebuilding plans remains urgent.

    3. Armed Robbers Strike Gas Station

    By [Your Name], Journalist, Times of India

    Mumbai, November 17:
    A daring robbery took place yesterday at a gas filling station in the heart of Mumbai. At around 6:30 p.m., two armed men stormed the station, firing at the Manager and seizing a large bag filled with cash. Witnesses say the robbers arrived on motorbikes, entered the office, and fired without warning. The Manager sustained a gunshot wound to his shoulder and was rushed to the hospital, where he is currently in stable condition.

    The robbers managed to flee the scene within minutes, leaving behind a trail of panic. The local police have launched an investigation and are reviewing CCTV footage to track the suspects. This incident has sparked concern over the increasing number of armed robberies in the city.

    4. Jan Kalyan NGO Transforms Samastipur

    By [Your Name]

    The remote township of Samastipur, which once suffered from poverty and starvation due to a lack of irrigation facilities and employment opportunities, has been completely transformed. Thanks to the tireless efforts of the Jan Kalyan NGO, the village has witnessed a remarkable turnaround in recent years.

    The NGO introduced modern irrigation techniques and agricultural tools, allowing farmers to produce higher yields. They also provided employment opportunities through vocational training programs. Today, Samastipur is thriving, and its residents are leading prosperous lives, with improved healthcare, education, and infrastructure. The villagers credit the NGO for changing the course of their future.

    5. Health Check-Up Camp Reveals Startling Facts

    By [Your Name]

    Last week, a health check-up camp was organized at [School Name], revealing some concerning facts about the health of the students. The medical team found that more than 50% of the students are suffering from anemia, and an alarming 90% were found to have weak eyesight and are underweight.

    Doctors attributed these conditions to poor dietary habits and a lack of nutritious food in students’ diets. The school administration has decided to implement a health awareness program to encourage better eating habits and regular exercise. This camp has highlighted the urgent need for nutritional education among students.

    6. Book Week Celebrated at [School Name]

    By [Your Name]

    Last week, [School Name] celebrated a vibrant Book Week, filled with a series of engaging activities. The event included book review competitions, book discussions, film shows based on famous books, and interaction sessions with well-known authors. Students actively participated in various contests, and the event fostered a deep love for reading among them.

    The highlight of the week was the session where students met authors who shared their experiences and writing journeys. The Book Week was an enriching experience for everyone, and it significantly contributed to encouraging reading as a hobby and educational tool in our school.

    7. Children’s Film Festival Enlightens and Entertains

    By [Your Name]

    A special Film Festival for children was organized last week, featuring a collection of educational and entertaining movies. The event was sponsored by NIE, which distributed free passes to schoolchildren across the city. Movies that focused on moral values, environmental awareness, and historical figures were screened, leaving a lasting impact on young minds.

    The festival was not only a source of entertainment but also proved to be highly educative. The children were able to connect with the stories and characters, and it sparked meaningful discussions in classrooms.

    8. Exciting School Trip to Kulu-Manali

    By [Your Name]

    During the summer vacation, our school organized a 10-day trip to the scenic hill stations of Kulu-Manali. The highlight of the trip was a two-day trekking adventure in the Rohtang Pass area. Students had the opportunity to explore breathtaking landscapes, experience the thrill of trekking, and witness snow-clad mountains up close.

    Apart from trekking, we visited several tourist spots such as the Solang Valley, Hadimba Temple, and Manikaran. The trip was a perfect blend of adventure and learning, leaving students with unforgettable memories.

    9. Survey Reveals Literacy Levels in India

    By [Your Name]

    A recent survey conducted across various regions of India has highlighted the varying literacy rates in the country. The Southern region of India boasts the highest literacy rate at 90%, followed by the Western region at 80%. In contrast, the Northern and Eastern regions lag behind with literacy rates of 60% and 40%, respectively.

    This data calls for urgent educational reforms in the Northern and Eastern regions to bridge the gap and ensure equal access to education for all.

    10. How Students Prefer to Enjoy Life After School

    By [Your Name]

    A survey was recently conducted to analyze how students prefer to spend their time after school hours. The results showed that the majority of students, about 45%, prefer spending time on social media. This is followed by 25% who enjoy playing sports, 20% who engage in hobby classes such as music or art, and 10% who dedicate their time to reading.

    These findings reflect the growing importance of digital engagement and physical activities in the lives of modern students. Schools may need to balance these preferences with a push towards more intellectual and creative pursuits.

    Exercise 31.2 Now write the following processes :-

    1. Tell your younger brother how to polish a shoe.
    2. Find out from your mother how to make a cup of tea and describe it in a letter to a penfriend of yours.
    3.In your home science class you have been asked to describe how to wash clothes. Write the process.
    4. Kanika’s mother is leaving for office in a hurry. She has to leave instructions for her daughter Vini on how to make an omelette so that she can have her breakfast. Write out the process.
    5. Look at the picture given below. Explain the process how water is purified, stored and finally distributed to homes.

    Answers:
    1. How to Polish a Shoe (Instructions for Younger Brother)

    Dear [Brother’s Name],

    Polishing your shoes is easy if you follow these steps:

    1. Gather the materials: You will need shoe polish, a brush, a cloth, and some water.
    2. Clean the shoes: Remove any dirt or dust from your shoes using a dry brush.
    3. Apply the polish: Take a small amount of shoe polish on the brush or cloth and apply it evenly all over the shoe, focusing on any scuffs or scratches.
    4. Let it dry: Allow the polish to sit for a few minutes to dry.
    5. Buff the shoe: Using a clean brush or cloth, buff the shoe to bring out a shine by rubbing it in circular motions.
    6. Final touch: If needed, repeat the process to get a brighter shine.

    That’s it! Now your shoes will look brand new.

    Love, [Your Name]


    2. How to Make a Cup of Tea (Described in a Letter to a Penfriend)

    Dear [Penfriend’s Name],

    I thought I’d share with you how my mother makes a perfect cup of tea! Here’s the process:

    1. Boil water: First, you need to boil some water in a kettle.
    2. Add tea leaves: Once the water boils, add one teaspoon of tea leaves (or a tea bag) to the water.
    3. Simmer: Let the tea leaves simmer in the hot water for about 2-3 minutes, depending on how strong you like your tea.
    4. Add milk and sugar: If you like milk in your tea, pour in a little (or more if you prefer). Add sugar to taste. Stir everything together.
    5. Strain and serve: If you’re using tea leaves, strain the tea into a cup. Now, it’s ready to enjoy!

    Try it out and let me know how it turns out!

    Best wishes,
    [Your Name]


    3. How to Wash Clothes (Home Science Class Instructions)

    In today’s home science class, we learned how to wash clothes. Here’s the process:

    1. Sort the clothes: Separate the clothes by color and fabric type (whites, darks, and delicates).
    2. Pre-treat stains: If there are any stains, apply a stain remover or detergent directly on the spot before washing.
    3. Fill the bucket/washing machine: Fill the washing machine with water (or a bucket if washing by hand) and add detergent.
    4. Wash the clothes: Place the sorted clothes into the machine or bucket. Let the machine run its cycle, or if washing by hand, rub the clothes gently to remove dirt.
    5. Rinse: Once washed, rinse the clothes in clean water to remove any detergent.
    6. Dry: Hang the clothes out to dry, preferably under the sun.

    And that’s how we wash clothes!


    4. Instructions for Making an Omelette (From Kanika’s Mother to Vini)

    Dear Vini,

    Here’s how to make a quick and easy omelette for your breakfast:

    1. Break the eggs: Take two eggs and crack them into a bowl.
    2. Whisk the eggs: Add a pinch of salt and pepper, then whisk the eggs until they are well mixed.
    3. Prepare the pan: Heat a small pan on medium heat and add a little butter or oil to prevent the omelette from sticking.
    4. Cook the omelette: Pour the egg mixture into the hot pan. Let it cook for about 2-3 minutes. You can add vegetables, cheese, or any filling you like.
    5. Flip and fold: Once the bottom is set, gently fold the omelette in half and let it cook for another minute.
    6. Serve: Slide the omelette onto a plate and enjoy your breakfast.

    Love,
    Mom


    5. How Water is Purified, Stored, and Distributed to Homes

    The process of purifying and distributing water to homes involves several steps:

    1. Water collection: Water is collected from natural sources like rivers, lakes, or reservoirs.
    2. Filtration: The water is passed through filters to remove large debris and particles such as leaves, stones, and other impurities.
    3. Coagulation and sedimentation: Chemicals are added to the water to bind small particles together into larger clumps, which then settle at the bottom in a sedimentation tank.
    4. Chlorination: To kill harmful bacteria and germs, chlorine or other disinfectants are added to the water.
    5. Storage: Once purified, the clean water is stored in large tanks or reservoirs.
    6. Distribution: Finally, the purified water is pumped through a network of pipes, distributing it to homes, schools, and other establishments.

    This process ensures that the water we drink is clean and safe for consumption.

    Writing Dairy

    Exercise 32.3

    1. You saw a very amusing play today. Write a dairy entry about what you enjoyed.
    2. You discovered that Anita, who you considered a good friend, has been backbiting you. Record your feelings in your dairy.
    3. You recently saw pictures of poachers killing elephants in the wildlife sanctuary Jim Corbett National Park. Record your feelings.
    4. You recently saw two of your friends quarrel over a trivial matter. Write a dairy entry describing your feelings.
    5. You won the first prize in an inter-school debate on “Environment Pollution”. Record your describing your feelings.
    6. You saw a video report on the havoc caused in Badrinath /Kedarnath by fury of nature. Record your feelings in your dairy.

    Answers:

    1. Dairy Entry on Watching an Amusing Play

    Date: [Insert Date]

    Dear Diary,

    Today was such a delightful day! I watched a hilarious play titled The Comedy of Errors, and I can’t stop laughing even now! The actors were brilliant, and the timing of the jokes was perfect. My favorite part was when the two main characters kept confusing everyone around them due to their identical appearances—it was pure chaos but so well done! The audience couldn’t stop laughing either.

    The costumes, the dialogues, and the expressions were spot-on, making it one of the most amusing plays I’ve ever seen. I really needed this after such a hectic week. I’m so glad I went!

    Good night!
    [Your Name]


    2. Dairy Entry on Learning About Anita’s Backbiting

    Date: [Insert Date]

    Dear Diary,

    I can’t believe what I heard today. Anita, someone I considered a close friend, has been backbiting me. It hurts so much to know that someone I trusted could say such things behind my back. I always thought we were good friends, but now I feel betrayed.

    I’m confused about how to confront her—should I talk to her directly or just distance myself? I feel angry, sad, and disappointed all at once. It’s hard to understand why people act this way. I hope I can figure out how to handle this.

    Feeling betrayed,
    [Your Name]


    3. Dairy Entry on Poachers Killing Elephants in Jim Corbett National Park

    Date: [Insert Date]

    Dear Diary,

    I saw some shocking and heartbreaking pictures today. Poachers have been killing elephants in Jim Corbett National Park. The sight of these majestic creatures being slaughtered for their tusks left me deeply saddened and furious. How can people be so cruel?

    Elephants are such gentle beings, and to see them suffer like this just for greed is beyond comprehension. I wish there was more we could do to stop this senseless violence. We need stricter laws and better protection for wildlife before it’s too late. It’s hard to imagine a world without these beautiful creatures.

    Feeling upset,
    [Your Name]


    4. Dairy Entry on Friends Quarreling Over a Trivial Matter

    Date: [Insert Date]

    Dear Diary,

    Today was such an uncomfortable day. Two of my friends had a huge argument over something so trivial! It all started because of a misunderstanding about who borrowed a book first. At first, I thought they were joking, but it soon escalated into a full-blown fight.

    I tried to mediate, but neither of them wanted to listen. It felt so unnecessary. I hope they realize how silly this was and patch things up soon. It’s tough seeing friends fight over something so small, especially when it could’ve been solved with a simple conversation.

    Feeling frustrated,
    [Your Name]


    5. Dairy Entry on Winning First Prize in a Debate on “Environment Pollution”

    Date: [Insert Date]

    Dear Diary,

    I’m over the moon today! I won the first prize in the inter-school debate on “Environment Pollution”! I worked so hard preparing for this, and it feels amazing to see my efforts pay off. The topic was something I’m passionate about, and I was able to convey my thoughts confidently.

    The judges praised my arguments, and the moment they announced my name as the winner, I could hardly believe it. All the late-night preparations were worth it! I feel proud and motivated to keep working on issues that matter.

    Feeling proud,
    [Your Name]


    6. Dairy Entry on Seeing the Havoc in Badrinath/Kedarnath Due to Nature’s Fury

    Date: [Insert Date]

    Dear Diary,

    I watched a video report today about the devastating effects of natural disasters in Badrinath and Kedarnath. The images of homes destroyed, roads washed away, and people suffering due to landslides and floods were heart-wrenching. Nature can be so powerful, and yet so destructive.

    I feel so helpless watching these disasters unfold from afar. So many lives have been affected, and it makes me realize how fragile life is in the face of nature’s fury. I just hope that relief efforts reach the people there quickly and that such tragedies can be minimized in the future.

    Feeling sorrowful,
    [Your Name]

  • Short Compositions Exercises with Answer for Class 8

    Short Compositions Exercises with Answer for Class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Writing Paragraph

    Exercise 31.1 Write a paragraph of not more than 150 words on each of the following topics :-

    1. What you dislike most and why?
    2. The funniest day in your life
    3. Caught in the storm
    4. My neighbours
    5. A visit to a museum
    6. Thoughts on Independence Day
    7. Pollution in big cities
    8. Traffic jams
    9. Realty shows on TV
    10. One-day cricket matches

    Answers:
    1. What You Dislike Most and Why?
    What I dislike most is dishonesty. When people are dishonest, it breaks trust and creates a barrier between individuals. Whether it’s a small lie or a major deception, dishonesty harms relationships and makes life more complicated. I value honesty because it fosters genuine connections, transparency, and respect. Being truthful may be difficult at times, but it helps build trust, which is essential for personal and professional relationships. In a world where trust is the foundation of many aspects of life, dishonesty creates unnecessary conflicts and misunderstandings, which I find extremely frustrating.

    2. The Funniest Day in Your Life
    The funniest day of my life was when I accidentally showed up at a formal event wearing casual clothes. I had misread the invitation and thought it was a casual gathering. When I arrived in jeans and a t-shirt, everyone else was dressed in elegant suits and dresses. The awkwardness was overwhelming, but soon everyone, including me, burst into laughter. I became the highlight of the event, and the situation turned into a hilarious memory that we still laugh about today. It taught me to double-check invitations, but it was a day filled with humor and lightheartedness.

    3. Caught in the Storm
    One summer evening, I was caught in a sudden thunderstorm while walking home. The sky turned dark, and within minutes, heavy rain poured down. Without an umbrella or a shelter nearby, I had no choice but to run through the storm. Lightning flashed, and the wind howled, making it difficult to see or move. Although I was drenched, the experience was both terrifying and thrilling. The storm passed after about 20 minutes, leaving behind a sense of relief and an unforgettable memory of nature’s power.

    4. My Neighbours
    My neighbors are a friendly and diverse group of people. On one side, there is an elderly couple who enjoy gardening and often share fresh vegetables with us. On the other side, there is a young family with two playful children. We often exchange smiles and greetings, and during festivals, we visit each other to share sweets and gifts. The sense of community is strong, and we all look out for one another. Whether it’s lending a tool or helping with small tasks, living in such a supportive neighborhood makes life more pleasant.

    5. A Visit to a Museum
    A visit to the National Museum was an enriching experience. The museum was filled with artifacts from different periods of history, ranging from ancient sculptures to modern art. I was particularly fascinated by the archaeological section, which showcased pottery, coins, and tools from civilizations long gone. The highlight of the visit was the gallery of paintings, where I admired the intricate details and creativity of artists from various eras. Walking through the exhibits, I gained a deeper appreciation for history and culture. It was a memorable and educational visit that left me with a greater understanding of the past.

    6. Thoughts on Independence Day
    Independence Day is a day of great pride and reflection for me. It reminds us of the sacrifices made by countless individuals to secure freedom for the country. Every year, as the national flag is hoisted, I feel a sense of unity and patriotism. The celebrations, which include speeches, parades, and cultural programs, highlight the diversity and strength of our nation. Independence Day is not just about looking back at our past; it’s also about recognizing our responsibilities as citizens to contribute positively to the country’s future. It’s a day to honor the values of freedom, equality, and democracy.

    7. Pollution in Big Cities
    Pollution in big cities is a growing concern that affects millions of people daily. The air is filled with harmful pollutants from vehicles, factories, and construction sites. This leads to serious health issues like respiratory problems and allergies. Water and noise pollution also add to the problem, making city life stressful and unhealthy. Despite various initiatives to control pollution, rapid urbanization and industrialization continue to worsen the situation. We need stricter environmental regulations and public awareness campaigns to tackle this crisis and make cities cleaner and safer for future generations.

    8. Traffic Jams
    Traffic jams are a common problem in big cities, causing frustration and delays. Whether it’s rush hour or road construction, getting stuck in traffic wastes time and fuel. It affects not just individuals but also the economy, as people are late for work and goods take longer to reach their destinations. The honking of horns, pollution, and the stress of being stuck in one place add to the misery. To reduce traffic jams, we need better public transportation, more efficient traffic management systems, and better urban planning.

    9. Reality Shows on TV
    Reality shows on TV have become incredibly popular in recent years. While some find them entertaining, others criticize them for promoting unhealthy competition and fake drama. Many reality shows focus on talent, such as singing and dancing competitions, which give ordinary people a chance to shine. However, some shows seem to prioritize sensationalism over content, blurring the line between reality and entertainment. Despite the mixed opinions, reality shows continue to attract large audiences and have become a significant part of modern television culture.

    10. One-Day Cricket Matches
    One-day cricket matches are exciting and fast-paced, attracting fans from all over the world. Unlike traditional test matches, which can last for days, one-day matches offer a thrilling experience in a shorter time. Each team gets 50 overs, and the game is full of twists and turns, with quick runs, wickets, and sometimes nail-biting finishes. The format appeals to both casual viewers and die-hard cricket fans. The intensity and strategy involved in one-day matches make them a favorite among sports enthusiasts, providing entertainment and suspense throughout the day.

    Exercise 31.2
    1. Rosary Public School is organising a one month theatre workshop with the help of the National School of Drama. Eminent actor Nasiruddin Shah has agreed to conduct it. The fee for each participant will be Rs 2500. Maximum number of Students who can attend the workshop will be thirty. As Secretary of the School Theatre Club, put up a suitable notice, inviting students to enrol themselves.
    2. It is traffic week. The local authorities wish to take out a really. The Principal has allowed students of class IX to attend the rally. As head girl of your school, put up a notice for class IX students to prepare some attractive posters and slogans to carry with them for the rally.
    3. The Rainbow School, Muzaffarnagar is organising a health exhibition titled ‘Live Healthy’ on 23rd and 24th January, 20_______. The Sports-Incharge. Mr Bhim Singh, put up a notice inviting students to prepare charts, slogans and posters. Write the notice on his behalf.
    4. The Xavier School, Mumbai is organising a Summer Camp in School for a month. Activities would include areobics, guitar, pottery making, western dance and aero-modellings. Students can opt for any two activities and the fee is Rs 500. As secretary of the Culture Club of your school put up a suitable notice giving all necessary information.

    Answers:
    1. Rosary Public School Theatre Workshop Notice

    Rosary Public School
    Notice
    Date: 16th November, 2024

    One-Month Theatre Workshop

    The School Theatre Club is excited to announce a one-month theatre workshop in collaboration with the National School of Drama, conducted by the renowned actor Nasiruddin Shah.
    Details:

    • Duration: 1st December 2024 to 31st December 2024
    • Fee: Rs 2500 per participant
    • Eligibility: Open to all students (limited to 30 participants)
    • Venue: School Auditorium

    Interested students are requested to enrol by 25th November 2024 by contacting the undersigned. Seats are limited, so hurry!

    (Name)
    Secretary, Theatre Club

    2. Traffic Week Rally Notice

    ABC School
    Notice
    Date: 16th November, 2024

    Traffic Week Rally – Class IX Students

    This is to inform all students of Class IX that our school has been invited to participate in a Traffic Week Rally organized by the local authorities. The rally will be held on 20th November 2024. Students are requested to prepare attractive posters and slogans to carry with them during the rally.

    Details:

    • Date of Rally: 20th November 2024
    • Time: 9:00 AM to 11:00 AM
    • Preparation Deadline: 18th November 2024

    (Name)
    Head Girl

    3. Rainbow School Health Exhibition Notice

    Rainbow School, Muzaffarnagar
    Notice
    Date: 16th November, 2024

    Health Exhibition: “Live Healthy”

    We are pleased to announce a health exhibition titled “Live Healthy” on 23rd and 24th January 2025. Students are invited to participate by preparing charts, posters, and slogans promoting health and wellness.

    Details:

    • Event: Health Exhibition – “Live Healthy”
    • Dates: 23rd and 24th January 2025
    • Preparation Deadline: 15th January 2025
    • Venue: School Hall

    Submit your creative materials to Mr Bhim Singh (Sports In-charge) by the mentioned deadline.

    (Name)
    On behalf of Mr Bhim Singh, Sports In-charge

    4. Xavier School Summer Camp Notice

    Xavier School, Mumbai
    Notice
    Date: 16th November, 2024

    Summer Camp 2024

    We are thrilled to announce a Summer Camp to be held at our school for the duration of one month. Students can choose from a variety of activities, including:

    • Aerobics
    • Guitar
    • Pottery Making
    • Western Dance
    • Aero-Modelling

    Details:

    • Duration: 1st May 2024 to 31st May 2024
    • Fee: Rs 500 (for any two activities)
    • Registration Deadline: 20th April 2024

    Interested students can register with the undersigned. Join us for a month of fun and learning!

    (Name)
    Secretary, Culture Club

    Exercise 31.3
    1. Ranbaxy Public School needs a Secretary to the Principal. You are the Administrative Officer of the School. Draft a suitable advertisement in not more than 50 words for publication in the Classified ‘Situations Vacant’ column of the Hindustan Times.
    2. You are Swabhiman Gupta- a freelance photo journalist. You plan to start coaching classes in photography. Draft a suitable classified display advertisement to be inserted in the hobbies column.
    3. You are Ashok Kumar. You wish to sell your car, Honda City, which is a 2009 model and in good condition. Write a suitable advertisement to be inserted in the ‘Sale and Purchase’ column of the Times of India.
    4. You are Mrs Khosla. You are fluent in Spanish and German languages. You wish take up private classes for those interested in learning languages. Draft a display advertisement to be inserted in ‘Education’ column of a national daily.
    5. You are Arushi Khanna, Cultural Secretary of M.B.D School, Ranchi. Your school is presenting a play “Merchant of Venice” by Shakespeare. Write an advertisement for it in the local newspaper. You must state the date, time, venue and he price of tickets inyour ad. (50 words).
    6. You are Anil Kapoor. You are going to launch a new toothpaste. Write an advertisement for it in 30 words.

    Answers:
    1. Advertisement for Secretary to the Principal

    Situations Vacant
    Ranbaxy Public School requires a Secretary to the Principal. Candidates must have excellent communication skills, proficiency in MS Office, and a minimum of 3 years of experience. Apply with a resume to the Administrative Officer by 25th November 2024.

    2. Photography Coaching Classes by Swabhiman Gupta

    Learn Photography!
    Join professional photography coaching classes by freelance photojournalist Swabhiman Gupta. Master techniques, creative angles, and editing. Classes start from 1st December.
    For details, contact: 9876543210
    Location: South Delhi.

    3. Car for Sale (Honda City 2009 Model)

    For Sale
    Honda City, 2009 model, excellent condition, well-maintained, single owner, new tires, insurance valid till June 2025. Asking price: ₹2.5 lakhs (negotiable).
    Contact Ashok Kumar at 9876543210.

    4. Language Classes by Mrs. Khosla

    Learn Spanish & German!
    Private language classes for Spanish and German by experienced teacher Mrs. Khosla. Flexible timings, personalized lessons, and beginner to advanced levels.
    For details, call: 9876543210
    Location: Gurgaon.

    5. Play Advertisement (Merchant of Venice)

    M.B.D School, Ranchi
    Presents Shakespeare’s classic play “Merchant of Venice” on 10th December 2024, at 6:00 PM, in the School Auditorium.
    Tickets: ₹200 (students), ₹300 (adults).
    Book now at 9876543210.

    6. Advertisement for New Toothpaste

    Introducing Fresh Mint
    New Fresh Mint Toothpaste – for long-lasting freshness and stronger teeth. Try it today for a refreshing smile! Available at leading stores.

    Telephonic conversations

    Exercise 31.5 Read the following telephonic conversations.
    1. Vibha Sehgal : Hello, I am speaking to Anuska?
    Anuskha : Yes, Vinbha, how are you?
    Vibha Sehagal : I am fine. U rang up to say that I am coming to Delhi to appear for CAT exam on 25 November, from Delhi.
    Anuskha : How wonderful! I’ve not met you for the last two years. Which centre has been allotted to you in Delhi?
    Vibha Sehgal : My centre is DAV School for Boys at Lodhi Road. Just remind Mahesh to receive me at New Delhi Railway Station on 24th November at 5 P.M.
    Anushka : I’ll do it, you need not worry. I’ll leave a message for Mahesh. since I’m leaving for Mumbai tomorrow. I am sorry I won’t be able to meet you.
    Vibha Sehgal : My bad luck! May be I’ll be lucky. next time.
    Write a message for Mahesh in 50 words.
    2. Abhishek rings up his friend Anubhav to tell him about the schedule of School Final Exams. Anubhav has gone out of station, so Abhishek leaves a message for him and asks his brother Alok to inform him.
    Schedule Practical __ 11 April, 20 _______
    Physics Practical _ 15 April, 20 _____
    Chemistry Practical ___18 April, 20 ______
    Computer Science __18 April, 20 _____
    Biology Practical __ 19 April, 20 _____
    All practical Exams will be conducted during school hours. Alok promises to leave a message on Anubhav’s table with all the above details. Write the message in 50 words.
    3. Revati : Hello, can I speak to Mrs. Basu?
    Lavanya : She is not at home. I’m her sister lavanya.
    Revati : Oh, hello Lavanya, tell your sister that I have bought tickets for the movie,
    “The Lunch Box” for the afternoon show tomorrow. Rani is also coming.
    Tell her to meet us at Gate no. 4 of the Centre Stage Mall at 2 P.M.
    Lavanya : O.K. Revati. I’ll inform my sister. Lavanya has to go for tuition classes. So, she leaves a message for her sister.
    Write the message in 50 words.

    Answers:
    1. Message for Mahesh:

    Message:

    Mahesh,
    Vibha Sehgal is arriving in Delhi for her CAT exam on 24th November. Please receive her at the New Delhi Railway Station at 5 PM. Her exam center is DAV School for Boys at Lodhi Road. Anushka has left for Mumbai and won’t be able to meet her.

    • Anushka

    2. Message for Anubhav:

    Message:

    Anubhav,
    Abhishek called to inform you about the School Final Exam schedule.

    • Practical exam: 11 April
    • Physics Practical: 15 April
    • Chemistry Practical: 18 April
    • Computer Science Practical: 18 April
    • Biology Practical: 19 April

    All practicals will be held during school hours.

    • Alok

    3. Message for Mrs. Basu:

    Message:

    Sister,
    Revati has bought tickets for the movie “The Lunch Box” tomorrow for the afternoon show. Rani is also coming. Please meet them at Gate No. 4 of the Centre Stage Mall at 2 PM.

    • Lavanya

    Writing

    Exercise 31.6
    1.Write in not more than 100 words, “How to make an omelette”.
    2. Describe your class before the arrival of your teacher.
    3. As the Head Boy/Girl of your school you are asked to plan a school for classes 6,7 and 8. Write down how you planned it under the heading “Planning a Picnic.”
    4. Describe the process of borrowing a book from your school library.
    5. Describe the process of booking a cinema ticket on line.
    6. Describe how you drew money from your bank account.
    7. Describe your first attempt to earn swimming.
    8. Describe how people behaved during a cricket match.

    Answers:
    How to Make an Omelette
    To make an omelette, break two eggs into a bowl and beat them well. Add a pinch of salt and pepper for flavor. Heat a non-stick pan and melt a little butter or oil. Pour the beaten eggs into the pan and cook over medium heat. As the edges set, tilt the pan to let the uncooked egg flow to the edges. Add desired fillings like cheese, vegetables, or ham. Once the omelette is firm, fold it in half and serve hot.

    Before the Arrival of the Teacher
    Before the teacher arrived, the classroom was filled with noise and excitement. Some students were chatting with friends, while others were flipping through their books or making small talk. A few students were rushing to complete their homework, and others were settling into their seats, getting ready for the lesson. The atmosphere was lively but slightly disorganized. The teacher’s absence allowed everyone to express their energy before the class began.

    Planning a Picnic
    As the Head Girl, I was excited to plan the school picnic for classes 6, 7, and 8. First, I selected a beautiful park nearby, ideal for outdoor activities. I arranged for buses to transport everyone safely. I planned various games and competitions to ensure fun for all students. A picnic lunch, with sandwiches, fruits, and juices, was organized. I also ensured teachers’ supervision and prepared a first-aid kit for safety. The plan was to start the day with games, followed by lunch, and then free time for students to explore the park.

    Borrowing a Book from the Library
    To borrow a book from the school library, first, I visit the library and search for the book I need. I check its availability on the shelves or ask the librarian if it’s currently unavailable. Once I find the book, I bring it to the librarian’s desk, where they log it into the system. I show my library card, and the librarian stamps the book with the due date. Finally, I carry the book home, remembering to return it on time.

    Booking a Cinema Ticket Online
    To book a cinema ticket online, I open the cinema’s website or use a ticketing app. I select the movie, showtime, and the number of tickets. Then, I choose my preferred seating arrangement. I proceed to the payment section and enter my payment details. After the transaction is successful, I receive an e-ticket via email or a QR code on the app. I can show this ticket at the cinema for entry.

    Drawing Money from My Bank Account
    To draw money from my bank account, I visit an ATM or use an online banking app. At the ATM, I insert my debit card, enter my PIN, and select the ‘Withdraw’ option. I choose the amount to withdraw and confirm the transaction. The ATM dispenses the cash, and I take my card and receipt. For online banking, I log in to the app, select the withdrawal option, and transfer funds to my account or withdrawal service.

    My First Attempt to Learn Swimming
    On my first attempt to learn swimming, I was nervous but excited. I entered the shallow end of the pool with my instructor. At first, I practiced floating on my back, trying to stay calm in the water. The instructor guided me through basic strokes like the dog paddle. Although I struggled initially with breathing and coordination, I slowly started feeling more comfortable. By the end of the session, I felt a sense of achievement despite my early challenges.

    Behavior During a Cricket Match
    During a cricket match, the crowd is often filled with enthusiasm and energy. Fans cheer loudly for every boundary and wicket, waving banners and shouting encouragement. Players on the field focus intently, while fielders stay alert for any opportunity to make a catch or run out. The atmosphere is tense, especially during close moments, with everyone holding their breath. The crowd sometimes groans when a bad delivery or shot occurs but erupts in joy when their team performs well. The match is filled with excitement and energy from both players and spectators.

  • Words Followed by Prepositions Exercises with Answer for class 8

    Words Followed by Prepositions Exercises with Answer for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Write suitable Prepositions

    Preposition

  • Some Useful Phrases and Idioms Exercises with Answer for class 8

    Some Useful Phrases and Idioms Exercises with Answer for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Fill in the blanks

    Matching

    Exercise 29.2 Match the following idiomatic expressions with their meanings.

    AB
    1. An eye for an eye a. to blame
    2. An old hand b. to tolerate
    3. An old head on young shouldersc. to understand
    4. To have a finger in every pie d. to create a bad impression
    5. To put up with e. wisdom in a very young person
    6. To see through f. to pay an excessive price
    7. To cut a sorry figure g. to interfere to be concerned with many things
    8. To find fault with h. to use unfair means to harm someone
    9. To hit below the belt i. to take revenge as severely as one was hurt
    10. To pay through the nose j. an experienced person

    Answers:
    1. An eye for an eye – i. to take revenge as severely as one was hurt
    2. An old hand – j. an experienced person
    3. An old head on young shoulders – e. wisdom in a very young person
    4. To have a finger in every pie – g. to interfere or be concerned with many things
    5. To put up with – b. to tolerate
    6. To see through – c. to understand
    7. To cut a sorry figure – d. to create a bad impression
    8. To find fault with  – a. to blame
    9. To hit below the belt – h. to use unfair means to harm someone
    10. To pay through the nose – f. to pay an excessive price

    Phrasal Expression

    Exercise 29.3 Here are some phrasal expressions. Match them with their meanings. (Take the help of the dictionary) :-

    1. A Red-Letter Day (a) a warm welcome
    2. out of order (b) obliging each other mutually
    3. off and on (c) to feel or be self- important
    4. with open arms (d) an act of kindness
    5. from hand to mouth (e) to wait with pleasure
    6. to keep pace with (f) poverty
    7. to give oneself (g) now and again
    8. give and take (h) to move at an equal speed
    9. a good turn (i) a memorable
    10. look forward to (j) not in working condition

    Answers: 
    1. A Red-Letter Day - i. a memorable day
    2. Out of order -  j. not in working condition
    3. Off and on -  g. now and again
    4. With open arms -  a. a warm welcome
    5. From hand to mouth -  f. poverty
    6. To keep pace with -  h. to move at an equal speed
    7. To give oneself airs -  c. to feel or be self-important
    8. Give and take -  b. obliging each other mutually
    9. A good turn -  d. an act of kindness
    10. Look forward to -  e. to wait with pleasure

    Idiomatic Expression

    Exercise 29.4 Explain briefly the following idiomatic expression in the space given :-

    1. call off ______________________________________________________
    2. to face the music ______________________________________________________
    3. to fight shy of ______________________________________________________
    4. call upon ______________________________________________________
    5. pull through ______________________________________________________
    6. to go to the dogs ______________________________________________________
    7. a fair-weather friend ______________________________________________________
    8. to keep one’s fingers crossed ______________________________________________________
    9. hold back ______________________________________________________
    10. tell upon ______________________________________________________

    Answers :
    1. call off
    To cancel or stop something that was planned or in progress.
    Example: The event was called off due to bad weather.
    2. to face the music
    To confront the consequences of one’s actions or decisions.
    Example: After failing the exam, he had to face the music from his parents.
    3. to fight shy of
    To avoid something or be reluctant to engage in something.
    Example: He fights shy of public speaking because he gets nervous.
    4. call upon
    To formally request or invite someone to do something.
    Example: The teacher called upon the students to submit their assignments.
    5. pull through
    To recover from a difficult or dangerous situation, especially illness or hardship.
    Example: After the surgery, the patient managed to pull through.
    6. to go to the dogs
    To deteriorate or become ruined, especially morally or financially.
    Example: The company has gone to the dogs since the new management took over.
    7. a fair-weather friend
    A person who is only a friend during good times but abandons others in difficult situations.
    Example: When he lost his job, he realized who his fair-weather friends were.
    8. to keep one’s fingers crossed
    To hope for a positive outcome or good luck.
    Example: She kept her fingers crossed while waiting for the exam results.
    9. hold back
    To restrain oneself or prevent something from progressing.
    Example: He had to hold back his emotions during the speech.
    10. tell upon
    To have a noticeable negative effect on someone or something.
    Example: The long hours of work began to tell upon his health.

    Idioms

    Single word

    Making Sentences

    Exercise 29.7 Make your own sentences of the following expressions :-
    1. on and on, 2. by and by, 3. up and about, 4. more or less, 5. touch and go

    Answers:
    1. on and on
    The speaker went on and on about the importance of hard work during the seminar.
    2. by and by
    By and by, he started to understand the complexities of the new project.
    3. up and about
    After a week of rest, she was finally up and about, feeling much better.
    4. more or less
    The new plan is more or less finalized, but there are still a few details to iron out.
    5. touch and go
    It was touch and go for a while, but the doctors managed to save the patient in the end.

  • Spellings Exercises with Answer for class 8

    Spellings Exercises with Answer for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Missing words

    Exercise 28.1 Complete the word by putting in the missing letters :-

    1. b – – utif – –
    2. ma – – yi – –
    3. change – – – –
    4. liv – – g
    5. courage – – s
    6. sk – – f – l
    7. conc – – ve
    8. s – – ze
    9. engage – – – t
    10. occu – – ed

    Answers:
    1. beautiful
    2. mysterious
    3. changing
    4. living
    5. courageous
    6. skillful
    7. conceive
    8. seize
    9. engagement
    10. occupied

    Correct spelling

    Fill in the missing letters

    Exercise 27.3 Complete the following by filling in the missing letters. One has been done for you :-

    1. judge judging judgement
    2. knowledge – – – knowledge – – – knowledg – – – t
    3. ar – – – argu – – g argu – – n –
    4. hum – – r humo – – – s humor – – t
    5. fulfil ful – – – – ed ful – i – – – n –
    6. re – – – refer – – – g re – – – en – –
    7. – – – form per – – – m – – g per – – – m – – c –
    8. occur oc – – – – e – occ – – – e – – e

    Answers :

    2. knowledge acknowledging acknowledgement
    3. argue arguing argument
    4. humor humorous humorist
    5. fulfil fulfilled fulfilment
    6. refer referring reference
    7. perform performing performance
    8. occur occurrence occurrence

    Words

    Exercise 27.4 Find, at least five new words, with the help of the dictionary for each of the groups given below :-

    GROUP 1 : Words ending in ar, er, and re.
    ar similar ___________________________________________________________
    er prayer ____________________________________________________________
    or tailor ______________________________________________________________
    re centre ____________________________________________________________

    GROUP 2 : Words ending in al, el or le.
    al equal ____________________________________________
    el label ____________________________________________
    le angle ___________________________________________

    GROUP 3 : Words ending in ur, ure, eur, our.
    ur murmur ___________________________________________________
    ure manure ___________________________________________________
    eur grandeur __________________________________________________
    our harbour ____________________________________________________

    GROUP 4 : Words ending in ry, ary, ery, ory.
    ry country __________________________________________
    ary February __________________________________________
    ery nursery __________________________________________
    ory history __________________________________________

    GROUP 5 : Words ending in ant, ent, ient.
    ant assistant __________________________________________
    ent serpent __________________________________________
    ient ancient __________________________________________

    GROUP 6 : Words ending in ance, ence, ense.
    ance entrance __________________________________________
    ence sentence __________________________________________
    ense nonsense __________________________________________

    GROUP 7 : Words ending in able, ible.
    able valuable __________________________________________
    ible horrible __________________________________________

    GROUP 8 : Words ending in city or sity.
    city scarcity __________________________________________
    sity university __________________________________________

    GROUP 9 : Words ending in -ous, -ious.
    ous joyous __________________________________________
    ious anxious __________________________________________

    GROUP 10. : Words ending in -cial, -tial.
    cial special __________________________________________
    tial essential __________________________________________

    GROUP 11 : Words ending in -tion, -sion.
    tion action __________________________________________
    sion decision __________________________________________

    Answers :
    GROUP 1: Words ending in -ar, -er, -or, -re.

    • ar: similar, circular, popular, regular, linear
    • er: prayer, listener, writer, manager, teacher
    • or: tailor, director, professor, visitor, mentor
    • re: centre, genre, acre, theatre, fibre

    GROUP 2: Words ending in -al, -el, -le.

    • al: equal, final, legal, vital, normal
    • el: label, tunnel, parcel, camel, hotel
    • le: angle, battle, circle, puzzle, simple

    GROUP 3: Words ending in -ur, -ure, -eur, -our.

    • ur: murmur, blur, stir, fur, occur
    • ure: manure, nature, culture, feature, gesture
    • eur: grandeur, amateur, chauffeur, entrepreneur, connoisseur
    • our: harbour, honour, colour, favour, neighbour

    GROUP 4: Words ending in -ry, -ary, -ery, -ory.

    • ry: country, victory, gallery, library, battery
    • ary: February, library, boundary, dictionary, military
    • ery: nursery, bakery, surgery, slavery, mystery
    • ory: history, laboratory, territory, inventory, factory

    GROUP 5: Words ending in -ant, -ent, -ient.

    • ant: assistant, accountant, immigrant, participant, merchant
    • ent: serpent, resident, student, president, client
    • ient: ancient, efficient, patient, recipient, sufficient

    GROUP 6: Words ending in -ance, -ence, -ense.

    • ance: entrance, performance, guidance, resistance, acceptance
    • ence: sentence, experience, presence, reference, silence
    • ense: nonsense, immense, defense, expense, tense

    GROUP 7: Words ending in -able, -ible.

    • able: valuable, acceptable, admirable, comfortable, reliable
    • ible: horrible, terrible, visible, incredible, flexible

    GROUP 8: Words ending in -city, -sity.

    • city: scarcity, ferocity, capacity, velocity, electricity
    • sity: university, diversity, curiosity, necessity, intensity

    GROUP 9: Words ending in -ous, -ious.

    • ous: joyous, curious, dangerous, famous, glorious
    • ious: anxious, delicious, ambitious, gracious, suspicious

    GROUP 10: Words ending in -cial, -tial.

    • cial: special, social, official, financial, crucial
    • tial: essential, initial, potential, substantial, confidential

    GROUP 11: Words ending in -tion, -sion.

    sion: decision, television, explosion, confusion, invasion
    tion: action, education, station, creation, nation

  • Word Power Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Word Power Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    One word

    Exercise 27.1 Give one word for the following. One has been done for you :-

    1. A person who wears and shows clothes to possible buyers. A MODEL
    2. Looks after a house and family A H – – – – W – – E
    3. Writes music A C – – P – S – –
    4. Builds houses A – U I – – – –
    5. Designs houses An – – C – I – – C –
    6. Cures sick animals A V – –
    7. Cooks in a hotel or restaurant A – – – F
    8. Paints pictures An A – – – S –
    9. Builds roads, bridges, dams etc. An – – G – – EE –
    10. Decides cases A – – D – E

    Answers:
    2. Looks after a house and family: A HOUSEWIFE
    3. Writes music: A COMPOSER
    4. Builds houses: A BUILDER
    5. Designs houses: AN ARCHITECT
    6. Cures sick animals: A VET
    7. Cooks in a hotel or restaurant: A CHEF
    8. Paints pictures: AN ARTIST
    9. Builds roads, bridges, dams etc.: AN ENGINEER
    10. Decides cases: A JUDGE

    Synonym

    Exercise 27.2 Underline the word which is not a synonym and does not match the rest.

    1. Curious, inquisitive, sensitive, prying
    2. Border, margin, edge, circle
    3. Attract, offend, charm, fascinate
    4. Attempt, distract, try, endeavour
    5. Excellent, depressed, downcast, dejected
    6. Delay, hurry, lag, loiter
    7. First, final, ultimate, last
    8. Rebellion, revolution, revolt, revenge
    9. Lawful, legal, immoral, legitimate
    10. Make, form, shape, same
    11. Ruthless, sympathy, compassion, pity
    12. Plan, design, project, plastic
    13. Weak, stout, tough, sturdy
    14. Stupid, dull, dense, bright,
    15. Sufficient, meagre, enough, adequate
    16. Catch, throw, toss, hurl
    17. Healthy, robust, hale, unwell,
    18. Agony, misery, distress, gaiety
    19. Mirth, laughter, glee, sober
    20. Impel, force, spur, obstruct

    Answers :
    1. Sensitive (The others mean curious or nosy)
    2. Circle (The others refer to a boundary or edge)
    3. Offend (The others mean to attract or charm)
    4. Distract (The others mean to try or attempt)
    5. Excellent (The others mean feeling down or sad)
    6. Hurry (The others mean to delay or slow down)
    7. First (The others mean last or final)
    8. Revenge (The others refer to a rebellion or uprising)b
    9. Immoral (The others mean lawful or legal)
    10. Same (The others mean to make or form)
    11. Ruthless (The others refer to feelings of sympathy or compassion)
    12. Plastic (The others refer to a plan or design)
    13. Weak (The others mean strong or sturdy)
    14. bright (The others mean strong or sturdy)
    15. Meagre (The others mean sufficient or enough)
    16. Catch (The others refer to misery or distress)
    17. Unwell (The others mean healthy or robust)
    18. Gaiety (The others mean agony or misery)
    19. Sober (The others mean laughter or mirth)
    20. Obstruct (The others mean to impel or force)

    Antonyms

    Exercise 27.3 Give two Antonyms for each of the following words :-
    1. Dull _______________________________
    2. Bold _______________________________
    3. Strict _______________________________
    4. End ________________________________
    5. Physical ___________________________
    6. Inferior ____________________________
    7. Friendship ________________________
    8. Condemn __________________________
    9. Accept _____________________________
    10. Above ____________________________

    Answers:
    1. Dull: Bright, Sharp
    2. Bold: Timid, Shy
    3. Strict: Lenient, Flexible
    4. End: Begin, Start
    5. Physical: Mental, Spiritual
    6. Inferior: Superior, Excellent
    7. Friendship: Enmity, Hostility
    8. Condemn: Praise, Approve
    9. Accept: Reject, Refuse
    10. Above: Below, Beneath

    Synonyms

    Exercise 27.4 Group the following verbs as synonyms under the heading encourage and synonyms under the heading discourage :-

    dishearten, check, persuade, induce, incite, coax, deter, cajole, disapprove, criticise

    Answers :-
    Encourage (Synonyms):

    Persuade
    Induce
    Incite
    Coax
    Cajole

    Discourage (Synonyms):

    Criticise
    Dishearten
    Check
    Deter
    Disapprove

    New word

    Exercise 27.5 Choose from the box above and make a new word.

    Prefix Base word New word
    advantage
    final
    understood
    Yamuna
    stop
    date
    Indian
    cover
    definite
    weekly

    Answers:
    1. Dis + advantage = Disadvantage
    2. Re + final = Refinal
    3. Mis + understood = Misunderstood
    4. Re + Yamuna = Re-Yamuna (not commonly used)
    5. Non + stop = Nonstop
    6. Out + date = Outdate
    7. Non + Indian = Non-Indian
    8. Un + cover = Uncover
    9. In + definite = Indefinite
    10. Bi + weekly = Biweekly

    Prefix dis or mis

    Exercise 27.6 Form new words by using the prefix dis or mis :-
    1. _________________ doing
    2. _________________ connect
    3. _________________ continue
    4. _________________ direct
    5. _________________ fortune
    6. _________________ comfort
    7. _________________ arrange
    8. _________________ believe
    9. _________________ deed
    10. _________________ order

    Answers:
    1. Misdoing
    2. Disconnect
    3. Discontinue
    4. Misdirect
    5. Misfortune
    6. Discomfort
    7. Disarrange
    8. Disbelieve
    9. Misdeed
    10. Disorder

    Adding Suffixes

    Exercise 27.7 With the help of the box make new words by adding suffixes :-

    Base Word SuffixNew word
    1. confer ______________________________________________________________________
    2. noticed ______________________________________________________________________
    3. reduce______________________________________________________________________
    4. govern ______________________________________________________________________
    5. lazy ______________________________________________________________________
    6. combine ______________________________________________________________________
    7. child ______________________________________________________________________
    8. employer ______________________________________________________________________
    9. harm ______________________________________________________________________
    10. immigrant ______________________________________________________________________
    11. depressed______________________________________________________________________
    12. educate ______________________________________________________________________

    Answers:
    1. Confer + -ence = Conference
    2. Notice + -able = Noticeable
    3. Reduce + -tion = Reduction
    4. Govern + -ment = Government
    5. Lazy + -ness = Laziness
    6. Combine + -ation = Combination
    7. Child + -hood = Childhood
    8. Employer + -ee = Employee
    9. Harm + -ful = Harmful
    10. Immigrant + -ion = Immigration
    11. Depress + -ion = Depression
    12. Educate + -ion = Education

    Compound words

    Exercise 27.8 Make compound words by matching words in column A with those of column B.

    AB
    1. Whole a. yard
    2. torch b. proof
    3. hand c. drum
    4. pass d. pocket
    5. with e. writer
    6. back f. bearer
    7. waterg. loom
    8. pick h. hold
    9. eari. some
    10. type j. port

    Answers:
    1. Whole + i. some = Wholesome
    2. Torch + b. proof = Torchproof
    3. Hand + f. bearer = Handbearer
    4. Pass + j. port = Passport
    5. With + h. hold = Withhold
    6. Back + a. yard = Backyard
    7. Water + c. drum = Waterdrum
    8. Pick + d. pocket = Pickpocket
    9. Ear + g. loom = Earloom (heirloom)
    10. Type + e. writer = Typewriter

    Fill in the blanks

  • Punctuations and Capital Letters Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Punctuations and Capital Letters Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Insert Commas

    Exercise 26.1 Insert Commas where necessary :-
    1. When most people of Goa India they think of Beautiful beaches they do not think of heat or other discomforts.
    2. Yesterday I bought a new battery for my C.D. player.
    3. It took us about 80 minutes to finish the yellow trail as we were in no hurry. We could have gone faster but there was a lot traffic with so many people in the trail. We heard the calls of various birds felt the crunch of gravel beneath our shoes the roughness of tree’s and mint and fruit such as jack-fruit and mango.
    4. Fortunately we had good weather today and everyone enjoyed themselves. Infact today was one of the loveliest days we spent on this island.
    5. “Please Sita don’t forgot about bringing a camera with you can take pictures” said Ravi. “Good idea” said Sita “What about food?” she asked after a few minutes pause.
    “Let’s take something practical” said Ravi. ‘Let’s take some sandwiches some biscuits and fruits then we won’t need to cook.

    Answers:
    1. When most people think of Goa, India, they think of beautiful beaches; they do not think of heat or other discomforts.
    2. Yesterday, I bought a new battery for my C.D. player.
    3. It took us about 80 minutes to finish the yellow trail, as we were in no hurry. We could have gone faster, but there was a lot of traffic with so many people on the trail. We heard the calls of various birds, felt the crunch of gravel beneath our shoes, the roughness of trees, and mint and fruit such as jackfruit and mango.
    4. Fortunately, we had good weather today, and everyone enjoyed themselves. In fact, today was one of the loveliest days we spent on this island.
    5. Please, Sita, don’t forget about bringing a camera so you can take pictures,” said Ravi. “Good idea,” said Sita. “What about food?” she asked after a few minutes’ pause.
    “Let’s take something practical,” said Ravi. “Let’s take some sandwiches, some biscuits, and fruits; then we won’t need to cook.”

    Full Stop

    Exercise 26.2 Place a full stop, note of interrogation or exclamation and comma, wherever necessary :-

    1. How exciting your climb on the Everest must be
    2. Oh yes, it was a marvellous adventure
    3. You carried oxygen with you, didn’t you
    4. Are there more bundles to be tied up and sent to the godown
    5. What a delightful movie it was
    6. Who has run away with my camera
    7. How I wish I hadn’t agreed to his proposal
    8. Would you mind moving away your car
    9. “Where have you been” she said to me
    10. “Ouch” he said “Why did you hurt me so much nurse”

    Answers:
    1. How exciting your climb on the Everest must be!
    2. Oh yes, it was a marvellous adventure.
    3. You carried oxygen with you, didn’t you?
    4. Are there more bundles to be tied up and sent to the godown?
    5. What a delightful movie it was!
    6. Who has run away with my camera?
    7. How I wish I hadn’t agreed to his proposal!
    8. Would you mind moving away your car?
    9. “Where have you been?” she said to me.
    10. “Ouch!” he said. “Why did you hurt me so much, nurse?

    Punctuation marks

    Exercise 26.3 Punctuate the following passage by putting in the necessary punctuation marks and capital letters :-

    1. before reading on there are two things you should know about ghosts according to an unwritten international conversation they will not make themselves visible to people who do not believe in them.
    2. the professor was silent
    whod produce his favourite foods the moment foods the moment it was time but of course i believe in you mrs gruff he said comfortingly
    do you she asked and vanished
    how tiresome women can be he thought fancy going off like that in the middle of an argument do you believe in me mrs gruff asked out of the air swinging from the ceiling fan
    of course i do but not when you do foolish things come down at once or you II break your neck
    3. mrs sarojini naidu called for prayer before the march started she exhorted them gandhis body is in goal but his soul is with you indias prestige is in your hands

    Answers:
    1. Before reading on, there are two things you should know about ghosts: according to an unwritten international convention, they will not make themselves visible to people who do not believe in them.
    2. The professor was silent.
    “Who’d produce his favorite foods the moment it was time? But of course I believe in you, Mrs. Gruff,” he said comfortingly.
    “Do you?” she asked, and vanished.
    “How tiresome women can be!” he thought. “Fancy going off like that in the middle of an argument.”
    “Do you believe in me?” Mrs. Gruff asked, out of the air, swinging from the ceiling fan.
    “Of course I do, but not when you do foolish things. Come down at once, or you’ll break your neck.”
    3. Mrs. Sarojini Naidu called for prayer before the march started. She exhorted them, “Gandhi’s body is in jail, but his soul is with you. India’s prestige is in your hands.”

    Dialogue

    Exercise 26.4 Punctuate the following dialogue between the Wolf and Grandma and Red Riding Hood. Use capital letters where required.
    wolf may i come in
    grandma (terrified) : he’s going to eat me up, help
    (grandma was absolutely right he ate her up in one big bite.)
    red riding hood comes in, she stopped she stared and then she said.
    what big ears you have grandma all the better to hear you with the wolf replied what big eyes you have Grandma said little red riding hood. all the better to see you with the wolf replied.

    Answers:
    Wolf: “May I come in?”
    Grandma (terrified): “He’s going to eat me up! Help!”
    (Grandma was absolutely right. He ate her up in one big bite.)
    Red Riding Hood comes in. She stopped, she stared, and then she said, “What big ears you have, Grandma!”
    “All the better to hear you with,” the Wolf replied.
    “What big eyes you have, Grandma,” said Little Red Riding Hood.
    “All the better to see you with,” the Wolf replied.

  • Direct -Indirect Speech Exercises with Answer for class 8

    Direct -Indirect Speech Exercises with Answer for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Indirect Speech

    Exercise 25.1 Change the following sentences into Indirect Speech :-

    1. Our teacher said to us, “Do not make a noise while I am away.”
    2.”I haven’t seen you for ages,” said Leela to her cousin Sumit.
    3. The detective said to Raman, “I saw you at the hotel last week.”
    4. He said, “Key West is the southern most point of the United States.”
    5. My mother said to me, “I think your friend Tania is not a trustworthy girl.”
    6. My father said to my brother, “Pay attention while you are driving.”
    7. My friend said , I will bring your birthday cake in the evening.”
    8. Rashmi said, “Please help in carrying these heavy packages to my car.”
    9. “Don’t put any sugar in my coffee. “said my friend to me.
    10. The shopkeeper said to my friend, ‘Buy this pair of shoes. They are the latest design and will last you a long time.”

    Answers:
    1. Our teacher told us not to make a noise while she was away.
    2. Leela told her cousin Sumit that she hadn’t seen him for ages.
    3. The detective told Raman that he had seen him at the hotel the previous week.
    4. He said that Key West is the southernmost point of the United States.
    5. My mother told me that she thought my friend Tania was not a trustworthy girl.
    6. My father told my brother to pay attention while he was driving.
    7. My friend said that she would bring my birthday cake in the evening.
    8. Rashmi requested me to help in carrying those heavy packages to her car.
    9. My friend told me not to put any sugar in his coffee.
    10. The shopkeeper told my friend to buy that pair of shoes, saying they were the latest design and would last him a long time.

    Speech

    Exercise 24.2 Change the following sentences into Indirect Speech :-

    1. My mother said to me, “Are your brothers playing in the garden?”
    2. The teacher said to the boys, “When did the match end?”
    3. The master said, ” Mohan, why didn’t you inform me earlier about this accident?”
    4. ‘Please Sir, can I have some more food?” said Oliver.
    5. My father said to me, “Have you paid the electricity bill?”
    6. The Director said to the young applicant for the job, “Is it for the first time you have applied for a manager’s post?”
    7. She said to the beautician, “How can I lose weight?”
    8. “Why don’t you come over for dinner on Friday?” Sheila said to me.

    Answers:
    1. My mother asked me if my brothers were playing in the garden.
    2. The teacher asked the boys when the match had ended.
    3. The master asked Mohan why he had not informed him earlier about the accident.
    4. Oliver requested the Sir if he could have some more food.
    5. My father asked me if I had paid the electricity bill.
    6. The Director asked the young applicant for the job if it was the first time he had applied for a manager’s post.
    7. She asked the beautician how she could lose weight.
    8. Sheila asked me why I didn’t come over for dinner on Friday.

    Indirect speech

    Exercise 25.3 Change the following sentences into Indirect Speech. Use the words given in box for the Introductory Verb “said” :-

    Command, advise, beseech, request, deny, order, promise, remind, apologise, inform

    1. The nurse said to me, “The doctor can spare only a few minutes for you,”
    2. The boy said, I didn’t hit Ramesh.”
    3. The gardener said the boys, “Get off the grass immediately.”
    4. Jasbir said to his mother, “I will tidy up my room when I come back from the match.”
    5. Radha said to her teacher, “I am sorry I forgot to do the homework”
    6. My brother said to me, “Remember to thank your friend for his help.”
    7. The mother said to them, “I beg you not to hurt my child.”
    8. The Instructor said, “Don’t cry, you try again to do the exercise.”
    9. “Would you please lend me your camera?” said the boy to his friend.
    10. The teacher said to the boy, “You must work hard if you want to win the scholarship.”

    Answers:
    1.The nurse informed me that the doctor could spare only a few minutes for me.
    2. The boy denied having hit Ramesh.
    3. The gardener ordered the boys to get off the grass immediately.
    4. Jasbir promised his mother that he would tidy up his room when he came back from the match.
    5. Radha apologised to her teacher, saying that she was sorry she had forgotten to do the homework.
    6. My brother reminded me to thank my friend for his help.
    7. The mother beseeched them not to hurt her child.
    8. The Instructor ordered not to cry and to try again to do the exercise.
    9. The boy requested his friend to lend him his camera.
    10. The teacher advised the boy that he must work hard if he wanted to win the scholarship.

    Indirect Speech

    Exercise 25.4 Change the following into Indirect Speech :-

    1. “Oh! what a lovely dress, “said Roshni.
    2. “Happy New Year,” said John to Mary.
    3. “Alas ! I lost my best gold chain,” said Rani to her friend.
    4. “What a tragedy!” said he.
    5. “May God bless you for your kindness!” said the poor boy to his master.

    Answers:
    1. Roshni exclaimed that it was a lovely dress.
    2. John wished Mary a Happy New Year.
    3. Rani exclaimed with regret that she had lost her best gold chain.
    4. He exclaimed that it was a tragedy.
    5. The poor boy prayed that God might bless his master for his kindness.

    Indirect speech

    Exercise 25.5 Change the following sentences into Indirect Speech :-

    1. The teacher cried out angrily, “What are you doing, Raman? If you do not attend to the lesson, I shall send you to the Headmaster and you will be punished. Look into your book and do not let me catch you playing again.”
    2. Next morning at breakfast his wife said to him, “George, I think I can tell what is wrong with our clock.” “Well, what is it?” He sharply asked. “It wants winding up,” said his partner quietly.
    3. The father said angrily to his son, “Where have you been all this time? I saw you here last at ten in the morning. Go at once and change for dinner.”
    4. “What will you give me if I spin this straw into gold?” he asked. “You shall have the ring from my finger,” said the girl.
    5. “Will you come to my palace with me and be my wife?” said the king. “Yes”, said she, “if you allow me to have my fawn with me always.”
    6. He said, “Who are you to speak to me like this? Don’t you know that I am your master and you are my servant? You must carry out my orders, whether you like them or not.”
    7. “Are you angry, my friends,” said the king, “Because you have lost your leader? I am your king; I will be your leader.”
    8. “Curse it!” exclaimed the driver. “Who could have foreseen such ill-luck? But for the accident we should have reached home before the sunset.”
    9. The traveller said to the policeman, “Can you tell me the way to the nearest hotel?” “Yes,” said the policeman, “Do you want one in which you can spend the night?” “No,” replied the traveller, “I only want a meal.”
    10. “You say,” said the judge, “The bag you lost contained one hundred and ten rupees.” “Yes, your Honour,” replied the miser. “Then as this one contains one hundred rupees it cannot be yours.”

    Answers :
    1. The teacher cried out angrily and asked Raman what he was doing. He warned him that if he did not attend to the lesson, he would send him to the Headmaster and he would be punished. He then instructed him to look into his book and not to let him catch him playing again.
    2. Next morning, at breakfast, his wife told George that she thought she could tell what was wrong with their clock. He sharply asked her what it was. She quietly replied that it wanted winding up.
    3. The father angrily asked his son where he had been all this time, telling him that he had last seen him at ten in the morning. He then ordered him to go at once and change for dinner.
    4 .He asked her what she would give him if he spun the straw into gold. The girl replied that he should have the ring from her finger.
    5. The king asked her if she would come to his palace with him and be his wife. She replied that she would if he allowed her to have her fawn with her always.
    6. He asked angrily who she was to speak to him like that, and if she did not know that he was her master and she was his servant. He then commanded her to carry out his orders, whether she liked them or not.
    7. The king asked his friends if they were angry because they had lost their leader, and then assured them that he was their king and would be their leader.
    8. The driver cursed the situation and exclaimed that no one could have foreseen such ill-luck. He lamented that but for the accident, they would have reached home before sunset.
    9. The traveller asked the policeman if he could tell him the way to the nearest hotel. The policeman replied affirmatively and asked if he wanted one where he could spend the night. The traveller replied that he only wanted a meal.
    10. The judge said that the miser had stated that the bag he lost contained one hundred and ten rupees. The miser replied affirmatively. The judge then said that as the bag contained only one hundred rupees, it could not be his.

    Direct speech

    Exercise 25.6 Turn the following into Direct Speech :-
    1. The policeman ordered the driver to step out oft he car.
    2. The policeman charged the driver with speeding.
    3. The driver denied the charge.
    4. The policeman insisted that he did and would have to pay a fine for speeding.
    5. The driver protested but then gave Rs 600 as fine.

    Answers:
    1. The policeman said to the driver, “Step out of the car.”
    2. The policeman said to the driver, “You have been speeding.”
    3. The driver replied, “I did not speed.”
    4. The policeman said, “Yes, you did, and you will have to pay a fine for speeding.”
    5. The driver protested, “But this is unfair!” However, he then said, “Here is Rs 600 as the fine.”

  • The Sequence of Tenses Exercises with Answers for class 8

    The Sequence of Tenses Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Correct tense of the verb:

    Correct the following sentences

    Exercise 24.2 Correct the following sentences and rewrite them :-

    1. I hoped that she will pass.
    2. The doctor sad that she will soon recover.
    3. I warned her lest she may make a mistake.
    4. He said that the sun rose in the east.
    5. We returned home as soon as it begins to rain.
    6. The teacher taught that wood was lighter than water.
    7. She told us that honestly was the best policy.
    8. We were afraid lest they ,ay get hurt.
    9. I found that she has told a lie.
    10. The sage said that soul was immortal.
    11. She said me the film was terrible.
    12. She advise me to buy a dictionary.
    13. I didn’t wanted to go at first but she persuade me.
    14. They watch the film together and they discuss it in small groups yesterday.
    15. I didn’t think it is my fault but they still blame me.

    Answers:
    1. I hoped that she will pass.
    → I hoped that she would pass.
    2. The doctor sad that she will soon recover.
    → The doctor said that she would soon recover.
    3. I warned her lest she may make a mistake.
    → I warned her lest she should make a mistake.
    4. He said that the sun rose in the east.
    → He said that the sun rises in the east.
    5. We returned home as soon as it begins to rain.
    → We returned home as soon as it began to rain.
    6 . The teacher taught that wood was lighter than water.
    → The teacher taught that wood is lighter than water.
    7. She told us that honestly was the best policy.
    → She told us that honesty was the best policy.
    8. We were afraid lest they ,ay get hurt.
    → We were afraid lest they should get hurt.
    9. I found that she has told a lie.
    → I found that she had told a lie.
    10. The sage said that soul was immortal.
    → The sage said that the soul was immortal.
    11. She said me the film was terrible.
    → She told me the film was terrible.
    12. She advise me to buy a dictionary.
    → She advised me to buy a dictionary.
    13. I didn’t wanted to go at first but she persuade me.
    → I didn’t want to go at first, but she persuaded me.
    14. They watch the film together and they discuss it in small groups yesterday.
    → They watched the film together and discussed it in small groups yesterday.
    15. I didn’t think it is my fault but they still blame me.
    → I didn’t think it was my fault, but they still blamed me.

  • Combination of Sentences Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Combination of Sentences Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Joining Sentences

    Exercise 23.1 Join each of the following pairs. Sentences into a single sentence :-

    (i) By using the Conjunction and :
    1. My brother got a prize. My sister got a prize.
    2. Mary is clever girl. Pinky is a clever girl.
    3. The sun rises in the east. The sun sets in the west.
    4. I can speak English. I can write English.
    5. God made the country. Man made the town.

    (ii) By using the Conjunction as well as :
    1. Tom passed. Peter passed.
    2. Sheila was to blame. Lily was to blame.
    3. She sings. She plays the harmonium.
    4. We should obey our parents. We should honour them.
    5. The little child was fast asleep. Its mother was fast asleep.

    (iii) By using the Conjunction not only…. but also :
    1. He lost his ticket. He lost his luggage.
    2. He was fined. He was sent to prison.
    3. Bali told a lie. She deceived us.
    4. She told a lie. She deceived us.
    5. His enemies declared him to be guilty. His best friends declared him to be guilty.

    (iv) By using Conjunction or :
    1. Do you like tennis? Do you like badminton.
    2. She must weep. She will die.
    3. Do your work honestly. Leave my service.
    4. You must obey the rules. You must leave the school.
    5. You must tell the truth. You will be punished.

    (v) By using the Conjunction either …. or
    1. The king must attend the ceremony. The queen must attend the ceremony.
    2. You can write with pencil. You can write in ink.
    3. You should go there at once. Your brother should go there at once.
    4. He has made a mistake. His brother has make a mistake.
    5. Make your purchase. Get out of my shop.

    (vi) By using the Conjunction neither … nor :
    1. He has no gold. He has no silver.
    2. She cannot read English. She cannot write English.
    3. Do not be a borrower. Do not be a lender.
    4. He does not love her. He does not hate her.
    5. He did not admit it. He did not deny it.

    (vii) By using the Conjunction else or otherwise :
    1. You must work hard. You will not pass.
    2. Walk quickly. You will miss the train.
    3. Give her water immediately. She will die.
    4. Do your work properly. You will be dismissed.
    5. We must do our homework. The teacher will punish us.

    Answers:
    (i) By using the Conjunction “and”:

    1. My brother got a prize and my sister got a prize.
    2. Mary is a clever girl and Pinky is a clever girl.
    3. The sun rises in the east and the sun sets in the west.
    4. I can speak English and I can write English.
    5. God made the country and man made the town.
    (ii) By using the Conjunction “as well as”:
    1. Tom passed as well as Peter.
    2. Sheila was to blame as well as Lily.
    3 .She sings as well as plays the harmonium.
    4. We should obey our parents as well as honour them.
    5. The little child was fast asleep as well as its mother.
    (iii) By using the Conjunction “not only… but also”:
    1. He lost not only his ticket but also his luggage.
    2. He was not only fined but also sent to prison.
    3. Bali not only told a lie but also deceived us.
    4. She not only told a lie but also deceived us.
    5. Not only his enemies but also his best friends declared him to be guilty.
    (vi) By using the Conjunction “neither… nor”:
    1. He has neither gold nor silver.
    2. She can neither read nor write English.
    3. Be neither a borrower nor a lender.
    4. He neither loves her nor hates her.
    5. He neither admitted it nor denied it.
    (vii) By using the Conjunction “else” or “otherwise”:
    1. You must work hard, else you will not pass.
    2. Walk quickly, else you will miss the train.
    3. Give her water immediately, otherwise she will die.
    4. Do your work properly, otherwise you will be dismissed.
    5. We must do our homework, else the teacher will punish us.

    Single sentence

    Exercise 23.2 Join each of the following pairs of Simple Sentences into a single sentence :-

    (i) By using the Conjunction but :
    1. I called on you. You were not at home.
    2. The days are hot. The nights are cold.
    3. He was a good speaker. He was a bad writer.
    4. She writes slowly. She Writes neatly.
    5. He has passed. His sister had failed.
    (ii) By using the Conjunction though, although, still or yet :
    1. He has got a prize. He is not satisfied.
    2. He is very rich. He is not contented.
    3. He is sixty years old. He works very hard.
    4. My uncle has great wealth. He is not work at all.
    5. Bali is very poor. He does not work at all.
    6. Hari worked hard. He could not succeed.
    7. My uncle is very rich. He is not proud of his wealth.
    8. Hari is very strong. He is not courageous.
    9. He may deceive me. I trust him.
    10. The poor man was very weak. He did a lot of work.
    (iii) By using the Conjunction therefore or so :
    1. I have caught a cold. I shall stay at home.
    2. He was late. He could not catch the train.
    3. He was found guilty. He was hanged.
    4. I had a severe headache. I could not attend the school yesterday.
    5. He was ill. He could not attend the meeting.

    Answers:
    (i) By using the Conjunction “but”:

    1. I called on you, but you were not at home.
    2. The days are hot, but the nights are cold.
    3. He was a good speaker, but he was a bad writer.
    4. She writes slowly, but she writes neatly.
    5. He has passed, but his sister had failed.
    (ii) By using the Conjunction “though,” “although,” “still,” or “yet”:
    1. He has got a prize, though he is not satisfied.
    2. He is very rich, yet he is not contented.
    3. He is sixty years old, but he works very hard.
    4. My uncle has great wealth, but he does not work at all.
    5. Bali is very poor, yet he does not work at all.
    6. Hari worked hard, but he could not succeed.
    7. My uncle is very rich, but he is not proud of his wealth.
    8. Hari is very strong, yet he is not courageous.
    9. He may deceive me, but I trust him.
    10. The poor man was very weak, yet he did a lot of work.
    (iii) By using the Conjunction “therefore” or “so”:
    1. I have caught a cold, so I shall stay at home.
    2. He was late, so he could not catch the train.
    3. He was found guilty, therefore he was hanged.
    4. I had a severe headache, so I could not attend the school yesterday.
    5. He was ill, so he could not attend the meeting.

    Pairs of Simple Sentences

    Exercise 23.3 Join each of the following pairs of Simple Sentences into a single sentence :-

    1. He could scarcely stand. He was very tired.
    2. The meeting was over. All the people went home.
    3. He was hanged. He had committed murder.
    4. The thief saw the policeman coming. He immediately ran away.
    5. He tried his best. He failed in the test.
    6. He is very rich. He is not happy.
    7. He worked hard. His purpose was to get a scholarship.
    8. I am intelligent. My brother is more intelligent.
    9. His brother loves him. He loves his brother more.
    10. Rama works hard. his brother works equally hard.
    11. He is patient. You are not equally hard.
    12. All will respect you. You must be honest.
    13. You must work hard. You will never succeed.
    14. He heard the news. He began to weep.
    15. You will never pass. You must work hard.

    Answers:
    1. He could scarcely stand because he was very tired.
    2. The meeting was over, so all the people went home.
    3. He was hanged because he had committed murder.
    4. The thief saw the policeman coming, so he immediately ran away.
    5. He tried his best, but he failed in the test.
    6. He is very rich, but he is not happy.
    7. He worked hard in order that he might get a scholarship.
    8. I am intelligent, but my brother is more intelligent.
    9. His brother loves him, but he loves his brother more.
    10. Rama works hard, and his brother works equally hard.
    11. He is patient, whereas you are not equally patient.
    12. All will respect you if you are honest.
    13. You must work hard, or you will never succeed.
    14. He heard the news, and he began to weep.
    15. You will never pass unless you work hard.

    Single sentences:

    Exercise 23.4 Join each of the following pairs of Simple Sentences into a single sentence :-

    1. I remember the house. I was born there.
    2. Here is the pen. You were looking for it.
    3. These are the boys. Their parents are dead.
    4. Jack gets the first prize. He deserve it.
    5. This is the place. The accident occurred here.
    6. She is Mrs kaul. Her daughter is an actress.
    7. We have found the book. We lost it yesterday.
    8. The villagers are very lazy. You praised them so much.
    9. My mother will always be grateful to you. You helped her.
    10. The old man is my uncle. You have bought his house.

    Answers:
    1. I remember the house where I was born.
    2. Here is the pen which you were looking for.
    3. These are the boys whose parents are dead.
    4. Jack gets the first prize because he deserves it.
    5. This is the place where the accident occurred.
    6. She is Mrs. Kaul, whose daughter is an actress.
    7. We have found the book which we lost yesterday.
    8. The villagers are very lazy, yet you praised them so much.
    9. My mother will always be grateful to you for helping her.
    10. The old man is my uncle, whose house you have bought.

    Simple Sentences:

    Exercise 23.5 Join each of the following pairs of Simple Sentences into a single sentence :-

    1. He went to Agra. He wished to see the Taj Mahal.
    2. She left tired. She laid her work aside.
    3. He failed in the first attempt. He made no further attempt.
    4. The police arrived. The thieves ran away.
    5. The bank was closed. We could get any money.
    6. She has eight children. She must look after them.
    7. The lecture was over. We returned. home.
    8. He finished his work. He went out for a walk.
    9. Ashoka ruled over India. He was a good and noble king.
    10. he was ill last month. He was unable to attend school.

    Answers:
    1. He went to Agra to see the Taj Mahal.
    2. She left tired, so she laid her work aside.
    3. He failed in the first attempt, and made no further attempt.
    4. The police arrived, so the thieves ran away.
    5. The bank was closed, so we could not get any money.
    6. She has eight children, and she must look after them.
    7. The lecture was over, so we returned home.
    8. He finished his work, and then went out for a walk.
    9. Ashoka ruled over India, and he was a good and noble king.
    10. He was ill last month, so he was unable to attend school.

  • Conditional Clauses Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Conditional Clauses Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with Solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Complete the sentences

    Exercise 22.1 Write the option which correctly completes the sentence. In some cases more than one or all might be correct :-

    1. If it rains,
    (i) the First Test Match will be cancelled.
    (ii) the First Test Match would be cancelled.
    (iii) the First Test Match ought to be cancelled.

    2. When water freezes,
    (i) it turns into ice.
    (ii) it would turn into ice.
    (iii) it should turns into ice.

    3. If I have time,
    (i) I shall go to the Book Fair.
    (ii) I might go to the Book Fair.
    (iii) I would to go the Book Fair.

    4. If Hari meets Sameer,
    (i) he must remind him to meet me.
    (ii) remind him to meet me.
    (iii) he ought to remind him to meet me.

    5. If you will perform at my party,
    (i) I will give you a big remuneration.
    (ii) I must give you a big remuneration.
    (iii) I might give you a big renumeration.

    6. If I weren’t so busy,
    (i) I would have gone to the exhibition.
    (ii) I would go to the exhibition.
    (iii0 I should visit the exhibition.

    7. If I were you,
    (i) I would never refuse Rohan’s offer.
    (ii) I would never have refused Rohan’s offer.
    (iii) I will never refuse Rohan’s offer.

    8. If I were you,
    (i) we may have forgive him.
    (ii) we might have forgive him.
    (iii) we would forgive him.

    9. If he had admitted his mistake.
    (i) I might buy a new car.
    (ii) I shall buy a new car.
    (iii) I would buy a new car.

    10. If you want to keep fit,
    (i) take exercise daily.
    (ii) you should exercise daily.
    (iii) you must take some exercise daily.

    Answers:

    1.If it rains,
    (i) the First Test Match will be cancelled.
    (For a realistic future possibility, use “will be.”)

    2.When water freezes,
    (i) it turns into ice.
    (For scientific facts, use the present tense.)

    3.If I have time,
    (ii) I might go to the Book Fair.
    (“Might” is correct for indicating possibility.)

    4.If Hari meets Sameer,
    (iii) he ought to remind him to meet me.
    (“Ought to” is appropriate for suggesting a duty.)

    5.If you will perform at my party,
    (i) I will give you a big remuneration.
    (For conditional agreements in the future, use “will.”)

    6.If I weren’t so busy,
    (ii) I would go to the exhibition.
    (This is a second conditional sentence, imagining a present unreal situation.)

    7.If I were you,
    (i) I would never refuse Rohan’s offer.
    (This is a hypothetical suggestion in the present or future.)

    8.If I were you,
    (iii) we would forgive him.
    (This matches a hypothetical present situation.)

    9.If he had admitted his mistake,
    (iii) I would buy a new car.
    (For third conditional structures, indicating a hypothetical past situation, use “would.”)

    10.If you want to keep fit,
    (ii) you should exercise daily.
    (“Should” expresses advice.)

    Use Conditional Clauses

    Exercise 22.2 State what type of conditional clause is used in the following sentences (universal truth, likely or probable, unlikely or improbable, imaginary) :-

    1. If you heat ice, it melts. ____________________________
    2. If I win a lottery, I will buy a new house. ___________________
    3. If I were a ghost, I will scare people. _______________________
    4. If you had asked me to do it, I would have done it. ___________________
    5. If I find anything wrong, I shall inform you. ____________________

    Answers:
    1. If you heat ice, it melts.
    Universal Truth
    (This expresses a general or scientific fact.)
    2. If I win a lottery, I will buy a new house.
    Likely or Probable
    (This expresses a condition that is possible or likely to happen in the future.)
    3. If I were a ghost, I would scare people.
    Imaginary
    (This expresses an unreal or hypothetical situation, imagining something that is not true.)
    4. If you had asked me to do it, I would have done it.
    Unlikely or Improbable
    (This refers to a past condition that did not happen, so the result is impossible now.)
    5. If I find anything wrong, I shall inform you.
    Likely or Probable
    (This expresses a condition that is possible or likely to happen in the future.)

    Make ‘IF’ sentences

    Exercise 22.3 Certain phrases are given in two boxes. Combine them to make an ‘if’ sentences :-

    AB
    1. not to park here You/plans failed
    2. My parents agree I/go abroad for studies.
    3. If/you satisfied he/included in the team
    4. You/regulate diet You/cured of Indigestion
    5. You/plans failed You/blame us.

    Answers:
    1. If you park here, you will be fined.
    2. If my parents agree, I will go abroad for studies.
    3. If you are satisfied, he will be included in the team.
    4. If you regulate your diet, you will be cured of indigestion.
    5. If your plans failed, you should not blame us.

    had, should, unless, or were

    Exercise 22.4 Remove if in the following sentences and use (had, should, unless, or were). Make the necessary changes :-

    1. If I had not rung him up, he would not have come to my party.
    Had _____________________________________________________________________________________________
    2. If he does not satisfy you with this work, we will not employ him.
    Unless ____________________________________________________________________________________________
    3. If I met him tomorrow, I will inform him of your visit.
    Should ___________________________________________________________________________________________
    4. If you had worked hard you would not have been rejected today.
    Had _______________________________________
    5. If the patient feels pain, you should give him this injection.
    Unless ____________________________________________________
    6. If you go to the top of the buildings, you will see the fireworks. _______________________________
    7. If I were the monitor, I would keep the class quiet. _____________________________________________
    8. If poaching is not stopped, tigers will soon become extinct.
    9. If there is not enough food, many animals will die. ______________________________________________
    10. If I have the time, I shall go to the party. _______________________________________________________

    Answers:
    1. Had I not rung him up, he would not have come to my party.
    2. Unless he satisfies you with his work, we will not employ him.
    3. Should I meet him tomorrow, I will inform him of your visit.
    4. Had you worked hard, you would not have been rejected today.
    5. Unless the patient feels pain, you should not give him this injection.
    6. Should you go to the top of the building, you will see the fireworks.
    7. Were I the monitor, I would keep the class quiet.
    8. Unless poaching is stopped, tigers will soon become extinct.
    9. Unless there is enough food, many animals will die.
    10. Should I have the time, I shall go to the party.

  • Relative Clauses Exercises with Answers for Class 8

    Relative Clauses Exercises with Answers for Class 8 and worksheet with solutions from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Selecting the right words

    Exercise 21.1 Write the right word in the the box to complete the sentences :-
    1. He is neglecting the important work that was/which was given to him.
    2. The police is questioning the driver who was/that was driving the blueline bus involved in the accident.
    3. This is the most complicated case which/that I have been asked to solve.
    4. The scooter which/that was found abandoned on the road, belonged to a noted criminal.
    5. He distrusts people that/who flatter him.
    6. I was the boy who/that instigated your son to steal.
    7. I am looking for a worker that/who I can depend on.
    8. J.R.D Tata was the most effective chairman that/which we ever had.
    9. This is the famous beach which/that we visited last year.
    10. The architect who/that designed this buildings is now working in Dubai.

    Answers:
    1. He is neglecting the important work that was given to him.
    2. The police is questioning the driver who was driving the blueline bus involved in the accident.
    3. This is the most complicated case that I have been asked to solve.
    4. The scooter which was found abandoned on the road, belonged to a noted criminal.
    5. He distrusts people who flatter him.
    6. I was the boy who instigated your son to steal.
    7. I am looking for a worker that I can depend on.
    8. J.R.D Tata was the most effective chairman that we ever had.
    9. This is the famous beach which we visited last year.
    10. The architect who designed this building is now working in Dubai.

    Join the sentences

    Converting into relative clauses

    Exercise 21.3 Combine the following sentences into one by converting one of them into a relative clauses. In some you can leave out who/which/that. Put commas whenever it is a non-defining relative clause. One has been done for you :-

    1. This was my decision. regret it to this day.
    2. My daughter has completed one course of antibiotics. It has not helped her at all.
    3. The police interrogated the servant. My daughter had identified him.
    4. This is the diamond necklace. My wife wants it.
    5. Mr Gupta is our social science teacher. He can hold us spellbound with his stories.
    6. This is the girl. I went to her house yesterday.
    7. The Beastly Tales is written by Vikram Seth. It is one of my favourite books.
    8. She is the girl. I went to her house yesterday.
    9. I talked to the Home Minister about their case. He promised to take serious action.
    10. I gave you a big loan last year. What have you done with it.

    Answers:
    1. This was my decision, which I regret to this day.
    2. My daughter has completed one course of antibiotics, which has not helped her at all.
    3. The police interrogated the servant, whom my daughter had identified.
    4. This is the diamond necklace which my wife wants.
    5. Mr. Gupta is our social science teacher, who can hold us spellbound with his stories.
    6. This is the girl whose house I went to yesterday.
    7. The Beastly Tales, which is written by Vikram Seth, is one of my favourite books.
    8. She is the girl whose house I went to yesterday.
    9. I talked to the Home Minister about their case, and he promised to take serious action.
    10. I gave you a big loan last year; what have you done with it?

  • Adverb Clauses Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Adverb Clauses Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solutions from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 20.1 Bold the Adverb Clauses in the following sentences, and say of what kind each is :-

    1. We work that we may pass. ___________________________________
    2. He is wiser than I am. ___________________________________________
    3. Even if it rains, I shall come. _____________________________________
    4. Though she is rich she is not happy. _____________________________
    5. Although he failed, he was promoted. ____________________________
    6. So good a woman is she that all followed him. ______________________
    7. He talked in such a way that all followed him. _______________________
    8. If you have tears prepare to shed them now. _________________________
    9. Unless you work harder you will fail. ___________________________________
    10. You must go there whether you like it or not. _________________________
    11. He was very pleased that you had passed. ___________________________
    12. Because I like her, I shall help her. ___________________________________
    13. Since you are intelligent, you will pass easily. _________________________
    14. As he was ill, he could not come to school. ____________________________
    15. They worked hard that they might pass the examination. ______________

    Answers:
    1. We work that we may pass.
    Adverb Clause of Purpose
    2. He is wiser than I am.
    Adverb Clause of Comparison
    3. Even if it rains, I shall come.
    Adverb Clause of Condition
    4. Though she is rich, she is not happy.
    Adverb Clause of Concession
    5. Although he failed, he was promoted.
    Adverb Clause of Concession
    6. So good a woman is she that all followed her.
    Adverb Clause of Result
    7. He talked in such a way that all followed him.
    Adverb Clause of Result
    8. If you have tears, prepare to shed them now.
    Adverb Clause of Condition
    9. Unless you work harder, you will fail.
    Adverb Clause of Condition
    10. You must go there whether you like it or not.
    Adverb Clause of Concession
    11. He was very pleased that you had passed.
    Adverb Clause of Reason
    12. Because I like her, I shall help her.
    Adverb Clause of Reason
    13. Since you are intelligent, you will pass easily.
    Adverb Clause of Reason
    14. As he was ill, he could not come to school.
    Adverb Clause of Reason
    15. They worked hard that they might pass the examination.
    Adverb Clause of Purpose

    Exercise 20.2 Add a suitable Adverb Clause to each of the following :-
    1. _______________________ he is honest.
    2. Stop _______________________________.
    3. He does ____________________________.
    4. He spoke ____________________________.
    5. I awarded _____________________________.
    6. _____________ you will miss the train.
    7. _________________________ he is honest.
    8. Nobody trusts him ___________________.
    9. He fled ________________________________.
    10. He failed ______________________________.
    11. The sun set ____________________________.
    12. Wait here ______________________________.
    13. I shall __________________________________.
    14. You may do ____________________________ .
    15. He was so tired _________________________.

    Answers:
    1. Although he is poor, he is honest.
    2. Stop when I tell you to.
    3. He does as he is instructed.
    4. He spoke as if he knew everything.
    5. I awarded him because he deserved it.
    6. Hurry up or you will miss the train.
    7. Whether you believe it or not, he is honest.
    8. Nobody trusts him because he often lies.
    9. He fled as soon as the police arrived.
    10. He failed because he didn’t study enough.
    11. The sun set after the long day ended.
    12. Wait here until I return.
    13. I shall help you if you need me.
    14. You may do whatever you think is best.
    15. He was so tired that he fell asleep immediately.

  • Adjective Clauses Exercises with Answer for class 8

    Adjective Clauses Exercises with Answer for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 19.1 Bold the Adjectives Clauses in the following sentences :-

    1. God helps those who help themselves.
    2. This is the house where she lived.
    3. This is the boy who stood first in the examination.
    4. Here is the book you want.
    5. He is not the man I can trust.
    6. I remember the house where I was born.
    7. I am the monarch of all I survey.
    8. He that climbs too high is sure to fall.
    9. The story he tells is untrue.
    10. They never fail who die in a great cause.
    11. The house that she lives in belongs to her father.
    12. All that glitters is not gold.
    13. He laughs best who laughs last.
    14. He gave her everything she asked for.
    15. He that is down need fear no fall.

    Answers:
    1. God helps those who help themselves.
    2. This is the house where she lived.
    3. This is the boy who stood first in the examination.
    4. Here is the book you want.
    5. He is not the man I can trust.
    6. I remember the house where I was born.
    7. I am the monarch of all I survey.
    8. He that climbs too high is sure to fall.
    9. The story he tells is untrue.
    10. They never fail who die in a great cause.
    11. The house that she lives in belongs to her father.
    12. All that glitters is not gold.
    13. He laughs best who laughs last.
    14. He gave her everything she asked for.
    15. He that is down need fear no fall.

    Exercise 19.2 Fill in the blanks with suitable Adjectives Clauses :-

    1. I know the place ______________.
    2. He is the man _________________.
    3. I want back the book ______________.
    4. He never fails __________________.
    5. Here is the book ________________.
    6. God helps those ________________.
    7. Blessed is he _________________.
    8. He tells a tale ___________________.
    9. This is the girl ____________________.
    10. I met a girl ______________________.

    Answers:
    1. I know the place where she lives.
    2. He is the man who helped me yesterday.
    3. I want back the book that I lent you.
    4. He never fails who works hard.
    5. Here is the book that you were looking for.
    6. God helps those who help themselves.
    7. Blessed is he who trusts in the Lord.
    8. He tells a tale that no one believes.
    9. This is the girl who won the competition.
    10. I met a girl who speaks five languages.

  • Noun Clauses Exercises with Answer for Class 8

    Noun Clauses Exercises with Answer for Class 8 and Worksheet with solutions from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 18.1 Bold the Noun Clauses in each of the following sentences and say how it is used :-

    1. There is no meaning in what she says. _________________________________________________
    2. I do not know where you find her. _________________________________________________
    3. It is not known who has stolen your book. _________________________________________________
    4. That she should think so surprise me. _________________________________________________
    5. Her fear is that the secret of her birth may be out. _________________________________________________
    6. That he loves her is known to all. _________________________________________________
    7. I have no faith in what she says. _________________________________________________
    8. He asked me whether my father was at home. _________________________________________________
    9. I think you have made a mistake. _________________________________________________
    10. The truth is that we have been deceived. _________________________________________________
    11. The news that he has failed is untrue. _________________________________________________
    12. That he will pass this year is uncertain. _________________________________________________

    Answers:
    1. what she says – Object of the preposition “in.”
    2. where you find her – Object of the verb “know.”
    3. who has stolen your book – Subject of the verb “is known.”
    4. That she should think so – Subject of the verb “surprises.”
    5. that the secret of her birth may be out – Subject complement (explaining her fear).
    6. That he loves her – Subject of the verb “is known.”
    7. what she says – Object of the preposition “in.”
    8. whether my father was at home – Object of the verb “asked.”
    9. you have made a mistake – Object of the verb “think.”
    10. that we have been deceived – Subject complement (explaining the truth).
    11. that he has failed – Appositive, explaining “the news.”
    12. That he will pass this year – Subject of the verb “is uncertain.

    Exercise 18.2 Complete the following by adding Noun Clauses :-

    1. Tell him __________________________________________.
    2. It is certain __________________________________________.
    3. He was pleased with __________________________________________.
    4. I think __________________________________________.
    5. She told us __________________________________________.
    6. I fear __________________________________________.
    7. He replied __________________________________________.
    8. All thought __________________________________________.
    9. No one knows __________________________________________.
    10. He knew __________________________________________.
    11. Can you guess __________________________________________.
    12. Do you know __________________________________________.
    13. Will you tell me __________________________________________.
    14. __________________________________________ is quite certain.
    15. __________________________________________ surprise me.

    Answers:
    1. Tell him what you plan to do.
    2. It is certain that he will arrive on time.
    3. He was pleased with how the event turned out.
    4. I think that you should apologize.
    5. She told us that she was leaving the city.
    6. I fear that we might be too late.
    7. He replied that he was not feeling well.
    8. All thought that the plan would fail.
    9. No one knows where she went after the meeting.
    10. He knew that he had made a mistake.
    11. Can you guess what I am thinking?
    12. Do you know when the meeting will start?
    13. Will you tell me why you are upset?
    14. That he passed the exam is quite certain.
    15. That you forgot my birthday surprises me.

  • Sentences – Simple, Compound, Complex Exercise with Answer for Class 8

    Sentences – Simple, Compound, Complex Exercise with Answer for Class 8 and worksheet with Solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 17.1 Say which of the following sentences are Compound, and which are Complex? Also bold the Clause in each case :-

    1. God helps those who help themselves.
    2. Walk quickly, or you will miss the train.
    3. I know where he has gone.
    4. They rested when the night came.
    5. I know a place where wild roses.
    6. Work hard and you will pass.
    7. Men may come, and men may go, but I go on forever.
    8. Come tomorrow and get your money.
    9. We returned home when the sun set.
    10. All that glitters is not gold.
    11. I think he is absent today.
    12. I will live where you live.
    13. Night came on and rain fell heavily and we all got very wet.
    14. When I went to the bazaar this morning. I met my old friend whom I had not seen for three years.
    15. I know the man who said that the earth is flat.
    16. He goes to school but his sister stays at home.
    17. I have no sympathy for a man who is not a hero in the battle of life.
    18. He does not know who has stolen your books.
    19. Ashok passed but Raman failed.
    20. Nobody knows where he was murdered.
    21. The news is so good that it cannot be true.
    22. The boy who was lost yesterday has been found by the police.
    23. Was he asleep or awake?
    24. He went to the window to look out but found no one there.
    25. When the cat is away the mouse is at play.

    Answers:
    1.God helps those who help themselves.
    Complex (Adjective Clause: “who help themselves“)
    2. Walk quickly, or you will miss the train.
    Compound (Two independent clauses: “Walk quickly” and “you will miss the train“)
    3. I know where he has gone.
    Complex (Noun Clause: “where he has gone“)
    4. They rested when the night came.
    Complex (Adverb Clause: “when the night came“)
    5. I know a place where wild roses grow.
    Complex (Adjective Clause: “where wild roses grow“)
    6. Work hard and you will pass.
    Compound (Two independent clauses: “Work hard” and “you will pass“)
    7. Men may come, and men may go, but I go on forever.
    Compound (Three independent clauses: “Men may come“, “men may go“, and “I go on forever“)
    8. Come tomorrow and get your money.
    Compound (Two independent clauses: “Come tomorrow” and “get your money“)
    9. We returned home when the sun set.
    Complex (Adverb Clause: “when the sun set“)
    10. All that glitters is not gold.
    Complex (Adjective Clause: “that glitters“)
    11. I think he is absent today.
    Complex (Noun Clause: “he is absent today“)
    12. I will live where you live.
    Complex (Adverb Clause: “where you live“)
    13. Night came on and rain fell heavily and we all got very wet.
    Compound (Three independent clauses: “Night came on“, “rain fell heavily“, and “we all got very wet“)
    14. When I went to the bazaar this morning, I met my old friend whom I had not seen for three years.
    Complex (Adverb Clause: “When I went to the bazaar this morning“, Adjective Clause: “whom I had not seen for three years“)
    15. I know the man who said that the earth is flat.
    Complex (Adjective Clause: “who said that the earth is flat“)
    16. He goes to school but his sister stays at home.
    Compound (Two independent clauses: “He goes to school” and “his sister stays at home“)
    17. I have no sympathy for a man who is not a hero in the battle of life.
    Complex (Adjective Clause: “who is not a hero in the battle of life“)
    18. He does not know who has stolen your books.
    Complex (Noun Clause: “who has stolen your books“)
    19. Ashok passed but Raman failed.
    Compound (Two independent clauses: “Ashok passed” and “Raman failed“)
    20. Nobody knows where he was murdered.
    Complex (Noun Clause: “where he was murdered“)
    21. The news is so good that it cannot be true.
    Complex (Adverb Clause: “that it cannot be true“)
    22. The boy who was lost yesterday has been found by the police.
    Complex (Adjective Clause: “who was lost yesterday“)
    23. Was he asleep or awake?
    Compound (Two independent clauses: “Was he asleep” and “awake?“)
    24. He went to the window to look out but found no one there.
    Compound (Two independent clauses: “He went to the window to look out” and “found no one there“)
    25. When the cat is away, the mouse is at play.
    Complex (Adverb Clause: “When the cat is away“)

  • The Phrase and the Clause Exercises with Answers for Class 8

    The Phrase and the Clause Exercises with Answers for Class 8 and Worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 16.1 Bold the Clauses in the following sentences, and tell the kind of each :-

    1. I asked her where she was going.
    2. He expected that he would win a prize.
    3. The boys went home when the schools was over.
    4. He will pass if he works hard.
    5. No one knows where he lives.
    6. The mice will play when the cat is away.
    7. God helps those who help themselves.
    8. This is the house where I was born.
    9. I do not know what she wants.
    10. I think he will pass this year.
    11. This is the boy who saved your child’s life.
    12. I met her when I was in Mumbai.
    13. The dog which bit the child was mad.
    14. I know who is to blame.
    15. I know the man who is there.
    16. This is the house that Jack built.
    17. People who eat too much die early.
    18. This is the beggar whom we met yesterday.
    19. I know when he will come.
    20. I know the time when he will come.

    Answers:
    1. I asked her (Main Clause) where she was going (Noun Clause).
    Noun Clause: Acts as the object of the verb “asked.”
    2. He expected (Main Clause) that he would win a prize (Noun Clause).
    Noun Clause: Acts as the object of the verb “expected.”
    3. The boys went home (Main Clause) when the school was over (Adverbial Clause).
    Adverbial Clause: Modifies the verb “went” by providing the time.
    4. He will pass (Main Clause) if he works hard (Adverbial Clause).
    Adverbial Clause: Indicates the condition under which he will pass.
    5. No one knows (Main Clause) where he lives (Noun Clause).
    Noun Clause: Acts as the object of the verb “knows.”
    6. The mice will play (Main Clause) when the cat is away (Adverbial Clause).
    Adverbial Clause: Modifies the verb “will play” by providing the time.
    7. God helps (Main Clause) those who help themselves (Noun Clause).
    Noun Clause: Acts as the object of the verb “helps.”
    8. This is the house (Main Clause) where I was born (Adverbial Clause).
    Adverbial Clause: Modifies the noun “house” by providing information about it.
    9. I do not know (Main Clause) what she wants (Noun Clause).
    Noun Clause: Acts as the object of the verb “know.”
    10. I think (Main Clause) he will pass this year (Noun Clause).
    Noun Clause: Acts as the object of the verb “think.”
    11. This is the boy (Main Clause) who saved your child’s life (Adjective Clause).
    Adjective Clause: Modifies the noun “boy” by providing additional information.
    12. I met her (Main Clause) when I was in Mumbai (Adverbial Clause).
    Adverbial Clause: Modifies the verb “met” by providing the time.
    13. The dog was mad (Main Clause) which bit the child (Adjective Clause).
    Adjective Clause: Modifies the noun “dog” by providing additional information.
    14. I know (Main Clause) who is to blame (Noun Clause).
    Noun Clause: Acts as the object of the verb “know.”
    15. I know the man (Main Clause) who is there (Adjective Clause).
    Adjective Clause: Modifies the noun “man” by providing additional information.
    16. This is the house (Main Clause) that Jack built (Adjective Clause).
    Adjective Clause: Modifies the noun “house” by providing additional information.
    17. People die early (Main Clause) who eat too much (Adjective Clause).
    Adjective Clause: Modifies the noun “people” by providing additional information.
    18. This is the beggar (Main Clause) whom we met yesterday (Adjective Clause).
    Adjective Clause: Modifies the noun “beggar” by providing additional information.
    19. I know (Main Clause) when he will come (Noun Clause).
    Noun Clause: Acts as the object of the verb “know.”
    20. I know the time (Main Clause) when he will come (Adverbial Clause).
    Adverbial Clause: Modifies the noun “time” by providing additional information about it.

    Summary of Clause Types:

    Main Clause: Expresses a complete thought and can stand alone as a sentence.
    Noun Clause: Acts as a noun in the sentence (subject, object, or complement).
    Adverbial Clause: Modifies a verb, an adjective, or another adverb, usually indicating time, place, condition, or manner.
    Adjective Clause: Modifies a noun or pronoun, providing additional information about it.

    Exercise 16.2 Fill in the blanks with suitable Clauses. One has been done for you :-
    (a) Adverbs Clauses

    1. He will pass   if he studies hard.

    2. He came ________________.
    3. They fought ______________ .
    4. Make hay _______________.
    5. His father died __________.
    6. Work hard ___________.
    7. Wait ___________.
    8. Do ___________.
    9. We eat __________.
    10. _____________ I will keep it.

    (b) Adjective Clauses

    1. He lost the book
    2. I know the man
    3. This is the pen
    4. They never fail
    5. I found an umbrella
    6. I remember
    7. God helps those
    8. This is the book
    9. All that glitters is
    10. He is the boy

    (c) Noun Clauses

    1. Do you know
    2.He spends
    3. We know ____________
    4. Can you deny _________
    5. I often wonder _______________
    6. She says ________________
    7. Do you deny _______________
    8. ____________________ is quite certain.
    9. This is _____________________.
    10. ______________ is a mystery.

    Answers:
    (a) Adverb Clauses

    1. He will pass if he studies hard.
    2. He came as soon as he heard the news.
    3. They fought until they were exhausted.
    4. Make hay while the sun shines.
    5. His father died when he was a child.
    6. Work hard so that you may succeed.
    7. Wait until I return.
    8. Do as I say.
    9. We eat because we are hungry.
    10. If you give it to me, I will keep it.

    (b) Adjective Clauses

    1. He lost the book that he had borrowed.
    2. I know the man who lives next door.
    3. This is the pen which I bought yesterday.
    4. They never fail who try their best.
    5. I found an umbrella that was lying on the road.
    6. I remember the day when we met.
    7. God helps those who help themselves.
    8. This is the book which I wanted to read.
    9. All that glitters is not gold.
    10. He is the boy who won the prize.

    (c) Noun Clauses

    1. Why she left is a mystery.
    2. Do you know where he lives?
    3. He spends what he earns.
    4. We know that the Earth is round.
    5. Can you deny that he is right?
    6. I often wonder why he left.
    7. She says that she is tired.
    8. Do you deny that you broke the vase?
    9. That he will come is quite certain.
    10. This is what I was looking for.

  • Structure of Sentences Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Structure of Sentences Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solutions from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 15.1 Arrange the group of words in their proper order to make sensible sentences :-

    1. In time, a stitch, nine, saves
    2. now, are crossing, the Atlantic, airmen, quite regularly
    3. we used, years ago, instead of, electric lamps, oil lamps
    4. plenty of money, by kind friends, he was supplied with
    5. unanimously, elected him, caption of the team, the boys
    6. our mother, this interesting story, one wintry night, told us
    7. at the end of the road, a beautiful statue, you will find, made of marble
    8. how to do it, again and again, they showed him
    9. the Arctic Ocean, airmen, very often, yet, have not crossed
    10. a large number of foreigners, in the park, yesterday, they saw, taking photographs

    Answers:
    1. A stitch in time saves nine.
    2. Airmen are now crossing the Atlantic quite regularly.
    3. Years ago, we used oil lamps instead of electric lamps.
    4. He was supplied with plenty of money by kind friends.
    5. The boys unanimously elected him captain of the team.
    6. Our mother told us this interesting story one wintry night.
    7. You will find a beautiful statue made of marble at the end of the road.
    8. They showed him again and again how to do it.
    9. Airmen have not yet crossed the Arctic Ocean very often.
    10. Yesterday, they saw a large number of foreigners in the park taking photographs.

    Exercise 15.3bold the Indirect objects and bold the Direct objects in each sentences :-

    1. The teacher asked us to sing a song.
    2. I apologised to Rohan my mistake.
    3. Please give this book to him.
    4. The leader proposed that we should follow his plan.
    5. She told me that film was terrible.

    Answers:
    1. The teacher asked us to sing a song.
    Indirect object: us (underlined)
    Direct object: song (circled)
    2. I apologised to Rohan my mistake.
    Indirect object: Rohan (underlined)
    Direct object: mistake (circled)
    3. Please give this book to him.
    Indirect object: him (underlined)
    Direct object: book (circled)
    4. The leader proposed that we should follow his plan.
    Indirect object: None
    Direct object: plan (circled)
    5. She told me that film was terrible.
    Indirect object: me (underlined)
    Direct object: film (circled)
    Summary:
    Indirect Object: Indicates to whom or for whom the action of the verb is done.
    Direct Object: Indicates what or whom the action of the verb is done.

  • Phrasal Verbs Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Phrasal Verbs Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Phrasal verbs

    Exercise 14.1 Join the following verbs and particles together to form phrasal verbs.

    VerbParticle
    get off
    pull on
    put up
    holddown
    call off
    speak through
    call on
    let through
    countback

    Answers:
    get-back
    pull-through
    put-up
    hold-on
    call-off
    speak-through
    call-on
    let-off
    count-down

    Complete the answer

    Exercise 14.2 Complete the answer to these questions with the help of phrasal verbs. One has been done for you :-

    1. Ali : What shall I do with this form?
    Sunil : Just fill it in and send it to address at the top.
    2. Rehan : Is Soina a fast runner?
    Kabir : Oh, yes. Nobody else can keep _________
    3. Ayub : Why didn’t you buy a dictionary?
    Zeenat : The bookshop has run _________________
    4. Mohan : Did you believe Javed’s story?
    Aamir : No, I knew he must have made ____________
    5. Rahim : Did Salma play with her cousins when they came to stay?
    Ravi : Oh yes. She got _____________

    Answers:
    Rehan: Is Soina a fast runner?
    Kabir: Oh, yes. Nobody else can keep up with her.
    Ayub: Why didn’t you buy a dictionary?
    Zeenat: The bookshop has run out of them.
    Mohan: Did you believe Javed’s story?
    Aamir: No, I knew he must have made it up.
    Rahim: Did Salma play with her cousins when they came to stay?
    Ravi: Oh yes. She got along with them very well.

    Replace a word

    Exercise 14.3 Select one phrasal verb form the list given in the box to replace a word or a phrase in each sentence. One has been done for you :-

    cut short, take off, turn back, start out, keep on

    1. The plane left on time.
    Answers : The plane took off on time.

    2. We began our trip early in the morning.
    3. We wanted to interrupt our trip in Nepal.
    4. There was a thunderstorm but the plane continued flying.
    5. But soon the pilot decided to return to Tokyo.

    Answers:
    2. We started out our trip early in the morning.
    3. We wanted to cut short our trip in Nepal.
    4. There was a thunderstorm but the plane kept on flying.
    5. But soon the pilot decided to turn back to Tokyo.

    Tense form of the verbs

    Correct form of verbs

    Exercise 14.5 Replace the bold words in the sentences with the correct form of verbs given in the box. ONe has been done for you.

    at a loss, find out, look back on, own up, as a rule, set off, turn down, carry on, at times, bag and baggage

    1. I am sure we will all remember this holiday for a long time.
    Ans. I am sure we will all look back on this holiday for a long time.

    2. Unless Ramesh confesses, the mystery will remain unsolved.
    3. They cannot continue with the construction unless the labour cooperates.
    4. The master soon discovered what his servant was up to.
    5. Before you refused this offer, consider it very carefully.
    6. They started on their journey with great hopes and enthusiasm.
    7. I am quite puzzled and cannot explain his behaviour.
    8. He occasionally loses his temper and becomes violent.
    9. He was ordered to leave, leaving nothing behind.
    10. A sensible man, usually, cars much for public opinion.

    Answers:
    2. Unless Ramesh owns up, the mystery will remain unsolved.
    3. They cannot carry on with the construction unless the labour cooperates.
    4. The master soon found out what his servant was up to.
    5. Before you turn down this offer, consider it very carefully.
    6. They set off on their journey with great hopes and enthusiasm.
    7. I am quite at a loss and cannot explain his behaviour.
    8. He at times loses his temper and becomes violent.
    9. He was ordered to leave, bag and baggage, leaving nothing behind.
    10. A sensible man, as a rule, cares much for public opinion.

  • Prepositions Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Prepositions Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Suitable Prepositions

    Correct the sentences

    Exercise 13.2 Correct the following sentences. There is an error in each of them :-

    1. I have not met my father from a long time.
    2. The four friends distributed the money between them.
    3. Beside being heavily fined, he was sent to the jail.
    4. He has been suffering from fever from last Monday.
    5. He is the boy whom I gave the book too.
    6. He was struck at the head with an unknown assailant.
    7. He jumped in the well to escape arrest.
    8. He is very proud about his success in the tournament.
    9. The train will arrive in the station by the right time.
    10. What are you looking?

    Answers:
    1. Incorrect: I have not met my father from a long time.
    Correct: I have not met my father for a long time.
    2. Incorrect: The four friends distributed the money between them.
    Correct: The four friends distributed the money among them.
    3. Incorrect: Beside being heavily fined, he was sent to the jail.
    Correct: Besides being heavily fined, he was sent to jail.
    4. Incorrect: He has been suffering from fever from last Monday.
    Correct: He has been suffering from fever since last Monday.
    5. Incorrect: He is the boy whom I gave the book too.
    Correct: He is the boy to whom I gave the book.
    6. Incorrect: He was struck at the head with an unknown assailant.
    Correct: He was struck on the head by an unknown assailant.
    7. Incorrect: He jumped in the well to escape arrest.
    Correct: He jumped into the well to escape arrest.
    8. Incorrect: He is very proud about his success in the tournament.
    Correct: He is very proud of his success in the tournament.
    9. Incorrect: The train will arrive in the station by the right time.
    Correct: The train will arrive at the station on time.
    10. Incorrect: What are you looking?
    Correct: What are you looking at?

    Suitable Prepositions

  • Adverbs Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Adverbs Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with Solutions from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Form Adverbs

    Opposite of Adverbs

    Complete the sentences

    So, such, so … that or such … that

    Quite or rather

    Quite, rather, fairly, too or enough

    Correct form of Adverbs

    Adverbs

    Exercise 12.8 Complete the sentences by putting the Adverbs (given in the brackets) in the right position. one has been done for you :-

    1. I have lived in Nainital ___________________ (among) the locals ___________________ (peacefully) in my life.
    Answer: I have peacefully all my life among the locals in Nainital.

    2. Pandit Jasraj holds concerts _______________ (often, successfully, abroad).
    3. I am certain you will be successful _______________ (in life, absolutely, very).
    4. The injured were taken to a safe place _______________ (immediately/seriously/luckily).
    5. We saw _______________ (suddenly/on the road/an accident/yesterday).
    6. This bank ______________ (strangely/on Raksha Bandhan day/till on p.m.)
    7. I met her _________________ (last night/unexpectedly/at the party).
    8. I take my dinner ______________ (8 p.m./always/everyday).
    9. Traffic is _____________ (usually/at this hour/very heavy).
    10. Vanita ____________ (hardly/strangely/lost her tamper).

    Answers:
    2. Pandit Jasraj holds concerts successfully abroad often.
    3. I am certain you will be absolutely successful in life very.
    4. The injured were taken to a safe place immediately luckily seriously.
    5. We saw an accident suddenly yesterday on the road.
    6.This bank is strangely closed on Raksha Bandhan day till 8 p.m.
    7. I met her unexpectedly last night at the party.
    8. I take my dinner always at 8 p.m. every day.
    9. Traffic is usually very heavy at this hour.
    10. Vanita strangely hardly lost her tamper.

    Phrases

    Exercise 12.9 Change the underline phrases with single words chosen from the box :-

    angrily,           sometimes,     now,       annually,      everywhere,       briefly,            punctually,            soon,          suddenly ,           immediately, 

    1. She looked in all places for her lost keys.
    2. You will hear from her in a short time.
    3. All of a sudden, the stranger took out his revolver and fired at him.
    4. Now and then I have letters from my sister.
    5. She shouted in an angry manner.
    6. Please come here without delay.
    7. Diwali is celebrated once a year.
    8. The train arrived at the fixed time.
    9. Can you explain your plan in a few words.
    10. Where is your mother living at the present time.

    Answers:
    1. She looked everywhere for her lost keys.
    2. You will hear from her soon.
    3. Suddenly, the stranger took out his revolver and fired at him.
    4. Occasionally, I have letters from my sister.
    5. She shouted angrily.
    6. Please come here immediately.
    7. Diwali is celebrated annually.
    8. The train arrived on time.
    9. Can you explain your plan briefly?
    10. Where is your mother currently living?

  • Adjectives – Degrees of Comparison Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Adjectives – Degrees of Comparison Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with Solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 11.1 Complete the sentences using the Comparative form :-
    1. I have seen many tall buildings but the building in New York are ________
    2. The flight over the mountains was rather short. I had expected it __________
    3. Please give me some sugar. I like my coffee to be _________
    4. Don’t walk so slowly. I know you can _______
    5. We went to the next room to find some quiet place but it ________
    6. You have no experience of doing this work. We want someone __________
    7. Raman was rejected because he was only 18. The company wanted someone ______
    8. This movie is awful. Let us watch _________
    9. We missed the train. We should have __________
    10. He was already feeling bad about his behavior at the party. His friends, comments made him ________

    Answers:
    1. I have seen many tall buildings but the buildings in New York are taller.
    2. The flight over the mountains was rather short. I had expected it to be longer.
    3. Please give me some sugar. I like my coffee to be sweeter.
    5. Don’t walk so slowly. I know you can walk faster.
    6. We went to the next room to find some quiet place but it was noisier.
    7. You have no experience of doing this work. We want someone more experienced.
    8. This movie is awful. Let us watch a better one.
    9. We missed the train. We should have arrived earlier.
    10. He was already feeling bad about his behavior at the party. His friends’ comments made him feel worse.

    Much, better, a lot, a little, a bit

     

    Complete the blanks

    Rewrite

    Exercise 11.5 Rewrite the following sentences using as … as … :-

    1. It is not today but it was hotter yesterday.
    2. This is an interesting story but the one I read yesterday was more interesting.
    3. Dhoni could captain the team better then Dravid .
    4. I do not think Ishant Sharma can bowl better Irfan Pathan.
    5. Delhi is a costlier city than Chennai.

    Answers:
    1. It is not as hot today as it was yesterday.
    2. This story is not as interesting as the one I read yesterday.
    3. Dhoni could not captain the team as well as Irfan Pathan.
    4. I do not think Ishant Sharma can bowl as well as Dravid.
    5. Delhi is not as inexpensive as Chennai.

    Superlative degree

    Comparative or Superlative form 

    Fill in the blanks

    Superlative

    Change Sentences

    Exercise 11.10 Change the following sentences as directed :-

    1. Ashoka was one of the greatest kings (Change to Positive degree)
    2. I have no eaten a more delicious cake. (Change to Superlative degree)
    3. This is the oldest church in Spain. (Change to Comparative degree)
    4. No pop singer is more famous than Michael Jackson. (Change to Superlative)
    5. No one is as lazy as Mohan in the class. (Change to Comparative degree)
    6. Hari and you are teller than me. (Change to Positive degree)

    Answers:
    1. Ashoka was a great king.
    2. I have eaten the most delicious cake.
    3. This church is older than many others in Spain.
    4. Michael Jackson is the most famous pop singer.
    5. Mohan is lazier than anyone else in the class.
    6. I am shorter than Hari and you.

  • Direct Indirect speech Exercises with Answers for class 7

    Direct Indirect speech Exercises with Answers for class 7 and worksheet solution of Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Direct into Indirect Speech

    Exercise 16.1 Change from Direct into Indirect Speech. One has been done for you :-

    1. “You are old enough to earn your living now,” said the father to his son.
    Answer: 1. The father told his son that he was old enough to earn his living now.

    2. “I will not give you a single penny,” said the old man to the beggar.
    3. “It will rain tonight,” said the father to children.
    4. he wrote to me, “I am unable to attend the wedding as I am going on a tour.
    5. The headmaster said to the boys, “You will leave for a tour soon.
    6. The teacher said to Sita, “You have not done well in maths paper.”
    7. He said, “All the students were making a noise.
    8. Radha said, “I am doing my work.”
    9. She said, “I am doing my work.”
    10. The princess said, “It gives me great pleasure to be here this evening.

    Answers:
    2. The old man told the beggar that he would not give him a single penny.
    3. The father told the children that it would rain that night.
    4. He wrote to me that he was unable to attend the wedding as he was going on a tour.
    5. The headmaster told the boys that they would leave for a tour soon.
    6. The teacher told Sita that she had not done well in the maths paper.
    7. He said that all the students had been making a noise.
    8. Radha said that she was doing her work.
    9. She said that she was doing her work.
    10. The princess said that it gave her great pleasure to be there that evening.

    Indirect Speech

    Exercise 16.2 Turn the following into Indirect Speech.

    1. My father said to me, “You are up very early today.
    2. The teacher said to us, “Do your work regularly.”
    3. He said, “I am very busy, do not disturb me.
    4. She said to me, “I went there alone and I was not afraid.
    5. The angry teacher said, “I shall not teach your class.

    Answers:

    1. My father told me that I was up very early that day.
    2. The teacher told us to do our work regularly.
    3. He said that he was very busy and asked not to disturb him.
    4. She told me that she had gone there alone and that she was not afraid.
    5. The angry teacher said that he would not teach our class.

    Turn into Indirect Speech

    Exercise 16.3 Turn the following into Indirect Speech :-

    1. The teacher said to the boy, “Why were you absent yesterday?”
    2. The mother said, “Hari, Have you seen a balloon go up in the sky?”
    3. I said to the porter, “When does the next train come?”
    4. I said to my brother, “Can you meet me at library today?”
    5. He asked me, “Do you play football?”
    6. My father’s friend said to me, “What will you do when you leave school?”
    7. The stranger said to Aladdin, “Where do you live and how old are you?”
    8. Robin said rudely to the guest , “Why have you come here?”

    Answers:

    1. The teacher asked the boy why he had been absent the previous day.
    2. The mother asked Hari if he had seen a balloon go up in the sky.
    3. I asked the porter when the next train would come.
    4. I asked my brother if he could meet me at the library that day.
    5. He asked me if I played football.
    6. My father’s friend asked me what I would do when I left school.
    7. The stranger asked Aladdin where he lived and how old he was.
    8. Robin rudely asked the guest why he had come there.

    Indirect Speech

    Exercise 16.4 Turn into Indirect Speech :-

    1. “Halt, “shouted the Sergeant.
    2. She said to him, “Sit still, or the photograph will be spoiled.”
    3. “Get out of the room at once,” said the angry officer.
    4. The leader said, “Be calm and do not act in haste.”
    5. I said to Meera, “Please lend me your notes.”
    6. The old lady said, “Don’t beat the dog, you naughty boy.”

    Answers:

    1. The Sergeant shouted to halt.
    2. She told him to sit still or the photograph would be spoiled.
    3. The angry officer ordered to get out of the room at once.
    4. The leader advised to be calm and not to act in haste.
    5. I requested Meera to lend me her notes.
    6. The old lady told the naughty boy not to beat the dog.

    Indirect Speech

    Exercise 16.5 Change the following into Indirect Speech.

    1. “How clever you are!” said the fox to the crow.
    2. “How sad, he lost his mother, “said Ramesh.
    3. “What a beautiful scene!” said the girl.
    4. Leela said , “I wish I could sing as beautifully as you!”
    5. “How lucky you are!” said Mohan to Hari.

    Answers:

    1. The fox told the crow how clever he was.
    2. Ramesh said how sad it was that he had lost his mother.
    3. The girl exclaimed what a beautiful scene it was.
    4. Leela said that she wished she could sing as beautifully as I could.
    5. Mohan told Hari how lucky he was.

    Direct Question

    Exercise 16.6 Write each Direct Question given below as an Indirect Question. One has been done for you.

    1. Where have they gone?
    Answer: Do you know where they have gone?
    2. Who has taken my pen?
    Do you know __________________________________________.
    3. How did you laughing?
    Could you tell me __________________________________________.
    4. How did you this?
    Would you please tell me ___________________________________.
    5. Who is that man?
    I do not know _______________________________________.
    6. Can you lend me some money?
    I wonder if _________________________________________________.

    Answers:

    2. Who has taken my pen?
    Do you know who has taken my pen?
    3. How did you start laughing?
    Could you tell me how you started laughing?
    4. How did you do this?
    Would you please tell me how you did this?
    5. Who is that man?
    I do not know who that man is.
    6. Can you lend me some money?
    I wonder if you could lend me some money.

    Indirect Speech

    Exercise 16.7 Change the following into Indirect Speech :-

    1. My friend said to me, “Why have you kept me waiting when you knew I was in such a haste to go?”
    2. “Is there anybody here?” said the traveller knocking on the moonlit door.
    3. “Take my advice,” said the fox to his friends, “and cut off your tails.”
    4. “What have you sell, “My son, I earn only one or two rupees a day. How can I afford to buy a kite for you?”
    6. Anusha said to the sales girl, “Did you check the price tag before making the bill?”
    7. The newspaper representative said to the minister, “You cannot be angry with us. We are only doing our job.”
    8. She said to her servant, “How dare you speak to me like this? Get out immediately.”

    Answers:

    1. My friend asked me why I had kept her waiting when I knew she was in such a haste to go.
    2. The traveller knocked on the moonlit door and asked if there was anybody there.
    3. The fox advised his friends to take his advice and cut off their tails.
    4. The man said that his son asked him for a kite, but he explained that he earned only one or two rupees a day and could not afford to buy a kite for him.
    5. Anusha asked the sales girl if she had checked the price tag before making the bill.
    6. The newspaper representative told the minister that he could not be angry with them as they were only doing their job.
    7. She asked her servant how he dared to speak to her like that and ordered him to get out immediately.

    Change into indirect speech

    Exercise 16.8 Read the following conversation and change into indirect speech :-

    You : Reeta, why have you not been coming to school for so many days?
    Reeta : I had gone to Goa for my cousin’s wedding?
    You : Did you enjoying the wedding?
    Reeta : Yes, I did. We have great fun.
    You : Did you visit any tourist spots?
    Reeta : Oh! I saw the famous churches, visited the beautiful beaches and bought some lovely souvenirs.
    Begin : Reeta ha not coming to school for many days. I met her in the market today and she told me ______________

    Answers:
    Reeta had not been coming to school for many days. I met her in the market today, and she told me that she had gone to Goa for her cousin’s wedding. I asked her if she had enjoyed the wedding. She replied that she had and that they had great fun. I then asked her if she had visited any tourist spots. Reeta exclaimed that she had seen the famous churches, visited the beautiful beaches, and bought some lovely souvenirs.

    Direct Speech

    Exercise 16.9 Change the following into Direct Speech :-

    1. She wished that she were dead .
    2. He asked his servant why he had not cooked the meal.
    3. He asked me if I had finished my work.
    4. He inquired where the office was.
    5. He said that he was very busy then.
    6. He told him that he would do his best to help him.
    7. The captain applauded the player saying that he had played well.
    8. He asked me whether I knew who had stolen his book.
    9. My father wanted to know why I was up so early that day.
    10. The teacher asked the boys whether they ha seen a rainbow in the sky the previous evening.

    Answers:
    1. She said, “I wish I were dead.”
    2. He said to his servant, “Why have you not cooked the meal?”
    3. He said to me, “Have you finished your work?”
    4. He asked, “Where is the office?”
    5. He said, “I am very busy now.”
    6. He said to him, “I will do my best to help you.”
    7. The captain said to the player, “You have played well.”
    8. He said to me, “Do you know who has stolen my book?”
    9. My father said, “Why are you up so early today?”
    10. The teacher said to the boys, “Have you seen a rainbow in the sky yesterday evening?”

  • Active and Passive Voice Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Active and Passive Voice Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solutions from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Active to Passive Voice

    Exercise 10.1 Turn the following Present Tense sentences from Active to Passive Voice :-

    1. Simon teaches children the art of water colour painting.
    2. We have donated a variety of books for the library.
    3. The captain always encourages us to do our best.
    4. Rehman wants to play in the One Day Matches against Sri Lanka.
    5. What does the company charge as fee for this course?
    6. Has someone seen my new bag?
    7. Is she still working in this office?
    8. You must help the poor.
    9. Everyone laughed at the poor beggar.
    10. The woman are praying in the temple.

    Answers:
    1. Active: Simon teaches children the art of water colour painting.
    Passive: Children are taught the art of water colour painting by Simon.
    2. Active: We have donated a variety of books for the library.
    Passive: A variety of books have been donated for the library by us.
    3. Active: The captain always encourages us to do our best.
    Passive: We are always encouraged by the captain to do our best.
    4. Active: Rehman wants to play in the One Day Matches against Sri Lanka.
    Passive: To play in the One Day Matches against Sri Lanka is wanted by Rehman.
    5. Active: What does the company charge as fee for this course?
    Passive: What is charged as a fee for this course by the company?
    6. Active: Has someone seen my new bag?
    Passive: Has my new bag been seen by someone?
    7. Active: Is she still working in this office?
    Passive: Is this office still being worked in by her?
    8. Active: You must help the poor.
    Passive: The poor must be helped by you.
    9. Active: Everyone laughed at the poor beggar.
    Passive: The poor beggar was laughed at by everyone.
    10. Active: The women are praying in the temple.
    Passive: The temple is being prayed in by the women.

    Past Tense

    Exercise 10.2 The following sentences are in the Past Tense. Active Voice, Turn them from Active to Passive Voice :-

    1. My mother knitted this cardigan for me.
    2.The villagers had lost all their possessions during the floods.
    3. Did you forgot to post this letter yesterday.
    4. The children were helping the teacher in decorating the class.
    5. Did the police stop the strikers from doing damage to public property?
    6. Why did you frighten the horses?
    7. Someone stole my suitcase from the railway compartment.
    8. He did not tell the members about the meeting on time.
    9. She asked me to shut the door and lock it properly.
    10. They believed that the experiment failed because of bad planning?

    Answers:
    1. Active: My mother knitted this cardigan for me.
    Passive: This cardigan was knitted for me by my mother.
    2. Active: The villagers had lost all their possessions during the floods.
    Passive: All their possessions had been lost by the villagers during the floods.
    3. Active: Did you forget to post this letter yesterday?
    Passive: Was this letter forgotten to be posted by you yesterday?
    4. Active: The children were helping the teacher in decorating the class.
    Passive: The teacher was being helped by the children in decorating the class.
    5. Active: Did the police stop the strikers from doing damage to public property?
    Passive: Was the damage to public property stopped by the police from being done by the strikers?
    6. Active: Someone stole my suitcase from the railway compartment.
    Passive: My suitcase was stolen from the railway compartment by someone.
    7. Active: He did not tell the members about the meeting on time.
    Passive: The members were not told about the meeting on time by him.
    8. Active: She asked me to shut the door and lock it properly.
    Passive: I was asked by her to shut the door and lock it properly.
    10. Active: They believed that the experiment failed because of bad planning.
    Passive: It was believed by them that the experiment failed because of bad planning.

    Passive form

    Correct passive form

    Exercise 10.5 Rewrite the following passage in the Passive Voice in the Past Tense :-

    The villagers witnessed a terrible train accident last night. The fire brigade fought the fire involving five bogies, while ambulance rescued the survivors. Ambulance took all the survivors to hospital. No one knows yet the cause of the accident. The government has ordered a full investigation. Newspapers and TV reporters have already interviewed many of the survivors. They say that there must be some eye witnesses. The police and the reporters are continuing the search.

    Answers:
    A terrible train accident was witnessed by the villagers last night. The fire brigade fought the fire involving five bogies, while the survivors were rescued by the ambulance. All the survivors were taken to the hospital by the ambulance. The cause of the accident is not yet known by anyone. A full investigation has been ordered by the government. Many of the survivors have already been interviewed by newspapers and TV reporters. It is said by them that there must be some eye witnesses. The search is being continued by the police and the reporters.

    Exercise 10.6 Rewrite the following passage in the passive form. (Future Tense) :-

    The government is going to make an important in the announcement tomorrow. They will ban all cars from entering Delhi. They will enter according to their serial numbers. Cars ending in numbers 123 will not enter on Monday, 456 on Tuesday, 678 on Wednesday and so on. This will help people, as pollution is seriously affecting their health. The government is making plans for a new environment police force. After all they must do something before it is too late.

    Answers:
    An important announcement is going to be made by the government tomorrow. All cars will be banned from entering Delhi. They will be allowed to enter according to their serial numbers. Cars ending in numbers 123 will not be allowed to enter on Monday, 456 on Tuesday, 678 on Wednesday, and so on. People will be helped by this, as their health is being seriously affected by pollution. Plans for a new environment police force are being made by the government. After all, something must be done by them before it is too late.

    Exercise 10.7 Change the following sentences into the passive form according to the examples given :-

    1. One must keep one’s promises.
    2. The police may have caught the culprit by now.
    3. You should do your duty come what may.
    4. Without sincere hard work, you cannot achieve success.
    5. You should have helped your brother when he needed it.
    6. You ought to win this race, you have worked hard for it.
    7. You might disturb the whole system by what you are doing.
    8. We may revise the pay scales shortly.
    9. We could hear the noise of the drums from a distance.
    10. Why couldn’t you complete the building in the stipulated time.

    Answers:
    1. Active: One must keep one’s promises.
    Passive: Promises must be kept.
    2. Active: The police may have caught the culprit by now.
    Passive: The culprit may have been caught by the police by now.
    3. Active: You should do your duty come what may.
    Passive: Your duty should be done come what may.
    4. Active: Without sincere hard work, you cannot achieve success.
    Passive: Success cannot be achieved without sincere hard work.
    5. Active: You should have helped your brother when he needed it.
    Passive: Your brother should have been helped by you when he needed it.
    6. Active: You ought to win this race, you have worked hard for it.
    Passive: This race ought to be won by you, you have worked hard for it.
    7. Active: You might disturb the whole system by what you are doing.
    Passive: The whole system might be disturbed by what you are doing.
    8. Active: We may revise the pay scales shortly.
    Passive: The pay scales may be revised shortly.
    9. Active: We could hear the noise of the drums from a distance.
    Passive: The noise of the drums could be heard from a distance.
    10. Active: Why couldn’t you complete the building in the stipulated time?
    Passive: Why couldn’t the building be completed in the stipulated time by you?

    Exercise 10.8 Change the following from Active into Passive :-

    1. Shut the door.
    2. Do not tell him anything about our new plan.
    3. Spare no efforts in Completing this assignment.
    4. Clear all the dues by the end of this week.
    5. Don’t move.

    Answers:
    1. Shut the door.
    Let the door be shut.
    2. Active: Do not tell him anything about our new plan.
    Passive: Let nothing be told to him about our new plan.
    3. Active: Spare no efforts in completing this assignment.
    Passive: Let no efforts be spared in completing this assignment.
    4. Active: Clear all the dues by the end of this week.
    Passive: Let all the dues be cleared by the end of this week.
    5. Active: Don’t move.
    Passive: Let there be no movement.

    Exercise 10.9 Use Let in the beginning of each of the sentences given in Exercise 8 above :-

    Example : 1. Let us shut the door.

    Answers:
    1. Shut the door.
    Let the door be shut.
    2. Do not tell him anything about our new plan.
    Let him not be told anything about our new plan.
    3. Spare no efforts in completing this assignment.
    Let no efforts be spared in completing this assignment.
    4. Clear all the dues by the end of this week.
    Let all the dues be cleared by the end of this week.
    5. Don’t move.
    Let there be no movement.

    Exercise 10.10 Change the following sentences into Passive form with the help of the words given in the box. one has been done for you :-

    1. Keep; off the grass.
    You are requested to keep off the grass.

    2. Do not pluck flowers.
    3. Do not trespass or you will be prosecuted.
    4. All guests should be in their seats by five o’clock.
    5. All members must follow the new rules.
    6. Everyone expected Akhil Singh to win a medal at the Beijing Olympics.
    7. They hope to find a cure for this disease soon.
    8. Some still believe that Subhash Chandra Bose did not die in the air crash.

    Answers:
    2. Active: Do not pluck flowers.
    Passive: You are requested not to pluck flowers.
    3. Active: Do not trespass or you will be prosecuted.
    Passive: Trespassing is prohibited, or you will be prosecuted.
    4. Active: All guests should be in their seats by five o’clock.
    Passive: All guests are requested to be in their seats by five o’clock.
    5. Active: All members must follow the new rules.
    Passive: The new rules must be followed by all members.
    6. Active: Everyone expected Akhil Singh to win a medal at the Beijing Olympics.
    Passive: It was expected by everyone that Akhil Singh would win a medal at the Beijing Olympics.
    7. Active: They hope to find a cure for this disease soon.
    Passive: It is hoped that a cure for this disease will be found soon.
    8. Active: Some still believe that Subhash Chandra Bose did not die in the air crash.
    Passive: It is still believed by some that Subhash Chandra Bose did not die in the air crash.

    Exercise 10.11 Change the verbs in the following sentences into either Active or Passive Form :

    1. His performance in the shooting event was praised by everyone.
    2. This Mall was built ten years ago.
    3. By whom was this exercise written?
    4. I was astounded by her stupid behavior at the club.
    5. Let the post be advertised.
    6. I should be allowed to attend the meeting by them.
    7. You are not allowed to walk on the grass.
    8. It is expected that the new changes in the salary structure will be announced shortly.
    9. You are requested to be seated on time.
    10. I found that my bag had been stolen from the bus before it reached Delhi.
    11. The ticket will be given to you by my secretary tomorrow.
    12. The parents will have been informed by post by them.

    Answers:
    1. Passive: His performance in the shooting event was praised by everyone.
    Active: Everyone praised his performance in the shooting event.
    2. Passive: This Mall was built ten years ago.
    Active: They built this Mall ten years ago.
    3. Passive: By whom was this exercise written?
    Active: Who wrote this exercise?
    4. Passive: I was astounded by her stupid behavior at the club.
    Active: Her stupid behavior at the club astounded me.
    5. Passive: Let the post be advertised.
    Active: Advertise the post.
    6. Passive: I should be allowed to attend the meeting by them.
    Active: They should allow me to attend the meeting.
    7. Passive: You are not allowed to walk on the grass.
    Active: They do not allow you to walk on the grass.
    8. Passive: It is expected that the new changes in the salary structure will be announced shortly.
    Active: They expect to announce the new changes in the salary structure shortly.
    9. Passive: You are requested to be seated on time.
    Active: They request you to be seated on time.
    10. Passive: I found that my bag had been stolen from the bus before it reached Delhi.
    Active: I found that someone had stolen my bag from the bus before it reached Delhi.
    11. Passive: The ticket will be given to you by my secretary tomorrow.
    Active: My secretary will give you the ticket tomorrow.
    12. Passive: The parents will have been informed by post by them.
    Active: They will have informed the parents by post.

  • Verbs Non – Finites Exercises with Answer for class 8

    Verbs Non – Finites Exercises with Answer for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 9.1 Complete the following sentences by using infinitives :-

    verb + Infinitive

    Example : Is it proper to use this room?

    1. It is safe _______________________________________________________
    2. It was a pleasure _______________________________________________________
    3. Everybody hopes _______________________________________________________
    4. The book is _______________________________________________________
    5. It was impossible _______________________________________________________

    Answers:

    1. It is safe to swim in the pool.
    2. It was a pleasure to meet you.
    3. Everybody hopes to succeed in life.
    4. The book is interesting to read.
    5. It was impossible to solve the problem.

    Verb + Object + Infinitive

    Using It

    Exercise 9.3 Rewrite the following sentences using ‘It‘ :-

    1. To tell lies is wrong.
    2. To reject this offer will be foolish.
    3. To be present at your party will be a pleasure.
    4. To play on the road is unsafe for children.
    5. To grab all the presents was very selfish on her part.

    Answers:
    1. It is wrong to tell lies.
    2. It will be foolish to reject this offer.
    3. It will be a pleasure to be present at your party.
    4. It is unsafe for children to play on the road.
    5. It was very selfish on her part to grab all the presents.

    Adverb

    Exercise 9.4 Rewrite the following sentences by using the Adverb too (Remember to place it before an objective) + an infinitive :-

    1. It was so hot today that we could not work.
    2. She was so frightened that she could not speak for a few minutes.
    3. This news is so good that I can’t believe it.
    4. The room was so noisy that I could not hear what my friend said.
    5. His clothes were so shabby that he was not allowed to enter the club.

    Answers:
    1. It was too hot today to work.
    2. She was too frightened to speak for a few minutes.
    3. This news is too good to believe.
    4. The room was too noisy to hear what my friend said.
    5. His clothes were too shabby to be allowed into the club.

    ‘enough’ + an infinitive

    Exercise 9.5 Join the following sentences by using ‘enough’ + an infinitive :-

    Example : The boy was not tall. He would not reach the shelf.
    The boy was not tall enough to reach the shelf.

    1. She was not very smart. She could not solve the puzzle in time.
    2. He wasted all his wealth. He was very foolish.
    3. He is quite honest. He can face any temptation.
    4. He never complained about his work. He was patient.
    5. Martin was not a strong boy. He could not lift heavy objects.

    Answers:
    1. She was not smart enough to solve the puzzle in time.
    2. He was foolish enough to waste all his wealth.
    3. He is honest enough to face any temptation.
    4. He was patient enough to never complain about his work.
    5. Martin was not strong enough to lift heavy objects.

    Infinitive with or without to

    Pair of sentences using a Participle

    Exercise 9.7 Combine the pair of sentences using a Participle :-

    1. I was in the hotel. I was waiting for my friend to arrive.
    2. The little saw a monkey. He began to cry.
    3. Ramesh picked up the mobile phone. He rang up his mother.
    4. His friend seized his arm. He led him away from the party.
    5. The crow stole a piece of cheese. He flew to his nest to enjoy it.
    6. He seized his stick. He rushed out to chase the thief.
    7. I met Abid on the road. He was carrying a load of books in his bag.
    8. The enemy was beaten thoroughly. The enemy ran away from the field.
    9. He was elected President. The people gave their full support.
    10. The master was absent for a long time. The business was badly neglected.

    Answers:
    1. Waiting for my friend to arrive, I was in the hotel.
    2. Seeing a monkey, the little boy began to cry.
    3. Picking up the mobile phone, Ramesh rang up his mother.
    4. Seizing his friend’s arm, he led him away from the party.
    5. Stealing a piece of cheese, the crow flew to his nest to enjoy it.
    6. Seizing his stick, he rushed out to chase the thief.
    7. I met Abid on the road, carrying a load of books in his bag.
    8. Beaten thoroughly, the enemy ran away from the field.
    9. Elected President, he received the full support of the people.
    10. Being absent for a long time, the master neglected the business badly.

    Present or Past Participles

    Exercise 9.8 Pick out the Participles in the following sentences and state whether they are Present or Past Participles :-

    1. The enemy, beaten at every point, fled from the field.
    2. Seeing the sunshine we decided to go for a picnic.
    3. The hungry fox saw some grapes hanging from the vines.
    4. She kept us waiting outside her office for two hours.
    5. We saw a car driven at full speed crash against a bus.
    6. Encouraged by his success, he expanded his business.
    7. Dissatisfied with his present job he resigned and left.
    8. Displeased by his servant’s actions he ordered him to leave at once.
    9. Charmed by her presence, they offered her a role in their next picture.
    10. Walking up to the front door he rang the bell loudly.

    Answers:
    1. beaten (Past Participle)
    2. Seeing (Present Participle)
    3. hanging (Present Participle)
    4. waiting (Present Participle)
    5. driven (Past Participle)
    6. Encouraged (Past Participle)
    7. Dissatisfied (Past Participle)
    8. Displeased (Past Participle)
    9. Charmed (Past Participle)
    10. Walking (Present Participle)

    Match A and B

    Exercise 9.9 Match A and B to make sensible sentences :-

    A B
    1. Don’t try a. breaking this window.
    2. I do not agree to b. without meeting my sister
    3. The camera is not suitable for c. bullying the poor child.
    4. Please excuse d. snowing now.
    5. Would you mind e. reporting the matter to the police.
    6. Has it stopped f. your going on leave very often.
    7. We insisted on g. driving the car when I go away.
    8. I went home h. playing this tune again.
    9. Who is responsible for i. taking pictures without proper light.
    10. Why don’t you stop j. my being late again.

    Answers:
    1. Don’t try a. breaking this window.
    2. I do not agree to f. your going on leave very often.
    3. The camera is not suitable for i. taking pictures without proper light.
    4. Please excuse j. my being late again.
    5. Would you mind h. playing this tune again?
    6. Has it stopped d. snowing now?
    7. We insisted on e. reporting the matter to the police.
    8. I went home b. without meeting my sister.
    9. Who is responsible for c. bullying the poor child?
    10. Why don’t you stop g. driving the car when I go away?

    Suitable Infinitive, Present Participle or Gerund of the verbs

  • Modals Exercises with Answer for class 8

    Modals Exercises with Answer for class 8 and worksheet with solution from Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Shall or will

    Can,  could, be able to

    Must or have to

    Either have to, had or will have to

    Exercise 8.4 Answer the following questions with either have to, had or will have to. One has been done for you :-

    1. Did you pay a fine yesterday for wrong parking?
    Yes, I had to pay Rs 300 as a fine.

    2. How long will you wait for her?
    3. Are you asked to stay back after school for rehearsals ?
    4. Why you have come to the bank at this hour?
    5. Why did he miss the concert yesterday?
    6. Do I tip the waiter?
    7. Why did he cancel his trip to Agra?
    8. How do I pay the bill – IN cash or by a cheque ?
    9. How much did you pay for this dress?
    10. How will I travel to Nainital?

    Answers:

    2. I will have to wait for her until she arrives.
    3. Yes, I have to stay back after school for rehearsals.
    4. I have to come to the bank to withdraw some money.
    5. He had to stay back to complete his work.
    6. Yes, you have to tip the waiter.
    7. He had to attend an urgent meeting.
    8. You have to pay the bill in cash or by cheque.
    9. I had to pay a significant amount for this dress.
    10. You will have to travel by bus or taxi.

    Use must, should, ought to

    Exercise 8.5 A few situations are given below. What advice will you give? (Use must, should, ought to ) :-

    1. A beggar asking you for money.
    2. A big boy bullying a small child.
    3. Two students whispering to each other in class.
    4. To a policeman who has caught a thief.
    5. To a person trying to cross a railway line when the gate has been closed at the crossing.

    Answers:
    1. You should help the beggar with some food instead of money.
    2. You must stop bullying others, as it is harmful and unfair.
    3. You ought to pay attention to the teacher and not disturb the class.
    4. You must ensure the thief is taken to the station and follows the legal process.
    5. You must wait until the gate opens, as crossing now could be extremely dangerous.

    Make a request

    Exercise 8.6 In the given situation how will you make a request?

    Situation
    1. Help in solving a sum from a classmate.
    Request ______________________________________________________________________________
    Situation
    2. You need some information about trains.
    Request ______________________________________________________________________________
    Situation
    3. Want to be shown around a farm by the owner.
    Request ______________________________________________________________________________
    Situation
    4. Ask for more time to finished your homework.
    Request______________________________________________________________________________
    Situation
    5. Permission to use your neighborhood’s lawn mower.
    Request ______________________________________________________________________________

    Answers:

    1. Help in solving a sum from a classmate.
    Request: Could you please help me with this sum? I’m having some trouble with it.
    2. You need some information about trains.
    Request: Could you tell me where I can find information about train schedules?
    3. Want to be shown around a farm by the owner.
    Request: Would you mind showing me around your farm? I’d love to learn more about it.
    4. Ask for more time to finish your homework.
    Request: Could I please have a little more time to finish my homework?
    5. Permission to use your neighbor’s lawn mower.
    Request: May I borrow your lawn mower, please? I’ll return it as soon as I’m done.

    Use may

    Exercise 8.7 Use may as a wish in five sentences of your own.

    Answers:

    1. May you achieve all your dreams and find happiness.
    2. May your journey be safe and successful.
    3. May peace and prosperity be with you always.
    4. May you find strength in times of hardship.
    5. May this year bring you joy and good health.

    Appropriate questions

    Exercise 8.8 Use the following sentences to form appropriate questions. The First one has been done for you :-

    1. Please get me a cup of coffee.
    Could you get me a cup of coffee?
    2. Father, I want to watch the match on the TV.
    Father, may _____________________________________________________________________________?
    3. I would like to accompany you.
    Would _____________________________________________________________________________?
    4. She doesn’t know who to approach for help.
    Whom should _____________________________________________________________________________?
    5. I do not know what to give her as a birthday present.
    What shall _____________________________________________________________________________?
    6. I do not know where I am supposed to meet her.
    Where should _____________________________________________________________________________?
    7. I wish he wasn’t so rude to his juniors.
    Why must he _____________________________________________________________________________?
    8. Sir, I want a favour from you.
    _____________________________________________________________________________?
    9. Peter was brave he liked to wander in the forest at night.
    _____________________________________________________________________________?
    10. Please wait for ten minutes, I’ll be able to talk to you.
    _____________________________________________________________________________?

    Answers:

    2. Father, I want to watch the match on the TV.
    Father, may I watch the match on the TV?
    3. I would like to accompany you.
    Would you mind if I accompany you?
    4. She doesn’t know who to approach for help.
    Whom should she approach for help?
    5. I do not know what to give her as a birthday present.
    What shall I give her as a birthday present?
    6. I do not know where I am supposed to meet her.
    Where should I meet her?
    7. I wish he wasn’t so rude to his juniors.
    Why must he be so rude to his juniors?
    8. Sir, I want a favour from you.
    Sir, may I ask a favour from you?
    9. Peter was brave; he liked to wander in the forest at night.
    Was Peter brave enough to wander in the forest at night?
    10. Please wait for ten minutes, I’ll be able to talk to you.

    Underline the correct word

    Exercise 8.9 Underline the correct word given in the brackets :-

    1. The bus (should/should have) arrive any minute now.
    2. Mother (shouldn’t/couldn’t) be doing so much housework at her age.
    3. Raman (would, wouldn’t) listen to his father’s advice and now he is without a job.
    4. You (must, mustn’t) present your project by Saturday.
    5. Jack (ought to/ought not to) have spoken so rudely to his neighbour.

    Answers:
    1. The bus should arrive any minute now.
    2. Mother shouldn’t be doing so much housework at her age.
    3. Raman wouldn’t listen to his father’s advice and now he is without a job.
    4. You must present your project by Saturday.
    5. Jack ought not to have spoken so rudely to his neighbour.

    Ask questions

    Exercise 8.10 Use Modals to ask question on the following situations. One has been done for you :-

    1. To ask for something.
    Example: Can Seema come with me to the market, auntie?

    2. To make a suggestion.
    3. To ask if something is necessary.
    4. To offer.

    Answers:

    2. To make a suggestion.
    Could we try going for a walk to clear our minds?
    3. To ask if something is necessary.
    Do I have to submit the assignment by tomorrow?
    4. To offer.
    Shall I help you carry those bags?

    Appropriate Modals

    Suitable modal

  • The Future Tense Exercises with Answers for Class 8

    The Future Tense Exercises with Answers for Class 8 and worksheet with solutions from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Simple Future Tense

    Future Continuous Tense

    Future Perfect Tense

    Suitable form of verbs

    Future tense

    Exercise 7.5 Rewrite the following sentences using ‘going to’ in place of the future tense of the verbs :-

    1. Example : We won’t come to school tomorrow.
    We are not going to come school tomorrow.

    2. We shall have three weeks holiday during Christmas this year.
    3. When will you visit Bengaluru next?
    4. I will take medical leave tomorrow, I am very tired.
    5. It will rain soon, you must carry your umbrella with you.

    Answers:
    2. We are going to have three weeks of holiday during Christmas this year.
    3. When are you going to visit Bengaluru next?
    4. I am going to take medical leave tomorrow; I am very tired.
    5. It is going to rain soon; you must carry your umbrella with you.

    Exercise 7.6 Replace ‘going to’ in the sentences given below with the Future Tense of the verbs :-

    Examples : We are going to have a big celebration in School next week.
    We shall have a big celebration in School next week.

    1. He is going to be a doctor very soon.
    2. I am going to read the newspapers in the evening.
    3. When are you going to start playing cricket again?
    4. I am going to buy a new car next week.
    5. The police are going to question you very soon.

    Answers:

    1. He will be a doctor very soon.
    2. I shall read the newspapers in the evening.
    3. When will you start playing cricket again?
    4. I shall buy a new car next week.
    5. The police will question you very soon.

    Exercise 7.7 Use the words given in the box to form questions with ‘going to”. One has been done for you :-

    BoxQuestion Sentence
    to join a club When When are you going to join a club?
    to vote for whom
    to repaint when
    to servewhat
    to staywhere
    to watchwho

    Answers:
    2. Whom are you going to vote for?
    3. When are you going to repaint?
    4. What are you going to serve?
    5. Where are you going to stay?
    6. Who are you going to watch?

    Exercise 7.9 Your are leaving for a Trek near Manali. Using all the forms of Future Tense, write ten lines about what you expect to enjoy in this Trek.

    Answers:
    1. I will explore the beautiful landscapes of Manali during my trek.
    2. We are going to experience the thrill of climbing the rugged mountains.
    3. I shall meet fellow trekkers who share my love for adventure.
    4. The fresh air is going to refresh my mind and body as we hike through the trails.
    5. I will capture stunning photographs of the breathtaking views along the way.
    6. We are going to camp under the stars, enjoying the serene beauty of nature.
    7. By the end of the trek, I will have gained a deeper appreciation for the environment.
    8. I shall try local delicacies from the villages we pass through.
    9. The sound of the river will accompany us as we trek alongside its banks.
    10. I am going to cherish these moments and create unforgettable memories from this adventure.

    Suitable words

  • The Past Tense Exercises with Answers for class 8

    The Past Tense Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution for class 8 from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Past Form

    Rewrite the following passage

    Exercise 6.2 Rewrite the following passage in Simple Past Tense. (First bold all the verbs.) :-

    Near the bed, two little children – a boy and a girl – sleep together in a cradle and are smiling in their sleep. How soundly they sleep in their old tottering cradle! It seems as if nothing can wake them up.
    Outside the rain beats down in floods and the sea gives forth a sound like an alarm bell. From the old roof, drops of water fall on the floor.

    Answers:
    Near the bed, two little children – a boy and a girl – slept together in a cradle and smiled in their sleep. How soundly they slept in their old tottering cradle! It seemed as if nothing could wake them up. Outside, the rain beat down in floods and the sea gave forth a sound like an alarm bell. From the old roof, drops of water fell on the floor.

    Past Continuous Tense

    Exercise 6.3 Rewrite the following sentences, changing the verbs to Past Continuous Tense :-

    1. The boy leans against the tree.
    2. A cold wind blows.
    3. She hid herself.
    4. The leaves fell to the ground.
    5. He works hard for his examination.
    6. The soldiers fight and win.
    7. The birds are flying out of the cage since morning.
    8. She singing and cannot answer your phone call.
    9. Many of us live and work great distances from where we are born or grow up.
    10. They are praising her creative abilities, specially in dancing.

    Answers:

    1. The boy was leaning against the tree.
    2. A cold wind was blowing.
    3. She was hiding herself.
    4. The leaves were falling to the ground.
    5. He was working hard for his examination.
    6. The soldiers were fighting and winning.
    7. The birds were flying out of the cage since morning.
    8. She was singing and could not answer your phone call.
    9. Many of us were living and working great distances from where we were born or grew up.
    10. They were praising her creative abilities, especially in dancing.

    Correct verb

    Verbs in the sentences

    Exercise 6.5 Some of the verbs in the sentences given below are incorrect. Bold them and write the correct form :-

    1. My son coughing do so badly last night that he could not sleep.
    2. The book reading this afternoon is very interesting, I couldn’t leave it.
    3. While I clearing my cupboard, I found my old diary.
    4. Our teacher last year always reminding us to work harder.
    5. The farmers fought to save their homes from the fire which spread quickly through their fields.

    Answers:
    1. My son coughing do so badly last night that he could not sleep.
    Corrected: My son coughed so badly last night that he could not sleep.
    2. The book reading this afternoon is very interesting, I couldn’t leave it.
    Corrected: The book I am reading this afternoon is very interesting, I couldn’t leave it.
    3. While I clearing my cupboard, I found my old diary.
    Corrected: While I was clearing my cupboard, I found my old diary.
    4. Our teacher last year always reminding us to work harder.
    Corrected: Our teacher last year always reminded us to work harder.
    5. The farmers fought to save their homes from the fire which spread quickly through their fields.

    Exercise 6.6 Complete the Sentences by bold and select against the correct part :-

    1. He had visited many towns before
    (a) he was returning home.
    (b) he had returned home.
    (c) he returned home.
    2. I had been reading this book weeks before
    (a) she had arrived.
    (b) she arrived.
    (c) she has arrived.
    3. The servant had finished his work when
    (a) I had called him.
    (b) I called him.
    (c) I have called him.
    4. The rain had stopped when
    (a) we come out.
    (b) we would come out.
    (c) we had come out.
    5. Three years have passed since
    (a) his father had died.
    (b) his father have died.
    (c) his father died.

    Answers:
    1. He had visited many towns before
    (c) he returned home.
    2. I had been reading this book weeks before
    (b) she arrived.
    3. The servant had finished his work when
    (b) I called him.
    4. The rain had stopped when
    (c) we had come out.
    5. Three years have passed since
    (c) his father died.

    Past Perfect Tense

    Correct form

    Exercise 6.9 There is an error in each sentences of this passage. Bold error and write the correct word in its place in the space given. One has been done for you :-

    1. The writer was twelve years old and she use to usually
    2. stay with her grandparents in north Karnataka. _______________
    3. Since there are very few diversions _______________
    4. he entire family eagerly wait for a _______________
    5. weekly magazine call “Karamveera.” _______________
    6. This magazine is is publishing a famous _______________
    7. novel “Kashi Yatre” as a serial which deal _______________
    8. with the heroine’s struggle visit Kashi. _______________
    9. Since grandmother believe in Kashi Yatra ______________
    10. as a pilgrimage, she would identify with _______________
    11. the problems of main characters. _______________

    Answers:
    Correct: used
    2. stay with her grandparents in north Karnataka.
    Error: north
    Correct: North
    3. Since there are very few diversions
    Error: are
    Correct: were
    4. the entire family eagerly wait for a
    Error: wait
    Correct: waited
    5. weekly magazine call “Karamveera.”
    Error: call
    Correct: called
    6. This magazine is is publishing a famous
    Error: is is
    Correct: was
    7. novel “Kashi Yatre” as a serial which deal
    Error: deal
    Correct: deals
    8. with the heroine’s struggle visit Kashi.
    Error: visit
    Correct: to visit
    9. Since grandmother believe in Kashi Yatra
    Error: believe
    Correct: believed
    10. as a pilgrimage, she would identify with
    No error here.
    11. the problems of main characters.

    Correct: the main character

    Error: main characters

    Exercise 6.10 Take any person you admire – he/she can be a sportsman, a leader, an actor or even a relative. Write ten sentences about him or her using all four forms of the Past Tense.

    Answers:

    Simple Past: Gandhi led India’s independence movement against British rule.
    Past Continuous: He was organizing peaceful protests when he was arrested several times.
    Past Perfect: By the time India gained independence, Gandhi had spent many years in jail.
    Past Perfect Continuous: He had been advocating non-violence and truth throughout his entire life.
    Simple Past: He inspired millions of people with his philosophy of non-violence.
    Past Continuous: During his travels, he was meeting people from all walks of life.
    Past Perfect: Before starting the Salt March, Gandhi had already written to the Viceroy of India.
    Past Perfect Continuous: He had been practicing simple living and wearing khadi for many years before becoming a global icon.
    Simple Past: He fasted to promote peace during communal violence.
    Past Continuous: Even as tensions were rising, Gandhi was spreading the message of unity and harmony.

  • The Present Tense Exercises with Answers for class 8

    The Present Tense Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE Students.

    Sentences in Simple Present Tense

    Exercise 5.1 Raman copied some notes about Rameshwaram :-

    Rameshwaram – belief – built on the spot where Lord Rama placed his feet. Centre of Pilgrimage – during annual Shri Sita-Rama Kalyanam Ceremony.
    Pilgrims ferried across the sea -between Rameshwaram and Dhanushkodi.
    Dhanushkodi – 20 kilometres away in the sea.
    Lord Rama – bathed here -sanctified the place.
    Boulders between Dhanushkodi and Sri Lanka – remnants of the bridge used by Lord Rama.
    Lanka – Kingdom of Ravana – Epic Ramayana.
    Write the account in complete sentences in simple Present Tense.
    Begin : People believe that Rameshwaram is built on the spot where Lord Rama placed his feet.

    Answers:
    People believe that Rameshwaram is built on the spot where Lord Rama placed his feet. It is a significant centre of pilgrimage, especially during the annual Shri Sita-Rama Kalyanam Ceremony. Pilgrims are ferried across the sea between Rameshwaram and Dhanushkodi, which is located 20 kilometres away in the sea. Lord Rama is said to have bathed in this place, sanctifying it with his presence. The boulders between Dhanushkodi and Sri Lanka are believed to be remnants of the bridge used by Lord Rama. Sri Lanka is known as the kingdom of Ravana, as described in the epic Ramayana.

    Simple Present Tense

    Write Sentences

    Exercise 5.3 Write five sentences about the things you like and five about things you do not like. (keep to Simple Present Tense) :-

    1. I like ________________________________________________
    2. ________________________________________________
    3.______________________________________________________
    4. _______________________________________________________
    5. _______________________________________________________
    1. I dislike ___________________________________________
    2. _____________________________________________________
    3. _____________________________________________________
    4. ____________________________________________________
    5. _____________________________________________________

    Answers:
    I like 1. I like listening to music.
    2. I like reading books in my free time.
    3. I like playing football with my friends.
    4. I like traveling to new places.
    5. I like eating homemade food.

    I dislike 1. I dislike waking up early in the morning.
    2. I dislike eating spicy food.
    3. I dislike being stuck in traffic.
    4. I dislike watching horror movies.
    5. I dislike doing laundry.

     Present Continuous form

    Exercise 5.6 Answer the following questions using already/just/yet/along with verbs given in brackets. One has been done for you :-

    1. Where is he?
    He has just come back (come back, just) from the market.
    2. Have you visited Bengaluru?
    No, I ______________________ (not visit/yet) it.
    3. Do you know this town?
    I_______________________ (live/already) in this town for more than 30 years.
    4. We _____________________(mailed/already) our Diwali Greetings to our friends in India.
    5. How is Sania?
    I _______________ (not meet) her _________________________ (since) we left the college a year ago.

    Answers:

    1. Where is he?
    He has just come back from the market.
    2. Have you visited Bengaluru?
    No, I have not visited it yet.
    3. Do you know this town?
    We have already lived in this town for more than 30 years.
    We have already mailed our Diwali greetings to our friends in India.
    4. How is Sania?
    I have not met her since we left the college a year ago.

    Exercise 5.7 Correct the following sentences :-

    1. I waited for a bus since 3 o’clock but haven’t caught one.
    2. I forgot the exact time of the meeting: let me ask my secretary.
    3. Ramesh already seen this movie so he know story.
    4. We never won a prize in this competition.
    5. We didn’t go to the museum yet; we will go for next week.

    Answers:

    Incorrect: I waited for a bus since 3 o’clock but haven’t caught one.
    Correct: I have been waiting for a bus since 3 o’clock but haven’t caught one.
    Incorrect: I forgot the exact time of the meeting: let me ask my secretary.
    Correct: I have forgotten the exact time of the meeting: let me ask my secretary.
    Incorrect: Ramesh already seen this movie so he know story.
    Correct: Ramesh has already seen this movie, so he knows the story.
    Incorrect: We never won a prize in this competition.
    Correct: We have never won a prize in this competition.
    Incorrect: We didn’t go to the museum yet; we will go for next week.
    Correct: We haven’t gone to the museum yet; we will go next week.

    Simple Present/ Present Continuous

    Present Perfect Continuous Tense

    Write sentence

    Exercise 5.10 Use Present Tense to write a sentence on the following situations. One has been done for you :-

    1. You are watching a cricket match. You have never seen before.
    Ans : This is the first time I’ve seen a cricket match.
    2. You have lost your bank card. It has happened once before.
    3. You have missed the School Bus. This is 4th time in one month.
    4. You are staying in hotel for the first time in your life.

    Answers:
    2. You have lost your bank card. It has happened once before.
    Ans: This is the second time I’ve lost my bank card.
    3. You have missed the School Bus. This is the 4th time in one month.
    Ans: This is the fourth time I’ve missed the school bus this month.
    4. You are staying in a hotel for the first time in your life.
    Ans: This is the first time I’ve stayed in a hotel.

  • Determiners Exercise with Answers for class 8

    Determiners Exercise with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    This, That, These, Those

    Possessives

    Possessives

    Each, Every, Either or Neither

    Much or Many

    Each, Every, Either or Neither

    Few, a few, little or a little

    Exercise 4.8 In the passage given below, there is a missing articles or two in every line. Mark the place with ‘/’ and write the missing articles in the space provided.

    If you spill wax on/carpet by accident, you
    an get rid of wax quite easily. First cover
    with blotting paper or flattened paper bag.
    Next, heat iron. Then, place hot iron over
    blotting paper or paper bag. You have to leave
    iron on the paper for minute or two. You will
    find that paper will absorb wax.

    Answers:
    If you spill wax on / the carpet by accident, you
    can get rid of the wax quite easily. First cover / the
    wax with blotting paper or a flattened paper bag.
    Next, heat / an iron. Then, place the hot iron over
    the blotting paper or / the paper bag. You have to leave
    the iron on the paper for / a minute or two. You will
    find that the paper will absorb the wax.

    Complete the passage

    Exercise 4.10 Insert articles wherever they are necessary and rewrite the sentences :-

    1. While I was rearranging bookshelf, I found old photograph of my parents.
    2. As soon as our bus crossed traffic light we heard loud explosion. ‘
    3. The elderly couple were crossing road this morning, when motorcyclist knocked them down.
    4. The plane was flying at such low altitude that we had clear view of the Ganga.
    5. As girl of 16, I used to walk up hill very often to find quiet place to study.
    6. I praised honesty of my servant.
    7. Apple is a fruit, which eaten daily can keep doctor away.
    8. My neighbours left for Pune week ago.
    9. Rajdhani Express was hour late on the first of May.
    10. Andamans are group of islands in Bay of Bengal.

    Answers:

    1. While I was rearranging the bookshelf, I found an old photograph of my parents.
    2. As soon as our bus crossed the traffic light, we heard a loud explosion.
    3. The elderly couple were crossing the road this morning, when a motorcyclist knocked them down.
    4. The plane was flying at such a low altitude that we had a clear view of the Ganga.
    5. As a girl of 16, I used to walk up the hill very often to find a quiet place to study.
    6. I praised the honesty of my servant.
    7. An apple is a fruit, which, eaten daily, can keep the doctor away.
    8. My neighbours left for Pune a week ago.
    9. The Rajdhani Express was an hour late on the first of May.
    10.The Andamans are a group of islands in the Bay of Bengal.

  • Pronouns Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Pronouns Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solution from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Correct Pronouns

    Possessive Pronoun or a Possessive Adjective

    Bold the Pronoun

    Exercise 3.3 Bold the Pronouns in the following sentences and down their kinds in the space given. One has been done for you :-

    1. I shut the gate myself. ____________________
    2. She hurt herself. ______________________
    3. Those books belong to him. __________________
    4. What would you were him? ________________
    5. That house is your. ________________
    6. Everyone in our class comes to school early. _________________
    7. Both of them are happy with their results. ________________
    8. Many are poor only a few are rich. ____________________
    9. To whom did you give my letter yesterday? __________________
    10. This is the man whose son was kidnapped yesterday? _____________
    11. Here is the book which I told you about. ________
    12. He is one of the greatest leaders that have ever been born in India. ______________

    Answers:
    1. I shut the gate myself.
    I – Personal Pronoun, myself – Reflexive Pronoun
    2. She hurt herself.
    She – Personal Pronoun, herself – Reflexive Pronoun
    3. Those books belong to him.
    him – Personal Pronoun
    4. What would you were him?
    Him – Personal Pronoun
    5. That house is yours.
    That – Demonstrative Pronoun, yours – Possessive Pronoun
    6. Everyone in our class comes to school early.
    Everyone – Indefinite Pronoun
    7. Both of them are happy with their results.
    Both – Distributive Pronoun, their – Possessive Pronoun
    8. Many are poor only a few are rich.
    Many – Indefinite Pronoun, a few – Indefinite Pronoun
    9. To whom did you give my letter yesterday?
    Whom – Interrogative Pronoun, my – Possessive Pronoun
    10. This is the man whose son was kidnapped yesterday.
    Whose – Relative Pronoun
    11. Here is the book which I told you about.
    Which – Relative Pronoun
    12. He is one of the greatest leaders that have ever been born in India.
    He – Personal Pronoun, that – Relative Pronoun

    Correct Answer

    Correct Verb

    Join Sentences

    Exercise 3.7 Join together each of the following pairs of sentences by means of a Relative Pronoun :-
    who, whom, whose, which, that

    1. This is the man I trusted him.
    2. I am the person you sent for me.
    3. Here s the book. I told you about it.
    4. This is the road. It leads to the station.
    5. He does his best. He should be praised.
    6. The thieves were caught. They had stolen cash and jewellery.
    7. Rabindranath Tagore was in born in Bengal. He literary works are famous.
    8. The boys thanked me sincerely. I had helped them solve the problem.
    9. My watch was stolen yesterday. I have not found it yet.
    10. They met the woman. Her children were hurt in the road accident.

    Answers:

    1. This is the man whom I trusted.
    2. I am the person whom you sent for
    3. Here is the book which I told you about.
    4. This is the road that leads to the station.
    5. He does his best, which should be praised.
    6. The thieves who had stolen cash and jewellery were caught.
    7. Rabindranath Tagore, whose literary works are famous, was born in Bengal.
    6. The boys thanked me sincerely, whom I had helped solve the problem.
    9. My watch, which was stolen yesterday, has not been found yet.
    10. They met the woman whose children were hurt in the road accident.

    Exercise 3.8 The following sentences are wrongly constructed. Improve them by putting who and which immediately after the nouns to which they refer :-

    1. I sold my house last week which was double-storeyed.
    2. The Principal punished all the truants who was vey strict.
    3. The stranger surprised us who came to our house yesterday.
    4. I noticed the new painting hanging on the wall which belongs to my friend.
    5. The girl is my sister who wrote the story of this play.

    Answers:

    I sold my house, which was double-storeyed, last week.
    The Principal, who was very strict, punished all the truants.
    The stranger, who came to our house yesterday, surprised us.
    I noticed the new painting, which belongs to my friend, hanging on the wall.
    The girl, who wrote the story of this play, is my sister.

  • Noun Exercises with Answers for Class 8

    Noun Exercises with Answers for Class 8 and worksheet with solutions for Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Bold the Nouns

    Exercise 2.1 Bold the Nouns in the following sentences and write their kinds. One has done for you.

    1. The king said to his, “There are two things absolutely necessary to be successful in life – honesty and wisdom.
    Ans. King, son, things, (common nouns) life, honesty, wisdom (abstract nouns).

    2. Nelson Mandela became the first President of independent South Africa.
    3. The news of terrorist attack in the city spread like wildfire and people collected in front of the minister’s house. 4. Inspite of her age, the old lady loved wearing ornaments of gold and silver.
    5. The jury found the prisoner guilty and sentenced him for ten years

    Answers:
    2. Nelson Mandela (Proper Noun), President (Common Noun), South Africa (Proper Noun), independent (Abstract Noun).
    3. News (Common Noun), terrorist attack (Common Noun), city (Common Noun), wildfire (Common Noun), people (Common Noun), minister (Common Noun), house (Common Noun).
    4. Age (Abstract Noun), lady (Common Noun), ornaments (Common Noun), gold (Material Noun), silver (Material Noun).
    5. Jury (Collective Noun), prisoner (Common Noun), years (Common Noun).

    Underline all the Nouns

    Exercise 2.2 Bold all the Nouns in the followings passage and state their kind :-

    The Immortals of Meluha is the first novel of the Shiva trilogy series by Amish Tripathi. The story is set in the land of Meluha and starts with the arrival of the Tibetan tribal Shiva. The Meluhan is confirmed when he consumes the Somras, a legendary healing potion, which turns his throat blue.
    It’s sequel, The Secret of the Nagas, along with The Immortals of Melhua, have crossed a print run of a million copies and earned $22 crore within two years of publishing.

    Answers:

    Immortals of Meluha (Proper Noun), novel (Common Noun), Shiva trilogy (Proper Noun), Amish Tripathi (Proper Noun), story (Common Noun), land (Common Noun), Meluha (Proper Noun), arrival (Abstract Noun), Tibetan (Proper Noun), tribal (Common Noun), Shiva (Proper Noun), Meluhan (Proper Noun), Somras (Proper Noun), potion (Common Noun), throat (Common Noun), sequel (Common Noun), Secret of the Nagas (Proper Noun), Immortals of Meluha (Proper Noun), print run (Common Noun), million copies (Common Noun), $22 crore (Common Noun), years (Common Noun), publishing (Abstract Noun).

    Abstract Noun

    Collective Noun

    Nouns

    Exercise 2.5 Study the Nouns given in the box. Choose one from the box to replace the group of words in italics in the sentences given below. One has been done for you

    pedestrians, autobiography, century, audience, oasis, import, hobby, album, waiter, biography

    1. The person who served us tea was a new appointment in the hotel.
    Ans : The waiter was a new appointment in the hotel.
    2. Sometimes it is the people walking on the street who cause accidents.
    3. Ravi Shankar’s performance was given a standing ovation by the people who had come to hear him.
    4. Not a single Indian batsman scored a hundred runs in the match against, Sri Lanka.
    5. He showed me book in which he had collected pictures of this tour abroad.
    6. Mahtma Gandhi’s story of his life should be read by all the young children.
    7. My favourite occupation to relax in free time is reading adventure stories.
    8. He bring electronic goods from Japan to India.
    9. The most important place in a desert is where water is found.
    10. I have recently read a very interesting book about the life and works of Leonardo da Vinci by an Indian author.

    Answers:
    2. Sometimes it is the pedestrians who cause accidents.
    3. Ravi Shankar’s performance was given a standing ovation by the audience.
    4. Not a single Indian batsman scored a century in the match against Sri Lanka.
    5. He showed me the album in which he had collected pictures of his tour abroad.
    6. Mahatma Gandhi’s autobiography should be read by all the young children.
    7. My favourite hobby to relax in free time is reading adventure stories.
    8. He imports electronic goods from Japan to India.
    9. The most important place in a desert is the oasis.
    10. I have recently read a very interesting biography about the life and works of Leonardo da Vinci by an Indian author.

    Solve puzzle

    Exercise 2.6 Solve this puzzle with the help of the clues given and write the answer in the cross patch given :-

    1. A person who breaks into people’s houses, shops, etc. at night, to steal. B ——
    2. Season when the leaves fall. -U—N
    3. A person who tells our future with the help of stars. A——–R
    4. A ship that travels under the sea. –B——
    5. A person disloyal to his own country. —I-O-

    Answers:
    1. Burglar – A person who breaks into people’s houses, shops, etc. at night, to steal.
    2. Autumn – Season when the leaves fall.
    3. Astrologer – A person who tells our future with the help of stars.
    4. Submarine – A ship that travels under the sea.
    5. Traitor – A person disloyal to his own country.

    Countable and Uncountable Noun

  • English Grammar Exercises for Class 7 with Answers

    English Grammar Exercises for Class 7 with Answers for CBSE and ICSE board students. Solution of all worksheet from N K Aggarwala, English Grammar and Composition book for free online practice. In this post we provide link to all units contains fully solved exercises.

    Part -1 : Functional Grammar and Correct Usage

    1. THE SENTENCE

    • The Phrase
    • Kinds of Sentences
    • Affirmative Imperative, Exclamatory, Negative, Interrogative, Sentences.

    2. NOUNS

    • Kinds of Nouns
    • Common Nouns
    • Proper Nouns
    • Collective Nouns
    • Abstract Nouns
    • Material Nouns

    3. PRONOUNS

    • Kinds of Pronouns
    • Emphasizing Pronouns
    • Use of Relative Pronouns

    4. Adjectives

    • Kinds of Adjectives
    • Adjectives of Quality
    • Adjective of Quantity
    • Adjectives of Number
    • Distributive Adjectives
    • Demonstrative Adjectives
    • Interrogative Adjectives
    • Possessive Adjectives
    • Degrees of Comparison

    5. DETERMINERS

    • Kinds of Determiners
    • Correct Use of Determiners
    • Articles

    6. VERBS

    • Kinds of verbs
    • Transitive and Intransitive Verbs
    • The Main Parts of a Verb
    • Regular and Irregular Verbs
    • Auxiliary or Helping Verbs
    • Formation of verbs

    7. THE PRESENT TENSE

    • The Present Tense
    • The Present Continuous Tense
    • Present Perfect Tense
    • Present Perfect Continuous Tense

    8. THE PAST TENSE

    • Simple Past
    • Past Continuous Tense
    • Past Perfect
    • Past Perfect Continuous

    9. THE FUTURE TENSE

    • Future Continuous Tense
    • Future Perfect
    • Simple Future Tense
    • Future Perfect Continuous Tense

    10. MODALS

    • Uses of Shall, Will, Should, Would
    • Uses of Can, Could, May & Might

    11. VERBS NON-FINITE FORMS

    • The Infinitive
    • The Participles
    • The Gerund

    12. VERBS – ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE

    13. ADVERBS

    • Kinds of Adverbs
    • Forms of Adverbs
    • Correct Use of Adverbs

    14. PREPOSITIONS

    • Kinds of Prepositions
    • Some Special Prepositions

    15. CONJUNCTIONS

    • Kinds of Conjunctions

    16. DIRECT-INDIRECT SPEECH

    • Changes in Tenses
    • Changes in Auxiliaries
    • Changes in Pronouns

    17. PHRASES

    • Kinds of Phrases
    • Use of Capital Letters

    18. PUNCTUATION AND CAPITAL LETTERS

    • Full Stop
    • The Comma
    • Semi Colon

    PART-II VOCABULARY

    19. WORDS OFTEN CONFUSED

    20. WORDS FOLLOWED BY PREPOSITIONS

    PART-III WRITING SKILLS & COMPREHENSION

    21. SHORT COMPOSITIONS

    • Paragraph
    • Messages
    • Advertisements
    • Posters

    22. ESSAY WRITING

    23. STORY WRITING

    24. LETTER WRITING

    • Informal Letters
    • Formal Letters
    • E-mail

    25. WRITING A SUMMARY

    26. COMPREHENSION

  • Comprehension Exercises with Answers for class 7

    Comprehension Exercises with Answers for class 7 and worksheet with solutions of Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Read the Passage

    Exercise 26.1 Read the following passage and then answer the questions that follow :-

    A certain number of ladies and gentlemen from the United States of America came to India on a pleasure trip. Among the many cities that they visited, Calcutta was the one that left an impression on their minds which lasted for a long time. They arrived at Calcutta-the biggest city in the country-about the middle of the month of October. At this time of the year almost all the Hindus in West Bengal are busy with ‘Durga Puja’. The party of America saw that a great many of the shops were closed. Almost all government offices, schools and collage were closed on account of Durga Puja holidays. On the last day of these holidays tourists were amazed to see an extraordinary large crowd of men. women and children consisting of more than a hundred thousand individuals, forming procession and following a big idol which appeared to be made of silver and bedecked in jewels which must must have cost a very lasge sum of money. This was the idol of the Goddess Durga. The Americans took a very keen interest in the procession which impressed them deeply. They expressed their great and sincere admiration for the devotion and faith of the worshippers of the Goddess Durga. But they could not understand why such a beautiful idol, which had cost the Bengalis so much money, and which they held in high esteem, should have thrown into the river Hooghly.

    (i) A certain number of ladies and gentlemen from the United States of America came to India
    (a) on a hunting expedition
    (b) on a pleasure trip
    (c) on a study tour
    (e) The passage does not tell us

    (ii) Almost all Government officers, schools, and college’s were closed
    (a) because it was very cold
    (b) on account of Durga Puja
    (c) because of General Elections in the country
    (d) because people had gone on strike
    (e) on account of Durga Puja holidays

    (iii) The America tourists were amazed to see
    (a) such a big city as Calcutta
    (b) so many large buildings
    (c) the idol of the Goddess Durga
    (d) a very large procession following a big idol
    (e) The passage does not tell us

    (iv) The America expressed their great and sincere admiration for the
    (a) beautiful idol
    (b) hospitality of Bengalis
    (c) devotion and faith of worshippers of the Goddess Durga
    (d) faithfulness of Indian woman

    (v) Write the sentence from the passage which expresses the Americans’ surprise at what they saw on the last day of the Durga Puja holidays.
    (vi) Which word in the passage means ‘beyond what is usual or ordinary’?
    (vii) Write the phrase from the passage which means ‘to have high opinion of’.

    Answers:
    (i) A certain number of ladies and gentlemen from the United States of America came to India
    (b) on a pleasure trip

    (ii) Almost all Government officers, schools, and colleges were closed
    (e) on account of Durga Puja holidays

    (iii) The American tourists were amazed to see
    (d) a very large procession following a big idol

    (iv) The Americans expressed their great and sincere admiration for the
    (c) devotion and faith of worshippers of the Goddess Durga

    (v) The sentence from the passage that expresses the Americans’ surprise at what they saw on the last day of the Durga Puja holidays is:
    “Tourists were amazed to see an extraordinary large crowd of men, women, and children consisting of more than a hundred thousand individuals, forming a procession and following a big idol.”

    (vi) The word in the passage that means ‘beyond what is usual or ordinary’ is:
    extraordinary

    (vii) The phrase from the passage which means ‘to have a high opinion of’ is:
    “held in high esteem”

    Answer the Questions

    Exercise 26.2 Read the following passage and then answer the questions that follow :

    In the White House, Abraham Lincoln quietly , Sadly and ably guided the nation. Men complained about him, and he listened quietly and without anger. Men worked against him and he did not turn against them. His great heart was full of grief, he loved peace; he was strong and determined to go on to the end. Slowly, the ordinary people of the country began to know that in the White House there was a great President and a great man.
    Lincoln had one serious fault -one which often troubled the officers of the army very much. He loved people, and he could understand and forgive their weakness, perhaps more than was best. He found it difficult, for example, to permit the army courts to have a soldier shot for running away during a battle or for falling asleep while on guard duty. He wanted to forgive them and give them a second chance, and their officers didn’t like it. A mother’s tears, a baby’s cry, a story of misfortune -these touched his heart.

    (i) Give the central idea of the above passage.
    (ii) From the passage, write below the words which mean
    (a) defect (b) bad luck
    (iii) Write from the above passage, the sentence which shows that Lincoln was not a revengeful man.
    (iv) The army officers were often trouble because
    (a) Lincoln did not love them.
    (b) Lincoln’s great heart was full of grief
    (c) Lincoln pardoned the ordinary weakness of the soldiers.
    (d) the soldiers fell asleep while on guard duty
    (e) Lincoln was not a man of strong determination.
    (v) Why did Lincoln not allow the army courts to shoot a soldier for an ordinary fault?
    (vi) What qualities of Lincoln’s character does the passage describe?

    Answers:
    (i) Central Idea of the Passage:
    The passage portrays Abraham Lincoln as a compassionate, forgiving, and patient leader who, despite his grief and struggles during his presidency, guided the nation with strength and determination. He had a great love for people and found it difficult to punish soldiers for their mistakes, which often troubled the army officers.

    (ii) Words from the Passage:
    (a) Defect: fault
    (b) Bad luck: misfortune

    (iii) Sentence Showing Lincoln Was Not Revengeful:
    “Men worked against him and he did not turn against them.”

    (iv) The Army Officers Were Often Troubled Because:
    (c) Lincoln pardoned the ordinary weakness of the soldiers.

    (v) Why Lincoln Did Not Allow Army Courts to Shoot a Soldier for an Ordinary Fault:
    Lincoln had a compassionate heart and found it difficult to permit harsh punishments like execution for ordinary faults such as running away during battle or falling asleep on duty. He wanted to forgive soldiers and give them a second chance.

    (vi) Qualities of Lincoln’s Character Described in the Passage:
    Lincoln is portrayed as compassionate, patient, forgiving, non-revengeful, peace-loving, and strong-willed. He had a deep understanding of human weakness and often forgave mistakes, even when it troubled others.

    Reading the Passage

    Exercise 26.3 Read the following passage and then answer the questions that follow :

    Hippopotamuses are thoroughly aquatic animals, and when frightened or disturbed at once make for their natural element. During the day. and in places where they are unmolested, they sleep by preference in rather shallow water. They may be found occasionally asleep upon mud or sand banks. in more frequented localities, they float in deep water, the nostrils protruding above the surface. Towards the evening they leave the water, and go ashore to feed. Although where food happens to be scarce, hippopotamuses are capable of travelling considerable distances from the water during the night, under normal circumstances the limit is under a mile, and they always get back to their old quarters before morning, unless they have sought and found a new abode. An animal belated on its usual day haunt would seek the nearest suitable pool until nightfall. Their food consists of young shoots, grasses and
    reeds. A hippopotamuses does not grub for roots or eat fruit. It is capable of doing great damage to cultivated lands. not by actually eating the crops, but by the manner in which it tramples down and destroys things. Consequently, its conduct in this respect causes a great deal of complaint, and where protected by low, natives and others often seek the easiest means of prevention by applying to have the erring animals killed; incidentally looking forward to a big feed of good meat and a plentiful supply of the valuable hide and fat.
    As a matter of fact, the lowest fence, provided that it is solid and upright, will always stop a hippo. Like a pig, it never attempts to step over an obstacle, and does not normally push an impediment which it recognises as artificial.

    (i) Three words or phrases are given below. Give the meaning of each as used in the passage:
    (a) make for (b) unmolested (c) haunt
    (ii) Answer the following questions briefly and in your own words :
    (a) Where does a hippo normally seek refuge when it is frightened?
    (b) What evidence in the passage suggests that hippopotamuses do not usually travel far from water?
    (c) Hippos can be a danger to crops. Why?
    (d) For what other reason, besides destroying crops, are hippos killed?
    (e) On what do hippopotamuses normally feed?
    (f) Quote a sentence from the passage that shows that hippos do not normally cross over even a low barrier.

    (iii) In not more than 60 words show why a hippo is termed “an aquatic animal”. Give a title for your summary.

    Answers:
    (i) Meaning of Words/Phrases
    (a) Make for: Move towards something quickly.
    (b) Unmolested: Left undisturbed or not bothered.
    (c) Haunt: A place that is frequently visited or inhabited by someone (here, referring to a hippo’s usual resting place).

    (ii) Answering Briefly
    (a) Where does a hippo normally seek refuge when it is frightened?
    A hippo normally seeks refuge in water when frightened.

    (b) What evidence in the passage suggests that hippopotamuses do not usually travel far from water?
    The passage mentions that under normal circumstances, hippos travel less than a mile from the water and always return to their usual quarters before morning.

    (c) Hippos can be a danger to crops. Why?
    Hippos do great damage to crops by trampling on and destroying them, even though they do not eat them.

    (d) For what other reason, besides destroying crops, are hippos killed?
    Besides destroying crops, hippos are killed for their meat, hide, and fat, which are valuable to the natives.

    (e) On what do hippopotamuses normally feed?
    Hippopotamuses normally feed on young shoots, grasses, and reeds.

    (f) Quote a sentence from the passage that shows that hippos do not normally cross over even a low barrier.
    “The lowest fence, provided that it is solid and upright, will always stop a hippo.”

    (iii) Summary (within 60 words)
    Title: Why the Hippo is an Aquatic Animal
    Hippopotamuses are aquatic animals as they spend most of their time in water. When frightened, they immediately seek refuge in water. They sleep in shallow water during the day and feed on land only at night, rarely straying far from their water habitats. They return to their water abode by morning.

    Passage

    Exercise 26.4 Read the following passage and then answer the questions that follow :-

    Playland was like no other country in the world. The population consisted of children. The eldest was fourteen, and the youngest scarcely eight years old. The merriment and shouting and noise in the streets were maddening.
    There were children everywhere. Some were playing skittles, some quoits, cycling or ball, some were riding, or wooden horses; and were eating burning tow; some were acting, or singing, or reading, or turning somersault; others were walking on their hands, while still others were playing blind-man’s buff, or chasings; some were dressed as clowns, and were eating burning tow; some were acting, or singing, or reading, or turning somersault; others were walking on their hands, while still others were whistling; some were clucking like a hen that has just laid an egg. In short, there was such noise and confusion that, without cotton wool in both ears, anyone would have been deafened by it. There were theatres, crowded all day long, in every open space, and on all the walls of the houses, badly spelt remarks had been scribbled with charcoal.
    Immediately they got inside the city. Lampwick, and the other boys who had come together, hurried to join the children, and very soon, as you may well imagine. they became excellent friends. Who be happier or more contented, than they?
    Amidst continual games and all sorts of pastimes, hours, days and weeks passed like lightning.
    ‘Oh, what a beautiful life! shouted Pinocchio, every time he met Lampwick. ‘And to think you didn’t want to come! To think you intended going back to your fairy, and wasting your time in studying!
    If you are free today from nasty books and schools, you owe it to me, to my advice, to my insistence. It’s only a real friend who would show such kindness.’
    ‘Yes, that’s true, Lampwick! It today I am really happy boy, I owe it all to you’. And do you know what the master used to say to me about you? He always said, “Don’t have anything to do with that good-fo-nothing Lampwick. He is a very bad boy, and will lead you into some trouble.”
    ‘Poor old master!’ Said the other, shaking his head. ‘I well know that he didn’t like me, and spoke ill of me. But I have a generous soul, and with kissing him affectionately on the forehead.
    Five months had passed in this playland, of toys and amusements which went on all day long, without ever seeing a book or even the outside of a school, when Pinocchio, upon awaking one morning, had a very unpleasant surprise, and lost is good spirits.
    And what was this surprise?
    I shall tell you, my dear readers. The surprise was that Pinocchio, when he woke up, scratched his head; and while doing so he noticed…..
    Can you make any guess as to what he noticed? He noticed, to his great amazement, that his ears had grown several inches.
    You must know that puppets rom their birth have very small ears; in fact so small that they are invisible to the naked eye. So you can imagine how surprised he was when he noticed that his ears had grown so long during the night that they looked like two brooms.
    He hurried to find a mirror, that he might see himself; but he could not find one. So he filled his wash basin with water, looked into it, and saw what he had been hoping never to see. He saw himself decorated with a magnificent pair of donkey’s ears.

    (i) Answer the following questions;
    (a) In what way playland was different from other countries?
    (b) What was the highest and lowest age of children in Playland?
    (c) How were the children behaving when Pinocchio and Lampwick them saw them first?
    (d) What were Lampwick’s views about schools?
    (f) Describe the shock.
    (ii) Find words in the passage which mean the opposite of the following :
    (a) Sadness _____________
    (b) Written ______________
    (c) Cruelty ______________
    (d) Miserly______________
    (iii) Turn the sentences given into Reported Speech.
    “Oh, what a beautiful life!” shouted Pinocchio everytime he met Lampwick.
    (iv) What do you think the writer is trying to tell us in this passage?

    Answers:
    (i) Answer the following questions:

    (a) Playland was different from other countries because it consisted only of children, and there were no adults. The children played and had fun all day long, without any discipline, schools, or books.

    (b) The eldest child in Playland was fourteen years old, and the youngest was eight years old.

    (c) When Pinocchio and Lampwick first saw the children, they were playing different games like skittles, cycling, ball, riding wooden horses, singing, acting, and making all sorts of noise and confusion.

    (d) Lampwick’s views about schools were negative. He considered books and studying a waste of time. He was happy that he convinced Pinocchio to leave behind school and join the fun in Playland.

    (e) The shock was that Pinocchio, after waking up one morning, noticed that his ears had grown several inches long and looked like donkey ears. He had never expected such a transformation and was quite surprised and horrified.


    (ii) Find words in the passage which mean the opposite of the following:

    (a) Sadness – Merriment
    (b) Written – Scribbled
    (c) Cruelty – Kindness
    (d) Miserly – Generous


    (iii) Turn the sentences into Reported Speech:

    Pinocchio shouted with joy every time he met Lampwick, saying that it was such a beautiful life.


    (iv) What do you think the writer is trying to tell us in this passage?

    The writer is warning us about the dangers of avoiding responsibilities and education in favor of endless amusement. Through Pinocchio’s experience in Playland, where there are no rules, schools, or guidance, the passage illustrates how indulging too much in fun and games can lead to negative consequences, like Pinocchio’s transformation into a donkey. It highlights the importance of balance between fun and responsibility.

    Read the following passage

    Exercise 26.5 Read the following passage and then answer the questions that follow :

    Although they were all tired, it was very difficult for them to lie down rest They tried to eat a little food, but everyone was really more interested in watching the approaching fires.
    As darkness fell the sight become beautiful but frightening. Great flames were leaping high into the air and burning up a whole tree in a few seconds as though it were made of paper. Rows of trees caught fire and blazed like dry grass. Burning leaves were carried into the air and scattered in different places, causing new fires was reflected in the huge rolling clouds of smoke above. The whole scene was unearthly and frightening, as though the solid surface of the world had burning branches and the crash of a falling tree.
    Young Jack’s pipe had gone out and he was listening carefully and looking upwards.
    “Can you hear anything except the fire,” said Peter.
    Young Jack’s told them to listen again and suddenly Henry cried out excitedly, “Isn’t that an aeroplane?
    They all listened and above the many noises of the fire could be heard the sound of a distant aeroplane. The sound soon came closer until it seemed to come from the middle of the smoke clouds above the lake.
    “Is it going rescue us?” asked Henry. “But how can it land here?”
    Young Jack smiled and said, “I think it’s a special kind of aeroplane.”
    As he spoke a plane appeared high above them, dropping straight through the smoke clouds.
    “Look!” cried Peter, “It’s droppping vertically. It’s a helicopter.”
    Young Jack nodded and said, “It belongs to army and it often helps the Forestry Department. I expect the pilot will drop straight on to us when he sees us. We must all wave something to attract his attention.
    He took off hiss shirt again and towards them until it was only about twenty or thirty feet above them. then, like some huge flying insect, it stayed almost motionless in the air, feet its engine roaring and its large horizontal propeller turning steadily. The pilot leaned out and waved to them. Then a door in the bottom of the plane opened and a package fell down very close to them, right in the middle of the tongue of land.
    “There is something written in pencil on the envelope,” said Betty.
    Young Jack read it out :
    ;FLYING CONDITIONS VERY BAD. ONLY ABLE TO CARRY BACK ONE PERSON TONIGHT.
    The helicopter was still hovering noisily above them and, as they looked up, a rope was lowered to the ground. At its lower end was a kind of seat made of netting with a strong leather strap.
    Mr Sen looked quickly round the party.
    “Youngest first,” he said. “Get in Betty, quickly.”
    Betty hesitated, but before she had time to object, Young Jack and his cousin had put her on to the seat and had fastened the leather strap round her. The rope was slowly drawn up with Betty hanging and swinging in the air above them. She held on tightly with both hands and, looking down, she cried out cheerfully, “I’m fine.”
    In a few moments she had been pulled up into the plane and disappeared. The others stood below, waving goodbye. To their surprise the rope came again with a second message from the pilot.
    “ROOM FOR ONE MORE SMALL PERSON.”
    “Up you go, Henry,” said Mr Sen.
    In a few minutes Henry had been pulled up into the helicopter. The pilot leaned out and waved and gradually the helicopter began to rise vertically into the air, disappearing into the thick clouds of smoke.

    (i) Answer the question :-
    (a) How many people are there in this passage? Name them.
    (b) Where were these people and why couldn’t they lie down and rest?
    (c) Who had the sharpest ears? How do you know?
    (d) Who or what came to rescue them? How did they try to attract its attention?
    (e) What did the pilot do?
    (f) Who was the first to be rescued and why?

    (ii) Find words in the passage that mean the opposite of words given below :
    (a) departed _______________________
    (b) heavenly ______________________
    (c) nearby ________________________
    (d) vertical _______________________
    (e) loosely _______________________

    (iii) Describe in your own words the kind of trouble the people in this passage were.
    (iv) Give a title of your own to this passage and a reason for giving it.

    Answers:
    (i) Answer the questions:

    (a) There are six people mentioned in the passage: Young Jack, Peter, Henry, Betty, Mr. Sen, and the pilot.

    (b) These people were near a large fire that was spreading quickly, and they couldn’t lie down and rest because they were more interested in watching the approaching fires, which were both beautiful and frightening.

    (c) Young Jack had the sharpest ears. We know this because he was the first to notice the sound of the approaching aeroplane, and he asked the others to listen again, leading Henry to hear it too.

    (d) A helicopter came to rescue them. To attract its attention, Young Jack waved his shirt in the air, and everyone else followed his lead.

    (e) The pilot first waved to them from the helicopter, then dropped a package with a message. He lowered a rope with a seat to rescue people, starting with Betty and Henry.

    (f) Betty was the first to be rescued because Mr. Sen decided that the youngest should go first.


    (ii) Find words in the passage that mean the opposite of:

    (a) Departed – Arrived
    (b) Heavenly – Unearthly
    (c) Nearby – Distant
    (d) Vertical – Horizontally
    (e) Loosely – Tightly


    (iii) Describe in your own words the kind of trouble the people in this passage were in:

    The group of people was trapped near a fast-approaching wildfire. The fire was spreading rapidly, burning whole trees within seconds, and new fires were igniting due to burning leaves being carried by the wind. The situation was dangerous and frightening, with heavy smoke and the crashing of trees. They had no safe place to escape, and the conditions around them were becoming more hazardous by the moment.


    (iv) Give a title of your own to this passage and a reason for giving it:

    Title: “The Rescue Amidst the Flames”

    Reason: This title captures the essence of the passage, which focuses on the tension and danger faced by the group as they were surrounded by fire and how a helicopter came to rescue them, providing hope amidst the chaos.

    Exercise 26.6 Read the following poem and then answer the questions that follow :-

    The Sun does arise,
    And make happy the skies:
    The merry bells ring
    To welcome the surprise;
    The birds of the bush,
    Sing louder around
    To the bells’ cheerful sound
    While our sports shall be seen
    On the Echoing Green.
    Old John, with white hair,
    Does laugh away care,
    Sitting under the oak,
    Among the old folk,
    They laugh at our play,
    And soon they all say:
    ‘Such, such were the joys
    When we all, girls and boys,
    in our youth-time were seen
    On the Echoing Green.’
    Till the tittle ones, weary,
    No more can be merry;
    The Sun does descend,
    And our sports have an end.
    Round the laps of their mothers
    Many sisters and brother,
    Like birds in their nest,
    Are ready for rest,
    And sports no more seen
    On the darkening Green

    (i) Find five words which express joy in the first stanza.
    (ii) Name five nouns (from the first stanza) that are associated with expressions of joy you have given in Question (1).
    (iii) Find words in the poem which mean:
    (a) old age (b) resounding (c) tired (d) Answer briefly
    (iv) How does the ‘sun’ link the first stanza to the last?
    (v) Explain out the contrast in the first and the third stanza.
    (vii) Tick the right answer :-
    (a) The poem describe changes in season.
    (b) The poem describe the passage of time in life.
    (c) The poem describe changes through passage of time on a day.

    Answers:
    (i) Find five words which express joy in the first stanza:

    1. Happy
    2. Merry
    3. Welcome
    4. Cheerful
    5. Sports

    (ii) Name five nouns (from the first stanza) that are associated with expressions of joy you have given in Question (i):

    1. Skies (associated with “happy”)
    2. Bells (associated with “merry” and “cheerful”)
    3. Surprise (associated with “welcome”)
    4. Birds (associated with “sing” and “louder”)
    5. Sports

    (iii) Find words in the poem which mean:

    (a) Old age – Old folk
    (b) Resounding – Echoing
    (c) Tired – Weary
    (d) Brief answer – Short explanation in lines


    (iv) How does the ‘sun’ link the first stanza to the last?

    In the first stanza, the sun rises, marking the beginning of the day filled with joy, laughter, and play. In the last stanza, the sun sets, signaling the end of the day, when the children become tired and the play stops. The sun symbolizes the passage of time from the start to the conclusion of the joyful day.


    (v) Explain the contrast in the first and the third stanza:

    The first stanza is full of joy and energy. The sun is rising, the bells are ringing, birds are singing, and everyone is engaging in sports and play. In contrast, the third stanza portrays the end of the day. The children are tired, the sun is setting, and the once joyful “Echoing Green” is now “darkening,” signaling rest and quietness as the sports come to an end.


    (vi) Tick the right answer:

    (b) The poem describes the passage of time in life.
    (c) The poem describes changes through the passage of time on a day.

    Both (b) and (c) can be correct, as the poem reflects both the passage of a single day and the transition from youth to old age (life’s stages).

  • Parts of Speech Exercises with Answers for class 8

    Parts of Speech Exercises with Answers for class 8 and worksheet with solutions of Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Parts of speech

    Exercise 1.1 Name the parts of speech of the underlined words in the sentences given below.
    1. You will pass if you work hard. __________________________.
    2. The new boy was dismissed from service because of misbehaviour. __________________________.
    3. My uncle sold his house to a millionaire. __________________________.
    4. He generally avoids bad companions. __________________________.
    5. This is the beggar who stole my purse. __________________________.
    6. This is the oldest house in Mumbai. __________________________.
    7. Human and animal waste cause pollution. __________________________.
    8. All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy. __________________________.
    9. Ambition, optimism and stamina keeps people going. __________________________.
    10. Everyone at the party last night was wearing a pirate costume. __________________________.
    11. They build large nests in tress or the walls of cliffs. __________________________.
    12. Almost all the luxury cars have been recalled by the manufacturer because of a defective mechanism. __________________________.
    13. Thirteen prizes will be given out for the Grand draw. __________________________.
    14. The crowd disperses as the prepared to leave. __________________________.
    15. Two days after argument my friend apologised for his rudeness. __________________________.

    Answers:
    1. if – Conjunction
    2. new – Adjective
    3. millionaire – Noun
    4. avoids – Verb
    5. who – Pronoun
    6. oldest – Adjective
    7. pollution – Noun
    8. All – Pronoun
    9. and – Conjunction
    10. Everyone – Pronoun
    11. in – Preposition
    12. Almost – Adverb
    13. Thirteen – Adjective
    14. disperses – Verb
    15. after – Preposition

  • Writing a Summary with Answers for class 7

    Writing a Summary with Answers for class 7 and worksheet with solution of Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Writing a Summary

    Exercise 25.1 Read the following passage and then write a Summary in one-third of the original length. Give a title to your summaries :-

    1. One day a hunter trapped a parrot, put it in a cage parrot was unhappy and not eat anything. The hunter asked the parrot if he could do anything for it without releasing it. The parrot requested the hunter to go back to the place where he trapped it and it and tell this news to its friend. As soon as the second parrot heard what had happened, it dropped down in its cage. The surprised hunter told this news to his parrot, he opened the cage to take out the bird. To his great amazement the parrot flew away immediately. The trapped parrot wanted a solution to free himself and the other parrot gave him the answer!
    2. The biggest threat to a child’s health these days is pollution. This is a major cause of respiratory diseases among children specially in big cities and towns. The number of vehicles on the roads is increasing day by day. These emit poisonous gases which permeate the atmosphere and lead to diseases like asthma and cancer. Many industries located in these cities also add to air pollution. The government must do something to prevent air pollution so that the people, specially children can live healthy lives.
    3. Faith means trusts and confidence in someone we love. As children we have complete trusts and confidence in our parents’ love for us. We know they are always there for us. We feel safe in their company. When you feel afraid you know Your father will hold your hand and all your fears will go away. When you are not well, mother will look after you with love and care. Here is a story of a little boy grew up in the hills and played in the forests nearby. One day a group of scientists came to his village. They saw some rare, beautiful flowers could go down by means of a rope. They looked at the little boy and talked to him.
    Scientists : “We will give you a lot of money, if you let us lower you down to get those beautiful flowers for us.
    Boy : “I’ll be back in a minute, wait for me.”
    Narrator : He came back and there was frown up man with him. The little boy told the Scientists.
    Boy : “I will go down the hill and get those flowers for you, Only if this man holds the rope. He is my father.”
    Narrator : The boy did not know the Scientists. they were strangers. He could not trust them. He knew his father loved him he knew he was safe in his father’s hands. in the same way we must have complete faith and trust in God. He, like your father, is always there for us. He is with us when we need Him.

    Answers:
    Summary 1: The Clever Parrot

    A hunter trapped a parrot and placed it in a cage, but the parrot refused to eat. It asked the hunter to go back to the trapping place and inform its friend. Upon hearing the news, the second parrot pretended to die, prompting the hunter to open the cage. To his surprise, the trapped parrot quickly flew away. The clever parrot used its friend to find a way to escape.
    Summary 2: The Threat of Pollution

    Pollution is a major health threat to children, especially in big cities. The increasing number of vehicles and industrial emissions contribute to respiratory diseases like asthma and cancer. The government must take action to prevent air pollution and protect the health of children and the general public.
    Summary 3: The Importance of Faith

    Faith means trust and confidence, especially in the love of our parents. A little boy, trusting his father’s love, refused to let strangers take him down the hill for rare flowers. He knew his father would keep him safe. Just like a child trusts their parents, we must have faith in God, who is always there to support us.

    Thank you for reading the solutions of Elementary English Grammar. For more solutions search this website.

  • Letter Writing Exercises with Answers for class 7

    Letter Writing Exercises with Answers for class 7 and worksheet with solution of Elementary English Grammar for CBSE AND ICSE students.

    Letter Writing

    Exercise 24.1

    1. Write a cheerful letter to a friend who is sick and hospitalised.
    2. Write a letter to a neighbour who lays loud music till late at night. It being selected the sports captain of the school.
    3. Write a letter to your father expressing your disappointment at not being selected the sports captain of the school.
    4. Imagine you are Balwant Singh living in Jaipur. You have received a letter from your friend Vikas seeking information about what are the places to visit in Jaipur, where to stay and what to buy as souvenirs. Write a letter to him, giving all the details.
    5. You are Avinash living in Hyderabad. You had made an appointment with your friend Ghafoor to meet him at 6 o’clock on the 24th July, but unfortunately you could not meet him. Write a letter of apology to him, explaining fully what prevented you.
    6. You have a friend Jitendra living in Chennai. His birthday falls on Monday, the 26th January. You send a birthday present to him. Write a letter accompanying the present.
    7. You ae Ravi Verma, you have been delighted by India’s success in the Commonwealth Games. Write a letter to your friend describing your feelings.
    8. You are Hari, living in Mumbai. Your friend Manoj has invited you to spend your holidays with him in Goa. But your uncle has invited you for a trip to Kullu-Manali. Write a letter to Manoj explaining why you have accepted your uncle’s invitation

    Answers:

    1. Write a cheerful letter to a friend who is sick and hospitalised.

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I was really sorry to hear that you’re in the hospital, but I know you’re strong and will be back on your feet soon! Just think of this as some forced relaxation time – no homework, no chores, and endless rest. Sounds good, right?

    Everyone here is sending you good wishes, and we can’t wait to see you back, healthy and cheerful. Until then, take care, rest up, and keep smiling. I’m sure the doctors and nurses are already amazed by your positive spirit!

    Get well soon!

    Yours cheerfully,
    [Your Name]

    2. Write a letter to a neighbor who plays loud music till late at night.

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    Dear [Neighbor’s Name],

    I hope this letter finds you well. I understand we all love good music, and it can be a great way to unwind after a long day. However, the loud music played late at night has been affecting our sleep, and I was hoping to ask if you could kindly lower the volume after 10 PM.

    I really appreciate your understanding and cooperation in this matter. Let’s work together to make sure the neighborhood remains peaceful for everyone. Thank you in advance!

    Best regards,
    [Your Name]

    3. Write a letter to your father expressing your disappointment at not being selected as the sports captain of the school.

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    Dear Dad,

    I hope you’re doing well. I wanted to share something with you that has been bothering me. Unfortunately, I wasn’t selected as the sports captain of the school, despite all the hard work I put in. I was really looking forward to this opportunity, and it feels disappointing not to have made it.

    However, I’ve decided not to let this setback stop me. I’ll keep giving my best in sports, and maybe there will be other chances in the future. I know you always support me, and that means a lot.

    Looking forward to hearing from you.

    Love,
    [Your Name]

    4. Write a letter to a friend seeking information about places to visit in Jaipur, where to stay, and what to buy as souvenirs.

    Balwant Singh
    [Your Address]
    Jaipur
    [Date]

    Dear Vikas,

    I’m so happy you’re planning a trip to Jaipur! There are so many beautiful places to visit here. Don’t miss the Amber Fort, City Palace, and Hawa Mahal. If you like history, the Jantar Mantar is a must-see too.

    For accommodation, there are many options ranging from luxury hotels like the Rambagh Palace to budget-friendly guesthouses near the old city. You can choose depending on your preference.

    As for souvenirs, Jaipur is famous for its jewelry, blue pottery, and textiles. Johari Bazaar and Bapu Bazaar are great for shopping.

    Looking forward to your visit!

    Best regards,
    Balwant Singh

    5. Write a letter of apology to your friend explaining why you could not meet him as planned.

    Avinash
    [Your Address]
    Hyderabad
    [Date]

    Dear Ghafoor,

    I’m so sorry for not being able to meet you at 6 o’clock on the 24th July as we had planned. Unfortunately, something unexpected came up at home, and I couldn’t make it in time.

    I really wanted to catch up with you, and I feel terrible about missing our meeting. I hope we can plan something soon. Please let me know when you’re free, and I’ll make sure nothing stands in the way this time.

    Thanks for understanding!

    Best,
    Avinash

    6. Write a letter accompanying a birthday present.

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    Dear Jitendra,

    Happy Birthday! I hope this letter reaches you in time for your special day. I’ve sent you a little gift that I thought you might like. I won’t spoil the surprise by saying what it is, but I hope it brings a smile to your face.

    Have an amazing birthday, and I look forward to hearing all about how you celebrated. Wishing you lots of happiness and success in the year ahead!

    Warm wishes,
    [Your Name]

    7. Write a letter describing your feelings about India’s success in the Commonwealth Games.

    Ravi Verma
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I’m over the moon with excitement about India’s performance in the Commonwealth Games! It’s incredible how our athletes have shown such determination and brought home so many medals. The entire country is buzzing with pride!

    It makes me so proud to be Indian, and I feel so inspired by the dedication of our sportsmen and women. I hope we can continue this winning streak in future tournaments as well!

    Looking forward to hearing your thoughts.

    Yours truly,
    Ravi Verma

    8. Write a letter to your friend explaining why you have accepted your uncle’s invitation instead of his.

    Hari
    [Your Address]
    Mumbai
    [Date]

    Dear Manoj,

    Thank you so much for inviting me to spend my holidays with you in Goa. It sounds like a fantastic plan, and I was really looking forward to it. However, my uncle has invited me to go on a trip to Kullu-Manali during the same time. Since I haven’t had a chance to visit the mountains before, I’ve decided to accept his invitation.

    I hope you understand. Let’s definitely plan something together soon. I would love to visit Goa with you next time.

    Take care and enjoy your holidays!

    Best,
    Hari’

    Appropriate letters

    Exercise 24.2 Given below are some situations. Write appropriate letters :-

    1. You are Suresh Chawla. You wish to purchase one 220 litres BPL refrigerator in crimson colour. Write a letter to the Proprietor, BPL Gallery, Vikas Marg, New Delhi requesting him to have the piece delivered at your residence. Tell him that the payment will be made on delivery of the refrigerator.

    2. You are Suresh Chawla. Messrs BPL Gallery, Vikas Marg, New Delhi delivered the refrigerator at your residence as you desired. On receiving it you find that the door has many dents on it and the whole surface is scratched badly. Write a letter of complaint to the Proprietor, BPL Gallery, describing the damage. Ask him to replace the piece is not delivered.

    3. You are Dinesh Bhatia, living in D-33, West End Colony, New Delhi. The house you are living in needs some major repairs. Write a letter to your landlord Mr K.L Khanna who lives in 44 Juhu Apartments, Mumbai, asking him to have the repairs carried out.

    4. You are Shyamala Dawar. Your brother Bhim has been ill for sometime. Write a letter to your family doctor Dr. B L Aggarwala requesting him to come home to see him.

    5. You are Soni. One of your teeth has been giving you some trouble. You wish to go for a check up with dentist Dr P N Hastija. Write a letter to him asking for an appointment.

    Answers:

    1. Letter requesting delivery of a BPL refrigerator

    Suresh Chawla
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    The Proprietor
    BPL Gallery
    Vikas Marg
    New Delhi

    Subject: Request for Delivery of BPL 220-Litre Refrigerator

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I wish to purchase a 220-litre BPL refrigerator in crimson color from your gallery. I would like to request that the refrigerator be delivered to my residence at [your address] at your earliest convenience. Please note that payment will be made upon delivery of the refrigerator.

    Kindly confirm the delivery date and time, and feel free to contact me for any further information.

    Thank you for your assistance.

    Yours sincerely,
    Suresh Chawla

    2. Letter of complaint regarding damaged refrigerator

    Suresh Chawla
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    The Proprietor
    BPL Gallery
    Vikas Marg
    New Delhi

    Subject: Complaint Regarding Damaged Refrigerator Delivery

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to inform you that the 220-litre BPL refrigerator I ordered was delivered to my residence as requested. However, upon receiving the refrigerator, I noticed that the door has several dents, and the entire surface is badly scratched.

    I am very disappointed with the condition of the product and would like to request that the refrigerator be replaced with a new, undamaged piece at the earliest. Kindly ensure that the replacement is delivered promptly, and I will return the damaged item upon its arrival.

    Please confirm the arrangements for the replacement.

    Yours sincerely,
    Suresh Chawla

    3. Letter to landlord requesting house repairs

    Dinesh Bhatia
    D-33, West End Colony
    New Delhi
    [Date]

    Mr. K.L. Khanna
    44 Juhu Apartments
    Mumbai

    Subject: Request for House Repairs

    Dear Mr. Khanna,

    I hope this letter finds you well. I am writing to bring to your attention that the house at D-33, West End Colony, which I am currently renting, requires some major repairs. The plumbing is leaking in multiple areas, and there are issues with the electrical wiring as well. Additionally, the roof seems to have developed some cracks, causing dampness in certain rooms.

    I would appreciate it if you could arrange for these repairs to be carried out at your earliest convenience, as the situation is becoming increasingly uncomfortable.

    Thank you for your attention to this matter, and I look forward to your prompt response.

    Yours sincerely,
    Dinesh Bhatia

    4. Letter requesting a home visit from a family doctor

    Shyamala Dawar
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    Dr. B.L. Aggarwala
    [Doctor’s Address]
    [City]

    Subject: Request for Home Visit for My Brother

    Dear Dr. Aggarwala,

    I hope this letter finds you well. I am writing to request that you kindly come to our home to see my brother Bhim, who has been unwell for some time. His condition does not seem to be improving, and we would greatly appreciate your expertise and advice on how to proceed with his treatment.

    Please let me know when it would be convenient for you to visit, and we will make the necessary arrangements.

    Thank you for your care and attention.

    Yours sincerely,
    Shyamala Dawar

    5. Letter requesting an appointment with a dentist

    Soni
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    Dr. P.N. Hastija
    [Doctor’s Address]
    [City]

    Subject: Request for Appointment

    Dear Dr. Hastija,

    I hope you are doing well. I am writing to request an appointment for a dental check-up, as one of my teeth has been causing me some discomfort recently. I would appreciate it if you could kindly schedule an appointment for me at your earliest convenience.

    Please let me know the available dates and times for the check-up, and I will adjust my schedule accordingly.

    Thank you for your attention.

    Yours sincerely,
    Soni

    Letter Writing

    Exercise 24.3

    1. Write a letter to the principal of your school to exempt you from appearing for half-yearly exams as you are down with chicken pox.
    2. Write a letter to your principal asking for his permission to take part in an Inter-School Cricket Tournament.
    3. Write a letter to your principal asking him to exempt you from paying fees for the last semester.
    4. Write a letter to the proprietor of a sports company, Modern Sports, located in Karol Bagh. Ask them to send you a pair of football shoes. Give him details of size, brand, colour and the mode of despatch.
    5. Write a letter to the Superintendent of police, complaining about the behaviour of a policeman on duty.
    6. Write a letter to your father, requesting him to allow you to join a school trip to Chennai.
    7. Write a letter to a friend, apologising for damaging the bicycle he lent you. Explain how the accident happened and state how you will make good the damage.
    8. Given below is what your friend wrote to you. Write a complete letter replying to it in about one hundred words.
    “What is the matter with you? It must be six months or more since I heard from you. Your long silence is worrying. me I have written to you at least half a dozen letters. but I have received no replies. Do please reply to this letter by return of post.”

    Answers:

    1. Letter requesting exemption from half-yearly exams due to illness

    [Your Name]
    [Your Class and Section]
    [School Name]
    [Date]

    The Principal
    [School Name]
    [School Address]

    Subject: Request for Exemption from Half-Yearly Exams Due to Illness

    Respected Sir/Madam,

    I hope this letter finds you well. I regret to inform you that I have been diagnosed with chicken pox, and the doctor has advised complete rest for at least two weeks. Due to my illness, I will not be able to appear for the upcoming half-yearly exams.

    I kindly request you to exempt me from these exams and allow me to take the exams at a later date or consider alternative arrangements.

    Thank you for your understanding.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]
    [Your Class and Section]

    2. Letter requesting permission to participate in an Inter-School Cricket Tournament

    [Your Name]
    [Your Class and Section]
    [School Name]
    [Date]

    The Principal
    [School Name]
    [School Address]

    Subject: Request for Permission to Participate in Inter-School Cricket Tournament

    Respected Sir/Madam,

    I am writing to request your kind permission to allow me to participate in the upcoming Inter-School Cricket Tournament, which will be held from [date] to [date]. I have been selected as part of the school cricket team, and I am keen to represent our school in this prestigious tournament.

    I assure you that I will catch up on any missed work and maintain my academic performance.

    I hope you will grant me permission to participate.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]
    [Your Class and Section]

    Letter requesting exemption from paying fees for the last semester

    [Your Name]
    [Your Class and Section]
    [School Name]
    [Date]

    The Principal
    [School Name]
    [School Address]

    Subject: Request for Exemption from Paying Fees for the Last Semester

    Respected Sir/Madam,

    I hope this letter finds you in good health. I am writing to request your kind consideration for an exemption from paying the fees for the last semester due to financial difficulties faced by my family. My father’s business has been severely impacted, and we are struggling to meet the expenses.

    I would be very grateful if you could grant me a waiver for the fees or allow me to pay in installments.

    Thank you for your understanding and support.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]
    [Your Class and Section]

    Letter to sports company requesting a pair of football shoes

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    The Proprietor
    Modern Sports
    Karol Bagh
    New Delhi

    Subject: Request for a Pair of Football Shoes

    Dear Sir/Madam,

    I wish to purchase a pair of football shoes from your esteemed company. I would like to order a pair of size 9 shoes in the [Brand] brand and in black color. Please ensure that the shoes are dispatched to my address through courier service.

    Kindly send me the details regarding payment options and the expected delivery date.

    Thank you.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]

    Letter of complaint about a policeman’s behavior

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    The Superintendent of Police
    [Police Station Name]
    [City]

    Subject: Complaint Regarding a Policeman’s Behavior

    Respected Sir,

    I am writing to lodge a complaint about the behavior of one of the policemen on duty near [location] on [date]. The officer was extremely rude and uncooperative when I approached him for assistance with a traffic-related query. His conduct was not in line with the professionalism expected from law enforcement personnel.

    I kindly request you to take appropriate action and ensure that such behavior is not repeated in the future.

    Thank you for your attention to this matter.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]

    Letter requesting permission to join a school trip to Chennai

    [Your Name]
    [Your Class and Section]
    [School Name]
    [Date]

    Dear Father,

    I hope you are doing well. I wanted to let you know that our school is organizing an educational trip to Chennai from [date] to [date]. The trip includes visits to historical sites, museums, and cultural landmarks, which I believe will be both educational and fun.

    I would love to join this trip as it will provide a great learning opportunity. The cost of the trip is reasonable, and I can assure you that all safety measures will be in place.

    Please do consider my request and allow me to go on this trip.

    Looking forward to your positive response.

    Yours lovingly,
    [Your Name]

    Letter apologizing for damaging a friend’s bicycle

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I hope you are doing well. I am writing to sincerely apologize for damaging your bicycle, which you kindly lent to me. Unfortunately, while riding, I accidentally hit a curb and lost control, which resulted in a dent on the front wheel.

    I deeply regret the incident and will make sure to have the bicycle repaired at my own expense. I hope you will forgive me for this accident, and I will ensure the bike is returned to you in good condition.

    Once again, I apologize for the inconvenience caused.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]

    8. Reply to a friend’s letter asking why you haven’t written for a long time

    [Your Name]
    [Your Address]
    [Date]

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I was so glad to receive your letter, and I am truly sorry for my long silence. Life has been incredibly busy over the past six months, with a lot of unexpected events and challenges. I assure you it was never my intention to worry you, and I feel bad for not responding to your earlier letters.

    I have been juggling school, family commitments, and some personal matters, which made it difficult to find time to write. But now that things have settled down, I will definitely stay in touch more regularly.

    Thank you for your patience, and I hope we can catch up soon.

    Yours sincerely,
    [Your Name]

    Invitation

    Exercise 24.4

    1. On behalf of Mr and Mrs Ranganathan, draft an invitation for the wedding of their son, Kumar Veer with Mangala, the daughter of Mr & Mrs Tejpal Singh. The wedding is scheduled for 28th January, 20 ________ at the Community Center, Sunder Nagar.
    2. The National Geographic Society is planning to organise an Inter School Quiz Contest. Draft a suitable invitation to be sent to school indicating all the rules.
    3. You are the Sports Secretary of your school. You had organised an Inter-School Athletic Championship in your school. On the day of the culmination of the competitions, Chairman, CBSE will be giving away the prizes. Draft a suitable invitation to be sent to parents and Principals of neighbourhood schools.
    4. The Indian Council for Cultural Relations has organised an International Folk Festival in which various countries will be putting up their folk dances and folk songs. The festival will be inaugurated on 23rd October, 20_________________ at the Siri Fort Auditorium. Draft an invitation to be sent to selected VIPs only.

    Answers:

    1. Wedding Invitation for Kumar Veer and Mangala

    Mr. and Mrs. Ranganathan
    cordially invite you to the wedding of their son
    Kumar Veer
    with
    Mangala
    Daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Tejpal Singh

    on Sunday, 28th January, 20___
    at 7:00 PM
    at the Community Center, Sunder Nagar

    We would be delighted by your gracious presence to bless the couple.

    RSVP
    Mr. & Mrs. Ranganathan: [Phone Number]
    Mr. & Mrs. Tejpal Singh: [Phone Number]

    2. Invitation for Inter-School Quiz Contest

    The National Geographic Society
    invites your school to participate in the
    Inter-School Quiz Contest

    Date: [Insert Date]
    Time: [Insert Time]
    Venue: [Insert Venue]

    Rules & Guidelines:

    • Each school can send a team of 2 students.
    • The quiz will consist of general knowledge, geography, and science topics.
    • Participants must be from classes 9-12.
    • Registration closes on [Insert Date].

    We look forward to your school’s participation in this exciting event.

    RSVP
    [Contact Person’s Name]
    [Phone Number]
    [Email Address]

    3. Invitation for Inter-School Athletic Championship Prize Distribution

    [School Name]
    cordially invites you to the
    Inter-School Athletic Championship
    Prize Distribution Ceremony

    The competitions have come to an exciting culmination, and we are honored to have
    Mr. [Chairman’s Name], Chairman, CBSE
    as the Chief Guest, who will be giving away the prizes.

    Date: [Insert Date]
    Time: [Insert Time]
    Venue: [Insert Venue]

    We look forward to your esteemed presence to encourage and celebrate the young athletes.

    RSVP
    [Your Name]
    Sports Secretary
    [Phone Number]
    [Email Address]

    4. Invitation for International Folk Festival by ICCR

    The Indian Council for Cultural Relations (ICCR)
    cordially invites you to the
    International Folk Festival

    Various countries will be showcasing their
    Folk Dances and Folk Songs
    from across the globe.

    The festival will be inaugurated on
    23rd October, 20___
    at 6:00 PM
    at the Siri Fort Auditorium

    Your esteemed presence will make the evening truly memorable.

    RSVP
    [Contact Person’s Name]
    [Phone Number]
    [Email Address]

    E-mail

    Exercise 24.5
    1. You are Anubhav. You have got passes for the final Ranji Trophy Match between Haryana and Mumbai to be played at Lahiri. Send an e-mail to your friend Sameer, asking him to see the match with you. Tell him it is Sachin Tendhulkar’s last Ranji Trophy Match.
    2. You have to go for the wedding of your friend’s sister, but you are down with flu. Send an e-mail to your friend expressing your inability to attend the marriage.
    3. Your grandfather sent you an expensive wrist watch on your birthday . Send an e -mail expressing your thanks to him.
    4. Send an e – mail to your friend describing what you felt when you saw Sachin Tendulkar play for the last time in Mumbai.
    5. Send an e – mail to your elder sister asking for advice to reduce without giving up your favourite sweets.

    Answers:

    1. E-mail inviting a friend to see the Ranji Trophy match

    Subject: Sachin Tendulkar’s Last Ranji Match – Join Me!

    Dear Sameer,

    I hope you’re doing great! I just got passes for the final Ranji Trophy match between Haryana and Mumbai, which will be played at Lahiri. The match is extra special because it’s Sachin Tendulkar’s last Ranji Trophy match!

    I’d love for you to join me for this historic moment. The match is on [insert date], and we can head out early to grab good seats. Let me know if you can make it!

    Looking forward to your reply.

    Cheers,
    Anubhav

    2. E-mail expressing inability to attend a wedding due to illness

    Subject: Apologies for Missing Your Sister’s Wedding

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I hope you’re doing well. I was really looking forward to attending your sister’s wedding, but unfortunately, I am down with the flu and the doctor has advised me to rest for a few days.

    I’m truly sorry that I won’t be able to be there for the big day. Please convey my best wishes and congratulations to your sister and family. I hope to catch up with you soon once I’ve recovered.

    Take care!

    Warm regards,
    [Your Name]

    3. E-mail thanking grandfather for the birthday gift

    Subject: Thank You for the Amazing Birthday Gift!

    Dear Grandpa,

    I hope you’re doing well. I just wanted to send you a big thank you for the wonderful wristwatch you sent me for my birthday! It’s absolutely stunning, and I feel so lucky to have received such a thoughtful and generous gift from you.

    Every time I wear it, I’ll think of you and the special bond we share. I really appreciate your love and care.

    Take care and lots of love,
    [Your Name]

    4. . E-mail describing feelings after watching Sachin Tendulkar’s last match

    Subject: Watching Sachin’s Last Match – An Emotional Moment

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I hope you’re doing well. I had the incredible experience of watching Sachin Tendulkar play his last match in Mumbai, and I wanted to share how I felt. It was such a mix of emotions – joy, pride, and a touch of sadness, knowing it was the end of an era.

    The crowd’s energy was unbelievable, cheering for every run and every moment he spent on the field. Watching him walk off for the last time brought tears to my eyes. It’s a memory I’ll cherish forever.

    Hope we can catch up soon and talk more about it!

    Best,
    [Your Name]

    5. E-mail asking for advice on losing weight without giving up sweets

    Subject: Need Your Advice on Losing Weight (Without Giving Up Sweets!)

    Dear [Sister’s Name],

    I hope you’re doing well. I’ve been trying to lose some weight lately, but as you know, I’ve got a sweet tooth, and it’s hard to give up my favorite treats! I was hoping you could give me some advice on how I can shed a few pounds without completely giving up sweets.

    I know you’ve always had great tips for balancing a healthy lifestyle, so I’d really appreciate any suggestions you have. Looking forward to hearing from you!

    Take care,
    [Your Name]

    E-mail Writing

    Exercise 24.6

    1. The Principal, Ms Rama Joshi wishes to tell her staff that the school will remain closed for the next 2 days (mention the dates ) as two cases of dengue fever have been detected. Write an e – mail on her behalf.
    2. As incharge of Sanawar School Alumni, send an e- mail to all students for a Sanawar Reunion lunch hosted by your school on 16 October, 20 _______.
    Hints : [From : mssinha@sanawar.com
    To : sanawaralumni@sanawar.com
    Subject : Reunion lunch 16 October, 20 _________
    3. As the Sports Head of new Era School, send an e- mail to the school captain informing him of an inter-school football match on Sunday 5th November 20 ________.
    4. As the secretary of the ladies club of your colony send an e – mail to all members to attend an emergency meeting on 28th June 20 _______, to discuss spate of thefts in the colony.
    5. As a concerned mother send e- mail to the President of your Residents Welfare Association about the alarming rise in the number of stray dogs in your colony. Suggest some ways to get rid of them.

    Answers:

    1. . E-mail from the Principal regarding school closure

    Subject: School Closed for Next 2 Days Due to Dengue Cases

    Dear Staff,

    This is to inform you that the school will remain closed on [insert dates] as a precautionary measure. Two cases of dengue fever have been detected among the students, and we want to ensure the health and safety of everyone.

    Please inform your respective classes about this closure and resume teaching from the following day. Further updates will be communicated if necessary.

    Thank you for your cooperation.

    Best regards,
    Ms. Rama Joshi
    Principal

    2. E-mail invitation for Sanawar School Reunion Lunch

    From: mssinha@sanawar.com
    To: sanawaralumni@sanawar.com
    Subject: Reunion Lunch – 16th October, 20___

    Dear Sanawar Alumni,

    We are pleased to invite you to the Sanawar Reunion Lunch hosted by the school on 16th October, 20___. It will be a wonderful opportunity to reconnect with old friends, reminisce about our school days, and share updates.

    Venue: [Insert venue]
    Time: [Insert time]

    We look forward to seeing you there and celebrating our shared memories.

    Best regards,
    Ms. Sinha
    Incharge, Sanawar School Alumni


    3. E-mail informing about the inter-school football match

    Subject: Inter-School Football Match on 5th November

    Dear [School Captain’s Name],

    I hope this message finds you well. I’m writing to inform you that our school’s football team will be participating in an Inter-School Football Match on Sunday, 5th November, 20___.

    Please coordinate with the team and ensure they are prepared. Further details regarding the venue and timings will be shared soon.

    Best regards,
    [Your Name]
    Sports Head
    New Era School

    4. . E-mail for Ladies Club emergency meeting

    Subject: Emergency Meeting on 28th June to Discuss Colony Thefts

    Dear Members,

    This is to inform you that an emergency meeting of the Ladies Club has been scheduled for 28th June, 20___, at [insert venue], to discuss the recent spate of thefts in our colony. Your attendance is crucial as we need to come together to find solutions and ensure the safety of our neighborhood.

    Looking forward to seeing you there.

    Best regards,
    [Your Name]
    Secretary, Ladies Club
    [Colony Name]


    5. E-mail to the President of Residents Welfare Association regarding stray dogs

    Subject: Concern Regarding Rise in Stray Dogs in Our Colony

    Dear [President’s Name],

    I hope you are well. I’m writing as a concerned mother about the alarming rise in the number of stray dogs in our colony. These dogs are causing disturbances and could potentially pose a threat to children and elderly residents.

    I would like to suggest that we arrange for local animal welfare authorities to conduct a round-up and shelter them humanely. Additionally, sterilization and vaccination drives could help manage the population long-term.

    I hope the association can address this issue soon for the safety of all residents.

    Best regards,
    [Your Name]

    Thank you for reading the letter which is provided as the solution for Elementary English Grammar for class 7. for more solution search this website.

  • Story Writing Exercises with Answers for Class 7

    Story Writing Exercises with Answers for Class 7 and worksheet with solution from the Elementary English Grammar book for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Story Writing

    Exercise 23.1

    1. Write a short story titled. “Lost and Rescued.”
    2. Write an imaginary short beginning with, “I looked in utter surprise at the scene before again.’
    3. Write a short which ends with the sentence, “Sorry Father! I will never disobey you again.”
    4. Write a story which has a hunter; a dog and deer in it.

    Answers:

    1. Lost and Rescued

    Ravi, a 10-year-old boy, loved adventures. One day, during a family picnic in the forest, Ravi wandered off, curious about the sounds of chirping birds. Before he knew it, he was lost. The trees around him looked the same, and panic set in as he realized he couldn’t find his way back.

    Ravi tried calling for help, but no one responded. Hours passed, and it started getting dark. Fear gripped him, and tears filled his eyes. Just when Ravi thought he’d never see his family again, he heard a rustling in the bushes. A group of forest rangers appeared, led by his family’s faithful dog, Bruno, who had followed his scent.

    The rangers assured him that everything would be okay and guided him back to the campsite, where his worried parents were anxiously waiting. Overcome with relief, Ravi promised to never wander off alone again. That day, he learned the true meaning of being lost and rescued.

    2. “I Looked in Utter Surprise at the Scene Before Me Again”

    I looked in utter surprise at the scene before me again. The once quiet town square was now filled with bright colors, laughter, and bustling activity. Just a few hours ago, the streets were empty, the sky overcast. Now, as if by magic, the entire place had transformed into a lively carnival.

    Children ran around in excitement, vendors sold delicious snacks, and the air was filled with the sound of music. I rubbed my eyes in disbelief. How could everything change so quickly? A man in a magician’s costume noticed my confusion and smiled. “Sometimes, all it takes is a little magic to bring life back to the ordinary,” he said with a wink.

    I wandered through the square, amazed at how everything seemed so alive and full of joy. It was a reminder that even the dullest days could turn into the most unforgettable moments if you just believed in a little magic.

    3. “Sorry Father! I Will Never Disobey You Again”

    Rohan had always been a curious boy, often disobeying his father’s advice. One evening, his father warned him not to play near the riverbank after dark. But Rohan, feeling rebellious, decided to go anyway, thinking he would be careful enough.

    As he skipped stones by the water, he noticed the current growing stronger. Suddenly, he slipped on a wet rock and fell into the rushing river. Struggling to stay afloat, he realized the danger he was in. Panic consumed him as he called for help.

    By a stroke of luck, his father, worried about him, had come looking for him. Without hesitation, his father dove into the water, pulling him to safety. Shivering and scared, Rohan realized how foolish he had been.

    As they sat by the fire, drying off, Rohan looked at his father with teary eyes and said, “Sorry Father! I will never disobey you again.”

    4. The Hunter, The Dog, and The Deer

    One fine morning, a hunter set out into the forest with his loyal dog by his side. The forest was calm, but the hunter had his eyes set on catching a deer. After hours of searching, he spotted a graceful deer grazing near a stream.

    Quietly, he raised his bow, ready to take the shot. Just as he was about to release the arrow, his dog barked loudly, startling the deer, which bolted into the woods. The hunter was furious. “Why did you do that?” he scolded the dog.

    But the dog, sensing something, ran ahead. Confused, the hunter followed, only to find that the deer had led them to a hidden trap set by poachers. The hunter realized that his dog had saved the deer from being caught in the poacher’s snare.

    Instead of being upset, the hunter smiled. He lowered his bow and let the deer go, grateful for his dog’s instinct. “Sometimes, even the hunter must learn when to let go,” he thought as they walked back home.

    Complete stories

    Exercise 23.2 Write complete stories based on the following outlines :-

    1. A slave runs away from his cruel master-a lion in the forest-crying with pain-the slave takes out a thorn from his foot-a few months later-the slave caught by his master’s men-ordered to be thrown before a hungry lion-the rushes at him-licks his feet-remembers his old kindness-the slave and set at liberty.

    2. An Indian Wedding

    Bank country-various wedding customs-for Hindus wedding a grand affair-on the fixed day bride groom goes to the bride’s house in a procession-the party is received and entertained -at night ceremony is performed by the priest-the bride is brought home by the bridegroom.

    3. A Bank Robbery

    Bank crowded – robbers enter – masks, gun-Don’t move’ – pushed customers aside – threaten staff – two robbers at the entrance – two robbers at the behind the counter – take money – put in their bags – Manager helplessly watching – alarm bell – robbers ran away – sa car outside – fire into the air – police came – collected information.

    4. Our Principal called three of us and said, “Are you students or …………………………”
    5. I learnt a very valuable lesson from this incident.
    6. We forgot enmity and become friends again.

    Answers:

    1. The Slave and the Lion

    Once upon a time, there was a slave who was treated cruelly by his master. Tired of the harsh treatment, he decided to run away and escape into the forest. While wandering through the woods, he heard the roar of a lion. Fear gripped him, but when he approached, he saw the lion lying in pain, a large thorn stuck in its paw.

    Overcoming his fear, the slave carefully approached the lion and gently pulled out the thorn. The lion, relieved of its pain, looked at him gratefully and limped away. The slave continued living in the forest until, a few months later, he was caught by his master’s men.

    As punishment for running away, the master ordered the slave to be thrown before a hungry lion in the arena. To the shock of the crowd, when the lion charged at the slave, it stopped, recognized him, and began licking his feet. It was the same lion whose life he had saved.

    Seeing this, the master was moved by the lion’s loyalty and the slave’s kindness. He set the slave free, and the two walked out of the arena, no longer enemies but as unlikely friends.

    2. An Indian Wedding

    In a quiet village in the Indian countryside, a grand wedding was about to take place. The bride and groom, both from traditional Hindu families, were eagerly awaiting the day that had been fixed for their marriage. Weddings in India are elaborate affairs, full of customs and ceremonies that bring together families and friends.

    On the wedding day, the groom set off for the bride’s house, leading a grand procession of family members, friends, and musicians. The party was filled with excitement, with people dancing to the beats of the drums and singing songs of celebration.

    When they reached the bride’s home, the groom’s party was warmly welcomed and entertained with delicious food and sweets. As night fell, the priest began the sacred wedding ceremony, chanting mantras and guiding the couple through the traditional rituals. The bride and groom exchanged vows, promising to support each other for life.

    After the ceremony, the bride was tearfully bid farewell by her family and accompanied by the groom to his home, where she would begin her new life. It was a day of joy, tradition, and new beginnings.

    3. A Bank Robbery

    It was a regular day at the city bank, which was bustling with customers making transactions and staff assisting them. Suddenly, four masked robbers stormed into the bank, brandishing guns. One of them shouted, “Don’t move!” as they pushed the frightened customers aside.

    Two robbers stood by the entrance, while the other two jumped behind the counter, threatening the staff and demanding money. They emptied the cash drawers into their bags, moving swiftly while the manager watched helplessly, unable to act. The tension in the air was thick as everyone feared for their lives.

    Just as the robbers were about to leave, someone discreetly hit the alarm bell. The robbers panicked and ran out of the bank, firing shots into the air to scare off any pursuit. They sped off in a waiting car as the police arrived on the scene.

    Though the robbers managed to escape, the police quickly gathered information from witnesses, hoping to track them down. The robbery left everyone shaken, but fortunately, no one was harmed.

    4. “Are You Students or Trouble-Makers?”

    Our Principal called three of us into his office, a stern look on his face. “Are you students or trouble-makers?” he asked, raising an eyebrow. The three of us stood nervously, shifting from foot to foot. We had been caught playing pranks on our classmates, and now it seemed we were in serious trouble.

    “Do you know how important it is to maintain discipline in school?” he continued, his voice firm but not unkind. We nodded silently, realizing how our mischief had disrupted the class and caused embarrassment to the teacher.

    The Principal sighed and then said, “I believe every student has the potential to learn and grow, but that depends on the choices you make. You can either continue down this path or take responsibility for your actions and become better students.”

    We felt a wave of guilt wash over us. We knew we had crossed a line. After a few moments of silence, we apologized and promised to behave more responsibly in the future. The Principal nodded, giving us one last chance to prove ourselves.

    5. A Valuable Lesson Learned

    It was a regular afternoon when I received a call from my best friend, telling me they had an important assignment due the next day and needed help. I was already swamped with my own work, but I decided to lend a hand. We stayed up late, working through the night to get everything done.

    The next day, after submitting both our assignments, I realized I had made a major error in my own work because of how rushed I was. My friend, on the other hand, submitted a perfect paper. I was frustrated, not at my friend, but at myself for not balancing my priorities better.

    From that incident, I learned a very valuable lesson: while it’s important to help others, you must also take care of your own responsibilities first. Since that day, I’ve been more mindful of managing my time and balancing the needs of others with my own.

    6. We Forgot Our Enmity and Became Friends Again

    Amit and I had been best friends since childhood, but one day, a small misunderstanding escalated into a big fight. We stopped talking to each other, our enmity growing with every passing day. It was hard to believe that we had once shared so much and now barely exchanged a word.

    One evening, during a school function, we both ended up in the same room. The awkward silence was unbearable. Finally, Amit broke the ice. “This is silly,” he said, “We’ve been friends for so long. Let’s forget about this fight.”

    I realized then how much I had missed our friendship. With a smile, I agreed, and we shook hands, putting the past behind us. From that day forward, we forgot our enmity and became friends again, stronger than before.

    Thank you for reading above story writing solution. For more solutions of Elementary English Grammar search this website.

  • Essay Writing Exercises with Answers for Class 7

    Essay Writing Exercises with Answers for Class 7 and worksheet with solutions from the Elementary English Grammar book for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Essay Writing

    Exercise 22.2

    1. You attended an S.U.P.W AND C.S Camp (Socially Useful Productive Work and Community Service Camp) of your school. Describe in about one hundred and fifty words you did. You may use the following words in your answer.

    Site of the camp, teachers, preparations, instructions, reach the camp site, near the jungle, a beautiful place, clean the camp-area, fix tents, decorate, collect wood, cook food, survey work, nearby village, clean streets, sweep garbage, dig pits, make useful things, cultural programme, lessons, prizes awarded, enjoy, return.

    2. Describe a fire that broke out in your neighbourhood last night. You may make use of the following hints in your answer.

    A house on fire-alarm -smoke and flames coming out of the burning house-people removing furniture-fire-engine- brave firemen pumping huge jets of water on the shooting flames-firemen saving inmates of the house-a brave deed you witnessed-boy scouts rendering help.

    3. Describe the bazaar of your town. You make use of the following hints in your answer.

    The main road passes through the bazaar-lined on either side with shops of all kinds-the confectioner’s, the grocer’s, the fruitseller’s, etc. -some shabby -looking-some attractive-a large crowd of buyers, hawkers, pedlars, beggars, old and young, men, women and children, villagers, carts, carriages, trucks, buses, cars, etc. -the policeman controlling the traffic- great din and bustle.

    4. Describe your visit to a flood-affected area. You may make use of the following hints in your answer.

    The sudden rise of water due to heavy rains-the flooding of the whole countryside-great loss of life and property-cottages of the poor farmers washed away-fields flooded with water-crop destroyed-numberless people rendered home-less-starving-a feeling of horror and sympathy in the whole country-arrival of relief parties and giving of relief.

    5. Describe your visit to an exhibition recently held in your town. you may make use of the following hints in your answer.

    An exhibition held in your district town-why? exhibition from different villages-agricultural exhibits-specimens of local pottery-artificial fruit and flowers-handloom products made by village weavers-many other exhibits-money earned was spent on the encouragement of cottage industries in the district-prizes awarded to the manufacturers.

    6. In about 200 words describe a hockey match you have witnessed in your school You may touch upon the following points.

    (a) The day and time when the match was played.
    (b) Names of the teams which played the match.
    (c) A brisk and keen game during the first half.
    (d) After the interval a keenly contested match-both the teams equally strong.
    (e) An exciting match-no goal- ended in a draw.

    Answers:

    1. S.U.P.W. and C.S. Camp Experience

    Last month, our school organized an S.U.P.W. and C.S. camp near a jungle at a beautiful campsite. Our teachers gave us clear instructions on preparations before we reached the site. We were responsible for cleaning the camp area, fixing tents, and decorating the place. The teachers guided us as we collected wood for cooking and prepared meals ourselves. We also did a survey of a nearby village, where we helped clean the streets by sweeping the garbage and digging pits. In addition, we made useful handicrafts, which were part of our productive work. In the evening, we enjoyed a cultural program where lessons on social responsibility were shared, and prizes were awarded to those who performed well in their tasks. Overall, the camp was an enriching experience filled with learning, community service, and fun. We returned home with great memories and a sense of fulfillment.

    2. Fire in the Neighborhood

    Last night, a fire broke out in a house in our neighborhood, causing panic among the residents. The loud alarm and sight of smoke and flames shooting from the burning house quickly drew attention. Neighbors rushed to help, removing furniture and trying to control the fire until the fire engine arrived. Brave firemen pumped huge jets of water onto the blazing flames, fighting valiantly to bring the fire under control. They even saved the house’s residents, who were trapped inside, performing an incredibly brave deed. I witnessed a group of Boy Scouts helping in every possible way, guiding people to safety and offering water to the firefighters. The fire was finally extinguished after a long battle, and though some damage was done, the quick action of the firemen and neighbors prevented a worse tragedy.

    3. The Bazaar in My Town

    The bazaar in my town is always buzzing with life. The main road passes right through the middle, lined on both sides with shops selling all kinds of goods. There’s the confectioner’s shop with delicious sweets, the grocer’s with essentials, and the fruit seller’s stall, displaying fresh produce. Some shops are shabby and old, while others are brightly decorated, attracting a large crowd of buyers. Hawkers shout out their wares, pedlars push carts of goods, and beggars sit at the corners, hoping for alms. The place is filled with men, women, and children—some from nearby villages. Carts, carriages, trucks, buses, and cars create a bustling traffic scene. A policeman stands at the busy intersection, controlling the flow of traffic. The air is filled with the noise of buyers bargaining, vehicles honking, and people calling out, creating a great din and bustle.

    4. Visit to a Flood-Affected Area

    I recently visited a flood-affected area, where the aftermath of heavy rains was devastating. The sudden rise of water had flooded the entire countryside, resulting in a great loss of life and property. The cottages of poor farmers were washed away, leaving them homeless. Fields were submerged, destroying crops and ruining livelihoods. I saw countless people, including families with young children, wandering with nowhere to go, hungry and desperate. The atmosphere was filled with a sense of horror and helplessness. Relief parties had arrived, distributing food, clothes, and medicine, but the damage was extensive. The government and NGOs were working tirelessly to provide shelter and aid to the survivors, but the situation left a deep impact on me. The flood brought about immense suffering, but it also showed the strength of community spirit in times of need.

    5. Visit to a District Exhibition

    Last week, I visited an exhibition held in our district town, organized to promote local industries. The exhibition featured exhibits from different villages, showcasing agricultural products, local pottery, artificial fruits and flowers, and handloom textiles made by village weavers. Each stall proudly displayed the craftsmanship and creativity of the villagers. The money earned from the exhibition was dedicated to supporting and encouraging cottage industries in the district. Prizes were awarded to the best manufacturers, motivating them to continue their hard work. The exhibition provided a platform for villagers to earn recognition and inspire growth in rural craftsmanship, ensuring that these industries remain alive and prosperous.

    6. A Hockey Match in My School

    Last Friday, a thrilling hockey match was held in our school at 4:00 PM. The teams that competed were the Blue Hawks and the Red Lions, both known for their impressive skills. From the start, the game was brisk and energetic. In the first half, both teams played with intense enthusiasm, with the ball moving quickly from one end of the field to the other. The defense on both sides was strong, preventing any goals. After the interval, the game became even more exciting. The teams were evenly matched, and it was a fierce competition as they attacked and counter-attacked. The crowd cheered loudly, completely engrossed in the game. Despite numerous attempts by both sides, the match ended in a 0-0 draw. It was an intense, fast-paced game that kept everyone on the edge of their seats until the final whistle.

    Composition

    Exercise 22.3 Write a composition either for or against the topic given :-

    1. Is cinema harmful for the young generation?
    2. Good manners are not needed in the present world.
    3. Girls should enter all professions.
    4. There should be no exams.
    5. Only the rich are happy.
    6. Honesty is always rewarded.

    Answers:

    1. Is Cinema Harmful for the Young Generation?
    For the Topic: Cinema, in today’s world, often portrays violence, inappropriate content, and unrealistic lifestyles that can negatively influence the young generation. Young minds are impressionable, and continuous exposure to harmful themes such as crime, aggression, and immoral behavior can shape their views and values in the wrong direction. Additionally, the glamorization of unhealthy habits, like smoking and excessive partying, normalizes these behaviors. Cinema also encourages a passive lifestyle, reducing time spent on productive activities like studying, reading, or exercising. The constant bombardment of shallow entertainment harms the mental and emotional well-being of the youth, leading them to prioritize instant gratification over long-term goals.

    Against the Topic: Cinema is a powerful medium that can inspire, educate, and entertain the young generation. Many films address important social issues such as poverty, gender equality, and climate change, which can raise awareness and motivate young people to take action. Good films foster creativity and imagination, allowing young minds to explore different cultures, perspectives, and ideas. Additionally, cinema provides an outlet for relaxation and emotional release, which is important for maintaining mental health. With proper guidance, young people can learn to discern positive messages from negative influences, making cinema an enriching part of their lives.

    2. Good Manners Are Not Needed in the Present World

    For the Topic: In today’s fast-paced and competitive world, success is often measured by achievement rather than politeness. Good manners may be seen as outdated in a society where assertiveness and ambition are rewarded. In business, for example, aggressive negotiation tactics often yield better results than politeness. Time constraints and technology have also reduced the need for formal communication, with people preferring efficiency over courtesy. In many situations, being overly polite can be seen as a weakness, slowing down progress in a world that values quick decisions and results.

    Against the Topic: Good manners are more essential than ever in the present world, as they form the foundation of respectful and meaningful interactions. In both personal and professional relationships, politeness, empathy, and consideration foster trust and cooperation. As society becomes more diverse, showing respect through good manners helps bridge cultural differences and prevent misunderstandings. Even in a competitive environment, individuals who demonstrate good manners often earn respect and loyalty, which can lead to long-term success. Therefore, despite the fast pace of modern life, good manners remain a valuable trait.

    3. Girls Should Enter All Professions

    For the Topic: Girls should have the freedom and opportunity to enter any profession they choose. Gender should not limit one’s aspirations, and everyone deserves the chance to pursue their passions and talents, whether in science, technology, politics, or the arts. When girls are encouraged to enter all professions, society benefits from their unique perspectives, creativity, and skills. Empowering girls to follow diverse career paths also promotes gender equality, helping to break down traditional stereotypes and creating a more inclusive workforce. Professions that were once male-dominated, like engineering or law enforcement, can benefit greatly from the participation of talented women.

    Against the Topic: While girls should have the right to choose their career paths, there are some professions that may pose challenges due to physical, social, or safety concerns. Certain fields, like mining or combat roles in the military, require physical strength and endurance that may not be suited for everyone. Moreover, some professions expose individuals to unsafe working conditions or harsh environments, and it may be difficult for women to balance these demands with personal and family responsibilities. Rather than pushing girls into every profession, it may be more beneficial to focus on providing them with safe, supportive, and meaningful career opportunities that align with their individual strengths and aspirations.

    4. There Should Be No Exams

    For the Topic: Exams put unnecessary pressure on students and are not always a true reflection of their abilities. Many students struggle with exam anxiety, which negatively impacts their performance, even if they are knowledgeable about the subject. Moreover, exams encourage rote memorization rather than a deep understanding of concepts. They often focus on academic skills at the expense of creativity, problem-solving, and practical knowledge. By eliminating exams, education can shift toward more holistic approaches that foster curiosity, critical thinking, and real-world application of knowledge, which are more important in today’s world.

    Against the Topic: Exams play an important role in evaluating a student’s knowledge and understanding. They provide a structured way to measure academic progress and ensure that students meet certain educational standards. Exams also teach important life skills, such as time management, discipline, and perseverance. Without exams, it would be difficult to assess a student’s capabilities or prepare them for future challenges in higher education or the workforce. Additionally, exams encourage healthy competition and motivate students to strive for excellence. While exams can be stressful, they remain a valuable tool in the educational process.

    5. Only the Rich Are Happy

    For the Topic: It is often said that money cannot buy happiness, but in reality, wealth provides security, comfort, and access to resources that contribute to happiness. The rich can afford better healthcare, education, and leisure activities, which improve their quality of life. They also have more control over their time and can pursue their interests without the constant worry of financial stability. With wealth, individuals can experience the finer things in life, travel, and enjoy luxurious lifestyles, which are often associated with happiness and contentment. In contrast, the poor struggle with daily survival, which can lead to stress and unhappiness.

    Against the Topic: Happiness is not determined by wealth, and many rich people suffer from loneliness, stress, and dissatisfaction. True happiness comes from meaningful relationships, personal growth, and a sense of purpose, which cannot be bought with money. Many people who live modest lives find joy in their families, friendships, and simple pleasures. Additionally, the pursuit of wealth can sometimes lead to unhappiness, as it fosters greed and materialism. Ultimately, happiness is subjective and varies from person to person. Riches may provide comfort, but they are not the key to a fulfilled and happy life.

    6. Honesty is Always Rewarded

    For the Topic: Honesty is a virtue that is always rewarded, even if the rewards are not immediate. People who are honest build trust and credibility, which are essential for success in both personal and professional relationships. Employers value integrity, and honest individuals are often respected and admired by their peers. In the long run, honesty leads to a clear conscience and peace of mind, which are invaluable rewards. While dishonesty may provide short-term gains, it eventually leads to loss of trust and credibility, whereas honesty fosters long-term respect and success.

    Against the Topic: While honesty is an important virtue, it is not always rewarded in today’s world. People who are honest may face criticism or punishment for speaking the truth, especially in environments where dishonesty is prevalent. In some cases, being honest can lead to loss of opportunities or conflicts, as honesty may not align with the interests of those in power. Dishonest individuals often get ahead in competitive fields, reaping rewards for their manipulation or deceit. While honesty is a noble trait, it is not always rewarded in the short term, and individuals may face challenges for maintaining their integrity.

    Essay Writing

    Exercise 22.4

    1. Imagine you were in Badrinath when the earthquake and floods occurred there. You had a miraculous escape. Write an account of it.
    2. Write a composition how you would act the whole day.
    3. You were standing near the beach. You saw a bottle with a letter in it. The letter asked you to make three wishes which would be fulfilled. Write a composition about what happened when you made your wishes.
    4. You find yourself suddenly making a speech as Prime Minister of India on 15th August from the ramparts of the Red Fort. What will you say to the nation?
    5. What did you do when you saw a ghost? What did the ghost do after seeing your reactions? Write an account.

    Answers:
    1. Miraculous Escape from the Badrinath Earthquake and Floods
    I had traveled to Badrinath for a peaceful pilgrimage, but what followed was a terrifying ordeal that I will never forget. The morning was calm, with pilgrims offering prayers at the temple. Suddenly, the earth trembled violently, and the once-serene surroundings were consumed by chaos. Massive floods followed as the rivers swelled beyond their banks, sweeping away everything in their path. I was near the temple when the ground began to shake, and panic erupted. With nowhere to go, I clung to a pillar as the floodwaters rushed in. Miraculously, a group of locals pulled me to higher ground just in time. From there, I watched in disbelief as parts of the town were submerged. It was sheer luck that I survived, and my heart goes out to those who weren’t as fortunate. The experience taught me the fragility of life and the power of nature, leaving me with deep gratitude for my miraculous escape.
    2. How I Would Act the Whole Day
    If I had the chance to plan an ideal day, I would begin by waking up early to the sound of chirping birds, ready for a productive yet balanced day. I would start with a refreshing morning walk, followed by some meditation to clear my mind and set positive intentions. After a healthy breakfast, I would dive into a few hours of focused work, making sure to tackle any important tasks or projects. By midday, I would take a break, spending time with family or close friends, enjoying a light-hearted conversation or a shared meal. In the afternoon, I would dedicate some time to personal growth—reading a good book or learning a new skill. As evening approaches, I’d enjoy a hobby like painting or playing a musical instrument, unwinding from the day’s responsibilities. Finally, I would end the day by reflecting on everything I achieved, feeling content and relaxed as I drift off to sleep. Every moment of this day would be spent with purpose, balance, and joy.
    3. Finding a Bottle with a Letter and Three Wishes
    I was walking along the beach, enjoying the cool breeze when something caught my eye. A bottle had washed ashore, and inside was a letter with an intriguing offer: “Make three wishes, and they will be fulfilled.” My heart raced with excitement. I hesitated for a moment, unsure of what to wish for, but then I made my first wish: world peace. As soon as I spoke, the waves seemed to calm, as if the earth itself had heard my wish. For my second wish, I asked for an end to poverty, imagining a world where no one suffered from hunger or lack of shelter. Almost immediately, I saw images of joyful faces flash before my eyes, as if the universe was answering my call. Finally, for my third wish, I asked for wisdom—to make the right choices in life. At that moment, the letter in the bottle dissolved into the air, leaving me standing alone with a sense of calm and fulfillment. Though no magical events unfolded in front of me, I felt a profound sense of responsibility, as if my wishes had set something powerful in motion.
    4. Speech as Prime Minister on 15th August
    Fellow citizens of India, on this historic day of 15th August, as we celebrate our freedom, let us remember the sacrifices of those who fought for our independence. Today, as Prime Minister, I stand before you with pride, but also with a sense of responsibility. We have achieved much in these 77 years, but there is still more to be done. Our nation is known for its diversity, and it is our unity in this diversity that makes us strong. We must continue to build a future where every citizen, regardless of caste, creed, or religion, has equal opportunities. Our focus will be on education, healthcare, and employment for all. Together, we must work towards sustainable development, ensuring that we protect our environment for future generations. Let us also recommit to the values of truth, non-violence, and justice that our great leaders have taught us. India stands tall today, and it is up to us, the citizens, to make sure our country continues to rise with dignity, peace, and prosperity. Jai Hind!
    5. What I Did When I Saw a Ghost
    It was a chilly night, and the streets were deserted as I made my way home. Suddenly, I saw a shadowy figure near a tree—it was a ghost! My heart raced, and for a moment, I was frozen with fear. My mind was screaming, “Run!” but my feet wouldn’t move. The ghost seemed to drift closer, its eerie glow intensifying. In my panic, I let out a scream and instinctively covered my eyes, hoping it would disappear. To my surprise, when I peeked through my fingers, the ghost was just as startled by my reaction as I was by its presence. It floated backward, as if unsure of what to do next. Emboldened by the ghost’s confusion, I managed to speak, stammering, “What do you want?” To my relief, the ghost simply smiled, waved, and vanished into the night without causing any harm. After that bizarre encounter, I couldn’t help but laugh at how both of us seemed equally scared!

    Thank you for reading the above Essays. For more solution of Elementary English Grammar Book search this website.

  • Short Composition Exercises with Answers for class 7

    Short Composition Exercises with Answers for class 7 and worksheet with solutions from the book Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Short paragraphs

    Exercise 21.1 Now write short paragraphs on the topics given below :-

    1. Sports day at school
    2. My favorite T.V serial
    3. An accident that you witnessed
    4. A party that you enjoyed most
    5. A book that you enjoyed reading most
    (Hint : describe the main story, specially the parts that you enjoyed most. )
    6. Friends – what they mean to you
    7. An early morning walk
    8. Pets
    9. My sister’s wedding
    10. The subject I like most

    Answers:

    1. Sports Day at School
    Sports Day at school is one of the most exciting events of the year. The playground is decorated with colorful flags, and students participate in various sports like races, long jump, and relay. The highlight of the day is the tug-of-war between the teachers and students, which always brings cheers and laughter. Winning a medal fills every participant with pride, and the event ends with the prize distribution ceremony, making it a memorable day.
    2. My Favorite TV Serial
    My favorite TV serial is “Friends.” It’s a comedy about a group of six friends living in New York City, navigating life, love, and friendship. The humor, the heartwarming moments, and the chemistry between the characters make it a joy to watch. My favorite part is when Joey and Chandler adopt a chick and a duck; their antics are hilarious. “Friends” always puts me in a good mood and never fails to make me laugh.
    3. An Accident That You Witnessed
    I once witnessed a minor car accident at a busy intersection. A car tried to overtake another vehicle and ended up bumping into it. Thankfully, no one was hurt, but the noise and the suddenness of the event were shocking. Both drivers got out and argued briefly, but eventually, they settled the matter calmly. It was a reminder of the importance of patience and alertness on the road.
    4. A Party That You Enjoyed Most
    The party I enjoyed the most was my best friend’s birthday celebration. The house was beautifully decorated, and there was a variety of delicious food. We played games, danced to our favorite songs, and even did karaoke. The best part was the surprise magic show organized by her parents, which left us all amazed. It was a night filled with laughter, fun, and unforgettable memories.
    5. A Book That You Enjoyed Reading Most
    I enjoyed reading “Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone” the most. The story of a young boy discovering he is a wizard and entering a magical world was fascinating. My favorite parts were when Harry first visits Dagon Alley and the magical duel between him and Voldemort. The sense of adventure, friendship, and mystery kept me hooked, and I felt like I was right there with Harry on his journey.
    6. Friends – What They Mean to You
    Friends are the family we choose for ourselves. They are my constant support, my partners in fun, and my source of comfort during tough times. With friends, every moment becomes more enjoyable, and every problem seems less daunting. They bring out the best in me, and I am grateful for their presence in my life.
    7. An Early Morning Walk
    An early morning walk is the perfect way to start the day. The air is fresh, and the surroundings are peaceful. The chirping of birds, the soft light of the rising sun, and the cool breeze create a calming atmosphere. I enjoy walking through the park, feeling rejuvenated and ready to take on the day ahead.
    8. Pets
    Pets are not just animals; they are loving companions who bring joy to our lives. My pet dog, Bruno, is like a member of our family. He is always excited to see me, and his playful antics never fail to make me smile. Pets teach us responsibility, compassion, and the purest form of love, making our lives richer and happier.
    9. My Sister’s Wedding
    My sister’s wedding was a grand and emotional affair. The house was filled with relatives, and there was a lot of excitement in the air. From the beautiful decorations to the delicious food, everything was perfect. My favorite moment was when my sister walked down the aisle; she looked stunning. It was a day full of joy, laughter, and a few happy tears, making it one of the most cherished events of our lives.
    10. The Subject I Like Most
    The subject I like most is English. I love reading stories, learning new words, and expressing my thoughts through writing. English allows me to explore different worlds and understand diverse perspectives. It helps me communicate effectively and sparks my creativity, making every class enjoyable and engaging.

    Exercise 21.2 You are Ritesh. A Friend of your mother, Mrs Khanna, rang up at 11 o’clock while your mother was away to a movie. Mrs Khanna told you to tell your mother that the Ladies Club meeting to be held at her house at 6 p.m. that day has been cancelled. Mrs Khanna’s daughter is indisposed and she is leaving for Delhi. Write a message for your mother, as you are leaving for your tuition class. Do not exceed 50 words.

    Answers:
    Date: [Today’s Date]
    Time: 11:00 a.m.
    Mrs. Khanna called to inform you that the Ladies Club meeting scheduled at her house today at 6 p.m. has been cancelled. Her daughter is unwell, and she is leaving for Delhi.
    – Ritesh

    Exercise 21.3 Read the following conversation and write a message of not more than 50 Words :-

    Satish : Hello! Hello!. Is this 23527916?
    Rani : Yes. May I know who is calling?
    Satish : I’m Satish. Could I speak to Ranjan, please?
    Rani : I’m sorry he is not at home. Could I give him a message?
    Satish : Please tell Ranjan that Anil and his family have met with an accident. They are admitted in Kailash Hospital. Anil is seriously hurt. We are all going to the hospital. Could he join us as soon as he can? The family is in urgent need of blood donation.
    Rani : Oh, I’m sorry. I’ll inform Ranjan as soon as he comes.
    Satish : Thank you, bye.

    Answers:

    Message for Ranjan
    Date: [Today’s Date]
    Time: [Time of Call]
    Satish called to inform that Anil and his family have met with an accident and are admitted to Kailash Hospital. Anil is seriously hurt. Satish and others are going to the hospital. Please join them urgently as blood donation is needed.
    – Rani

    Exercise 21.4 You are Hari. You leave a message with Ramesh’s mother about a football match in the evening at 4 o’clock in which your friend Ramesh must participate. Ramesh’s mother leaves a message for him as she has to go out. Write the message in 40 words.

    Answers:

    Message for Ramesh

    Date: [Today’s Date]
    Time: [Time of Message]

    Hari called to remind you about the football match scheduled for this evening at 4 o’clock. Your participation is essential, so please make sure to be there on time.

    – Mom

    Exercise 21.5

    1. You are Arushi Vasudev, Cultural Secretary of the MBD School, Ranchi. Your school is presenting a play, “Merchant of Venice” by Shakespeare. Write an advertisement for it in the local newspaper. You must state the date, time, venue and the price of the tickets in your advertisement (50 words).
    2. You belong to a business family which is shortly going to open a Garment Showroom in Lajpat Nagar, New Delhi. Write an advertisement for it. Write the date, exact venue time, and the kind of garments on display.
    3. Write an advertisement for a new hair oil you are going to launch soon. Write about its qualities. Give a catchy name to your hair oil.

    Answers:

    1. Advertisement for School Play

    MBD School, Ranchi presents the classic play “Merchant of Venice” by Shakespeare.
    Date: 25th September
    Time: 6:00 PM
    Venue: MBD School Auditorium
    Tickets: ₹100 (Students), ₹200 (Adults)
    Come and enjoy an evening of drama and classic literature!
    2. Advertisement for Garment Showroom
    Grand Opening of Vasudev Garments!
    A premium showroom offering the latest in men’s, women’s, and kids’ fashion.
    Date: 20th September
    Time: 11:00 AM
    Venue: Main Market, Lajpat Nagar, New Delhi
    Enjoy exclusive discounts on our opening day!
    3. Advertisement for Hair Oil
    Introducing “Shine Bliss Hair Oil”!
    A blend of natural ingredients for healthy, lustrous hair. Prevents hair fall, promotes growth, and adds a silky shine. Perfect for all hair types!
    Launch Date: 1st October
    Experience the magic of nature in every drop. Get ready to shine with Shine Bliss!

    Exercise 21.6

    1. Prepare an attractive poster to celebrate Mother’s Day. Try to write a catchy slogan. ‘Cleanliness Week’ is being observed in your school. Make a poster highlighting the importance of cleanliness.
    2. An Inter-school Poster Competition is to be held in your school. The topic chosen is “SAVE THE GIRL CHILD.” You are one of the participants in the competition. Make a relevant and attractive poster on the topic given.
    3. Your school is going to hold a Science Exhibition. Make an attractive poster for the exhibition.
    5. Make a poster for the Teacher’ Day.
    6. Make a poster for “Road Safety Week” to be observed in your city.
    7. The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare are holding a On the Spot Painting Competition on November 24, 20 _______.
    For the Senior Group (age 11-15 years), the theme is : Health is Wealth
    For the Junior Group (age 6-10 years), the theme is : Eat Healthy – Be Healthy.
    Make an attractive poster with the necessary details.

    Answers:

    1. Mother’s Day Poster
    Slogan: “A Mother’s Love is the Heart of a Happy Family!”
    Poster Content:
    (i) Large colorful flowers around the border
    (ii) Illustration of a mother hugging her children
    (iii) Add a line: “Join us in celebrating Mother’s Day!”
    (iv) Include the date and time of the celebration in the school.

    2. Cleanliness Week Poster
    Slogan: “Cleanliness is Next to Godliness!”
    Poster Content:
    (i) Add the dates for Cleanliness Week.
    (ii) A bright image of students cleaning the school or neighborhood
    (iii) Highlight benefits: “Clean Surroundings, Healthy Life!”
    (iv) Encourage participation with a line: “Join us in keeping our school and community clean!”

    3. Save the Girl Child Poster
    Slogan: “Educate, Empower, Save the Girl Child!”
    Poster Content:
    (i) Mention the details of the poster competition (time, venue).
    (ii) Image of a girl reaching out to a brighter future
    (iii) Add: “A girl is a dreamer, a doer, a future leader.”
    (iv) Emphasize the importance of education and equal rights.

    4. Science Exhibition Poster
    Slogan: “Explore the World of Science!”
    Poster Content:
    (i) Date, time, and location of the exhibition.
    (ii) Graphics of rockets, robots, and scientific experiments
    (iii) Add: “Join us for the Annual Science Exhibition!”
    (iv) List a few exciting displays like robotics, space technology, renewable energy.

    5. Teacher’s Day Poster
    Slogan: “A Teacher Plants the Seeds of Knowledge!”
    Poster Content:
    (i) Include the date of the event and special programs.
    (ii) A tree with books as leaves, symbolizing growth and learning.
    (iii) Add: “Celebrate Teacher’s Day with gratitude and respect.”

    6. Road Safety Week Poster
    Slogan: “Safety on the Road, Safe at Home!”
    Poster Content:
    (i) Mention the dates of Road Safety Week and activities in the city.
    (ii) A bold image of a pedestrian crossing and traffic signals.
    (iii) Add: “Follow traffic rules, save lives!”
    (iv) List important safety tips: Wear helmets, follow speed limits, use seat belts.

    7. Health & Family Welfare Painting Competition Poster
    Slogan: “Health is the Real Wealth!” (for Senior Group) Slogan: “Eat Right, Be Bright!” (for Junior Group)
    Poster Content:
    (i) Location, Time, and Registration Details.
    (ii) Vibrant illustrations of fruits, vegetables, and kids playing outdoors.
    (iii) Add: “On-the-Spot Painting Competition”
    (iv) Include the details:
    Date: November 24, 20__.
    Senior Group (Age 11-15): “Health is Wealth”
    Junior Group (Age 6-10): “Eat Healthy – Be Healthy”

    Thank you for reading for more solution of Elementary English Grammar scroll this website.

  • Words Often Confused Exercises with Answers for class 7

    Words Often Confused Exercises with Answers for class 7 and worksheet with solutions of Elementary English Grammar Book for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 19.1 Point out from within the brackets the words that are not suitable in the Following sentences :-
    1. All (accept,  except) Raman were present. 
    2. We cannot (accept, except)  your offer. 
    3. I can not (accede, exceed)  to your request. 
    4. Does his expenditure (accede, exceed)   his income? 
    5. Our country has an (access, excess)   of imports over exports.  
    6. He has an easy (access, excess)  to the Governor.
    7. We must (adopt, adapt, adept)   ourselves to the changing circumstances. 
    8. He is (adopt, adapt, adept)   in photography. 
    9. She is going to (adopt, adapt, adept)   this motherless child. 
    10. She acted upon my (advice, advise).  
    11. I (advice, advise)  you not to offend your boss. 
    12. Bad weather is sure to (affect, effect)   her health. 
    13. My advice had no (affect, effect)  on him. 
    14. The offerings were placed on the (altar, alter). 
    15. Nothing can (altar,  alter) my decision.  
    16. The wound in the (heal, heel)  took a long time to (heal, heel).  
    17. Let’s go out to have some fresh(air, heir).  
    18. He is (air, heir) to a large fortune.  
    19. The (cattle, kettle)  are grazing in the park. 
    20. They boiled some water in a (cattle, kettle). 

    Answers:
    1. All (accept, except) Raman were present.
    (accept is not suitable)
    2. We cannot (accept, except) your offer.
    (except is not suitable)
    3. I can not (accede, exceed) to your request.
    (exceed is not suitable)
    4. Does his expenditure (accede, exceed) his income?
    (accede is not suitable)
    5. Our country has an (excess, access) of imports over exports.
    (access is not suitable)
    6. He has an easy (access, excess) to the Governor.
    (excess is not suitable)
    7. We must (adapt, adopt, adept) ourselves to the changing circumstances.
    (adopt and adept are not suitable)
    8. He is (adopt, adapt, adept) in photography.
    (adopt and adapt are not suitable)
    9. She is going to (adopt, adapt, adept) this motherless child.
    (adapt and adept are not suitable)
    10. She acted upon my (advice, advise).
    (advise is not suitable)
    11. I (advice, advise) you not to offend your boss.
    (advice is not suitable)
    12. Bad weather is sure to (affect, effect) her health.
    (effect is not suitable)
    13. My advice had no (affect, effect) on him.
    (affect is not suitable)
    14. The offerings were placed on the (altar, alter).
    (alter is not suitable)
    15. Nothing can (altar, alter) my decision.
    (altar is not suitable)
    16. The wound in the (heel, heal) took a long time to (heal, heel).
    (heel and heal are not suitable in the reverse places)
    17. Let’s go out to have some fresh (air, heir).
    (heir is not suitable)
    18. He is (air, heir) to a large fortune.
    (air is not suitable)
    19. The (cattle, kettle) are grazing in the park.
    (kettle is not suitable)
    20. They boiled some water in a (cattle, kettle).
    (cattle is not suitable)

    Fill in the blanks

    Exercise 19.3 Now, with the help of a dictionary, find out similar words and their meanings. The Word, whose pair you have to find, are given :-

    1. Way
    2. Sail
    3. Wait
    4. Right
    5. Team
    6. Bridal
    7. Veil
    8. Sole
    9. Naughty
    10. Plain

    Answers:
    1. Way
    Path: A route or track for traveling.
    Route: A specific course or direction followed to reach a destination.
    2. Sail
    Voyage: A long journey, typically by sea.
    Navigate: To direct a ship or other form of transport.
    3. Wait
    Delay: A period of time by which something is postponed.
    Pause: A temporary stop in action or speech.
    4. Right
    Correct: Free from errors; accurate.
    Just: Based on or behaving according to what is morally right and fair.
    5. Team
    Group: A number of people or things that are located or gathered together.
    Squad: A small group of people having a particular task or duty.
    6. Bridal
    Nuptial: Relating to marriage or weddings.
    Matrimonial: Pertaining to marriage or married people.
    7. Veil
    Covering: A thing used to cover something else.
    Shroud: A thing that envelops or obscures something.
    8. Sole
    Only: Being the single one.
    Exclusive: Restricted or limited to the person, group, or area concerned.
    9. Naughty
    Mischievous: Causing or showing a fondness for causing trouble in a playful way.
    Disobedient: Refusing to obey rules or someone in authority.
    10. Plain
    Unadorned: Not decorated or elaborate; simple or basic in style.
    Simple: Easily understood or done; presenting no difficulty.

    Opposite

    Proper forms of words

    Adding Prefixes

    Adding suffixes

    Exercise 19.8A Write down an adjective formed from these Nouns and verbs :-

    Nouns
    1. thought
    2. diet
    3. knowledge
    4. music
    5. politics

    Answers:
    1. ThoughtThoughtful / Thoughtless
    2. DietDietary
    3. KnowledgeKnowledgeable
    4. MusicMusical
    5. PoliticsPolitical

    Verbs
    1. break
    2. use
    3. care
    4. rely
    5. wash

    Answers:
    1. BreakBreakable / Unbreakable
    2. UseUseful / Useless
    3. CareCareful / Careless
    4. RelyReliable / Unreliable
    5. WashWashable / Unwashable

    Adjectives

    Exercise 19.9 Check your spellings. Write the correct the right spelling :-

    1. (i) Clearence(ii) Clearance (iii) Clearonce
    2. (i) Appearince (ii) Appearance (iii) Appearence
    3. (i) Nuisence (ii) Nuisense (iii) Nuisance
    4. (i) Attendance (ii) Attendence (iii) Attendanse
    5. (i) Entrance (ii) Entrence (iii) Enterance
    6. (i) Afterwords (ii) Afterwards (iii) Afterwads
    7. (i) Through-out (ii) Through out (iii) Throughout
    8. (i) Figure (ii) Figger (iii) Figuer
    9. (i) Benefited (ii) Benefitted (iii) Benifited
    10. (i) Woollen (ii) wolen(iii) woolen

    Answers:
    1. (ii) Clearance
    2. (ii) Appearance
    3. (iii) Nuisance
    4. (i) Attendance
    5. (i) Entrance
    6. (ii) Afterwards
    7. (iii) Throughout
    8. (i) Figure
    9. (i) Benefited
    10. (iii) Woolen

    Exercise 19.10 (A) Make 5 new words ending with ance :-

    1. Importance
    2. Romance
    3. Acceptance
    4. Assistance
    5. Performance

    (B) Make 5 new words ending with ary :-

    1. Dictionary
    2. Secretary
    3. Library
    4. Complementary
    5. Imaginary

    Exercise 19.11 Rearrange these words to make a correct phrase :-

    1. Five winter black large Italian beautiful coats.
    2. Six brilliant Indian film young directors.
    3. Eight pink beautiful cotton Bengal Kantha Sarees.
    4. Nine house lovely Japanese green bright plants.
    5. Ten plastic wobbly Chinese strange yellow bicycles.

    Answers:

    1. Five beautiful large black Italian winter coats.
    2. Six young brilliant Indian film directors.
    3. Eight beautiful pink Bengal cotton Kantha sarees.
    4. Nine bright green lovely Japanese house plants.
    5. Ten strange yellow wobbly Chinese plastic bicycles.

     Complete the sentences

    Check this website for more answers of Elementary English Grammar Books for CBSE and ICSE students.

  • Words followed by Prepositions Exercises with Answers for class 7

    Words followed by Prepositions Exercises with Answers for class 7 and worksheet with solutions for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Insert suitable prepositions

    Correct prepositions

    Exercise 20.2 Read carefully the words given below :-
    alarmed, parted, taste, lean, jealous
    Make sentences of your own using correct prepositions after each of them.

    Answers:

    1. Alarmed at: She was alarmed at the sudden noise coming from the basement.
    2. Parted from: He parted from his old friends when he moved to a new city.
    3. Taste for: She has a taste for spicy food and enjoys trying new recipes.
    4. Lean against: He leaned against the wall, waiting for his friend to arrive.
    5. Jealous of: She was jealous of her sister’s success and always tried to compete.

  • Punctuation and Capital Letters Exercises with Answers for class 7

    Punctuation and Capital Letters exercises with answers for class 7 and worksheet with solutions for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 18.1 Insert commas, where necessary, in the following sentences:-

    1. Don’t be afraid my friend I won’t harm you.
    2. Spring while we are writing is here.
    3. The birds he flowers the buds and the sunshine proclaim the coming of spring.
    4. The sun has has set the moon has risen the stars have come out and night has arrived.
    5. He said to me “Please take your seat here”.
    6. He enjoys collecting stamps playing computer games reading detective novels and eating healthy food.
    7. Have a good day tom.
    8. Unfortunately she damaged her elbow when she fell.
    9. Peter said to Rohan “Please lend me your book”
    10. Health is after all the most important thing.

    Answers:

    1. Don’t be afraid, my friend, I won’t harm you.
    2. Spring, while we are writing, is here.
    3. The birds, the flowers, the buds, and the sunshine proclaim the coming of spring.
    4. The sun has set, the moon has risen, the stars have come out, and night has arrived.
    5. He said to me, “Please take your seat here.”
    6. He enjoys collecting stamps, playing computer games, reading detective novels, and eating healthy food.
    7. Have a good day, Tom.
    8. Unfortunately, she damaged her elbow when she fell.
    9. Peter said to Rohan, “Please lend me your book.”
    10. Health is, after all, the most important thing.

    Exercise 18.2 Put semicolons in the morning given below :-

    1. The refugees were poor they had no homes to live in.
    2. Reading maketh a full man conference a ready man and writing an exact man.
    3. I enjoy sports I am a good badminton player.
    4. Deepika is a good model she has not come back.
    5. The whole house is empty the owner has not come back.
    6. I have no money therefore I cannot afford a servant.
    7. Help him now otherwise he will be ruined.
    8. So many lands so many fashions.
    9. The wind below hard the sky was dark the rain fell in forests.
    10. He wants money to build a house friends to talk to people to care for.

    Answers:

    1. The refugees were poor; they had no homes to live in.
    2. Reading maketh a full man; conference a ready man; and writing an exact man.
    3. I enjoy sports; I am a good badminton player.
    4. Deepika is a good model; she has not come back.
    5. The whole house is empty; the owner has not come back
    6. I have no money; therefore, I cannot afford a servant.
    7. Help him now; otherwise, he will be ruined.
    8. So many lands; so many fashions.
    9. The wind blew hard; the sky was dark; the rain fell in torrents.
    10. He wants money to build a house; friends to talk to; people to care for.

    Exercise 18.3 Insert colons in the following sentences :-

    1. The most famous books of Charles Dickens are David Copperfield, A table of two Cities, Oliver Twist and Great Expectations.
    2. To make a cake you will need flour, eggs, sugar, butter and baking powder.
    3. Many teams participated in the IPL Tournament Deccan Challengers, Kolkata Knights, Royal Challengers and The Delhi Daredevils.

    Answers:

    1. The most famous books of Charles Dickens are: David Copperfield, A Tale of Two Cities, Oliver Twist, and Great Expectations.
    2. To make a cake, you will need: flour, eggs, sugar, butter, and baking powder
    3. Many teams participated in the IPL Tournament: Deccan Chargers, Kolkata Knight Riders, Royal Challengers Bangalore, and Delhi Daredevils.

    Exercise 18.4 Read carefully and then put Question or Exclamation Makes or Apostrophes in the following sentences:-

    1. Where were you going last night
    2. Oh dear I’ve lost my way again
    3. Mens shoes are always larger than womens shoes.
    4. Where were Jenny’s books kept
    5. Is it still raining outside, Suhana.
    6. I don’t know, I’ve been reading a book in my room.
    7. Stop him he has snatched my bag and ran away
    8. Can you lend me your bicycle
    9. Hush the baby is sleeping, dont disturb him
    10. It will take three months work to complete the project

    Answers:

    1. Where were you going last night?
    2. Oh dear, I’ve lost my way again!
    3. Men’s shoes are always larger than women’s shoes.
    4. Where were Jenny’s books kept?
    5. Is it still raining outside, Suhana?
    6. I don’t know; I’ve been reading a book in my room.
    7. Stop him! He has snatched my bag and run away.
    8. Can you lend me your bicycle?
    9. Hush, the baby is sleeping; don’t disturb him.
    10. It will take three months’ work to complete the project.

    Exercise 18.5 Punctuate the following sentences :-

    1. long ago in a town in switzerland there lived a famous bowman called william tell
    2. the teacher asked them where do you want to go for a picnic the girls said either to the red hills dam or to the giant caves
    3. the first man said i will pay the bill its my turn no said the second man is my turn you have paid several times then the first man said let us not quarrel
    4. dont be afraid my friend i wont harm you i want to be your friend said the little green man i have come to see how you live on this planet
    5. the man was angry with servant and said why you again disturbed me in my sleep i am very sorry sir excuse me this time said the servant
    6. do you know sita how old rama is i think she is twelve year old but she says she is only eleven
    7. i will tell you what i did when i came back from the united states said narain
    8. the teacher cried out angrily why are you breaking your friends toys
    9. shalini exclaimed what a beautifull dress this is
    10. i want two dosas, two idlis a burger and icecream

    Answers:

    1. Long ago, in a town in Switzerland, there lived a famous bowman called William Tell.
    2. The teacher asked them, “Where do you want to go for a picnic?” The girls said, “Either to the Red Hills Dam or to the Giant Caves.”
    3. The first man said, “I will pay the bill; it’s my turn.” “No,” said the second man, “it’s my turn; you have paid several times.” Then the first man said, “Let us not quarrel.”
    4. “Don’t be afraid, my friend; I won’t harm you. I want to be your friend,” said the little green man. “I have come to see how you live on this planet.”
    5. The man was angry with the servant and said, “Why have you again disturbed me in my sleep?” “I am very sorry, sir; excuse me this time,” said the servant.
    6. “Do you know, Sita, how old Rama is?” “I think she is twelve years old, but she says she is only eleven.”
    7. “I will tell you what I did when I came back from the United States,” said Narain.
    8. The teacher cried out angrily, “Why are you breaking your friend’s toys?”
    9. Shalini exclaimed, “What a beautiful dress this is!”
    10. “I want two dosas, two idlis, a burger, and ice cream.”

    Exercise 18.6 Punctuate the following passage :-

    geppetto was a short tempered man when somebody called him polendina he simply went wild.
    good morning mr antonio said geppetto what are you doing on the floor.
    i m teaching the ants how read what brought you here mr geppetto.
    i thought i would make a fine wooden puppet a really fine one that can dance fence and turn somersaults in the hall then with this puppet i could travel round the world and earn money what do you think it
    bravo polendina cried the same tiny mysterious voice

    Answers:

    Geppetto was a short-tempered man. When somebody called him Polendina, he simply went wild.
    “Good morning, Mr. Antonio,” said Geppetto. “What are you doing on the floor?”
    “I’m teaching the ants how to read. What brought you here, Mr. Geppetto?”
    “I thought I would make a fine wooden puppet—a really fine one that can dance, fence, and turn somersaults in the hall. Then, with this puppet, I could travel around the world and earn money. What do you think of it?”
    “Bravo, Polendina!” cried the same tiny mysterious voice.

  • Phrases Exercises with Answers for class 7

    Phrases Exercises with Answers for class 7 and worksheet with solution for Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Correct heading

    Exercise 17.1 Put the words given in the box under the correct heading :-

    in town, already, on the top of the page, last Sunday, so, too, almost, at the end of the page, normally, this evening, in her office, heavily,

    AdverbsAdverb Phrases
    alreadyin town
    soon the top of the page
    toolast Sunday
    almostat the end of the page
    normallythis evening
    heavilyin her office

    Adverb Phrases

    Adverbs and Adverbs Phrases

    Exercise 17.3 Use the remaining Adverbs and Adverbs Phrases (Ex.1) in sentences of your own :-

    Answers:

    1. In town:
    She met her old friend while she was in town.
    2. On the top of the page:
    Please write your name on the top of the page.
    3. Last Sunday:
    We went on a picnic last Sunday.
    4. At the end of the page:
    There is a footnote at the end of the page.
    5. This evening:
    We are planning to go to the movies this evening.
    6. In her office:
    The manager is currently in her office.

    Change the Adverb

    Exercise 17.4 Change the Adverb in the sentences below to Adverb Phrases :-

    1. We were treated patiently by the doctor.
    2. He stopped talking abruptly and hurriedly.
    3. The soldiers approached the bridge cautiously.
    4. They visited us frequently when we were posted in Delhi.
    5. When they saw the police the robbers ran away immediately.
    6. He was working downstairs when he heard the shot.
    7. Shahrukh Khan loudly cheered his team everyday in the IPL matches.
    8. He reached the court early and left late.

    Answers:

    1. We were treated in a patient manner by the doctor.
    2. He stopped talking in an abrupt and hurried manner.
    3. The soldiers approached the bridge with great caution.
    4. They visited us on frequent occasions when we were posted in Delhi.
    5. When they saw the police, the robbers ran away without any delay.
    6. He was working on the lower floor when he heard the shot.
    7. Shahrukh Khan cheered his team in a loud manner every day in the IPL matches.
    8. He reached the court at an early hour and left late.

    Adverb Phrases into Adverbs

    Exercise 17.5 Change the following Adverb Phrases into Adverbs :-

    1. He visits us now and then.
    2. At that time I was in London.
    3. The hero left the stage in a great hurry.
    4. The mosquitoes were in every place in the colony.
    5. I looked forward to the match with great eagerness.

    Answers:

    1. He visits us now and then.
    → He visits us occasionally.
    2. At that time I was in London.
    Then, I was in London.
    3. The hero left the stage in a great hurry.
    → The hero left the stage hurriedly.
    4. The mosquitoes were in every place in the colony.
    → The mosquitoes were everywhere in the colony.
    5. I looked forward to the match with great eagerness.
    → I looked forward to the match eagerly.

    Bold Adjective Phrases

    Exercise 17.6 Bold Adjective Phrases in the sentences given below :-

    1. He wore a robe of red velvet and a crow of gold.
    2. The dearest wish of my mother is to own a Mercedes car.
    3. He belongs to tribe of Africa.
    4. He comes from a village in the remote of the Himalayas.
    5. The hut on the top the mountain is mine.

    Answers:

    1. He wore a robe of red velvet and a crown of gold.
    2. The dearest wish of my mother is to own a Mercedes car.
    3. He belongs to a tribe of Africa.
    4. He comes from a village in the remote of the Himalayas.
    5. The hut on the top of the mountain is mine.

    Replace the Adjective phrases

    Exercise 17.7 Replace the Adjective phrases you have underline in Exercise 6 with Adjectives. and then write down :-

    Answers:

    1. Original: He wore a robe of red velvet and a crown of gold.
    Revised: He wore a velvet robe and a golden crown.
    2. Original: The dearest wish of my mother is to own a Mercedes car.
    Revised: The maternal wish is to own a Mercedes car.
    3. Original: He belongs to a tribe of Africa.
    Revised: He belongs to an African tribe.
    4. Original: He comes from a village in the remote of the Himalayas.
    Revised: He comes from a remote Himalayan village.
    5. Original: The hut on the top of the mountain is mine.
    Revised: The mountain-top hut is mine.

    Add Adjective Phrases

    Adjective Phrases

    Exercise 17.9 Use the following Adjective Phrases in sentences of your own :-

    1. the place of my birth
    2. with blue eyes
    3. of an interesting
    4. of the people
    5. next door to us
    6. a neatly dressed
    7. on your left
    8. without homes
    9. in front of me
    10. on the wall

    Answers:

    1. The place of my birth
    I visited the place of my birth after many years.
    2. With blue eyes
    She is a charming girl with blue eyes.
    3. Of an interesting
    He told us a story of an interesting plot.
    4. Of the people
    The leader spoke passionately about the rights of the people.
    5. Next door to us
    A new family has moved next door to us.
    6. A neatly dressed
    A neatly dressed gentleman greeted us at the door.
    7. On your left
    The library is located on your left as you enter the building.
    8. Without homes
    The organization helps those without homes to find shelter.
    9. In front of me
    A beautiful garden was spread out in front of me.
    10. On the wall
    There was a beautiful painting on the wall of the living room.

    Adjective Phrases in the proper place

    Exercise 17.10 Correct the following sentences by placing the Adjective Phrases in the proper place :-

    1. The lady asked for directions in the blue uniform.
    2. The picture has to be dusted on the wall.
    3. My sister was talking with a beard to a stranger.
    4. That building looks very odd behind the park.
    5. In the street I met my friend behind my house.

    Answers:

    1. Original: The lady asked for directions in the blue uniform.
    Corrected: The lady in the blue uniform asked for directions.
    2. Original: The picture has to be dusted on the wall.
    Corrected: The picture on the wall has to be dusted.
    3. Original: My sister was talking with a beard to a stranger.
    Corrected: My sister was talking to a stranger with a beard.
    4. Original: That building looks very odd behind the park.
    Corrected: That building behind the park looks very odd.
    5. Original: In the street I met my friend behind my house.
    Corrected: I met my friend in the street behind my house.

    Noun Phrases

    Exercise 17.11 Bold the Noun Phrases in the sentences given below :-

    1. A stitch in time saves nine.
    2. Children prefer watching television to doing home work.
    3. To tell lies is bad; stop it.
    4. I do not know about his future programme.
    5. Do you realise your mistake now?
    6. Do you enjoy playing or watching cricket?
    7. A daily swim is a good exercise.
    8. It is not impossible now for woman to become pilots.

    Answers:

    1. A stitch in time saves nine.

    2. Children prefer watching television to doing homework.

    3. To tell lies is bad; stop it.

    4. I do not know about his future programme.

    5. Do you realise your mistake now?

    6. Do you enjoy playing or watching cricket?

    7. A daily swim is a good exercise.

    8. It is not impossible now for woman to become pilots.

    Noun Phrases

    Bold the phrases

    Exercise 17.13 Bold the phrases in the following sentences and state whether they are Noun, Adverb or Adjective Phrases. (Write N, Ad, or Adj against the sentences) :-

    1. I put my woolens in the cupboard.
    2. We now live in a house near the hills.
    3. The boy acting the role of Netaji is my son.
    4. Do you really need to go so far?
    5. We are performing a play of Shakespeare on the stage.
    6. They are collecting money for people without homes.
    7. It was very hot in the afternoon.
    8. Some workers had to work at night.
    9. She gets all her grocery from the supermarket.
    10. I do not like a liar.

    Answers:

    1. I put my woolens in the cupboard. (Ad)
    2. We now live in a house near the hills. (Ad)
    3. The boy acting the role of Netaji is my son. (Adj)
    4. Do you really need to go so far? (Ad)
    5. We are performing a play of Shakespeare on the stage. (N, Ad)
    6. They are collecting money for people without homes. (Adj)
    7. It was very hot in the afternoon. (Ad)
    8. Some workers had to work at night. (Ad)
    9. She gets all her grocery from the supermarket. (Ad)
    10. I do not like a liar. (N)

  • Conjunction Exercises for class 7 with Answers

    Conjunction Exercises for class 7 with Answers and worksheet with solution for Elementary English Grammar book for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Conjunctions

    Combine each sentences

    Exercise 15.2 Combine each sentences using so that, although, though, even though, if and unless. One has been done for you:-

    1. He was very sick. He could not get up from bed.
    Answer: He was very sick so that he could not get up from bed.

    2. He was weak. He faced the thief bravely.
    3. You help me. I’ll help you.
    4. I will not go there. You must come with me.
    5. You must do your work. The teacher will not scold.
    6. It was very cold. Our teeth began to chatter.
    7. Rajan was a good orator. He was not selected to participate in the competition.
    8. She read the book. Her mother had told her not to read it.
    9. My friend visited me. She lives twenty kilometres from my house.
    10. He shouted very loudly. It hurt my ears.
    11. He is an expert in his subject. He still makes errors.
    12. I get up very early in the morning. I can have a peaceful morning walk.

    Answers:
    2. Although he was weak, he faced the thief bravely.
    3. If you help me, I’ll help you.
    4. I will not go there unless you come with me.
    5. You must do your work so that the teacher will not scold you.
    6. It was very cold so that our teeth began to chatter.
    7. Rajan was a good orator but he was not selected to participate in the competition.
    8. She read the book even though her mother had told her not to read it.
    9. My friend visited me although she lives twenty kilometers from my house.
    10. He shouted very loudly so that it hurt my ears.
    11. He is an expert in his subject yet he still makes errors.
    12. I get up very early in the morning so that I can have a peaceful morning walk.

    Co-ordinating or Subordinating Conjunctions

    Exercise 15.3 Underline the Conjunctions and state whether they are Co-ordinating or Subordinating Conjunctions (Co or sub) :-

    1. When you come bring a swimming costume and a beach towel.
    2. You must wait until I come back.
    3. If you don’t act now you will miss your chance.
    4. No sooner did we leave the hall than is started raining heavily outside.
    5. He is not only a good dancer but but also a good singer.
    6. He is neither a rogue nor a madman.
    7. Did you know that he topped the Board Exams for Class X?
    8. Walk carefully lest you fall.
    9. As soon as I received the news. I went to their house.
    10. He truly annoyed me, yet I kept control and did not scold him.
    11. He was dishonest therefore he was given early retirement.
    12. He lost many times, nevertheless he never gave up.

    Answers:

    1. When you come bring a swimming costume and a beach towel.
    When (Subordinating), and (Coordinating)

    2. You must wait until I come back.
    until (Subordinating)

    3. If you don’t act now you will miss your chance.
    If (Subordinating), you (Coordinating, in this case, it is part of a compound sentence)

    4. No sooner did we leave the hall than it started raining heavily outside.
    than (Subordinating)

    5. He is not only a good dancer but also a good singer.
    not only (Coordinating), but (Coordinating)

    6. He is neither a rogue nor a madman.
    neither (Coordinating), nor (Coordinating)

    7. Did you know that he topped the Board Exams for Class X?
    that (Subordinating)

    8. Walk carefully lest you fall.
    lest (Subordinating)

    9. As soon as I received the news, I went to their house.
    As soon as (Subordinating)

    10. He truly annoyed me, yet I kept control and did not scold him.
    yet (Coordinating)

    11. He was dishonest; therefore he was given early retirement.
    therefore (Coordinating)

    12. He lost many times; nevertheless he never gave up.
    nevertheless (Coordinating)

  • Preposition worksheet for class 7 with answers

    Preposition worksheet for class 7 with answers, exercises with solutions from Elementary English Grammar book for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 14.1 Underline all the Prepositions in the passage :-

    I came across my friend near a tunnel. “Where are you going?” I asked him. “I am going to my house. Why don’t you come with me?”
    “Is it very far away?”
    “No”, he replied. “First you walk through this tunnel, then you go over a bridge and come to the foot of a hill. You can see my house from there. We only have to go along the hill and my house is the fifth one behind a big pine tree.

    Answers:
    I came across my friend near a tunnel. “Where are you going?” I asked him. “I am going to my house. Why don’t you come with me?”
    “Is it very far away?”
    “No”, he replied. “First you walk through this tunnel, then you go over a bridge and come to the foot of a hill. You can see my house from there. We only have to go along the hill and my house is the fifth one behind a big pine tree.”

    Simple Prepositions

    Compound Prepositions 

    Prepositions

    Suitable Prepositions

    Suitable Prepositions

    Exercise 14.7 There is a mistake in each of the sentences given below. Underline the mistake /mistakes and write the correct word in the brackets. One has been done for you :-

    1. This book is quite different than that. [ from ]
    2. This is the man that I gave the parcel.
    3. I have not seen him from a long time.
    4. During the whole play she sat besides me.
    5. The three brothers quarrelled between themselves over the prize.
    6. The child cut its finger by knife.
    7. The Rajdhani Express departs on 1 pm towards Amritsar.
    8. I was congratulated for my success.
    9. The train was in time.
    10. They waited on the bus stop about the next bus.

    Answers:

    2. This is the man that I gave the parcel. (to)
    3. I have not seen him from a long time. (for)
    4. During the whole play, she sat besides me. (beside)
    5. The three brothers quarrelled between themselves over the prize. (among)
    6. The child cut its finger by knife. (with)
    7. The Rajdhani Express departs on 1 pm towards Amritsar. (at, for)
    8. I was congratulated for my success. (on)
    9. The train was in time. (on)
    10. They waited on the bus stop about the next bus. (at, for)

    Appropriate Prepositions

  • Adverbs Exercises with Answers for Class 7

    Adverbs exercises with answers for class 7. Online worksheet for practice with solution from Elementary English Grammar book for CBSE and ICSE board.

    Fill Adverbs

    Making Adverbs

    Exercise 13.2 Make Adverbs by adding ly and then use them in sentences of your own :-

    1. simple
    2. angry
    3. happy
    4. fierce
    5. merciless
    6. shy
    7. real
    8. noise
    9. nice
    10. sad

    Answers:
    1. Simple → Simply
    She explained the topic so simply that everyone understood.
    2. Angry → Angrily
    He angrily slammed the door behind him.
    3. Happy → Happily
    They happily celebrated their anniversary with friends and family.
    4. Fierce → Fiercely
    The lion fiercely protected its cubs from danger.
    5. Merciless → Mercilessly
    The villain mercilessly defeated his opponents without showing any pity.
    6. Shy → Shyly
    She shyly introduced herself to the group.
    7. Real → Really
    I am really excited about the upcoming vacation.
    8. Noise → Noisily
    The kids noisily played in the yard, disturbing the neighbors.
    9. Nice → Nicely
    She nicely offered her seat to the elderly lady.
    10. Sad → Sadly
    He sadly waved goodbye as his friend left for another city.

    Rewriting adverbs at new places

    Exercise 13.3 Rewrite the following sentences, using the words in brackets in its proper place :-

    1. She makes a mistake. (rarely)
    2. He avoids bad companions. (generally)
    3. We deceive ourselves. (sometimes)
    4. We are late, let us hurry. (rather)
    5. We lost the match. (nearly)
    6. She was brave to to defy her cruel husband. (enough)
    7. He has hurt any person. (never)
    8. He has come in now. (just)
    9. He did well in the examination. (fairly)
    10. He hasn’t finished writing. (yet)
    11. I am late for my lectures. ( often)
    12. He comes home late at night. (usually)
    13. There is any chance of her recovery. (hardly)
    14. I have seen such large apples. (seldom)
    15. There were a hundred people present. (scarcely)

    Answers:
    1. She rarely makes a mistake.
    2. He generally avoids bad companions.
    3. We sometimes deceive ourselves.
    4. We are rather late, let us hurry.
    5. We nearly lost the match.
    6. She was brave enough to defy her cruel husband.
    7. He has never hurt any person.
    8. He has just come in now.
    9. He did fairly well in the examination.
    10. He hasn’t finished writing yet.
    11. I am often late for my lectures.
    12. He usually comes home late at night.
    13. There is hardly any chance of her recovery.
    14. I have seldom seen such large apples.
    15. There were scarcely a hundred people present.

    Adverb in correct position

    Exercise 13.4 Put only in the correct position in the following sentences :-

    1. She only eats vegetables.
    2. I only met her once.
    3. We only can succeed by hard work.
    4. I only worked two sums.
    5. The table only cost ten rupess.
    6. I only want a cup of tea.
    7. He only died a week ago.
    8. We only wanted to see you for a minute.

    Answers:
    1. She eats only vegetables.
    2. I met her only once.
    3. We can succeed only by hard work.
    4. I worked only two sums.
    5. The table cost only ten rupees.
    6. I want only a cup of tea.
    7. He died only a week ago.
    8. We wanted only to see you for a minute.

    Mark Answer

    Fill in the blanks with very, much, quite, enough and too

  • Verbs Active and Passive voice exercises with answers for Class 7

    Verbs Active and Passive voice exercises with answers Class 7, worksheet with solution of Elementary English Grammar and Composition for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Exercise 12.1 Change the following sentences from Active to Passive Voice :-
    1. Sheila is singing a song on the stage.
    2. They have made Rama the class monitor.
    3. My sister has painted this picture.
    4. We have sent them a telegram.
    5. Do you always help your friend.

    Answers:
    1. Active: Sheila is singing a song on the stage.
    Passive: A song is being sung by Sheila on the stage.
    2. Active: They have made Rama the class monitor.
    Passive: Rama has been made the class monitor.
    3. Active: My sister has painted this picture.
    Passive: This picture has been painted by my sister.
    4. Active: We have sent them a telegram.
    Passive: A telegram has been sent to them by us.
    5. Active: Do you always help your friend?
    Passive: Is your friend always helped by you?

    Exercise 12.2 Change the following sentences from Active to Passive Voice :-
    1. Anuradha was writing a letter to her friend.
    2. Rana stole my pen.
    3. We had won the match last yesterday.
    4. Who wrote this letter?
    5. The Teacher told us a story.

    Answers:
    1. Active: Anuradha was writing a letter to her friend.
    Passive: A letter was being written to her friend by Anuradha.
    2. Active: Rana stole my pen.
    Passive: My pen was stolen by Rana.
    3. Active: We had won the match yesterday.
    Passive: The match had been won by us yesterday.
    4. Active: Who wrote this letter?
    Passive: By whom was this letter written?
    5. Active: The teacher told us a story.
    Passive: A story was told to us by the teacher.

    Exercise 12.3 Change the verbs in the following sentences from Active into Passive :-

    1. She Will borrow money to complete her project.
    2. How many people will you invite for your daughter’s wedding?
    3. Who will be the umpire in tomorrow’s match?
    4. The restaurant will close by then.
    5. They will announce the result by 10 o’clock tomorrow.
    6. I shall send the telegram tomorrow.
    7. When will London hold the Olympic Games?
    8. You will have finished this work by next week.
    9. We shall serve our country.
    10. Everyone will bless us for the good deed we have done today.

    Answers:
    1. Active: She will borrow money to complete her project.
    Passive: Money will be borrowed by her to complete her project.
    2. Active: How many people will you invite for your daughter’s wedding?
    Passive: How many people will be invited by you for your daughter’s wedding?
    3. Active: Who will be the umpire in tomorrow’s match?
    Passive: By whom will the umpiring be done in tomorrow’s match?
    4. Active: The restaurant will close by then.
    Passive: The restaurant will be closed by then.
    5. Active: They will announce the result by 10 o’clock tomorrow.
    Passive: The result will be announced by them by 10 o’clock tomorrow.
    6. Active: I shall send the telegram tomorrow.
    Passive: The telegram will be sent by me tomorrow.
    7. Active: When will London hold the Olympic Games?
    Passive: When will the Olympic Games be held by London?
    8. Active: You will have finished this work by next week.
    Passive: This work will have been finished by you by next week.
    9. Active: We shall serve our country.
    Passive: Our country will be served by us.
    10. Active: Everyone will bless us for the good deed we have done today.
    Passive: We will be blessed by everyone for the good deed we have done today.

    Exercise 12.4 Change the verbs in the following sentences from passive into active voice :-

    1. A present was bought for sita by her mother.
    2. Why were you punished by teacher?
    3. This house is being built by a famous builder of Mumbai.
    4. We shall be blamed by everyone.
    5. My watch has been stolen.
    6. You are asked to enter by the left door.
    7. I was told by him that all the roads would be swept.
    8. The question paper has been set.
    9. The children’s participation in the event is a must.
    10. Being praised was not liked by them.
    Exercise 12.4 Change the verbs in the following sentences from passive into active voice :-
    1. A present was bought for sita by her mother.
    2. Why were you punished by teacher?
    3. This house is being built by a famous builder of Mumbai.
    4. We shall be blamed by everyone.
    5. My watch has been stolen.
    6. You are asked to enter by the leftcdoor.
    7. I was told by him that all the roads would be swept.
    8. The question paper has been set.
    9. The children’s participation in the event is a must.
    10. Being praised was not liked by them.
    Answers:
    1. Passive: A present was bought for Sita by her mother.
    Active: Her mother bought a present for Sita.
    2. Passive: Why were you punished by the teacher?
    Active: Why did the teacher punish you?
    3. Passive: This house is being built by a famous builder of Mumbai.
    Active: A famous builder of Mumbai is building this house.
    4. Passive: We shall be blamed by everyone.
    Active: Everyone will blame us.
    5. Passive: My watch has been stolen.
    Active: Someone has stolen my watch.
    6. Passive: You are asked to enter by the left door.
    Active: Enter by the left door.
    7. Passive: I was told by him that all the roads would be swept.
    Active: He told me that all the roads would be swept.
    8. Passive: The question paper has been set.
    Active: Someone has set the question paper.
    9. Passive: The children’s participation in the event is a must.
    Active: The event must include the children’s participation.
    10. Passive: Being praised was not liked by them.
    Active: They did not like being praised.

    Exercise 12.5 Change the verbs in the following sentences from Active into Passive Voice:-

    1. The President appointed him Governor.
    2. Nobody can use this library for a week.
    3. There will be fresh elections in March next year.
    4. You must post this letter by this evening.
    5. They will prosecute you if you walk on the grass.
    6. Who teachers you French?
    7. The police caught all the thieves before they could escape.
    8. They are now distributing to the poor.
    9. He will finish the work by next week.
    10. Someone broke the mirror and hid it.

    Answers:
    1. Active: The President appointed him Governor.
    Passive: He was appointed Governor by the President.
    2. Active: Nobody can use this library for a week.
    Passive: This library cannot be used for a week.
    3. Active: There will be fresh elections in March next year.
    Passive: Fresh elections will be held in March next year.
    4. Active: You must post this letter by this evening.
    Passive: This letter must be posted by this evening.
    5. Active: They will prosecute you if you walk on the grass.
    Passive: You will be prosecuted if you walk on the grass.
    6. Active: Who teaches you French?
    Passive: By whom are you taught French?
    7. Active: The police caught all the thieves before they could escape.
    Passive: All the thieves were caught by the police before they could escape.
    8. Active: They are now distributing food to the poor.
    Passive: Food is now being distributed to the poor.
    9. Active: He will finish the work by next week.
    Passive: The work will be finished by next week.
    10. Active: Someone broke the mirror and hid it.
    Passive: The mirror was broken and hidden.

  • Verbs Non finite forms exercises with Answers for Class 7

    Verbs Non finite forms exercises with Answers for Class 7, worksheet of Elementary English Grammar, Lesson 11 solution for CBSE and ICSE students.

    To-infinitive

    Exercise 11.1 Complete each of these sentences with a to-infinitive. One has been done for you:- 

    1. Pleas try to be more punctual.
    2. They failed  
    3. She has refused 
    4. He pretended not 
    5. She decided not  
    6. They have promised  
    7. Did you remember  
    8. He agreed  
    9. I forgot  
    10. We hope  

    Answers:
    1. Please try to be more punctual.
    2. They failed to submit the report on time.
    3. She has refused to participate in the project.
    4. He pretended not to know the answer.
    5. She decided not to attend the meeting.
    6. They have promised to help with the event.
    7. Did you remember to bring the tickets?
    8. He agreed to meet us at the restaurant.
    9. I forgot to send the email.
    10. We hope to finish the work by next week.

    Suitable to-Infinitive

    Exercise 11.2 Complete each sentences with a suitable to-Infinitive:-
    1. We allowed her _________________________________________________.
    2. She requested him ______________________________________________.
    3. Did you advise your sister _______________________________________.
    4. They warned us not _____________________________________________.
    5. We can’t allow them ____________________________________________.
    6. Do you wish us _________________________________________________?
    7. She begged her husband ______________________________________.

    Answers:
    1. We allowed her to go home early.
    2. She requested him to help her with the work.
    3. Did you advise your sister to apply for the job?
    4. They warned us not to enter the restricted area.
    5. We can’t allow them to make noise in the library.
    6. Do you wish us to attend the meeting?
    7. She begged her husband to forgive her mistakes.

    Exercise 11.3 Complete each sentences with a suitable to-infinitive :-
    1. I do not know how ___________________________________.
    2. They did not know where __________________________________.
    3. Do you know when _________________________________ .
    4. I do not know what __________________________________.
    5. He does not understand how ____________________________.

    Answers:
    1. I do not know how to solve the problem.
    2. I do not know how to solve the problem.
    3. Do you know when to start the meeting?
    4. I do not know what to say in this situation.
    5. He does not understand how to operate the machine.

    Exercise 11.4 Complete each sentences with a suitable ‘to-infinitive’ :-

    1. I have nothing _______________________________________.
    2. Will you give me something __________________________.
    3. The poor girl has now nobody __________________________.
    4. She wants somebody ___________________________________.
    5. I do not have anything _________________________________.

    Answers:
    1. I have nothing to say.
    Will you give me something to eat?
    The poor girl has now nobody to care for her.
    She wants somebody to help her.
    I do not have anything to wear.

    Exercise 11.5 Complete these sentences :-
    1. He was too weak __________________________.
    2. This medicine is too bitter _______________________.
    3. She was too tired ___________________________.
    4. This coffee is too hot ____________________________.
    5. They were too late ____________________________.
    6. Mira was too lazy ________________________________.
    7. He is too old ____________________________________.
    8. This word is too difficult __________________________.
    9. She was too ill _________________________________.
    10. This news is too good ____________________________.

    Answers:

    1. He was too weak to stand up.
    2. This medicine is too bitter to swallow.
    3. She was too tired to continue working.
    5. They were too late to catch the train.
    6. Mira was too lazy to clean the house.
    7. He is too old to climb the mountain.
    8. This word is too difficult to pronounce.
    9. She was too ill to attend the party.
    10. This news is too good to be true.

    Introductory word ‘It’

    Exercise 11. 6 Rewrite the following sentences using the introductory word ‘It’ One has been done for you:-

    1. To climb Mount Everest is not easy.
    It is not easy to climb Mount Everest.

    2. To waste your money is foolish.
    3. To live without air impossible.
    4. To see in the dark is difficult.
    5. To play with explosives is dangerous.

    Answers:
    2. To waste your money is foolish.
    It is foolish to waste your money.
    3. To live without air is impossible.
    It is impossible to live without air.
    4. To see in the dark is difficult.
    It is difficult to see in the dark.
    5. To play with explosives is dangerous.
    It is dangerous to play with explosives.

    Exercise 11.7 Correct the following sentences:-

    1. You need not to make so much noise.
    2. He made her to confess her guilt.
    3. She dare not to disobey her father.
    4. I bade to sit beside me.
    5. I let her to use my laptop.

    Answers:
    1. You need not make so much noise.
    2. He made her confess her guilt.
    3. She dare not disobey her father.
    4. I bade her sit beside me.
    5. I let her use my laptop

    Participles

    Exercise 11.8 Join the following pairs of sentences by using Participles :-
    1. The farmers heard the boy, He was shouting for help.
    2. We switched on the TV. It was showing the latest news about the accident.
    3. I watched the labourers. They were working very hard.
    4. I saw her weeping. I went to console her.
    5. The weather was very warm. I took off my coat.

    Answers:
    1. The farmers heard the boy shouting for help.
    2. We switched on the TV, showing the latest news about the accident.
    3. I watched the labourers working very hard.
    4. I saw her weeping and went to console her.
    5. The weather being very warm, I took off my coat.

    Exercise 11.9 Correct the following sentences :-
    1. Arriving late, the play had already begun.
    3. Going round the corner, a horrible sight was seen.
    4. Sitting in the garden, the clock struck ten.
    5. Being a holiday, I went to see aa movie.

    Answers:
    1. Arriving late, I found that the play had already begun.
    2. Since it was a rainy day, I did not go out.
    3. Going around the corner, I saw a horrible sight.
    4. While I was sitting in the garden, the clock struck ten.
    5. Since it was a holiday, I went to see a movie.

    Participles

    Exercise 11.10 Join the sentences with Participles :-
    1. The sun rose. The birds began to sing.
    2. We saw trees. They were laden with apples.
    3. We met a girl. She was carrying a basket of flowers.
    4. They were terrified. They stood crowded together.
    5. She was blinded by lightning. She fell unconscious.

    Answers:
    1. The sun rose, and the birds began to sing.
    Joined Sentence: Rising sun, the birds began to sing.
    2. We saw trees. They were laden with apples.
    Joined Sentence: We saw trees laden with apples.
    3. We met a girl. She was carrying a basket of flowers.
    Joined Sentence: We met a girl carrying a basket of flowers.
    4. They were terrified. They stood crowded together.
    Joined Sentence: Terrified, they stood crowded together.
    5. She was blinded by lightning. She fell unconscious.
    Joined Sentence: Blinded by lightning, she fell unconscious.

    Infinitives, the Gerunds and the Participles

    Exercise 11.11 Underline the infinitives, the Gerunds and the Participles in the following sentences.
    1. I found Kamla writing a letter.
    2. Writing is useful.
    3. I like reading poetry.
    4. To give is better than to receive.
    5. Giving is better than receiving.
    6. To see to believe.
    7. Seeing is believing.
    8. Swimming is to believe.
    9. I saw him breaking stones.
    10. I saw her reading novels.
    11. Ashok likes to play football.
    12. Sita likes to dance.
    13. I saw the boys playing in the field.
    14. Children love making mud houses.
    15. Walking is good for health.

    Answers:
    1. I found Kamla writing a letter. (Participle)
    2. Writing is useful. (Gerund)
    3. I like reading poetry. (Gerund)
    4. To give is better than to receive. (Infinitives)
    5. Giving is better than receiving. (Gerunds)
    6. To see is to believe. (Infinitives)
    7. Seeing is believing. (Gerunds)
    8. Swimming is to believe. (Gerund)
    9. I saw him breaking stones. (Participle)
    10. I saw her reading novels. (Participle)
    11. Ashok likes to play football. (Infinitive)
    12. Sita likes to dance. (Infinitive)
    13. I saw the boys playing in the field. (Participle)
    14. Children love making mud houses. (Gerund)
    15. Walking is good for health. (Gerund)

    Infinitive or Present Participle

    Exercise 11.13 Add Gerunds to the following sentences and complete them :-
    1. My mother is afraid of _______________________________________________.
    2. I am ashamed _______________________________________________________.
    3. He was shocked _____________________________________________________.
    4. I am fond of _________________________________________________________.

    Answers:
    1. My mother is afraid of swimming in deep water.
    2. I am ashamed of lying to my friend.
    3. He was shocked by hearing the news.
    4. I am fond of playing the guitar.

    Participles and Gerunds

    Exercise11.14 Underline the Participles and Gerunds in the following sentences, Write P or G in the brackets given :-

    1. Crying babies usually irritate people.
    2. I was fed up of his constant grumbling.
    3. Collecting old books in my hobby.
    4. Before sitting down to have his lunch, he always fed his dog.
    5. I was accused of encouraging him to be rude.
    6. Entering the room, I saw him.
    7. It being a fine day, we arranged for a picnic.
    8. Our aim is passing the examination.
    9. I objected to meeting her.
    10. The car standing at the gate is mine.

    Answers:

    1. Crying babies usually irritate people. (P)
    2. I was fed up of his constant grumbling. (G)
    3. Collecting old books is my hobby. (G)
    4. Before sitting down to have his lunch, he always fed his dog. (G)
    5. I was accused of encouraging him to be rude. (G)
    6. Entering the room, I saw him. (P)
    7. It being a fine day, we arranged for a picnic. (P)
    8. Our aim is passing the examination. (G)
    9. I objected to meeting her. (G)
    10. The car standing at the gate is mine. (P)

  • Modals Exercise for class 7 with Answers

    Modals Exercise for class 7 with Answers, worksheet of Elementary English Grammar, Lesson 10 Modal solutions for CBSE and ICSE Students.

    Modals help to express the mood or attitude of the speaker.

    Modals Exercises

    Fill shall or will

    Fill Should or would/ Shouldn’t or wouldn’t

    Fill Can or Could

    Fill May or Might

    Fill Must, Ought to, Need to, Dare and used (to)

  • Future Tense Exercises with Answers for Class 7

    The Future Tense Exercises with Answers for Class 7, worksheet solution of Elementary English Grammar lesson 7 for free online practice.

    Simple Future Tense or Future Continuous Tense

    Either Future Perfect or Future Perfect Continuous Tense

    Going To Form

    Expressions in the Future Tense

    Exercise 9.4 Write five sentences about how you are going to spend your holidays, Use as many different expressions as you can in the Future Tense. Begin each sentence with hints given to you :-
    1. I will go _____________________________________________________.
    2. I will visit ___________________________________________________.
    3. I shall certainly ______________________________________________.
    4. I will be going to ____________________________________________.
    5. I shall be back _______________________________________________.

    Answers:
    1. I will go to the mountains for a trekking adventure with my friends.
    2. I will visit my grandparents in the countryside and spend quality time with them.
    3. I shall certainly try some new hobbies, like painting and cooking new recipes.
    4. I will be going to explore new places in the city that I haven’t seen before.
    5. I shall be back home before the holidays end, refreshed and ready for work.

  • Past Tense Exercises with Answers for Class 7

    Past Tense Exercises with Answers for Class 7, worksheet of Elementary English Grammar, Lesson 8 The Past Tense solutions for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Simple Past Form

    Negative and Question Form

    Changing in Simple Past Tense

    Exercise 8.3 Change the following passage into Simple Past Tense.

    It all happens very quickly. The car comes straight out of the side road and the bus goes into the back of it. The bus crashes right into the car. It is the car driver’s fault. The car is crushed and the driver dies on the spot.

    Answers:
    It all happened very quickly. The car came straight out of the side road and the bus went into the back of it. The bus crashed right into the car. It was the car driver’s fault. The car was crushed and the driver died on the spot.

    Past Continuous Form

    Past Perfect Continuous Tense

  • Present Tense Exercises with Answers Class 7

    Present Tense Exercises with Answers for CBSE and ICSE Class 7 students. Solution of Elementary English Grammar worksheets for free online practice.

    Chapter 7 : The Present Tense

    Write the Noun from adjectives

    Fill with Present tense

    Exercise 7.3 Newspaper headlines are usually given in Simple Present Tense.

    Examples : 1. Tendulkar breaks another record.
    2. A terrible cyclone hits Indonesia
    Now give you own headlines to the following events :-
    1. An Indian Airlines airplane carrying 400 passenger had to make an emergency landing at Jaipur.
    2. Gujjars threaten to agitate in Delhi and stop all traffic on 29th July.
    3. Honda Siel Cars will launched its and Indian’s first hybrid car – The Honda Civic Hybrid on June 18 in Delhi market.

    Answers:
    1. Indian Airlines Plane Makes Emergency Landing at Jaipur, 400 Passengers Onboard.
    2. Gujjars Threaten to Agitate in Delhi, Plan to Halt All Traffic on 29th July.
    3. Honda Siel Launches India’s First Hybrid Car, The Honda Civic Hybrid, in Delhi Market on June 18.

    Exercise 7.4 Read the following sentences carefully. Underline the verbs. Write (A) in the brackets if the verb denotes an action. Write (s) if the verbs only something. 

    1. I love music and listen to it every evening.
    2. Mohan drives a taxi to earn his livelihood.
    3. My neighbour owns tow cars, a Mercedes and a Honda.
    4. Radha goes to the temple daily.
    5. The sky grows dark.

    Answers:
    1. I love music and listen to it every evening.
    love (S), listen (A)
    . Mohan drives a taxi to earn his livelihood.
    drives (A), earn (A)
    3. My neighbour owns two cars, a Mercedes and a Honda.
    owns (S)
    4. Radha goes to the temple daily.
    goes (A)
    5. The sky grows dark.
    grows (S)

    Exercise 7.5 There is an errors in each line. Underline the errors and write the correct word in the space given. One has been done for you :-
    Advertisements is a help are
    Because they tells us about _________________
    a new product. Without them one did ___________________
    not know what advances has been ___________________
    made in any field. We are not ____________________
    been able to learn about the merits _________________
    of a new product. It will be anything, ___________________
    a new machine, a new book, a new ____________________
    school – the list are endless. ______________________

    Answers:
    Because they tells us about → tell
    a new product. Without them one didwould
    not know what advances has been → have
    made in any field. We are not been able → be
    to learn about the merits of a new product. It willcan
    de anything, → be
    a new machine, a new book, a new school – the list are endless. → is

    Present Continuous Tense

    Simple Present or Present Continuouns Tense

    Present Perfect Continuous

    Present form of the verbs

    Exercise 7.9 Complete the answers to column B. Use the present form of the verbs given in bubbles. Some sentences are positive and some are negative. One has been done for you.

    eat, see, play, be, finish, hear, happen, see, meet, be

    AB
    1. Where is your friend Aamir these days? I don’t know, I haven’t heard from him recently.
    2. Would you like to watch a movie? Yes, thank you.
    I ___________ a movie recently.
    3. I lost my book again Again! This is the second time it ___________ .
    4. Which boor are you reading?I am reading Harry potter, but ____________ it.
    5. Are you hungry? Yes, I __________ much today.
    6. Which game can you play? I can play chees, but __________ it for years.
    7. Is Srinagar really beautiful? Yes, I __________ a more beautiful place.
    8. Are you enjoying your holidays? Yes, these are the best holidays I ___________ in a long time.
    9. What is Sita’s elder sister like? I have no idea, I __________ her.
    10. How is your mother now? Thank you. She ___________ much better in health now.

    Answers:
    2. Would you like to watch a movie?
    Yes, thank you.
    I haven’t watched a movie recently.
    3. I lost my book again.
    Again! This is the second time it has happened.
    4. Which book are you reading?
    I am reading Harry Potter, but I haven’t finished it.
    5. Are you hungry?
    Yes, I haven’t eaten much today.
    6. Which game can you play?
    I can play chess, but I haven’t played it for years.
    7. Is Srinagar really beautiful?
    Yes, I haven’t seen a more beautiful place.
    8. Are you enjoying your holidays?
    Yes, these are the best holidays I have had in a long time.
    9. What is Sita’s elder sister like?
    I have no idea, I haven’t met her.
    10. How is your mother now?
    Thank you. She is much better in health now.

  • Verbs worksheet for class 7 with answers

    Verbs worksheet for class 7 with answers, Exercises of Elementary English Grammar with solution for free online practice.

    Past and Past Participles  of the Verb

    Fill in the blanks : Past Tense or Past Participle of the verbs

    Auxiliary Verbs

    Change into Past Tense

    Exercise 6.4 Underline the verbs in the passage given below and then change them into the past tense:-

    They begin in a light-hearted spirit to show me how to do it. I make no comment, I only wait. I look only piles of plates and cups, and kettles, and bottles and jars, and feel things will soon exciting. It does. They start with breaking a cup. Harry packs the strawberry jam on the top of a tomato and squashes it and they have to pick out the tomato with a teaspoon.

    Answers:
    They began in a light-hearted spirit to show me how to do it. I made no comment, I only waited. I looked only piles of plates and cups, and kettles, and bottles and jars, and felt things would soon become exciting. It did. They started with breaking a cup. Harry packed the strawberry jam on the top of a tomato and squashed it and they had to pick out the tomato with a teaspoon.

    Fill in the verb forms

  • Determiners Exercises for Class 7 with Answers

    Determiners Exercises and worksheet for class 7 with answers from the book Elementary English Grammar and composition. Interactive exercise for free online practice for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Insert a little or few

    Insert some or any

    Inset much or many

    Correct use of determiners

    Fill a, an or the

    Fill the correct adjective

    Fill a, an or the

    Correct errors

    Exercise 5.8 Underline the errors in the sentences given below and correct them :-
    1. I love a mountain, and I enjoy a seashore too.
    2. I have the headache and I need a aspirin.
    3. I’m going to watch a Discovery Channel and see an movie about the japan.
    4. As the writer I seem to spend most of a time working in my office.
    5. If you have the cold, do you go to the bed or go to the work as usual?

    Answers:
    1. I love mountains, and I enjoy the seashore too.
    Correction: Remove “a” before “mountain” and add “the” before “seashore.”
    2. I have a headache and I need an aspirin.
    Correction: Change “the” to “a” before “headache” and “a” to “an” before “aspirin.”
    3. I’m going to watch the Discovery Channel and see a movie about Japan.
    Correction: Add “the” before “Discovery Channel,” change “an” to “a” before “movie,” and change “the japan” to “Japan.”
    4. As a writer, I seem to spend most of my time working in my office.
    Correction: Change “the writer” to “a writer” and “a time” to “my time”.
    5. If you have a cold, do you go to bed or go to work as usual?
    Correction: Change “the cold” to “a cold” and “to the bed” to “to bed.”

    Thanks for attempting the Determiners Exercise for class 7 with Answers.

  • Pronoun worksheet for class 7 with answers

    Pronoun worksheet for class 7 with answers, All exercises of Elementary English Grammar and Composition chapter 3 with solution for online practice of CBSE and ICSE students.

    Choose correct pronoun to complete the sentence

    Fill in the blanks with Pronoun

    Exercise 3.2 Fill in the blanks with Pronoun and state what kind they are :-
    1. The boy went to the school but as _______________ was late, the teacher punished ___________.
    2. The bird flew over the house. Did the children see __________________? No, _______________ did not see __________________.
    3. We posted the letter _______________.
    4. In a fit of depression, she poisoned ______________.
    5. The Superintendent of police ______________ conducted the inquiry.
    6. Sita ______________ was to be blamed for her failure in the exams.

    Answers:
    he (Personal Pronoun) / him (Personal Pronoun)
    The boy went to the school but as he was late, the teacher punished him.
    it (Personal Pronoun) / they (Personal Pronoun) / it (Personal Pronoun)
    The bird flew over the house. Did the children see it? No, they did not see it.
    ourselves (Reflexive Pronoun)
    We posted the letter ourselves.
    herself (Reflexive Pronoun)
    In a fit of depression, she poisoned herself.
    himself (Reflexive Pronoun)
    The Superintendent of police himself conducted the inquiry.
    herself (Reflexive Pronoun)
    Sita herself was to be blamed for her failure in the exams.

    Demonstrative Pronouns

    Choose Pronoun to fill in the passage

    Fill in the correct word

    Interrogative Pronouns

    Relative Pronouns

    Relative pronoun

    Exercise 3.8 Join together each of the following pairs of sentences by means of a Relative pronoun. One has been done for you :-

    1. He is a rogue.
    Answer: He is a rogue whom no one trusts.

    2. We got into a bus.
    3. I saw a juggler.
    4. Here is the book.
    5. Here is the pen.
    6. My brother is dead.
    7. These are the boys.
    8. That is the man.
    9. The boy tells.
    10. Look at these boys.

    Answers:
    2. We got into a bus which was full of people.
    3. I saw a juggler who was performing tricks.
    4. Here is the book which you lent to me.
    5. Here is the pen which writes well.
    6. My brother, whom I loved, is dead.
    7. These are the boys who won the match.
    8. That is the man whose car was stolen.
    9. The boy who tells lies deserves punishment.
    10. Look at these boys who are playing in the field.

    Fill in the blanks with appropriate Pronouns

    Please share your view about Pronoun worksheet for class 7 with answers post in the comment box.

  • Adjectives Exercises for Class 7 with Answers

    Adjectives Exercises for Class 7 with Answers, Worksheet of English Grammar and Comprehension book for CBSE and ICSE students for free online practice.

    Adjectives Exercises for Class 7

    Underline the Adjectives

    Exercise 4.1 Underline the Adjectives in the following sentences and say what kind they are . One has been done for you :-

    1. I know a funny little man. (Adjectives of quality)

    2. A Japanese lady was standing in the twelfth row.
    3. He could not solve a simple sum during the whole period though many classmates did it quickly. ______________.
    4. Our team went to Hyderabad to play in the famous Cricket Tournament. __________________________
    5. How much money did you spend on food and which hotel did you stay in Shimla? ___________________
    6. This is not your book, it belongs to the quiet little girl sitting behind you. __________________
    7. An old farmer had five sons. all good for nothing, and they caused him great anxiety. __________________________
    8. Neither boy could jump properly and both were sent back to the last line. ________________
    9. Some men are rich but lazy, some women are poor but hard working. ______________________
    10. With only five rupees in his pocket he went out to seek his fortune in the big bad world.

    Answers:

    2. A Japanese lady was standing in the twelfth row.
    Twelfth: Adjective of number
    Japanese: Adjective of nationality

    3. He could not solve a simple sum during the whole period though many classmates did it quickly.

    Many: Adjective of quantity
    Simple: Adjective of quality
    Whole: Adjective of quantity

    4. Our team went to Hyderabad to play in the famous Cricket Tournament.
    Famous: Adjective of quality

    5. How much money did you spend on food and which hotel did you stay in Shimla?
    Which: Interrogative adjective
    How much: Adjective of quantity

    6. This is not your book, it belongs to the quiet little girl sitting beside you.
    Little: Adjective of quantity
    Your: Possessive adjective
    Quiet: Adjective of quality

    7. An old farmer had five sons, all good-for-nothing, and they caused him great anxiety.
    Great: Adjective of quality
    Old: Adjective of quality
    Five: Adjective of number
    Good-for-nothing: Adjective of quality

    8. Neither boy could jump properly and both were sent back to the last line.
    Last: Adjective of number
    Neither: Distributive adjective
    Both: Distributive adjective

    9. Some men are rich but lazy, some women are poor but hard-working.
    Hard-working: Adjective of quality
    Some: Adjective of quantity
    Rich: Adjective of quality
    Lazy: Adjective of quality
    Poor: Adjective of quality

    10. With only five rupees in his pocket, he went out to seek his fortune in the big bad world.
    Bad: Adjective of quality
    Five: Adjective of number
    Big: Adjective of quality

    Fill in the blanks with Adjectives

    Fill in each  blanks with the correct degree (Comparative or Superlative) of the Adjectives

    Change the followings sentences into Comparative Degree

    Exercise 4.4 Change the followings sentences into Comparative Degree :- One has been done for you.

    1. Lead is the heaviest of all metals.
    Answer: Lead is heavier than any other metal.

    2. America the richest of all countries.
    3. Akbar was the wisest all the Mughal emperors.
    4. Mahatma Gandhi was the most respected of all the leaders.
    5. London is the most crowded city in the world.
    6. Gold is the costliest metal.
    7. It was the coldest night of the year.
    8. The Himalayas are the highest mountain in the world.
    9. Rahul is the naughtiest boy in the class.
    10. The best dancer of the school is Radhika.

    Answers:
    2. America is richer than any other country.
    3. Akbar was wiser than any other Mughal emperor.
    4. Mahatma Gandhi was more respected than any other leader.
    5. London is more crowded than any other city in the world.
    6. Gold is costlier than any other metal.
    7. It was colder than any other night of the year.
    8. The Himalayas are higher than any other mountains in the world.
    9. Rahul is naughtier than any other boy in the class.
    10. Radhika is a better dancer than any other student in the school.

    Correct the Sentences

    Exercise 4.5 Correct the following sentences :-

    1. He is more wiser than Amul.
    2. Iron is more powerful than my metal.
    3. Sameer gets less salary.
    4. He is elder than Raman.
    5. The population of Tokyo is greatest than that of any town in India.

    Answers:
    1. He is wiser than Amul.
    (Remove “more” because “wiser” already implies a comparative degree.)
    2. Iron is stronger than my metal.
    (Replace “powerful” with “stronger” since “strong” is the correct adjective for metals.)
    3. Sameer gets a lower salary.
    (Use “lower salary” instead of “less salary” for proper comparative form.)
    4. He is older than Raman.
    (Use “older” instead of “elder” when directly comparing two people.)
    5. The population of Tokyo is greater than that of any town in India.
    (Replace “greatest” with “greater” to correctly form a comparative sentence.)

    Thanks for visit and attempt online practice of Adjectives Exercises for Class 7 with Answers.

  • Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

    Answers to all exercises and worksheets from “Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6” by N.K. Aggarwala. Solutions for CBSE and ICSE students for free online practice.

    Solutions : Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6

    The Lesson wise links for solutions of Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 are given below:

    Part 1: Functional Grammar

    THE SENTENCE

    • Kinds of subjects
    • Subject and predicate

    NOUNS: KINDS OF NOUNS

    PRONOUNS: KINDS OF PRONOUNS

    • Personal Pronouns
    • Reflexive and Emphasising Pronouns
    • Demonstrative Pronouns
    • Indefinite Pronouns
    • Distributive Pronouns
    • Interrogative Pronouns
    • Relative Pronouns

    ADJECTIVES: KINDS OF ADJECTIVES

    • Kinds of Adjectives

    VERBS: KINDS OF VERBS

    ADVERBS: KINDS OF ADVERBS

    PREPOSITIONS

    • Types of Prepositions

    CONJUNCTIONS: KINDS OF CONJUNCTIONS

    • The Use of Conjunctions

    INTERJECTIONS

    Part 2: Correct Usage

    NOUNS: NUMBER

    • Ways of Forming the Plural of Nouns

    NOUNS: GENDER

    • By a Change of Word
    • Feminine of Compound Nouns

    NOUNS: CASE

    • How to Form the Possessive Case

    PRONOUNS: NUMBER,GENDER AND CASE

    • Number
    • Gender
    • Case
    • Personal Pronouns
    • Use of ‘It’

    COMPARISION OF ADJECTIVES

    • Formation of the Comparative and Superlative

    USES OF ARTICLES

    • Use of ‘A’ or ‘AN’
    • Use of the ‘THE’
    • Omission of ‘the Article

    TENSES

    SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

    SIMPLE PAST TENSE

    • Important Rules for Forming Past Tense
    • Strong and weak Verbs

    SIMPLE FUTURE TENSE

    THE PRESENT, PAST AND FUTURE CONTINOUS TENSES

    THE ‘PERFECT’ TENSES

    ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE

    AGREEMENT OF THE VERB WITH THE SUBJECT

    COMPARISION OF ADVERBS

    MORE ABOUT PREPOSITIONS

    PUNCTUATION AND CAPITAL LETTERS

    DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH

    • Changes in Pronouns
    • Questions
    • Commands and Requests

    Part 3: Vocabulary

    WORDS OFTEN CONFUSED

    • Words often Confused and Misused

    SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS

    • Synonyms
    • Antonyms

    IDIOMS AND VERBAL PHRASES

    Part 4: Writing Skills

    COMPOSITION

    • A paragraph Writing
    • Notice Writing

    LONGER COMPOSITION

    • Picture Compositions
    • Descriptive and Narrative Essays
    • Imaginative Compositions

    LETTER WRITING

    COMPREHENSION OF UNSEEN PASSAGES

  • Nouns Exercises for Class 7 with Answers

    Nouns Exercises for Class 7 with Answers, worksheet of Elementary English Grammar and Composition with solutions for CBSE and ICSE Board students for free online practice.

    Nouns Exercises for Class 7

    Select the Noun in a passage

    Exercise 2.1 Read the following passage :

    Shimla is known as the Queen of Hills and it is in the state of Himachal Pradesh. A trip to Shimla should be planned for shopping and sight-seeing either in summer or in extreme winter, if one wishes to ski at Kufri. Visitors can shop for woollens or buy articles of wood from Lakkad Bazaar. The beauty of hill station increases ten fold with fog drifting over mountains. Its beauty has been captured in the films. Shimla serves as a magnet for all tourists or groups from schools and institutions.

    1. Select the Nouns in the above passage.

    Answers: Selected Nouns

    1. Common noun
    Shimla
    Queen
    Hills
    state
    Himachal
    Pradesh
    trips
    hopping
    sight-seeing
    summer
    winter
    Kufri
    Visitors
    woollens
    articles
    wood
    Lakkad Bazaar
    beauty
    hill
    station
    fog
    mountains
    films
    magnet
    tourists
    groups
    schools
    institutions

    2. Proper Nouns
    1. queen
    2. hills
    3. state
    4. trip
    7. summer
    8. winter
    9. articles
    10. hill station
    11. fog
    12. mountains
    13. films
    14. magnet

    3. Collective noun
    1. Shimla
    2. Himachal Pradesh
    3. Kufri
    4. Lakkad Bazaar
    Collective Nouns
    1. Visitors
    2. groups
    3. tourists
    4. schools
    5. institutions

    4. Abstract Nouns
    1. beauty

    5. Material Nouns
    1. woollens
    2. wood

    Countable and uncountable nouns

    Exercise 1.2 Read the following paragraph.

    Normally I have a banana and some coffee for breakfast. My sister prefers to have some milk and a boiled egg. My mother has just tea and toast. Only my father has a comfortable breakfast every day. He usually cup of tea, two toasts with butter; jam and some fruit.

    Write the countable and uncountable nouns.

    Answers:
    1. Countable nouns
    banana
    egg
    cup of (tea)
    toasts
    fruits

    2.Uncuntable nouns
    Coffee
    milk
    tea
    butter
    jam

    Match countable and uncountable nouns

    Exercise 2.3 Match the following units of measurements in the first column with countable and uncountable nouns in the second column and write them down in the space provided :-

    Column First Column Second
    1. a bag of a. sugar
    2. a bottle of b. matches
    3. a kilo of c. bread
    4. a box of d. bananas
    5. a bunch of e. jam
    6. a loaf of f. potato wafers

    Answers:
    1. a bag of — f. potato wafers
    2. a bottle of — e. jam
    3. a kilo of — d. bananas
    4. a box of — b. matches
    5. a bunch of — a. sugar
    6. a loaf of — c. bread

    Singular to plural

    Exercise 2.4 Change the following sentences from singular to plural :-
    1. The scenery around this village is breathtaking.
    2. She is not fond of music.
    3. This cup is made of silver.
    4. I have little freedom at school.
    5. She bought her furniture from Myanmar as their teak wood is famous.
    6. The ant carries a gRain of rice for a long distance.
    7. The army had to cross a flooded river and face rough weather.
    8. There is much dirt on the shelf.
    9. He did not have a pen to write with.
    10. He wanted to buy an oil painting.

    Answers:
    1. The sceneries around these villages are breathtaking.
    2. They are not fond of music.
    3. These cups are made of silver.
    4. We have little freedoms at schools.
    5. They bought their furnitures from Myanmar as their teak woods are famous.
    6. The ants carry gains of rice for long distances.
    7. The armies had to cross flooded rivers and face rough weathers.
    8. There is much dirt on the shelves.
    9. They did not have pens to write with.
    10. They wanted to buy oil paint.

    Fill in the Table

    Exercise 2.6 Complete the following table. (two are done for you) :-

    1. Strong – strength
    2. Weak – weakness
    3. Wise – ____________
    4. advise – ____________
    5. ________ _ darkness
    6. ________ _ loss
    7. Man – ____________
    8. ___________ – truth
    9. deep – ___________
    10. selfish – __________
    11. ________ – pride
    12. _________ – resistance
    13. loyal – _________
    14. thief – ___________
    15. infant – __________
    16. _________ – faith

    Answers:
    3. Wise – wisdom
    4. Advise – advice
    5. Dark – darkness
    6. Lose – loss
    7. Man – woman
    8. True – truth
    9. Deep – depth
    10. Selfish – selfishness
    11. Proud – pride
    12. Resist – resistance
    13. Loyal – loyalty
    14. Loyal – loyalty
    15. Thief – theft

    Write one word with same meaning

    Exercise 2.9 Write the one word for the following sentences. All the words ends in tion :-

    1. To write a letter for job
    2. Time period
    3. A number of things
    4. To add pauses to written work
    5. To welcome, receive
    6. To ask for security
    7. To set something right
    8. To look up to someone with respect
    9. To make an inquiry or probe into something
    10. To be reluctant to do something

    Answers:

    1. Application – To write a letter for a job.
    2. Duration – Time period.
    3. Collection – A number of things.
    4. Punctuation – To add pauses to written text.
    5. Reception – To welcome, receive.
    6. Question – To ask for security.
    7. Correction – To set something right.
    8. Admiration – To look up to someone with respect.
    9. Investigation – To make an inquiry or probe into something.
    10. Hesitation – To be reluctant to do something.

  • Sentences Exercises for Class 7 with Answers

    Sentences Exercises for Class 7 with Answers, solved worksheet of Elementary English Grammar for CBSE and ICSE board students.

    Identify the Sentence

    Write (yes) on the group of words which are sentences and write (No) against those which are not.

    Make sentences of the phrases

    Exercise 1.2 Make sentences of the phrases in Exercise 1.
    1. We arrived at the right time for the concert.”
    2. “She offered me a piece of cheese from the platter.”
    3. “What a stupid story you have told me; it doesn’t make any
    4. The sun rises in the east every morning.”
    5. I was tired of listening to the same music on repeat all day.”
    6. “When the teacher enters the room, everyone should stand
    7. “I did not like it when the movie ended abruptly.”
    8. We will meet you at the station when your train arrives.”
    9. Please come to the front of the class to present your project.”
    10. “Can you come with me to the store for some help?”

    Jumbled words into statements

    Exercise 1.3 Turn the following jumbled words into statements (Assertive Sentences) :- One has been done for you.

    1. Feeding is Richard hens the
    Answer: Richard is feeding the hens.

    2. them showed the policeman way the
    3. mother us for a cake backed
    4. built we have sandcastle a beach the near
    5. threw Tom bridge over his ball the

    Answers:
    2. The policeman showed them the way.
    3. Our mother baked a cake for us.
    4. We have built a sandcastle near the beach.
    5. Tom threw his ball over the bridge.

    Write questions for the sentences.

    Exercise 1.4 Write questions for the sentences given below. One has been done for you :-

    1. The children are swimming in the pond.
    Answer: What are the children doing?

    2. Kavita brought a beautiful painting from the exhibition.
    3. No, I am not.
    4. Miss Sharma is teaching her pupils History.
    5. No, I haven’t.

    Answers:
    2. What did Kavita bring from the exhibition?
    3. Are you?
    4. What is Miss Sharma teaching her pupils?
    5. Have you?

    Command, request or advice sentences

    Turn the following jumbled group of words into command request or advice sentences

    Exercise 1.5 Turn the following jumbled group of words into command request or advice sentences :- One has been done for you.

    1. to me bring Mary quickly that book
    Answer: Mary, bring that book to me quickly.

    2. lean not do out the of window
    3. on switch fan the please
    4. serve must country we our
    5. not be do the dogs afraid Mary of

    Answers:
    2. Do not lean out of the window.
    3. Please switch on the fan.
    4. We must serve our country.
    5. Mary, do not be afraid of the dogs.

    Exclamatory Sentences

    Turn the following sentences into Exclamatory Sentences.

    Exercise 1.6 Turn the following sentences into Exclamatory Sentences :- one has been done for you.

    1. She is wearing a lovely gown.
    Answer: What a lovely gown she is wearing!

    2. You are very kind.
    3. Raman was making a lot of noise in his room.
    4. I have been very foolish
    5. She is very sick.

    Answers:
    2. How kind you are!
    3. What a lot of noise Raman was making in his room!
    4. How foolish I have been!
    5. How very sick she is!

    Change the following statements into questions

    Exercise 1.7 Change the following statements into questions:- One has been done for you.

    1. He died for his country.
    Answer: Did he die for his country?

    2. He speaks good English.
    3. They were making a noise.
    4. Shantanu opened the lock with a pen Knife.
    5. A piece of land with water all around, it is called an island.

    Answers:
    2. Does he speak good English?
    3. Were they making a noise?
    4. Did Shantanu open the lock with a pen knife?
    5. What is a piece of land with water all around it called?

    Assertive, Imperative Interrogative or Exclamatory Sentences

    State whether each of the following sentences is Assertive, Imperative Interrogative or Exclamatory

    Exercise 1.8 State whether each of the following sentences is Assertive, Imperative Interrogative or Exclamatory. (Write A, I, In, or Ex.) :-

    1. God save our Queen!
    Answer: God save our Queen! – Ex (Exclamatory)

    2. When are you leaving for Dubai?
    3. The earth goes round the sun.
    4. A thing of beauty is a joy forever!
    5. Lend me your pen, please.
    6. What an idiot you are!
    7. Do not touch the exhibits.
    8. Have you found your textbook, Aman?
    9. Mind your own business.
    10. The children go to bed by 10:30 p.m.

    Answers:
    2. When are you leaving for Dubai? – In (Interrogative)
    3. The earth goes round the sun. – A (Assertive)
    4. A thing of beauty is a joy forever! – Ex (Exclamatory)
    5. Lend me your pen, please. – I (Imperative)
    6. What an idiot you are! – Ex (Exclamatory)
    7. Do not touch the exhibits. – I (Imperative)
    8. Have you found your textbook, Aman? – In (Interrogative)
    9. Mind your own business. – I (Imperative)
    10. The children go to bed by 10:30 p.m. – A (Assertive)

    Make the following affirmative sentences Negative.

    Exercise 1.9 Make the following affirmative sentences Negative :- one has been done for you.

    1. Everybody knows that.
    Answer: Nobody knows that.

    2. Call all the girls here.
    3. Someone called you.
    4. Anybody can do that.
    5. There is some milk in the jug.
    6. She is able to lift the box.
    7. Somebody wanted to see you.
    8. She told me something about you.
    9. Everyone knows who she is.
    10. He lives somewhere near the post office.

    Answers:
    2. Do not call any girls here.
    3. No one called you.
    4. Nobody can do that.
    5. There is no milk in the jug.
    6. She is not able to lift the box.
    7. Nobody wanted to see you.
    8. She did not tell me anything about you.
    9. No one knows who she is.
    10. He does not live anywhere near the post office.

    Make the following negative sentences Affirmative

    Exercise 1.10 Make the following negative sentences Affirmative :-

    1. No one knows who he is.
    2. There was nobody present at the time.
    3. I do not know what she wants.
    4. I will not have anything to do with her.
    5. We had no sleep last night.
    6. They have no holiday today.
    7. They did not try very hard.
    8. I know nothing about her.
    9. He can play neither hockey nor football.
    10. There is no milk in the jug.

    Answers:
    1. Everyone is unsure of who he is.
    2. Everyone was absent at the time.
    3. I am unsure of what she wants.
    4. I will have something to do with her.
    6. They have a holiday today.
    7. They made only a modest effort.
    8. I am unfamiliar with her.
    9. He can play neither hockey nor football.
    10. The jug is empty.

    Write the following Negative Sentences in another way

    Exercise 1.11 Write the following Negative Sentences in another way :-

    1. She has not done either her essay or her sums.
    2. You can play neither hockey nor cricket.
    3. We can wait here no longer.
    4. He cannot give you more money.
    5. You must never lie or cheat.
    6. They were not making a noise.
    7. They will not be staying with us.
    8. She did not do her work well.
    9. They had no holiday yesterday.

    Answers:
    1. She has left both her essay and her sums undone.
    2. You are unable to play hockey or cricket.
    3. We must leave because we can no longer wait here.
    4. He is unable to provide you with additional money.
    5. Lying or cheating is something you should always avoid.
    6. They were being quiet.
    7. They will be staying elsewhere.
    8. Her work was not done properly.
    9. They worked through yesterday without a holiday.

    Turn the following into Negative Questions

    Exercise 1.12 Turn the following into Negative Questions :-
    1. Will you do me a favour?
    2. Can you wait a minute?
    3. Are you in a hurry?
    4. Is there more tea?
    5. Was the house burnt down?
    6. May we stay till the end?
    7. Was it cold last night?
    8. Have you done your homework?
    9. Did you meet Ashok yesterday?
    10. Is she well enough to attend the meeting?

    Answers:
    1. “Won’t you do me a favour?”
    2. “Can’t you wait a minute?”
    3. “Aren’t you in a hurry?”
    4. “Isn’t there more tea?”
    5. “Wasn’t the house burnt down?”
    6. “May we not stay till the end?”
    7. “Wasn’t it cold last night?”
    8. “Haven’t you done your homework?”
    9. “Didn’t you meet Ashok yesterday?”
    10. “Isn’t she well enough to attend the meeting?”

    Add the correct tag question to the following sentences

  • Sentences Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Sentences Exercises for Class 6 with Answers, Worksheet of Elementary English Grammar on kinds of sentences, Subject and Predicate, rearrange the jumbled words for free online practice.

    Jumbled words : Make meaningful sentences

    Exercise 1.1 The words below have been jumbled. Put them in their correct order to make meaningful sentences. Remember to use capital letters and punctuate the sentences correctly.

    1. bird our national peacock is the
    2. tiger is the national animal our
    3. sun moves the earth round the
    4. exercise is a good swimming
    5. rubber made are balls of tennis
    6. a day in Rome was not built
    7. wins slow the race and steady
    8. wife children care he takes of his and
    9. happy are not rich always
    10. never forgets an elephant

    Answers:
    1. The peacock is our national bird.
    2. The tiger is our national animal.
    3. The earth moves round the sun.
    4. Swimming is a good exercise.
    5. Tennis balls are made of rubber.
    6. Rome was not built in a day.
    7. Slow and steady wins the race.
    8. He takes care of his wife and children.
    9. Rich people are not always happy.
    10. An elephant never forgets.

    Use the phrases in sentences

    Exercise 1.2 Which of the following groups of words are sentences and which are phrases? Use the phrases in sentences of your own.

    1. Might is right
    2. Work hard
    3. Aeroplanes zoom
    4. To tell lies is wrong
    5. Mind your own business
    6. hard work
    7. in a great hurry
    8. how to do it
    9. in the early morning
    10. the elephant

    Answers:

    Sentences:
    (i) Might is right.
    (ii) Work hard.
    (iii) Aeroplanes zoom.
    (iv) To tell lies is wrong.
    (v) Mind your own business.

    Phrases:

    6. hard work
    Example sentence: Hard work leads to success.
    7. in a great hurry
    Example sentence: She left the house in a great hurry.
    8. how to do it
    Example sentence: He explained how to do it step by step.
    9. in the early morning
    Example sentence: I like to go jogging in the early morning.
    10. the elephant
    Example sentence: The elephant is the largest land animal.

    Complete the following incomplete sentences

    Exercise 1.3 Complete the following incomplete sentences.
    1. Tall people
    2. Owl’s sleep
    3. A stitch in time
    4. All work and no play
    5. Prevention is

    Answers:
    1. Tall people can reach high shelves easily.
    2. Owls sleep during the day and are active at night.
    3. A stitch in time saves nine.
    4. All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.
    5. Prevention is better than cure.

    Punctuate to make proper sentences

    Exercise 1.4 Read the following passage. Punctuate it using capital letters, commas and full stops to make proper sentences.
    the rejoiced in leaving the forest far behind and once more they could see fences built beside the road theses were painted green and when they came to a farmer’s house that also was painted green they passed by several houses and people in them peeped at them but none came near to speak to them being scared of the great lion

    Answers:
    The travelers rejoiced in leaving the forest far behind, and once more, they could see fences built beside the road. These were painted green, and when they came to a farmer’s house, that also was painted green. They passed by several houses, and people in them peeped at them, but none came near to speak to them, being scared of the great lion.

    Rewrite Sentences

    Exercise 1.5 Rewrite each of the following sentences using the correct punctuation marks.
    1. all that glitters is not gold
    2. how sweet this rose smells
    3. what is the time by your watch
    4. will you please give me your book
    5. how dreadful the accident was
    6. mind your own business
    7. who has broken this mirror
    8. what a horrible sight it was
    9. how foolish I have been
    10. does the earth move round the sun

    Answers:
    1. All that glitters is not gold.
    2. How sweet this rose smells!
    3. What is the time by your watch?
    4. Will you please give me your book?
    5. How dreadful the accident was!
    6. Mind your own business.
    7. Who has broken this mirror?
    8. What a horrible sight it was!
    9. How foolish I have been!
    10. Does the earth move round the sun?

    Write the kind of sentences.

    Place the words in proper order

    Exercise 1.7 Write these sentences correctly by placing the words in their proper order. Don’t forget to put in the correct punctuation marks. One has been done for you.

    1. a foolish friend, a wise enemy, is, better than
    A wise enemy is better than a foolish friend.

    2. in the bush, is, worth two, a bird, in hand
    3. a leopard, can change, his spots
    4. how naughty, today, is, the child
    5. you, will, please, let me use, your dictionary
    6. you, would, mind, my staying, a little longer

    Answers:
    2. A bird in hand is worth two in the bush.
    3. A leopard can’t change his spots.
    4. How naughty the child is today!
    5. Will you please let me use your dictionary?
    6. Would you mind my staying a little longer?

    Exercise 1.8 Use each of the given below in four sentences. (a statements, a question, a command and an exclamation).

    Example: boy

    1. He is a very naughty boy. (Statement)
    2. Why is this naughty boy late to school again? (Questions)
    3. Tell this naughty boy to stop talking at once. (Command)
    4. What a naughty boy he is! (Exclamation)

    1. sweet ___________________________________________
    2. children ________________________________________
    3. book ___________________________________________
    4. mango _________________________________________
    5. puppy __________________________________________

    Answers:

    1. Sweet

    (i) Statement: This is a very sweet dessert.
    (ii)Question: Why is this sweet dish so popular?
    (iii) Command: Give me the sweet now.
    (iv) Exclamation: What a sweet treat this is!

    2. Children
    (i) Statement: The children are playing in the park.
    (ii) Question: Where are the children going?
    (iii) Command: Tell the children to come inside.
    (iv) Exclamation: How energetic the children are!

    3. Book

    (i) Command: Return the book to the library.
    (ii) Statement: She is reading an interesting book.
    (iii) Question: Have you finished reading the book?
    (iv) Exclamation: What a fantastic book this is!

    4. Mango

    (i) Statement: This mango is ripe and delicious.
    (ii) Question: Is this mango sweet?
    (iii) Command: Peel the mango before eating it.
    (iv) Exclamation: What a juicy mango!

    5. Puppy

    (i) Statement: The puppy is very playful.
    (ii) Question: Why is the puppy barking so much?
    (iii)Command: Take the puppy for a walk.
    (iv) Exclamation: What a cute puppy!

    Interrogative sentences.

    Exercise 1.9 Change the following sentences into interrogative sentences.
    1. Sheeba will take part in the play.
    2. The school will close for Xmas holidays tomorrow.
    3. The recess is over.

    Answers:
    1. Will Sheeba take part in the play?
    2. Will the school close for Xmas holidays tomorrow?
    3. Is the recess over?

    Interrogative sentences into statements

    Exercise 1.10 Change the interrogative sentences into statements.
    1. Are you going to a movie tomorrow?
    2. Have you done your English homework?
    3. Is Chennai very hot during summer?

    Answers:
    1. You are going to a movie tomorrow.
    2. You have done your English homework.
    3. Chennai is very hot during summer.

    Make sentences using phrases

    Exercise 1.11 Make sentences as directed, using the given phrases.

    1. doing here (Interrogative)
    2. sit down (Imperative)
    3. should not make (Imperative)
    4. shining in the sky (Statements)
    5. a nice dress (Exclamatory)
    6. won the match (Interrogative)
    7. learn in the class (Statement)
    8. pleasant weather (Exclamatory)
    9. from the grocery shop (Imperative)
    10. How is beautiful (Exclamatory)

    Answers:
    1. Are you doing here? (Interrogative)
    2. Sit down. (Imperative)
    3. You should not make noise. (Imperative)
    4.The sun is shining in the sky. (Statement)`
    5. What a nice dress! (Exclamatory)
    6. Who won the match? (Interrogative)
    7. We learn in the class. (Statement)
    8. What pleasant weather! (Exclamatory)
    9. Get some milk from the grocery shop. (Imperative)
    10. How beautiful it is! (Exclamatory)

    Activity

    Exercise 1.12 Work in groups of four. Draw and colour a visually appealing scene on an A3 size sheet. This scene could be the scene of a classroom, a school playground, a market, a mall, a railway station, etc. Once the art is complete, write ten sentences describing the scene you have drawn. Remember to create all the different kinds of sentences – declarative, interrogative, imperative and exclamatory. Each group member must create at least two sentences. Present your artwork before the class and describe it. Next, read out your sentences, stating the kind each belongs.

    Answers:

    Step 1: Select the Scene

    First, decide on a setting to draw, such as:
    Classroom: With students, a teacher, a blackboard, desks, and chairs.
    School Playground: Children playing on swings, slides, and playing sports.
    Market: Stalls, people shopping, fruits, vegetables, and shopkeepers.
    Mall: People shopping, escalators, shops, and food court.
    Railway Station: A train, passengers, platform, and luggage.

    Step 2: Drawing the Scene

    On an A3 size sheet, work together to draw the selected scene. Each group member can color different parts to make it more vibrant and detailed. Focus on making it visually appealing, including a variety of elements that reflect the setting.

    Step 3: Writing Sentences

    Each group member should write two sentences describing the scene. Ensure you include a variety of sentence types. Here’s an example for each setting:

    Example: Classroom Scene

    1. Declarative: The teacher is writing on the blackboard. (Simple statement)
    2. Imperative: Pay attention to the lesson! (Giving a command)
    3. Interrogative: Are all the students listening to the teacher? (Asking a question)
    4. Exclamatory: Wow, this classroom is so neat and organized! (Expressing emotion)

    Other group members can create sentences like:

    5. Declarative: The students are sitting at their desks.
    6. Interrogative: What subject is being taught right now?
    7. Imperative: Stop talking and start reading your book!
    8. Exclamatory: Look how bright the classroom looks with all those posters!

    Example: Railway Station Scene

    1. Declarative: The train has just arrived at the platform.
    2. Interrogative: When will the next train depart?
    3. Imperative: Please stand behind the yellow line!
    4. Exclamatory: Oh no, I missed my train!
    5. Declarative: Passengers are waiting in long queues.
    6. Interrogative: Is this the right platform for the express train?

    Step 4: Presenting Your Artwork

    Once your drawing is complete and sentences are ready, each group member should read out their sentences to the class. Make sure to:

    1. Clearly explain the scene and elements in your artwork.
    2. Identify which type of sentence each one is (declarative, interrogative, imperative, or exclamatory).

    Divide sentences into subject and predicate

    Exercise 1.13 Divide each of the following sentences into subject and predicate.

    1. Sweet are the uses of adversity.
    2. Barking dogs seldom bite.
    3. A thing of beauty is a joy forever.
    4. Some mischievous boys were throwing stones in the pool.
    5. The shepherd hears a barking sound.
    6. Mt Everest is the highest mountain in the world.

    Answers:

    Sweet are the uses of adversity.
    Subject: The uses of adversity
    Predicate: are sweet

    Barking dogs seldom bite.
    Subject: Barking dogs
    Predicate: seldom bite

    A thing of beauty is a joy forever.
    (i) Subject: A thing of beauty
    (ii) Predicate: is a joy forever

    Some mischievous boys were throwing stones in the pool.
    (i) Subject: Some mischievous boys
    (ii) Predicate: were throwing stones in the pool

    The shepherd hears a barking sound.
    (i) Subject: The shepherd
    (ii) Predicate: hears a barking sound

    Mt Everest is the highest mountain in the world.
    (i) Subject: Mt Everest
    (ii) Predicate: is the highest mountain in the world

    Match Subjects and Predicates

    Exercise 1.14 Choose from B the predicate which go with the subjects in A.

    A (Subjects) B (Predicates)
    1. My watch (a) live in the jungle.
    2. Grapes (b) has a long trunk.
    3. A bad workman (c) was appointed.
    4. Good boys (d) never tell lies.
    5. The beautiful rainbow (e) keeps good time.
    6. Wild animals (f) grow on vines.
    7. A committee of five (g) blames his tools.
    8. The elephant (h) soon faded away.

    Answers:
    1. My watch – (e) keeps good time.
    2. Grapes – (f) grow on vines.
    3. A bad workman – (g) blames his tools.
    4. Good boys – (d) never tell lies.
    5. The beautiful rainbow – (h) soon faded away.
    6. Wild animals – (a) live in the jungle.
    7. A committee of five – (c) was appointed.
    8. The elephant – (b) has a long trunk.

    Predicates

    Exercise 1.15 Add predicates to these subjects.
    1. A bunch of flowers _________________________________________.
    2. Swimming ___________________________________________.
    3. Delhi, the capital of India, ______________________________________________.
    4. The Himalayas ___________________________________________________.
    5. Th girls standing in the corner ________________________________________.

    Answers:

    1.A bunch of flowers brightened up the room.
    2. Swimming is a great way to stay fit.
    3. Delhi, the capital of India, is known for its historical monuments.
    4. The Himalayas are the highest mountain range in the world.
    5. The girls standing in the corner are waiting for their teacher.

    Exercise 1.16 Add subjects to theses predicates.
    1. ___________________ can speak English very well.
    2. ___________________ marched through the town.
    3. ___________________ is the last day of the week.
    4. _________________ sells tea, coffee and sugar.
    5. ______________ wear uniforms.

    Answers:

    1. She can speak English very well.
    2. The soldiers marched through the town.
    3. Sunday is the last day of the week.
    4. The shop sells tea, coffee, and sugar.
    5. Students wear uniforms.

    Exercise 1.17 Read the instructions and perform the given activity in groups.
    Requirement
    1. Two sandwich bags
    2. 20 strips of construction paper, 10 of one colour and another 10 of a different colour
    3. Markers

    How to perform
    1. Form 10 complete sentences.
    2. Choose a colour and write the subjects of the sentences on those coloured strips.
    3. Write the predicates on the strips of the out the other colour.
    4. Put the subject in one sandwich bag and the predicates in another.
    5. Mix up the strips in both bag and take them out one and arrange them on a flat surface, forming meaningful sentences.

    Answers:

    1. Materials:
    Two sandwich bags
    20 strips of construction paper (10 of one color for subjects, and 10 of a different color for predicates)
    Markers

    2. Steps:
    The sun rises in the east.
    Create 10 Complete Sentences:
    In your group, think of 10 simple complete sentences like:
    The cat sleeps on the sofa.
    Birds fly in the sky.

    3. Write the Subjects:
    The sun
    Choose one color of the construction paper (e.g., red).
    Write the subjects of the sentences on the red strips. For example:
    The cat
    Birds

    4. Put the Strips in the Bags:
    Place all the predicate strips in the other sandwich bag.
    Place all the subject strips in one sandwich bag.

    5. Mix and Match:
    Example: You might pull out “The sun” and “sleeps on the sofa,” which doesn’t make sense, but it’s a fun way to see what combinations can work!
    Mix up both bags.
    Take one strip from each bag and place them on a flat surface.
    Try to form meaningful sentences from the random combinations.

    6. Objective:

    The goal is to help everyone understand how subjects and predicates come together to form meaningful sentences. If a combination doesn’t make sense, work as a group to figure out which strips match properly.

    This activity encourages creativity, teamwork, and understanding of sentence structure.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Comprehension of Unseen Passages for Class 6

    Comprehension of Unseen Passages for Exercises with answers for Class 6 for free practice. Elementary English Grammar and Composition solution for grade 6 students of CBSE and ICSE boards.

    Read the passage

    Exercise 34.1 Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow.

    After the accident a car from the hospital took Krishna to hospital. The two men carried him to a bed and put him in it carefully. Soon, a nurse and a doctor come. The nurse wrote his name and address in book. The doctor took the bandage off Krishna’s arm, looked at it carefully and put his hands on it. He said, “The arm is broken . “He said to the nurse , “Give him some tea to drink. “Then he said to Krishna, “Do not worry; we will do something just now. You will all right soon!” Krishna was a little cheered up and said, “thankyou, doctor. “The nurse gave him tea to drink and covered him with a warm cloth. The doctor gave an injection to lessen his pain. He tied some bandages and applied plaster. Krishna’s arm pained him a lot and he requested the doctor to look at it. The doctor told the nurse to give another injection. After this, Krishna could sleep well. While Krishna was in the hospital, many of friends came to see him . Whenever his father and mother came to visit him, they brought some fruit, milk and books. There were several other persons suffering from diseases in Krishna’s room. He was all right within a week and went home after greeting his room fellows.

    1. Krishna went to the hospital because he
    (a) was carried tow man
    (b) had an accident
    (c) wanted the car from the hospital
    (d) wanted to see his parents
    2. ‘Soon’ a nurse and a doctor came. ‘Here, the word ‘soon’ means:
    (a) at last
    (b) by and by
    (c) in a short time
    (d) at once
    (e) in a moment
    3. ‘a lot’ in the passage means:
    (a) much
    (b) a little
    (c) some
    (d) also
    (e) less
    4. The doctor said to Krishna, “Do not worry’ to
    (a) comfort him
    (b) praise him
    (c) annoy him
    (d) please him
    (e) make him quiet
    5. ‘While Krishna was in the hospital…’. Here ‘while’ means:
    (a) so far as
    (b) before
    (c) as long as
    (d) during the time
    (e) soon after
    6. Name and address in the book was written:
    (a) by the doctor
    (b) of Krishna
    (c) of the nurse
    (d) by Krishna
    (c) of the two men
    7. Krishna was alone in his room in the hospital because with him
    (a) were his father and mother
    (b) were the doctor and the nurse
    (c) was only his mother
    (d) were several other persons
    (e) were his many friends
    8. Krishna came home from the hospital
    (a) after improving
    (b) before a week
    (c) many days after a week
    (d) only after seven days
    (e) the passage does not tell
    9. Write below the phrase from the passage which means ‘comforted’
    10. Write below of good done to him by the doctor
    11. Turn the first four sentences of the passage into the present tense.

    Answers:

    1.(b) had an accident
    2. (c) in a short time
    3. (a) much
    4.(a) comfort him
    5. (d) during the time
    6. (b) of Krishna
    7. (d) were several other persons
    8. (e) the passage does not tell
    9. “Krishna was a little cheered up”
    10. The doctor gave an injection to lessen his pain, tied some bandages, and applied plaster.
    11. After the accident, a car from the hospital takes Krishna to the hospital. The two men carry him to a bed and put him in it carefully. Soon, a nurse and a doctor come. The nurse writes his name and address in the book.

    Answer the Questions

    Exercise 34.2 Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions given below.

    When Mr Jones went to a restaurant one day. He left his coat near the door. There was nothing in the pockets of the coat when he left it, so he was very surprised when he took his meal and found the pockets full of jewellery! There was a waiter near the door, so Mr Jones said to him, ‘;Somebody has made a mistake. He has put some jewellery in my coat just like Mr Jones. I am sorry, ‘said the man, ‘I made a mistake. I took your coat and you have got mine. Please give me my coat and jewelry to the waiter. He will gave it you. Mr Jones called the manager of the restaurant, but the manager said, ‘We have no waiters here. We have only waitress. You gave the jewellery to a thief! shouted the other man. ‘I shall send for the police!’ Mr Jones was frightened and paid the man a lot of money for the jewellery.

    1. Jones really gave the jewellery to
    (a) a waiter
    (b) a thief
    (c) the owner
    (d) the manager
    2. Jones wanted the other man to
    (a) send for the police
    (b) call the manager
    (c) get the jewellery from the waiter
    (d) take back his coat and jewellery
    3. You gave the jewellery to a thief! ‘You’ here refer to
    (a) the manager
    (b) the waiter
    (c) the waitresses
    (d) Jones
    4. Who was the owner of the jewellery?
    5. What did Jones think about the jewellery in the pockets?
    6. Why did Jones go to the restaurant?
    7. What did the other man want Jones to do?
    8. What mistake did the other man make?
    9. Why did he make the mistake?
    10. When did Jones know he was in trouble?
    11. Write from the passage the sentence which shows what started all the trouble.
    12. The manager said, “…I, shall send for the police.” Change sentence to Reported Speed.

    Answers:
    1. Jones really gave the jewellery to
    (b) a thief
    2. Jones wanted the other man to
    (d) take back his coat and jewellery
    3. ‘You gave the jewellery to a thief!’ ‘You’ here refer to
    (d) Jones
    4. Who was the owner of the jewellery?
    The other man was the owner of the jewellery.
    5. What did Jones think about the jewellery in the pockets?
    Jones was very surprised to find the pockets full of jewellery when he had left them empty.
    6. Why did Jones go to the restaurant?
    The passage does not provide specific information about why Jones went to the restaurant.
    7. What did the other man want Jones to do?
    The other man wanted Jones to give him his coat and jewellery back.
    8. What mistake did the other man make?
    The other man took Jones’s coat by mistake, and Jones ended up with the other man’s coat and jewellery.
    9. Why did he make the mistake?
    The mistake happened because the other man mistakenly took Jones’s coat and left his own coat with Jones.
    10. When did Jones know he was in trouble?
    Jones realized he was in trouble when he was informed by the manager that he had given the jewellery to a thief and not to a waiter.
    11. Write from the passage the sentence which shows what started all the trouble.“Somebody has made a mistake. He has put some jewellery in my coat just like Mr Jones.”
    12. The manager said, “…I shall send for the police.” Change the sentence to Reported Speech.
    The manager said that he would send for the police.

    Read the following passage carefully

    Exercise 24.3 Read the following passage carefully and answers the questions that follow.

    All the housewives who went to the Kalpatharu Supermarket in Bengaluru has one great ambition: to be the lucky customer who did not have to pay for her shopping. For this was what the notice just insde the entrance promised. It said: ‘Remember, once a week, one of our customer gets free goods. This may be your lucky day!’ For several weeks Mrs Batliwala hoped, Like many of her friends, to be the lucky customer. Unlike her friends, she never gave up hope. Her kitchen was full of things which she did not need. Her husband failed to dissuade her. She dreamed of the day when the manager of the Supermarket would approach her and say: ‘Madam, this is your lucky day. Everything in your basket is free.
    One Saturday morning, Mrs Batliwala Finished her shopping and left the supermarket. But soon the discovered that she had forgotten to buy tea. She rushed back, got the tea and went towards the cash desk, As she did so, she saw the manager of the Supermarket come up to he. ‘Madam’ he said, holding out his hand, I went to congratulate you! You are our lucky customer, and everything you have in your basket is free!’

    1. ‘It’ said.
    What did It stand for?
    2. What happened on lucky days?
    3. Why did Mrs Batliwala buy things she did not need?
    4. ‘Her husband failed to dissuade her’. What did her husband want?
    5. Why did Mrs Batliwala go to the supermarket again on the last day of the week?
    6. Who went towards the cash-desk?
    7. Why did the manager congraulate Mrs Batliwala?
    8. What did Mrs Batliwala get as a lucky customer?
    9. ‘___________ everything you have in your basket is free!’
    What was in the basket?
    10. Was Mrs Batliwala really a lucky customer?
    11. (a) Find the word in the passage which means “To stop or prevent someone from doing something .”
    (b) Opposite of exit,’

    Answers:
    1. ‘It’ said. What did ‘It’ stand for?
    ‘It’ refers to the notice just inside the entrance of the Kalpatharu Supermarket.
    2. What happened on lucky days?
    On lucky days, one customer received free goods, as promised by the supermarket.
    3. Why did Mrs Batliwala buy things she did not need?
    Mrs. Batliwala bought things she did not need because she hoped to be the lucky customer who would get her shopping for free.
    4.‘Her husband failed to dissuade her’. What did her husband want?
    Her husband wanted to dissuade her from buying unnecessary things and from holding on to the hope of becoming the lucky customer.
    5. Why did Mrs Batliwala go to the supermarket again on the last day of the week?
    Mrs. Batliwala went to the supermarket again because she had forgotten to buy tea and needed to get it before completing her shopping.
    6. Who went towards the cash-desk?
    Mrs. Batliwala went towards the cash-desk.
    7. Why did the manager congratulate Mrs Batliwala?
    The manager congratulated Mrs. Batliwala because she was the lucky customer and everything in her basket was free.
    8. What did Mrs Batliwala get as a lucky customer?
    As a lucky customer, Mrs. Batliwala got all the items in her basket for free.
    9. ‘___________ everything you have in your basket is free!’ What was in the basket?
    Everything Mrs. Batliwala had in her basket was free.
    10. Was Mrs Batliwala really a lucky customer?
    Yes, Mrs. Batliwala was indeed a lucky customer, as confirmed by the manager, and she received all the items in her basket for free.
    11. (a) Find the word in the passage which means “To stop or prevent someone from doing something.”
    The word is “dissuade.”
    (b) Opposite of exit
    The opposite of “exit” is “entrance.”

    Read the following poem carefully

    Exercise 34.4 Read the following poem carefully and answer the questions that fellow.

    Where the Mind is Without Fear
    Where the mind is without fear and head is held high
    Where knowledge is free
    Where the world has not been broken up into fragments
    By narrow domestic walls
    Where words come out from the depth of truth
    Where tireless striving stretches its arms towards perfection
    Where the clear stream of reason has not lost its way
    Into the dreary desert sand of dead habit
    Where the mind is led forward by thee
    Into ever-widening thought and action
    Into that heaven of freedom, my father, let my country awake.

    1. Choose the correct option.

    (a) What is the poet’s vision of an ideal society in the poem?
    (i) a society without knowledge
    (ii) a society without borders
    (iii) a society without freedom
    (iv) a society without domestic walls

    (b) What does the poet mean by “narrow domestic walls” in the poem?
    (i) wall that separate countries
    (ii) walls that confine one’s thoughts and beliefs
    (iii) walls that protect the home
    (iv) walls that divide society by gender

    (c) What is the central theme of the poem?
    (i) The important of domestic life
    (ii) The beauty of nature
    (iii) The quest for knowledge and freedom
    (iv) The limitations of human potential

    (d) What is the synonym for “dreary,” as used in the phrase “dreary” desert sand?
    (i) exciting (ii) tedious
    (iii) colourful (iv) refreshing

    (e) What does the word “awake” mean in the last line of the poem, “let my country awake”?
    (i) to fall asleep
    (ii) to become aware or conscious
    (iii) to dream
    (iv) to remain stagnant

    2. Who is the speaker addressing in the poem?
    3. According to the poem, what has not happened to the world in the ideal society?
    4. What is the significance of the phrase “dreary desert sand of dead habit” in the poem?
    5. How does the poem describe the stream of reason?
    6. What is the role of “thee” in the poem’s last line, “Where the mind is led forward by thee”?
    7. What is the poet’s desire for his country in the last line of the poem?

    Answers:

    1. Choose the correct option:

    (a) What is the poet’s vision of an ideal society in the poem?
    (iv) a society without domestic walls

    (b) What does the poet mean by “narrow domestic walls” in the poem?
    (ii) walls that confine one’s thoughts and beliefs

    (c) What is the central theme of the poem?
    (iii) The quest for knowledge and freedom

    (d) What is the synonym for “dreary,” as used in the phrase “dreary desert sand”?
    Dull, bleak, or depressing.

    (e) What does the word “awake” mean in the last line of the poem, “let my country awake”?
    (ii) to become aware or conscious

    2. Who is the speaker addressing in the poem?
    The speaker is addressing God or a higher power, often referred to as “my father.”

    3. According to the poem, what has not happened to the world in the ideal society?
    The world has not been broken up into fragments by narrow domestic walls.

    4. What is the significance of the phrase “dreary desert sand of dead habit” in the poem?
    It signifies the stagnation and unproductive customs or traditions that prevent growth, progress, and freedom of thought.

    5. How does the poem describe the stream of reason?
    The poem describes the stream of reason as something that should remain clear and not lose its way into the dreary desert of dead habits.

    6. What is the role of “thee” in the poem’s last line, “Where the mind is led forward by thee”?
    “Thee” refers to God or a divine force guiding the mind towards broader thoughts and actions.

    7. What is the poet’s desire for his country in the last line of the poem?
    The poet desires that his country awakens to a state of freedom, enlightenment, and progress, free from fear and narrow-mindedness.

    Famous Classic ‘Jane Eyre’

    Exercise 34.5 Read the following passage from the famous classic ‘Jane Eyre’ and answer the questions that follows.

    John Reed was a school boy of fourteen years old, four years older than I, For I was but ten: large and stout for his age, with a dingy and unwholesome skin, thick lineaments in a spacious visage, heavy libs and large extremities. He gorged himself habitually at the table, which made him bilious and gave him a dim and bleared eye and flabby cheeks, He ought now to have been at school but his mama had taken him home for a month or two, ‘on account of his delicate health.’ Mr Miles, the master, affirmed that he would do very well if he had fewer cakes and sweetmeats sent him from home, but the mother’s heart turned from an opinion so harsh, and inclined rather to the more refined idea that John’s sallowness was owing to over-application and, perhaps, to pining after home. John did not have much affection for his mother and sisters, and an antipathy to me. He bullied and punished me: not two or three times in the week, nor once or twice in the day, but countinually: every nerve I had feared him, and every morsel of flesh on my bones shrank when he come near. There were moments when I was bewildered by the terror he inspired because I had no appeal whatever against either his menaces or his inflictions: the servants did not like to offend their young master by talking my parts against by him, abuse me, though he did both now and then in her very presence, more frequently, however, behind her back.
    Habitually abedient to John, I came up to his chair: he spent some three minutes thrusting out his tongue at me as far he could without damaging the roots. I knew he would soon strike, and while dreading the blow, I mused on the disgusting and ugly appearance of him who would presently deal it, I wonder if he read that notion in my face, for, all at once, without speaking, he struck suddenly and strongly. I tottered, and on regaining my equilibrium, retired back a step or two from his chair.
    ‘That is for your impudence in answering mama a while since, ‘said he, ‘and for your sneaking way of getting behind curtains, and for the look you had in your eyes two minutes since you rat!’
    Accustomed to John Reed’s abuse, I never had an idea of replying to it; my care was how to endure the blow which would certainly follow the insult. ‘
    ‘What were you doing behind the curtain?’ he asked.
    ‘Show the book,’
    I returned to the window and fetched it thence. ‘You have no business to take our books. you are a dependent mama says; you have no money; your father left you none, you ought to beg, and not to live here with gentleman’s children like us, and eat the same meals we do, and wear clothes at our mama expense. Now, I’ll teach you to rummage my bookshelves; they are mine; all the house belong to me, or will do in years, Go and stand by the door, out of the way of the mirror of the windows.

    Exercise 34.5 Choose the correct option.
    1. Find words in the passage which mean the same as:
    (a) unhealthy (b) longing (c) threats (d) balance.

    2. Choose the correct option.
    (a) John Reed ate so much that it made him
    (i) flabby (ii) bilious (iii) bleared
    (b) Jane was obedient to John because she had become
    (i) immune to it (ii) pretended to be unhurt (iii) used to it
    (c) John struck Jane because of her
    (i) rudness (ii) hiding behind a certain (iii) both (iv) and
    (d) Jane was hiding behind a curtain because
    (i) the book she was reading was not hers
    (ii) she wanted to read in peace
    (iii) she was not old enough to read that book
    3. State whether the following statements are True or False.
    (a) John loved his mother and sisters. _______________
    (b) John was four years older than Jane. _______________
    (c) The servants always tried to rescue Jane . _______________
    (d) John punished Jane because he didn’t like the way she looked at him. _______________
    4. How does Jane describe John Reed’s appearance?
    5. Bring out the difference between Mr Miles and John’s mother’s opinion about John’s ‘delicate health’.
    6. Explain in your own words- “Mrs Reed was blind and deaf on the subject of John hitting Jane.”
    7. What opinion do you form of John Reed after this passage?

    Answers:

    1. Find words in the passage which mean the same as:

    (a) unhealthy: “unwholesome”

    (b) longing: “pining”

    (c) threats: “menaces”

    (d) balance: “equilibrium”

    2. Choose the correct option.

    (a) John Reed:

    (i) flabby

    (b) Jane was obedient to John because she had become:

    (iii) used to it

    (c) John struck Jane because of her:

    (iii) both (i) rudeness and (ii) hiding behind a curtain

    (d) Jane was hiding behind a curtain because:

    3. State whether the following statements are True or False.

    (d) John punished Jane because he didn’t like the way she looked at him. True

    (a) John loved his mother and sisters. False

    (b) John was four years older than Jane. True

    (c) The servants always tried to rescue Jane. False

    4. How does Jane describe John Reed’s appearance?
    Jane describes John Reed as a large and stout boy for his age, with a dingy and unwholesome skin, thick lineaments, a spacious visage, heavy limbs, and large extremities. He had flabby cheeks, dim and bleared eyes, and an overall unhealthy appearance due to his habit of overeating.

    5. Bring out the difference between Mr. Miles’s and John’s mother’s opinions about John’s delicate health.
    Mr. Miles, John’s schoolmaster, believed that John would be in better health if he ate fewer cakes and sweetmeats sent from home, suggesting that John’s health issues were due to overeating and poor dietary habits. In contrast, John’s mother believed that his sallow appearance was due to over-application to his studies and pining for home, showing a more sympathetic and less practical view of his condition.

    6. Explain in your own words: “Mrs. Reed was blind and deaf on the subject of John hitting Jane.”
    This means that Mrs. Reed chose to ignore or was indifferent to John’s abusive behavior towards Jane. She either did not see or hear (or chose not to acknowledge) the way John mistreated Jane, failing to intervene or correct his behavior.

    7. What opinion do you form of John Reed after this passage?
    John Reed appears to be a spoiled and cruel boy who bullies Jane continuously without any remorse. He seems entitled and arrogant, believing himself superior due to his family’s wealth and status. John’s character is portrayed as unkind, unfeeling, and abusive, especially towards those he perceives as weaker or beneath him, like Jane.

    Read the following passage carefully

    Exercise 34.6 Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.

    Spiritual development is a deeply personal journey that goes deyond the physical world. It involves exploring the inner dimensions of our being, seeking meaning and purpose in life, and connecting with something greater than ourselves. while spiriuality can take many forms and is unique to each individual, it generally involves the pursuit of a sense of inner peace, connection to the universe, fostering a sense of unity and oneness. Third, it is a quest for inner peace, calm and serenity, even in the face of life’s challenges. finally, it seeks to achieve a deeper sense of purpose and meaning in life.
    There are several ways to experience spiritual growth and awareness. Meditation, for instance, can play a vital role. Regular Meditation helps you connect with your inner peace and serenity. The beauty and serenity of the natural world can lead to a profound sense of connection. Moreover, gratitude, or being thankful for what you have, can also contribute to spiritual awareness. Act of kindness, such as helping others selflessly, can also contribute to spiritual growth. Furthermore, exploring different beliefs and philosophies can broaden your spiritual horizons. Finally, regularly reflecting on your thoughts, actions, and experiences can lead to self-awareness and growth.

    Answers:

    1. Choose the correct option.

    (a) What is the primary focus of spiritual development?
    (i) physical peace (ii) inner exploration and connection
    (iii) connection to the universe (iv) material possessions

    (b) Which of the following is NOT an aspect of spiritual development, as mentioned in the passage?
    (i) inner peace (ii) financial success
    (iii) connection to the universe (iv) self -discovery

    (c) What is one of the ways to experience spiritual growth and awareness, according to the passage?
    (i) eating fast food (ii) spending time with nature
    (iii) watching TV all day (iii) avoiding friends and family

    (d) Which term best describe the feeling of “oneness and unity with others, nature and the universe” mentioned in the passage?
    (i) loneliness (ii) connection
    (iii) isolation (iiii) alienation

    (e) What does the word “serenity” mean in the context of spiritual development?
    (i) inner (ii) turmoil and confusion
    (iii) material wealth (iv) loneliness and isoaltion

    2. What is the significance of spiritual in one’s life?
    3. Name some aspects of spiritual development?
    4. What role does meditation play in spiritual growth and awareness?
    5. How can spending time in nature contribute to one’s spiritual awareness?
    6. Why is gratitude considered a part of spiritual development?
    7. How do acts of kindness contribute to spiritual growth?

    1. Choose the correct option.

    (a) What is the primary focus of spiritual development?
    (ii) inner exploration and connection

    (b) Which of the following is NOT an aspect of spiritual development, as mentioned in the passage?
    (ii) financial success

    (d) Which term best describes the feeling of “oneness and unity with others, nature, and the universe” mentioned in the passage?
    (ii) connection

    (e) What does the word “serenity” mean in the context of spiritual development?
    (i) inner peace

    2. What is the significance of spirituality in one’s life?

    Spirituality plays a crucial role in providing individuals with a sense of inner peace, purpose, and meaning. It helps people connect with something greater than themselves, fostering a sense of unity and calm even amid life’s challenges. Through spiritual practices, individuals can explore their inner dimensions, seek personal growth, and achieve a deeper understanding of their existence and their place in the universe.

    3. Name some aspects of spiritual development.
    Some aspects of spiritual development include:
    Seeking a deeper sense of purpose and meaning in life
    Pursuit of inner peace and serenity
    Connection to the universe
    Self-discovery and personal growth
    Fostering a sense of unity and oneness
    4. What role does meditation play in spiritual growth and awareness?

    Meditation plays a vital role in spiritual growth and awareness by helping individuals connect with their inner peace and serenity. Regular meditation allows people to calm their minds, reflect deeply, and gain insights into their inner selves, thus enhancing their spiritual awareness and fostering a sense of tranquility.

    5. How can spending time in nature contribute to one’s spiritual awareness?

    Spending time in nature can contribute to one’s spiritual awareness by providing a profound sense of connection to the natural world. The beauty and serenity of nature can lead to introspection, enhance feelings of unity with the environment, and foster a deeper appreciation for the universe, all of which are integral to spiritual growth.

    6. Why is gratitude considered a part of spiritual development?

    Gratitude is considered a part of spiritual development because being thankful for what one has helps cultivate a positive outlook and deeper appreciation for life. It enhances one’s sense of connection to others and to the universe, promoting inner peace and contributing to overall spiritual growth.

    7. How do acts of kindness contribute to spiritual growth?

    Acts of kindness contribute to spiritual growth by fostering a sense of compassion and selflessness. Helping others without expecting anything in return nurtures a deeper connection to the community and enhances one’s own spiritual awareness. Such acts can also lead to a greater sense of purpose and fulfillment in life.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Letter writing for class 6 with answers

    Letter writing for class 6 with answers, Elementary English Grammar and Composition exercises with solution for CBSE and ICSE grade VI students.

    Write letters.

    Exercise 33.1 Give below are some situations. Read them and then write suitable letters.

    1. You have just returned from a visit to a hill station. Write a letter to your friend telling him/her why they should also visit the place.

    2. A friend of yours has been hospitalised due to a fracture while playing football. Write a letter to him giving some cheerful news, a promise of a visit soon, and wishing him a speedy recovery.

    3. Write a letter to a friend who has failed in the final examination advising him/her not to give up hope and try once again.

    4. You participated in an Inter-house Debate. While speaking, you suddenly forget the last part of your speed and had to hurriedly finish it. Write a letter to your mother, describing your embarrassment and how your friends jeered you for days.

    Answers:

    1. Letter to a Friend About a Visit to a Hill Station

    [Your Address]
    [City, State]
    [Date]

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I hope you’re doing well. I just got back from an amazing trip to [Hill Station Name], and I couldn’t wait to tell you all about it. The place is absolutely breathtaking! The cool breeze, lush green hills, and peaceful surroundings make it a perfect getaway. The views from the hilltops are spectacular, especially at sunrise and sunset. I also visited some beautiful spots like waterfalls and tea gardens, which felt like a dream. The food was delicious, and the local people were so warm and welcoming.

    You should definitely plan a trip here when you can. It’s the perfect place to relax and recharge. I’m sure you’ll love it as much as I did. Let me know if you need any tips for planning your visit!

    Take care and hope to see you soon.

    Best regards,
    [Your Name]

    2. Letter to a Friend in the Hospital

    [Your Address]
    [City, State]
    [Date]

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I was really sorry to hear about your injury and the fact that you’ve been hospitalized. I hope you’re not in too much pain and that you’re recovering well. The whole gang is rooting for you and sending you positive vibes. I heard that our football team won the last match—we’re really missing you on the field! But don’t worry, we’ll have a proper celebration when you’re back on your feet.

    I’ll visit you very soon—probably this weekend. Until then, rest up and don’t lose your cheerful spirit. Wishing you a speedy recovery!

    Take care,
    [Your Name]

    3. 3. Letter to a Friend Who Failed an Exam

    [Your Address]
    [City, State]
    [Date]

    Dear [Friend’s Name],

    I just heard about your result, and I wanted to reach out and remind you that this is not the end of the road. I know it’s disheartening, but remember, failures are just stepping stones to success. It’s okay to feel disappointed, but don’t let this bring you down for too long. Take some time to figure out where things went wrong, and then come back even stronger. You’ve always been a hard worker, and I’m confident you can bounce back.

    Use this experience as motivation. I’ll be here to support you every step of the way, so don’t hesitate to reach out if you need anything—be it help with studying or just someone to talk to.

    Keep your chin up. Better days are ahead.

    Your friend,
    [Your Name]

    4. Letter to Your Mother About a Debate Embarrassment

    [Your Address]
    [City, State]
    [Date]

    Dear Mom,

    I hope you’re doing well. I wanted to tell you about something embarrassing that happened during the Inter-house Debate last week. Everything started off well, and I was really confident while speaking. But then, near the end of my speech, my mind just went blank! I completely forgot the last part of what I had prepared. It was so awkward—I had to finish my speech hurriedly and step off the stage.

    My friends, of course, had a field day teasing me about it! They kept imitating my blank expression for days, which was both funny and a bit mortifying. It was tough at first, but now we all laugh about it. This has definitely taught me to be better prepared next time and not let nerves get the better of me.

    Anyway, I’ll learn from it and do better next time! Hope to see you soon.

    Love,
    [Your Name]

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Writing Longer Compositions for Class 6

    Writing Longer Compositions for Class 6, Elementary English Grammar and composition exercises with answers.

    Exercise 32.1 Attempt the following descriptions.

    1. Describe the scene at a bus stand in about 200 words. you may use following words in your answer.

    noisy place, crowd, passenger, sitting, bench, besides, luggage, move, wait, villagers, young, old, woman, window, tickets, rush, push, tea-stalls, shout, water, hut, driver, conductor, petrol, smoking, read, newspaper, set in, get down, busy.

    2. Write about 200 words on ‘A Journey by Train; You may write along the following lines.

    the purpose of the journey- the arrival of the train-great rush-got a comfortable seat-the journey itself- the scenery on the way-different staions-various types of passengers in the compartment-the journey’s end-a pleasant journey-felt tired.

    3. One day, on your way to market you saw an accident. A boy riding a bicycle was knocked down by a speeding scooter and got hurt. Describe in about 200 words what you saw. you may use the following words.

    going to market, to buy a gift, sister’s birthday, street overcrowded, tongas, bicycles, scooters, motor-cycles, cars, losts of people, a boy riding a bicycle, very fast, struck by a speeding scooter, thrown off his bicycle, gets hurt, cries with pain, people gather, taken to hospital, X-rayed, fracture, operation, plaster, scooterist, a kind man, pays for the treatment.

    4. Describe a fire that broke out in your neighbourhood last night in about 200 words. You may make use of the following hints in your answer.

    A house on fire-alarm-smoke and flames coming out of the burning house-people removing furniture-fire-engine-brave firemen pumping huge jets of the house-a brave deed you witnessed-by scouts rendering help

    Answers:

    1. Scene at a Bus Stand

    The bus stand was a noisy place, teeming with a bustling crowd. Passengers of all sorts, from young students to old villagers, milled around, waiting for their respective buses. Some sat on worn-out benches, their luggage piled beside them, while others stood in impatient lines. The scene was chaotic, with people moving about, trying to get their tickets amidst the rush. The constant push and shove created a din, and occasional shouts from the ticket counters added to the clamor. Tea-stalls dotted the area, offering a brief respite to weary travelers who sipped their tea and chatted. Nearby, a small hut sold water, and the aroma of snacks wafted through the air. Drivers and conductors bustled around, some smoking and discussing schedules, while others checked the petrol levels of their buses. Many people read newspapers, trying to stay informed or pass the time. Children played nearby, their laughter breaking through the noise. As buses arrived and departed, the crowd’s movements created a lively yet chaotic atmosphere, a typical scene at a busy bus stand.

    2. Scene at a Bus Stand

    A Journey by Train

    The purpose of my journey by train was to visit my cousin in a neighboring city. As the train arrived at the station, there was a great rush of passengers trying to board. Amidst the commotion, I managed to secure a comfortable seat by the window, where I could enjoy the scenery outside. The journey itself was delightful; the train chugged along steadily, offering a picturesque view of lush green fields, small villages, and meandering rivers. We stopped at various stations along the way, each bustling with its own set of passengers and vendors. Inside the compartment, the diverse mix of people included families, students, and travelers, each engrossed in their own activities. Some read newspapers, while others chatted or napped. As we approached the destination, I reflected on the pleasant journey. Though I felt a bit tired from the travel, the serene landscapes and the experience of meeting different people made the trip memorable and enjoyable.

    3. Accident on the Way to Market

    On my way to the market to buy a gift for my sister’s birthday, I witnessed a distressing accident. The street was overcrowded with tongas, bicycles, scooters, motor-cycles, and cars, making it a chaotic scene. A young boy riding a bicycle was moving very fast when he was struck by a speeding scooter. The impact threw him off his bicycle, and he landed on the ground, crying out in pain. The crowd quickly gathered around the scene, their expressions filled with concern. The boy was clearly hurt, and soon an ambulance arrived. The paramedics took him to the hospital where he was X-rayed and found to have a fracture. An operation was needed, and the boy’s leg was put in plaster. The scooterist, who turned out to be a kind man, offered to pay for the boy’s treatment, showing remorse for the accident. The entire incident was a sobering reminder of the dangers on busy streets.

    4. Fire in the Neighborhood

    Last night, a terrifying fire broke out in our neighborhood, engulfing a house in flames. The alarm rang out, alerting everyone to the crisis. Thick smoke billowed from the burning house, and vivid flames leaped high into the night sky. The intense heat was palpable even from a distance. Panic spread among the residents as they scrambled to remove furniture and personal belongings from nearby homes to prevent further loss.

    The fire engine arrived swiftly, its sirens cutting through the chaos. Brave firemen worked tirelessly, pumping huge jets of water onto the inferno. Their determined efforts gradually brought the flames under control. One particularly brave deed I witnessed was when a group of scouts, who had been in the area, stepped in to assist. They helped to evacuate people, ensuring everyone was safe and out of harm’s way.

    Their courage and quick thinking were invaluable during this crisis. By the time the fire was fully extinguished, the damage was extensive, but the collaborative efforts of the firemen, the scouts, and the community had helped mitigate the disaster. The sight of the blazing house and the subsequent destruction was a sobering reminder of the importance of readiness and teamwork in emergencies.

    Exercise 32.2 Write an essay of not more than 200 words on the following topics.

    1. Imagine you are an astronaut travelling through space. Give an account of your journey.

    2. A day in your life as a policeman-give an account.

    3. If I were a clown in a circus show-What would you do?

    4. If I were the President of the USA! -What changes would you make in your country?

    Answers:

    1. An Astronaut’s Journey Through Space

    As an astronaut traveling through space, the journey was both awe-inspiring and surreal. Floating in zero gravity, I marveled at the vast expanse of the cosmos. The Earth, a distant blue marble, looked serene from my spacecraft. My days were spent conducting experiments and observing celestial phenomena through the observation windows. The stars, untainted by atmospheric interference, sparkled with an intensity I had never seen before. The silence of space was profound, punctuated only by the hum of the spacecraft’s systems. Each moment was filled with the wonder of discovery and the solitude of the void. Navigating through the asteroid belt was thrilling, and observing distant galaxies offered a humbling perspective on our place in the universe. The journey was a blend of scientific pursuit and personal reflection, leaving me with an unshakable sense of the vastness and beauty of space.

    2. A Day in My Life as a Policeman

    As a policeman, my day starts early, with a briefing about the shift’s assignments. Patrolling the streets, I ensure safety and respond to calls for assistance. Interacting with the community, I address concerns and offer help where needed. Throughout the day, I handle various situations—from traffic violations to minor disputes. Regular check-ins at known trouble spots are part of the routine. The job requires vigilance, quick thinking, and empathy. Each shift brings its own challenges, whether it’s calming a tense situation or conducting investigations. By the end of the day, the satisfaction of contributing to community safety outweighs the stress. Being a policeman involves dedication, resilience, and a commitment to upholding the law and protecting those in need.

    3. If I Were a Clown in a Circus Show

    If I were a clown in a circus show, my goal would be to spread joy and laughter. My act would involve a mix of slapstick comedy, playful antics, and engaging tricks. I would wear a vibrant costume, complete with oversized shoes and a red nose, and interact with the audience, involving them in my performance. My routines would include juggling, balloon animals, and humorous skits, each designed to elicit smiles and giggles. I would also engage in playful interactions with other performers, creating a fun and energetic atmosphere. My aim would be to bring out the childlike wonder in everyone and make each performance a memorable, joyous experience for the audie

    4. If I Were the President of the USA

    If I were the President of the USA, my focus would be on promoting unity and addressing pressing issues. I would implement policies to tackle climate change, investing in renewable energy and sustainable practices. Healthcare reform would be a priority, ensuring accessible and affordable care for all. Education would receive increased funding to improve quality and accessibility. I would also work on bridging societal divides, fostering inclusivity and equality. Strengthening international relations while ensuring national security would be crucial. Economic policies would aim to support both growth and fairness. Through these changes, I would strive to create a more equitable, prosperous, and united nation.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Composition Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Composition Exercises for Class 6 with Answers, Elementary English Grammar worksheet for free online practice of CBSE and ICSE board students.

    Composition Exercises for Class 6

    Write a paragraph about School

    Exercise 31.1 Your school recently celebrated Sports Day. Write a paragraph about it for your school magazine. Take the help of the hints given below. Remember to give a title your paragraph.

    Hints :
    (i) Description of the scene where the Sports Day was held
    (ii) The activities of the participants (what they did before the sports began)
    (iii) How did each activity follow the next?
    (iv) Reaction of the spectators
    (v) Chief Guest speech and the prize winners

    Answers:
    Annual Sports Day Celebration
    Our school recently celebrated its much-anticipated Annual Sports Day on the lush green grounds that were decorated with colorful flags and banners. The event was held in the cool morning breeze, with students, teachers, and parents filling the stands in high spirits. Participants, dressed in their respective house colors, were busy warming up, stretching, and doing final practice runs before the sports began. The event kicked off with a march-past led by the school’s sports captain, followed by an oath-taking ceremony to uphold sportsmanship.
    The competitions flowed seamlessly from one activity to the next, starting with sprints and races for different age groups. The excitement grew as the relay races and tug-of-war brought out the competitive spirit in both participants and spectators. The crowd cheered enthusiastically, waving flags and clapping for their favorites. The loudest applause was reserved for the thrilling high jump and long jump events, where athletes displayed their skills and determination.
    The Chief Guest, a renowned sports personality, delivered an inspiring speech emphasizing the importance of discipline and teamwork in sports and life. The event concluded with the much-awaited prize distribution, where the winners proudly received their medals and trophies amidst loud cheers and applause. It was a day full of energy, joy, and unforgettable memories, leaving everyone eagerly looking forward to next year’s Sports Day.

    Write a paragraph on the based of hints

    Exercise 31.2 Read the following hints and write a paragraph based on them .

    Hints:
    (i) Sight of a house on fire
    (ii) The scene before the fire engines arrived
    (iii) How was the fire brought under control?
    (iv) How did the people react (neighbours, passers-by and the people living in the house)?
    (v) What did you feel in the end?

    Answers:

    One evening, as I was walking home, I noticed a thick column of smoke rising into the sky. When I reached the scene, I was horrified to see a house ablaze. Flames were leaping out of the windows, and dark smoke billowed into the air. Before the fire engines arrived, neighbors and passers-by rushed to help, throwing buckets of water in vain. The scene was chaotic—people were shouting for assistance, while the family living in the house stood helplessly, watching their belongings burn.

    Soon, the fire engines arrived, and the firefighters immediately began battling the flames. They skillfully sprayed water from their hoses and used ladders to reach the upper floors. After a tense struggle, the fire was finally brought under control. The neighbors and bystanders, who had been anxiously watching, sighed in relief, while the family was comforted by those around them.

    Witnessing such a tragic event left me feeling both saddened and grateful. Sad for the family who lost so much, but grateful for the bravery and quick response of the firefighters, and for the compassion shown by the community. It reminded me of how unpredictable life can be, and how important it is to support one another in times of crisis.

    Describe in your own words.

    Exercise 31.3 You recently attended a grand family celebration. It could be grandparents golden wedding anniversary, a sister’s wedding or a newborn baby’s birthday. Describe the celebration in your own words. Take the help of the hints given below.

    Hints
    (i) When, where and why was the celebration held?
    (ii) How did you prepare for the celebration?
    (iii) Activities that happened at the celebrations
    (iv) Why you thought it was a grand unforgettable celebration
    (v) Give your paragraph a title.

    Answers:

    A Joyous Wedding Celebration

    Last month, our family gathered for a grand celebration: my sister’s wedding. The event took place at a beautiful banquet hall decorated with twinkling lights and elegant floral arrangements. The celebration was held to mark the union of my sister and her partner, a joyous occasion that brought our entire family together.

    In preparation for the celebration, we spent weeks organizing every detail. I helped with the invitations, while other family members took charge of the catering and decorations. On the day of the wedding, the excitement was palpable. The bride looked stunning in her traditional gown, and the groom was equally dashing in his suit. The ceremony was heartfelt and moving, with vows exchanged and promises made.

    The reception that followed was filled with laughter, dancing, and delicious food. Guests enjoyed a variety of entertainment, from live music to a photo booth capturing memorable moments. There were heartfelt toasts and a touching slideshow that showcased the couple’s journey together.

    What made this celebration truly unforgettable was the sense of unity and joy that filled the room. Seeing our loved ones come together to celebrate such a special occasion made it clear that this was not just a wedding, but a grand and cherished family milestone. The memories we created that day will be treasured for years to come.

    Write a paragraph about book

    Exercise 31.4 Read the following hints and write a paragraph about a book that you reading.

    Hints: name, author, main, them, the parts you enjoyed most, reason, any message

    A Captivating Read: “The Alchemist” by Paulo Coelho
    I recently finished reading “The Alchemist” by Paulo Coelho, a novel that captivated me from start to finish. The book follows the journey of Santiago, a young shepherd who dreams of finding a hidden treasure. The main theme revolves around following one’s dreams and listening to one’s heart. What I enjoyed most were the vivid descriptions of Santiago’s travels and the philosophical insights he gains along the way. Each chapter revealed deeper truths about life and destiny, which I found both inspiring and thought-provoking. The story encourages readers to pursue their personal legends and find meaning in their experiences. Coelho’s message about the importance of following one’s dreams and the transformative power of faith made “The Alchemist” a profoundly impactful read.

    Write ten sentences about colony.

    Exercise 31.5 Try to describe a person whom you see every day either in your colony or your school. Write ten sentences with the help of the hints given.

    Hints:

    Name of the person, What does he do? How do you know him? What does he/ she looks like, e.g. age, face, eyes, nose, hair, complexion. Describe his work. Is he/she popular? How does the person behave – happy/critical/loses temper/ friendly. Do you like or dislike the person? Give reasons.

    Answers:
    Mr. Sharma: Our Friendly Neighborhood Watchman
    Mr. Sharma is the watchman of our colony, and I see him every day as he patrols the area.
    He is in his late fifties and has a well-built frame, with a strong, sturdy appearance.
    Mr. Sharma is a familiar face to me because he has been working here for as long as I can remember.
    He has a kind face with warm, brown eyes that always seem to be observing the surroundings carefully.
    His nose is prominent, and he has a short, neatly trimmed beard that complements his complexion, which is a warm brown.
    Every morning, he starts his rounds early, checking gates, ensuring everything is in order, and helping residents with any concerns.
    Mr. Sharma is quite popular in our colony because of his dedication and reliability in keeping our neighborhood safe.
    He is generally friendly and approachable, often greeting everyone with a smile and a cheerful “Good morning!”
    I like Mr. Sharma a lot because of his positive attitude and the way he makes everyone feel secure and welcomed.
    His presence adds a sense of comfort to our community, and his helpful nature is something that I and many others truly appreciate.

    Write down your observations

    Exercise 31.6 Write down your observations on the following people, describing them in detail according to the headings given.

    (a) A teacher teaching in class (b) A waiter serving in a hotel
    Hints: Appearance Dress Actions

    Answers:
    A Teacher Teaching in Class
    Appearance: Mrs. Gupta, our mathematics teacher, is a woman in her early forties with a calm and approachable demeanor. She has short, neatly styled hair that frames her face, and her eyes are sharp and focused, reflecting her dedication to teaching. She wears a pair of stylish, yet professional glasses that add to her scholarly appearance.
    Dress: Mrs. Gupta usually dresses in formal, comfortable clothing appropriate for the classroom setting. She often wears sarees or salwar kameez in soft, muted colors, which are both elegant and practical. Her attire is always neat and well-coordinated, adding to her professional presence.
    Actions: During class, Mrs. Gupta is highly engaging and interactive. She explains complex concepts clearly using examples and visual aids. Her teaching style involves asking questions and encouraging student participation, which makes the lessons lively and informative. She moves around the classroom, offering individual assistance and making sure that every student understands the material.

    (b) ) A Waiter Serving in a Hotel
    Actions: Rajesh is efficient and courteous in his service. He greets guests with a warm smile and promptly takes their orders. He is attentive to details, ensuring that each dish is served correctly and that guests’ needs are met with promptness. Rajesh moves swiftly and gracefully between tables, handling multiple tasks with ease, which contributes to a pleasant dining experience for the guests.
    Appearance: Rajesh, a waiter at the local hotel, is a young man in his mid-twenties with a friendly and energetic demeanor. He has a clean-shaven face and neatly combed hair. His eyes are always attentive, reflecting his readiness to assist guests.
    Dress: Rajesh wears a well-pressed, black uniform consisting of a button-down shirt, black trousers, and a matching vest. His outfit is complemented by a neatly tied black tie and polished shoes. The uniform is immaculate, reflecting his commitment to maintaining a professional appearance.

    Exercise 31.7

    1. you are a Partap Bakhshi, a student of St Marks School, Koramanglam, Bengaluru. you lost your school bag playground. Write a notice for the school noticeboard giving details of your (in 50 words ).

    2. You are Vineet Kumar, School Captain. Draft a notice (in 50 words) for your school noticeboard, Announcing the dates of Inter-house Matches in Hockey for the middle school. Your school is Evergreen School, Indore.

    3. There will a poster competition n your school for classes VI-VII. As Art Secretary, draft a notice of noticeboard (Rainbow School, Mumbai) giving details in 50 words. Mention the topic chosen for the competition. You are Indiver Kamtekar.

    4. Your are Rajan Swamy, Culural Secretary of your school. Write a notice (in 50 words), for your school noticeboard about the film “Gravity” to be shown to middle and senior classes on the coming Saturday. Your school is St Francis School, Chennai.

    5. Vivekanand School, Dharampur, is holding its Annual Classical Music Competition on 1st January, 20XX. As School Cultural Secretary, write a notice (in 50 words), giving all the necessary details. You are Revati Iyer.

    Answers:

    1. Lost School Bag Notice

    St. Marks School, Koramangala, Bengaluru
    NOTICE
    August 27, 2024

    Lost School Bag

    This is to inform that I, Partap Bakhshi of Class 8, lost my school bag in the playground today during the lunch break. The bag is blue with a St. Marks School logo on it. If found, kindly return it to the undersigned or at the lost-and-found office.

    Partap Bakhshi
    (Class 8)

    2. 2. Inter-House Hockey Matches Announcement

    Evergreen School, Indore
    NOTICE
    August 27, 2024

    Inter-House Hockey Matches

    The Inter-House Hockey Matches for middle school will be held from September 1st to September 5th. All students from classes 6 to 8 are encouraged to participate and cheer for their teams. For more details, please contact your House Captains.

    Vineet Kumar
    (School Captain)

    3. 3. Poster Competition Announcement

    Rainbow School, Mumbai
    NOTICE
    August 27, 2024

    Poster Competition for Classes VI-VII

    A poster competition on the topic “Save Our Environment” will be held for classes VI-VII on September 10th in the school auditorium. Interested students should register by September 5th with the Art Department. All are welcome to participate and showcase their creativity!

    Indiver Kamtekar
    (Art Secretary)

    4. 4. Film Screening Notice

    St. Francis School, Chennai
    NOTICE
    August 27, 2024

    Film Screening: “Gravity”

    The school will be screening the movie “Gravity” for the middle and senior classes on Saturday, September 2nd, in the school auditorium from 10:00 AM to 12:00 PM. Attendance is mandatory. Please be seated by 9:45 AM.

    Rajan Swamy
    (Cultural Secretary)

    5. 5. Annual Classical Music Competition

    Vivekanand School, Dharampur
    NOTICE
    August 27, 2024

    Annual Classical Music Competition

    Our school is organizing the Annual Classical Music Competition on January 1, 20XX, at 10:00 AM in the school auditorium. All interested students are requested to submit their names to the music department by December 20th. Don’t miss this melodious event!

    Revati Iyer
    (School Cultural Secretary)

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Idioms and Phrases Exercises for Class 6

    Idioms and Verbal Phrases Exercises with Answers for Class 6, Elementary English Grammar worksheet for free online practice.

    Idioms and Verbal Phrases Exercises

    Exercise 30.1 Write the answer in the following sentences.

    1. They were asked to leave the bag and baggage for not paying the rent of the room.
    (a) immediately
    (b) with their luggage
    (c) completely, leaving nothing behind
    (d) leaving money for the rent

    2. “Please don’t share what I am telling you with anyone, it’s only between you and me,” said Anish to Raunak.
    (a) said confidentially
    (b) to be kept between Anish and Raunak
    (c) told in confidence by Anish to Raunak
    (d) Raunak was not to tell anyone else

    3. The child was saved from being hurt in the nick of time by a passerby.
    (a) at the right time
    (b) suddenly by a passerby.
    (c) immediately
    (d) just by chance

    4. The spacecraft vanished in the wide sky in the twinkling of an eye.
    (a) soon
    (b) before you could blink your eye
    (c) at once
    (d) in the briefest possible time

    5. Every day, we hear about senior citizens being robbed and even killed in cold blood.
    (a) leaving them dead till their blood becomes cold.
    (b) without any reason
    (c) deliberately
    (e) Killed for money

    Answers:
    1. They were asked to leave the bag and baggage for not paying the rent of the room.
    (c) completely, leaving nothing behind
    2. “Please don’t share what I am telling you with anyone, it’s only between you and me,” said Anish to Raunak.
    (b) to be kept between Anish and Raunak
    3. The child was saved from being hurt in the nick of time by a passerby.
    (d) just by chance
    4. The spacecraft vanished in the wide sky in the twinkling of an eye.
    (d) in the briefest possible time
    5. Every day, we hear about senior citizens being robbed and even killed in cold blood.
    (c) deliberately

    Exercise 30.2 Match the phrases in the Box A with their meaning in Box B and then write them down in the space given.

    Box A
    1. look after 2. take off 3. set out 4. put off 5. bring up 6. cut down 7. keep up 8. call on 9. blow up 10. give up
    Box B
    explode, surrender, educate or rear, reduce, postpone, remove, start on a journey, take care, maintain, visit

    Answers:
    1. look after – take care
    2. take off – remove
    3. set out – start on a journey
    4. put off – postpone
    5. bring up – educate or rear
    6. cut down – reduce
    7. keep up – maintain
    8. call on – visit
    9. blow up – explode
    10. give up – surrender

    Exercise 30.3 Make groups of 3-4 students each. Assign each group an idiom and have them act it out for the rest of the class to guess.

    1. All in the same boat.
    2. Birds of a feather flock together
    3. Crying over spilt milk
    4. Don’t count your chickens before they’re hatched
    5. Let the cat out of the bag
    6. Rub salt in your wound
    7. Give me a hand
    8. Keep an eye on you
    9. You’re pulling my leg
    10. Zip your lip

    Answers:
    1. All in the same boat
    Scenario: Act out a group of people facing a shared problem or situation, like being stuck in a traffic jam or working on a group project with difficulties.
    2. Birds of a feather flock together
    Scenario: Show a group of people with similar interests or characteristics sticking together, like friends who all enjoy the same hobby or activity.
    3. Crying over spilt milk
    Scenario: Act out someone who is upset over a small, unavoidable accident, like spilling a drink and then complaining excessively about it.
    4. Don’t count your chickens before they’re hatched
    Scenario: Pretend to be excited about a future event or outcome, only to be reminded that it might not happen, such as assuming you will win a contest before it’s over.
    5. Let the cat out of the bag
    Scenario: Act out someone accidentally revealing a secret or surprise before it was intended to be known.
    6. Rub salt in your wound
    Scenario: Show someone making a bad situation worse by reminding someone of their mistake or failure, like teasing someone who has already failed at something.
    7. Give me a hand
    Scenario: Act out a situation where someone needs help with a task, and another person offers assistance, like carrying a heavy box.
    8. Keep an eye on you
    Scenario: Pretend someone is being watched or monitored closely, like a parent watching their child while they play or a teacher observing a student.
    9. You’re pulling my leg
    Scenario: Act out someone making a seemingly unbelievable claim or joke, and another person reacting with disbelief or confusion, thinking they are being tricked.
    10. Zip your lip
    Scenario: Show someone being told to be quiet or stop talking, like in a classroom setting where someone is asked to stop talking during a lesson.

    Exercise 30.4 Below are sentences that have idioms. Underline the idiom in each sentence and write its meaning under the sentence. Choose from the options given below.

    to start from the beginning without shortcuts to forget quit or stop try doubts good times an d bad times to ignore enjoys

    1. If you want to be a professional dancer, you should give it a shot.
    meaning:
    2. Are you having second thoughts about getting a pet?
    meaning
    3. Parul’s mother baked her brithday cake from scratch.
    meaning
    4. I saw Olive at the store, and she gave me the cold shoulder.
    meaning
    5. Bijoy is the type of friend who stays with you through thick and thin.
    meaning :
    6. The meeting completely slipped out of my mind.
    meaning:
    7. She gets a kick out of watching adventurous movies.
    meaning:
    8. It’s late; let’s call it a day.
    meaning:

    Answers:
    1. If you want to be a professional dancer, you should give it a shot.
    Meaning: Try
    2. Are you having second thoughts about getting a pet?
    Meaning: Doubts
    3. Parul’s mother baked her birthday cake from scratch.
    Meaning: To start from the beginning without shortcuts
    4. I saw Olive at the store, and she gave me the cold shoulder.
    Meaning: To ignore
    5. Bijoy is the type of friend who stays with you through good times and bad times.
    Meaning: Good times and bad times
    6. The meeting completely slipped out of my mind.
    Meaning: To forget
    7. She gets a kick out of watching adventurous movies.
    Meaning: Enjoys
    8. It’s late; let’s call it a day.
    Meaning: Quit or stop

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Synonyms and Antonyms Exercises for Class 6

    Synonyms and Antonyms Exercises with Answers for Class 6, Elementary English Grammar worksheet for Grade 6 for free online practice.

    Synonyms

    Exercise 29.1 Match the words in Column A with their meaning in Column B.

    AB
    1. trust(a) resemble
    2. safe(b) vacation
    3. tour (c) gloomy
    4. match (d) enter
    5. group (e) missing
    6. leave(f) attention
    7. dark (g) set
    8. care(h) dependable
    9. admit (i) faith
    10. absent (j) excursion
    AB
    1. trust (i) faith
    2. safe(h) dependable
    3. tour(j) excursion
    4. match(g) set
    5. group(f) attention
    6. leave(d) enter
    7. dark(c) gloomy
    8. care(a) resemble
    9. admit(b) vacation
    10. absent(e) missing

    Exercise 29.2 Give the synonyms of the words in the box and make sentences of your own with the new words.

    bad, address, calm, go, halt, idle, offer, play, race, talk

    Answers:
    1. Bad
    Sentence: The poor weather made it difficult for us to go out for a walk.
    Synonym: Poor
    2. Address
    Sentence: The principal decided to speak to the students regarding the new rules.
    Synonym: Speak to
    3. Calm
    Sentence: The peaceful environment helped me focus on my studies.
    Synonym: Peaceful
    4. Go
    Sentence: After the announcement, we proceeded to the next class.
    Synonym: Proceed
    5. Halt
    Sentence: The traffic police asked us to stop at the signal.
    Synonym: Stop
    6. Idle
    Sentence: The factory remained inactive during the holiday season.
    Synonym: Inactive
    7. Offer
    Sentence: She was happy to present a gift to her best friend on her birthday.
    Synonym: Present
    8. Play
    Sentence: The students performed beautifully in the annual cultural program.
    Synonym: Perform
    9. Race
    Sentence: The competition between the two teams was intense.
    Synonym: Competition
    10. Talk
    Synonym: Converse
    Sentence: We decided to converse about our plans for the weekend over lunch.

    Antonyms

    Exercise 29.3 Match Antonyms from Column A with Column B.

    A B
    1. Hope (a) Senior
    2. Slow(b) Lie
    3. Truth (c) Despair
    4. Junior(d) Defeat
    5. Victory (e) Quick

    Answers:

    Matching the pairs
    1. Hope → (e) Optimism
    2. Slow → (b) Gradual
    3. Truth → (c) Honesty
    4. Junior → (d) Younger
    5. Victory → (a) Win

    Exercise 29.4 Write the antonyms of the following words and use them in sentences of your words.

    lead, dead, bright, go, proud, blame, none.

    Answer:
    1. Lead
    Sentence: The tourists decided to follow the guide through the dense forest.
    Antonym: Follow
    2. Dead
    Sentence: The fish was still alive when we found it by the river bank.
    Antonym: Alive
    3. Bright
    Sentence: The room looked dull without proper lighting.
    Antonym: Dull
    4. Go
    Sentence: The teacher asked the students to stop talking during the lesson.
    Antonym: Stop
    5. Proud
    Sentence: Despite his achievements, he remained humble and kind.
    Antonym: Humble
    6. Blame
    Sentence: The coach praised the team for their excellent performance.
    Antonym: Praise
    7. None
    Sentence: All the students completed their assignments on time.
    Antonym: All

    Exercise 29.5 Read the story given below.

    Then, use your imagination and illustrate each part of the story in your notebook. Next, create a more interesting story by using a thesaurus to find a synonym for each underline word. Be sure the words you choose are grammatically correct and sense in the story.

    It was a very hot day out on the Bluebell Farm. Skeeter had been working in the garden since daybreak.She looked up at the hot sun and wished she could go swimming in the cool creek down the road.
    All at once a good idea came to her mind.
    She decided a swim was just what she needed, so she ran down to the creek and jumped right in! A smile spread acroos Aunt Skeeter’s face as she floated on the water. However, her nice swim didn’t last for long. All of a sudden, Aunt Skeeter let out a cry that could be heard in the next town.
    She jumped out of the water like she’d been shot from a cannon. She wiggled and squirmed as she tried the source of his discomfort. After one big shake, a fat catfish came flopping out of Aunt Skeeter’s overalls. Seeing out catfish made Aunt Skeeter laugh so had that she had hiccups for two days!

    Answers:
    It was an exceedingly scorching day out on the Bluebell Farm. Skeeter had been toiling in the garden since sunrise. She glanced up at the blazing sun and wished she could go swimming in the refreshing stream down the road.
    Suddenly, a brilliant idea struck her. She concluded that a swim was precisely what she required, so she dashed down to the stream and leaped right in! A grin spread across Aunt Skeeter’s face as she floated on the water.
    However, her pleasant swim didn’t endure for long. Out of nowhere, Aunt Skeeter emitted a scream that could be heard in the next town. She sprang out of the water as if she’d been launched from a cannon. She wriggled and twisted as she tried to locate the source of her discomfort.
    After one vigorous shake, a plump catfish came flopping out of Aunt Skeeter’s overalls. Observing the catfish made Aunt Skeeter laugh so hard that she had hiccups for two days.
    Feel free to illustrate each part of the story according to this revised version. If you need any more assistance, just let me know!

    Thanks for attempt Synonyms and Antonyms Exercises for Class 6.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Words Often Confused Exercises with Answers for Class 6

    Words Often Confused Exercises with Answers for Class 6, Elementary English Grammar interactive worksheets with solution for free online practice.

    Words Often Confused Exercises

    Fill in the blanks with the correct word.

    Complete the following crossword puzzle

    Choose the right word from the brackets and fill in the blanks.

    Write the correct spellings in the space given.

    Choose the most appropriate word from the list given.

    Exercise 28.6 Make sentences of your own to bring out the difference in the meaning of the following pairs of words.

    1. sank / drowned
    2. freedom / liberty
    3. jealous / zealous

    Answers:
    1. sank / drowned
    drowned: The fisherman drowned when he was thrown into the icy waters during the storm.
    sank: The boat began to sink slowly after hitting the iceberg.
    2. freedom / liberty
    liberty: The statue in the harbor symbolizes the liberty and democracy that the nation stands for.
    freedom: The country celebrated its freedom from colonial rule with a grand parade.
    3. jealous / zealous
    zealous: He was a zealous supporter of the local sports team, attending every game and rallying others to join him.
    jealous: She was jealous of her friend’s success and felt envious of the attention she received.

    Thanks for attempt Words Often Confused Exercises with Answers for Class 6. You can share your feed back in comment box.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Direct and Indirect Speech Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Direct and Indirect Speech Exercises for Class 6 with Answers, solved worksheet of Elementary English Grammar for free online practice of CBSE and ICSE Education board students.

    Direct and Indirect Speech Exercises

    Exercise 27.1 Change the following sentences from direct to indirect speech.

    One has been done for you.

    1. My father said, “I can’t find my purse.”
    Answers: 1. My father said that he couldn’t find his purse.
    2. Robin said, “I am looking for my class notebook.”
    3. “I haven’t taken a bath yet, “said my sister.
    4. The P.T. teacher said, “Boys, it is nine o’clock already.”
    5. “We must leave at once,” said the refugee.
    6. The robber told his friend, “We will have to run now.”
    7. “We shall be late, ” said my mother.
    8. Ram said, “I won’t go to the party tonight.”
    9. “We may be in time to catch the bus,” said the lady.
    10. “We have been waiting foe more than an hour,” we said.

    Answers:
    2. Robin said that he was looking for his class notebook.
    3. My sister said that she hadn’t taken a bath yet.
    4. The P.T. teacher told the boys that it was nine o’clock already.
    5. The refugee said that they must leave at once.
    6. The robber told his friend that they would have to run now.
    7. My mother said that we would be late.
    8. Ram said that he wouldn’t go to the party that night.
    9.The lady said that they might be in time to catch the bus.
    10. We said that we had been waiting for more than an hour.

    Exercise 27.2 Change the following sentences into indirect speech.

    1. Rama said, “I shall come to tea tomorrow.”
    Answer: Rama said that he would come to tea the next day.

    2. He said to me, “You have helped my brother, ”
    3. She said, “You play hockey very well.”
    4. I said to her, “You are a foolish girls.”
    5. He said to me, “I have often told you not to idle away your time,”
    6. He wrote to me, “I am unable to come just now because I am ill.”
    7. The teacher said to me, “You did not do well in the examination, ”
    8. They said, “Yesterday, we went to the cinema.”
    9. The girls said, ” It will be stormy tonight.”
    10. The teacher said, “I shall not teach your class tomorrow.”

    Answers:
    2. He told me that I had helped his brother.
    3. She said that I played hockey very well.
    4. I told her that she was a foolish girl
    5. He told me that he had often told me not to idle away my time.
    6. He wrote to me that he was unable to come just then because he was ill.
    7. The teacher told me that I had not done well in the examination.
    8. They said that they had gone to the cinema the previous day.
    9. The girls said that it would be stormy that night.
    10. The teacher said that she would not teach our class the next day.

    Exercise 27.3 Change the following sentences into indirect speech. One has been done for you.

    1. He said, ” where do you come from?”
    Answer: He asked where I came from.

    2. “What do you want?” he said to her.
    3. Mohan said. “How is your mother?”
    4. “Do you like this book?” Rita said to Somesh.
    5. The poor woman cried, “Will no one help me?”
    6. “Do you know the way to the station?” said I.
    7. “Which is your book?” I said to her.
    8. “Do you really know magic?” said the queen.
    9. She said to him, “Can you do this work?”
    10. “Can you tell me secret?” he said to her.
    11. Vivek said to us, “Why are you sitting idle?”
    12. Why do you cry?” I said to the little boy?”
    13. “Purti said, “When will the train start?”
    14. “Do you believe in ghosts?” she said to the wizard.
    15. “Why are you so late tonight?” said the mother to Sita.

    Answers:
    2. He asked her what she wanted.
    3. Mohan asked how my mother was.
    4. Rita asked Somesh if he liked that book.
    5. The poor woman cried out asking if no one would help her.
    6. I asked if they knew the way to the station.
    7. I asked her which her book was.
    8. The queen asked if he really knew magic.
    9. She asked him if he could do that work.
    10. He asked her if she could tell him the secret.
    11. Vivek asked us why we were sitting idle.
    12. I asked the little boy why he was crying.
    13. Purti asked when the train would start.
    14. She asked the wizard if he believed in ghosts.
    15. The mother asked Sita why she was so late that night.

    Exercise 27.4 Turn the following sentences into indirect speech.

    1. Barun said to Sujit, “Go away.”
    Answer: Barun told Sujit to go away

    2. I said the boys, “Please allow me to work.”
    3. The teacher said to Harry, “Show your notebook.”
    4. He said, “Please lend me your book.”
    5. The captain said to his men, “Stand at ease.”
    6. The teacher said to the boys, “Look at the blackboard.”
    7. “Hurry up, “he said to his children.
    8. “Sit down, boys, “said the teacher.
    9. “Shoot!” said the officer to his men.
    10. Manisha said to me, “Wait till I return.”
    11. She said to him, “Take your seat. please.”
    12. “Stop writing, please,” said the teacher to the boys.
    13. He said to us, “Work hard if you want to pass.”
    14. She said to her son, “Be prudent.”
    15. Ameesha said to her friend, “Give ten rupees to the beggar.”

    Answers:
    2. I requested the boys to allow me to work.
    3. The teacher told Harry to show his notebook.
    4. He requested to be lent the book.
    5. The captain commanded his men to stand at ease.
    6. The teacher told the boys to look at the blackboard.
    7. He urged his children to hurry up.
    8. The teacher told the boys to sit down.
    9. The officer ordered his men to shoot.
    10. Manisha told me to wait until she returned.
    11. She requested him to take his seat.
    12. The teacher asked the boys to stop writing.
    13. He told us to work hard if we wanted to pass.
    14. She advised her son to be prudent.
    15. Ameesha told her friend to give ten rupees to the beggar.

    Exercise 27.5 Here are given some dialogues from famous movies. Work with your partner and write them in indirect speech. Then, say them aloud with proper intonation and expression.

    “Life is like a box of chocolates; you never know what you’re going to get,”
    (Forrest Gump)
    (He said…..)
    Direct Speech: “Life is like a box of chocolates; you never know what you’re going to get.”
    Indirect Speech: He/She said that life was like a box of chocolates and that you never knew what you were going to get.

    “I’m the king of the world!”
    (Titanic)
    (He shouted…)
    Direct Speech: “I’m the king of the world!”
    Indirect Speech: He shouted that he was the king of the world.

    “A census taker once tried to test me. I ate his liver with some beans and a nice Chianti.”
    (The silence of the Lambs)
    (He said…)
    Direct Speech: “A census taker once tried to test me. I ate his liver with some beans and a nice Chianti.”
    Indirect Speech: He said that a census taker had once tried to test him and that he had eaten his liver with some beans and a nice Chianti.

    “Take your stinking paws off me, you damn dirty ape!”
    (Planet of the Apes)
    (He demanded that…)
    Direct Speech: “Take your stinking paws off me, you damn dirty ape!”
    Indirect Speech: He demanded that they take their stinking paws off him, those damn dirty apes.

    “Have you ever had a dream, Neo, that you were so sure was real? What if you were unable to wake from that dream?”
    (The Matrix)
    (He said…)
    Direct Speech: “Have you ever had a dream, Neo, that you were so sure was real? What if you were unable to wake from that dream?”
    Indirect Speech: He asked Neo if he had ever had a dream that he was so sure was real and what would happen if he were unable to wake from that dream.

    “There is only one of the Lord of the Ring, only one who can bend it to his will, and he does not share power.”
    (The Lord of the Rings)
    (He said…)
    Direct Speech: “There is only one Lord of the Ring, only one who can bend it to his will, and he does not share power.”
    Indirect Speech: He said that there was only one Lord of the Ring, only one who could bend it to his will, and that he did not share power.

    “I’ll be back.”
    (Terminator)
    (He said..)
    Direct Speech: “I’ll be back.”
    Indirect Speech: He said that he would be back.

    “This message will self-destruct inn five seconds.”
    (Mission Impossible)
    (The message said…)
    Direct Speech: “This message will self-destruct in five seconds.”
    Indirect Speech: The message said that it would self-destruct in five seconds.

    “I’m going to make him an offer he can’t refuse.
    (The Godfather)
    (He said..)
    Direct Speech: “I’m going to make him an offer he can’t refuse.”
    Indirect Speech: He said that he was going to make him an offer he couldn’t refuse.

    “Have you ever danced with the devil in the pale moonlight?”
    (Batman)
    (He asked him…)
    Direct Speech: “Have you ever danced with the devil in the pale moonlight?”
    Indirect Speech: He asked him if he had ever danced with the devil in the pale moonlight.

    “The force is with you, young Skywalker, but you are not a Jedi yet.”
    (Star Wars)
    (He told..)
    Direct Speech: “The force is with you, young Skywalker, but you are not a Jedi yet.”
    Indirect Speech: He told young Skywalker that the Force was with him, but he was not a Jedi yet.

    “You can away my house, all my tricks and toys. One thing you can’t take away… I am Iron Man.”
    (Iron Man
    (He said…)
    Direct Speech: “You can take away my house, all my tricks and toys. One thing you can’t take away… I am Iron Man.”
    Indirect Speech: He said that they could take away his house, all his tricks and toys, but one thing they couldn’t take away was that he was Iron Man.

    “It is a truth universally acknowledged that when one part of your life starts going okay, another falls spectacularly to pieces.
    (Bridget Jones’s Diary)
    (She said…)
    Direct Speech: “It is a truth universally acknowledged that when one part of your life starts going okay, another falls spectacularly to pieces.”
    Indirect Speech: She said that it was a truth universally acknowledged that when one part of your life started going okay, another fell spectacularly to pieces.

    Thanks for visit and attempt Direct and Indirect Speech Exercises for Class 6 with Answers.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Punctuation and Capital Letters Exercises for Class 6

    Punctuation and Capital Letters Exercises for Class 6, Worksheet of Elementary English grammar for free online practice for CBSE and ICSE students.

    Punctuation and Capital Letters Exercises

    Exercise 26.1 Insert the punctuation marks and capital letters in the following sentences. One has been done for you.

    1. the proverb says more haste less speed.
    The proverb says, “More haste, less speed.”

    2. mohan one of your old friends met me in delhi last sunday.
    3. the teacher said london stands on the thames.
    4. akbar the greatest of the mughal emperors ruled wisely.
    5. hindus muslims sikhs christans and parsis live together in India.
    6. laila said to kamala how beautiful we look.
    7. he was honest sincere hard working and faithful.
    8. lions tigers panthers and leopards all belong to the cat family.
    9. the best known leaders among them were mahatma gandhi sardar patel and jawaharlal nehru.
    10. do you know Tara how old lila is i think she is twelve years old she says she is only eleven.

    Answers:
    2. Mohan, one of your old friends, met me in Delhi last Sunday.
    3. The teacher said, “London stands on the Thames.”
    4. Akbar, the greatest of the Mughal emperors, ruled wisely.
    5. Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs, Christians, and Parsis live together in India.
    6. Laila said to Kamala, “How beautiful we look!”
    7. He was honest, sincere, hard-working, and faithful.
    8. Lions, tigers, panthers, and leopards all belong to the cat family.
    9. The best-known leaders among them were Mahatma Gandhi, Sardar Patel, and Jawaharlal Nehru.
    10. “Do you know, Tara, how old Lila is? I think she is twelve years old. She says she is only eleven.”

    Exercise 26.2 Punctuate the following passage.

    When jesus was alone some of those who heard him came to him and asked him to explain the parable you have been given these secret of god he replied but there are others who hear all things by means of parables so that they might turn to god and he may forgive them

    Answers:
    When Jesus was alone, some of those who heard Him came to Him and asked Him to explain the parable. “You have been given the secrets of God,” He replied, “but there are others who hear all things by means of parables so that they might turn to God and He may forgive them.”

    Exercise 26.3 Rewrite the sentences using correct punctuation and capitalisation.

    1. when we were reading the book gone with the wind my teacher said this is an advanced book but you can read it without any problems.
    Answer: When we were reading the book Gone with the Wind, my teacher said, “This is an advanced book, but you can read it without any problems.”

    2. there are three things we need to buy at the grocery store shampoo soap and tootpaste.
    3. my friend said first we have to stop in atlanta.
    4. buy a copy of the newspaper the times.
    5. I just heard the song everything is awesome.
    6. that man lost his keys fell in the yard and started crying.
    7. when I woke up I ate breakfast brushed my teeth and packed my lunch.
    8. actually we ordered three things foe dinner chicken potatoes and salad.

    Answers:
    2. There are three things we need to buy at the grocery store: shampoo, soap, and toothpaste.
    3. My friend said, “First, we have to stop in Atlanta.”
    4. Buy a copy of the newspaper The Times.
    5. Buy a copy of the newspaper The Times.
    6. That man lost his keys, fell in the yard, and started crying.
    7. When I woke up, I ate breakfast, brushed my teeth, and packed my lunch.
    8. Actually, we ordered three things for dinner: chicken, potatoes, and salad.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • More about Prepositions for Class 6: Exercises with Answers

    More about Prepositions Exercises with Answers for CBSE, ICSE Class 6, worksheet of Elementary English grammar for free online practice.

    More about Prepositions : Exercises for Class 6

    Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.

    Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.

    Exercise 25.3 Choose the correct preposition given in parentheses in the following sentences.

    1. Kriti is sitting (in/on) the sofa (at/in) the dining room.
    Kriti is sitting on the sofa in the dining room.

    2. Michigan is situated (in/between) Lake Michigan and Lake Huron.
    3. While waiting for my train, I took a walk (around/across) the station.
    4. Pratham sat (near/against) the campfire.
    5. We will go to Mumbai (since/during) the month of January.
    6. The stores stay open (on/in) Mondays (until/for) 9:00 p.m.
    7. Kusha has been United States (for/during) a year.
    8. John has lived in France (for/since) two years.
    9. No, I did not see him because I was there (for/during) only two hours.
    10. Is your birthday (in/on) April? Mine is (in/on) April 7.
    11. He had been waiting here (during/since) noon.
    12. I received my bill (to/in) the middle of the month.
    13. Can you be ready (by/on) six o’clock?
    14. Would you rather write (by/with) a pen or pencil?
    15. Do you like to travel (by/in) bus?

    Answers:
    2. Michigan is situated between Lake Michigan and Lake Huron.
    3. While waiting for my train, I took a walk around the station.
    4. Pratham sat near the campfire.
    5. We will go to Mumbai during the month of January.
    6. The stores stay open on Mondays until 9:00 p.m.
    7. Kusha has been in the United States for a year.
    8. John has lived in France for two years.
    9. No, I did not see him because I was there for only two hours.
    10. Is your birthday in April? Mine is on April 7.
    11. He had been waiting here since noon.
    12. I received my bill in the middle of the month.
    13. Can you be ready by six o’clock?
    14. Would you rather write with a pen or pencil?
    15. Do you like to travel by bus?

    Exercise 25.4 Correct the prepositions in the following sentences.

    One has been done for you.

    1. It has been raining since three hours.
    It has been raining for three hours.

    2. He cut his finger by a knife.
    3. He lives in London.
    4. She sat besides me.
    5. He begins school since today.
    6. I met her in the station.
    7. The kite was flying over the clouds.
    8. Three girls were selected beside Sonia for the dance.
    9. I shall be there for 6 o’clock.
    10. There is no quarrel among you and me.
    11. I prefer tea than coffee.
    12. The book fell over the table.
    13. I have been working since two hours.
    14. He cut the cake by a knife and gave a piece for his sister.
    15. The house I live at is very small.
    16. On which room did you sleep?
    17. He goes to school by foot.
    18. He came to visit me on his new Maruti Gypsy.
    19. This a book over wildlife.
    20. She is swimming besides the current.

    Answers:
    2. He cut his finger with a knife.
    3. He lives in London. (This sentence is already correct.)
    4. She sat beside me.
    5. He begins school from today.
    6. I met her at the station.
    7. The kite was flying above the clouds.
    8. Three girls were selected besides Sonia for the dance. (This sentence is already correct if “besides” is meant to imply “in addition to.”)
    9. I shall be there by 6 o’clock.
    10. There is no quarrel between you and me.
    11. I prefer tea to coffee.
    12. The book fell off the table.
    13. I have been working for two hours.
    14. He cut the cake with a knife and gave a piece to his sister.
    15. The house I live in is very small.
    16. In which room did you sleep?
    17. He goes to school on foot.
    18. He came to visit me in his new Maruti Gypsy.
    19. This is a book on wildlife.
    20. She is swimming beside the current.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Comparison of Adverbs Exercises with Answers for Class 6

    Comparison of Adverbs Exercises with Answers for Class 6, Elementary English Grammar book worksheet for online practice.

    Comparison of Adverbs

    Fill in the blanks with comparative or superlative adverb from the adjective in brackets.

    Choose which adverbs form is needed- positive comparative or superlative.

    Perform this activity with your partner.

    Exercise 24.3 Perform this activity with your partner. Read the following examples and try at least ten more examples.
    1. Student 1: Am I painting carefully enough.
    Student 2: Actually, you should paint more carefully.
    2. Student 1: Am I typing quickly enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should type more quickly.
    3. Student 1: Am I speaking loudly enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should speak more loudly.
    4. Student 1: Am I writing neatly enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should write more neatly.
    5. Student 1: Am I running fast enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should run faster.
    6. Student 1: Am I reading clearly enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should read more clearly.
    7. Student 1: Am I practicing regularly enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should practice more regularly.
    8. Student 1: Am I studying hard enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should study harder.
    9. Student 1: Am I listening attentively enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should listen more attentively.
    10. Student 1: Am I cleaning thoroughly enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should clean more thoroughly.
    11. Student 1: Am I dressing appropriately enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should dress more appropriately.
    12. Student 1: Am I driving safely enough?
    Student 2: Actually, you should drive more safely.

    Thanks for visit and attempt Comparison of Adverbs Exercises with Answers for Class 6 students of CSE and ICSE board.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Agreement of the verb with the subject exercises for class 6

    Agreement of the verb with the subject exercises with answers for class 6. Worksheet of Elementary English Grammar with solution for free online practice.

    Agreement of the verb with the subject exercises

    Fill in the blanks with the correct form of verbs.

    Select the correct form of the verb shown in brackets in each sentences.

    Fill in the blanks with suitable forms of verbs given in brackets.

    Correct the Error in the agreement of the verb with the subject

    Exercise 23.4 There is an error in each sentences in the agreement of the verb with the subject. Correct the error and write the new sentence. First one has been done for you.

    1. The cost of all these articles have risen.
    1. The cost of all these articles has risen.
    (The subject “cost” is singular, so the verb should be “has.”)

    2. The general as well as his staff were there.
    3. Which one of these purses are yours.
    4. Throwing stones are forbidden.
    5. Neither John nor James were present in the school yesterday.
    6. The secretary and treasurer have taken a serious view of the matter.
    7. The scholar and the poet is dead.
    8. John as well as Tom are waiting for you.
    9. Mohan with his friends were present.
    10. Every boy and every teacher have come today.

    Answers:
    2. The general, as well as his staff, was there.
    (The subject “general” is singular. The phrase “as well as his staff” does not affect the verb.)
    3. Which one of these purses is yours?
    (The subject “one” is singular, so the verb should be “is.”)
    4. Throwing stones is forbidden.
    (The gerund phrase “Throwing stones” is treated as a singular subject, so the verb should be “is.”)
    5. Neither John nor James was present in the school yesterday.
    (With “neither…nor,” the verb agrees with the subject closest to it, which is “James,” and it is singular.)
    6. The secretary and treasurer has taken a serious view of the matter.
    (When one person holds both titles, use a singular verb: “has.”)
    7. The scholar and the poet are dead.
    (When referring to two different people, use a plural verb: “are.”)
    8. John, as well as Tom, is waiting for you.
    (The primary subject is “John,” which is singular. The phrase “as well as Tom” does not change the verb.)
    9. Mohan, with his friends, was present.
    (The subject “Mohan” is singular. The phrase “with his friends” does not affect the verb.)
    10. Every boy and every teacher has come today.
    (When using “every,” the subject is treated as singular, so the verb should be “has.”)

    Correct the errors in subject-verb agreement

    Exercise 23.5 Correct the errors in subject-verb agreement in the following sentences. If there are no errors in subject-verb agreement, write ‘Correct.’ First one has been done for you.

    1. My family are moving to California.
    Answer: My family is moving to California.

    2. Here is the lake I told you about.
    3. There is the newspaper I was supposed to deliver.
    4. My dog and cats chases each other all the time.
    5. The books that are in my library is the best I have ever read.
    6. My sister and brother cleans up the floor.
    7. Some of the clothes is packed away in the attic.
    8. Everyone are going to the concert except.
    9. Which room is bigger?
    10. When are the movie start?

    Answers:
    2. Correct.
    3. Correct.
    4. My dog and cats chase each other all the time.
    5. The books that are in my library are the best I have ever read.
    6. My sister and brother clean up the floor.
    7. Some of the clothes are packed away in the attic.
    8. Everyone is going to the concert except.
    9. Correct.
    10. When does the movie start?

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Active and Passive Voice Exercises with Answers for Class 6

    Active and Passive Voice Exercises with Answers for Class 6, Elementary English Grammar worksheet for free online practice of CBSE and ICSE students.

    Active and Passive Voice Exercises

    Simple Present : Change the verbs from the active into the passive voice.

    Exercise 22.1 : Change the verbs in the following sentences from the active into the passive voice. One has been done for you.

    1. Everybody loves animals.
    Animals are loved by everybody.

    2. The teacher correct our exercise.
    3. The strong wind blows the trees down.
    4. Does the gardener water the plants every day?
    5. Does she always help her husband?
    6. Do all the boys bring their books?

    Answers:
    2. Our exercise is corrected by the teacher.
    3. The trees are blown down by the strong wind.
    4. Are the plants watered by the gardener every day?
    5. Is her husband always helped by her?
    6. Are their books brought by all the boys?

    Present Continuous : Change the verbs from the active into the passive voice

    Exercise 22.2 Change the verbs in the following sentences from the active into the passive voice. One has been done for you.

    1. Meera is cooking the dinner.
    The dinner is being cooked by Meera.

    2. The soldiers are defending the town bravely.
    3. They are writing letters to their parents.
    4. Are the children eating sweets now?
    5. Is she telling the truth?
    6. Are they appointing him the Principal of this school?

    Answers:
    2. The town is being defended bravely by the soldiers.
    3. Letters are being written to their parents by them.
    4. Are sweets being eaten by the children now?
    5. Is the truth being told by her?
    6. Is he being appointed the Principal of this school by them?

    Present Prefect : Change the verbs from the active into the passive voice

    Exercise 22.3 Change the verbs in the following sentences from the active into the passive voice. One has been done for you.

    1. Mohan has struck Ashok.
    Ashok has been struck by Mohan.

    2. The rain has ruined the crops.
    3. He has sold his old car.
    4. She has bought a new car.
    5. Has she lost her book?
    6. Have all the pupils finished the exercises?

    Answers:
    2. The crops have been ruined by the rain.
    3. His old car has been sold by him.
    4. A new car has been bought by her.
    5. Has her book been lost by her?
    6. Have the exercises been finished by all the pupils?

    Simple Past : Change the verbs from the active into the passive voice

    Exercise 22.4 Change the verbs in the following sentences from the active into the passive voice. One has been done for you.

    1. The teacher punished all the pupils .
    All the pupils were punished by the teacher.

    2. Our team won the match.
    3. Meera knitted these gloves.
    4. She forgave her husband.
    5. The servant swept the room.
    6. Did you plant these flowers?
    7. Did you forget her name?
    8. Did many people believe her story?

    Answers:
    2. The match was won by our team.
    3. These gloves were knitted by Meera.
    4. Her husband was forgiven by her.
    5. The room was swept by the servant.
    6. Were these flowers planted by you?
    7. Was her name forgotten by you?
    8. Was her story believed by many people?

    Past continuous Tense : Change the verbs from the active into the passive voice

    Exercise 22.6 Change the verbs in the following sentences from the active into the passive voice. One has been done for you.

    1. The wind was blowing the clouds away.
    The clouds were being blown away by the wind.

    2. Our soldiers repairing the bridge.
    3. Were the children making a noise?
    4. Were they having their breakfast?
    5. The farmers were ploughing their fields.
    6. The woman were washing their clothes.

    Answers:
    1. The clouds were being blown away by the wind.
    2. The bridge was being repaired by our soldiers.
    3. Was a noise being made by the children?
    4. Was their breakfast being had by them?
    5. The fields were being ploughed by the farmers.
    6. The clothes were being washed by the women.

    Past Perfect : Change the verbs from the active into the passive voice

    Exercise 22.7 Change the verbs in the followings sentences from the active into the passive voice . One has been done for you.

    1. The noise had frightened the horse.
    The horse had been frightened by the noise.

    2. Lightning had struck the house.
    3. Had the farmers sown the seed?
    4. Had the postman delivered the letters?
    5. I had told them a lie.
    6. The floods had swept away the whole village.

    Answers:
    2. The house had been struck by lightning.
    3. Had the seed been sown by the farmers?
    4. Had the letters been delivered by the postman?
    5. A lie had been told to them by me.
    6. The whole village had been swept away by the floods.

    Change the verbs from the passive into the active voice

    Exercise 22.8 Change the verbs in the following sentences from the passive into the active voice. One has been done for you.

    1. The king was welcomed by the people.
    The people welcomed the king.

    2. By whom was this letter written?
    3. How was this sum done by you?
    4. Tea is drunk by Ashok every morning.
    5. Football is being played on the field by the children.
    6. Were the books being read by the students in class?

    Answers:
    2. Who wrote this letter?
    3. How did you do this sum?
    4. Ashok drinks tea every morning.
    5. The children are playing football on the field.
    6. Were the students reading the books in class?

    Fill in the blanks with the active or passive form of the verbs given in the brackets.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Present Perfect Tense Exercises for Class 6

    Present Perfect Tense Exercises for Class 6 with Answers, Solution of Elementary English Grammar worksheet and free online practice for students.

    Exercise 21.1 Complete the following letter using the present perfect tense form of the verbs given in the brackets. 

    Dear Ananya,
    I am Sorry! I have not written (not write) for a long time. I received your letter a week ago. A lot of things have happened (happen) since then. Last week Sameer, his cousins and I went to Jaipur. It was great fun. I have I never (have/never) had such a good time. We visited the Amber fort and Jaipur palace. Jaipur is famous for handicrafts and I bought (buy) some dress materials for you and mother. I also picked (pick) up a mirror work skin for Anu. Our guide promised (promise) to take us to Jaipur also and we are looking forward to it.
    I will write again soon.
    Love to you at all home.
    Your affectionately,
    Geeta

    Fill in the blanks with the present perfect or simple past tense of the verbs given in brackets. 

    Complete the following passage using the past perfect tense + a verb from the box.

    Look at the sentences and fill simple past perfect tense.

    Exercise 21.5 change the following sentences into future perfect tense. Make other necessary changes.
    One has been done for you.

    1. When I reached London, she had been away for six days.
    When I reach London, she will have been away for six days.
    2. I have done my work before you arrived.
    3. When I reached the theatre, the play had already begun.
    4. I hope you wash your face before you come to school.
    5. I ate my dinner before I left for the movie.
    6. You will complete your work before you eat your dinner.
    7. She will finish her project by now.
    8. The girls performed on the stage in Chennai.
    9. We shall go to Mumbai by Monday.
    10. We must reach the station before their parents arrive.

    Answers:
    2. I will have done my work before you arrive.
    3. When I reach the theatre, the play will have already begun.
    4. I hope you will have washed your face before you come to school.
    5. I will have eaten my dinner before I leave for the movie.
    6. You will have completed your work before you eat your dinner.
    7. She will have finished her project by now.
    8. The girls will have performed on the stage in Chennai.
    9. We will have gone to Mumbai by Monday.
    10. We will have reached the station before their parents arrive.

    Tick the correct tense of the verb in the following sentences.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Present Past and Future Continuous Tense Exercises for Class 6

    Present Past and Future Continuous Tense Exercises for Class 6, worksheet of Elementary English Grammar with solution for online practice.

    Fill in the blanks with the present continuous form of the verbs given in brackets.

    Fill in the blanks with the past continuous form of the verbs given in brackets.

    Fill in the blanks with the correct future continuous form of verbs (given in brackets)

     Find the opposites of the verbs given in the box below in the crossword given.

    Cry:

    • Present Continuous: She is crying because she lost her favorite toy.
    • Past Continuous: He was crying when the movie ended.
    • Future Continuous: They will be crying tears of joy at the wedding tomorrow.

    Enter:

    • Present Continuous: He is entering the building right now.
    • Past Continuous: She was entering the room when the phone rang.
    • Future Continuous: We will be entering the conference hall when the event starts.

    Come:

    • Present Continuous: They are coming over for dinner tonight.
    • Past Continuous: She was coming home when it started to rain.
    • Future Continuous: He will be coming to visit us next weekend.

    Exercise 20.6 Read the following situation and ask questions to solve the problem. Remember to use past continuous form in question and answers.

    Situation
    You are a detective for the police Department. You need to interrogate a suspect who has “won” rupees one crore from the Royal Palace Casino. You believe that he stole the money with the help of the casino’s employee. Find out how! Be sure to ask him/her questions about the timeline of his/her day, starting from the moment he/she got up until you arrested him/her.

    Answers:
    1. What were you doing when you first woke up that morning?
    “I was having breakfast.”
    2. Where were you when you were having breakfast?
    “I was at home.”
    3. Were you alone or with someone else during breakfast?
    “I was with my family.”
    4. What were you doing after breakfast?
    “I was preparing to leave for the casino.”
    5. Were you alone when you were preparing to leave for the casino?
    “Yes, I was alone.”
    6. What were you doing once you arrived at the casino?
    “I was meeting some friends and then we started playing.”
    7. Were you playing games all the time or did you do something else?
    “I was playing games with my friends.”
    8. Were you playing games all the time or did you do something else?
    “I was playing games with my friends.”
    9. What were you and the casino employee discussing during the game?
    “We were discussing the game and how to play better.”
    10. What were you doing just before you won the money?
    “I was placing a bet on a game.”
    11. Did you notice if the casino employee was doing anything unusual at that time?
    “No, I didn’t notice anything unusual.”
    12. What were you doing after you won the money?
    “I was celebrating with my friends.”
    13. Were you in contact with the casino employee after you won the money?
    “Yes, I was talking to him about the win.”
    14. What were you doing from the time you left the casino until we arrested you?
    “I was going home and then I was resting.”
    15. Were you alone or with someone after you left the casino?
    “I was alone.”

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Simple Future Tense Exercises for Class 6

    Simple Future Tense Exercises for Class 6 with Answers. Solution of Elementary English Grammar worksheets for free online practice.

    Fill in the blanks with simple future tense of the verbs given in brackets.

    Fill in the blanks with the interrogative form of the simple future tense.

    Exercise 19.4 Rewrite the following sentences in both Negative and Interrogative forms.

    1. Plants will die without water.
    2. We shall come and play again tomorrow.
    3. She will be able to finish her work by next week.
    4. They will be back for dinner.
    5. He will remember to lock the door.
    6. Go to sleep after dinner.
    7. She is making to much noise.
    8. Sita loves the game of badminton.
    9. Mother looks very tired.
    10. They have been shouting at each other for the last one hour.

    Answers:
    1. Plants will die without water.
    Negative: Plants will not die without water.
    Interrogative: Will plants die without water?
    2. We shall come and play again tomorrow.
    Interrogative: Shall we come and play again tomorrow?
    Negative: We shall not come and play again tomorrow.
    3. She will be able to finish her work by next week.
    Interrogative: Will she be able to finish her work by next week?
    Negative: She will not be able to finish her work by next week.
    4. They will be back for dinner.
    Negative: They will not be back for dinner.
    Interrogative: Will they be back for dinner?
    5. He will remember to lock the door.
    Negative: He will not remember to lock the door.
    Interrogative: Will he remember to lock the door?
    6. Go to sleep after dinner.
    Negative: Do not go to sleep after dinner.
    Interrogative: Will you go to sleep after dinner?
    7. She is making too much noise.
    Negative: She is not making too much noise.
    Interrogative: Is she making too much noise?
    8. Sita loves the game of badminton.
    Negative: Sita does not love the game of badminton.
    Interrogative: Does Sita love the game of badminton?
    9. Mother looks very tired.
    Negative: Mother does not look very tired.
    Interrogative: Does Mother look very tired?
    10. They have been shouting at each other for the last one hour.
    Negative: They have not been shouting at each other for the last one hour.
    Interrogative: Have they been shouting at each other for the last one hour?

    The Simple Future Tense Exercises and Worksheet from Elementary English Grammar Book for Class 6 – NK Aggarwala

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Simple Past Tense Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Simple Past Tense Exercises for Class 6 with Answers, Worksheet of Elementary English Grammar for free online practice.

    Fill in the blanks with the correct simple past tense form of the verbs given in brackets. 

    Exercise 18.2 Rewrite the following sentences, changing the verbs to the past tense.
    1. Birds fly in the air.
    2. The chair costs only a hundred rupees.
    3. The hunter does not shoot the tiger.
    5. The boys throw stones in the pond.
    6. Bali swims very well indeed.
    7. All of a sudden, she sinks on the floor.
    8. Ashok wins the first prize.
    9. She spends her time in idleness.
    10. He tears up the letter.

    Answers:
    1. Birds flew in the air.
    2. The chair cost only a hundred rupees.
    3. The hunter did not shoot the tiger.
    4. The door flew open when the wind blew.
    5. The boys threw stones in the pond.
    6. Bali swam very well indeed.
    7. All of a sudden, she sank on the floor.
    8. Ashok won the first prize.
    9. She spent her time in idleness.
    10. He tore up the letter.

    Fill in the blanks with the past tense or past participle of the given verbs

    Exercise 18.4 Rewrite the following sentences in the negative form.
    1. She knew the correct answer.
    2. I went to school yesterday.
    3. The boys carried their bags willingly to school.
    4. They sat on the fence and watched the match.
    5. A bird flew out of the nest.
    6. He called on me yesterday.
    7. The servant worked at great speed and finished his work.
    8. The king visited the poor in his kingdom every week.
    9. Bali swam across the cold river early in the morning.
    10. you should take a long weekend off to visit your parents.

    Answers:
    1. She did not know the correct answer.
    2. I did not go to school yesterday.
    3. The boys did not carry their bags willingly to school.
    4. They did not sit on the fence and watch the match.
    5. A bird did not fly out of the nest.
    6. He did not call on me yesterday.
    7. The servant did not work at great speed and did not finish his work.
    8. The king did not visit the poor in his kingdom every week.
    9. Bali did not swim across the cold river early in the morning
    10. You should not take a long weekend off to visit your parents.

    Exercise 18.5 Rewrite the following sentences in the interrogative form.
    1. He brought his pet mouse to school.
    2. The guard heard a sound in the store room.
    3. The strong man bent the stick in two.
    4. You put some sugar in my coffee.
    5. Ramesh hurt himself when he jumped over the well.
    6. You came home early from work.
    7. Your friend visited you when you were ill.
    8. I will vote for this party in the election.
    9. The policeman chased the robber.
    10. You c an join me at the cinema show.

    Answers:
    1. Did he bring his pet mouse to school?
    2. Did the guard hear a sound in the store room?
    3. Did the strong man bend the stick in two?
    4. Did you put some sugar in my coffee?
    5. Did Ramesh hurt himself when he jumped over the well?
    6. Did you come home early from work?
    7. Did your friend visit you when you were ill?
    8. Will I vote for this party in the election?
    9. Did the policeman chase the robber?
    10. Can you join me at the cinema show?

    Look at the Sentences and put the verbs in the simple past tense.

    Exercise 18.8 Answer in the full sentences. Don’t repeat the names. Instead use he/she/they.
    1. What did William do?
    2. What did Richa do?
    3. What did Amita do?
    4. What did Nikhil and Meenal?
    5. What did Samar do?
    6. What did Tarun do and why?
    7. What did Amit do?
    8. What did Mr. Parveen and Ms. Shalu do?
    9. What did Sarah do?
    10. What did the old lady do?

    Answers:
    1. He completed his assignment on time.
    2. She baked a cake for the party.
    3. She organized the bookshelf neatly.
    4. They went for a walk in the park.
    5. He fixed the broken bicycle.
    6. He studied hard because he wanted to pass the exam.
    7. He helped his friend with the project.
    8. They attended the meeting together.
    9. She painted a beautiful landscape.
    10. She fed the stray cats in the neighborhood.

    Fill in the blanks in the following sentences using the negative form of the verbs given in the brackets in the simple past tense

    Thanks for visit and attempt Simple Past Tense Exercises for Class 6 with Answers.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Simple Present Tense Exercises with Answers for Class 6

    Simple Present Tense Exercises with Answers for Class 6, Worksheet for free online practice of Elementary English Grammar.

    Fill in the blanks with the simple present form of the verbs.

    Fill in the blanks with the correct form of simple present tense. 

    Exercise 17.3 Change the following sentences in the negative form.

    1. Everyone knows how to sing.
    2. Call all the girls here.
    3. He lives near the post office.
    4. I Know what she wants.
    5. We play cricket every day.

    Answers:
    1. Everyone does not know how to sing.
    2. Do not call all the girls here.
    3. He does not live near the post office.
    4. I do not know what she wants.
    5. We do not play cricket every day.

    Exercise 17.4 Change the following sentences into the interrogative form.

    1. He plays football every day.
    2. She goes for a walk in the morning.
    3. Children like sweets.
    4. They visit us often.
    5. I do not like this book.
    6. You like to have your picture taken.
    7. The garden looks lovely.
    8. We exercise every day in the morning.
    9. The boys like to make as much noise as possible.
    10. Santosh likes to carry an umbrella even on sunny days.

    Answers:
    1. Does he play football every day?
    2. Does she go for a walk in the morning?
    3. Do children like sweets?
    4. Do they visit us often?
    5. Do I not like this book? (Alternatively, Don’t I like this book?)
    6. Do you like to have your picture taken?
    7. Does the garden look lovely?
    8. Do we exercise every day in the morning?
    9. Do the boys like to make as much noise as possible?
    10. Does Santosh like to carry an umbrella even on sunny days?

    Thanks for attempt Simple Present Tense Exercises with Answers for Class 6.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Tenses Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Tenses Exercises for Class 6 with Answers, worksheet for free online practice of English Elementary Grammar. Solution for CBSE and ICSE board students for preparation of upcoming exams.

    Tenses Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Exercise 16.1 Rewrite the following sentences, changing all the verbs into the past tense.

    1. A cold breeze blows every morning.
    2. Our team wins almost every match.
    3. She continually coughs and spits.
    4. I drink tea every morning.
    5. She sweeps her room every day.
    6. Water freezes in winter.
    7. The sun rises in the east.
    8. He lies down and sleeps.
    9. She sits down and spins the thread.
    10. They forget what they learn.
    11. The soldiers fight and win.
    12. She always gets up first of all, wakes up her servants, and then lights the fire.
    13. John plays the violin in our orchestra.
    14. You like this book, don’t you?
    15. Tom has a scooter which he wants to sell now.

    Answers:
    1. A cold breeze blew every morning.
    2. Our team won almost every match.
    3. She continually coughed and spat.
    4. I drank tea every morning.
    5. She swept her room every day.
    6. Water froze in winter.
    7. The sun rose in the east.
    8. He lay down and slept.
    9. She sat down and spun the thread.
    10. They forgot what they learned.
    11. The soldiers fought and won.
    12. She always got up first of all, woke up her servants, and then lit the fire.
    13. John played the violin in our orchestra.
    14. You liked this book, didn’t you?
    15. Tom had a scooter which he wanted to sell then.

    Exercise 16.2 Rewrite the following sentences, changing the verbs into the present continuous or past continuous tense.

    1. He lies down on the grass.
    2. The boy leans against the tree.
    3. A cold wind blows.
    4. He works hard for this examination.
    5. The peon rang the ball.
    6. The leaves fell to the ground.
    7. Sita sang sweetly.
    8. She hid herself.
    9. Mother lays the table for breakfast.
    10. The sun sets in the west.
    11. I hope to win a prize in the races.
    12. Jagjit polished the furniture.
    13. The children laughed and clapped.
    14. The teacher teaches us new song every day.
    15. She lives near a Shopping Mall.

    Answers:
    1. He is lying down on the grass.
    2. The boy is leaning against the tree.
    3. A cold wind is blowing.
    4. He was working hard for this examination.
    5. The peon was ringing the bell.
    6. The leaves were falling to the ground.
    7. Sita was singing sweetly.
    8. She was hiding herself.
    9. Mother is laying the table for breakfast.
    10. The sun is setting in the west.
    11. I am hoping to win a prize in the races.
    12. Jagjit was polishing the furniture.
    13. The children were laughing and clapping.
    14. The teacher is teaching us a new song every day.
    15. She is living near a shopping mall.

    Exercise 15.3 Rewrite the following sentences, changing the verbs into the present perfect or past perfect tense.

    1. The sky grows dark.
    2. The dog lies on the floor.
    3. The bird files out of the cage.
    4. We heard a strange story.
    5. The boys are playing football.
    6. Sita worked the sum correctly.
    7. He tries hard and succeeds.
    8. The hen lays five eggs.
    9. I forget her name.
    10. She hides her face in shame for her behavior.
    11. She sings every Friday in our club.
    12. I received a lot of letters today.
    13. Jyoti finished her work last week.
    14. I ate rice and fish for lunch.
    15. She goes abroad every year.

    Answers:
    1. The sky has grown dark.
    2. The dog has lain on the floor.
    3. The bird has flown out of the cage.
    4. We had heard a strange story.
    5. The boys have been playing football.
    6. Sita had worked the sum correctly.
    7. He has tried hard and has succeeded.
    8. The hen has laid five eggs.
    9. I have forgotten her name.
    10. She has hidden her face in shame for her behavior.
    11. She has sung every Friday in our club.
    12. I have received a lot of letters today.
    13. Jyoti had finished her work last week.
    14. I had eaten rice and fish for lunch.
    15. She has gone abroad every year.

     Fill in the blanks

    Thanks for attempt Tenses Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Use of Articles Exercises with Answers

    Use of Articles Exercises with Answers for online practice of Class 6 English Grammar. Solution of Elementary English Grammar book worksheet for CBSE and ICSE board students.

    Articles

    Adjectives a, an and the are usually called articles. A and an are called indefinite articles. The is called the definite articles.

    Fill in the blanks ‘a’, ‘an’ or ‘the‘.

    Exercise 15.2 Rewrite the following sentences, inserting or omitting articles wherever necessary.

    1. Lion and leopard belong to cat family.
    2. The iron is useful metal.
    3. The wisdom is better than the riches.
    4. Rich are not always happy.
    5. The Sunday is first day of week.
    6. Jews do not worship the fire.
    7. The December is last month of year.
    8. Delhi stands on Yamuna.
    10. Mahabharata is scared book of Hindus.
    11. The gold is more valuable than the lead.
    12. Give him hundred rupees.

    Answers:
    1. The lion and the leopard belong to the cat family.
    2. Iron is a useful metal.
    3. Wisdom is better than riches.
    4. The rich are not always happy.
    5. Sunday is the first day of the week.
    6. Jews do not worship fire.
    7. December is the last month of the year.
    8. Delhi stands on the Yamuna.
    9. The Alps are the highest mountains in the Hindu Kush.
    10. The Mahabharata is a sacred book of the Hindus.
    11. Gold is more valuable than lead.
    12. Give him a hundred rupees.

    Exercise 15.3 Read the following passage. Then, correct the errors and rewrite it correctly.

    What an wonderful city Delhi is! I have seen so many new and exciting things that I am unable to describe them. I saw an great tower called Qutub Minar. I also visited a best mosque in Delhi – Jama Masjid. I walked down a beautiful Rajpath and saw an Punjabi group performing a Bhangra. I saw an Indian Parliament House and went to a Mughal Gardens. I ate a most wonderful Indian meal at an hotel called Maurya. Oh! I have really had fun watching a different sights of Delhi.

    Answers:
    What a wonderful city Delhi is! I have seen so many new and exciting things that I am unable to describe them. I saw a great tower called Qutub Minar. I also visited the best mosque in Delhi—Jama Masjid. I walked down the beautiful Rajpath and saw a Punjabi group performing a Bhangra. I saw the Indian Parliament House and went to the Mughal Gardens. I ate the most wonderful Indian meal at a hotel called Maurya. Oh! I have really had fun watching the different sights of Delhi.

    Add ‘a’,  ‘an’, or ‘the’.

    Fill ‘a’,’ an’, ‘the’.

    Thanks for visit and attempt Use of Articles in English Grammar Exercises and worksheet with Answers

  • Comparison of Adjectives Exercises for Class 6

    Comparison of Adjectives Exercises for Class 6 with Answers for online practice. Elementary English Grammar solution for CBSE and ICSE board students.

    Comparison of Adjectives Exercises for Class 6

    Choose the right words from within the brackets.

    Write the adjectives in the blanks. 

    Fill in the blanks with the correct word

    Exercise 14.4 Write eight adjectives in the superlative degree, ending with -est.

    Answers:
    1.Tallest
    2. Shortest
    3. Fastest
    4. Slowest
    5. Brightest
    6. Darkest
    7. Oldest
    8. Youngest

    Exercise 14.5 Write eight adjectives in the comparative degree ending – er

    Answers:
    1. Taller
    2. Shorter
    3. Faster
    4. Slower
    5. Brighter
    6. Darker
    7. Older
    8. Younger

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Pronouns : Number, Gender and Case Exercises for class 6 with answers

    Pronouns : Number, Gender and Case Exercises for class 6 with answers for online practice. Worksheet solutions of Elementary English Grammar for preparation of upcoming exams.

    Choose the correct pronoun from the brackets

    Fill in the blanks with I or me.

    Fill in the blanks with we or us.

    Fill in the blanks with he or him.

    Fill in the blanks with she or her. 

    Fill in the blanks with they or them.

    Exercise 13.7 Pronouns must agree with the nouns and verbs in sentences. Rewrite the following sentences using the correct pronouns and verbs. One has been done for you.

    1. When my grandpa visits, she like to go the museum.
    When my grandpa visits, he like to go the museum
    2. They were buying the house for himself.
    3. The kids are going to play. We will play their Favourite game.
    4. When my grandma visits, he always stay in my bedroom.
    5. If my parents call, tell him I am not here.
    6. My dad says they always win his soccer games.
    7. She wanted to buy himself a new dress.
    8. Mr Joseph called, and she asked me if I could stop by the church.
    9. My father wants to know if I can go with her.
    10. Lata and Sarita said we have to go to school on Friday.

    Answer:
    2.
    They were buying the house for themselves.
    3. The kids are going to play. We will play their favorite game.
    4. When my grandma visits, she always stays in my bedroom.
    5. If my parents call, tell them I am not here.
    6. My dad says they always win their soccer games.
    7. She wanted to buy herself a new dress.
    8. Mr. Joseph called, and he asked me if I could stop by the church.
    9. My father wants to know if I can go with him.
    10. Lata and Sarita said we have to go to school on Friday.

    Exercise 13.8 Read the following sentences and write whether the pronouns is in nominative (N), objective (O) or possessive (P) case.

    1. They work in the same elementary school.
    2. Mom assigns extra work to her and me.
    3. I brought my purse, but Illa forgot hers.
    4. For us the choice was difficult.
    5. The house on the right is ours.
    6. The dog like Jerry and me.
    7. Here is your car. Ours is over there, where we left it.
    8. Did she call the police?
    9. Should they eat before band practice?
    10. John nd Mary don’t like your house. Do you like theirs?

    Answers:
    1. They work in the same elementary school. — Nominative (N)
    2. Mom assigns extra work to her and me. — Objective (O)
    3. I brought my purse, but Illa forgot hers. — Possessive (P)
    4. For us the choice was difficult. — Objective (O)
    5. The house on the right is ours. — Possessive (P)
    6. The dog likes Jerry and me. — Objective (O)
    7. Here is your car. Ours is over there, where we left it. — Possessive (P) (both “your” and “ours”)
    8. Did she call the police? — Nominative (N)
    9. Should they eat before band practice? — Nominative (N)
    10. John and Mary don’t like your house. Do you like theirs? — Possessive (P) (both “your” and “theirs”)

    Fill in the blanks suitable personal pronouns.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Noun Case Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Noun Case Exercises for Class 6 with Answers, Worksheet of Elementary English Grammar book for online practice.

    Nouns: Case

    • Nominative case answers the question “Who?” or “What?” in relation to the action of the verb in the sentence.
    • Objective case is used to indicate the direct object of a verb—the entity that is directly affected by the action of the verb in a sentence.
    • Possessive case is used to show ownership, possession, or a close relationship between two nouns in a sentence.

    Pick out the nouns(or pronouns) in the nominative case

    Pick out the nouns (or pronouns) in the objective case

    Exercise 12.3 Write down the possessive of the following.

    1. The clothes of the children.
    2. the saris of the ladies.
    3. the wisdom of Socrates.
    4. the nails of the fingers.
    5. a school meant for days.
    6. for the sake of goodness.
    7. the shop of Jones.
    8. the house of his brother – in – law.
    9. a holiday for a week.
    10. the street named after St. James.

    Answers:
    1.The children’s clothes.
    2. The ladie’s saris.
    3. Socrate’s wisdom.
    4. The finger’s nails.
    5. A day’s school.
    6. Goodness sake.
    7. Jone’s shop.
    8. His brother-in-law’s house.
    9. A week’s holiday.
    10. St. Jame’s street.

    Rewrite the following sentences using the possessive case.

    Exercise 12.5 : Make the following expressions plural.

    1. The girl’s bedroom is very tidy.
    2. The farmer’s crop has been destroyed in the flood.
    3. It will take him an hour to clean the child’s room.
    4. The baby’s toys are kept neatly on the shelf.
    5. The driver’s Licence has been confiscated by the police because of his rash driving.
    6. This is a sheep.
    7. The public protested against the project.
    8. She lived with her parents when she was very young.
    9. He is a Japanese.
    10. I gave my little son one rupee.

    Answers:
    1. The girl’s bedrooms are very tidy.
    2. The farmer’s crops have been destroyed in the flood.
    3. It will take them an hour to clean the children’s rooms.
    4. The babie’s toys are kept neatly on the shelves.
    5. The driver’s licenses have been confiscated by the police because of their rash driving.
    6. These are sheep.
    7. The public protested against the project.
    8. They lived with their parents when they were very young.
    9. They are Japanese.
    10. I gave my little son’s one rupee each.

    Write whether the noun is in nominative, objective or possessive case.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Noun Gender Exercise for Class 6

    Noun Gender Exercise for Class 6 with Answers, worksheet of Elementary English Grammar book for online practice.

    Noun : Gender

    A noun that denotes a male person or animal is said to be of the masculine gender.
    A noun that denotes a female person or animal is said to be of the feminine gender.
    A noun that denotes a thing without life is said to be in the neuter gender.
    A noun that denotes either a male or female is said to be common gender.

    Noun Gender Exercise for Class 6

    Exercise 11.1 Match the nouns in column A with their opposite gender in column B.

    AB
    1. niece (a) heir
    2. authoress (b) gentleman
    3. madam(c) prince
    4. empress (d) wizard
    5. heiress (e) sir
    6. widow(f) monk
    7. princess (g) author
    8. witch (h) nephew
    9. nun(I) widower
    10. lady(j) emperor

    Answer:

    AB
    1niece – (h) nephew
    2authoress – (g) author
    3 madam – (e) sir
    4empress – (j) emperor
    5 heiress – (a) heir
    6widow – (i) widower
    7princess – (c) prince
    8 witch – (d) wizard
    9 nun – (f) monk
    10lady – (b) gentleman

    Fill in the blanks, choosing the right word.

    Exercise 11.3 Rewrite the following sentences, changing the masculine nouns to the feminine. First has been done for you.

    1. The tiger sprang at the hunter.
    The tigress sprang at the huntress.

    2. That man is the father of six sons.
    3. The hero is a poet, prophet, and a priest.
    4. The princess punished the man who was a traitor.
    5. His nephews and brothers came to see him.
    6. The prince took pity on the poor man. He brought him to his palace.
    7. The lion carried away the son of a washerman.
    8. The king gave the wizard a reward.
    9. The bridegroom was a young man dressed very fashionably.
    10. The king gave the shepherd a prize because he had saved the life of his son.
    11. The king went to the dining hall to eat his dinner.
    12. The prince rode as fast as he could to reach the fort in time.
    13. The monk lived in a monastery and he never talked to anyone for years.
    14. The father loved his youngest son and left all his money to him.
    15. Papa, a gentleman has come to meet you.

    Answers:
    1. The tigress sprang at the huntress.
    2. That woman is the mother of six daughters.
    3. The heroine is a poetess, prophetess, and a priestess.
    4. The princess punished the woman who was a traitor.
    5. Her nieces and sisters came to see her.
    6. The princess took pity on the poor woman. She brought her to her palace.
    7. The lion carried away the daughter of a washerwoman.
    8. The queen gave the witch a reward.
    9. The bride was a young woman dressed very fashionably.
    10. The queen gave the shepherdess a prize because she had saved the life of her daughter.
    11. The queen went to the dining hall to eat her dinner.
    12. The princess rode as fast as she could to reach the fort in time.
    13. The nun lived in a convent and she never talked to anyone for years.
    14. The mother loved her youngest daughter and left all her money to her.
    15. Mama, a lady has come to meet you.

    Exercise 11.4 Make sentences of your containing the masculines of the following nouns.

    1. Queen _______________________________________________.
    2. Waitress ______________________________________________.
    3. Heroine _______________________________________________.
    4. Mother ________________________________________________.
    5. Witch _________________________________________________.
    Answers:
    1. Queen
    The king was known for his wisdom and fair rule.
    2. Waitress
    The waiter took our orders with a cheerful attitude.
    3. Heroine
    The hero of the story saved the village from the dragon.
    4. Mother
    The father worked hard to provide for his family.
    5. Witch
    The wizard cast a powerful spell to help the kingdom.

    Exercise 11.5 Make sentences of your containing the feminies of the following nouns.

    1. Bridegroom _______________________________ .
    2. Author ____________________________.
    3. Actor ____________________________.
    4. Policeman ___________________________.
    5. Monk ________________________________.
    Answers:
    1. Bridegroom
    The bride looked radiant in her wedding dress.
    2. Author
    The authoress signed copies of her latest book at the event.
    3. Actor
    The actress received an award for her outstanding performance.
    4. Policeman
    The policewoman bravely intervened to stop the robbery.
    5. Monk
    The nun dedicated her life to helping those in need.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Interjection Exercise for Class 6 with Answers

    Interjection Exercise for Class 6 with Answers, worksheet from Elementary English Grammar for online practice of students.

    Interjections

    Interjections convey feelings like surprise, excitement, joy, frustration, or pain with just a word or two. Common examples include:

    • Hello!
    • Wow!
    • Ouch!
    • Oh no!
    • Hooray!
    • Oops!

    We put an exclamation mark (!) after an interjection.

    Interjection Exercise for Class 6 with Answers

    Exercise 9.1 Match the following short expressions (A) with their (B).

    (A)(B)
    1. Hi!(a) agreement `
    2. Look out!(b) grief
    3. Hello! (c) pain, discomfort
    4. What !(d) sing for keeping quiet
    5. Cheers! (e) greetings
    6. Ssh! or Hush! (f)surprise or wonder
    7. Good Luck! (g) sharing joy
    8. Alas!(h) warning
    9. Ouch ! (I) good wishes
    10. of course! (j) welcome

    Answers:

    (A) (B)
    1. (e) greetings
    2. (h) warning
    3. (e) greetings (same as Hi!)
    4. (f) surprise or wonder
    5. (g) sharing joy
    6. (d) sing for keeping quiet
    7. (i) good wishes
    8. (b) grief
    9. (c) pain, discomfort
    10. (a) agreement

    Find out the meaning of the following interjections and write them against their meaning.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Noun Number Exercise for Class 6 with Answers

    Noun Number Exercise for Class 6 with Answers, worksheet of Elementary English Grammar book for online practice.

    Nouns: Number

    There are only two numbers in English.

    1. The singular Number: Any noun that stands for only one person or thing is said to be in the singular number, as: girl, man, child, pen
    2. The Plural Number: Any noun that stands for more than one person or things is said to be in the plural number, as: girls, men, children, pens

    Noun Number Exercise for Class 6 with Answers

    Give the plurals of the following nouns

     Give the singulars of the following nouns.

    Exercise 10.3 Change the following sentences from the singular and plural.

    Note: Remember you only change the nouns. Make any other necessary changes.
    Example: A table is made of wood.
    tables are made of wood
    1.The child saw a sheep in the field.
    2. This ox is mine.
    3. The house was made of brick and stone.
    4. A deer was caught by a hunter.
    5. A wolf is a wild animal.
    6. The farmer is ploughing his field.
    7. The goose is swimming in the pound.
    8. A potato is a vegetable.
    9. The leaf falls from the tree.
    10. Has the baby any sister.

    Answers:
    1. Singular: The child saw a sheep in the field.
    Plural: The children saw sheep in the fields.
    2. Singular: This ox is mine.
    Plural: These oxen are mine.
    3. Singular: The house was made of brick and stone.
    Plural: The houses were made of bricks and stones.
    4. Singular: A deer was caught by a hunter.
    Plural: Deer were caught by hunters.
    5. Singular: A wolf is a wild animal.
    Plural: Wolves are wild animals.
    6. Singular: The farmer is ploughing his field.
    Plural: The farmers are ploughing their fields.
    7. Singular: The goose is swimming in the pond.
    Plural: The geese are swimming in the ponds.
    8. Singular: A potato is a vegetable.
    Plural: Potatoes are vegetables.
    9. Singular: The leaf falls from the tree.
    Plural: The leaves fall from the trees.
    10. Singular: Has the baby any sister?
    Plural: Do the babies have any sisters?

    Exercise 10.4 Change the following sentences from the plural to the singular.

    First has been done for you.
    The flowers are beautiful things.
    1. Plural: The flowers are beautiful things.
    Singular: The flower is a beautiful thing.
    2. These books are very interesting.
    3. Birds build their nests in trees.
    4. These children have bad teeth.
    5. The woman with their daughter were present.
    6. These cows have calves.
    7. The lives of great men teach us how to live nobly.
    8. These sheep have no wool on them.
    9. Monkeys have long tails.
    10. Honest servants are liked by their masters.

    Answers:
    1. Plural: The flowers are beautiful things.
    Singular: The flower is a beautiful thing.
    2. Plural: These books are very interesting.
    Singular: This book is very interesting.
    3. Plural: Birds build their nests in trees.
    Singular: A bird builds its nest in a tree.
    4. Plural: These children have bad teeth.
    Singular: This child has a bad tooth.
    5. Plural: The woman with their daughter were present.
    Singular: The woman with her daughter was present
    6. Plural: These cows have calves.
    Singular: This cow has a calf.
    7. Plural: The lives of great men teach us how to live nobly.
    Singular: The life of a great man teaches us how to live nobly.
    8. Plural: These sheep have no wool on them.
    Singular: This sheep has no wool on it.
    9. Plural: Monkeys have long tails.
    Singular: A monkey has a long tail.
    10. Plural: Honest servants are liked by their masters.
    Singular: An honest servant is liked by his master.

    Which of the two words given in brackets is correct.

     Fill in the blanks with one of the two words given in brackets.

    Read the instructions and answer the following questions

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Conjunctions Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Conjunctions Exercises for Class 6 with Answers for CBSE and ICSE board students. Online solution of Elementary English Grammar Unit 8 : Conjunctions: Kinds of Conjunctions.

    What is a Conjunction

    A conjunction is a word which is used to join words or sentences together.

    Fill in the blanks with the help conjunctions.

    Join the sentences with Conjunctions of time and reason .

    Fill in the blanks with conjunction of concession and condition.

    Indicate which kind of conjunction (time, reason, contrast)

    Exercise 8.5 Join the following pairs of sentences with suitable conjunctions.
    1. Harry failed . He was idle.
    2. He is poor. He is contented.
    3. The box was heavy. He could not carry it.
    4. Work hard. you will fail.
    5. He is rich. He is not happy.
    6. The ground is wet. We cannot play today.
    7. The teacher was annoyed. The children didn’t complete their homework.
    8. He worked hard. He failed.
    9. Tell me the truth. I shall punish you.
    10. He failed. He tried his best.
    11. He was afraid of being late. He ran.
    12. Sita is tall. Kamla is taller.
    13. I was ill. I could not go to the meeting.
    14. You must start at once. You will be late for school.
    15. I could not go to school. It was raining hard.
    16. Cats can climb trees. Dogs cannot.

    Answers:
    1. Harry failed because he was idle.
    2. He is poor but he is contented.
    3. The box was heavy so he could not carry it.
    4. Work hard or you will fail.
    5. He is rich but he is not happy.
    6. The ground is wet so we cannot play today
    7. The teacher was annoyed because the children didn’t complete their homework.
    8. He worked hard but he failed.
    9. Tell me the truth or I shall punish you.
    10. He failed even though he tried his best.
    11. He was afraid of being late so he ran.
    12. Sita is tall but Kamla is taller.
    13. I was ill so I could not go to the meeting.
    14. You must start at once or you will be late for school.
    15. I could not go to school because it was raining hard.
    16. Cats can climb trees but dogs cannot.

    Fill the correct conjunction.

    Thanks for attempt Conjunctions Exercises for Class 6 with Answers.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Preposition Exercise for Class 6 with Answers

    Preposition Exercise for Class 6 with Answers : Solution of CBSE Elementary English Grammar. Preposition Worksheet for online practice of students.

    Preposition

    A Preposition is a word which is placed before a noun (or a pronoun) to show the relation in which the person or thing denoted by the noun stands to something else.

    Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions

    Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.

    Exercise7.3 Bold the prepositions in the following conversations.
    1. Salman is related to my friend
    2. I am not friendly with her .
    3. The train stopped at the station
    4. She is need of money.
    5. I am related to him.
    6. I have no taste for music.
    7. The teacher complained against the boy to the principal.
    8. He ruled over a vast country.

    Answers:
    1. Salman is related to my friend.
    2. I am not friendly with her.
    3. The train stopped at the station.
    4. She is in need of money.
    5. I am related to him.
    6. I have no taste for music.
    7. The teacher complained against the boy to the principal.
    8. He ruled over a vast country.

    Exercise 7.4 Bold the preposition in the following conversations.
    1. Raman : Hurrah! Only ten days left for the holidays.
    Rajesh : I am also happy. I was tired of the exams.
    Raman : What do you want to do in the holidays.
    Rajesh : I will go to hill station.
    2. Mother : Wake up your bother, Mini. He has been sleeping since 6o’clock.
    Mini : He will get angry with me, mother.
    Mother : Sprinkle some water on him. He will certainly get up then.
    Mini : (happily) sure Mother! He will certainly not accuse me of rudeness now.

    Answers:
    1. Raman : Hurrah! Only ten days left for the holidays.
    Rajesh : I am also happy. I was tired of the exams.
    Raman : What do you want to do in the holidays.
    Rajesh : I will go to hill station.
    2. Mother : Wake up your bother, Mini. He has been sleeping since 6 o’clock.
    Mini : He will get angry with me, mother.
    Mother : Sprinkle some water on him. He will certainly get up then.
    Mini : (happily) sure Mother! He will certainly not accuse me of rudeness now.

    Type of prepositions

    1. Some prepositions are used to show place or where something happens.
    Examples: On, behind, Down, in under, after.
    2. Some prepositions show time or when something happens.
    Examples: at, on, in, after, during.
    3. Some prepositions are used for other purposes.
    Examples: by, with, at, for, about.

    Choose the correct prepositions to complete each sentence

    Choose the correct from of verb

    Fill in the blanks with prepositions from the word bank below

    Thanks for attempt Preposition Exercise for Class 6 with Answers.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Adverb Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Adverb Exercises with Answers for CBSE Class 6: Kinds of Adverbs Lesson Solution from Elementary English Grammar Book by N.K. Aggarwala.

    Kinds of Adverbs

    The adverbs wisely, foolishly, fast, slowly, bravely and badly, show how or the manner in which an action is done. Such adverbs are called adverbs of manner. Adverbs of manner answer the question-“How?”

    The adverbs outside, everywhere, here, there, out and forward show where an action is done. Such adverbs are called adverbs of place. Adverbs of place answer the question -“How?”

    The adverb today, yesterday, tomorrow, daily, early, and immediately show when an action is done. Such adverbs are called of time. Adverbs of time answer the question – ‘When?’

    The adverbs twice, always, often, seldom, and once show how often an action is done. Such adverbs are called adverbs of frequency. adverbs of frequency. Adverbs of frequency answer the question – ‘How often?’

    These adverbs, which show how much or what extent a thing is done, are called Adverbs of degree. Adverbs of answers the question – ‘How much?’ In the above sentences, the adverbs quite, very, extremely, almost and nearly which are used with adjectives strong beautiful, hot, angry, and full, to add something to their meanings, are also called adverbs of degree.

    In the above sentences, the adverbs when, where how, and why are used to ask questions. Adverbs which are used to ask question are called interrogative adverbs.

    Adverb Exercises with Answers for Class 6

    Exercise 6.1 Underline the adverbs in the following sentences, and say of what kind each is, and which word it modifies.
    1. Slowly and sadly, we laid him down.
    2. Manisha acted somewhere foolishly.
    3. We looked for her everywhere.
    4. The servant is paid monthly.
    5. Speak gently to the poor.
    6. The old farmer works hard.
    7. She gets up early and goes to bed late.
    8. The boy was walking fast.
    9. Have you seen an Aeroplane go up.
    10. The servant has gone upstairs.

    Answers:
    1. Slowly and sadly, we laid him down.
    Slowly (Adverb of manner, modifies “laid”)
    Sadly (Adverb of manner, modifies “laid”)
    2. . Manisha acted somewhere foolishly.
    Somewhere (Adverb of place, modifies “acted”)
    Foolishly (Adverb of manner, modifies “acted”)
    3. We looked for her everywhere.
    Everywhere (Adverb of place, modifies “looked”)
    4. The servant is paid monthly.
    Monthly (Adverb of frequency, modifies “is paid”)
    5. Speak gently to the poor.
    Gently (Adverb of manner, modifies “speak”)
    6. The old farmer works hard.
    Hard (Adverb of manner, modifies “works”)
    7. She gets up early and goes to bed late.
    Early (Adverb of time, modifies “gets up”)
    Late (Adverb of time, modifies “goes”)
    8. The boy was walking fast.
    Fast (Adverb of manner, modifies “walking”)
    9. Have you seen an Aeroplane go up?
    Up (Adverb of place, modifies “go”)
    10. The servant has gone upstairs.
    Upstairs (Adverb of place, modifies “gone”)

    Fill in the blanks with adverbs chosen from below.

    Exercise 6.3 Match the following adverbs with their opposites.

    1. Kindly (a) carelessly
    2. Sadly (b) noisily
    3. carefully (c) downward
    4. Everywhere (d) joyfully
    5. upward (e) cruelly
    6. quietly (f) nowwhere

    Answers:

    1. Kindly – (a) Cruelly
    2. Sadly -(b) Joyfully
    3.Carefully – (c) Carelessly
    4. Everywhere -(d) Nowhere
    5. Upward – (e) Downward
    6. Quietly – (f) Noisily

    Fill in the blanks with suitable adverbs of degree.

    Replace the phrases in italics 

    Fill in the blanks with the correct adverbs.

    Exercise 6.7 Find out three adverbs of each type- manner, time, place, and degree in the given ward search.

    BEVOUTSIDEKM
    RDTHERESITLA
    AGKOAKALMOST
    VYNFRLDOMDBO
    EBIOLDVWGASM
    LATOYIRLNYUO
    YGELGABYEDLR
    NQUITEGNTGBR
    RLISTLECLEGO
    BTLHEREHTDZW
    FOULGUDUKIER
    VERYAMLKGBKX

    Adverbs of Manner:

    1. QUITE – Found in row 8, starting from column 2 to column 6.
    2. FOOLISHLY – Found in COLUMN 4 , ROW 2-12.
    3. SLOW (as part of “SLOWLY”) – Row 2-5, Column 8

    Adverbs of Time:

    1. EARLY – Found in column 5, row 2-7.
    2. TODAY – Column 10, row 2-6.
    3. DAY– column 10, row 4-6.

    Adverbs of Place:

    1. OUTSIDE – Found in row 1, starting from column 3 to column 10.
    2. HERE – Found in row 2, starting from column 4 to column 7.
    3. THERE – Found in row 2, starting from column 3 to column 7.

    Adverbs of Degree:

    1. VERY – Found in row 12, starting from column 1 to column 4.
    2. ALMOST – Found in row 3, starting from column 7 to column 12.
    3. QUITE – Found in row 8, starting from column 2 to column 6.

    Thanks for visit and attempt Adverb Exercises for CBSE Class 6 with Answers.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Verbs Exercises with Answers for Class 6

    Verbs Exercises with Answers for CBSE Class 6. NK Aggarwala, Elementary English Grammar book solution for free online practice and preparation of exams.

    Verbs Exercises with Answers

    Exercise 5.1 State what kind of the underlined verbs are in the following sentences. Write A (action), B(being), T(thinking) H(having), and S(saying), to state what kind of verbs they are in the given brackets.

    1. Esha shouted, “you will hurt yourself; take care, Anil,”
    2. Robin hood was a very famous leader of the “Merry Band of Sherwood Forest.”
    3. I once had a pet rabbit.
    4. Aruna danced beautifully in the concert yesterday.
    5. I think we have lost the match.
    6. “Why does everyone tease me?” cried the little boy.
    7. I am only joking!
    8. Rashid has a new watch.
    9. The balloons soared high over the fields.
    10. I believe that the thief escaped through this window.

    Answers 5.1:
    1. Esha shouted (“you will hurt yourself; take care, Anil,”) (S – saying)
    2. Robin Hood was a very famous leader of the “Merry Band of Sherwood Forest.” (B – being)
    3. I once had a pet rabbit. (H – having)
    4. Aruna danced beautifully in the concert yesterday. (A – action)
    5. I think we have lost the match. (T – thinking)
    6. “Why does everyone tease me?” cried the little boy.
    tease (A – action)
    cried (S – saying)
    7. I am only joking! (B – being)
    8. Rashid has a new watch. (H – having)
    9. The balloons soared high over the fields. (A – action)
    10. I believe that the thief escaped through this window. (T – thinking)

    Fill in the blanks with appropriate verbs.

    KINDS OF VERBS
    1. A verb which requires an object after it to complete its sense is called a transitive verb.
    2. A verb which does not require an object to complete its sense but goods sense by itself is called an intransitive verb.

    Exercise 5.5 Write the transitive and intransitive verbs in the following sentences. Name the object of each transitive verb.
    1. He flies his kite. _______________
    2. He received a prize. ___________
    3. I met a little cottage girl. ______________
    4. The ship sank. ____________
    5. He spoke loudly. ______________
    6. The man killed a snake. ___________
    7. John broke the slate. _________
    8. The sun sets at six. ____________
    9. The baby laughs. __________
    10. The girls were singing. ________
    11. She ran away quickly. __________
    12. Smith struck her. ____________

    Answers 5.5:
    1. He flies his kite.
    Transitive verb: flies
    Object: kite
    2. He received a prize.
    Transitive verb: received
    Object: prize
    3. I met a little cottage girl.
    Transitive verb: met
    Object: girl
    4. The ship sank.
    Intransitive verb: sank
    5. He spoke loudly.
    Intransitive verb: spoke
    6. The man killed a snake.
    Transitive verb: killed
    Object: snake
    7. John broke the slate.
    Transitive verb: broke
    Object: slate
    8. The sun sets at six.
    Intransitive verb: sets
    9. The baby laughs.
    Intransitive verb: laughs
    10. The girls were singing.
    Intransitive verb: were singing
    11. She ran away quickly.
    Intransitive verb: ran
    12. Smith struck her.
    Transitive verb: struck
    Object: her

    Exercise 5.6 Underline the direct and indirect objects in the followings sentences. One has been done for you.

    1. Roshan gave his best friend a video game.
    Roshan gave his best friend (indirect) a video game (direct).
    2. Anuradha gave her sister a gold set on her wedding.
    3. I have saved a seat for you in the theatre.
    4. Danish told us a funny story.
    5. I will send you a picture postcard from Tokyo.

    Answers 5.6:
    1. Roshan gave his best friend (indirect) a video game (direct).
    2. Anuradha gave her sister (indirect) a gold set (direct) on her wedding.
    3. I have saved a seat (direct) for you (indirect) in the theatre.
    4. Danish told us (indirect) a funny story (direct).
    5. I will send you (indirect) a picture postcard (direct) from Tokyo.

     Fill in the blanks with to or for.

    Exercise 5.9 Say whether the following verbs are transitive (T), instransitive(I), or verbs of incomplete predication(IP).
    1. Sheila become sad. ______________
    2. The tree falls. __________
    3. He is guilty. ____________
    4. He spoke the truth._____________
    5. The sky grew dark. ___________
    6. The wind blows gently. ________
    7. Robert hid my book. __________
    8. Fire burns brightly. _____________
    9. The train stopped suddenly. _______________
    10. Mirza told a lie. ____________
    11. The sun is hot. _____________
    12. Why was Islam crying? ____________

    Answers 5.9:
    1. Sheila became sad. IP (verb of incomplete predication)
    2. The tree falls. I (intransitive)
    3. He is guilty. IP (verb of incomplete predication)
    4. He spoke the truth. T (transitive)
    5. The sky grew dark. IP (verb of incomplete predication)
    6. The wind blows gently. I (intransitive)
    7. Robert hid my book. T (transitive)
    8. Fire burns brightly. I (intransitive)
    9 . The train stopped suddenly. I (intransitive)
    10. Mirza told a lie. T (transitive)
    11. The sun is hot. IP (verb of incomplete predication)
    12. Why was Islam crying? I (intransitive)

    Exercise 5.10 Choose the verbs from the box having the same meaning as given below.
    export shout Steal discover import whisper rob invent

    1. Speak or cry out in a loud voice _____________________
    2. speak or say something using the breath ____________
    3. take somebody else’s property secretly, without right, unlawfully ___________
    4. take away something which belongs to someone else ____________
    5. send goods to another country ______________
    6. cerate or design something (note existing before) __________
    7. bring in goods from a foreign country _____________
    8. find out something existing but not yet known ________

    Answers 5.10:
    1. Speak or cry out in a loud voice: shout
    2. Speak or say something using the breath: whisper
    3. Take somebody else’s property secretly, without right, unlawfully: steal
    4. Take away something which belongs to someone else: rob
    5. Send goods to another country: export
    6. Create or design something (not existing before): invent
    7. Bring in goods from a foreign country: import
    8. Find out something existing but not yet known: discover

    Exercise 5.11 From the words in brackets, choose the one which fits best. First has been done for you.
    1. The skaters glided ( glided, flew, floated) across the ice.
    2. Aeroplanes ____________ ( buzz, zoom, soar ).
    3. Baeetles ______________ ( hiss, buzz, drone).
    4. Paarots ____________ (scream, screech, squeal).
    5. Eagles ____________ (scream, screech, squeal).
    6. Rabbits __________ (squeak, squeal, screech).
    7. Mice ____________ (scream, shriek, squeak).
    8. Elephants __________ (below, trumpet, roar).
    9. Cocks _________ ( sing, caw, crow).
    10. Frogs _________ (bark, croak, grunt).

    Answers 5.11:
    1. The skaters glided across the ice.
    2. Aeroplanes zoom.
    3. Beetles buzz.
    4. Parrots screech.
    5. Eagles screech.
    6. Rabbits squeal.
    7. Mice squeak.
    8. Elephants trumpet.
    9. Cocks crow.
    10. Frogs croak.

    Complete the following sentences with following words/ Phrases

    Thanks for attempt Verbs Exercises with Answers for Class 6. Best of luck for upcoming exams.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Adjectives Exercises for Class 6 with Answers

    Adjectives Exercises with Answers for CBSE Class 6 for online practice. Solution of Elementary Grammar by NK Aggarwala. Cross word, Interactive Worksheet for students to prepare for upcoming exams and obtain better marks.

    Adjective

    The Adjective : The words that describe a noun or a pronoun or add something to the meaning of a noun or a pronoun are called adjectives.

    ADJECTIVES CROSSWORD

    Exercise.2 Underline the adjectives in the Following sentences.

    One has been done for you.
    1Chess is an indoor game.
    2. This is a very comfortable hotel.
    3. Mohan’s car is small, Old and white in colour.
    4. Mumbai is a busy, lively and exciting city.
    5. It was a long and boring train journey.
    6. These shoes are very smart and very modern.
    Answers:
    2. This is a very comfortable hotel.
    3. Mohan’s car is small , old , and white in colour.
    4. Mumbai is a busy, lively, and exciting city.
    5. It was a long and boring train journey.
    6. These shoes are very smart and very modern.

    Fill in the blanks with the correct adjective from the box

    Fill in the blanks with suitable adjectives of quantity.

    Kinds of Adjective:

    1. Adjectives of quality Adjectives that tell us what kind of a noun it is, are called adjectives of quality. Examples: brave, honest, big, majestic, marvellous, etc.

    4. Adjectives of quantity The words much, little, some, any, enough, sufficient, whole, and no tell us how much of a thing is intended. Such adjectives are called adjectives of quantity.

    3. Adjectives of number The words in bold answers the question “How many” or “in what order”. They show how many persons or things there are, or in what order any of them stands. Such adjectives are called adjectives of number.

    4. Demonstrative Adjectives The adjectives this, these, that, those, such, and yonder point out which persons or things are meant. they are called denomstrative adjectives. they answer the question “which?”

    5. Interrogative Adjectives the words what, which and whose are used with nouns to ask questions. they are called interrogative adjectives.

    6. Passessive adjectives the my, his, your, their, and show possession or belonging. they are called possessive adjectives. they answer the question “whose”.

    Exercise3.5 Underline the adjectives in the sentences given below. write DN for definite numeral. In for indefinite numeral and Dis for distributive numeral adjectives.
    [First has been done for you]
    1. There were no picture in the book.
    2. Every word of what he said is untrue. _______________
    4. He has lost all his wealth in gambling. ____________
    5. Are there some mangoes in this garden? ______________
    6. Neither student seems to understand the problem. _____________
    7. Each man must do his duty. ___________
    8. Some boys were very dishonest; they stole things. ___________
    9. A hand has five fingers. __________
    10. His several friends were present at the party. ___________
    Answers:
    1. There were no picture in the book. In
    2. Every word of what he said is untrue. Dis
    3. My son is standing in the fifth row. DN
    4. He has lost all his wealth in gambling. Dis
    5. Are there some mangoes in this garden? In
    6. Neither student seems to understand the problem. Dis
    7. Each man must do his duty. Dis8. Some boys were very dishonest; they stole things. In
    9. A hand has five fingers. DN
    10. His several friends were present at the party. In

    Exercise3.6 Tick the right choice to fill in the blanks. First has been solve for you.
    1. Sorry Roshan, you cannot borrow (b) this book. It is meant for senior students.
    (a) Such (b) this (c) these (d) those
    2. I hate to make friends with ___________ children; they spoil you.
    (a) these (b) that (c) such (d) this
    3. The king once built a palace on _____________ hill.
    (a) yonder (b) those (c) this (d) such
    4. ____________ hooligans must be arrested by the police.
    (a)This (b) Such (c) Those (d) That
    5. Do not be in a _________ a hurry.
    (a) that (b) such (c) this (d) these
    Answers:
    2. I hate to make friends with (c) such children; they spoil you.
    3. The king once built a palace on (a) yonder hill.
    4. (b) Such hooligans must be arrested by the police.
    5. Do not be in a (b) such a hurry.

    Fill in the blanks with the correct adjectives. 

    Exercise 4.8 Underline the adjectives in the following sentences, and say of what kind each is, and which noun it qualifies.
    1. I know a funny little man.
    2. The way was long, and the wing was cold.
    3. He is a man of few words.
    4. I have told you this many times before.
    5.How many marks did you get.
    6. He is ninety years old.
    7. An empty vessel makes much noise.
    8. There is little hope of her recovery.
    9. Some dreams are like reality.
    10. He lives on yonder mountain.
    Answers:
    1. I know a funny little man.
    Funny: Quality adjective, qualifies “man”
    Little: Size adjective, qualifies “man”
    2. The way was long, and the wing was cold.
    Long: Quality adjective, qualifies “way”
    Cold: Quality adjective, qualifies “wing”
    3. He is a man of few words.
    Few: Quantity adjective, qualifies “words”
    I have told you this many times before.
    4. This: Demonstrative adjective, qualifies “times”
    Many: Quantity adjective, qualifies “times”
    How many marks did you get?
    5. How many: Interrogative adjective, qualifies “marks”
    He is ninety years old.
    Ninety: Numeral adjective, qualifies “years”
    6. An empty vessel makes much noise.
    Empty: Quality adjective, qualifies “vessel”
    Much: Quantity adjective, qualifies “noise”
    7. There is little hope of her recovery.
    8. Little: Quantity adjective, qualifies “hope”
    9. Some dreams are like reality.
    Some: Quantity adjective, qualifies “dreams”
    10. He lives on yonder mountain.

    Fill in the blanks with the adjectives opposite in meaning to those printed in italics.

    Exercise 4.10 Change the following words into adjectives by using – ful, less, ous, en, y, ish, or ive.
    first has been solve for you.

    1. air
    2. care _______
    3. boy _______
    4. wool _______
    5. heart __________
    6. fury ___________
    7. gold ________
    8. truth ______
    9. faith ________
    10. fear ________
    11. wonder _________
    12. dark ________
    13. silk _______
    14. wood ________
    15. hope _________
    16. talk _______
    17. peace _______
    18. beauty _________
    19. mercy _________
    20 cheer __________
    Answers:
    air → airy
    care → careful
    boy → boyish
    wool → woolly
    heart → heartfelt
    fury → furious
    gold → golden
    truth → truthful
    faith → faithful
    fear → fearful
    wonder → wonderful
    dark → dark
    silk → silky
    wood → wooden
    hope → hopeful
    talk → talkative
    peace → peaceful
    beauty → beautiful
    mercy → merciful
    cheer → cheerful

    Exercise 3.11 Read the following passage and underline the adjectives. State what kind of adjectives they are.
    (Special Note: There are 21 of them!
    There is noisy bird on the thin wire outside my window . I peep out to see what the problem is, it is a grey pigeon with two white streaks on its tail and on its wings. Next to it are three tiny, bald pigeons. The angry bird flap her wings, flies a short distance and returns. Then she nags loudly at her babies. The first baby flaps his little wings but they are not strong to lift him. The other two also fail. Their anxious mother encourage them louder. I can see there is an important lesson in progress.
    Answers:
    There is noisy bird on the thin wire outside my window. I peep out to see what the problem is, it is a grey pigeon with two white streaks on its tail and on its wings. Next to it are three tiny, bald pigeons. The angry bird flap her wings, flies a short distance and returns. Then she nags loudly at her babies. The first baby flaps his little wings but they are not strong to lift him. The other two also fail. Their anxious mother encourage them louder. I can see there is an important lesson in progress.
    noisy – Descriptive
    thin – Descriptive
    grey – Descriptive
    two – Quantitative
    white – Descriptive
    three – Quantitative
    tiny – Descriptive
    bald – Descriptive
    angry – Descriptive
    short – Descriptive
    first – Ordinal
    little – Descriptive
    strong – Descriptive
    other – Descriptive
    two – Quantitative
    anxious – Descriptive
    louder – Comparative
    important – Descriptive

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Pronouns exercises for class 6 with answers

    Pronouns exercises for CBSE class 6 with answers. Elementary English Grammar by NK Aggarwala Worksheet and fill in the blanks solutions.

    Pronouns

    Pronouns are words that used instead of nouns in speaking and writing.

    Kinds of pronouns

    There are 7 type of pronouns :

    1. Personal pronouns I, we, you, she, it, they, me, us, you, his, her, it, them.
    2. Reflexive and Emphasising Pronouns myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself, ourselves, yourselves, themselves.
    3. Demonstrative Pronouns this, that, these, those, such.
    4. Indefinite Pronouns Some, one, none, few, all, many, others.
    5. Distributive Pronouns each, either, neither.
    6. Interrogative Pronouns what, who, which, whose, whom.
    7. Relative Pronouns who, whose, whom, that, which.

    Pronouns exercises for class 6 with answers

    Fill in the blanks exercise with the correct pronouns

    Exercise3.2 Rewrite the following sentences by replacing the bracketed nouns.

    1. You have to listen to (mother) .
    2. (Mrs Geetanjali) told (the neighbours ) to be quieter .
    3. (Sandy) bought (a latte) from that coffee shop .
    4. My baseball team wants (Dharmesh) to be the captain.
    5. Can you please clean the (dogs) .
    6. (Grandpa) wants to see me.
    7. (The audience) is excited to hear the musicians play.
    8. (This movie) makes my whole family laugh .

    Answers:
    1. You have to listen to her (mother).
    2. She (Mrs. Geetanjali) told them (the neighbors) to be quieter.
    3. Sandy bought a latte from that coffee shop.
    4. My baseball team wants him (Dharmesh) to be the captain.
    5. Can you please clean them (the dogs)?
    6. He (Grandpa) wants to see me
    7. They (The audience) is excited to hear the musicians play.
    8. It (This movie) makes my whole family laugh.

    1. Reflexive pronouns The pronouns and itself, behave like objects to the verbs, but they refer to the subjects of the verbs. Such pronouns are called reflexive pronouns.

    2. Emphasising pronouns The pronouns myself, ourselves, yourselves, himself, herself, themselves and itself, are used with a noun or pronoun for the sake of emphasis. They are, therefore, called emphasising pronouns .

    Exercise 3.3 Write the pronouns in the following sentences, and say which are reflexive pronouns and which are emphasising.

    1. The boys hid themselves ___________ .
    2. The prisoner injured himself _________.
    3. Pray do not inconvenience yourself ________.
    4. The queen herself came to see the magician _________.
    5. They themselves admitted their guilt __________ .
    6. You yourself are to blame for this ___________ .

    Answers:

    1. The boys hid themselves in the barn. (reflexive)
    2. The prisoner injured himself during the escape. (reflexive)
    3. Pray do not inconvenience yourself on my account. (reflexive)
    4. The queen herself came to see the magician in person. (emphasizing)
    5. They themselves admitted their guilt to the judge. (emphasizing)
    6. You yourself are to blame for this situation. (emphasizing)

    Exercise 3.4 Fill in the blanks with the correct emphasising or reflexive Pronouns .

    1. Sometimes, we deceive _____________.
    2. She talked to __________ .
    3. The king ___________ was there.
    4. The wall _________ fell .
    5. They __________ were present there.
    6. The man hurt _____________ .
    7. I __________ went to see her .
    8. We enjoyed __________ .
    9. They blamed ___________.
    10. We ___________ heard her saying so.

    Answers:
    1. Sometimes, we deceive ourselves. (reflexive)
    2. She talked to herself. (reflexive)
    3. The king himself was there. (emphasizing)
    4. The wall itself fell. (emphasizing)
    5. They themselves were present there. (emphasizing)
    6. The man hurt himself. (reflexive)
    7. I myself went to see her. (emphasizing)
    8. We enjoyed ourselves. (reflexive)
    9. They blamed themselves. (reflexive)
    10. We ourselves heard her saying so. (emphasizing)

    3. Demonstrative pronouns In the above sentences, this, these, that, those, and such are use to point out the object or objects for which they are used. This and These refer to things near at hand; that and those refer to things lying at a distance. They are, therefore, called demonstrative pronouns.

    Exercise 3.5 Write the demonstrative pronouns and circle the demonstrative adjectives in the following sentences.

    1. This pen is mine; that pen is your.
    2. This is how you must do it.
    3. These are mere excuses.
    4. What is that noise?
    5. That is a sound rule of health.
    6. This house is to let.

    Answers:
    1. This pen is mine; that pen is yours.
    That (demonstrative adjective)
    This (demonstrative adjective)
    2. This is how you must do it.
    This (demonstrative pronoun)
    3. These are mere excuses.
    These (demonstrative pronoun)
    4. What is that noise?
    That (demonstrative adjective)
    5. That is a sound rule of health.
    That (demonstrative pronoun)
    6. This house is to let.
    This (demonstrative adjective)

    Exercise 3.6 Fill in the blanks with suitable demonstrative pronouns .
    1. __________ is my book; ____________ is yours.
    2. __________ are sweet grapes; __________ are sour.
    3. The climate of Punjab is better then ______________ of Mumbai.
    4. Both books are good, but _____________ is better then.
    5. The streets of Mumbai are wider then __________ of Kolkata .
    6. ________ are my pens, ___________ are yours.

    Answers:
    1. This is my book; that is yours.
    2. These are sweet grapes; those are sour.
    3. The climate of Punjab is better than that of Mumbai.
    4. Both books are good, but this is better than that.
    5. The streets of Mumbai are wider than those of Kolkata.
    6. These are my pens; those are yours.

    4. Indefinite pronouns the pronouns all, some, many, few, one, none, and others refer to person or things in a general way. They do not refer to any particular person or thing. Such pronouns are called indefinite pronouns.

    5. Distributive pronouns The pronouns each, either and neither refer to a number of persons or things, one at a time. Such pronouns are called distributive pronouns. These pronouns are always singular and are always followed by a verb in the singular.

    Exercise 3.8 Underline the distributive pronouns and circle the distributive adjective in the following sentences.
    1. Each of the boys was given a prize.
    2. Either of these books will do.
    3.Niether of these statements is false.
    4. Each boy was praised.
    5. Neither of the boys was punished.
    6. At either end, there was a tree.

    Answers:
    1. Each of the boys was given a prize. – Each (distributive pronoun)
    2. Either of these books will do. – Either (distributive pronoun)
    3 Neither of these statements is false. – Neither (distributive pronoun)
    4. Each boy was praised. – Each (distributive adjective)
    5. Neither of the boys was punished. – Neither (distributive pronoun)
    6. At either end, there was a tree. – Either (distributive adjective)

    6. Interrogative pronouns the pronouns who, what, which, whom and whose are used asking questions. Pronouns used for asking questions are called interrogative pronouns.

    Exercise 3.9 Fill in the blanks with suitable interrogative or adjective.
    1. To __________ did you give the massage?
    2. To _________ are you speaking.?
    3. _____________ were you speaking to?
    4. ___________ was she dancing with?
    5. ___________ things is better, health or ?
    6. ____________ of these dolls will you take?
    7. ___________ of these girls stood out first?
    8. ___________ road should I take?
    9. ___________ do you refer, milk or tea?
    10. ___________ are you waiting for?

    Answers:
    1. To whom did you give the message?
    2. To whom are you speaking?
    3. Whom were you speaking to?
    4. Whom was she dancing with?
    5. Which things is better, health or wealth?
    6. Which of these dolls will you take?
    7. Which of these girls stood out first?
    8. Which road should I take?

    7. Relative Pronouns the pronouns who, whom, whose, which, and that, which join two sentences and refer back to nouns going before the, are called relative pronouns .

    Exercise 3.10 Underline the relative pronouns and write circle to antecedents in the followings sentences.
    1. God helps those who help themselves.
    2. It is only donkey that bray.
    3. Bring me the clothes which the dhobi has washed.
    4. This is the man whose mother died.
    5. Is this the cup that you broke.
    6. We love those persons who are kind to us.
    7. Ashoka was the wisest king that ever lived.
    8.This is the juggler whom we saw yesterday.
    9. A child whose parents are dead is called an orphan.
    10. I hate the People who are cruel.

    Answers:
    1. God helps those who help themselves.
    Antecedent: those (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: who (underline)
    2. It is only donkeys that bray.
    Antecedent: donkeys (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: that (underline)
    3. Bring me the clothes which the dhobi has washed.
    Antecedent: clothes (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: which (underline)
    4.This is the man whose mother died.
    Antecedent: man (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: whose (underline)
    5. Is this the cup that you broke?
    Antecedent: cup (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: that (underline)
    6. We love those persons who are kind to us.
    Antecedent: persons (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: who (underline
    7. Ashoka was the wisest king that ever lived.
    Antecedent: king (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: that (underline)
    8. This is the juggler whom we saw yesterday.
    Antecedent: juggler (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: whom (underline)
    9. A child whose parents are dead is called an orphan.
    Antecedent: child (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: whose (underline)
    10. I hate the people who are cruel.
    Antecedent: people (circle)
    Relative Pronoun: who (underline)

    Fill in the blanks exercise with Suitable relative pronouns

    Exercise 3.12 Join each of the following pairs of sentences by mean of a relative pronouns.
    1.He is a rogue. No one trusts him.
    2. We got into a bus. It was full of passengers.
    3. I saw a juggler. He was showing his tricks.
    4. Here is the book. You lost it yesterday.
    5. Here is the pen. you were looking for it. 0
    6. We met a boy. He had lost his way.
    7. My brother is in Mumbai. I loved my brother.
    8. These are the boys. Their parents are here.
    9. Tarun lost the pen. Tarun was warned.
    10. That is the man. We saw him yesterday.

    Answers:

    1. He is a rogue whom no one trusts.
    2. We got into a bus which was full of passengers.
    3. I saw a juggler who was showing his tricks.
    4. Here is the book that you lost yesterday.
    5. Here is the pen which you were looking for.
    6. We met a boy who had lost his way.
    7. My brother, whom I loved, is in Mumbai.
    8. These are the boys whose parents are here.
    9. Tarun, who was warned, lost the pen.
    10. That is the man whom we saw yesterday.

    Thanks for visit and attempt Pronouns exercises for CBSE class 6 with answers.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Noun exercises for Class 6 with answers

    Noun exercises for CBSE Class 6 with answers for free online practice. NK Aggarwal English Grammar book solutions of all fill in the blank and other exercise.

    Type of Noun

    1. Proper nouns are words that represent a particular person, place, animal, or thing.
    2. Common nouns are words that represent common people, places, animals, and things of the same class or kind.
    3. Collective nouns represent groups of people, animals, and things considered as one complete whole.
    4. Material nouns are words that stand for the matter or substance of which things are made.
    5. Abstract nouns are words that represent a quality or an idea.

    Nouns: Kinds of Nouns Exercises for CBSE Class 6

    Exercise 1: Fill the blanks with kinds of Nouns

    Exercise 2: Fill in blanks using suitable nouns .

    1. Rachit rode to school on a __________________ .
    2. I gave my ______ a ______________ for her birthday .
    3. We’ll see ___________ at the ______________.
    4. I think the ___________ will improve next ____________ .
    5. The ___________ has grown a foot since last year .
    6. The trip to __________ will take two __________ .
    7. Tonight, we are going to the _________ .
    8. My teacher, ________ , has decorated her_________ .
    9. Many _________ are grown in our _________ .
    10. This homework assignment requires plenty of __________ .

    Answers:

    1. Rachit rode to school on a bicycle.
    2. I gave my sister a necklace for her birthday.
    3. We’ll see friends at the park.
    4. I think the weather will improve next week.
    5. The tree has grown a foot since last year.
    6. The trip to Paris will take two days.
    7. Tonight, we are going to the theater.
    8. My teacher, Ms. Johnson, has decorated her classroom.
    9. Many vegetables are grown in our garden.
    10. This homework assignment requires plenty of effort.

    Exercise 3 : Put these collective nouns in the blanks :

    Exercise 4: Fill in the blanks in the abstract nouns

    Exercise 5 : Choose from the below the noun which has the same meaning 

    Exercise 6: Use the following instructions to write sentences of your own . Highlight the nouns you use.

    1. Write a sentence using two nouns that name family members.
    2. Write sentence using a noun that names a living thing that you can see.
    3. Write a sentence using a noun that names an idea you cannot usually see.
    4. Write a sentence using a noun that names a non-living things that you can see.
    5. Write a sentence using nouns that name two or more cities or states you would like to visit.
    6. Write a sentence using nouns that name animals in a Zoo.

    Answers :

    1. My mother and father went to the market together.
    2. A bird is sitting on the tree branch.
    3. Happiness is something everyone desires.
    4. The computer on the desk is new.
    5. I want to visit Tokyo and New York next year.
    6. Lions and giraffes are my favorite animals at the zoo.

    Countable and Uncountable Nouns

    1. Countable nouns refer to noun that can be counted. They can be both singular and plural.
    2. Uncountable nouns refer to nouns that cannot be counted.

    Exercise 8 : Countable or Uncountable Nouns

    Exercise 9: Conversation Practice of Noun

    Thanks for attempt Noun- Kinds of Noun exercises for CBSE Class 6 with answers.

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

    Elementary English Grammar and Composition for Class 6 Solutions

  • Direct and Indirect Speech Exercises with Answers

    Direct and Indirect Speech Exercises with Answers – fill in the blanks worksheet for online practice. Best way to learn and practice the English Grammar.

    Fill in the Blanks – Direct and Indirect Speech

    Fill in the blank spaces with a verb in the correct tense

    Complete indirect speech sentences with the pronoun or determiner

    After Exercises with Answers, we may learn concepts of Direct and Indirect Speech in English Grammar.

    Direct Speech

    The exact words that someone says are called direct speech. Quotation marks “ ” are used to set off direct speech.
    Mom said, “Where are my keys?”
    “This ice cream is delicious,” said Tom.
    “Have you boys washed your hands?” asked Dad.
    “Please get out of the car,” the police officer ordered.
    “What a beautiful dress!” said Sally.

    Indirect Speech

    You can report what someone says without using their exact words. To do this, use a verb like say, ask or tell, followed by that. This is called indirect speech. There are several differences between a sentence with direct speech and a sentence with indirect speech.
    You don’t use quotation marks with indirect speech.
    You change the tense of the verb.
    You change the pronouns and determiners.

    Here are some examples. The verb tenses that change are printed in bold and the pronouns and determiners that change are printed in color. Remember that the past tense of can is could and the past tense of will is would.

    Direct speechIndirect speech
    Maggie said, “I feel ill.”Maggie said that she felt ill.
    Sumiko said, “It’s time to leave.”Sumiko said that it was time to leave.
    I can’t find my book,” said Alice.Alice said that she couldn’t find her book.
    “John is hitting me,” said Peter.Peter said that John was hitting him.
    Dad said, “I haven’t had my Dad said that he hadn’t had his breakfast yet.”Dad said that he hadn’t had his breakfast yet.
    My car won’t start,” said Mom.Mom said that her car wouldn’t start.

    In indirect speech people often leave out the conjunction that.
    Maggie said that she felt ill.
    Sumiko said that it was time to leave.
    Alice said that she couldn’t find her book.
    Peter said that John was hitting him.
    Dad said that he hadn’t had his breakfast yet.

    When you are using indirect speech to report a statement that is still true now, you don’t change the tense of the verb.

    Direct speechIndirect speech
    John said, “My mom doesn’t like fish.”John said that his mom doesn’t like fish.
    “I live in a house by the sea,” said Anna.Anna said that she lives in a house by the sea.
    Dad said, “Paris is a beautiful city.”Dad said Paris is a beautiful city.

    Indirect Commands

    Use verbs like order, tell and warn to report orders and instructions.
    The construction to + verb or not to + verb may also be used.

    Direct speechIndirect speech
    The teacher said, “Stop running in the corridor!”The teacher ordered us to stop running in the corridor.
    “Put your books away, children,” said Mr. Park.Mr. Park told the children to put their books away.
    Dad said to David, “Please help me by washing the dishes.”Dad asked David to help him by washing the dishes.
    Jack said to Maggie, “Please don’t tell anyone my secret!”Jack begged Maggie not to tell anyone his secret.
    Miss Lee said to Alan, “Don’t be late again tomorrow.”Miss Lee warned Alan not to be late again the next day.

    Indirect Questions

    The verb ask is usually used to report questions.

    Direct speechIndirect speech
    Sally said, “Where is my backpack?”Sally asked where her backpack was.
    Peter said, “Have you finished your Peter asked if I had finished my homework?”Peter asked if I had finished my homework.

    To report a question, put the subject before the verb or helping verb. Remember that the subject comes after the helping verb when you ask a question. Here are some examples. The subjects are printed in bold and the verbs are printed in color.

    asking a questionreporting a question
    “Where are they going?”I asked where they were going.
    Can Jack ride his bike?”I asked if Jack could ride his bike.
    “Did Miss Lee sing a song?”I asked whether Miss Lee sang a song.
    “Has she finished her homework?”I asked if she had finished her
    homework.

    To report a question-word question, use the same question word in direct speech.

    Direct speechIndirect speech
    Mom said, “Where are your shoes?”Mom asked where my shoes were.
    Maggie said, “Who has taken my pen?”Maggie asked who had taken her pen.
    What time does the show start?” asked Sue.Sue asked what time the show started.
    Peter said, “Why did you leave before the end of the movie?”Peter asked why I left before the end of the movie.

    When you are reporting yes or no questions, use if or whether after the verb.

    Direct speechIndirect speech
    “Is it raining?” asked Tom.Tom asked if it was raining.
    Alice said, “Can you help us?”Alice asked whether I could help them.
    Dad said, “Is the train on time?”Dad asked if the train was on time.
  • Punctuation Marks Exercises with Answers

    Punctuation Marks Exercises with Answers – Fill in the blanks for free online practice of English Grammar.

    Put the correct punctuation mark at the end of each sentence

    Thanks for your participation in Punctuation Marks Exercises with Answers.

    Punctuation Marks

    Punctuation marks are signs such as periods, commas and question marks.
    They are used in sentences to make the meaning clear.

    period .
    Put a period at the end of a sentence.
    Tim lent me his skateboard.
    The children are playing in the garden.
    The train arrived late.
    It’s not a very sunny day.

    comma ,
    Put a comma between items in a list.
    You need paper, scissors and glue.
    She likes reading, swimming, playing basketball and going to the movies.
    Tom, May Ling, Sue and Christopher all went shopping together.

    Put a comma after yes and no.
    “Do you like football?” “Yes, I like it very much.”
    “Is this your house?” “Yes, it is.”
    “Is it still snowing?” “No, it’s stopped.”
    “Has Sarah had breakfast yet?” “No, she hasn’t.”

    You also put a comma before or after the name of the person you are speaking to.
    Hello, Mr. Carter.
    Miss Lee, can I borrow a pencil, please?
    Goodbye, Andrew.

    Commas are used before please and thank you.
    Could you pass me that pencil, please?
    “Would you like some more orange juice, David?” “Yes, please.”
    I’ve had enough to eat, thank you.
    “Would you like another cupcake, Sally?” “No, thank you.”

    A comma is also used between the parts of a place name.
    Chicago, Illinois
    Tower Bridge, London
    Athens, Georgia
    the Lincoln Memorial, Washington DC

    question mark ?
    Write a question mark at the end of a question, instead of a period.

    Can you hear me, children?Didn’t you read the sign?
    Who is that man talking to Dad?Where is my schoolbag?
    Is there someone knocking at the door?How many apples are left?

    exclamation point !

    Use an exclamation point at the end of a sentence that shows a strong feeling such as surprise or fear. An exclamation point is used instead of a period.

    What a silly thing to do!Help! A monster!
    You’re completely wrong!What a shame!
    I told you not to go out on your own!How sad!

    You can also use exclamation points with strong orders.

    Sit down!Don’t touch that knife!
    Be quiet!Give me that ball!
    Leave that computer alone!Do it now!

    Exclamation points are usually used after interjections.
    People often use just one or two words to express a sudden feeling such as fear, happiness, surprise or anger, or in greeting somebody. These short expressions are called interjections. Here are some examples:

    Hello!Ouch!
    Good morning!Hurray!
    Good night!Help!
    Well done!Look out!
    Oh dear!Happy Birthday!

    apostrophe

    Use an apostrophe with s to show who something belongs to.
    This is Michael’s room.
    This is my Dad’s desk.
    Are you Kathleen’s mom?
    This dog’s tail is very long.
    The teacher collects everyone’s books at the end of the class.
    Jack is going to his friend’s house for lunch.

    You also use an apostrophe to show where one or more letters are missing in a contraction.
    I’m (= am) the boy who lives next door.
    She’s (= is) my best friend.
    He’s (= has) been to Europe twice.
    We’re (= are) going to the zoo today.
    You’re (= are) my favorite uncle.
    I’d (= had) better go home now.
    You’ve (= have) got dirt on your new shoes.
    He’ll (= will) lend you his bike.

    quotation marks “ ”

    Use quotation marks around the exact words that someone says. You put the mark at the beginning of the words, and the mark at the end.
    Use a comma before the last quotation mark, to separate the words from the rest of the sentence.
    This bike is mine,” said Susan.
    I would like some apple juice, please,” said the little boy.
    Let’s play computer games,” said James.

    Suppose the exact words that someone says come after the rest of the sentence. In this case put a period before the last quotation mark.
    Dad said,Come inside and have lunch.
    John, said Mom, please turn your music down.

    Put question marks and exclamation points in the same place as periods, before the last quotation mark.
    “Is this the way to the station?” the man asked.
    Sam said, “Can I borrow your pencil?”
    “Don’t do that!” said Mom.
    John said, “What a great movie!”

    colon :

    When you are reading a playscript, notice the colon between the name of a character and the words that they speak.
    Jack: What have you got in the bag?
    Maggie: My swimming suit.
    Jack: When are you going swimming?
    Maggie: This afternoon. Would you like to come?

    Capital Letter

    Use a capital letter as the first letter of the first word in a sentence.
    Dogs have wet noses.
    Where is my ball?
    That isn’t fair!
    This is my brother.
    You need a racket if you’re going to play tennis.

    You also use a capital letter for the first letter of the first word in direct speech.
    Sam said, “This is my brother.”
    Where is my ball?” Tom asked.
    Alice shouted, “That isn’t fair!”
    You’ll need a racket if you’re going to play tennis,” said Dad.

    The word I is always written as a capital letter.
    I’m really pleased with your work.
    Do you know what I got for my birthday?
    Paul and I asked if we could help.

    Use a capital letter to begin the names of people and places.

    JohnAustraliathe Sphinx
    May LingGermanythe Taj Mahal
    David Beckhamthe United States of Americathe Grand Canyon
    Dr. RajMexico Citythe Great Wall of China
    Miss LeeBeijingthe Pacific Ocean
    GrandadBuckingham PalaceMount Fuji
    Uncle Davidthe Statue of Libertythe Rio Grande
    Professor Parkthe Erie Canalhe Himalayas

    You also use capital letters after the initials in someone’s name.
    T.K. Lee
    J.K. Rowling
    J.R.R. Tolkien
    M.C. Hammer

    The days of the week and months of the year begin with a capital letter.

    MondayJanuaryJuly
    TuesdayFebruaryAugust
    WednesdayMarchSeptember
    ThursdayAprilOctober
    FridayMayNovember
    SaturdayJuneDecember
    Sunday

    The names of holidays and special celebrations also begin with a capital letter.

    Valentine’s DayVeterans’ Day
    Yom KippurHalloween
    ChristmasIndependence Day
    Memorial DayThanksgiving

    Capital letters are also used in the titles of books, films and plays.
    The Lady and the Tramp
    Star Wars
    Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone
    The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes
    Alice in Wonderland
    The Sword in the Stone
    Hamlet, Prince of Denmark
    Cats and Dogs
    Universal World Atlas

    Nationalities and languages also begin with a capital letter.

    AustralianGerman
    IndonesianKorean
    SpanishFrench
    EgyptianRussian
    HinduJapanese
    South AfricanChinese
    BritishEnglish
    PakistaniCantonese

    You also use a capital letter for the first letter in words and phrases that you use for saying hello and goodbye.

  • Kind of Sentences Exercises with Answers

    Kind of Sentences in English Grammar, Exercises with Answers – all type fill in the blanks and examples for online practice.

    Kind of Sentences Exercises with Answers

    Declarative, Interrogative, Exclamatory and Imperative Sentences  Exercise

    Transitive and Intransitive Verb Exercise

    Simple and Compound Sentences Exercise

    Question words Exercise

    Question Tag Exercise

    Definition of Sentence

    A sentence is a group of words that expresses a complete thought. Sentences always have a subject and a verb.

    subjectverb
    Sheis working.
    Heis reading.
    The childrenare playing.
    Theyare singing.

    Four Kinds of Sentence

    A declarative sentence makes a statement.
    It is raining.
    Tom likes football.
    The school bell was ringing.
    The children are playing with the dog.
    Topeka is in Kansas.

    Notes : A declarative sentence ends with a period.

    An interrogative sentence asks a question.
    Where are my keys?
    Why is the sky blue?
    Who is talking to the teacher?
    Is this the way to the ice skating rink?

    Notes : An interrogative sentence ends with a question mark (?) instead of a period.

    An exclamatory sentence makes a very strong statement called an exclamation.
    It shows a strong feeling such as surprise or anger.
    What a kind thing to do!
    How beautiful she is!
    The silly boy!

    Notes : An exclamatory sentence ends with an exclamation point (!) instead of a period.

    An imperative sentence gives an order.
    Ask Tom to come and see me.
    Don’t tell me lies.
    Please leave.
    Go to your room!
    Speak up!

    Notes : An imperative sentence can end with an exclamation point (!) if the order is very firm.

    Sentences with Objects

    The subject of a sentence often does something to another person or thing. The person or thing that receives the action of the subject is called the object of the verb. Verbs that have objects are called transitive verbs.

    Here are some sentences with transitive verbs.

    subjecttransitive verbobject
    Dadis readinga book.
    Iam cookingdinner.
    Youhave brokenmy new toy.
    Momlikesher new car.
    Shehas forgottenher backpack.
    the doglickedmy face.
    Our ballhita window.
    Theyvisitedthe museum.
    Annais sewinga dress for her doll.
    Uncle Bensenta package to his friend.

    Verbs with Two Objects

    Some verbs have two objects. Look at the sentence below.
    Sam gave Anna (indirect object) a present (direct object).
    The thing that Sam gives is ‘a present’, so a present is the direct object of the verb. But there is another object: ‘Anna’. ‘Anna’ is the person that receives the present, so Anna is the indirect object of the verb. Many verbs have both direct and indirect objects. Here are some examples.

    subjectverbindirect objectdirect object
    Dadis readingthe childrena story.
    Grandmais bakingme a cake.
    A kind manshowedusthe way.
    Wehave broughtyousome new magazines to read.
    Mr. Bergis teachingthe childrenFrench.
    Jackaskedthe teachera question.
    Iam writingmy frienda letter.
    shesenther cousinan email.
    Johnhas foundusa secret place to play.
    Uncle Andytoldthemthe good news.

    Verbs with No Object

    Some verbs don’t have an object. A verb that does not have an object is called an intransitive verb. Here are some sentences with intransitive verbs.

    Mr. Park usually walks to work.Anna talks a lot in class.
    The sun is shining.It is snowing.
    I don’t know.We have already eaten.
    The man smiled.Dad always drives carefully.
    Miss Lee always dresses very smartly.Can your little brother read?

    Simple Sentences

    A clause is a group of words that contains one subject and one verb. A sentence that consists of one clause is called a simple sentence. Here are some examples. The subjects are printed in bold and the verbs are printed in color.
    The girls are playing baseball.
    Sally found a good hiding place.
    I am eating my breakfast.
    Tom is wearing his new shoes today.
    Will you help me?
    The sky was very cloudy.
    I can hear the birds.
    Everyone was happy.
    Is it raining again?

    Compound Sentences

    A compound sentence contains two clauses joined by a conjunction such as and, or, but or so. Look at these examples. The verbs in the clauses are printed in color. Notice that there are two verbs, one on each side of the conjunction.

    Some people are always happy and some people are always sad.
    She opened the bag and took out a book.
    Do you want coffee or would you prefer lemonade?
    Is that a bird or is it a plane?
    John is good at English but he’s not very good at math.
    Michael wants to see Star Wars but his friends have already seen it.
    Tom dropped his sandwich so I gave him mine.
    It started to rain so we went inside.

    Conditional Sentences

    To talk about things that are possible, you often use if in a sentence. A sentence with if is called a conditional sentence. Here is an example of a conditional sentence with the if-clause printed in color.
    If it rains tomorrow, (simple present tense verb) we shall (shall/will + infinitive) not go to the beach.
    In the if-clause, use a verb in the simple present tense. In the main clause, use shall or will and an infinitive. Here are some more examples.
    The if-clauses are in color and the main clauses are in bold print.
    If there’s no rice in the cupboard, we’ll buy some more.
    If we don’t work hard, we’ll never learn.
    If we leave now, we’ll arrive on time.

    You may also put the main clause before the if-clause.
    We’ll play indoors if it rains.
    You’ll get sick if you don’t eat good food.
    Sam will do well in his piano recital if he practices regularly.

    Positive and Negative Sentences

    A positive sentence tells you about something that exists or something that is happening.
    I like ice cream.
    Michael is my brother.
    The train leaves at five o’clock.
    I’m feeling really tired.
    She’s finished her homework.
    Dad is in the kitchen.
    There’s a cartoon on TV.

    A negative sentence contains the word not or another negative word. Negative sentences tell you that something does not exist or is not happening. Here are some examples. The negative words are printed in bold.
    I’m not very good at math.
    Tom isn’t as tall as Alan.
    We didn’t hear you shout at us.
    Meera hasn’t read the Harry Potter books.
    People can’t see very well in the dark.
    There’s nothing interesting on TV tonight.
    We’ve never been to China or Japan.
    Nobody knows my secret.
    There are no coins in my pocket.

    Questions

    There are two kinds of questions: yes or no questions and question-word questions. yes or no questions

    yes or no questions

    When you ask a yes or no question, you want the answer yes or the answer no. Use the verbs be, have and do along with helping verbs such as can, will and should when you ask these questions. Here are some examples of yes or no questions, with answers.

    Is this your seat?May I sit here?
    YesYes
    Can you ride a bike?Don’t you like pizza?
    No.No
    Do you like swimming?Are we late?
    Yes.No.

    In questions, the helping verb comes before the subject. The other verb comes after the subject. The verb be also comes before the subject when it is an ordinary verb rather than a helping verb.
    Here are some examples of statements and the questions you can make from them. Notice that the helping verbs are printed in bold and the subjects are in color.

    statementquestion
    Dad is ill today.Is Dad ill today?
    She has finished her homework.Has she finished her homework?
    The cat doesn’t like noise.Doesn’t the cat like noise?
    Michael can ride a bike.Can Michael ride a bike?
    Sally could borrow your pencil.Could Sally borrow your pencil?
    You may leave now.May I leave now?
    I think it will rain tomorrow.Do you think it will rain tomorrow?
    I saw Tom at the football game.Did you see Tom at the football game?
    Miss Lee sang a song.Did Miss Lee sing a song?
    The computer needs to be repaired.Does the computer need to be repaired?

    Question-word questions

    Use the question words what, which, who (sometimes whom), whose, when, where and how to ask for information. The verbs be, have and do, and helping verbs such as can, will and should are also used in questions.

    The helping verb comes before the subject, as it does in yes or no questions. Here are some examples. Again, the helping verb is printed in bold and the subject is printed in color.

    What is your name?
    What date is it today?
    Which boy is your brother?
    Which house do you live in?
    Who is the boy next to Alan?
    Who (or Whom) did he ask?
    Whose book is this?
    When can I come to visit you?
    When does the spring vacation start?
    Where is the pencil that I left on my desk?
    Where do the birds go when they fly away in winter?
    How can Grandma read without her glasses?
    How does a plane stay in the sky?

    Sometimes the wh-word itself is the subject of the sentence. In this case, don’t use do to form questions.
    Who wants to come with me?
    What caused the accident?
    Which is the fastest car?
    I’ve got my coat. Whose is this?

    Question Tags

    Sometimes people finish what they are saying with a short question. Why do they do this? Because they want to know if the person they are speaking to agrees with them. This short question is called a question tag. Look at the following sentence.
    The weather is lovely today, isn’t it?

    The main part of the sentence is positive, but the question tag is negative.
    You expect the answer to a negative question tag to be yes. For example:
    “The weather is lovely today, isn’t it?” “Yes, it is.”

    Use a helping verb and the subject of the sentence to make the question tag. Notice that the subject has been replaced by a pronoun in the example sentences. The pronoun in the question tag refers to the subject printed in color.
    Tom is older than you, isn’t he?
    Sally has got a dog, hasn’t she?
    Anna and I can go by train, can’t we?
    Peter and David should leave now, shouldn’t they?

    If the main part of the sentence has I am in it, use aren’t I in the question tag.
    I’m your best friend, aren’t I?
    I’m taller than Sumiko, aren’t I?

    If the main part of the sentence is negative, the question tag is positive. You expect the answer to a positive question tag to be no.
    These questions aren’t very difficult, are they?
    You haven’t read this book, have you?
    Peter isn’t as tall as I am, is he?
    She isn’t eight yet, is she?
    There aren’t many clouds in the sky, are there?
    There isn’t much wind today, is there?
    There weren’t any emails for me, were there?

  • Prepositions Exercises with Answers

    Prepositions and prepositional phrases exercises with answers worksheet for online practice of English Grammar.

    Prepositions Exercises with Answers

    Fill in the blanks :

    Prepositional Phrases Exercises

    Thanks for attempt the Prepositions and prepositional phrases exercises with answer. We are adding the definition, example for better learning of concepts.

    Preposition

    Prepositions are words that show a connection between other words. Most prepositions are little words like at, in and on. Prepositional phrases are groups of words, such as out of and on top of.

    Preposition or Adverb?

    Some words can be used either as prepositions or as adverbs. If the word is followed by a noun or a pronoun, it is a preposition.

    Look at these pairs of examples. In each of the sentences marked preposition, there is a noun or pronoun after the preposition. This noun or pronoun is called the object of the preposition. Notice that objects are printed in color.

    She put her hand inside (Preposition) my bag (noun).
    It was raining, so they decided to stay inside (adverb).
    His friends walked past (preposition) him (noun) without speaking.
    A car drove past (adverb) at high speed.
    John’s house is across (preposition) the street (noun).
    They got into the boat and rowed across (adverb).
    Water was running down (preposition) the walls (noun).
    He tripped over his shoelaces and fell down (adverb).

    Prepositions of Place

    Some prepositions show where something happens. They are called prepositions of place. Sally was sitting under a tree.
    There’s a wooden floor underneath the carpet.
    Some geese flew over their house.
    John and Sarah were hiding inside the wardrobe.
    There was a tree beside the river.
    I have a friend who lives in Wyoming.
    A big truck parked in front of their car.
    The cat jumped on top of the cupboard.
    One girl sits in the middle of the playground and the others dance round her.

    Prepositions of Time

    Some prepositions show when something happens. They are called prepositions of time.
    School starts at nine o’clock.
    I brush my teeth in the morning and at night.
    We’re going to the zoo on Saturday.
    No, you can’t watch a video. It’s past your bedtime already.
    I visited my grandparents during the summer.
    You must finish the work by Friday.
    I’ll do my homework before dinner.

    “Mom, can you help me with my homework?” “Not now. You’ll have to wait until this afternoon.”

    Prepositions of Direction

    Some prepositions show where something is going. They are called prepositions of direction.
    The boys chased after each other.
    The football rolled down the hill.
    A man was walking his dog along the riverbank.
    The freeway goes right through the city.
    We were travelling towards Miami.
    A girl went past them on a bike.
    This road leads away from the stadium.
    They watched the train pull out of the station.

    Prepositions with Special Uses

    Many prepositions are used in other ways. Here are some of them.

    of
    I bought a bag of rice and a quart of milk.
    Would you like a glass of orange juice?
    Kathleen is a member of the chess club.
    I need three pieces of paper.
    Most of the children in my class like school.
    There are several ways of cooking meat.

    for
    I made this bookmark for Mom.
    Is there room for me on this seat?
    I’d like a new computer for Christmas.
    We’re going downtown for a meeting.
    What’s this bag for?
    This word is too difficult for me to spell.

    with
    He pounds nails in with a hammer.
    Mix the flour with water.
    She painted the picture with her new paints.
    Would you like to come with us to the arcade?
    I can do difficult problems with help from Mom.
    Who is the man with the beard?
    Michael came home with dirty hands.
    Cross the busy street with care.

    except and instead of
    I like all kinds of food except pasta.
    Everyone likes chocolate except Tom.
    We go to school every day except Saturday and Sunday.
    You should eat fruit instead of candy.
    Dad is coming to the theater with us instead of Mom.
    We could watch TV instead of reading our books.

    like, as and than
    The words like, as and than are used to compare things.
    Kathleen looks like her dad.
    Andrew smiles like his mother.
    Peter sings like a professional singer.
    Are these shoes the same as those?
    Sue is nearly as tall as the teacher.
    My backpack is bigger than John’s.
    Dad is taller than all of us.
    This painting is more beautiful than that one.
    The neighborhood streets are less busy than downtown streets.

    Prepositions with Adjectives, Verbs or Nouns

    Prepositions are used with some adjectives. The adjectives in these examples are printed in color.

    Dad was angry with us.Mr. Lee is pleased with our work.
    We were afraid of the big dog.The teachers are always kind to us.
    She’s not very interested in sports.What’s wrong with the computer?

    Prepositions are used with some verbs. The verbs in these examples are printed in color.
    I’m looking for my pencil. Have you seen it?
    Can you think of another word for ‘pleased’?
    Does this book belong to you?
    We’re listening to CDs.
    I agree with you.
    I lent my skateboard to Sue.
    Tell me about the show you saw.
    Cut the cake into five pieces.
    They borrowed money from the bank.

    Prepositions are used with some nouns. The nouns in these examples are printed in color.
    What’s the answer to this question?
    Is there a reason for this delay?
    What’s the matter with you?
    Here’s an example of good behavior.
    Congratulations on winning the competition!
    Traffic can cause damage to the environment.

  • Conjunctions Exercises with Answers

    Conjunctions Exercises with Answers; Fill in the blanks for online practice of English Grammar.

    Conjunctions Exercises with Answers

    Hope, you enjoy the fill in the blanks Conjunctions Exercises with Answers. We are adding the definition of Conjunction with examples :

    Conjunctions

    Conjunctions are words used to link words, phrases or clauses. Some common conjunctions are and, but and or.

    and, but and or

    Use and to link words that are similar.
    We buy fruit and vegetables at the grocery store.
    The president visited towns and cities across the country.
    The house is warm and comfortable.
    The weather was cold and windy.
    There were several cars and trucks in the street.

    Use but to link words that are different and do not normally go together.
    He works quickly but neatly.
    The teacher is firm but fair with the children.
    The musicians are young but very talented.
    The weather was sunny but cold.
    Karate is tiring but fun.
    We want a vacation that’s interesting but relaxing.
    Some animals are big but gentle.

    Use or to talk about choices.
    You can have a soda or lemonade.
    Would you like pasta or rice?
    Who is cooking the dinner, Mom or Dad?
    Does the sauce taste sweet or sour?
    Do we turn right or left?
    Is your sister older or younger than you?
    Should the children bring bikes or skateboards?

    The word or is often used with not and other negative words.
    She does not like apple juice or orange juice.
    I didn’t see or hear anything strange.
    He can’t sing or dance.
    They’ve never been to Europe or Asia.

    Conjunctions Linking Phrases

    Use the conjunctions and, but and or to link phrases. The phrases in these examples are printed in color.
    We like going shopping and visiting museums.
    I tell my parents and my best friend all my secrets.
    Some of my toys are dirty and a bit broken.
    The car is very old but still very reliable.
    The weather was very sunny but rather cold.
    I’m older than Anna but younger than Jack.
    Is it quicker to go by train or by car?
    You could call it a thin book or a thick magazine.
    She couldn’t decide whether to stay in bed or get up and take a shower.

    Conjunctions with Lists

    Use the conjunctions and and or with lists of words. Remember to put a comma between the words. Then use and or or between the last two words.
    We bought milk, eggs, cheese and butter.
    My favorite teachers are Mr. Lee, Mrs. Carter and Mr. Park.
    In the morning I get up, take a shower, eat breakfast and brush my teeth.
    Kathleen didn’t have any paper, pens or pencils.
    People travel to work by car, bus or train.
    I haven’t eaten breakfast, lunch or dinner.

    Conjunctions That Join Sentences

    Conjunctions are also used to join two sentences to make them one. Here are some examples with and, but and or.
    Mom is working in the garden. Dad is busy in the kitchen.
    Mom is working in the garden and Dad is busy in the kitchen.
    Sam is playing football. Eric is reading a book.
    Sam is playing football and Eric is reading a book.
    I switched on the TV. There were no interesting programs on.
    I switched on the TV, but there were no interesting programs on.
    Meera phoned her friend Anna. She wasn’t at home.
    Meera phoned her friend Anna, but she wasn’t at home.
    Would you like to go to the movies? Shall we go for a burger?
    Would you like to go to the movies or shall we go for a burger?
    Hurry up! You’ll be late for school.
    Hurry up or you’ll be late for school!

    Other Words for and

    There are other words for and that also join two sentences.
    Dad washed the car. He polished it.
    Dad not only washed the car, but he also polished it.
    Sally baked the cake. She decorated it.
    Sally not only baked the cake, but she decorated it as well.
    John did his homework. He cleaned his room.
    John not only did his homework, but he cleaned his room, too.
    They visited Sydney. They also visited Hong Kong and Tokyo.
    They visited Sydney, as well as Hong Kong and Tokyo.
    Sam ran faster than Kim. He ran faster than David too.
    Sam ran faster than both Kim and David.

    Other Words Used for but

    There are other words for but that also join sentences.
    Grandpa is old but very fit.
    Although Grandpa is old, he’s very fit.
    The weather was sunny but cold.
    Even though the weather was sunny, it was cold.
    The bus is slower than the train but it’s cheaper.
    While the bus is slower than the train, it’s cheaper.
    This computer is very old but reliable.
    Though this computer is very old, it is very reliable.

    Other Words for or

    There are other words for or that name choices or join two sentences.
    The movie wasn’t funny. It wasn’t interesting.
    The movie was neither funny nor interesting.
    You can do your homework now. You can do your homework after dinner.
    You can do your homework either now or after dinner.
    We could walk. We could take a taxi.
    We could walk, or else take a taxi.

    Conjunctions of Time

    The conjunctions before, after, since, until, when, while, as and as soon as are used to say when something happens. They are called conjunctions of time.
    Take the toy out of the box before you throw the box away.
    Before you leave the house, be sure that you’ve got your backpack.
    I usually do my homework after I have my dinner.
    After I went to bed, I heard a strange noise downstairs.
    We’ve moved to a new house since I last wrote to you.
    Since the new teacher arrived, we all enjoy our work more.
    You can’t watch TV until you’ve done your homework.
    Until the rice is cooked, we can’t eat dinner.
    I’ll call you when I get home.
    When the wind blows, the branches on the tree bend.
    Dad watches TV while he does his exercises.
    While we’re waiting for the bus, let’s play a game.
    People stand back as the train goes through the station.
    As the president’s car goes past, everybody waves.
    We went inside as soon as it started to rain.
    As soon as you’ve finished your homework, let me see it.

    Conjunctions of Place

    The conjunctions where and wherever are used to talk about places. They are called conjunctions of place.
    Does anybody know where Mr. Carter lives?
    Where the road is narrow, big trucks can’t get through.
    The dog follows Andrew wherever he goes.
    Wherever there are mountains, you will also find streams.

    Conjunctions of Reason

    The conjunctions because, since, as and in case tell why someone does something. They are called conjunctions of reason.
    I sat down because I was feeling tired.
    Because we arrived late, we missed the beginning of the play.
    I took an apple since it was the only fruit in the bowl.
    Since you have finished your homework, you can help me make dinner.
    Mom switched off the TV as it was past my bedtime.
    As you’re my best friend, I’ll lend you my new bike.
    Take an umbrella in case it rains.
    In case you forget the number, I’ve written it on this piece of paper.

    Conjunctions of Purpose

    The conjunctions so, so that and in order to tell what the purpose of something
    is. They are called conjunctions of purpose.
    The children are wearing hats so they won’t get sunburned.
    John finished his homework before dinner so he could watch his favorite TV program.
    Let’s write down the address so we don’t forget it.
    We left early so that we wouldn’t be late.
    John took a map so that he wouldn’t get lost.
    I hid the comics under the bed so that nobody could find them.
    She goes jogging every morning in order to keep fit.
    In order to get to sleep, he reads a really boring book at bedtime.
    Dad painted the walls white in order to make the room look brighter.

  • Auxiliary Verbs Exercises with Answers

    Auxiliary Verbs Exercises with Answers for English Grammar learning and preparation of competitive exams. Fill in the blanks quiz for free online practice of Auxiliary Verbs.

    Auxiliary Verbs Exercises with Answers

    You have done Fill in the blanks Exercises. To understand the of Auxiliary Verbs concept, please read the below portion include definition with examples.

    Auxiliary Verbs

    Auxiliary, or helping verbs, are used before infinitives to add a different meaning. For example, you use auxiliary verbs to say:

    • that someone is able to do something,
    • that someone is allowed to do something, or
    • that someone has to do something.

    The helping verbs are can, could, would, should, ought to, will, shall, may, might and must.

    can and could

    Use can and could to say that someone is able to do something.
    She can draw really good pictures.
    Philip can run faster than Matt.
    Can you ride a bike?
    Can you help me with my homework?
    She could already read before she started school.
    Our teacher said we could go home early.
    I ran as fast as I could.
    Sarah could not come to the party because she was ill.

    Notes :

    Could is the simple past tense form of can.
    When you put not after can, write it as one word: cannot. They cannot find their way home.
    The contraction of cannot is can’t, and the contraction of could not is couldn’t.
    They can’t find their way home. I’m full. I can’t eat any more. Sarah couldn’t come to the party because she was ill.

    You may also use can and could to say that someone is allowed to do something.
    My mom says you can come to our house for dinner.
    Dad says I can’t walk to school on my own.
    You can’t go in there without a ticket.
    Mom said I could have ice cream after my dinner.
    The big sign on the gate said PRIVATE, so we couldn’t go in.

    Can and could are also used for asking for information or help, for offering something, and for suggesting something.
    Can you tell me if this train goes to Topeka?
    Could you show me where the accident happened?
    Could you open that window, please?
    You can borrow my pen, if you like.
    Your sister could come with us, if she wanted to.
    I could lend you my football.
    We can go to the library instead.
    You could ask your dad to help us.
    John can borrow his brother’s skates.

    will and would

    Use will and would when you are asking someone to do something.
    Will you please stop making that noise?
    Would you pass me that book, please?
    Please, will you close the door?

    You can also use will and would to offer something or to suggest something.
    Will I hold this end of the rope?
    Will I carry the bag for you?
    Would you like another drink?
    Which cake would you like?

    Notes :
    The contraction of will not is won’t and the contraction of would not is wouldn’t:
    Won’t you stay and eat with us?
    Wouldn’t it be better to wait?

    shall and should

    You can use shall and should to ask for advice, offer something and suggest something.

    Should I bring waterproof clothes?Shall I go by car, or will it be better to walk?
    Should I phone the police?Shall I help you with that heavy bag?
    Shall we go home now?You should try that new French restaurant.

    ought to

    You use ought to to make strong suggestions and talk about someone’s duty.
    You look tired. You ought to go to bed early tonight.
    I ought to get more physical exercise.
    We ought to lock the door when we leave home.
    You ought to turn off the computer when you’re not using it.
    You ought to know how to spell your own name.
    The teacher ought to make his classes more interesting.

    must

    Use must to talk about things that you have to do.
    I must mail this letter today.
    You must speak louder. I can’t hear you.
    Children must not play with matches.
    Go to bed now. Oh, must I?
    Why must I do my homework tonight?

    Notes :
    Must keeps the same form in the past tense.
    The contraction of must not is mustn’t.
    She mustn’t let the dog sleep on her bed.

    may and might

    Use may to ask if you are allowed to do something and to tell someone that they are allowed to do something.
    “May I go out to play now?” “Yes, you may.”
    May I borrow your pen?
    Please may I see your ticket?
    John may leave now, but Sally may not.
    May Kenny come with us to the movies?

    Use may and might to talk about things that are possible or likely.
    Take an umbrella. It might rain.
    I may not have time to go swimming tonight.
    We might go to the party later.
    If you’re not careful, you may hurt yourself.
    “Are you going to the concert?” “I don’t know. I might or I might not.”

    Verb Phrases

    A verb phrase consists of a verb and a preposition such as after, into and over. The preposition gives the verb a special meaning.

    Here are some sentences that contain phrasal verbs. Read the meanings in parentheses.
    Who looks after (= takes care of) the baby when your parents are at work?
    Mike has blond hair and blue eyes. He takes after (= looks like) his mother.
    Dad bumped into (= met by chance) an old friend at the station.
    My sister is getting into (= is starting to be interested in) pop music.
    Is your mom getting over (= recovering from) her illness?
    Some health inspectors came to look over (= inspect) the factory.
    We hoped that the thieves wouldn’t get away with (= escape punishment for) their crime.
    I’m going to the store because we’ve run out of rice (= used all our rice).

  • Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases Exercises with Answers

    Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases Exercises with Answers in English Grammar. Free online Fill in the blanks quiz for learning and preparation of competitive exams.

    Adverbs Exercises with Answers

    Adverbial Phrases Exercises with Answers

    Thanks for attempt Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases Exercises with Answers.

    The concepts of Adverb and Adverb Phrases are explained below with examples.

    Adverbs

    Adverbs are words that tell you more about verbs, adjectives and other adverbs. Many adverbs end in ly. You make these adverbs by adding ly to adjectives.

    She writes neatly.
    The traffic was moving slowly.
    We waited patiently to see the doctor.
    They waved goodbye sadly.
    David sings beautifully.
    The children walked quickly into the classroom.

    Notes : Some words that end in ly are not adverbs. Some adjectives end in ly too. For example:
    Sam was feeling very lonely.
    She was wearing a lovely dress.
    It was a very lively party.

    Adverb phrases are groups of words that functions as single adverbs to describe the action of the verb.
    Are you sitting in a comfortable chair?
    Mr. Dickson always dresses in fashionable clothes.
    He draws cartoons like a real cartoonist.
    The train arrived on time.

    Adverbs of Manner

    Some adverbs and adverb phrases describe the way people do things. They answer the question “How?”
    The girls answered all the questions correctly.
    He was driving carelessly.
    The plane landed safely.
    Katy plays the piano skillfully.
    Sam is behaving like a baby.
    Please speak in a clear voice.
    She writes in a very grown-up way.
    You can buy fruit very cheaply in this shop.
    They sell everything at very low prices.
    David sings like a professional singer.

    Adverbs of Time

    Some adverbs and adverb phrases answer the question “when?” They are called adverbs of time.
    I’m going to my new school tomorrow.
    The train has already left.
    We moved into our new house last week.
    My big brother goes to college in the autumn.
    Our favorite TV program starts at 6 o’clock.
    It rained heavily last night.
    We’re going on a trip in a few days’ time.
    We’ll leave as soon as possible.
    My shoes will be too small for me next year.
    I haven’t seen Mom this morning. Is she working today?

    Adverbs of Place

    Some adverbs and adverb phrases answer the question “where?” They are called adverbs of place.
    It’s very sunny but cold outside.
    The boys are playing upstairs.
    That’s our ball there.
    I couldn’t find my book anywhere.
    They live in a house nearby.
    The dog is in the garden.
    Flowers like these grow in the park.
    We’re going to New York City on our school trip.
    My brother is studying at an English university.
    They live on the northern side of the island.

    Adverbs of Frequency

    Some adverbs and adverb phrases answer the question “how often?” They are called adverbs of frequency.
    Katy practices the piano regularly.
    The children always go to school on the bus.
    I’ll never make that mistake again.
    Have you ever been to Japan?
    We’ve been to Disneyland twice.
    The shops are often very busy.
    The newspaper is delivered daily.
    We walk home from school every day.
    I clean my bedroom every week.
    Have you forgotten my name? I’ve told you three times already.
    Dad polishes his shoes twice a week.
    You should go to the dentist once every six months.

    Adverbs of Duration

    Some adverbs and adverb phrases answer the question “how long?” They are called adverbs of duration.
    The library is temporarily closed.
    We’re staying in a hotel overnight.
    The teacher left the classroom briefly.
    The snow lasted for three days.
    Mom was away a very long time.
    Stand still for a moment while I comb your hair.
    He talked to his girlfriend for over an hour.
    We waited for ages for a bus.
    I haven’t seen my cousins for two years.
    We stayed up all night talking.

    Adverbs of Emphasis

    We have seen that most adverbs describe verbs, but remember that some adverbs also describe adjectives or other adverbs. They are usually used to add emphasis.

    Here are some examples. The emphasizing adverbs are printed in bold. The adjectives or adverbs they describe are printed in color.
    Anna can run really fast.
    That’s a very good drawing.
    My rice is too hot.
    The film was just terrible.
    Your excuses are completely unbelievable.
    These old tools are totally useless.
    She sings quite beautifully.

  • Verbs and Tenses Exercises with Answers

    Verbs and Tenses in English Grammar Exercises with Answers for online practice. Interactive fill in the blanks and quiz with solution and examples for preparation of competitive exams.

    Verbs and Tenses Exercises with Answers















    Thanks for attempt Verbs and Tenses Exercises with Answers. You may scroll below to learn more about the Verbs and Tenses.

    Index : Verbs and Tenses

    Transitive and Intransitive Verbs
    The Simple Present Tense
    am, is and are
    there is and there are
    The Present Progressive Tense
    The Simple Past Tense
    was and were
    Irregular Verbs
    The Past Progressive Tense
    have, has and had
    The Present Perfect Tense
    Irregular Past Participles
    The Future Tense
    do, does and did
    The Infinitive
    The Imperative Form of Verbs
    Gerunds

    Verbs

    Most verbs describe actions, so they are called action verbs. Action verbs tell what people or things are doing. Here are some common action verbs.

    drinklookjumpswimfall
    eatshoutwalkthrowclimb
    laughrunsitcatchdance

    Subject and Verb Agreement
    When you use a verb, you have to say who or what is doing the action. This ‘who or what’ is the subject of the verb. The subject and the verb match each other. You say that the subject and the verb agree when they match each other.

    Use a singular verb if the subject is a singular noun. For example, the subjects ‘my dad’ or ‘our school’, or any of the pronouns he, she or it, require a singular verb. Most singular verbs end in s. Look at the subjects and their verbs in these examples. The subjects are in bold and the verbs are in color.

    He always drinks milk when he’s hot.
    She eats bananas for breakfast.
    Mom walks to work every day.
    My sister dances like a professional dancer.
    The baby falls when she tries to walk.
    Our cat climbs the trees in our garden.

    This form of the verb is called the third person singular. You use it when the subject of the verb is not you or the person you are speaking to, but some other person—a third person—or a thing.
    Here are some more third person singular verbs that end in s.

    playssingsshinesridessmiles
    drawspaintsblowsthinksstops
    readsrainstravelstalksstarts

    The third person singular form of some verbs is made by adding es at the end. Some examples are verbs that end in sh, ch, ss, x, zz and o.

    brusheswatcheskissesfixes
    rushesreachesmissesmixes
    polishesteachespassesbuzzes
    crashescatchespressesdoes
    washestouchesdressesgoes

    Here are some sentences with verbs in their third person singular form. The subjects are in bold and the verbs are in color.

    She always brushes her teeth at bedtime.
    Dad polishes his shoes until they shine.
    My brother watches television after school.
    Kim catches the ball with one hand.
    Dad mixes flour and water when he makes bread.
    The bee buzzes around the flowers.
    My friend Sanjay goes to the same school as I do.

    How do you make the third person singular form of most verbs that end in y? Usually, you just change the y to an i and then add es.

    carry – carrieshurry – hurriescopy – copies
    cry – criesfly – fliesmarry – marries
    study – studiesworry – worriesbully – bullies

    A cat carries its kitten with its mouth.
    Mr. Chen hurries to work every morning.
    The baby cries a lot at night.
    This plane flies to the island every day.
    Alice tries hard at school.
    She copies all the questions in her notebook.

    Some verbs that end in y have a vowel before the y. Just add an s at the end of these words to make the third person singular form.

    buy – buyssay – sayspray – prays
    pay – paysannoy – annoysstay – stays

    Mom buys bread at the supermarket.
    Mr. Carter pays all his bills with a credit card.
    My friend says he has a salt-water aquarium.
    She annoys me with her silly jokes.
    Anna stays with her aunt on weekends.

    If the subject of a verb is a plural noun, such as “Mom and Dad” or “our teachers”, use a plural verb. Do not add s, es or ies to plural verbs. Plural verbs are also used with the pronouns I, we, you and they.

    Mom and Dad love us.
    My sisters listen to music a lot.
    The stars shine brightly on a clear night.
    Some people drink tea.
    I like juicy hamburgers.
    We learn interesting things at school.
    You all know the words to this song, children.
    They always walk home from school together.

    Suppose the subject of a noun refers to a group of people. Depending on the meaning of the sentence, you may use either a singular or a plural verb.
    The audience was enjoying the play.
    The audience have all gone home.
    The class has thirty students.
    The class are handing in their papers.
    The band is performing until midnight.
    The band were arguing among themselves.

    Transitive and Intransitive Verbs

    Some verbs have an object. The object of a verb is the person or thing that is affected by the action of the verb. Look at this sentence:

    The subject of the verb is Alice. She is the person who does the action: she eats. The object of the verb is a banana. A banana is affected by the action of the verb. So in this sentence, the object of the verb ‘eat ’ is ‘a banana’. Verbs that have objects are called transitive verbs.

    Here are some sentences with transitive verbs. The verbs are printed in bold and their objects are printed in color.

    John likes apples.Sam knows the answer to the question.
    My sister cooks all our meals.My brother rides his bike in the street.
    Dad buys tea at the market.Mom writes stories in her spare time.

    Some verbs don’t have an object. A verb that does not have an object is called an intransitive verb. Here are some sentences with intransitive verbs.
    In China, lots of people walk to work.
    The boys play in the yard after school.
    Mr. Carter always drives very carefully.
    Doris is a very successful businesswoman.
    Michael and I both entered the race. He won but I lost.

    Some verbs can be either transitive or intransitive. Notice that the transitive meaning and the intransitive meaning are sometimes different.

    transitive verbsintransitive verbs
    The pilot flies the plane very well.Eagles fly high in the sky.
    The boys play football on weekends.The boys play in the yard on weekends.
    My mom runs her own company.My mom runs in the park for fun.
    We walk the dog every evening.We walk on the beach every evening.

    The Simple Present Tense

    Verbs have forms called tenses that tell you when the action happens. If the action happens regularly, sometimes or never, use the simple present tense.

    We always wash our hands before meals.
    Joe sometimes lends me his bike.
    Dad jogs in the park every day.
    We often go to the movies on Saturday.
    Mr. Ross takes a train to work.

    The simple present tense is also used to state facts.
    The sun rises every morning.
    Penguins live in the Antarctica.
    Dogs love playing in water.
    The earth goes around the sun.
    Australia is an island.

    Use the simple present tense to tell the events of a story that is happening now.
    I arrive at school. I see another girl crying. I ask her why she is sad. She says she hasn’t got any friends to play with. I tell her that she can play with me.

    Use the simple present tense to talk about things that will happen in the future.
    My little sister starts school tomorrow.
    The new supermarket opens this Friday.
    Next week I go on holiday to Japan.
    We fly to London on Sunday.
    The train leaves in five minutes.
    My family moves to a new house next month.

    am, is and are

    The words am, is and are are the simple present forms of the verb be.

    • Use am with the pronoun I.
    • Use is with singular nouns like ‘my dad’ and ‘the teacher’, and with the pronouns he, she and it.
    • Use are with plural nouns like ‘my parents’ and ‘Jenny and Mary’, and with the pronouns we, you and they.
    I am twelve.The children are asleep.
    I am in the garden.Computers are very expensive.
    My mom is very tired today.My brother and I are upstairs.
    The teacher is tall.We are in our bedrooms.
    She is also pretty.You are my best friend.
    Our dog is black.You and David are my best friends.

    Here is a table to help you remember how to use is, am and are.

     –singularplural
    First personI amwe are
    Second personyou areyou are
    Third personhe isthey are
    she isthey are
    it isthey are

    Notes :

    There are short ways of saying and writing am, is and are with pronouns. These short forms are called contractions.You can use these contractions to replace am, is and are when they are used with not:
    full formshort formfull formshort form
    I amI’mI am notI’m not
    You areYou’reHe is notHe isn’t
    He isHe’sShe is notShe isn’t
    She isShe’sIt is notIt is n’t
    It isIt’sWe are notWe aren’t
    We areWe’reYou are notYou aren’t
    They areThey’reThey are notThey aren’t

    there is and there are

    Use there with is and are to say what exists or what you can have. Use there is with singular nouns, and there are with plural nouns.

    There is a tree in our garden.
    There is a girl called Farah in my class.
    There is fish for dinner.
    There is nothing to do when it rains.
    There’s a cat sitting on the bench.
    There’s a boy in my class who can walk on his hands.
    There are cows in the field.
    There are some very big ships in the harbor today.

    Notes : The contraction for there is is there’s.

    The Present Progressive Tense

    The present progressive tense is used to talk about things that are continuing to happen.

    Make the present progressive tense by using am, is or are with a verb that ends in ing.

    I am learning how to swim.
    I am eating my lunch.
    I am watching television.
    She is reading a book.
    Dad is baking a cake.
    My sister is listening to music.
    Uncle David is cleaning his car.
    The dog is barking in the garden.
    We are singing our favorite song.
    My brother and I are playing a computer game.
    The teachers are showing us a film.
    They are bringing a television set into the classroom.

    Notes : The ing form of a verb is called the present participle. You use the present participle with am, is or are to make the present progressive tense.

    am + watching (present participle)
    is + listening (present participle)
    are + playing (present participle)

    The present progressive tense is also used to talk about things that are planned for the future.

    I am going to the library tomorrow.
    My sister is giving me her bike when she gets her new one.
    We can’t go to the movies tomorrow because my mom is working.
    We are having a barbecue on Sunday.
    All my friends are coming to my party next week.
    We’re taking my cousin to the zoo later today

    The Simple Past Tense

    Use the simple past tense to talk about things that happened in the past. The simple past tense is usually made by adding ed to the verb.
    I opened the door and looked inside.
    The plane landed ten minutes ago.
    My cousin visited us last summer.
    We walked to school yesterday.
    She laughed when I told her the joke.

    If a verb ends in e, just add d to make the simple past tense.
    Who closed all the windows?
    We lived in that house when I was a baby.
    She smiled when she saw me.
    We raced each other on our bikes.

    If a verb ends in y, change the y to i before adding ed.
    I carried my mom’s shopping bag.
    My brother cried when he fell off his bike.
    We hurried to the station to catch the train.
    Dad tried to help me with my homework.

    With some short verbs that end in a consonant, you must double the consonant before adding ed.
    I climbed over the fence and ripped my shirt.
    The stranger grabbed my arm.
    The dog wagged its tail when it saw the biscuits.
    He slammed the door and walked off angrily.

    was and were

    The words was and were are the simple past forms of the verb be.

    • Was is the simple past form of am and is. Use was with singular nouns like ‘my dad’ and ‘the teacher’, and with the pronouns he, she and it.
    • Were is the simple past form of are. Use were with plural nouns like ‘my parents’ and ‘Jenny and Mary’, and with the pronouns we, you and they.

    Ten years ago, I was only a baby.
    When I was younger, I played with teddy bears.
    My friend was ill yesterday.
    Mom was angry when she saw the broken vase.
    It was very wet on Monday.
    It was six o’clock when we got home.
    We were away on vacation last month.
    John and I were in the garden.
    You were nasty to me!
    You and Sally were not at school yesterday.
    Dinosaurs were prehistoric animals.
    Those were my best jeans.

    Here is a table to help you remember how to use was and were.

    singularplural
    first personI waswe were
    second personyou wereyou were
    third personhe was, she was, it wasthey were

    Notes : You may use these contractions when you are combining was and were with not.

    full formshort form
    I was notI wasn’t
    he was nothe wasn’t
    she was notshe wasn’t
    it was notit wasn’t
    we were notwe weren’t
    you were notyou weren’t
    they were notthey weren’t

    Irregular Verbs

    Many common verbs have unusual present and past tense forms. These are called irregular verbs.

    Remember that the simple past tense of most verbs is made by adding ed at the end: look becomes looked. Notice that the simple past tense of these common irregular verbs is quite different.

    irregular verbsimple past tense
    breakbroke
    bringbrought
    buybought
    catchcaught
    comecame
    dodid
    fallfell
    feedfed
    feelfelt
    flyflew
    getgot
    gowent
    havehad
    keepkept
    kneelknelt
    knowknew
    leaveleft
    loselost
    meetmet
    ringrang
    runran
    seesaw
    sellsold
    sleepslept
    speakspoke
    writewrote

    The simple past tense of other irregular verbs does not change at all.

    verbsimple past tenseexample
    costcostI bought a new CD. It cost twenty dollars.
    cut cutMy brother cut his finger this morning.
    hithitShe hit the ball into a neighbor’s garden.
    hurthurtI hurt my leg when I jumped off the wall.
    letletMom opened the door and let us in.
    putputThe tea tasted horrible because I put too much sugar in it.
    readreadDad read us a story last night.

    The Past Progressive Tense

    Use the past progressive tense to talk about things that were happening in the past and had not stopped happening. They were continuing.

    To make the past progressive tense, use was or were and a verb that ends in ing.
    I was watching television.
    Ben was finishing his homework.
    She was putting her books into her schoolbag.
    Jenny and I were tidying the classroom.
    We were all dancing at the party.
    You weren’t listening to the teacher.
    Some boys were looking out of the window.

    Notes : The ing form of a verb is called the present participle. You use the present participles with was or were to make the past progressive tense:
    was + cleaning (present participle)
    were + listening (present participle)

    You can also use the past progressive tense to say what was happening when something else happened.
    Sam was doing his math homework when the phone rang.
    Dad was cooking our dinner when I got home.
    When I saw Joe, he was looking for his dog.
    We were all enjoying the movie when the power went out.
    What were they doing when the bell rang?

    have, has and had

    The verb have is used to say what people own or possess.

    • Use have with the pronouns I, we, you and they, and with plural nouns such as ‘my parents’ and ‘Tom and Susan’.
    • Use has with the pronouns he, she and it, and with singular nouns such as ‘my dad’ and ‘the teacher’.

    I have two brothers and one sister.
    Monkeys have long tails.
    My sister and I have a swing in our garden.
    John has a big brother.
    Sally has a pretty face.
    An elephant has a long trunk. It also has big ears.
    His brother has dark hair.
    Our apartment has big windows.

    Use have to talk about things that people do or get.
    I can’t play football because I have a broken leg.
    We have art lessons on Mondays.
    You have a stain on your shirt.
    They have the desks nearest the teacher.
    Peter has a sore knee.

    You also use have to talk about things that people eat.
    We usually have lunch at school.
    Mom and Dad sometimes have their breakfast in bed.
    Jenny often has sandwiches for lunch.
    She sometimes has cola to drink.

    Here is a table to help you remember how to use have and has.

    singularplural
    first personI havewe have
    second personyou haveyou have
    third personhe has, she has, it hasthey have

    The simple past tense form of have and has is had.
    I had a big toy car when I was small.
    It was sunny so we had lunch in the garden.
    They had a wonderful holiday in Europe.
    Sally and I had chicken for dinner.
    The boys had a fight in the playground.
    Dad had a sore back yesterday.
    She had long hair when I saw her a year ago.
    Our cat had three kittens last week.

    Use had when you’re talking about wishes.
    I wish I had a new bike.
    Kathleen wishes she had a big sister.
    Dad wishes he had a bigger garage.
    The boys wish they had more space to play football in.

    You can make the negative with didn’t have.
    I wish I didn’t have so much homework.
    Jack wishes he didn’t have a broken leg.
    Dad wishes he didn’t have to work on weekends.
    Do you wish you didn’t have English classes today?

    The Present Perfect Tense

    The present perfect tense shows action in the indefinite past. The present perfect tense is also used to show action begun in the past and continuing into the present.

    To make the present perfect tense, use have or has and a verb that ends in ed.

    We have lived in this house for five years. (= and we still live there)
    Your plane has already landed. (= and it’s still on the ground)
    She has dirtied her new shoes. (= she made them dirty and they’re still dirty)
    The teacher has pinned a notice on the board. (= and the notice is still there)
    You don’t need your key. I’ve already opened the door. (= and it’s still open)

    Notes : The ed form of a verb is called the past participle when it is used with has or have to make
    the present perfect tense:
    have + landed (past participle)
    has + opened (past participle)

    Irregular Past Participles

    Remember that irregular verbs don’t have a simple past form that ends in –ed.

    Irregular verbs also have unusual past participles that don’t end in –ed. The past participle of some verbs is the same as the simple past tense.

    irregular verbsimple past tensepast participle
    fightfoughtfought
    havehadhad
    loselostlost
    teachtaughttaught
    winnnnnnwonwon

    Here are more examples of irregular past participles.

    irregular verbsimple past tensepast participleexample
    keepkeptkeptI have kept the letter you sent me.
    catchcaughtcaughtThe police have caught the thieves.
    bringbroughtbroughtMaggie has brought her favorite CD to school.
    makemademadeThe children have made a birthday card for their mom.
    sellsoldsoldThey’ve sold their car and now they
    buyboughtboughthave bought motorcycles.

    Some common irregular verbs have a past participle that is different from the simple past tense.

    irregular verbsimple past formpast participleexample
    bewasbeenAnna has been my best friend for years.
    breakbrokebrokenI’m sorry, I’ve broken your pencil.
    dodiddoneJack has already done his homework.
    drawdrewdrawnWe’ve drawn a picture for you, Mom.
    drinkdrankdrunkHave you drunk all your orange juice?
    eatateeatenSomeone has eaten all the chocolates.
    fallfellfallenOne of the pictures has fallen off the wall.
    go wentgoneI’m sorry, but your train has already gone.
    knowknewknownI’ve known Michael for two years.
    seesawseenKathleen has already seen that movie.
    speakspokespokenMiss Hill has spoken to the principal about the problem.

    Some irregular verbs have a past participle that does not change at all.

    irregular verbpast participleexample
    cut cut I’ve cut my finger and it’s bleeding badly.
    hithitThe children next door have hit their ball into the busy street.
    costcostThis vacation has cost us hundreds of dollars already.
    readreadDad hasn’t read my school report yet.
    hurthurtCan Anna sit down? She’s hurt her leg.
    putputHave you put any sugar in my tea?

    The Future Tense

    To show future action use the verbs shall and will with another verb that describes the action.

    • You can use either shall or will with the pronouns I and we.
    • Use will with the pronouns you, he, she, it and they.
    • Will is also used with singular nouns like ‘my dad’ and with plural nouns like ‘all the boys in my class’.

    I shall do my homework after dinner.
    I will miss you when you leave.
    We shall take the dog for a walk later.
    We will visit Grandma this weekend.
    He will be home later.
    She will help us cook the food for the party.
    It will soon be dark outside.
    I think it will be sunny tomorrow.
    I expect they will give you a present.
    Mom will be very pleased with you.
    Your plant will die without water.
    The school will soon need a lot of repairs.
    John and I shall be glad when the exams are over.
    Bill and Kim will be late for school if they don’t hurry.

    Notes : You can shorten shall and will as ’ll when you use these words with pronouns:

    full formcontraction
    I shall, I willI’ll
    we shall, we willwe’ll
    you willyou’ll
    he willhe’ll
    she willshe’ll
    it willit’ll
    they willthey’ll

    To make the negative form, use will and shall with not. The contraction for will not is won’t.
    I will not help you unless you help me first.
    It won’t be very sunny again until next summer.
    You won’t like this food. It’s horrible!
    We shall not go to the party without you.

    To talk about facts in the future or plans that will not change, use the simple present tense.
    Tomorrow is Sunday.
    Summer vacation ends on Friday.
    The new library opens next week.
    We fly to Paris on Wednesday.

    You can also talk about plans for the future and other future happenings by using be going to and another verb. Remember to:

    • Use am and was with the pronoun I.
    • Use is and was with the pronouns he, she and it, and with singular nouns like ‘my mom’ and ‘the teacher’.
    • Use are and were with the pronouns we, you and they, and with plural nouns like ‘my friends’ and ‘John and Sally’.

    I am going to visit my cousin tomorrow.
    I am going to see the new Star Wars movie next week.
    My friend John is going to move to Chicago next year.
    Dad is going to buy me a skateboard.
    Aunt Jane is going to have another baby soon.
    It is going to be windy tomorrow.
    I hope someone is going to fix the television soon.
    You are going to help me, aren’t you?
    My friends are going to teach me how to play chess.
    Mom and Dad are going to buy a new computer.
    Your books are going to fall off the shelf if you’re not careful.
    Are you going to read your book now?

    do, does and did

    The verb do is used to talk about actions. The words do and does are the simple present forms of the verb do.

    • Use do with the pronouns I, we, you and they, and with plural nouns such as ‘my parents’ and ‘Tom and Susan’.
    • Use does with the pronouns he, she and it, and with singular nouns such as ‘my dad’ and ‘the teacher’.

    I always do my homework after dinner.
    I do drawings with colored pencils.
    We do our shopping at the supermarket.
    You do magic tricks very well.
    They do their housework on the weekend.
    Mom and Dad do the cooking together.
    Jim and Alan always do well in math tests.
    The artist does beautiful paintings.
    She does very interesting work.
    He does the washing and she does the cooking.
    Julie always does her exercises before breakfast.
    My friend Hannah does karate at a local gym.
    The vacuum cleaner does a better job than the broom.

    Here is a table to help you remember how to use do and does.

    singularplural
    first personI dowe do
    second personyou doyou do
    third personhe does, she does, it doesthey do

    The simple past form of do is did.
    I did my homework but forgot to take it to school.
    Sally did her hair in front of the mirror.
    The boys did very badly in their spelling test.
    Paul and Roger did some magic tricks for us.
    The children did the housework while their parents relaxed.

    To make the negative form of verbs in the simple present tense, use do and does with not.
    I do not have any brothers or sisters.
    We do not want any more bread, thank you.
    My brother and I do not like football.
    You see beautiful mountains in Scotland but you do not see much sunshine.
    Mom does not buy our food at that supermarket.
    Jenny does not eat lunch at school because she does not like the food.
    My cat does not make as much noise as your dog.

    The simple past tense of does not and do not is did not. The contraction is didn’t.
    Maggie did not have long hair when I first met her.
    I got sunburned because I did not wear my hat.
    The teacher didn’t give us any homework.
    Mom and Dad didn’t buy me a cell phone for my birthday.
    You didn’t take the dog for a walk last night.

    Notes : Here are the contractions you can use when do, does and did are used with not.

    full formshort formfull formshort form
    I/we do notI/we don’tI/we did notI/we didn’t
    you do notyou don’tyou did notyou didn’t
    they do notthey don’tthey did notthey didn’t
    he/she/it does nothe/she/it doesn’the/she/it did nothe/she/it didn’t

    The Infinitive

    The infinitive is the base form of a verb. It is often preceded by the word to.

    Infinitives often appear after other verbs.

    The rain began to fall.
    Sally and I agreed to meet this afternoon.
    I’ve arranged to see the doctor at 3 o’clock.
    I hope to visit Disneyland someday.
    I like to ride my bike in the street.
    My parents have decided to buy a new car.
    Paul is learning to swim.
    I didn’t mean to upset you.

    Some verbs have an object before the infinitive. In these examples the objects are printed in color.
    Simon asked me to help him.
    The teacher told us not to run in the corridor.
    Susie persuaded her friends to play on the team.
    The manager allowed the staff to leave early.

    Infinitives often appear after adjectives. In these examples the adjectives are printed in color.
    The boys were afraid to cross the busy road.
    I’m very pleased to see you again.
    This problem will be difficult to solve.
    The shelf is too high to reach.
    Don’t you think it’s rude to ignore the new girl in class?
    The experiment was interesting to watch.
    You’re welcome to come with me.

    You can also use infinitives after some nouns and pronouns to say what you are using something for.
    Take a book to read.
    I phoned for a taxi to take us to the airport.
    Has everyone got something to drink?
    I’ve got lots of nice clothes to wear.
    Find a space on the floor to sit in.

    Infinitives sometimes follow words like how, what, which and where.
    My brother is learning how to cook.
    I can’t decide which to choose—the ice cream or the pudding.
    I don’t know what to say.
    Sally can’t remember where to hang her coat.

    Infinitives are also used after helping verbs such as will, can, should, may and must. After these helping verbs use infinitives without the word to.
    I can swim.
    We think she will win the race.
    You must try harder.
    Do you think we should wait?
    May I come in?

    Notes : The helping verbs will, can, should, may and must are called auxiliary verbs.

    The Imperative Form of Verbs

    When you give an order or command, use the base form of a verb, such as give, read or come. This base form is called the imperative.
    Open your books to page 25.
    Stop and look before you cross the road.
    Come to the front of the class.
    Show me your homework.
    Read the first sentence out loud.
    Choose a partner and stand in a circle

    Imperatives are very direct. To be more polite, you can use please before the imperative.
    Please show me your homework.
    Please read the first sentence out loud.
    Please come to the front of the class.
    To make negative imperatives, use do not or don’t before the base form of the verb.
    Do not bring calculators into the exam room.
    Please don’t change anything on my computer.

    Gerunds

    A gerund is the ing form of a verb used as a noun. Sometimes a gerund is called a verbal noun because it comes from a verb.
    Running is a good way to keep fit.
    Susan is very good at drawing.
    He loves dancing and singing.
    Have you ever tried sailing?
    I don’t like watching television.
    We enjoyed visiting our grandparents.

    Some gerunds can be used in front of other nouns, like adjectives.
    a washing machine = a machine that does washing
    a shopping bag = a bag for carrying your purchases
    walking boots = boots you wear for walking in the countryside
    gardening clothes = clothes you wear for gardening

  • Determiners Exercises with Answers

    Determiners in English Grammar fill in the blanks exercises with answers and example. Best way of learning for beginners and prepare for competitive examinations.

    Determiners Exercises and Answers

    Determiners

    Determiners, or noun signals, are special adjectives used before nouns.
    There are different kinds of determiners.

    The Articles

    The words a, an and the are called the articles.

    The words a and an are indefinite articles. They are used with singular nouns. Use a before nouns that begin with a consonant. Use an before nouns that begin with a vowel.
    John is reading a book.
    Would you like a peach?
    Is that a dog or a fox?
    You’ll need a ruler and a pencil.
    Is there also an entrance at the back of the building?
    Have you ever seen an elephant?
    I always take an apple to school.
    Do you have an umbrella that I can borrow?
    Would you like to live on an island?

    Notes :
    Some vowels have a consonant sound as well as vowel sound. Use the article a with nouns that begin with these vowels:
    Is there a university in your town?
    Does every child in the school wear a uniform?
    We are taking a European vacation this summer.

    Some words begin with a silent h. Use an with nouns that begin with a silent h:
    We’ve been waiting here for an hour.
    Meeting the president was an honor for all of us.

    The word the is called the definite article. Use the before a noun when you are talking to someone who already knows which person or thing you mean.
    Dad is sitting in the garden.
    Who made the mess on the carpet?
    Turn the television off now.
    I’ll wait for you in the car.
    The boys are upstairs and the girls are outside in the street.

    Using Nouns without Articles
    When you are talking about something in general, not a particular thing, use a noun without an article. You can also use plural nouns without an article.
    Frogs are my favorite animals.
    Children like playing games.
    Babies cry a lot.
    Glasses are things that you wear to correct your eyesight.
    Birds are animals that can fly.
    People enjoy watching television

    Nouns that don’t show quantity are normally used without a or an. The article the, however, may be used with nouns that don’t show quantity.
    I like sunshine.
    I sometimes have fruit for breakfast.
    You’ve got dirt on your face.
    A clock measures time.
    Put sugar in your tea to make it sweet.
    I need time to think of a new plan.
    Would you pass me the salt, please.
    Can I borrow the paint when you’ve finished?

    Notes :
    You often use the singular nouns school, home, work, church without an article:
    We go to school by bus.
    Dad has already left home for work.
    They go to church on Sundays.

    Demonstrative Determiners

    The words this, that, these and those are also special pronouns called determiners. They are used to point out which thing or person you mean. They are called demonstrative determiners.

    Use this and these to talk about things and people that are near you.

    Use this with singular nouns.Use these with plural nouns
    Who lives in this house?These trousers are too short.
    This car belongs to my mom.I don’t like these comics.
    Does this key fit the lock?These biscuits don’t taste very good.
    This book is my favorite.I bought these apples for lunch.
    Who gave you this money?Is there an adult with these children?
    This cheese tastes funny.

    Use that and those to talk about things that are farther away from you.

    Use that with singular nounsUse those with plural nouns
    This chair is mine and that chair is yours.I gave my sandwiches to those boys.
    That animal is making a funny noise.Those children go to a different school.
    Would you pass me that book, please?These shoes are mine and those shoes are yours.
    Who is that man talking to Dad?These apples look fresh but those apples look rotten.
    How much is that dress?Those people are from Africa.

    Quantifying Determiners

    Words such as many, much and several tell about quantity without giving an exact number. They are called quantifying determiners.

    Some quantifying determiners are used only with plural nouns. They are few, a few, fewer, many, several and both.

    Few people have been to the moon.We went to Europe many years ago.
    A few children are absent today.Several friends went with me.
    I have fewer CDs than you.Both brothers have dark hair.

    Some quantifying determiners can be used with plural nouns and nouns that show no exact number. They are all, half, some, enough, a lot of, lots of, more, most, other and plenty of.

    All children seem to like chocolate.
    We’ve eaten all the food in the refrigerator.
    Half the balloons have burst already.
    Jenny spends half her time watching television.
    Some girls like to play football.
    Can I have some water?
    Do you have enough books to read?
    I don’t have enough material to make a dress.
    A lot of people like burgers.
    There’s a lot of fruit in the bowl.
    They went to a park with lots of animals in it.
    You will gain weight if you eat lots of ice cream.
    You’ve got more brothers than I have.
    There’s more space in my room than yours.
    Most teachers enjoy teaching.
    Most lemonade contains sugar.
    He likes playing with other children.
    They had never tasted other food.
    Plenty of my friends have seen the Harry Potter movies.
    Drink plenty of water every day.

    Some determiners can be used only with nouns of no exact number. They are little (meaning not much), a little (meaning some), much and less.
    We have little time to play.
    There’s a little rice left.
    Does the teacher give you much homework?
    I’ve got less ice cream than you.

    Some quantifying determiners can only be used with singular nouns. They are another, every and each.
    I need another pencil.
    He likes every child in the class.
    Each house is painted a different color.

    The quantifying determiners either and neither refer to two people or things.
    I don’t like either drink.
    Neither sister has long hair.

    Some quantifying determiners are used with singular, plural, or nouns of no exact quantity. They are any, no, no other and the other.

    Any dog will bite if it’s afraid.
    Are there any good books in the library?
    There wasn’t any space in the cupboard.

    No child likes getting hurt.
    There were no pencils in the drawer.
    We’ve done no work today.

    There is no other way of solving the problem.
    She has no other friends.
    We have no other food in the refrigerator.

    Do you like this picture or the other picture?
    The other boys laughed at him.
    I like the other music better.

    Interrogative Determiners

    The words what, which and whose are used before nouns to ask questions. Interrogative determiners appear just before nouns.
    What time is it?
    Which boy is your brother?
    Whose pen is this?

    Possessive Determiners

    The words my, your, his, her, its, our and their are used before nouns to show ownership. They are called possessive determiners.
    I gave my sandwich to John.
    Is this your desk?
    Alan crashed his bike into a wall.
    Mrs. Park keeps her house very clean.
    The dog was licking its paws.
    There’s a snake in our garden.
    Susan and Peter have invited me to their party.

    This table will help you remember how to use possessive determiners.

    singular personal pronounPossessive determinerPlural personal pronounPossessive determiner
    I (subject pronoun)mywe (subject pronoun)our
    me (object pronoun)myus (object pronoun)our
    You (subject/object pronoun) youryou (subject/object pronoun) your
    he (subject pronoun)histhey (subject pronoun)their
    him (object pronoun)histhem (object pronoun)their
    she (subject pronoun)her –
    her (object pronoun)her –
    it (subject/object pronoun)its –

    Numbers

    Numbers are determiners, too. Numbers are often used before nouns to tell you exactly how many people or things there are.
    Our family has two dogs.
    There are twelve months in the year.
    We bought three pizzas.
    My grandfather lived for a hundred years.

    Using Determiners Together

    You can use quantifying determiners with each other and with numbers.
    Some people like winter but many more people prefer summer.
    There’s a little less space in this cupboard than in that one.
    There are five fewer children in my class than in your class.

    Use of between a quantifying determiner and another kind of determiner.
    I don’t like any of these drinks.
    Some of my friends don’t like country music.
    Each of the boys answered the question correctly.
    I’ve had enough of your bad behavior!
    Five of these girls are taller than any of the boys.

    The quantifying determiner all may be used with or without of. For example you can say:

    We ate all of the food in the fridge.or We ate all the food in the fridge.
    He spends all of his time playing or He spends all his time playing football.
    She likes all of my friends.or She likes all my friends.

    Thanks for visit and attempt Determiners Exercises with Answers.

  • Adjectives Exercises with Answers

    Adjectives Exercises with Answers – for practicing English grammar. Online interactive fill-in-the-blanks worksheet to learn correct uses of Adjectives. Moreover, definition and examples are given to re-look at this topic.

    Adjectives Fill in the Blanks Exercises with Answers

    Adjectives in English Grammar Exercises with Answers

    Adjectives

    Adjectives describe nouns and pronouns. They give you more information about people, places, and things.

    Kinds of Adjectives

    Some adjectives tell about the size of people or things.

    a big housea long bridgetiny feet
    a large armya high mountainbig hands
    a huge shipa short mana short skirt
    a tall buildinga thin boylong trousers

    Some adjectives tell about the color of things.

    a red carpeta gray suita brown bear
    a white swanan orange balloongreen peppers
    a blue uniforma yellow ribbonblack shoes

    Some adjectives tell what people or things are like by describing their quality.

    a beautiful womana young soldiera flat surface
    a handsome boyan old unclea hot drink
    a poor familya kind ladya cold winter
    a rich couplea familiar voicea sunny day
    a strange placea deep poolcool weather

    Some adjectives tell what things are made of. They refer to substances.

    a plastic foldera stone walla clay pot
    a paper baga metal boxa glass door
    a cotton shirta silk dressa concrete road
    a jade ringa wooden spoona porcelain vase

    Some adjectives are made from proper nouns of place. These adjectives are called adjectives of origin.

    a Mexican hata British police officer
    the French flaga Filipino dress
    an American customWashington apples
    a Japanese ladya Spanish dance
    an Indian templean Italian car

    The Order of Adjectives

    Sometimes several adjectives are used to describe a single noun or pronoun.
    When you use two or more adjectives, the usual order is: size, quality, color, origin, substance. For example:

    a small    green    plastic    box
    size color substance
    a stylish red Italian car
    quality color origin

    Here are more examples.

    a large Indian templea tall white stone building
    a colorful cotton shirta long Chinese silk robe
    delicious Spanish foodan old graceful Japanese lady
    crunchy Australian applesa short handsome English man

    Adjectives of quality sometimes come before adjectives of size.
    For example:
    beautiful long hair
    elegant short hair

    But adjectives of size always come before adjectives of color. For example:
    beautiful long black hair
    elegant short red hair

    If you use any adjective of substance, it comes after the color adjective.
    For example:
    a beautiful long black silk dress

    Adjective Endings

    Adjectives have many different endings.

    Some adjectives end in –ful. These adjectives describe noun or pronouns that are full of something or have a lot of something.

    a beautiful facea painful injurya careful student
    a cheerful babya joyful smilea helpful teacher
    a powerful machinea wonderful timeplayful children
    a skillful playera useful bookcolorful clothes

    Some adjectives end in –ous.

    a famous writera courageous soldier
    a mountainous areaan adventurous explorer
    a dangerous joba poisonous snake
    a humorous filma generous gift
    mischievous childrenmarvelous results

    Some adjectives end in -y.

    a messy rooma noisy cardirty hands
    a sleepy doga cloudy skythirsty children
    a muddy patha sunny daystormy weather
    an easy testa lazy workerjuicy fruit

    Some adjectives end in -less. These adjectives describe a person or thing that does not have something.

    a cloudless skya meaningless word
    a sleeveless dressa fearless fighter
    a careless driverhomeless people
    a joyless songseedless grapes
    a useless toolharmless animals

    Some adjectives end in –al.

    a national flagpersonal possessions
    musical instrumentsa traditional costume
    electrical goodsmagical powers
    a coastal townmedical equipment

    Here are some adjectives that end in –ic, -ish, -ible, -able, -ive and –ly.

    a fantastic singera terrible messan imaginative story
    an energetic doga sensible answerexpensive jewelery
    basic grammarhorrible smellstalkative children
    enthusiastic shoutingvisible footprintsa creative artist
    a selfish acta likeable childfriendly teachers
    foolish behaviorcomfortable clothesa lovely dress
    stylish clothesvaluable advicea lively cat
    childish talksuitable colorsan elderly man

    Many adjectives end in –ing.

    loving parentsan interesting book
    a caring nursea disappointing result
    a flashing lightan outstanding swimmer
    a smiling facean exciting ride
    a boring storychattering monkeys
    a gleaming carshocking news

    Notes :
    Words like smiling, caring and flashing are present participles of verbs. They are formed by adding ing to the verbs. Many present participles can also be used as adjectives.

    Many of adjectives end in ed.

    a closed doorsatisfied customers
    boiled eggsworried passengers
    wasted timeescaped prisoners
    a painted wallexcited students
    reduced pricesinvited guests

    Notes :
    Words like closed, wasted and escaped are past participles of verbs. Many past participles can also be used as adjectives.

    Describing What Something Is Made Of

    Some nouns can be used like adjectives. For example, if you have a chair that is made of plastic, you can use the noun plastic as an adjective and say that the chair is a plastic chair. If you have a watch that is made of gold, you can say it is a gold watch.

    But the nouns wood and wool can’t be used like this. To make adjectives of these nouns you have to add en.

    nounadjectiveexample
    woodwoodena wooden door
    woolwoolena woolen jumper

    Describing What Something Is Like

    There’s another way to make adjectives from nouns. Suppose you want to say that something is like a certain material, although not made of it. To make these adjectives, add -en to some nouns and -y to other nouns.

    nounadjectiveexample
    goldgoldena golden sunrise (= bright yellow like gold)
    silksilky or silkensilky skin (= as soft as silk)
    leadleadena leaden sky (= dark gray like the color of lead)

    The Comparison of Adjectives

    The Comparative Form
    To compare two people or things, use the comparative form of an adjective. The comparative form is usually made by adding er to the adjective.

    adjectivecomparative form
    darkdarker
    lightlighter
    highhigher
    lowlower
    oldolder
    youngyounger
    richricher
    poorpoorer
    talltaller
    smallsmaller
    softsofter
    hardharder
    warmwarmer
    coldcolder
    fastfaster
    slowslower

    Notes :
    The word than is often used to compare two things or people. For example, you say:
    Mr. Lee is taller than Philip.
    A car is faster than a bike.

    The Superlative Form
    When you compare three or more people or things, use the superlative form of an adjective. The superlative form is usually made by adding est to the adjective.

    adjectivesuperlative form
    darkdarkest
    lightlightest
    highhighest
    lowlowest
    oldoldest
    youngyoungest
    richrichest
    poorpoorest
    talltallest
    smallsmallest
    softsoftest
    hardhardest
    warmwarmest
    coldcoldest
    fastfastest
    slowslowest

    Notes :
    The word the is often used before the superlative form. For example:
    A bee is a small insect. A ladybird is smaller, but an ant is the smallest.

    If the adjective ends in e, add r to form the comparative and st to form the superlative.

    adjectivecomparativesuperlative
    nicenicernicest
    closecloserclosest
    largelagerlargest
    ruderuderrudest
    safesafersafest
    widewiderwidest

    Suppose the adjective is a short word that ends in a consonant and has a single vowel in the middle. Just double the consonant and add er to make the comparative and est to make the superlative.

    adjectivecomparativesuperlative
    sadsaddersaddest
    wetwetterwettest
    slimslimmerslimmest
    thinthinnerthinnest
    bigbiggerbiggest

    Suppose the adjective has two syllables and ends in y. Just change the y to i and add er to make the comparative and add est to make the superlative.

    adjectivecomparativesuperlative
    easyeasiereasiest
    funnyfunnierfunniest
    dirtydirtierdirtiest
    noisynoisiernoisiest
    happyhappierhappiest
    naughtynaughtiernaughties
    heavyheavierheaviest
    lovelylovelierloveliest
    prettyprettierprettiest
    tidytidiertidiest
    friendlyfriendlierfriendliest
    tinytiniertiniest

    Use more and most to compare most other two-syllable adjectives. You will also use more and most with all adjectives that have more than two syllables.

    adjectivecomparativesuperlative
    famousmore famousmost famous
    preciousmore preciousmost precious
    handsomemore handsomemost handsome
    excitingmore excitingmost exciting
    beautifulmore beautifulmost beautiful
    expensivemore expensivemost expensive
    comfortablemore comfortablemost comfortable
    deliciousmore deliciousmost delicious
    intrestingmore intrestingmost interesting
    difficultmore difficultmost difficult

    Irregular Comparative and Superlative Forms

    A few adjectives don’t form their comparative and superlative forms in any of the usual ways. The comparative and superlative forms of these adjectives are different words, called irregular forms.

    adjectivecomparativesuperlative
    goodbetterbest
    badworseworst
    littlelessleast
    manymoremost
    farfarther or furtherfarthest or furthest

    For example:
    My painting is good, Melanie’s painting is better, but Andrew’s painting is the best.

    Adjective Phrases

    Phrases can be used like single adjectives to describe nouns and pronouns.
    Phrases that are used in this way are called adjective phrases.

    Most adjective phrases come after the word they describe. Look at these examples. The adjective phrases are in bold and the nouns they describe are in color.
    Who is the girl with long hair?
    My friend lives in the house across the street.
    Mrs. Morris is tall and slim.
    This is the road to Toledo.
    The lady in the bookshop is a friend of mine.

    Some adjective phrases come before the word they describe.
    The words in these phrases are often joined with hyphens.

    a long-legged birdan eight-year-old child
    a well-dressed ladya ten-cent coin
    a fun-loving teenagera twenty-story building
    user-friendly equipmenta large-sized shirt
  • Pronoun Exercises with Answers

    English Grammar topic Pronoun exercises with answers, definition, example. Free interactive fill in the blanks for online practice and quiz test for beginners and competitive Exams.

    Pronoun Exercises – Fill in the blanks

    After completion of Pronoun Exercises with Answers. Now we may go to basics and study about Pronoun.

    What is pronoun ?

    A pronoun is a word that takes the place of a noun. There are different kinds of pronouns.

    Personal Pronouns

    Personal pronouns may be used as:
    the subject of a verb, or
    the object of a verb.

    Subject Pronouns

    The subject of a verb does the action of the verb. The personal pronouns I, you, he, she, it, we and they can all be used as the subject of a verb. Study the following two sentences:
    Lisa likes cats. She has four cats.

    In the first sentence, the proper noun Lisa is the subject of the verb likes.
    In the second sentence, the pronoun she is the subject of the verb has.

    Here are some more pairs of sentences that show personal pronouns used as subjects of verbs.
    My name is Michael. I am fourteen.
    My father works hard. He works in a factory.
    My sister is older than me. She is twelve.
    Our dog is very naughty. It likes to chase cats.
    Bob, you are a bad dog!
    David and I are playing football. We like sports.
    Jim and Jeff are my brothers. They are older than I am.

    Object Pronouns

    The object of a verb receives the action of the verb. The personal pronouns
    me, you, him, her, it, us and them can all be used as the object of a verb.
    Look at the following two sentences:
    Lisa likes cats. She likes to stroke them.

    In the first sentence, the noun cats is the object of the verb likes. In the
    second sentence, the pronoun them is the object of the verb stroke.

    Here are some more pairs of sentences that show personal pronouns used as objects of verbs.
    I’m doing my homework. Dad is helping me.
    Goodbye, children! I’ll call you later.
    Where is John? I need to speak to him.
    Miss Garcia is very nice. All the children like her.
    The car is very dirty. Mom is cleaning it.
    Uncle Harry called Mary to ask her a question.
    My chocolates are all gone. Someone has eaten them.

    First Person, Second Person and Third Person
    In grammar, the person who is speaking is called the first person. The one spoken to is called the second person, and the one spoken about is called the third person.
    Here is a table to help you remember which pronouns to use.

     –SubjectObject
    First person singular second person singular third person singularIMe
    youYou
    HeHim
    SheHer
    ItIt
    First person plural second person plural third person pluralWeUs
    YouYou
    TheyThem

    Reflexive Pronouns

    Reflexive pronouns are words that refer to the noun or pronoun that is the subject of the verb. The words myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself, ourselves, yourselves and themselves are reflexive pronouns.

    My brother built this computer himself.
    Be careful not to cut yourself with that knife.
    John was looking at himself in the mirror.
    Kate fell and hurt herself.
    Our cat washes itself after every meal.
    We baked the cake by ourselves.
    Come in, everybody, and find yourselves a seat.
    The children cleaned their room all by themselves.
    Bears like to rub themselves against a tree.
    The bird washed itself by splashing in a puddle.
    The players train every day to keep themselves fit.
    Have yourselves a good time.

    Here is a table to help you remember which reflexive pronoun to use with which personal pronoun.

    singular personal pronounreflexive pronoun
    I (subject pronoun)myself
    me (object pronoun) myself
    you (subject/object pronoun)yourself
    he (subject pronoun)himself
    him (object pronoun)himself
    she (subject pronoun)herself
    her (object pronoun)herself
    ititself
    we (subject pronoun)ourselves
    us(object pronoun)ourselves
    you (subject/object pronoun)yourselves
    they (subject pronoun)themselves
    them (object pronounthemselves

    Possessive Pronouns

    Possessive pronouns are used to talk about things that belong to people.
    The words mine, yours, his, hers, ours and theirs are possessive pronouns.

    This book is mine.
    Have you lost yours, Tom?
    This pen is mine and that one is his.
    Sarah has lost her cat. Is this cat hers?
    I can see our car, but where is yours?
    We’ve had our lunch, but they haven’t had theirs.

    Here is a table to help you remember which possessive pronoun to use with which personal pronoun.

    singular personal pronounpossessive pronoun plural personal pronounpossessive pronoun
    I, meminewe, usours
    Youyoursyouyours
    he, himhisthey, themtheirs
    she, herhers

    Demonstrative Pronouns

    Demonstrative pronouns are used for pointing out things. The words this, that, these and those are demonstrative pronouns.

    This is my desk.
    This is the Mings’ house.
    That is my friend’s house.
    That’s my mother’s car.
    You’ll have to work harder than this.
    We can do better than that.
    It’s raining again. This is awful!
    Who is that knocking at the door?
    Hi, Kathleen. This is Michael.
    These are my pets.
    These are sheep but those are goats.
    Those are horses.

    Notes :
    Use this and these when you are talking about things near you.
    Use that and those when you are talking about things farther away.

    Interrogative Pronouns

    Interrogative pronouns are used to ask questions. The words who, whose, what, which and whom are interrogative pronouns.

    Who used all my paper?
    Who is Mom talking to?
    Who are those people?
    Whose pen is this?
    Whose are these shoes?
    What is your brother’s name?
    What does Tom want?
    What is the date today?
    What do you want to be when you grow up?
    Which of these desks is yours?
    Which do you prefer?
    Which of your sisters is the tallest?
    Whom did the President criticize?

    Notes :
    In writing and formal speaking, you can also use whom as the object of verbs and prepositions. For example:
    Whom did the president criticize?
    Whom is the principal talking to?
    or
    To whom is the principal talking?
    but you cannot use whom as the subject of a verb. So you cannot say:
    ✘ Whom came to the party last night?
    You have to say:
    ✔ Who came to the party last night?
    Who can be used as the subject or the object of a verb. For example:
    Who broke the window? (as the subject)
    Who are you inviting to your party? (as the object)
    Who can be used as the object of a preposition. For example:
    Who is Mom talking to?
    You can also use whom as the object of a preposition. For example:
    Whom is Mom talking to?
    If you put the preposition before the interrogative pronoun, you must use
    whom:
    To whom is Mom talking?

    Indefinite Pronouns

    An indefinite pronoun does not refer directly to any other word.
    Everybody is welcome at the meeting.
    Many prefer their coffee with sugar.
    Does anybody care for a cheese sandwich?
    Few choose to live in the arid desert.

    Indefinite Pronouns

    alleachmostother
    anothereitherneitherseveral
    anyeverybodynobodysome
    anybodyeveryonenonesomebody
    anyonefewno onesomeone
    bothmanyonesuch

    The pronoun they is considered an indefinite pronoun when it makes an indefinite reference.

    They produce a lot of coal in your state.
    Why don’t they repair the bad roads?

    Thanks for visit and attempting Pronoun Exercises with Answers,

  • Noun Practice Exercises with Answers

    Fill in the blanks and drag-and-drop interactive exercises of nouns in English grammar. All types of Noun exercises with answers for free online practice are given here.

    Noun Exercises with Answers

    Drop each common noun under the correct heading.




    Thanks for attempt Noun Practice Exercises with Answers. To learn more about Noun, you may scroll below.

    Nouns
    Common Nouns

    Proper Nouns

    Singular Nouns
    Plural Nouns
    Collective Nouns
    Masculine and Feminine Nouns
    The Possessive Form of Nouns

    Nouns

    There are two main types of nouns: common nouns and proper nouns.

    Common Nouns

    Words for people, places and things are called common nouns.

    These common nouns are words for things.

    rulerchairhammerbicycletruth
    pentablesawshipcalculator
    crayonssofaaxetrucktelevision
    pencilloyaltydrillferryfridge
    booklampladdertraincooker
    dictionarycarpetlawnmowerbuscomputer
    couragetelephonespadelazinessprinter

    These common nouns are words for animals. Notice that special names for young animals are included.

    animalits young
    dogpuppy
    catkitten
    cowcalf
    horsefoal
    sheeplamb
    goatkid
    frogtadpole
    foxcub
    elephantcalf
    kangaroojoey
    bearcub
    lioncub
    tigercub
    whalecalf

    These common nouns are words for places.

    bankairportschoolpost office
    hotelgas stationuniversitypolice station
    libraryparkofficerestaurant
    museumfarmmosquesupermarket
    mallzootemplestadium
    theaterfactoryshopsynagogue
    hospitalnurserygymchurch

    These common nouns are words for people who do certain things.

    singermanagersailorgardener
    dancersecretarypilotpolice officer
    artistteacherdriverplumber
    photographerdoctorwriterfarmer
    magiciandentistfriendclerk
    athletelawyerbrothertechnician

    Proper Nouns

    The names of particular people, places and things are proper nouns. They always begin with a capital letter.

    These people’s names are proper nouns.

    Robin HoodFlorence NightingaleMomMiss Park
    AladdinMuhammad AliDadMrs. Taylor
    FrankensteinGeorge WashingtonGrannyMr. Young
    Harry PotterDavid BeckhamGrandadDr. Lee
    Santa ClausJulia RobertsUncle DavidProfessor Raj
    Mahatma GandhiNelson MandelaAunt DianaJose
    ConfuciusAlex RodriguezMs. HallYang Ming

    The names of the days of the week and the months of the year are proper nouns.

    Days of the weekMonthsMonths
    MondayJanuaryJuly
    TuesdayFebruaryAugust
    WednesdayMarchSeptember
    ThursdayApilOctober
    FridayMayNovember
    SaturdayJuneDecember
    Sunday

    The names of special days and celebrations are also proper nouns.

    New Year’s DayVeteran’s Day
    Mother’s DayThanksgiving
    Independence DayMemorial Day
    Valentine’s DayHalloween
    Labor DayChristmas
    RamadanYom Kippur

    The names of famous places, buildings and monuments are proper nouns.

    Big Benthe Empire State Building
    the Sphinxthe Taj Mahal
    Gracelandthe Eiffel Tower
    the Grand Canyonthe Golden Gate Bridge
    the Sydney Opera Housethe Great Wall of China
    Buckingham PalaceChaco Canyon Puebla
    the Leaning Tower of Pisathe Statue of Liberty

    The names of people who live in a particular country are also proper nouns.

    CountryPeople
    AfghanistanAfghans
    AustraliaAustralians
    Britainthe British
    Chinathe Chinese
    Francethe French
    GermanyGermans
    IndiaIndians
    IndonesiaIndonesians
    ItalyItalians
    Japanthe Japanese
    KoreaKoreans
    MalaysiaMalaysians
    SamoaSamoans
    New ZealandNew Zealanders
    PakistanPakistanis
    the PhilippinesFilipinos
    RussiaRussians
    NicaraguaNicaraguans
    South AfricaSouth Africans
    SpainSpaniards
    Switzerlandthe Swiss
    ThailandThais
    USAAmericans
    Vietnamthe Vietnamese

    Drop each common noun under the correct heading.

    Singular Nouns

    Nouns can be singular or plural.

    When you are talking about just one thing or person, use a singular noun.
    For example:

    a tent          a park           an idea
    a taxi a doctor an oven
    a house a lady an exercise

    Plural Nouns

    Use a plural noun when you are talking about two or more people, places or things.

    Just add s to make most nouns plural.

    singularplural
    computercomputers
    a chairchairs
    a traintrains
    a playerplayers
    a teacherteachers
    a taxitaxis
    a mountainmountains
    a riverrivers
    an envelopeenvelopes
    an insectinsects
    an ovenovens
    an uncleuncles

    Notes :
    Words called articles or determiners are used to signal nouns.

    a riveran armchairthree biscuits
    a castlean ideafive eggs

    The article an is used before nouns that begin with the vowels a, e, i, o and u.

    an artistan eye an insect
    an ovenan umbrella

    The article a is used before nouns that begin with the other letters, called consonants. But some words don’t follow these rules.

    • a uniform, a unit, a user: a, not an, is used because the vowel u in these words is pronounced like the word you;
    • an hour, an heir, an honor: an, not a, is used because the consonant h in these words is not pronounced.

    Nouns that end in s, ss, ch, sh or x, are made plural by adding es.

    singularplural
    busbuses
    glassglasses
    dressdresses
    branchbranches
    churchchurches
    beachbeaches
    sandwichsandwiches
    witchwitches
    brushbrushes
    flashflashes
    boxboxes
    foxfoxes

    Most nouns that end in y are made plural by changing the y to i and adding es.

    singularplural
    babybabies
    familyfamilies
    storystories
    teddyteddies
    fairyfairies
    puppypuppies
    houseflyhouseflies
    librarylibraries
    citycities
    lilylilies
    partyparties
    dictionarydictionaries

    Nouns that have a vowel before the y are made plural by simply adding s at the end.

    singularplural
    keykeys
    monkeymonkeys
    donkeydonkeys
    toytoys
    boyboys
    cowboycowboys
    daydays
    traytrays
    runwayrunways
    chimneychimneys
    trolleytrolleys
    valleyvalleys

    Many nouns that end in f are made plural by changing the f to v and adding es.

    singularplural
    halfhalves
    leafleaves
    shelfshelves
    wolfwolves
    thiefthieves

    But some nouns that end in f are made plural simply by adding s.

    singularplural
    chiefchiefs
    roofroofs
    handkerchiefhandkerchiefs
    cliffcliffs
    puffpuffs

    Some nouns that end in f can be made plural in two ways.

    singularplural
    scarfscarfs or scarves
    hoofhoofs or hooves
    dwarfdwarfs or dwarves
    wharfwharfs or wharves

    Most nouns that end in fe are made plural by changing the f to v and adding s.

    singularplural
    knifeknives
    wifewives
    lifelives
    midwifemidwives

    Most nouns that end in o are made plural by adding s.

    singularplural
    videovideos
    hippohippos
    zoozoos
    kangarookangaroos

    But other nouns that end in o are made plural by adding es.

    singularplural
    tomatotomatoes
    potatopotatoes
    heroheroes

    Some nouns change spelling from the singular form to the plural.

    singularplural
    manmen
    womanwomen
    childchildren
    personpeople
    mousemice
    toothteeth
    footfeet
    goosegeese

    The plural form of some nouns is the same as the singular form.

    singularplural
    sheepsheep (not sheeps)
    deerdeer (not deers)
    fishfish (not fishes)
    aircraftaircraft (not aircrafts)
    salmonsalmon (not salmons)

    Notes : When you are talking about different kinds of fish, the plural can be fishes, for example:
    the various fishes of the Indian Ocean

    Some nouns are always plural.

    trousersglasses
    shortsspectacles
    jeansgoggles
    pantsscissors
    tightsbinoculars
    pajamaspliers

    Some nouns are usually plural.

    shoeschopsticks
    sandalsgloves
    slippersclogs
    bootssocks

    Notes : You can use a pair of with these
    plural nouns. For example:
    a pair of trousers
    a pair of pants
    a pair of glasses
    a pair of scissors
    a pair of chopsticks
    a pair of sandals
    a pair of gloves



    Collective Nouns

    Words for groups of people, animals or things are called collective nouns.

    Here are some collective nouns for groups of people.

    a familya crew
    a teama club
    a communitya committee
    a choira company
    a banda gang
    an orchestrathe government
    an audiencethe army

    Collective nouns may be used with a singular verb or with a plural verb. If the group is acting as a single unit, use a singular verb. If group members are acting as individuals, use a plural verb.
    For example:

    The crowd was orderly.
    or
    The crowd were clapping, yelling and cheering.

    Notes : Always use a plural verb with the collective nouns, people and the police.
    For example:
    Those people live (not lives) in Asia.
    The police have caught (not has caught) the thief.

    Here are more collective nouns you can use for groups of people.

    a crowd of shoppersa gang of thieves
    a company of actorsa panel of judges
    a class of schoolchildrena platoon of soldiers

    Many groups of animals have their own special collective nouns.

    a herd of cattlea pack of wolvesa litter of puppies
    a flock of birdsa pride of lionsa troop of monkeys
    a drove of sheepa pod of dolphinsa brood of chickens
    a gaggle of geesea school of fisha swarm of bees

    Some groups of things also have their own special collective nouns.

    a bunch of bananasa deck of cards
    a cluster of grapesa flight of steps
    a bunch of flowersa suite of rooms
    a bouquet of flowersa suite of furniture
    a range of mountainsa set of tools
    a fleet of shipsa string of beads
    a fleet of vehiclesa grove of trees

    Some nouns name the amount or form of something.

    a loaf of breada bar of soap
    a ball of stringa bar of chocolate

    The words a piece of mean a single serving or part of something.

    a slice/piece of breada slice/piece of cheese
    a piece/square of chocolatea slice/piece of cake
    a sheet/piece of papera piece of chalk
    a piece of informationa piece of advice

    Masculine and Feminine Nouns

    Masculine nouns are words for men, boys and male animals.
    Feminine nouns are words for women, girls and female animals.

    masculinefeminine
    boygirl
    manwoman
    fathermother
    sondaughter
    brothersister
    husbandwife
    grandfathergrandmother
    uncleaunt
    nephewniece
    kingqueen
    princeprinces
    emperorempress
    wizardwitch
    actoractress
    policemanpolicewoman
    waiterwaitress

    Many nouns are used for both males and females. They are called common gender nouns.

    teacherbabydoctorscientist
    pupilparentastronautpresident
    childcousindancermanager

    With animals, there is one general word for the animal and special words for the male and the female. Sometimes the word for the male animal is the same as the general word. Sometimes the word for the female animal is the same as the general word.

    animalmasculinefeminine
    rabbitbuckdoe
    horsestallionmare
    sheepramewe
    pigboarsow
    chickenroosterhen
    duckbrakeduck
    cattlebullcow
    goosegandergoose
    foxfoxvixen
    tigertigertigress
    lionlionlioness

    The Possessive Form of Nouns

    Use the possessive form of a noun to show ownership.

    To make the possessive form, put an apostrophe and an s ’s after a singular noun.

    This is my bed and that is Peter’s bed.
    We all like Dad’s cooking.
    It is my job to collect everybody’s plate after the meal.
    The flies are buzzing around the horse’s tail.
    This is Susan and Jenny’s room.
    This is Tom’s hat and that is Tom’s father’s hat.

    Notes :

    How do you make the possessive form when two names linked by and are the owners? Put an ’s after the second name only.
    For example:
    Katy and Mike’s
    house is very big. (= the house that belongs to both Katy and Mike)
    Joe and Sarah’s dad works at the shoe factory. (= He is Joe’s dad and he is also Sarah’s dad.)
    Sometimes two possessive forms with ’s appear together, one after the other:
    This is John’s brother’s ball. (= The ball belongs to John’s brother.)
    Paul’s teacher’s house has a swimming pool. (= the house that belongs to Paul’s teacher)

    After plural nouns that don’t end in s, use an apostrophe and an s ’s to make the possessive form.
    The children’s room is always messy.
    Some people’s houses are bigger than ours.
    Rats’ tails are longer than mice’s tails.
    Men’s voices are deeper than women’s voices.

    After plural nouns that end in s, just add an apostrophe s’ .
    The pupils’ desks are arranged in rows.
    The boys’ bedroom is bigger than the girls’ bedroom.
    The strong winds destroyed all the farmers’ crops.
    Mice’s tails are shorter than rats’ tails.

    NOTES :
    When a name ends in s, you can make the possessive form in either of two ways: add an apostrophe and an s ’s , or add just an apostrophe . For example:
    This is James’s house. or This is James’ house.
    Which is Charles’s bike? or Which is Charles’ bike?